0 of 464 Questions completed
Questions:
You have already completed the test before. Hence you can not start it again.
Test is loading…
You must sign in or sign up to start the test.
You must first complete the following:
0 of 464 Questions answered correctly
Your time:
Time has elapsed
You have reached 0 of 0 point(s), (0)
Earned Point(s): 0 of 0, (0)
0 Essay(s) Pending (Possible Point(s): 0)
How to Treat House-plants
All she ever thinks about are house-plants. She talks to them and tends them every day.
And she says, ‘Don’t hurt their feelings. Give them Love. In all your dealings with them,
Treat them in a tender, human way.’
‘Certainly my dear,’ he says, ‘O.K. Human, eh?’
But the house-plants do not seem to want to play. They are stooping, they are drooping,
They are kneeling in their clay:
They are flaking, they are moulting, Turning yellow, turning grey,
And they look . . . well, quite revolting As they sigh, and fade away.
So after she has left the house he gets them And he sets them in a line against the wall,
And I cannot say he cossets them or pets them – No, he doesn’t sympathise with them at all.
Is he tender? Is he human? Not a bit.
No, to each of them in turn he says: ‘You twit!
You’re a
Rotten little skiver, Cost a fiver,
Earn your keep!
You’re a
Dirty little drop-out! You’re a cop-out!
You’re a creep!
You’re a
Mangy little whinger! You’re a cringer!
Son, it’s true –
I have justbin To the dustbin
Where there’s better men than you!
Get that stem back! Pull your weight! Stick your leaves out!
STAND UP STRAIGHT!’
And, strange to say, the plants co-operate.
So when she comes back home and finds them glowing, Green and healthy, every one a king,
She says, ‘It’s tenderness that gets them growing! How strange, the change a little love can bring!’
‘Oh yes,’ he says. ‘Not half. Right. Love’s the thing.’
Kit Wright
Question: What is the main subject of the poem?
How to Treat House-plants
All she ever thinks about are house-plants. She talks to them and tends them every day.
And she says, ‘Don’t hurt their feelings. Give them Love. In all your dealings with them,
Treat them in a tender, human way.’
‘Certainly my dear,’ he says, ‘O.K. Human, eh?’
But the house-plants do not seem to want to play. They are stooping, they are drooping,
They are kneeling in their clay:
They are flaking, they are moulting, Turning yellow, turning grey,
And they look . . . well, quite revolting As they sigh, and fade away.
So after she has left the house he gets them And he sets them in a line against the wall,
And I cannot say he cossets them or pets them – No, he doesn’t sympathise with them at all.
Is he tender? Is he human? Not a bit.
No, to each of them in turn he says: ‘You twit!
You’re a
Rotten little skiver, Cost a fiver,
Earn your keep!
You’re a
Dirty little drop-out! You’re a cop-out!
You’re a creep!
You’re a
Mangy little whinger! You’re a cringer!
Son, it’s true –
I have justbin To the dustbin
Where there’s better men than you!
Get that stem back! Pull your weight! Stick your leaves out!
STAND UP STRAIGHT!’
And, strange to say, the plants co-operate.
So when she comes back home and finds them glowing, Green and healthy, every one a king,
She says, ‘It’s tenderness that gets them growing! How strange, the change a little love can bring!’
‘Oh yes,’ he says. ‘Not half. Right. Love’s the thing.’
Kit Wright
Question: What literary device is used in “stooping, they are drooping”?
How to Treat House-plants
All she ever thinks about are house-plants. She talks to them and tends them every day.
And she says, ‘Don’t hurt their feelings. Give them Love. In all your dealings with them,
Treat them in a tender, human way.’
‘Certainly my dear,’ he says, ‘O.K. Human, eh?’
But the house-plants do not seem to want to play. They are stooping, they are drooping,
They are kneeling in their clay:
They are flaking, they are moulting, Turning yellow, turning grey,
And they look . . . well, quite revolting As they sigh, and fade away.
So after she has left the house he gets them And he sets them in a line against the wall,
And I cannot say he cossets them or pets them – No, he doesn’t sympathise with them at all.
Is he tender? Is he human? Not a bit.
No, to each of them in turn he says: ‘You twit!
You’re a
Rotten little skiver, Cost a fiver,
Earn your keep!
You’re a
Dirty little drop-out! You’re a cop-out!
You’re a creep!
You’re a
Mangy little whinger! You’re a cringer!
Son, it’s true –
I have justbin To the dustbin
Where there’s better men than you!
Get that stem back! Pull your weight! Stick your leaves out!
STAND UP STRAIGHT!’
And, strange to say, the plants co-operate.
So when she comes back home and finds them glowing, Green and healthy, every one a king,
She says, ‘It’s tenderness that gets them growing! How strange, the change a little love can bring!’
‘Oh yes,’ he says. ‘Not half. Right. Love’s the thing.’
Kit Wright
Question: What is the tone of the line, “Oh yes, he says. ‘Not half. Right. Love’s the thing.’”?
How to Treat House-plants
All she ever thinks about are house-plants. She talks to them and tends them every day.
And she says, ‘Don’t hurt their feelings. Give them Love. In all your dealings with them,
Treat them in a tender, human way.’
‘Certainly my dear,’ he says, ‘O.K. Human, eh?’
But the house-plants do not seem to want to play. They are stooping, they are drooping,
They are kneeling in their clay:
They are flaking, they are moulting, Turning yellow, turning grey,
And they look . . . well, quite revolting As they sigh, and fade away.
So after she has left the house he gets them And he sets them in a line against the wall,
And I cannot say he cossets them or pets them – No, he doesn’t sympathise with them at all.
Is he tender? Is he human? Not a bit.
No, to each of them in turn he says: ‘You twit!
You’re a
Rotten little skiver, Cost a fiver,
Earn your keep!
You’re a
Dirty little drop-out! You’re a cop-out!
You’re a creep!
You’re a
Mangy little whinger! You’re a cringer!
Son, it’s true –
I have justbin To the dustbin
Where there’s better men than you!
Get that stem back! Pull your weight! Stick your leaves out!
STAND UP STRAIGHT!’
And, strange to say, the plants co-operate.
So when she comes back home and finds them glowing, Green and healthy, every one a king,
She says, ‘It’s tenderness that gets them growing! How strange, the change a little love can bring!’
‘Oh yes,’ he says. ‘Not half. Right. Love’s the thing.’
Kit Wright
Question: How does the man truly feel about the house-plants?
How to Treat House-plants
All she ever thinks about are house-plants. She talks to them and tends them every day.
And she says, ‘Don’t hurt their feelings. Give them Love. In all your dealings with them,
Treat them in a tender, human way.’
‘Certainly my dear,’ he says, ‘O.K. Human, eh?’
But the house-plants do not seem to want to play. They are stooping, they are drooping,
They are kneeling in their clay:
They are flaking, they are moulting, Turning yellow, turning grey,
And they look . . . well, quite revolting As they sigh, and fade away.
So after she has left the house he gets them And he sets them in a line against the wall,
And I cannot say he cossets them or pets them – No, he doesn’t sympathise with them at all.
Is he tender? Is he human? Not a bit.
No, to each of them in turn he says: ‘You twit!
You’re a
Rotten little skiver, Cost a fiver,
Earn your keep!
You’re a
Dirty little drop-out! You’re a cop-out!
You’re a creep!
You’re a
Mangy little whinger! You’re a cringer!
Son, it’s true –
I have justbin To the dustbin
Where there’s better men than you!
Get that stem back! Pull your weight! Stick your leaves out!
STAND UP STRAIGHT!’
And, strange to say, the plants co-operate.
So when she comes back home and finds them glowing, Green and healthy, every one a king,
She says, ‘It’s tenderness that gets them growing! How strange, the change a little love can bring!’
‘Oh yes,’ he says. ‘Not half. Right. Love’s the thing.’
Kit Wright
Question: Which of the following lines show that the woman believes love is the key to caring for the plants?
How to Treat House-plants
All she ever thinks about are house-plants. She talks to them and tends them every day.
And she says, ‘Don’t hurt their feelings. Give them Love. In all your dealings with them,
Treat them in a tender, human way.’
‘Certainly my dear,’ he says, ‘O.K. Human, eh?’
But the house-plants do not seem to want to play. They are stooping, they are drooping,
They are kneeling in their clay:
They are flaking, they are moulting, Turning yellow, turning grey,
And they look . . . well, quite revolting As they sigh, and fade away.
So after she has left the house he gets them And he sets them in a line against the wall,
And I cannot say he cossets them or pets them – No, he doesn’t sympathise with them at all.
Is he tender? Is he human? Not a bit.
No, to each of them in turn he says: ‘You twit!
You’re a
Rotten little skiver, Cost a fiver,
Earn your keep!
You’re a
Dirty little drop-out! You’re a cop-out!
You’re a creep!
You’re a
Mangy little whinger! You’re a cringer!
Son, it’s true –
I have justbin To the dustbin
Where there’s better men than you!
Get that stem back! Pull your weight! Stick your leaves out!
STAND UP STRAIGHT!’
And, strange to say, the plants co-operate.
So when she comes back home and finds them glowing, Green and healthy, every one a king,
She says, ‘It’s tenderness that gets them growing! How strange, the change a little love can bring!’
‘Oh yes,’ he says. ‘Not half. Right. Love’s the thing.’
Kit Wright
Question: What is the irony in the poem?
Come Another Day
Mondays,
my mother chopped wood and twisted newspaper
to make fire,
beneath a whitened stone boiler, with a wooden lid that was itself bleached white with steam,
to imitate it seemed
an inferno, in which to work with red hot coals
and scalding water, bubbling, spitting, foaming, as she drubbed at sails of linen, fighting them with a
dolly stick, possessing
all the qualities of driftwood. Misted in vapour, her hair was dank and coming
in from school, dinner was always cold meat left from Sundays, with potato mash
wet as the washing. Mondays,
my mother stood at the tin bath
and a rubbing board,
with brick hard yellow soap, battering her knuckles against zinc, raw
fingers wringing, squeezing twisting the dirt of life away, to float as scum before the operation of
a vast machine of iron cast, made in Doncaster,
with massive rollers that mangled buttons as slowly and certainly
as it mangled my mother. Home from school,
the end of our day,
we sat upon the floor, peering under wet clothes to glimpse the stove,
our comics soggy, as we munched our bread.
Mondays,
my mother sweated, heavy black irons
heated on kitchen range, gripped with scorching slipping cloths, to
brand the flesh and
press and hiss the dampness from the wearying pile, filling wicker baskets
with sweet smooth warmth, before she sat by mantle light, to rummage
in a biscuit tin
matching buttons crushed, sewing, thin cotton
edges frayed.
From the memory smell of steam and starch,
childhood skies of Reckitts blue. I remember, Mondays, my mother earned two shillings.
John Gorman
Question: What is the main theme of the poem?
Come Another Day
Mondays,
my mother chopped wood and twisted newspaper
to make fire,
beneath a whitened stone boiler, with a wooden lid that was itself bleached white with steam,
to imitate it seemed
an inferno, in which to work with red hot coals
and scalding water, bubbling, spitting, foaming, as she drubbed at sails of linen, fighting them with a
dolly stick, possessing
all the qualities of driftwood. Misted in vapour, her hair was dank and coming
in from school, dinner was always cold meat left from Sundays, with potato mash
wet as the washing. Mondays,
my mother stood at the tin bath
and a rubbing board,
with brick hard yellow soap, battering her knuckles against zinc, raw
fingers wringing, squeezing twisting the dirt of life away, to float as scum before the operation of
a vast machine of iron cast, made in Doncaster,
with massive rollers that mangled buttons as slowly and certainly
as it mangled my mother. Home from school,
the end of our day,
we sat upon the floor, peering under wet clothes to glimpse the stove,
our comics soggy, as we munched our bread.
Mondays,
my mother sweated, heavy black irons
heated on kitchen range, gripped with scorching slipping cloths, to
brand the flesh and
press and hiss the dampness from the wearying pile, filling wicker baskets
with sweet smooth warmth, before she sat by mantle light, to rummage
in a biscuit tin
matching buttons crushed, sewing, thin cotton
edges frayed.
From the memory smell of steam and starch,
childhood skies of Reckitts blue. I remember, Mondays, my mother earned two shillings.
John Gorman
Question: What does the “whitened stone boiler” symbolise?
Come Another Day
Mondays,
my mother chopped wood and twisted newspaper
to make fire,
beneath a whitened stone boiler, with a wooden lid that was itself bleached white with steam,
to imitate it seemed
an inferno, in which to work with red hot coals
and scalding water, bubbling, spitting, foaming, as she drubbed at sails of linen, fighting them with a
dolly stick, possessing
all the qualities of driftwood. Misted in vapour, her hair was dank and coming
in from school, dinner was always cold meat left from Sundays, with potato mash
wet as the washing. Mondays,
my mother stood at the tin bath
and a rubbing board,
with brick hard yellow soap, battering her knuckles against zinc, raw
fingers wringing, squeezing twisting the dirt of life away, to float as scum before the operation of
a vast machine of iron cast, made in Doncaster,
with massive rollers that mangled buttons as slowly and certainly
as it mangled my mother. Home from school,
the end of our day,
we sat upon the floor, peering under wet clothes to glimpse the stove,
our comics soggy, as we munched our bread.
Mondays,
my mother sweated, heavy black irons
heated on kitchen range, gripped with scorching slipping cloths, to
brand the flesh and
press and hiss the dampness from the wearying pile, filling wicker baskets
with sweet smooth warmth, before she sat by mantle light, to rummage
in a biscuit tin
matching buttons crushed, sewing, thin cotton
edges frayed.
From the memory smell of steam and starch,
childhood skies of Reckitts blue. I remember, Mondays, my mother earned two shillings.
John Gorman
Question: What is the tone of the poem?
Come Another Day
Mondays,
my mother chopped wood and twisted newspaper
to make fire,
beneath a whitened stone boiler, with a wooden lid that was itself bleached white with steam,
to imitate it seemed
an inferno, in which to work with red hot coals
and scalding water, bubbling, spitting, foaming, as she drubbed at sails of linen, fighting them with a
dolly stick, possessing
all the qualities of driftwood. Misted in vapour, her hair was dank and coming
in from school, dinner was always cold meat left from Sundays, with potato mash
wet as the washing. Mondays,
my mother stood at the tin bath
and a rubbing board,
with brick hard yellow soap, battering her knuckles against zinc, raw
fingers wringing, squeezing twisting the dirt of life away, to float as scum before the operation of
a vast machine of iron cast, made in Doncaster,
with massive rollers that mangled buttons as slowly and certainly
as it mangled my mother. Home from school,
the end of our day,
we sat upon the floor, peering under wet clothes to glimpse the stove,
our comics soggy, as we munched our bread.
Mondays,
my mother sweated, heavy black irons
heated on kitchen range, gripped with scorching slipping cloths, to
brand the flesh and
press and hiss the dampness from the wearying pile, filling wicker baskets
with sweet smooth warmth, before she sat by mantle light, to rummage
in a biscuit tin
matching buttons crushed, sewing, thin cotton
edges frayed.
From the memory smell of steam and starch,
childhood skies of Reckitts blue. I remember, Mondays, my mother earned two shillings.
John Gorman
Question: How does the narrator feel about Mondays?
Come Another Day
Mondays,
my mother chopped wood and twisted newspaper
to make fire,
beneath a whitened stone boiler, with a wooden lid that was itself bleached white with steam,
to imitate it seemed
an inferno, in which to work with red hot coals
and scalding water, bubbling, spitting, foaming, as she drubbed at sails of linen, fighting them with a
dolly stick, possessing
all the qualities of driftwood. Misted in vapour, her hair was dank and coming
in from school, dinner was always cold meat left from Sundays, with potato mash
wet as the washing. Mondays,
my mother stood at the tin bath
and a rubbing board,
with brick hard yellow soap, battering her knuckles against zinc, raw
fingers wringing, squeezing twisting the dirt of life away, to float as scum before the operation of
a vast machine of iron cast, made in Doncaster,
with massive rollers that mangled buttons as slowly and certainly
as it mangled my mother. Home from school,
the end of our day,
we sat upon the floor, peering under wet clothes to glimpse the stove,
our comics soggy, as we munched our bread.
Mondays,
my mother sweated, heavy black irons
heated on kitchen range, gripped with scorching slipping cloths, to
brand the flesh and
press and hiss the dampness from the wearying pile, filling wicker baskets
with sweet smooth warmth, before she sat by mantle light, to rummage
in a biscuit tin
matching buttons crushed, sewing, thin cotton
edges frayed.
From the memory smell of steam and starch,
childhood skies of Reckitts blue. I remember, Mondays, my mother earned two shillings.
John Gorman
Question: What literary device is used in “bubbling, spitting, foaming”?
Come Another Day
Mondays,
my mother chopped wood and twisted newspaper
to make fire,
beneath a whitened stone boiler, with a wooden lid that was itself bleached white with steam,
to imitate it seemed
an inferno, in which to work with red hot coals
and scalding water, bubbling, spitting, foaming, as she drubbed at sails of linen, fighting them with a
dolly stick, possessing
all the qualities of driftwood. Misted in vapour, her hair was dank and coming
in from school, dinner was always cold meat left from Sundays, with potato mash
wet as the washing. Mondays,
my mother stood at the tin bath
and a rubbing board,
with brick hard yellow soap, battering her knuckles against zinc, raw
fingers wringing, squeezing twisting the dirt of life away, to float as scum before the operation of
a vast machine of iron cast, made in Doncaster,
with massive rollers that mangled buttons as slowly and certainly
as it mangled my mother. Home from school,
the end of our day,
we sat upon the floor, peering under wet clothes to glimpse the stove,
our comics soggy, as we munched our bread.
Mondays,
my mother sweated, heavy black irons
heated on kitchen range, gripped with scorching slipping cloths, to
brand the flesh and
press and hiss the dampness from the wearying pile, filling wicker baskets
with sweet smooth warmth, before she sat by mantle light, to rummage
in a biscuit tin
matching buttons crushed, sewing, thin cotton
edges frayed.
From the memory smell of steam and starch,
childhood skies of Reckitts blue. I remember, Mondays, my mother earned two shillings.
John Gorman
Question: What does the line “a vast machine of iron cast, made in Doncaster” indicate?
Come Another Day
Mondays,
my mother chopped wood and twisted newspaper
to make fire,
beneath a whitened stone boiler, with a wooden lid that was itself bleached white with steam,
to imitate it seemed
an inferno, in which to work with red hot coals
and scalding water, bubbling, spitting, foaming, as she drubbed at sails of linen, fighting them with a
dolly stick, possessing
all the qualities of driftwood. Misted in vapour, her hair was dank and coming
in from school, dinner was always cold meat left from Sundays, with potato mash
wet as the washing. Mondays,
my mother stood at the tin bath
and a rubbing board,
with brick hard yellow soap, battering her knuckles against zinc, raw
fingers wringing, squeezing twisting the dirt of life away, to float as scum before the operation of
a vast machine of iron cast, made in Doncaster,
with massive rollers that mangled buttons as slowly and certainly
as it mangled my mother. Home from school,
the end of our day,
we sat upon the floor, peering under wet clothes to glimpse the stove,
our comics soggy, as we munched our bread.
Mondays,
my mother sweated, heavy black irons
heated on kitchen range, gripped with scorching slipping cloths, to
brand the flesh and
press and hiss the dampness from the wearying pile, filling wicker baskets
with sweet smooth warmth, before she sat by mantle light, to rummage
in a biscuit tin
matching buttons crushed, sewing, thin cotton
edges frayed.
From the memory smell of steam and starch,
childhood skies of Reckitts blue. I remember, Mondays, my mother earned two shillings.
John Gorman
Question: What does the “two shillings” at the end of the poem signify?
Hypochondria
I’m delicate, fragile, and highly at risk.
If I made my own bed,
I could get a slipped disc.
M e? Wash the dishes? With my dermatitis? Dusting? You’re kidding! I’d get sinusitis!
If spring cleaning, don’t include me in the action –
I might break a leg
and spend six months in traction. I don’t just get colds,
but pneumonia (protracted), nor ordinary toothache,
but molars -impacted! Help clear the table?
Oh, didn’t I mention I need lots of rest
for acute hypertension? Black plague, malaria, beriberi, jungle rot –
I’m the only one in history who’s had the whole lot!
So don’t boast to me
of your migraines and flu.
Nobod y suffers
the way that I do.
Robin Klein
Question: What is the main theme of the poem?
Hypochondria
I’m delicate, fragile, and highly at risk.
If I made my own bed,
I could get a slipped disc.
M e? Wash the dishes? With my dermatitis? Dusting? You’re kidding! I’d get sinusitis!
If spring cleaning, don’t include me in the action –
I might break a leg
and spend six months in traction. I don’t just get colds,
but pneumonia (protracted), nor ordinary toothache,
but molars -impacted! Help clear the table?
Oh, didn’t I mention I need lots of rest
for acute hypertension? Black plague, malaria, beriberi, jungle rot –
I’m the only one in history who’s had the whole lot!
So don’t boast to me
of your migraines and flu.
Nobod y suffers
the way that I do.
Robin Klein
Question: What does the “whitened stone boiler” symbolise?
Hypochondria
I’m delicate, fragile, and highly at risk.
If I made my own bed,
I could get a slipped disc.
M e? Wash the dishes? With my dermatitis? Dusting? You’re kidding! I’d get sinusitis!
If spring cleaning, don’t include me in the action –
I might break a leg
and spend six months in traction. I don’t just get colds,
but pneumonia (protracted), nor ordinary toothache,
but molars -impacted! Help clear the table?
Oh, didn’t I mention I need lots of rest
for acute hypertension? Black plague, malaria, beriberi, jungle rot –
I’m the only one in history who’s had the whole lot!
So don’t boast to me
of your migraines and flu.
Nobod y suffers
the way that I do.
Robin Klein
Question: What is the tone of the poem?
Hypochondria
I’m delicate, fragile, and highly at risk.
If I made my own bed,
I could get a slipped disc.
M e? Wash the dishes? With my dermatitis? Dusting? You’re kidding! I’d get sinusitis!
If spring cleaning, don’t include me in the action –
I might break a leg
and spend six months in traction. I don’t just get colds,
but pneumonia (protracted), nor ordinary toothache,
but molars -impacted! Help clear the table?
Oh, didn’t I mention I need lots of rest
for acute hypertension? Black plague, malaria, beriberi, jungle rot –
I’m the only one in history who’s had the whole lot!
So don’t boast to me
of your migraines and flu.
Nobod y suffers
the way that I do.
Robin Klein
Question: How does the narrator feel about Mondays?
Hypochondria
I’m delicate, fragile, and highly at risk.
If I made my own bed,
I could get a slipped disc.
M e? Wash the dishes? With my dermatitis? Dusting? You’re kidding! I’d get sinusitis!
If spring cleaning, don’t include me in the action –
I might break a leg
and spend six months in traction. I don’t just get colds,
but pneumonia (protracted), nor ordinary toothache,
but molars -impacted! Help clear the table?
Oh, didn’t I mention I need lots of rest
for acute hypertension? Black plague, malaria, beriberi, jungle rot –
I’m the only one in history who’s had the whole lot!
So don’t boast to me
of your migraines and flu.
Nobod y suffers
the way that I do.
Robin Klein
Question: What literary device is used in “bubbling, spitting, foaming”?
Hypochondria
I’m delicate, fragile, and highly at risk.
If I made my own bed,
I could get a slipped disc.
M e? Wash the dishes? With my dermatitis? Dusting? You’re kidding! I’d get sinusitis!
If spring cleaning, don’t include me in the action –
I might break a leg
and spend six months in traction. I don’t just get colds,
but pneumonia (protracted), nor ordinary toothache,
but molars -impacted! Help clear the table?
Oh, didn’t I mention I need lots of rest
for acute hypertension? Black plague, malaria, beriberi, jungle rot –
I’m the only one in history who’s had the whole lot!
So don’t boast to me
of your migraines and flu.
Nobod y suffers
the way that I do.
Robin Klein
Question: What does the line “a vast machine of iron cast, made in Doncaster” indicate?
Hypochondria
I’m delicate, fragile, and highly at risk.
If I made my own bed,
I could get a slipped disc.
M e? Wash the dishes? With my dermatitis? Dusting? You’re kidding! I’d get sinusitis!
If spring cleaning, don’t include me in the action –
I might break a leg
and spend six months in traction. I don’t just get colds,
but pneumonia (protracted), nor ordinary toothache,
but molars -impacted! Help clear the table?
Oh, didn’t I mention I need lots of rest
for acute hypertension? Black plague, malaria, beriberi, jungle rot –
I’m the only one in history who’s had the whole lot!
So don’t boast to me
of your migraines and flu.
Nobod y suffers
the way that I do.
Robin Klein
Question: What does the “two shillings” at the end of the poem signify?
The Pirate
He walks the deck with swaggering gait, (There’s mischief in his eye)
Pedigree Pirate through and through, With pistols, dirk and cutlass too;
A rollicking rip with scars to show For every ship he’s sent below.
His tongue is quick, his temper high,
And whenever he speaks they shout, ‘Ay, Ay!’ To this king of a roaring crew.
His ship’s as old as the sea herself, And foggity foul is she:
But what cares he for foul or fine?
If guns don’t glitter and decks don’t shine? For sailormen from East to West
Have walked the plank at his request; But if he’s caught you may depend He’ll dangle high at the business end Of a tickly, tarry line.
Hugh Chesterman
Question: What is the pirate’s primary motivation?
The Pirate
He walks the deck with swaggering gait, (There’s mischief in his eye)
Pedigree Pirate through and through, With pistols, dirk and cutlass too;
A rollicking rip with scars to show For every ship he’s sent below.
His tongue is quick, his temper high,
And whenever he speaks they shout, ‘Ay, Ay!’ To this king of a roaring crew.
His ship’s as old as the sea herself, And foggity foul is she:
But what cares he for foul or fine?
If guns don’t glitter and decks don’t shine? For sailormen from East to West
Have walked the plank at his request; But if he’s caught you may depend He’ll dangle high at the business end Of a tickly, tarry line.
Hugh Chesterman
Question: Which phrase best captures the pirate’s relationship with his crew?
The Pirate
He walks the deck with swaggering gait, (There’s mischief in his eye)
Pedigree Pirate through and through, With pistols, dirk and cutlass too;
A rollicking rip with scars to show For every ship he’s sent below.
His tongue is quick, his temper high,
And whenever he speaks they shout, ‘Ay, Ay!’ To this king of a roaring crew.
His ship’s as old as the sea herself, And foggity foul is she:
But what cares he for foul or fine?
If guns don’t glitter and decks don’t shine? For sailormen from East to West
Have walked the plank at his request; But if he’s caught you may depend He’ll dangle high at the business end Of a tickly, tarry line.
Hugh Chesterman
Question: What figure of speech is evident in the line “His ship’s as old as the sea herself”?
The Pirate
He walks the deck with swaggering gait, (There’s mischief in his eye)
Pedigree Pirate through and through, With pistols, dirk and cutlass too;
A rollicking rip with scars to show For every ship he’s sent below.
His tongue is quick, his temper high,
And whenever he speaks they shout, ‘Ay, Ay!’ To this king of a roaring crew.
His ship’s as old as the sea herself, And foggity foul is she:
But what cares he for foul or fine?
If guns don’t glitter and decks don’t shine? For sailormen from East to West
Have walked the plank at his request; But if he’s caught you may depend He’ll dangle high at the business end Of a tickly, tarry line.
Hugh Chesterman
Question: How does the pirate respond to authority?
The Pirate
He walks the deck with swaggering gait, (There’s mischief in his eye)
Pedigree Pirate through and through, With pistols, dirk and cutlass too;
A rollicking rip with scars to show For every ship he’s sent below.
His tongue is quick, his temper high,
And whenever he speaks they shout, ‘Ay, Ay!’ To this king of a roaring crew.
His ship’s as old as the sea herself, And foggity foul is she:
But what cares he for foul or fine?
If guns don’t glitter and decks don’t shine? For sailormen from East to West
Have walked the plank at his request; But if he’s caught you may depend He’ll dangle high at the business end Of a tickly, tarry line.
Hugh Chesterman
Question: What does “foggity foul” imply about the ship’s condition?
The Pirate
He walks the deck with swaggering gait, (There’s mischief in his eye)
Pedigree Pirate through and through, With pistols, dirk and cutlass too;
A rollicking rip with scars to show For every ship he’s sent below.
His tongue is quick, his temper high,
And whenever he speaks they shout, ‘Ay, Ay!’ To this king of a roaring crew.
His ship’s as old as the sea herself, And foggity foul is she:
But what cares he for foul or fine?
If guns don’t glitter and decks don’t shine? For sailormen from East to West
Have walked the plank at his request; But if he’s caught you may depend He’ll dangle high at the business end Of a tickly, tarry line.
Hugh Chesterman
Question: What does “dangle high at the business end of a tickly, tarry line” imply?
The Pirate
He walks the deck with swaggering gait, (There’s mischief in his eye)
Pedigree Pirate through and through, With pistols, dirk and cutlass too;
A rollicking rip with scars to show For every ship he’s sent below.
His tongue is quick, his temper high,
And whenever he speaks they shout, ‘Ay, Ay!’ To this king of a roaring crew.
His ship’s as old as the sea herself, And foggity foul is she:
But what cares he for foul or fine?
If guns don’t glitter and decks don’t shine? For sailormen from East to West
Have walked the plank at his request; But if he’s caught you may depend He’ll dangle high at the business end Of a tickly, tarry line.
Hugh Chesterman
Question: How does the pirate handle disagreement among his crew?
The Pirate
He walks the deck with swaggering gait, (There’s mischief in his eye)
Pedigree Pirate through and through, With pistols, dirk and cutlass too;
A rollicking rip with scars to show For every ship he’s sent below.
His tongue is quick, his temper high,
And whenever he speaks they shout, ‘Ay, Ay!’ To this king of a roaring crew.
His ship’s as old as the sea herself, And foggity foul is she:
But what cares he for foul or fine?
If guns don’t glitter and decks don’t shine? For sailormen from East to West
Have walked the plank at his request; But if he’s caught you may depend He’ll dangle high at the business end Of a tickly, tarry line.
Hugh Chesterman
Question: What is implied by “For sailormen from East to West have walked the plank at his request”?
The Pirate
He walks the deck with swaggering gait, (There’s mischief in his eye)
Pedigree Pirate through and through, With pistols, dirk and cutlass too;
A rollicking rip with scars to show For every ship he’s sent below.
His tongue is quick, his temper high,
And whenever he speaks they shout, ‘Ay, Ay!’ To this king of a roaring crew.
His ship’s as old as the sea herself, And foggity foul is she:
But what cares he for foul or fine?
If guns don’t glitter and decks don’t shine? For sailormen from East to West
Have walked the plank at his request; But if he’s caught you may depend He’ll dangle high at the business end Of a tickly, tarry line.
Hugh Chesterman
Question: What emotion is primarily conveyed by the man in handcuffs?
The Railway Station, Upway
‘There is not much that I can do,
For I’ve no money that’s quite my own!’ Spoke up the pitying child –
A little boy with a violin
At the station before the train came in – ‘But I can play my fiddle to you,
And a nice one ’tis, and good in tone!’
The man in the handcuffs smiled;
The constable looked, and he smiled, too, As the fiddle began to twang;
And the man in the handcuffs suddenly sang With grimful glee:
‘This life so free
Is the thing for me!’
And the constable smiled and said no word, As if unconscious of what he heard;
And so they went on till the train came in – The convict, and boy with the violin.
Thomas Hardy
Question: How does the constable react to the situation?
The Railway Station, Upway
‘There is not much that I can do,
For I’ve no money that’s quite my own!’ Spoke up the pitying child –
A little boy with a violin
At the station before the train came in – ‘But I can play my fiddle to you,
And a nice one ’tis, and good in tone!’
The man in the handcuffs smiled;
The constable looked, and he smiled, too, As the fiddle began to twang;
And the man in the handcuffs suddenly sang With grimful glee:
‘This life so free
Is the thing for me!’
And the constable smiled and said no word, As if unconscious of what he heard;
And so they went on till the train came in – The convict, and boy with the violin.
Thomas Hardy
Question: What is the boy’s intention when he plays his violin?
The Railway Station, Upway
‘There is not much that I can do,
For I’ve no money that’s quite my own!’ Spoke up the pitying child –
A little boy with a violin
At the station before the train came in – ‘But I can play my fiddle to you,
And a nice one ’tis, and good in tone!’
The man in the handcuffs smiled;
The constable looked, and he smiled, too, As the fiddle began to twang;
And the man in the handcuffs suddenly sang With grimful glee:
‘This life so free
Is the thing for me!’
And the constable smiled and said no word, As if unconscious of what he heard;
And so they went on till the train came in – The convict, and boy with the violin.
Thomas Hardy
Question: What literary device is evident in “And the man in the handcuffs suddenly sang with grimful glee”?
The Railway Station, Upway
‘There is not much that I can do,
For I’ve no money that’s quite my own!’ Spoke up the pitying child –
A little boy with a violin
At the station before the train came in – ‘But I can play my fiddle to you,
And a nice one ’tis, and good in tone!’
The man in the handcuffs smiled;
The constable looked, and he smiled, too, As the fiddle began to twang;
And the man in the handcuffs suddenly sang With grimful glee:
‘This life so free
Is the thing for me!’
And the constable smiled and said no word, As if unconscious of what he heard;
And so they went on till the train came in – The convict, and boy with the violin.
Thomas Hardy
Question: What is the central theme of the poem?
The Railway Station, Upway
‘There is not much that I can do,
For I’ve no money that’s quite my own!’ Spoke up the pitying child –
A little boy with a violin
At the station before the train came in – ‘But I can play my fiddle to you,
And a nice one ’tis, and good in tone!’
The man in the handcuffs smiled;
The constable looked, and he smiled, too, As the fiddle began to twang;
And the man in the handcuffs suddenly sang With grimful glee:
‘This life so free
Is the thing for me!’
And the constable smiled and said no word, As if unconscious of what he heard;
And so they went on till the train came in – The convict, and boy with the violin.
Thomas Hardy
Question: What does the line “This life so free is the thing for me” suggest about the man’s attitude?
The Railway Station, Upway
‘There is not much that I can do,
For I’ve no money that’s quite my own!’ Spoke up the pitying child –
A little boy with a violin
At the station before the train came in – ‘But I can play my fiddle to you,
And a nice one ’tis, and good in tone!’
The man in the handcuffs smiled;
The constable looked, and he smiled, too, As the fiddle began to twang;
And the man in the handcuffs suddenly sang With grimful glee:
‘This life so free
Is the thing for me!’
And the constable smiled and said no word, As if unconscious of what he heard;
And so they went on till the train came in – The convict, and boy with the violin.
Thomas Hardy
Question: What can be inferred about the little boy’s socio-economic status?
The Railway Station, Upway
‘There is not much that I can do,
For I’ve no money that’s quite my own!’ Spoke up the pitying child –
A little boy with a violin
At the station before the train came in – ‘But I can play my fiddle to you,
And a nice one ’tis, and good in tone!’
The man in the handcuffs smiled;
The constable looked, and he smiled, too, As the fiddle began to twang;
And the man in the handcuffs suddenly sang With grimful glee:
‘This life so free
Is the thing for me!’
And the constable smiled and said no word, As if unconscious of what he heard;
And so they went on till the train came in – The convict, and boy with the violin.
Thomas Hardy
Question: Why does the constable say no word?
One Parent Family
My mum says she’s clueless not, as you’d imagine,
at wiring three pin plugs or straightening a bicycle wheel, but at sewing buttons
on a shirt, icing names and dates on birthday cakes, preparing a three course meal.
She’s not like other mothers; although she’s slim and neat she looks silly in an apron, just great in dungarees.
She’ll tackle any household job, lay lino, fix on tiles, does
all the outside paintwork, climbs a ladder with practised ease.
Mind you, she’s good for a cuddle when I fall and cut my knee. She tells me
fantastic stories every night, laughs at my disasters, says that she’s as bad when she reads a recipe all wrong and her cakes don’t come out right.
I know on open evenings she gives a bad impression
at the school. She doesn’t wear the proper clothes. ‘Too bad,’ the others sometimes say,
‘You’ve got such a peculiar mum.’ ‘It’s just as well,’ I tell them.
‘She is my mother and my dad!’
Moira Andrew
Question: Which literary device is employed in “climbs a ladder with practised ease”?
One Parent Family
My mum says she’s clueless not, as you’d imagine,
at wiring three pin plugs or straightening a bicycle wheel, but at sewing buttons
on a shirt, icing names and dates on birthday cakes, preparing a three course meal.
She’s not like other mothers; although she’s slim and neat she looks silly in an apron, just great in dungarees.
She’ll tackle any household job, lay lino, fix on tiles, does
all the outside paintwork, climbs a ladder with practised ease.
Mind you, she’s good for a cuddle when I fall and cut my knee. She tells me
fantastic stories every night, laughs at my disasters, says that she’s as bad when she reads a recipe all wrong and her cakes don’t come out right.
I know on open evenings she gives a bad impression
at the school. She doesn’t wear the proper clothes. ‘Too bad,’ the others sometimes say,
‘You’ve got such a peculiar mum.’ ‘It’s just as well,’ I tell them.
‘She is my mother and my dad!’
Moira Andrew
Question: What does “She is my mother and my dad” most likely symbolise?
One Parent Family
My mum says she’s clueless not, as you’d imagine,
at wiring three pin plugs or straightening a bicycle wheel, but at sewing buttons
on a shirt, icing names and dates on birthday cakes, preparing a three course meal.
She’s not like other mothers; although she’s slim and neat she looks silly in an apron, just great in dungarees.
She’ll tackle any household job, lay lino, fix on tiles, does
all the outside paintwork, climbs a ladder with practised ease.
Mind you, she’s good for a cuddle when I fall and cut my knee. She tells me
fantastic stories every night, laughs at my disasters, says that she’s as bad when she reads a recipe all wrong and her cakes don’t come out right.
I know on open evenings she gives a bad impression
at the school. She doesn’t wear the proper clothes. ‘Too bad,’ the others sometimes say,
‘You’ve got such a peculiar mum.’ ‘It’s just as well,’ I tell them.
‘She is my mother and my dad!’
Moira Andrew
Question: How is the mother portrayed in terms of her physical attributes?
One Parent Family
My mum says she’s clueless not, as you’d imagine,
at wiring three pin plugs or straightening a bicycle wheel, but at sewing buttons
on a shirt, icing names and dates on birthday cakes, preparing a three course meal.
She’s not like other mothers; although she’s slim and neat she looks silly in an apron, just great in dungarees.
She’ll tackle any household job, lay lino, fix on tiles, does
all the outside paintwork, climbs a ladder with practised ease.
Mind you, she’s good for a cuddle when I fall and cut my knee. She tells me
fantastic stories every night, laughs at my disasters, says that she’s as bad when she reads a recipe all wrong and her cakes don’t come out right.
I know on open evenings she gives a bad impression
at the school. She doesn’t wear the proper clothes. ‘Too bad,’ the others sometimes say,
‘You’ve got such a peculiar mum.’ ‘It’s just as well,’ I tell them.
‘She is my mother and my dad!’
Moira Andrew
Question: What’s the underlying theme of the poem?
One Parent Family
My mum says she’s clueless not, as you’d imagine,
at wiring three pin plugs or straightening a bicycle wheel, but at sewing buttons
on a shirt, icing names and dates on birthday cakes, preparing a three course meal.
She’s not like other mothers; although she’s slim and neat she looks silly in an apron, just great in dungarees.
She’ll tackle any household job, lay lino, fix on tiles, does
all the outside paintwork, climbs a ladder with practised ease.
Mind you, she’s good for a cuddle when I fall and cut my knee. She tells me
fantastic stories every night, laughs at my disasters, says that she’s as bad when she reads a recipe all wrong and her cakes don’t come out right.
I know on open evenings she gives a bad impression
at the school. She doesn’t wear the proper clothes. ‘Too bad,’ the others sometimes say,
‘You’ve got such a peculiar mum.’ ‘It’s just as well,’ I tell them.
‘She is my mother and my dad!’
Moira Andrew
Question: How does the narrator counter the school community’s view of their mother?
One Parent Family
My mum says she’s clueless not, as you’d imagine,
at wiring three pin plugs or straightening a bicycle wheel, but at sewing buttons
on a shirt, icing names and dates on birthday cakes, preparing a three course meal.
She’s not like other mothers; although she’s slim and neat she looks silly in an apron, just great in dungarees.
She’ll tackle any household job, lay lino, fix on tiles, does
all the outside paintwork, climbs a ladder with practised ease.
Mind you, she’s good for a cuddle when I fall and cut my knee. She tells me
fantastic stories every night, laughs at my disasters, says that she’s as bad when she reads a recipe all wrong and her cakes don’t come out right.
I know on open evenings she gives a bad impression
at the school. She doesn’t wear the proper clothes. ‘Too bad,’ the others sometimes say,
‘You’ve got such a peculiar mum.’ ‘It’s just as well,’ I tell them.
‘She is my mother and my dad!’
Moira Andrew
Question: What element of the mother’s life seems most traditional?
One Parent Family
My mum says she’s clueless not, as you’d imagine,
at wiring three pin plugs or straightening a bicycle wheel, but at sewing buttons
on a shirt, icing names and dates on birthday cakes, preparing a three course meal.
She’s not like other mothers; although she’s slim and neat she looks silly in an apron, just great in dungarees.
She’ll tackle any household job, lay lino, fix on tiles, does
all the outside paintwork, climbs a ladder with practised ease.
Mind you, she’s good for a cuddle when I fall and cut my knee. She tells me
fantastic stories every night, laughs at my disasters, says that she’s as bad when she reads a recipe all wrong and her cakes don’t come out right.
I know on open evenings she gives a bad impression
at the school. She doesn’t wear the proper clothes. ‘Too bad,’ the others sometimes say,
‘You’ve got such a peculiar mum.’ ‘It’s just as well,’ I tell them.
‘She is my mother and my dad!’
Moira Andrew
Question: The line “fantastic stories every night” suggests the mother is what?
One Parent Family
My mum says she’s clueless not, as you’d imagine,
at wiring three pin plugs or straightening a bicycle wheel, but at sewing buttons
on a shirt, icing names and dates on birthday cakes, preparing a three course meal.
She’s not like other mothers; although she’s slim and neat she looks silly in an apron, just great in dungarees.
She’ll tackle any household job, lay lino, fix on tiles, does
all the outside paintwork, climbs a ladder with practised ease.
Mind you, she’s good for a cuddle when I fall and cut my knee. She tells me
fantastic stories every night, laughs at my disasters, says that she’s as bad when she reads a recipe all wrong and her cakes don’t come out right.
I know on open evenings she gives a bad impression
at the school. She doesn’t wear the proper clothes. ‘Too bad,’ the others sometimes say,
‘You’ve got such a peculiar mum.’ ‘It’s just as well,’ I tell them.
‘She is my mother and my dad!’
Moira Andrew
Question: Which sentence from the poem indicates the mother’s lack of traditional domestic skills?
Striking Old Man
When grandfather first came to us We did not know how old he was Nor how reliable.
Regular as clockwork he wound up our day And simply by his presence
Reminded us of things we had not done. Not that he ever complained
And we liked him for that.
They had got tired of him at the other house,
So he arrived unceremoniously one afternoon in a van, The few things that were his in a case.
They said he had been too much trouble, He hardly fitted their way of life.
We came to love him.
On his face you could see what time had done And quite a lot that had defeated time.
Sometimes his secrets were unlocked. Then we would see right through
To the frailty and simplicity
Of something that had gone on working Through so many changes.
His voice was occasionally sharp But we knew he was just run down And so we would make allowances. Adjustment was easy.
For much of the day he was quiet And we heard him mostly at night Breathing throughout the house
In a satisfied old-fashioned way. When visitors came he was good:
We saw them admiring his hands – He had a certain veneer.
In time he was part of our lives. The children lived by his looks. He made us all feel at home.
Alasdair Aston
Question: What does “On his face you could see what time had done” imply?
Striking Old Man
When grandfather first came to us We did not know how old he was Nor how reliable.
Regular as clockwork he wound up our day And simply by his presence
Reminded us of things we had not done. Not that he ever complained
And we liked him for that.
They had got tired of him at the other house,
So he arrived unceremoniously one afternoon in a van, The few things that were his in a case.
They said he had been too much trouble, He hardly fitted their way of life.
We came to love him.
On his face you could see what time had done And quite a lot that had defeated time.
Sometimes his secrets were unlocked. Then we would see right through
To the frailty and simplicity
Of something that had gone on working Through so many changes.
His voice was occasionally sharp But we knew he was just run down And so we would make allowances. Adjustment was easy.
For much of the day he was quiet And we heard him mostly at night Breathing throughout the house
In a satisfied old-fashioned way. When visitors came he was good:
We saw them admiring his hands – He had a certain veneer.
In time he was part of our lives. The children lived by his looks. He made us all feel at home.
Alasdair Aston
Question: Which phrase suggests that the grandfather was not initially welcome in the new home?
Striking Old Man
When grandfather first came to us We did not know how old he was Nor how reliable.
Regular as clockwork he wound up our day And simply by his presence
Reminded us of things we had not done. Not that he ever complained
And we liked him for that.
They had got tired of him at the other house,
So he arrived unceremoniously one afternoon in a van, The few things that were his in a case.
They said he had been too much trouble, He hardly fitted their way of life.
We came to love him.
On his face you could see what time had done And quite a lot that had defeated time.
Sometimes his secrets were unlocked. Then we would see right through
To the frailty and simplicity
Of something that had gone on working Through so many changes.
His voice was occasionally sharp But we knew he was just run down And so we would make allowances. Adjustment was easy.
For much of the day he was quiet And we heard him mostly at night Breathing throughout the house
In a satisfied old-fashioned way. When visitors came he was good:
We saw them admiring his hands – He had a certain veneer.
In time he was part of our lives. The children lived by his looks. He made us all feel at home.
Alasdair Aston
Question: What best describes the tone of the poem?
Striking Old Man
When grandfather first came to us We did not know how old he was Nor how reliable.
Regular as clockwork he wound up our day And simply by his presence
Reminded us of things we had not done. Not that he ever complained
And we liked him for that.
They had got tired of him at the other house,
So he arrived unceremoniously one afternoon in a van, The few things that were his in a case.
They said he had been too much trouble, He hardly fitted their way of life.
We came to love him.
On his face you could see what time had done And quite a lot that had defeated time.
Sometimes his secrets were unlocked. Then we would see right through
To the frailty and simplicity
Of something that had gone on working Through so many changes.
His voice was occasionally sharp But we knew he was just run down And so we would make allowances. Adjustment was easy.
For much of the day he was quiet And we heard him mostly at night Breathing throughout the house
In a satisfied old-fashioned way. When visitors came he was good:
We saw them admiring his hands – He had a certain veneer.
In time he was part of our lives. The children lived by his looks. He made us all feel at home.
Alasdair Aston
Question: What does “Regular as clockwork he wound up our day” imply?
Striking Old Man
When grandfather first came to us We did not know how old he was Nor how reliable.
Regular as clockwork he wound up our day And simply by his presence
Reminded us of things we had not done. Not that he ever complained
And we liked him for that.
They had got tired of him at the other house,
So he arrived unceremoniously one afternoon in a van, The few things that were his in a case.
They said he had been too much trouble, He hardly fitted their way of life.
We came to love him.
On his face you could see what time had done And quite a lot that had defeated time.
Sometimes his secrets were unlocked. Then we would see right through
To the frailty and simplicity
Of something that had gone on working Through so many changes.
His voice was occasionally sharp But we knew he was just run down And so we would make allowances. Adjustment was easy.
For much of the day he was quiet And we heard him mostly at night Breathing throughout the house
In a satisfied old-fashioned way. When visitors came he was good:
We saw them admiring his hands – He had a certain veneer.
In time he was part of our lives. The children lived by his looks. He made us all feel at home.
Alasdair Aston
Question: What does “His voice was occasionally sharp” indicate?
Striking Old Man
When grandfather first came to us We did not know how old he was Nor how reliable.
Regular as clockwork he wound up our day And simply by his presence
Reminded us of things we had not done. Not that he ever complained
And we liked him for that.
They had got tired of him at the other house,
So he arrived unceremoniously one afternoon in a van, The few things that were his in a case.
They said he had been too much trouble, He hardly fitted their way of life.
We came to love him.
On his face you could see what time had done And quite a lot that had defeated time.
Sometimes his secrets were unlocked. Then we would see right through
To the frailty and simplicity
Of something that had gone on working Through so many changes.
His voice was occasionally sharp But we knew he was just run down And so we would make allowances. Adjustment was easy.
For much of the day he was quiet And we heard him mostly at night Breathing throughout the house
In a satisfied old-fashioned way. When visitors came he was good:
We saw them admiring his hands – He had a certain veneer.
In time he was part of our lives. The children lived by his looks. He made us all feel at home.
Alasdair Aston
Question: How is the grandfather described in his relation to the children?
Striking Old Man
When grandfather first came to us We did not know how old he was Nor how reliable.
Regular as clockwork he wound up our day And simply by his presence
Reminded us of things we had not done. Not that he ever complained
And we liked him for that.
They had got tired of him at the other house,
So he arrived unceremoniously one afternoon in a van, The few things that were his in a case.
They said he had been too much trouble, He hardly fitted their way of life.
We came to love him.
On his face you could see what time had done And quite a lot that had defeated time.
Sometimes his secrets were unlocked. Then we would see right through
To the frailty and simplicity
Of something that had gone on working Through so many changes.
His voice was occasionally sharp But we knew he was just run down And so we would make allowances. Adjustment was easy.
For much of the day he was quiet And we heard him mostly at night Breathing throughout the house
In a satisfied old-fashioned way. When visitors came he was good:
We saw them admiring his hands – He had a certain veneer.
In time he was part of our lives. The children lived by his looks. He made us all feel at home.
Alasdair Aston
Question: The line “In time he was part of our lives” indicates what?
The Annual Holiday
Well, I’m off on me holidays, It’s all within me reach,
I’ve got myself in trim
For carting deckchairs round the beach, With me flask of tea and cup,
I shall be pouring out the dregs, With wasps all round me orange, And with tar all round me legs.
All bundled up with cardigans, (The weather’s on the change)
I won’t have slept the night before, (The beds were all so strange)
I’ll lay out on the beach,
Oh so remote and deeply tanned, With me sandwiches, me knickers, And me ears full up with sand.
At night, as we’re on holiday, It’s on the town we’ll go,
With sausage, chips and marrowfats, At a couple of quid a throw,
And when we’ve spent our cash, We’ll wander home as best we can, All along the Mini Golf,
To the smell of the hot dog man.
Or seeing as it’s raining, We’ll pop out for a jar,
When we’ve fought the other tourists, For a second at the bar,
We’ll ignore those folks who’ve just come in, Whose shoulders are so sore,
‘Cause last week was so hot,
They couldn’t step outside the door.
And then we’ll travel home, All sat religiously apart,
So we don’t touch each other’s legs, And make the sunburn smart,
With suitcasefuls of rock, So everybody gets a stick,
And our hearts down in our flip flops, See you next year. Kiss me quick.
Pam Ayres
Question: What does the speaker take to the beach?
The Annual Holiday
Well, I’m off on me holidays, It’s all within me reach,
I’ve got myself in trim
For carting deckchairs round the beach, With me flask of tea and cup,
I shall be pouring out the dregs, With wasps all round me orange, And with tar all round me legs.
All bundled up with cardigans, (The weather’s on the change)
I won’t have slept the night before, (The beds were all so strange)
I’ll lay out on the beach,
Oh so remote and deeply tanned, With me sandwiches, me knickers, And me ears full up with sand.
At night, as we’re on holiday, It’s on the town we’ll go,
With sausage, chips and marrowfats, At a couple of quid a throw,
And when we’ve spent our cash, We’ll wander home as best we can, All along the Mini Golf,
To the smell of the hot dog man.
Or seeing as it’s raining, We’ll pop out for a jar,
When we’ve fought the other tourists, For a second at the bar,
We’ll ignore those folks who’ve just come in, Whose shoulders are so sore,
‘Cause last week was so hot,
They couldn’t step outside the door.
And then we’ll travel home, All sat religiously apart,
So we don’t touch each other’s legs, And make the sunburn smart,
With suitcasefuls of rock, So everybody gets a stick,
And our hearts down in our flip flops, See you next year. Kiss me quick.
Pam Ayres
Question: How does the speaker describe the sleeping conditions?
The Annual Holiday
Well, I’m off on me holidays, It’s all within me reach,
I’ve got myself in trim
For carting deckchairs round the beach, With me flask of tea and cup,
I shall be pouring out the dregs, With wasps all round me orange, And with tar all round me legs.
All bundled up with cardigans, (The weather’s on the change)
I won’t have slept the night before, (The beds were all so strange)
I’ll lay out on the beach,
Oh so remote and deeply tanned, With me sandwiches, me knickers, And me ears full up with sand.
At night, as we’re on holiday, It’s on the town we’ll go,
With sausage, chips and marrowfats, At a couple of quid a throw,
And when we’ve spent our cash, We’ll wander home as best we can, All along the Mini Golf,
To the smell of the hot dog man.
Or seeing as it’s raining, We’ll pop out for a jar,
When we’ve fought the other tourists, For a second at the bar,
We’ll ignore those folks who’ve just come in, Whose shoulders are so sore,
‘Cause last week was so hot,
They couldn’t step outside the door.
And then we’ll travel home, All sat religiously apart,
So we don’t touch each other’s legs, And make the sunburn smart,
With suitcasefuls of rock, So everybody gets a stick,
And our hearts down in our flip flops, See you next year. Kiss me quick.
Pam Ayres
Question: What is the primary emotion conveyed in the poem?
The Annual Holiday
Well, I’m off on me holidays, It’s all within me reach,
I’ve got myself in trim
For carting deckchairs round the beach, With me flask of tea and cup,
I shall be pouring out the dregs, With wasps all round me orange, And with tar all round me legs.
All bundled up with cardigans, (The weather’s on the change)
I won’t have slept the night before, (The beds were all so strange)
I’ll lay out on the beach,
Oh so remote and deeply tanned, With me sandwiches, me knickers, And me ears full up with sand.
At night, as we’re on holiday, It’s on the town we’ll go,
With sausage, chips and marrowfats, At a couple of quid a throw,
And when we’ve spent our cash, We’ll wander home as best we can, All along the Mini Golf,
To the smell of the hot dog man.
Or seeing as it’s raining, We’ll pop out for a jar,
When we’ve fought the other tourists, For a second at the bar,
We’ll ignore those folks who’ve just come in, Whose shoulders are so sore,
‘Cause last week was so hot,
They couldn’t step outside the door.
And then we’ll travel home, All sat religiously apart,
So we don’t touch each other’s legs, And make the sunburn smart,
With suitcasefuls of rock, So everybody gets a stick,
And our hearts down in our flip flops, See you next year. Kiss me quick.
Pam Ayres
Question: What does the speaker plan to eat at night?
The Annual Holiday
Well, I’m off on me holidays, It’s all within me reach,
I’ve got myself in trim
For carting deckchairs round the beach, With me flask of tea and cup,
I shall be pouring out the dregs, With wasps all round me orange, And with tar all round me legs.
All bundled up with cardigans, (The weather’s on the change)
I won’t have slept the night before, (The beds were all so strange)
I’ll lay out on the beach,
Oh so remote and deeply tanned, With me sandwiches, me knickers, And me ears full up with sand.
At night, as we’re on holiday, It’s on the town we’ll go,
With sausage, chips and marrowfats, At a couple of quid a throw,
And when we’ve spent our cash, We’ll wander home as best we can, All along the Mini Golf,
To the smell of the hot dog man.
Or seeing as it’s raining, We’ll pop out for a jar,
When we’ve fought the other tourists, For a second at the bar,
We’ll ignore those folks who’ve just come in, Whose shoulders are so sore,
‘Cause last week was so hot,
They couldn’t step outside the door.
And then we’ll travel home, All sat religiously apart,
So we don’t touch each other’s legs, And make the sunburn smart,
With suitcasefuls of rock, So everybody gets a stick,
And our hearts down in our flip flops, See you next year. Kiss me quick.
Pam Ayres
Question: What does the speaker say about the weather?
The Annual Holiday
Well, I’m off on me holidays, It’s all within me reach,
I’ve got myself in trim
For carting deckchairs round the beach, With me flask of tea and cup,
I shall be pouring out the dregs, With wasps all round me orange, And with tar all round me legs.
All bundled up with cardigans, (The weather’s on the change)
I won’t have slept the night before, (The beds were all so strange)
I’ll lay out on the beach,
Oh so remote and deeply tanned, With me sandwiches, me knickers, And me ears full up with sand.
At night, as we’re on holiday, It’s on the town we’ll go,
With sausage, chips and marrowfats, At a couple of quid a throw,
And when we’ve spent our cash, We’ll wander home as best we can, All along the Mini Golf,
To the smell of the hot dog man.
Or seeing as it’s raining, We’ll pop out for a jar,
When we’ve fought the other tourists, For a second at the bar,
We’ll ignore those folks who’ve just come in, Whose shoulders are so sore,
‘Cause last week was so hot,
They couldn’t step outside the door.
And then we’ll travel home, All sat religiously apart,
So we don’t touch each other’s legs, And make the sunburn smart,
With suitcasefuls of rock, So everybody gets a stick,
And our hearts down in our flip flops, See you next year. Kiss me quick.
Pam Ayres
Question: How does the speaker feel about going home?
The Annual Holiday
Well, I’m off on me holidays, It’s all within me reach,
I’ve got myself in trim
For carting deckchairs round the beach, With me flask of tea and cup,
I shall be pouring out the dregs, With wasps all round me orange, And with tar all round me legs.
All bundled up with cardigans, (The weather’s on the change)
I won’t have slept the night before, (The beds were all so strange)
I’ll lay out on the beach,
Oh so remote and deeply tanned, With me sandwiches, me knickers, And me ears full up with sand.
At night, as we’re on holiday, It’s on the town we’ll go,
With sausage, chips and marrowfats, At a couple of quid a throw,
And when we’ve spent our cash, We’ll wander home as best we can, All along the Mini Golf,
To the smell of the hot dog man.
Or seeing as it’s raining, We’ll pop out for a jar,
When we’ve fought the other tourists, For a second at the bar,
We’ll ignore those folks who’ve just come in, Whose shoulders are so sore,
‘Cause last week was so hot,
They couldn’t step outside the door.
And then we’ll travel home, All sat religiously apart,
So we don’t touch each other’s legs, And make the sunburn smart,
With suitcasefuls of rock, So everybody gets a stick,
And our hearts down in our flip flops, See you next year. Kiss me quick.
Pam Ayres
Question: What will the speaker bring home as a souvenir?
Warning
When I am an old woman I shall wear purple With a red hat that doesn’t suit me,
And I shall spend my pension on brandy and summer gloves And satin sandals, and say we’ve no money for butter.
I shall sit down on the pavement when I am tired
And gobble up samples in shops and press alarm bells And run my stick along the public railings
And make up for the sobriety of my youth. I shall go out in my slippers in the rain
And pick the flowers in other people’s gardens And learn to spit.
You can wear terrible shirts and grow more fat And eat three pounds of sausages at a go
Or only bread and pickles for a week
And hoard pens and pencils and beermats and things in boxes.
But now we must have clothes that keep us dry And pay our rent and not swear in the street And set a good example for the children.
We shall have friends to dinner and read the papers.
But maybe I ought to practise a little now?
So that people who know me are not too shocked and surprised When suddenly I am old and start to wear purple.
Jenny Josephs
Question: What will the speaker wear when she’s old?
Warning
When I am an old woman I shall wear purple With a red hat that doesn’t suit me,
And I shall spend my pension on brandy and summer gloves And satin sandals, and say we’ve no money for butter.
I shall sit down on the pavement when I am tired
And gobble up samples in shops and press alarm bells And run my stick along the public railings
And make up for the sobriety of my youth. I shall go out in my slippers in the rain
And pick the flowers in other people’s gardens And learn to spit.
You can wear terrible shirts and grow more fat And eat three pounds of sausages at a go
Or only bread and pickles for a week
And hoard pens and pencils and beermats and things in boxes.
But now we must have clothes that keep us dry And pay our rent and not swear in the street And set a good example for the children.
We shall have friends to dinner and read the papers.
But maybe I ought to practise a little now?
So that people who know me are not too shocked and surprised When suddenly I am old and start to wear purple.
Jenny Josephs
Question: What will the speaker wear when she’s old?
Warning
When I am an old woman I shall wear purple With a red hat that doesn’t suit me,
And I shall spend my pension on brandy and summer gloves And satin sandals, and say we’ve no money for butter.
I shall sit down on the pavement when I am tired
And gobble up samples in shops and press alarm bells And run my stick along the public railings
And make up for the sobriety of my youth. I shall go out in my slippers in the rain
And pick the flowers in other people’s gardens And learn to spit.
You can wear terrible shirts and grow more fat And eat three pounds of sausages at a go
Or only bread and pickles for a week
And hoard pens and pencils and beermats and things in boxes.
But now we must have clothes that keep us dry And pay our rent and not swear in the street And set a good example for the children.
We shall have friends to dinner and read the papers.
But maybe I ought to practise a little now?
So that people who know me are not too shocked and surprised When suddenly I am old and start to wear purple.
Jenny Josephs
Question: What will the speaker spend her pension on?
Warning
When I am an old woman I shall wear purple With a red hat that doesn’t suit me,
And I shall spend my pension on brandy and summer gloves And satin sandals, and say we’ve no money for butter.
I shall sit down on the pavement when I am tired
And gobble up samples in shops and press alarm bells And run my stick along the public railings
And make up for the sobriety of my youth. I shall go out in my slippers in the rain
And pick the flowers in other people’s gardens And learn to spit.
You can wear terrible shirts and grow more fat And eat three pounds of sausages at a go
Or only bread and pickles for a week
And hoard pens and pencils and beermats and things in boxes.
But now we must have clothes that keep us dry And pay our rent and not swear in the street And set a good example for the children.
We shall have friends to dinner and read the papers.
But maybe I ought to practise a little now?
So that people who know me are not too shocked and surprised When suddenly I am old and start to wear purple.
Jenny Josephs
Question: What does the speaker plan to do when she’s tired?
Warning
When I am an old woman I shall wear purple With a red hat that doesn’t suit me,
And I shall spend my pension on brandy and summer gloves And satin sandals, and say we’ve no money for butter.
I shall sit down on the pavement when I am tired
And gobble up samples in shops and press alarm bells And run my stick along the public railings
And make up for the sobriety of my youth. I shall go out in my slippers in the rain
And pick the flowers in other people’s gardens And learn to spit.
You can wear terrible shirts and grow more fat And eat three pounds of sausages at a go
Or only bread and pickles for a week
And hoard pens and pencils and beermats and things in boxes.
But now we must have clothes that keep us dry And pay our rent and not swear in the street And set a good example for the children.
We shall have friends to dinner and read the papers.
But maybe I ought to practise a little now?
So that people who know me are not too shocked and surprised When suddenly I am old and start to wear purple.
Jenny Josephs
Question: What does the speaker plan to do when she’s tired?
Warning
When I am an old woman I shall wear purple With a red hat that doesn’t suit me,
And I shall spend my pension on brandy and summer gloves And satin sandals, and say we’ve no money for butter.
I shall sit down on the pavement when I am tired
And gobble up samples in shops and press alarm bells And run my stick along the public railings
And make up for the sobriety of my youth. I shall go out in my slippers in the rain
And pick the flowers in other people’s gardens And learn to spit.
You can wear terrible shirts and grow more fat And eat three pounds of sausages at a go
Or only bread and pickles for a week
And hoard pens and pencils and beermats and things in boxes.
But now we must have clothes that keep us dry And pay our rent and not swear in the street And set a good example for the children.
We shall have friends to dinner and read the papers.
But maybe I ought to practise a little now?
So that people who know me are not too shocked and surprised When suddenly I am old and start to wear purple.
Jenny Josephs
Question: What will she do to ‘make up for the sobriety of her youth’?
Warning
When I am an old woman I shall wear purple With a red hat that doesn’t suit me,
And I shall spend my pension on brandy and summer gloves And satin sandals, and say we’ve no money for butter.
I shall sit down on the pavement when I am tired
And gobble up samples in shops and press alarm bells And run my stick along the public railings
And make up for the sobriety of my youth. I shall go out in my slippers in the rain
And pick the flowers in other people’s gardens And learn to spit.
You can wear terrible shirts and grow more fat And eat three pounds of sausages at a go
Or only bread and pickles for a week
And hoard pens and pencils and beermats and things in boxes.
But now we must have clothes that keep us dry And pay our rent and not swear in the street And set a good example for the children.
We shall have friends to dinner and read the papers.
But maybe I ought to practise a little now?
So that people who know me are not too shocked and surprised When suddenly I am old and start to wear purple.
Jenny Josephs
Question: How does the speaker feel about societal expectations?
Warning
When I am an old woman I shall wear purple With a red hat that doesn’t suit me,
And I shall spend my pension on brandy and summer gloves And satin sandals, and say we’ve no money for butter.
I shall sit down on the pavement when I am tired
And gobble up samples in shops and press alarm bells And run my stick along the public railings
And make up for the sobriety of my youth. I shall go out in my slippers in the rain
And pick the flowers in other people’s gardens And learn to spit.
You can wear terrible shirts and grow more fat And eat three pounds of sausages at a go
Or only bread and pickles for a week
And hoard pens and pencils and beermats and things in boxes.
But now we must have clothes that keep us dry And pay our rent and not swear in the street And set a good example for the children.
We shall have friends to dinner and read the papers.
But maybe I ought to practise a little now?
So that people who know me are not too shocked and surprised When suddenly I am old and start to wear purple.
Jenny Josephs
Question: What does she suggest about ‘practising a little now’?
Warning
When I am an old woman I shall wear purple With a red hat that doesn’t suit me,
And I shall spend my pension on brandy and summer gloves And satin sandals, and say we’ve no money for butter.
I shall sit down on the pavement when I am tired
And gobble up samples in shops and press alarm bells And run my stick along the public railings
And make up for the sobriety of my youth. I shall go out in my slippers in the rain
And pick the flowers in other people’s gardens And learn to spit.
You can wear terrible shirts and grow more fat And eat three pounds of sausages at a go
Or only bread and pickles for a week
And hoard pens and pencils and beermats and things in boxes.
But now we must have clothes that keep us dry And pay our rent and not swear in the street And set a good example for the children.
We shall have friends to dinner and read the papers.
But maybe I ought to practise a little now?
So that people who know me are not too shocked and surprised When suddenly I am old and start to wear purple.
Jenny Josephs
Question: What is the tone of the poem?
Warning
When I am an old woman I shall wear purple With a red hat that doesn’t suit me,
And I shall spend my pension on brandy and summer gloves And satin sandals, and say we’ve no money for butter.
I shall sit down on the pavement when I am tired
And gobble up samples in shops and press alarm bells And run my stick along the public railings
And make up for the sobriety of my youth. I shall go out in my slippers in the rain
And pick the flowers in other people’s gardens And learn to spit.
You can wear terrible shirts and grow more fat And eat three pounds of sausages at a go
Or only bread and pickles for a week
And hoard pens and pencils and beermats and things in boxes.
But now we must have clothes that keep us dry And pay our rent and not swear in the street And set a good example for the children.
We shall have friends to dinner and read the papers.
But maybe I ought to practise a little now?
So that people who know me are not too shocked and surprised When suddenly I am old and start to wear purple.
Jenny Josephs
Question: What’s the main theme of the poem?
Warning
When I am an old woman I shall wear purple With a red hat that doesn’t suit me,
And I shall spend my pension on brandy and summer gloves And satin sandals, and say we’ve no money for butter.
I shall sit down on the pavement when I am tired
And gobble up samples in shops and press alarm bells And run my stick along the public railings
And make up for the sobriety of my youth. I shall go out in my slippers in the rain
And pick the flowers in other people’s gardens And learn to spit.
You can wear terrible shirts and grow more fat And eat three pounds of sausages at a go
Or only bread and pickles for a week
And hoard pens and pencils and beermats and things in boxes.
But now we must have clothes that keep us dry And pay our rent and not swear in the street And set a good example for the children.
We shall have friends to dinner and read the papers.
But maybe I ought to practise a little now?
So that people who know me are not too shocked and surprised When suddenly I am old and start to wear purple.
Jenny Josephs
Question: What happens to the blackberries at the end of the poem?
Blackerry – picking
Late August, given heavy rain and sun
For a full week, the blackberries would ripen. At first, just one, a glossy purple clot
Among others, red, green, hard as a knot. You ate that first one and its flesh was sweet
Like thickened wine: summer’s blood was, in it Leaving stains upon the tongue and a lust for Picking. The red ones inked up and that hunger Sent us with milk-cans, pea-tins, jam-pots
Where briars scratched and wet grass bleached our boots. Round hayfields, cornfields and potato-drills
We trekked and picked until the cans were full, Until the tinkling bottoms had been covered
With green ones, and on top big dark blobs burned Like a plate of eyes. Our hands were peppered With thorn pricks, our palms sticky as Bluebeard’s.
We hoarded the fresh berries in the byre.
But when the bath was filled we found a fur, a rat-grey fungus, glutting on our cache.
The juice was stinking, too. Once off the bush
The fruit fermented, the sweet flesh would turn sour. I always felt like crying. It wasn’t fair
That all the lovely canfuls smelt of rot.
Each year I hoped they’d keep, knew that they would not.
Seamus Heaney
Question: What is the initial condition of the first blackberry picked?
Blackerry – picking
Late August, given heavy rain and sun
For a full week, the blackberries would ripen. At first, just one, a glossy purple clot
Among others, red, green, hard as a knot. You ate that first one and its flesh was sweet
Like thickened wine: summer’s blood was, in it Leaving stains upon the tongue and a lust for Picking. The red ones inked up and that hunger Sent us with milk-cans, pea-tins, jam-pots
Where briars scratched and wet grass bleached our boots. Round hayfields, cornfields and potato-drills
We trekked and picked until the cans were full, Until the tinkling bottoms had been covered
With green ones, and on top big dark blobs burned Like a plate of eyes. Our hands were peppered With thorn pricks, our palms sticky as Bluebeard’s.
We hoarded the fresh berries in the byre.
But when the bath was filled we found a fur, a rat-grey fungus, glutting on our cache.
The juice was stinking, too. Once off the bush
The fruit fermented, the sweet flesh would turn sour. I always felt like crying. It wasn’t fair
That all the lovely canfuls smelt of rot.
Each year I hoped they’d keep, knew that they would not.
Seamus Heaney
Question: How do the pickers carry the blackberries?
Blackerry – picking
Late August, given heavy rain and sun
For a full week, the blackberries would ripen. At first, just one, a glossy purple clot
Among others, red, green, hard as a knot. You ate that first one and its flesh was sweet
Like thickened wine: summer’s blood was, in it Leaving stains upon the tongue and a lust for Picking. The red ones inked up and that hunger Sent us with milk-cans, pea-tins, jam-pots
Where briars scratched and wet grass bleached our boots. Round hayfields, cornfields and potato-drills
We trekked and picked until the cans were full, Until the tinkling bottoms had been covered
With green ones, and on top big dark blobs burned Like a plate of eyes. Our hands were peppered With thorn pricks, our palms sticky as Bluebeard’s.
We hoarded the fresh berries in the byre.
But when the bath was filled we found a fur, a rat-grey fungus, glutting on our cache.
The juice was stinking, too. Once off the bush
The fruit fermented, the sweet flesh would turn sour. I always felt like crying. It wasn’t fair
That all the lovely canfuls smelt of rot.
Each year I hoped they’d keep, knew that they would not.
Seamus Heaney
Question: How do the pickers carry the blackberries?
Blackerry – picking
Late August, given heavy rain and sun
For a full week, the blackberries would ripen. At first, just one, a glossy purple clot
Among others, red, green, hard as a knot. You ate that first one and its flesh was sweet
Like thickened wine: summer’s blood was, in it Leaving stains upon the tongue and a lust for Picking. The red ones inked up and that hunger Sent us with milk-cans, pea-tins, jam-pots
Where briars scratched and wet grass bleached our boots. Round hayfields, cornfields and potato-drills
We trekked and picked until the cans were full, Until the tinkling bottoms had been covered
With green ones, and on top big dark blobs burned Like a plate of eyes. Our hands were peppered With thorn pricks, our palms sticky as Bluebeard’s.
We hoarded the fresh berries in the byre.
But when the bath was filled we found a fur, a rat-grey fungus, glutting on our cache.
The juice was stinking, too. Once off the bush
The fruit fermented, the sweet flesh would turn sour. I always felt like crying. It wasn’t fair
That all the lovely canfuls smelt of rot.
Each year I hoped they’d keep, knew that they would not.
Seamus Heaney
Question: What do the blackberries symbolise in the poem?
Blackerry – picking
Late August, given heavy rain and sun
For a full week, the blackberries would ripen. At first, just one, a glossy purple clot
Among others, red, green, hard as a knot. You ate that first one and its flesh was sweet
Like thickened wine: summer’s blood was, in it Leaving stains upon the tongue and a lust for Picking. The red ones inked up and that hunger Sent us with milk-cans, pea-tins, jam-pots
Where briars scratched and wet grass bleached our boots. Round hayfields, cornfields and potato-drills
We trekked and picked until the cans were full, Until the tinkling bottoms had been covered
With green ones, and on top big dark blobs burned Like a plate of eyes. Our hands were peppered With thorn pricks, our palms sticky as Bluebeard’s.
We hoarded the fresh berries in the byre.
But when the bath was filled we found a fur, a rat-grey fungus, glutting on our cache.
The juice was stinking, too. Once off the bush
The fruit fermented, the sweet flesh would turn sour. I always felt like crying. It wasn’t fair
That all the lovely canfuls smelt of rot.
Each year I hoped they’d keep, knew that they would not.
Seamus Heaney
Question: How do the pickers carry the blackberries?
Blackerry – picking
Late August, given heavy rain and sun
For a full week, the blackberries would ripen. At first, just one, a glossy purple clot
Among others, red, green, hard as a knot. You ate that first one and its flesh was sweet
Like thickened wine: summer’s blood was, in it Leaving stains upon the tongue and a lust for Picking. The red ones inked up and that hunger Sent us with milk-cans, pea-tins, jam-pots
Where briars scratched and wet grass bleached our boots. Round hayfields, cornfields and potato-drills
We trekked and picked until the cans were full, Until the tinkling bottoms had been covered
With green ones, and on top big dark blobs burned Like a plate of eyes. Our hands were peppered With thorn pricks, our palms sticky as Bluebeard’s.
We hoarded the fresh berries in the byre.
But when the bath was filled we found a fur, a rat-grey fungus, glutting on our cache.
The juice was stinking, too. Once off the bush
The fruit fermented, the sweet flesh would turn sour. I always felt like crying. It wasn’t fair
That all the lovely canfuls smelt of rot.
Each year I hoped they’d keep, knew that they would not.
Seamus Heaney
Question: What does the “rat-grey fungus” represent?
Blackerry – picking
Late August, given heavy rain and sun
For a full week, the blackberries would ripen. At first, just one, a glossy purple clot
Among others, red, green, hard as a knot. You ate that first one and its flesh was sweet
Like thickened wine: summer’s blood was, in it Leaving stains upon the tongue and a lust for Picking. The red ones inked up and that hunger Sent us with milk-cans, pea-tins, jam-pots
Where briars scratched and wet grass bleached our boots. Round hayfields, cornfields and potato-drills
We trekked and picked until the cans were full, Until the tinkling bottoms had been covered
With green ones, and on top big dark blobs burned Like a plate of eyes. Our hands were peppered With thorn pricks, our palms sticky as Bluebeard’s.
We hoarded the fresh berries in the byre.
But when the bath was filled we found a fur, a rat-grey fungus, glutting on our cache.
The juice was stinking, too. Once off the bush
The fruit fermented, the sweet flesh would turn sour. I always felt like crying. It wasn’t fair
That all the lovely canfuls smelt of rot.
Each year I hoped they’d keep, knew that they would not.
Seamus Heaney
Question: What emotions does the speaker express at the end?
Blackerry – picking
Late August, given heavy rain and sun
For a full week, the blackberries would ripen. At first, just one, a glossy purple clot
Among others, red, green, hard as a knot. You ate that first one and its flesh was sweet
Like thickened wine: summer’s blood was, in it Leaving stains upon the tongue and a lust for Picking. The red ones inked up and that hunger Sent us with milk-cans, pea-tins, jam-pots
Where briars scratched and wet grass bleached our boots. Round hayfields, cornfields and potato-drills
We trekked and picked until the cans were full, Until the tinkling bottoms had been covered
With green ones, and on top big dark blobs burned Like a plate of eyes. Our hands were peppered With thorn pricks, our palms sticky as Bluebeard’s.
We hoarded the fresh berries in the byre.
But when the bath was filled we found a fur, a rat-grey fungus, glutting on our cache.
The juice was stinking, too. Once off the bush
The fruit fermented, the sweet flesh would turn sour. I always felt like crying. It wasn’t fair
That all the lovely canfuls smelt of rot.
Each year I hoped they’d keep, knew that they would not.
Seamus Heaney
Question: What is the tone of the poem?
Blackerry – picking
Late August, given heavy rain and sun
For a full week, the blackberries would ripen. At first, just one, a glossy purple clot
Among others, red, green, hard as a knot. You ate that first one and its flesh was sweet
Like thickened wine: summer’s blood was, in it Leaving stains upon the tongue and a lust for Picking. The red ones inked up and that hunger Sent us with milk-cans, pea-tins, jam-pots
Where briars scratched and wet grass bleached our boots. Round hayfields, cornfields and potato-drills
We trekked and picked until the cans were full, Until the tinkling bottoms had been covered
With green ones, and on top big dark blobs burned Like a plate of eyes. Our hands were peppered With thorn pricks, our palms sticky as Bluebeard’s.
We hoarded the fresh berries in the byre.
But when the bath was filled we found a fur, a rat-grey fungus, glutting on our cache.
The juice was stinking, too. Once off the bush
The fruit fermented, the sweet flesh would turn sour. I always felt like crying. It wasn’t fair
That all the lovely canfuls smelt of rot.
Each year I hoped they’d keep, knew that they would not.
Seamus Heaney
Question: How does the speaker describe the taste of the first blackberry?
Kieran
Kieran can’t walk like the rest of us. He comes to school on the special bus. He has to use crutches to get about
And he’s fast, but he can’t keep up when we run When we race in the wind and fight and have fun He can’t keep up, he has to shout
‘Wait for me, everyone, wait for me.’
And sometimes we wait, and sometimes we Run off and hide, and that’s when he
Sits in the yard with his sticks on the ground Sits by himself until he’s found
By Sir, or Miss, and they sit and talk
And we watch them laugh in a special way And we’d love to know what he has to say About the ones who ran away.
The ones who forgot that he can’t walk. And then we remember to ask him to play And we kick the ball and he hits it back;
He’s quick with those sticks, he has the knack Of whamming the ball right into goal.
And if he falls over he doesn’t fuss,
We hoist him back up and we laugh at the soil
On his hands and his face, and give him his sticks. He’s strong when he fights us, but he never kicks – He can’t use his legs like the rest of us.
He comes to school on the special bus.
Berlie Doherty
Question: How does Kieran arrive at school?
Kieran
Kieran can’t walk like the rest of us. He comes to school on the special bus. He has to use crutches to get about
And he’s fast, but he can’t keep up when we run When we race in the wind and fight and have fun He can’t keep up, he has to shout
‘Wait for me, everyone, wait for me.’
And sometimes we wait, and sometimes we Run off and hide, and that’s when he
Sits in the yard with his sticks on the ground Sits by himself until he’s found
By Sir, or Miss, and they sit and talk
And we watch them laugh in a special way And we’d love to know what he has to say About the ones who ran away.
The ones who forgot that he can’t walk. And then we remember to ask him to play And we kick the ball and he hits it back;
He’s quick with those sticks, he has the knack Of whamming the ball right into goal.
And if he falls over he doesn’t fuss,
We hoist him back up and we laugh at the soil
On his hands and his face, and give him his sticks. He’s strong when he fights us, but he never kicks – He can’t use his legs like the rest of us.
He comes to school on the special bus.
Berlie Doherty
Question: What does Kieran use to move around?
Kieran
Kieran can’t walk like the rest of us. He comes to school on the special bus. He has to use crutches to get about
And he’s fast, but he can’t keep up when we run When we race in the wind and fight and have fun He can’t keep up, he has to shout
‘Wait for me, everyone, wait for me.’
And sometimes we wait, and sometimes we Run off and hide, and that’s when he
Sits in the yard with his sticks on the ground Sits by himself until he’s found
By Sir, or Miss, and they sit and talk
And we watch them laugh in a special way And we’d love to know what he has to say About the ones who ran away.
The ones who forgot that he can’t walk. And then we remember to ask him to play And we kick the ball and he hits it back;
He’s quick with those sticks, he has the knack Of whamming the ball right into goal.
And if he falls over he doesn’t fuss,
We hoist him back up and we laugh at the soil
On his hands and his face, and give him his sticks. He’s strong when he fights us, but he never kicks – He can’t use his legs like the rest of us.
He comes to school on the special bus.
Berlie Doherty
Question: What does Kieran use to move around?
Kieran
Kieran can’t walk like the rest of us. He comes to school on the special bus. He has to use crutches to get about
And he’s fast, but he can’t keep up when we run When we race in the wind and fight and have fun He can’t keep up, he has to shout
‘Wait for me, everyone, wait for me.’
And sometimes we wait, and sometimes we Run off and hide, and that’s when he
Sits in the yard with his sticks on the ground Sits by himself until he’s found
By Sir, or Miss, and they sit and talk
And we watch them laugh in a special way And we’d love to know what he has to say About the ones who ran away.
The ones who forgot that he can’t walk. And then we remember to ask him to play And we kick the ball and he hits it back;
He’s quick with those sticks, he has the knack Of whamming the ball right into goal.
And if he falls over he doesn’t fuss,
We hoist him back up and we laugh at the soil
On his hands and his face, and give him his sticks. He’s strong when he fights us, but he never kicks – He can’t use his legs like the rest of us.
He comes to school on the special bus.
Berlie Doherty
Question: How do the other children sometimes treat Kieran?
Kieran
Kieran can’t walk like the rest of us. He comes to school on the special bus. He has to use crutches to get about
And he’s fast, but he can’t keep up when we run When we race in the wind and fight and have fun He can’t keep up, he has to shout
‘Wait for me, everyone, wait for me.’
And sometimes we wait, and sometimes we Run off and hide, and that’s when he
Sits in the yard with his sticks on the ground Sits by himself until he’s found
By Sir, or Miss, and they sit and talk
And we watch them laugh in a special way And we’d love to know what he has to say About the ones who ran away.
The ones who forgot that he can’t walk. And then we remember to ask him to play And we kick the ball and he hits it back;
He’s quick with those sticks, he has the knack Of whamming the ball right into goal.
And if he falls over he doesn’t fuss,
We hoist him back up and we laugh at the soil
On his hands and his face, and give him his sticks. He’s strong when he fights us, but he never kicks – He can’t use his legs like the rest of us.
He comes to school on the special bus.
Berlie Doherty
Question: What is Kieran skilled at doing?
Kieran
Kieran can’t walk like the rest of us. He comes to school on the special bus. He has to use crutches to get about
And he’s fast, but he can’t keep up when we run When we race in the wind and fight and have fun He can’t keep up, he has to shout
‘Wait for me, everyone, wait for me.’
And sometimes we wait, and sometimes we Run off and hide, and that’s when he
Sits in the yard with his sticks on the ground Sits by himself until he’s found
By Sir, or Miss, and they sit and talk
And we watch them laugh in a special way And we’d love to know what he has to say About the ones who ran away.
The ones who forgot that he can’t walk. And then we remember to ask him to play And we kick the ball and he hits it back;
He’s quick with those sticks, he has the knack Of whamming the ball right into goal.
And if he falls over he doesn’t fuss,
We hoist him back up and we laugh at the soil
On his hands and his face, and give him his sticks. He’s strong when he fights us, but he never kicks – He can’t use his legs like the rest of us.
He comes to school on the special bus.
Berlie Doherty
Question: What is the general mood of the poem?
Kieran
Kieran can’t walk like the rest of us. He comes to school on the special bus. He has to use crutches to get about
And he’s fast, but he can’t keep up when we run When we race in the wind and fight and have fun He can’t keep up, he has to shout
‘Wait for me, everyone, wait for me.’
And sometimes we wait, and sometimes we Run off and hide, and that’s when he
Sits in the yard with his sticks on the ground Sits by himself until he’s found
By Sir, or Miss, and they sit and talk
And we watch them laugh in a special way And we’d love to know what he has to say About the ones who ran away.
The ones who forgot that he can’t walk. And then we remember to ask him to play And we kick the ball and he hits it back;
He’s quick with those sticks, he has the knack Of whamming the ball right into goal.
And if he falls over he doesn’t fuss,
We hoist him back up and we laugh at the soil
On his hands and his face, and give him his sticks. He’s strong when he fights us, but he never kicks – He can’t use his legs like the rest of us.
He comes to school on the special bus.
Berlie Doherty
Question: Who finds Kieran when the other children run away?
Kieran
Kieran can’t walk like the rest of us. He comes to school on the special bus. He has to use crutches to get about
And he’s fast, but he can’t keep up when we run When we race in the wind and fight and have fun He can’t keep up, he has to shout
‘Wait for me, everyone, wait for me.’
And sometimes we wait, and sometimes we Run off and hide, and that’s when he
Sits in the yard with his sticks on the ground Sits by himself until he’s found
By Sir, or Miss, and they sit and talk
And we watch them laugh in a special way And we’d love to know what he has to say About the ones who ran away.
The ones who forgot that he can’t walk. And then we remember to ask him to play And we kick the ball and he hits it back;
He’s quick with those sticks, he has the knack Of whamming the ball right into goal.
And if he falls over he doesn’t fuss,
We hoist him back up and we laugh at the soil
On his hands and his face, and give him his sticks. He’s strong when he fights us, but he never kicks – He can’t use his legs like the rest of us.
He comes to school on the special bus.
Berlie Doherty
Question: What does Kieran do when he falls?
Kieran
Kieran can’t walk like the rest of us. He comes to school on the special bus. He has to use crutches to get about
And he’s fast, but he can’t keep up when we run When we race in the wind and fight and have fun He can’t keep up, he has to shout
‘Wait for me, everyone, wait for me.’
And sometimes we wait, and sometimes we Run off and hide, and that’s when he
Sits in the yard with his sticks on the ground Sits by himself until he’s found
By Sir, or Miss, and they sit and talk
And we watch them laugh in a special way And we’d love to know what he has to say About the ones who ran away.
The ones who forgot that he can’t walk. And then we remember to ask him to play And we kick the ball and he hits it back;
He’s quick with those sticks, he has the knack Of whamming the ball right into goal.
And if he falls over he doesn’t fuss,
We hoist him back up and we laugh at the soil
On his hands and his face, and give him his sticks. He’s strong when he fights us, but he never kicks – He can’t use his legs like the rest of us.
He comes to school on the special bus.
Berlie Doherty
Question: What does Kieran do when he falls?
Kieran
Kieran can’t walk like the rest of us. He comes to school on the special bus. He has to use crutches to get about
And he’s fast, but he can’t keep up when we run When we race in the wind and fight and have fun He can’t keep up, he has to shout
‘Wait for me, everyone, wait for me.’
And sometimes we wait, and sometimes we Run off and hide, and that’s when he
Sits in the yard with his sticks on the ground Sits by himself until he’s found
By Sir, or Miss, and they sit and talk
And we watch them laugh in a special way And we’d love to know what he has to say About the ones who ran away.
The ones who forgot that he can’t walk. And then we remember to ask him to play And we kick the ball and he hits it back;
He’s quick with those sticks, he has the knack Of whamming the ball right into goal.
And if he falls over he doesn’t fuss,
We hoist him back up and we laugh at the soil
On his hands and his face, and give him his sticks. He’s strong when he fights us, but he never kicks – He can’t use his legs like the rest of us.
He comes to school on the special bus.
Berlie Doherty
Question: What is the primary message of the poem?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: What was the situation that Sally found embarrassing?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: How does Sally initially try to hide the situation?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: What was Miss Roberts primarily focused on?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: How does Miss Roberts react to the giggles in the class?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: How does Sally feel about Rodney?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: What does Sally try to do to get Miss Roberts’ attention?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: What does Sally try to do to get Miss Roberts’ attention?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: What is significant about Miss Roberts saying “I” during the announcement?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: What was the class’s reaction when Sally was called to the front?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: How does Sally feel when Miss Roberts announces her test score?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: What did Miss Roberts think the class’s giggles represented?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: How does Sally describe her face?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: How does Miss Roberts pronounce Rodney’s name?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: How does Miss Roberts pronounce Rodney’s name?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: What was the nature of the test that Miss Roberts had marked?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: What was the nature of the test that Miss Roberts had marked?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: What was the nature of the test that Miss Roberts had marked?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: What did Rodney spell incorrectly for three weeks?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: How does Sally feel about her achievement in the test?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: How many students were in the class?
Striking Old Man
When grandfather first came to us We did not know how old he was Nor how reliable.
Regular as clockwork he wound up our day And simply by his presence
Reminded us of things we had not done. Not that he ever complained
And we liked him for that.
They had got tired of him at the other house,
So he arrived unceremoniously one afternoon in a van, The few things that were his in a case.
They said he had been too much trouble, He hardly fitted their way of life.
We came to love him.
On his face you could see what time had done And quite a lot that had defeated time.
Sometimes his secrets were unlocked. Then we would see right through
To the frailty and simplicity
Of something that had gone on working Through so many changes.
His voice was occasionally sharp But we knew he was just run down And so we would make allowances. Adjustment was easy.
For much of the day he was quiet And we heard him mostly at night Breathing throughout the house
In a satisfied old-fashioned way. When visitors came he was good:
We saw them admiring his hands – He had a certain veneer.
In time he was part of our lives. The children lived by his looks. He made us all feel at home.
Alasdair Aston
Question: What is the poem’s primary theme?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What happens to Orion’s blood after he is shot?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: What was the situation that Sally found embarrassing?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: How does Miss Roberts react to the giggles in the class?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What is the immediate impact of the bullet on the water?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What is the immediate impact of the bullet on the water?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What is the immediate impact of the bullet on the water?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What is the immediate impact of the bullet on the water?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What do the fragments of bone and lead cause?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What do the fragments of bone and lead cause?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What do the fragments of bone and lead cause?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What do the fragments of bone and lead cause?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What is the man’s feeling towards Orion before pulling the trigger?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: How do the other animals react to the gunshot?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What do Sabre and his mother do to Orion after reaching him?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: How does Orion initially react to the man?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: How does Orion react after being shot?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What do Sabre and his mother do after Orion is shot?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What is the man’s initial reaction after shooting Orion?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: How does the man feel after seeing Sabre and his mother help Orion?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: What did the old man use to tie the fish’s lower jaw?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: How did the shark find the skiff and the fish?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: What kind of shark was it?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: How were the shark’s teeth described?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: What did the old man think of the shark’s eyes?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: What did the shark do as it approached the fish?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: What did the shark do as it approached the fish?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: What did the shark do as it approached the fish?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: What did the old man use to attack the shark?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: What did the old man use to attack the shark?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: How did the old man feel after harpooning the shark?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: How did the old man feel after harpooning the shark?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: What did the old man say the shark took?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: How does the old man feel about looking at the fish after the attack?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: How does the shark react after being harpooned?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: What does the old man wish as he looks at his fish?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: How does the old man initially feel about the breeze?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: How does the old man feel when he first sees the shark approaching?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: How does the old man feel when he first sees the shark approaching?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: What does the shark do after it’s hit by the harpoon?
The Annual Holiday
Well, I’m off on me holidays, It’s all within me reach,
I’ve got myself in trim
For carting deckchairs round the beach, With me flask of tea and cup,
I shall be pouring out the dregs, With wasps all round me orange, And with tar all round me legs.
All bundled up with cardigans, (The weather’s on the change)
I won’t have slept the night before, (The beds were all so strange)
I’ll lay out on the beach,
Oh so remote and deeply tanned, With me sandwiches, me knickers, And me ears full up with sand.
At night, as we’re on holiday, It’s on the town we’ll go,
With sausage, chips and marrowfats, At a couple of quid a throw,
And when we’ve spent our cash, We’ll wander home as best we can, All along the Mini Golf,
To the smell of the hot dog man.
Or seeing as it’s raining, We’ll pop out for a jar,
When we’ve fought the other tourists, For a second at the bar,
We’ll ignore those folks who’ve just come in, Whose shoulders are so sore,
‘Cause last week was so hot,
They couldn’t step outside the door.
And then we’ll travel home, All sat religiously apart,
So we don’t touch each other’s legs, And make the sunburn smart,
With suitcasefuls of rock, So everybody gets a stick,
And our hearts down in our flip flops, See you next year. Kiss me quick.
Pam Ayres
Question: How does the speaker feel about going home?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: What did Rodney spell incorrectly for three weeks?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: How did the shark find the skiff and the fish?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: How does the old man feel about looking at the fish after the attack?
The Annual Holiday
Well, I’m off on me holidays, It’s all within me reach,
I’ve got myself in trim
For carting deckchairs round the beach, With me flask of tea and cup,
I shall be pouring out the dregs, With wasps all round me orange, And with tar all round me legs.
All bundled up with cardigans, (The weather’s on the change)
I won’t have slept the night before, (The beds were all so strange)
I’ll lay out on the beach,
Oh so remote and deeply tanned, With me sandwiches, me knickers, And me ears full up with sand.
At night, as we’re on holiday, It’s on the town we’ll go,
With sausage, chips and marrowfats, At a couple of quid a throw,
And when we’ve spent our cash, We’ll wander home as best we can, All along the Mini Golf,
To the smell of the hot dog man.
Or seeing as it’s raining, We’ll pop out for a jar,
When we’ve fought the other tourists, For a second at the bar,
We’ll ignore those folks who’ve just come in, Whose shoulders are so sore,
‘Cause last week was so hot,
They couldn’t step outside the door.
And then we’ll travel home, All sat religiously apart,
So we don’t touch each other’s legs, And make the sunburn smart,
With suitcasefuls of rock, So everybody gets a stick,
And our hearts down in our flip flops, See you next year. Kiss me quick.
Pam Ayres
Question: What is the main theme of the poem?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What type of gun is used by the man?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: How were the shark’s teeth described?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: How does the shark react after being harpooned?
Warning
When I am an old woman I shall wear purple With a red hat that doesn’t suit me,
And I shall spend my pension on brandy and summer gloves And satin sandals, and say we’ve no money for butter.
I shall sit down on the pavement when I am tired
And gobble up samples in shops and press alarm bells And run my stick along the public railings
And make up for the sobriety of my youth. I shall go out in my slippers in the rain
And pick the flowers in other people’s gardens And learn to spit.
You can wear terrible shirts and grow more fat And eat three pounds of sausages at a go
Or only bread and pickles for a week
And hoard pens and pencils and beermats and things in boxes.
But now we must have clothes that keep us dry And pay our rent and not swear in the street And set a good example for the children.
We shall have friends to dinner and read the papers.
But maybe I ought to practise a little now?
So that people who know me are not too shocked and surprised When suddenly I am old and start to wear purple.
Jenny Josephs
Question: How does the speaker feel about societal expectations?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What happens to the bullet after it is fired?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: How were the shark’s teeth described?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: How does the shark react after being harpooned?
Warning
When I am an old woman I shall wear purple With a red hat that doesn’t suit me,
And I shall spend my pension on brandy and summer gloves And satin sandals, and say we’ve no money for butter.
I shall sit down on the pavement when I am tired
And gobble up samples in shops and press alarm bells And run my stick along the public railings
And make up for the sobriety of my youth. I shall go out in my slippers in the rain
And pick the flowers in other people’s gardens And learn to spit.
You can wear terrible shirts and grow more fat And eat three pounds of sausages at a go
Or only bread and pickles for a week
And hoard pens and pencils and beermats and things in boxes.
But now we must have clothes that keep us dry And pay our rent and not swear in the street And set a good example for the children.
We shall have friends to dinner and read the papers.
But maybe I ought to practise a little now?
So that people who know me are not too shocked and surprised When suddenly I am old and start to wear purple.
Jenny Josephs
Question: What’s the main theme of the poem?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: How does Orion react after being shot?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: What did the old man think of the shark’s eyes?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: What does the old man wish as he looks at his fish?
Blackerry – picking
Late August, given heavy rain and sun
For a full week, the blackberries would ripen. At first, just one, a glossy purple clot
Among others, red, green, hard as a knot. You ate that first one and its flesh was sweet
Like thickened wine: summer’s blood was, in it Leaving stains upon the tongue and a lust for Picking. The red ones inked up and that hunger Sent us with milk-cans, pea-tins, jam-pots
Where briars scratched and wet grass bleached our boots. Round hayfields, cornfields and potato-drills
We trekked and picked until the cans were full, Until the tinkling bottoms had been covered
With green ones, and on top big dark blobs burned Like a plate of eyes. Our hands were peppered With thorn pricks, our palms sticky as Bluebeard’s.
We hoarded the fresh berries in the byre.
But when the bath was filled we found a fur, a rat-grey fungus, glutting on our cache.
The juice was stinking, too. Once off the bush
The fruit fermented, the sweet flesh would turn sour. I always felt like crying. It wasn’t fair
That all the lovely canfuls smelt of rot.
Each year I hoped they’d keep, knew that they would not.
Seamus Heaney
Question: What is the initial condition of the first blackberry picked?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What do Sabre and his mother do after Orion is shot?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: How were the shark’s teeth described?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: What does the old man wish as he looks at his fish?
Blackerry – picking
Late August, given heavy rain and sun
For a full week, the blackberries would ripen. At first, just one, a glossy purple clot
Among others, red, green, hard as a knot. You ate that first one and its flesh was sweet
Like thickened wine: summer’s blood was, in it Leaving stains upon the tongue and a lust for Picking. The red ones inked up and that hunger Sent us with milk-cans, pea-tins, jam-pots
Where briars scratched and wet grass bleached our boots. Round hayfields, cornfields and potato-drills
We trekked and picked until the cans were full, Until the tinkling bottoms had been covered
With green ones, and on top big dark blobs burned Like a plate of eyes. Our hands were peppered With thorn pricks, our palms sticky as Bluebeard’s.
We hoarded the fresh berries in the byre.
But when the bath was filled we found a fur, a rat-grey fungus, glutting on our cache.
The juice was stinking, too. Once off the bush
The fruit fermented, the sweet flesh would turn sour. I always felt like crying. It wasn’t fair
That all the lovely canfuls smelt of rot.
Each year I hoped they’d keep, knew that they would not.
Seamus Heaney
Question: What emotions does the speaker express at the end?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What is the man’s initial reaction after shooting Orion?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: What did the shark do as it approached the fish?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: How does the old man initially feel about the breeze?
Blackerry – picking
Late August, given heavy rain and sun
For a full week, the blackberries would ripen. At first, just one, a glossy purple clot
Among others, red, green, hard as a knot. You ate that first one and its flesh was sweet
Like thickened wine: summer’s blood was, in it Leaving stains upon the tongue and a lust for Picking. The red ones inked up and that hunger Sent us with milk-cans, pea-tins, jam-pots
Where briars scratched and wet grass bleached our boots. Round hayfields, cornfields and potato-drills
We trekked and picked until the cans were full, Until the tinkling bottoms had been covered
With green ones, and on top big dark blobs burned Like a plate of eyes. Our hands were peppered With thorn pricks, our palms sticky as Bluebeard’s.
We hoarded the fresh berries in the byre.
But when the bath was filled we found a fur, a rat-grey fungus, glutting on our cache.
The juice was stinking, too. Once off the bush
The fruit fermented, the sweet flesh would turn sour. I always felt like crying. It wasn’t fair
That all the lovely canfuls smelt of rot.
Each year I hoped they’d keep, knew that they would not.
Seamus Heaney
Question: How does the speaker describe the taste of the first blackberry?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What sound does Orion make after being lifted towards the surface?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: How did the old man feel after harpooning the shark?
Kieran
Kieran can’t walk like the rest of us. He comes to school on the special bus. He has to use crutches to get about
And he’s fast, but he can’t keep up when we run When we race in the wind and fight and have fun He can’t keep up, he has to shout
‘Wait for me, everyone, wait for me.’
And sometimes we wait, and sometimes we Run off and hide, and that’s when he
Sits in the yard with his sticks on the ground Sits by himself until he’s found
By Sir, or Miss, and they sit and talk
And we watch them laugh in a special way And we’d love to know what he has to say About the ones who ran away.
The ones who forgot that he can’t walk. And then we remember to ask him to play And we kick the ball and he hits it back;
He’s quick with those sticks, he has the knack Of whamming the ball right into goal.
And if he falls over he doesn’t fuss,
We hoist him back up and we laugh at the soil
On his hands and his face, and give him his sticks. He’s strong when he fights us, but he never kicks – He can’t use his legs like the rest of us.
He comes to school on the special bus.
Berlie Doherty
Question: What is Kieran skilled at doing?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What sound does Orion make after being lifted towards the surface?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: How did the old man feel after harpooning the shark?
Kieran
Kieran can’t walk like the rest of us. He comes to school on the special bus. He has to use crutches to get about
And he’s fast, but he can’t keep up when we run When we race in the wind and fight and have fun He can’t keep up, he has to shout
‘Wait for me, everyone, wait for me.’
And sometimes we wait, and sometimes we Run off and hide, and that’s when he
Sits in the yard with his sticks on the ground Sits by himself until he’s found
By Sir, or Miss, and they sit and talk
And we watch them laugh in a special way And we’d love to know what he has to say About the ones who ran away.
The ones who forgot that he can’t walk. And then we remember to ask him to play And we kick the ball and he hits it back;
He’s quick with those sticks, he has the knack Of whamming the ball right into goal.
And if he falls over he doesn’t fuss,
We hoist him back up and we laugh at the soil
On his hands and his face, and give him his sticks. He’s strong when he fights us, but he never kicks – He can’t use his legs like the rest of us.
He comes to school on the special bus.
Berlie Doherty
Question: Who finds Kieran when the other children run away?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What does the bullet do after hitting Orion?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: How did the old man feel after harpooning the shark?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: What was the situation that Sally found embarrassing?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What do the seals on the beach do after the gunshot?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: How did the old man feel after harpooning the shark?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: How does Sally initially try to hide the situation?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What do the seals on the beach do after the gunshot?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: What happened to the harpoon and the rope?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: How does Miss Roberts react to the giggles in the class?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What do the seals on the beach do after the gunshot?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: What happened to the harpoon and the rope?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: What was the class’s reaction when Sally was called to the front?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: How does the man feel after seeing Sabre and his mother help Orion?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: What did the old man say the shark took?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: What did Miss Roberts think the class’s giggles represented?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What is the man’s feeling towards Orion before pulling the trigger?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: What did the old man say the shark took?
The Annual Holiday
Well, I’m off on me holidays, It’s all within me reach,
I’ve got myself in trim
For carting deckchairs round the beach, With me flask of tea and cup,
I shall be pouring out the dregs, With wasps all round me orange, And with tar all round me legs.
All bundled up with cardigans, (The weather’s on the change)
I won’t have slept the night before, (The beds were all so strange)
I’ll lay out on the beach,
Oh so remote and deeply tanned, With me sandwiches, me knickers, And me ears full up with sand.
At night, as we’re on holiday, It’s on the town we’ll go,
With sausage, chips and marrowfats, At a couple of quid a throw,
And when we’ve spent our cash, We’ll wander home as best we can, All along the Mini Golf,
To the smell of the hot dog man.
Or seeing as it’s raining, We’ll pop out for a jar,
When we’ve fought the other tourists, For a second at the bar,
We’ll ignore those folks who’ve just come in, Whose shoulders are so sore,
‘Cause last week was so hot,
They couldn’t step outside the door.
And then we’ll travel home, All sat religiously apart,
So we don’t touch each other’s legs, And make the sunburn smart,
With suitcasefuls of rock, So everybody gets a stick,
And our hearts down in our flip flops, See you next year. Kiss me quick.
Pam Ayres
Question: How does the speaker describe the sleeping conditions?
Triumph and Disgrace
(MY PLACE by Sally Morgan)
Towards the end of first term, I had an encounter with Miss Roberts that wiped out any confidence I might have had for the rest of the year.
Our school seats comprised a heavy metal frame, with jarrah slats spaced across the seat and back. This proved unfortunate for me, because one day, after what seemed hours of holding my arm in the air trying to attract Miss Roberts’ attention, I was unable to avoid wetting myself.
Miss Roberts had been intent on marking our latest tests and had failed to notice my desperately flailing arm. But one of the clean, shiny-haired, no-cavity girls next to me began to chant quietly, ‘You’ve wet ya pa-ants, you’ve wet ya pa-ants!’
T have not,’ I denied hotly, ‘it’s just water under my chair.’
‘Oh yeah, well then, how come you’ve dumped all those hankies on it?’ She had me there.
By this time, most of the surrounding children were starting to giggle.
Miss Roberts raised her horn-rimmed eyes and said firmly, ‘Quiet please!’ She stared at us a few seconds longer, obviously waiting for her eagle-like gaze to have its usual effect. When the last giggle was giggled, she pushed back her solid wooden chair, breathed deeply and said: ‘I… have an announcement to make.’
We were very impressed with Miss Roberts’ use of the word ‘I’. For the whole term, I had been convinced Miss Roberts was even more important than the headmistress.
‘I . . . have finished marking your test papers.’ There was complete silence after this statement. Under Miss Roberts’ reign, our weekly tests had assumed great importance. We all waited anxiously to hear who had missed the mark this time.
I … must commend you all on your efforts. All, except Rrrodney.’ She always rolled her R’s when she said Rodney. You’d think he was her favourite with the amount of attention she gave him. In fact, the opposite was true, Rodney could do nothing right.
‘Rrrodney,’ she continued, ‘how many times have I told you bottom is spelt b-o-t-t-o-m not b-u-m!’
Rodney grinned, and we all snickered, but were instantly checked by Miss Roberts’ look of disgust. She disliked anything even slightly earthy. I had a grudging admiration for Rodney. He’d been spelling bottom like that for three weeks now. He was my kind of person.
‘Now,’ she said, in a way that made us all straighten up and give full attention, ‘where is Sally, hmmmn?’ Resting her chin on her neck, she peered around the class in an attempt to locate my non-descript brown face amongst a sea of forty knowing smiles. ‘Oh, there you are, dear.’ I had been cowering behind the girl in front of me, with my hands stuffed between my legs in an attempt to prevent further trickles.
‘Sally has, for the first time this year, managed to complete her test correctly. In fact, this week she is the only one to have done so.’ Pausing, she allowed time for the greatness of my achievement to sink in. Everyone knew what was coming next, and, mistaking the smothered raspberries and giggles for eagerness, she said: ‘Well, come on Sally. Come out to the front and hold up your book. I . . . can tell the class is anxious to see your work.’
Miss Roberts waited patiently as I rose carefully to my feet. I hurriedly twisted the wet part of my dress around as far as I could, holding it tightly bunched in my left hand. With my knees locked together, and my left elbow jutting out at an unusual angle behind my back, I jerked spasmodically forward. Fortunately, Miss Roberts was gazing in amazement at my test book, and so was not confronted with the sight of my contorted body.
I . . . want you to hold it up to the class so they can all see it. Look how eager they are to see a test that has scored one hundred per cent!’
Question: How does Miss Roberts pronounce Rodney’s name?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: How do the other animals react to the gunshot?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: What did the old man say the shark took?
The Annual Holiday
Well, I’m off on me holidays, It’s all within me reach,
I’ve got myself in trim
For carting deckchairs round the beach, With me flask of tea and cup,
I shall be pouring out the dregs, With wasps all round me orange, And with tar all round me legs.
All bundled up with cardigans, (The weather’s on the change)
I won’t have slept the night before, (The beds were all so strange)
I’ll lay out on the beach,
Oh so remote and deeply tanned, With me sandwiches, me knickers, And me ears full up with sand.
At night, as we’re on holiday, It’s on the town we’ll go,
With sausage, chips and marrowfats, At a couple of quid a throw,
And when we’ve spent our cash, We’ll wander home as best we can, All along the Mini Golf,
To the smell of the hot dog man.
Or seeing as it’s raining, We’ll pop out for a jar,
When we’ve fought the other tourists, For a second at the bar,
We’ll ignore those folks who’ve just come in, Whose shoulders are so sore,
‘Cause last week was so hot,
They couldn’t step outside the door.
And then we’ll travel home, All sat religiously apart,
So we don’t touch each other’s legs, And make the sunburn smart,
With suitcasefuls of rock, So everybody gets a stick,
And our hearts down in our flip flops, See you next year. Kiss me quick.
Pam Ayres
Question: What does the speaker plan to eat at night?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: What type of gun is used by the man?
The Killing
(WHALE by Jeremy Lucas)
The moment he had planned, the moment he had hoped for. Now it was here it was somehow unreal, impossible. He lifted the gun very slowly. It was a heavy, old gun, a 0.44 calibre that had been used for stags back in his mainland days. He stared along the sights as another wave washed gently over Orion’s back. Like a stationary submarine the whale just wallowed in the swell. And then he started forward, and in that movement his back nudged above the surface. Orion, in a carefree glow of triumph after the intense joy of his kill, began to turn. The man’s finger closed over the trigger as he watched the dark shape inch over the sand. He could see every detail in the now clear water, even the white splash behind the whale’s eye.
The huge rounded flippers wafted gently to and fro. Quietly the immense dorsal lifted high above the waves, followed by the back and the smooth round head; and then even the white splash poked above the surface.
The brief, trigger-squeezing moment changed everything. The rifle’s crash was stunning in its intensity: an alien, evil sound in a peaceful Hebridean isle.
The seals on the beach kicked up sand in their panic. Many rushed for the sea, ignoring the threat of the killer whale. Others repeatedly circled their calves, barking insistently and continuously, not knowing what to do, not understanding this new threat. The gulls again rose screaming into the air. A falcon, making a plummeting dive on a rock-dove over the moor, suddenly met the shock wave, broke off his attack, and fled for the sanctuary of his eyrie in the cliffs not far away.
A surge of water had been passing over Orion’s back as the bullet struck. A column of white shot into the air, but the water was a flimsy shield. It was not enough. The bullet slammed and exploded in the the whale’s neck, boring through the blubber as if it did not exist. Then two vertebrae splintered. The fragments of bone and lead tore through the upper part of his body, causing agony in their travel. Some pierced a lung, and the pain flooded uncontrollably over his entire body.
He jerked convulsively, tail flukes lashing for the very last time above the waves. Releasing the air he had taken in on his last blow in one long, drawn-out submarine scream, blood and air rushed from his blow hole, and foamed obscenely on the surface. He kicked twice, and then again, as he moved weakly away from the beach towards the open sea, leaving behind him a plume of blood like dark smoke hanging in the air; Orion’s life-blood welling out into the ocean, leaving a streak like a scar on the face of the deep.
He managed to reach the surface, and made an agonised rasping noise that was a pitiful gasp for air, while the nausea swept through him. Air bubbled and foamed from both his blow hole and the wound. He kicked and bucked. Helpless in the confusion, the shock and the pain, he rolled in the disgustingly crimson sea all around him. He sank, spinning and twisting, choking and drowning in his own blood.
Sabre and his mother were half a mile off the beach when the bullet struck. They heard the thud of the impact followed by the terrifying scream. They both burst into a pulsing swim towards Orion, totally oblivious to any danger that must lie with him. They knew only that he was in terrible pain, that he needed them. By the time they reached Orion he was bumping on the sea-bed, enveloped in a large cloud of blood still billowing from the wound.
The big bull was twice their size, but between them they lifted him towards the surface, turned him, and forced his back above the waves. He drew a hoarse weak breath and wallowed uselessly in the water, his great dorsal slapping the waves as it rolled drunkenly from side to side.
In his own state of shock the crofter stared at the scene unfolding before him. It was all outside his previous experience: some nightmare that just could not be real. He dropped the gun and it fell unnoticed on to the rocks. How could it happen? Deer and rabbits would bolt from their stricken comrades. Why should Grampus behave like this? How could a beast that killed like the whale act like this? Even as the first blood rose to the surface, and Orion screamed, the man saw the two shadows streaking towards the beach. Why didn’t they go? Why must it be like this? The killer whale rolling helplessly out there, with his family struggling to keep him on the surface and push him to safety.
Question: How does the man feel after seeing Sabre and his mother help Orion?
Shark!
(THE OLD MAN AND THE SEA by Ernest Hemingway)
He made the fish fast to bow and stern and to the middle thwart. He was so big it was like lashing a much bigger skiff alongside. He cut a piece of line and tied the fish’s lower jaw against his bill so his mouth would not open and they would sail as cleanly as possible. Then he stepped the mast and, with the stick that was his gaff and with his boom rigged, the patched sail drew, the boat began to move, and half lying in the stern he sailed south-west.
They sailed well and the old man soaked his hands in the salt water and tried to keep his head clear. There were high cumulus clouds and enough cirrus above them so that the old man knew the breeze would last all night. The old man looked at the fish constantly to make sure it was true. It was an hour before the first shark hit him.
The shark was not an accident. He had come up from deep down in the water as the dark cloud of blood had settled and dispersed in the mile-deep sea. He had come up so fast and absolutely without caution that he broke the surface of the blue water and was in the sun. Then he fell back into the sea and picked up the scent and started swimming on the course the skiff and the fish had taken.
Sometimes he lost the scent. But he would pick it up again, or have just a trace of it, and he swam fast and hard on the course. He was a very big Mako shark built to swim as fast as the fastest fish in the sea and everything about him was beautiful except his jaws. His back was as blue as a swordfish’s and his belly was silver and his hide was smooth and handsome. He was built as a swordfish except for his huge jaws which were tight shut now as he swam fast, just under the surface with his high dorsal fin knifing through the water without wavering. Inside the closed double lip of his jaws all of his eight rows of teeth were slanted inwards. They were not the ordinary pyramid-shaped teeth of most sharks. They were shaped like a man’s fingers when they are crisped like claws. They were nearly as long as the fingers of the old man and they had razor-sharp cutting edges on both sides. This was a fish built
to feed on all the fishes in the sea, that were so fast and strong and well armed that they had no other enemy. Now he speeded up as he smelled the fresher scent and his blue dorsal fin cut the water.
When the old man saw him coming he knew that this was a shark that had no fear at all and would do exactly what he wished. He prepared the harpoon and made the rope fast while he watched the shark come in. The rope was short as it lacked what he had cut away to lash the fish.
The old man’s head was clear and good now and he was full of resolution but he had little hope. It was too good to last, he thought. He took one look at the great fish as he watched the shark close in. It might as well have been a dream, he thought. I cannot keep him from hitting me but maybe I can get him. Dentuso, he thought. Bad luck to your mother.
The shark closed fast astern and when he hit the fish the old man saw his mouth open and his strange eyes and the clicking chop of the teeth as he drove forward in the meat just above the tail. The shark’s head was out of water and his back was coming out and the old man could hear the noise of skin and flesh ripping on the big fish when he rammed the harpoon down onto the shark’s head at a spot where the line between his eyes intersected with the line that ran straight back from his nose. There were no such lines. There was only the heavy sharp blue head and the big eyes and the clicking, thrusting, all-swallowing jaws. But that was the location of the brain and the old man hit it. He hit it with his blood-mushed hands driving a good harpoon with all his strength. He hit it without hope but with resolution and complete malignancy.
The shark swung, over and the old man saw his eye was not alive and then he swung over once again, wrapping himself in two loops of the rope. The old man knew that he was dead but the shark would not accept it. Then, on his back, with his tail lashing and his jaws clicking, the shark ploughed over the water as a speed-boat does. The water was white where his tail beat it and three-quarters of his body was clear above the water when the rope came
taut, shivered, and then snapped. The shark lay quietly for a little while on the surface and the old man watched him. Then he went down very slowly.
‘He took about forty pounds,’ the old man said aloud. He took my harpoon too and all the rope, he thought, and now my fish bleeds again and there will be others.
He did not like to look at the fish any more since he had been mutilated. When the fish had been hit it was as though he himself were hit.
But I killed the shark that hit my fish, he thought. And he was the biggest dentuso that I have ever seen. And God knows that I have seen big ones.
It was too good to last, he thought. I wish it had been a dream now and that I had never hooked the fish.
Question: How does the old man feel about looking at the fish after the attack?
How to Treat House-plants
All she ever thinks about are house-plants. She talks to them and tends them every day.
And she says, ‘Don’t hurt their feelings. Give them Love. In all your dealings with them,
Treat them in a tender, human way.’
‘Certainly my dear,’ he says, ‘O.K. Human, eh?’
But the house-plants do not seem to want to play. They are stooping, they are drooping,
They are kneeling in their clay:
They are flaking, they are moulting, Turning yellow, turning grey,
And they look . . . well, quite revolting As they sigh, and fade away.
So after she has left the house he gets them And he sets them in a line against the wall,
And I cannot say he cossets them or pets them – No, he doesn’t sympathise with them at all.
Is he tender? Is he human? Not a bit.
No, to each of them in turn he says: ‘You twit!
You’re a
Rotten little skiver, Cost a fiver,
Earn your keep!
You’re a
Dirty little drop-out! You’re a cop-out!
You’re a creep!
You’re a
Mangy little whinger! You’re a cringer!
Son, it’s true –
I have justbin To the dustbin
Where there’s better men than you!
Get that stem back! Pull your weight! Stick your leaves out!
STAND UP STRAIGHT!’
And, strange to say, the plants co-operate.
So when she comes back home and finds them glowing, Green and healthy, every one a king,
She says, ‘It’s tenderness that gets them growing! How strange, the change a little love can bring!’
‘Oh yes,’ he says. ‘Not half. Right. Love’s the thing.’
Kit Wright
Question: Which line indicates that the house-plants improved after the manÃs harsh treatment?
How to Treat House-plants
All she ever thinks about are house-plants. She talks to them and tends them every day.
And she says, ‘Don’t hurt their feelings. Give them Love. In all your dealings with them,
Treat them in a tender, human way.’
‘Certainly my dear,’ he says, ‘O.K. Human, eh?’
But the house-plants do not seem to want to play. They are stooping, they are drooping,
They are kneeling in their clay:
They are flaking, they are moulting, Turning yellow, turning grey,
And they look . . . well, quite revolting As they sigh, and fade away.
So after she has left the house he gets them And he sets them in a line against the wall,
And I cannot say he cossets them or pets them – No, he doesn’t sympathise with them at all.
Is he tender? Is he human? Not a bit.
No, to each of them in turn he says: ‘You twit!
You’re a
Rotten little skiver, Cost a fiver,
Earn your keep!
You’re a
Dirty little drop-out! You’re a cop-out!
You’re a creep!
You’re a
Mangy little whinger! You’re a cringer!
Son, it’s true –
I have justbin To the dustbin
Where there’s better men than you!
Get that stem back! Pull your weight! Stick your leaves out!
STAND UP STRAIGHT!’
And, strange to say, the plants co-operate.
So when she comes back home and finds them glowing, Green and healthy, every one a king,
She says, ‘It’s tenderness that gets them growing! How strange, the change a little love can bring!’
‘Oh yes,’ he says. ‘Not half. Right. Love’s the thing.’
Kit Wright
Question: What does the phrase ìkneeling in their clayî imply about the house-plants?
Come Another Day
Mondays,
my mother chopped wood and twisted newspaper
to make fire,
beneath a whitened stone boiler, with a wooden lid that was itself bleached white with steam,
to imitate it seemed
an inferno, in which to work with red hot coals
and scalding water, bubbling, spitting, foaming, as she drubbed at sails of linen, fighting them with a
dolly stick, possessing
all the qualities of driftwood. Misted in vapour, her hair was dank and coming
in from school, dinner was always cold meat left from Sundays, with potato mash
wet as the washing. Mondays,
my mother stood at the tin bath
and a rubbing board,
with brick hard yellow soap, battering her knuckles against zinc, raw
fingers wringing, squeezing twisting the dirt of life away, to float as scum before the operation of
a vast machine of iron cast, made in Doncaster,
with massive rollers that mangled buttons as slowly and certainly
as it mangled my mother. Home from school,
the end of our day,
we sat upon the floor, peering under wet clothes to glimpse the stove,
our comics soggy, as we munched our bread.
Mondays,
my mother sweated, heavy black irons
heated on kitchen range, gripped with scorching slipping cloths, to
brand the flesh and
press and hiss the dampness from the wearying pile, filling wicker baskets
with sweet smooth warmth, before she sat by mantle light, to rummage
in a biscuit tin
matching buttons crushed, sewing, thin cotton
edges frayed.
From the memory smell of steam and starch,
childhood skies of Reckitts blue. I remember, Mondays, my mother earned two shillings.
John Gorman
Question: Which line best describes the motherÃs physical condition on Mondays?
Hypochondria
I’m delicate, fragile, and highly at risk.
If I made my own bed,
I could get a slipped disc.
M e? Wash the dishes? With my dermatitis? Dusting? You’re kidding! I’d get sinusitis!
If spring cleaning, don’t include me in the action –
I might break a leg
and spend six months in traction. I don’t just get colds,
but pneumonia (protracted), nor ordinary toothache,
but molars -impacted! Help clear the table?
Oh, didn’t I mention I need lots of rest
for acute hypertension? Black plague, malaria, beriberi, jungle rot –
I’m the only one in history who’s had the whole lot!
So don’t boast to me
of your migraines and flu.
Nobod y suffers
the way that I do.
Robin Klein
Question: Which line best describes the motherÃs physical condition on Mondays?
Lucky Lips
(ROUND THE TWIST by Paul Jennings)
The lighthouse slumbered in the sun.
Inside, however, Pete’s room was gloomy. Pete lay half awake looking at a poster of his favourite rock star ó Zan. She sat, dressed in leather, on the seat of a motorbike. Her full lips were slightly parted. A sultry youth leaned against a wall and looked at her in a bored, assured manner.
Pete’s eyes closed. His imagination wandered. He was the one looking at Zan. She beckoned him with a crooked finger and pouting mouth. Pete sauntered over and bent down. ‘Kiss me,’ she whispered.
Peter moistened his lips and bent down. Zan’s arm pulled his head forward.
‘Pete,’ came a loud shout.
The daydream cracked and tinkled to the floor. Linda stood there grinning and brandishing a copy of Dolly magazine. ‘Did you buy this?’ she said.
‘Sure,’ said Pete sarcastically. T was just checking the latest shades of lipstick and eyeshadow.’
‘That’s funny,’ said Linda. ‘There’s a letter to the agony column and someone’s put a pencil mark next to it.’
‘So?’
‘The letter’s from someone in Port Niranda.
Someone with the initials PT . . . Peter Twist?’ ‘There’s probably millions of PTs in Port NirandaÂ¥, said Pete lamely.
Linda smelt victory. She started to read. ‘Dear Never Been Kissed. Here is my advice. One ó take her to a disco. Two ó dance wildly for the first hour. Three ó dance slow and close for the next hour. Four ó walk her home. Five ó look into her eyes and if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’
Pete went red as Linda tossed the magazine onto the bed.
‘Good luck, Never Been Kissed,’ said Linda. ‘And if her name’s Fiona you’re going to need it. She wouldn’t even look at you.’
Pete gave a cocky grin. ‘Well, she’s going to the disco with me. That must mean something.’
Music blared. Disco lights splashed the dancers’ faces with colour. Pete couldn’t believe his luck. Fiona, the most beautiful girl in the school, was dancing with him. And tonight he was going to walk her home. He couldn’t stop thinking about Step Five. ‘Look into her eyes. And if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’ He had the five steps written down on the back of his hand.
Pete was already well into Step Two. He danced crazily, pumping his hands up and down like a wild thing. Fiona wore an amused smile as she tried to keep up.
Over against the wall, Gribble and Rabbit watched the dancers. Gribble stared at Linda who was dancing with Jill Henderson. ‘Think IÃll do that Twist sheila a favour,’ smirked Gribble. He wandered out onto the dance floor. ‘G’day, desperate/ he said. ‘Wanna dance?’
I’d have to be desperate to dance with you/ snorted Linda.
Tiger Gleeson looked down from the DJ’s booth. ‘Here’s something with a bit more pace for all you rockers/ he said. He turned down the lights and played a smooth, slow number. A few boos came up from the floor. Pete pulled Fiona towards him gently. Step Three. It was working.
Gribble returned to Rabbit. ‘Changed me mind about the Twist sheila/ he said.
Rabbit was watching Pete. ‘Why would Fiona come with a jerk like Twist?’ he said.
Gribble watched jealously. ‘Felt sorry for him/ he said. Then he added. ‘Twist has had it.’
Pete’s big moment finally came. The disco was over. He walked with Fiona through the dark, lonely streets. Neither of them spoke. Pete was nervous. All he could think about was Step Five. He’d never kissed a girl before.
He was so nervous that he didn’t see Gribble, Rabbit and Tiger sneaking along behind. They ran from car to car and bush to bush. ‘This is it,’ said Tiger in an excited whisper. ‘He’s wetting his lips.’
Fiona looked at Pete and smiled. ‘Thank you for a lovely . . .’
‘I’ll walk you up to the door,’ said Pete nervously.
Tiger dug Gribble in the ribs. ‘He’s trying the old “walk-her-to-the-door tactic”,’ he said.
Gribble frowned.
‘They’ve reached the door/ said Tiger. ‘He’s limbering those lips. Puckering in preparation.’
Rabbit punched his hands together gleefully.
‘He’s going to kiss her, Gribs.’
‘Shut up/ growled Gribble.
Fiona opened the front door. ‘It was a great night, Pete/ she said. ‘Thanks.’
Pete closed his eyes and leaned gently forward. He pursed his moist lips and kissed the closed front door.
Loud hooting and laughing split the darkness. The gang mocked mercilessly from the road. ‘Splinter mouth/ yelled Gribble.
‘Kissed off/ shouted Rabbit.
‘Give up, Twist/ called Gribble. ‘No one’d kiss a maggot mouth like you.’
Pete hung his head. He blushed with shame. There was nothing he could say.
Pete felt miserable for days afterwards. He didn’t want to be with anyone. On Sunday he went to the local show, all on his own. He didn’t feel like going to the sideshows. He didn’t look at the animals. He walked around the fairground kicking stones and ignoring the laughing kids on the merry-go-rounds and rides.
He wandered between the tents and trucks not looking where he was going. Suddenly he found himself in front of an old caravan. On the side was written:
There was a drawing of a hand with an eye in the middle of the palm.
And sitting on the step was the most beautiful girl Pete had ever seen. Her smile was the promise of a gentle spring. It warmed him like the summer sun. Her teeth were as white as the winter snow. Her hair shone with the sheen of spiders’ webs on an autumn morning. Pete looked behind him. The smile was for him. She beckoned with a crooked finger and then, drawing a coloured shawl over her head, turned and walked into the caravan.
Pete followed in a daze and peered into the shadowy silences where cobwebs joined hands. At the far end of the van a cooking pot shimmered with a silver liquid. The figure in the shawl turned.
Pete gasped. She had changed. The beautiful girl was now a wrinkled old woman wearing garish red lipstick. She cackled like a monkey squealing in the treetops.
Question: What emotion is Pete feeling at the start of the story?
Lucky Lips
(ROUND THE TWIST by Paul Jennings)
The lighthouse slumbered in the sun.
Inside, however, Pete’s room was gloomy. Pete lay half awake looking at a poster of his favourite rock star ó Zan. She sat, dressed in leather, on the seat of a motorbike. Her full lips were slightly parted. A sultry youth leaned against a wall and looked at her in a bored, assured manner.
Pete’s eyes closed. His imagination wandered. He was the one looking at Zan. She beckoned him with a crooked finger and pouting mouth. Pete sauntered over and bent down. ‘Kiss me,’ she whispered.
Peter moistened his lips and bent down. Zan’s arm pulled his head forward.
‘Pete,’ came a loud shout.
The daydream cracked and tinkled to the floor. Linda stood there grinning and brandishing a copy of Dolly magazine. ‘Did you buy this?’ she said.
‘Sure,’ said Pete sarcastically. T was just checking the latest shades of lipstick and eyeshadow.’
‘That’s funny,’ said Linda. ‘There’s a letter to the agony column and someone’s put a pencil mark next to it.’
‘So?’
‘The letter’s from someone in Port Niranda.
Someone with the initials PT . . . Peter Twist?’ ‘There’s probably millions of PTs in Port NirandaÂ¥, said Pete lamely.
Linda smelt victory. She started to read. ‘Dear Never Been Kissed. Here is my advice. One ó take her to a disco. Two ó dance wildly for the first hour. Three ó dance slow and close for the next hour. Four ó walk her home. Five ó look into her eyes and if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’
Pete went red as Linda tossed the magazine onto the bed.
‘Good luck, Never Been Kissed,’ said Linda. ‘And if her name’s Fiona you’re going to need it. She wouldn’t even look at you.’
Pete gave a cocky grin. ‘Well, she’s going to the disco with me. That must mean something.’
Music blared. Disco lights splashed the dancers’ faces with colour. Pete couldn’t believe his luck. Fiona, the most beautiful girl in the school, was dancing with him. And tonight he was going to walk her home. He couldn’t stop thinking about Step Five. ‘Look into her eyes. And if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’ He had the five steps written down on the back of his hand.
Pete was already well into Step Two. He danced crazily, pumping his hands up and down like a wild thing. Fiona wore an amused smile as she tried to keep up.
Over against the wall, Gribble and Rabbit watched the dancers. Gribble stared at Linda who was dancing with Jill Henderson. ‘Think IÃll do that Twist sheila a favour,’ smirked Gribble. He wandered out onto the dance floor. ‘G’day, desperate/ he said. ‘Wanna dance?’
I’d have to be desperate to dance with you/ snorted Linda.
Tiger Gleeson looked down from the DJ’s booth. ‘Here’s something with a bit more pace for all you rockers/ he said. He turned down the lights and played a smooth, slow number. A few boos came up from the floor. Pete pulled Fiona towards him gently. Step Three. It was working.
Gribble returned to Rabbit. ‘Changed me mind about the Twist sheila/ he said.
Rabbit was watching Pete. ‘Why would Fiona come with a jerk like Twist?’ he said.
Gribble watched jealously. ‘Felt sorry for him/ he said. Then he added. ‘Twist has had it.’
Pete’s big moment finally came. The disco was over. He walked with Fiona through the dark, lonely streets. Neither of them spoke. Pete was nervous. All he could think about was Step Five. He’d never kissed a girl before.
He was so nervous that he didn’t see Gribble, Rabbit and Tiger sneaking along behind. They ran from car to car and bush to bush. ‘This is it,’ said Tiger in an excited whisper. ‘He’s wetting his lips.’
Fiona looked at Pete and smiled. ‘Thank you for a lovely . . .’
‘I’ll walk you up to the door,’ said Pete nervously.
Tiger dug Gribble in the ribs. ‘He’s trying the old “walk-her-to-the-door tactic”,’ he said.
Gribble frowned.
‘They’ve reached the door/ said Tiger. ‘He’s limbering those lips. Puckering in preparation.’
Rabbit punched his hands together gleefully.
‘He’s going to kiss her, Gribs.’
‘Shut up/ growled Gribble.
Fiona opened the front door. ‘It was a great night, Pete/ she said. ‘Thanks.’
Pete closed his eyes and leaned gently forward. He pursed his moist lips and kissed the closed front door.
Loud hooting and laughing split the darkness. The gang mocked mercilessly from the road. ‘Splinter mouth/ yelled Gribble.
‘Kissed off/ shouted Rabbit.
‘Give up, Twist/ called Gribble. ‘No one’d kiss a maggot mouth like you.’
Pete hung his head. He blushed with shame. There was nothing he could say.
Pete felt miserable for days afterwards. He didn’t want to be with anyone. On Sunday he went to the local show, all on his own. He didn’t feel like going to the sideshows. He didn’t look at the animals. He walked around the fairground kicking stones and ignoring the laughing kids on the merry-go-rounds and rides.
He wandered between the tents and trucks not looking where he was going. Suddenly he found himself in front of an old caravan. On the side was written:
There was a drawing of a hand with an eye in the middle of the palm.
And sitting on the step was the most beautiful girl Pete had ever seen. Her smile was the promise of a gentle spring. It warmed him like the summer sun. Her teeth were as white as the winter snow. Her hair shone with the sheen of spiders’ webs on an autumn morning. Pete looked behind him. The smile was for him. She beckoned with a crooked finger and then, drawing a coloured shawl over her head, turned and walked into the caravan.
Pete followed in a daze and peered into the shadowy silences where cobwebs joined hands. At the far end of the van a cooking pot shimmered with a silver liquid. The figure in the shawl turned.
Pete gasped. She had changed. The beautiful girl was now a wrinkled old woman wearing garish red lipstick. She cackled like a monkey squealing in the treetops.
Question: What does Pete fantasise about in the beginning?
Lucky Lips
(ROUND THE TWIST by Paul Jennings)
The lighthouse slumbered in the sun.
Inside, however, Pete’s room was gloomy. Pete lay half awake looking at a poster of his favourite rock star ó Zan. She sat, dressed in leather, on the seat of a motorbike. Her full lips were slightly parted. A sultry youth leaned against a wall and looked at her in a bored, assured manner.
Pete’s eyes closed. His imagination wandered. He was the one looking at Zan. She beckoned him with a crooked finger and pouting mouth. Pete sauntered over and bent down. ‘Kiss me,’ she whispered.
Peter moistened his lips and bent down. Zan’s arm pulled his head forward.
‘Pete,’ came a loud shout.
The daydream cracked and tinkled to the floor. Linda stood there grinning and brandishing a copy of Dolly magazine. ‘Did you buy this?’ she said.
‘Sure,’ said Pete sarcastically. T was just checking the latest shades of lipstick and eyeshadow.’
‘That’s funny,’ said Linda. ‘There’s a letter to the agony column and someone’s put a pencil mark next to it.’
‘So?’
‘The letter’s from someone in Port Niranda.
Someone with the initials PT . . . Peter Twist?’ ‘There’s probably millions of PTs in Port NirandaÂ¥, said Pete lamely.
Linda smelt victory. She started to read. ‘Dear Never Been Kissed. Here is my advice. One ó take her to a disco. Two ó dance wildly for the first hour. Three ó dance slow and close for the next hour. Four ó walk her home. Five ó look into her eyes and if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’
Pete went red as Linda tossed the magazine onto the bed.
‘Good luck, Never Been Kissed,’ said Linda. ‘And if her name’s Fiona you’re going to need it. She wouldn’t even look at you.’
Pete gave a cocky grin. ‘Well, she’s going to the disco with me. That must mean something.’
Music blared. Disco lights splashed the dancers’ faces with colour. Pete couldn’t believe his luck. Fiona, the most beautiful girl in the school, was dancing with him. And tonight he was going to walk her home. He couldn’t stop thinking about Step Five. ‘Look into her eyes. And if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’ He had the five steps written down on the back of his hand.
Pete was already well into Step Two. He danced crazily, pumping his hands up and down like a wild thing. Fiona wore an amused smile as she tried to keep up.
Over against the wall, Gribble and Rabbit watched the dancers. Gribble stared at Linda who was dancing with Jill Henderson. ‘Think IÃll do that Twist sheila a favour,’ smirked Gribble. He wandered out onto the dance floor. ‘G’day, desperate/ he said. ‘Wanna dance?’
I’d have to be desperate to dance with you/ snorted Linda.
Tiger Gleeson looked down from the DJ’s booth. ‘Here’s something with a bit more pace for all you rockers/ he said. He turned down the lights and played a smooth, slow number. A few boos came up from the floor. Pete pulled Fiona towards him gently. Step Three. It was working.
Gribble returned to Rabbit. ‘Changed me mind about the Twist sheila/ he said.
Rabbit was watching Pete. ‘Why would Fiona come with a jerk like Twist?’ he said.
Gribble watched jealously. ‘Felt sorry for him/ he said. Then he added. ‘Twist has had it.’
Pete’s big moment finally came. The disco was over. He walked with Fiona through the dark, lonely streets. Neither of them spoke. Pete was nervous. All he could think about was Step Five. He’d never kissed a girl before.
He was so nervous that he didn’t see Gribble, Rabbit and Tiger sneaking along behind. They ran from car to car and bush to bush. ‘This is it,’ said Tiger in an excited whisper. ‘He’s wetting his lips.’
Fiona looked at Pete and smiled. ‘Thank you for a lovely . . .’
‘I’ll walk you up to the door,’ said Pete nervously.
Tiger dug Gribble in the ribs. ‘He’s trying the old “walk-her-to-the-door tactic”,’ he said.
Gribble frowned.
‘They’ve reached the door/ said Tiger. ‘He’s limbering those lips. Puckering in preparation.’
Rabbit punched his hands together gleefully.
‘He’s going to kiss her, Gribs.’
‘Shut up/ growled Gribble.
Fiona opened the front door. ‘It was a great night, Pete/ she said. ‘Thanks.’
Pete closed his eyes and leaned gently forward. He pursed his moist lips and kissed the closed front door.
Loud hooting and laughing split the darkness. The gang mocked mercilessly from the road. ‘Splinter mouth/ yelled Gribble.
‘Kissed off/ shouted Rabbit.
‘Give up, Twist/ called Gribble. ‘No one’d kiss a maggot mouth like you.’
Pete hung his head. He blushed with shame. There was nothing he could say.
Pete felt miserable for days afterwards. He didn’t want to be with anyone. On Sunday he went to the local show, all on his own. He didn’t feel like going to the sideshows. He didn’t look at the animals. He walked around the fairground kicking stones and ignoring the laughing kids on the merry-go-rounds and rides.
He wandered between the tents and trucks not looking where he was going. Suddenly he found himself in front of an old caravan. On the side was written:
There was a drawing of a hand with an eye in the middle of the palm.
And sitting on the step was the most beautiful girl Pete had ever seen. Her smile was the promise of a gentle spring. It warmed him like the summer sun. Her teeth were as white as the winter snow. Her hair shone with the sheen of spiders’ webs on an autumn morning. Pete looked behind him. The smile was for him. She beckoned with a crooked finger and then, drawing a coloured shawl over her head, turned and walked into the caravan.
Pete followed in a daze and peered into the shadowy silences where cobwebs joined hands. At the far end of the van a cooking pot shimmered with a silver liquid. The figure in the shawl turned.
Pete gasped. She had changed. The beautiful girl was now a wrinkled old woman wearing garish red lipstick. She cackled like a monkey squealing in the treetops.
Question: What does Linda accuse Pete of?
Lucky Lips
(ROUND THE TWIST by Paul Jennings)
The lighthouse slumbered in the sun.
Inside, however, Pete’s room was gloomy. Pete lay half awake looking at a poster of his favourite rock star ó Zan. She sat, dressed in leather, on the seat of a motorbike. Her full lips were slightly parted. A sultry youth leaned against a wall and looked at her in a bored, assured manner.
Pete’s eyes closed. His imagination wandered. He was the one looking at Zan. She beckoned him with a crooked finger and pouting mouth. Pete sauntered over and bent down. ‘Kiss me,’ she whispered.
Peter moistened his lips and bent down. Zan’s arm pulled his head forward.
‘Pete,’ came a loud shout.
The daydream cracked and tinkled to the floor. Linda stood there grinning and brandishing a copy of Dolly magazine. ‘Did you buy this?’ she said.
‘Sure,’ said Pete sarcastically. T was just checking the latest shades of lipstick and eyeshadow.’
‘That’s funny,’ said Linda. ‘There’s a letter to the agony column and someone’s put a pencil mark next to it.’
‘So?’
‘The letter’s from someone in Port Niranda.
Someone with the initials PT . . . Peter Twist?’ ‘There’s probably millions of PTs in Port NirandaÂ¥, said Pete lamely.
Linda smelt victory. She started to read. ‘Dear Never Been Kissed. Here is my advice. One ó take her to a disco. Two ó dance wildly for the first hour. Three ó dance slow and close for the next hour. Four ó walk her home. Five ó look into her eyes and if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’
Pete went red as Linda tossed the magazine onto the bed.
‘Good luck, Never Been Kissed,’ said Linda. ‘And if her name’s Fiona you’re going to need it. She wouldn’t even look at you.’
Pete gave a cocky grin. ‘Well, she’s going to the disco with me. That must mean something.’
Music blared. Disco lights splashed the dancers’ faces with colour. Pete couldn’t believe his luck. Fiona, the most beautiful girl in the school, was dancing with him. And tonight he was going to walk her home. He couldn’t stop thinking about Step Five. ‘Look into her eyes. And if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’ He had the five steps written down on the back of his hand.
Pete was already well into Step Two. He danced crazily, pumping his hands up and down like a wild thing. Fiona wore an amused smile as she tried to keep up.
Over against the wall, Gribble and Rabbit watched the dancers. Gribble stared at Linda who was dancing with Jill Henderson. ‘Think IÃll do that Twist sheila a favour,’ smirked Gribble. He wandered out onto the dance floor. ‘G’day, desperate/ he said. ‘Wanna dance?’
I’d have to be desperate to dance with you/ snorted Linda.
Tiger Gleeson looked down from the DJ’s booth. ‘Here’s something with a bit more pace for all you rockers/ he said. He turned down the lights and played a smooth, slow number. A few boos came up from the floor. Pete pulled Fiona towards him gently. Step Three. It was working.
Gribble returned to Rabbit. ‘Changed me mind about the Twist sheila/ he said.
Rabbit was watching Pete. ‘Why would Fiona come with a jerk like Twist?’ he said.
Gribble watched jealously. ‘Felt sorry for him/ he said. Then he added. ‘Twist has had it.’
Pete’s big moment finally came. The disco was over. He walked with Fiona through the dark, lonely streets. Neither of them spoke. Pete was nervous. All he could think about was Step Five. He’d never kissed a girl before.
He was so nervous that he didn’t see Gribble, Rabbit and Tiger sneaking along behind. They ran from car to car and bush to bush. ‘This is it,’ said Tiger in an excited whisper. ‘He’s wetting his lips.’
Fiona looked at Pete and smiled. ‘Thank you for a lovely . . .’
‘I’ll walk you up to the door,’ said Pete nervously.
Tiger dug Gribble in the ribs. ‘He’s trying the old “walk-her-to-the-door tactic”,’ he said.
Gribble frowned.
‘They’ve reached the door/ said Tiger. ‘He’s limbering those lips. Puckering in preparation.’
Rabbit punched his hands together gleefully.
‘He’s going to kiss her, Gribs.’
‘Shut up/ growled Gribble.
Fiona opened the front door. ‘It was a great night, Pete/ she said. ‘Thanks.’
Pete closed his eyes and leaned gently forward. He pursed his moist lips and kissed the closed front door.
Loud hooting and laughing split the darkness. The gang mocked mercilessly from the road. ‘Splinter mouth/ yelled Gribble.
‘Kissed off/ shouted Rabbit.
‘Give up, Twist/ called Gribble. ‘No one’d kiss a maggot mouth like you.’
Pete hung his head. He blushed with shame. There was nothing he could say.
Pete felt miserable for days afterwards. He didn’t want to be with anyone. On Sunday he went to the local show, all on his own. He didn’t feel like going to the sideshows. He didn’t look at the animals. He walked around the fairground kicking stones and ignoring the laughing kids on the merry-go-rounds and rides.
He wandered between the tents and trucks not looking where he was going. Suddenly he found himself in front of an old caravan. On the side was written:
There was a drawing of a hand with an eye in the middle of the palm.
And sitting on the step was the most beautiful girl Pete had ever seen. Her smile was the promise of a gentle spring. It warmed him like the summer sun. Her teeth were as white as the winter snow. Her hair shone with the sheen of spiders’ webs on an autumn morning. Pete looked behind him. The smile was for him. She beckoned with a crooked finger and then, drawing a coloured shawl over her head, turned and walked into the caravan.
Pete followed in a daze and peered into the shadowy silences where cobwebs joined hands. At the far end of the van a cooking pot shimmered with a silver liquid. The figure in the shawl turned.
Pete gasped. She had changed. The beautiful girl was now a wrinkled old woman wearing garish red lipstick. She cackled like a monkey squealing in the treetops.
Question: How does Pete feel when Linda exposes him?
Lucky Lips
(ROUND THE TWIST by Paul Jennings)
The lighthouse slumbered in the sun.
Inside, however, Pete’s room was gloomy. Pete lay half awake looking at a poster of his favourite rock star ó Zan. She sat, dressed in leather, on the seat of a motorbike. Her full lips were slightly parted. A sultry youth leaned against a wall and looked at her in a bored, assured manner.
Pete’s eyes closed. His imagination wandered. He was the one looking at Zan. She beckoned him with a crooked finger and pouting mouth. Pete sauntered over and bent down. ‘Kiss me,’ she whispered.
Peter moistened his lips and bent down. Zan’s arm pulled his head forward.
‘Pete,’ came a loud shout.
The daydream cracked and tinkled to the floor. Linda stood there grinning and brandishing a copy of Dolly magazine. ‘Did you buy this?’ she said.
‘Sure,’ said Pete sarcastically. T was just checking the latest shades of lipstick and eyeshadow.’
‘That’s funny,’ said Linda. ‘There’s a letter to the agony column and someone’s put a pencil mark next to it.’
‘So?’
‘The letter’s from someone in Port Niranda.
Someone with the initials PT . . . Peter Twist?’ ‘There’s probably millions of PTs in Port NirandaÂ¥, said Pete lamely.
Linda smelt victory. She started to read. ‘Dear Never Been Kissed. Here is my advice. One ó take her to a disco. Two ó dance wildly for the first hour. Three ó dance slow and close for the next hour. Four ó walk her home. Five ó look into her eyes and if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’
Pete went red as Linda tossed the magazine onto the bed.
‘Good luck, Never Been Kissed,’ said Linda. ‘And if her name’s Fiona you’re going to need it. She wouldn’t even look at you.’
Pete gave a cocky grin. ‘Well, she’s going to the disco with me. That must mean something.’
Music blared. Disco lights splashed the dancers’ faces with colour. Pete couldn’t believe his luck. Fiona, the most beautiful girl in the school, was dancing with him. And tonight he was going to walk her home. He couldn’t stop thinking about Step Five. ‘Look into her eyes. And if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’ He had the five steps written down on the back of his hand.
Pete was already well into Step Two. He danced crazily, pumping his hands up and down like a wild thing. Fiona wore an amused smile as she tried to keep up.
Over against the wall, Gribble and Rabbit watched the dancers. Gribble stared at Linda who was dancing with Jill Henderson. ‘Think IÃll do that Twist sheila a favour,’ smirked Gribble. He wandered out onto the dance floor. ‘G’day, desperate/ he said. ‘Wanna dance?’
I’d have to be desperate to dance with you/ snorted Linda.
Tiger Gleeson looked down from the DJ’s booth. ‘Here’s something with a bit more pace for all you rockers/ he said. He turned down the lights and played a smooth, slow number. A few boos came up from the floor. Pete pulled Fiona towards him gently. Step Three. It was working.
Gribble returned to Rabbit. ‘Changed me mind about the Twist sheila/ he said.
Rabbit was watching Pete. ‘Why would Fiona come with a jerk like Twist?’ he said.
Gribble watched jealously. ‘Felt sorry for him/ he said. Then he added. ‘Twist has had it.’
Pete’s big moment finally came. The disco was over. He walked with Fiona through the dark, lonely streets. Neither of them spoke. Pete was nervous. All he could think about was Step Five. He’d never kissed a girl before.
He was so nervous that he didn’t see Gribble, Rabbit and Tiger sneaking along behind. They ran from car to car and bush to bush. ‘This is it,’ said Tiger in an excited whisper. ‘He’s wetting his lips.’
Fiona looked at Pete and smiled. ‘Thank you for a lovely . . .’
‘I’ll walk you up to the door,’ said Pete nervously.
Tiger dug Gribble in the ribs. ‘He’s trying the old “walk-her-to-the-door tactic”,’ he said.
Gribble frowned.
‘They’ve reached the door/ said Tiger. ‘He’s limbering those lips. Puckering in preparation.’
Rabbit punched his hands together gleefully.
‘He’s going to kiss her, Gribs.’
‘Shut up/ growled Gribble.
Fiona opened the front door. ‘It was a great night, Pete/ she said. ‘Thanks.’
Pete closed his eyes and leaned gently forward. He pursed his moist lips and kissed the closed front door.
Loud hooting and laughing split the darkness. The gang mocked mercilessly from the road. ‘Splinter mouth/ yelled Gribble.
‘Kissed off/ shouted Rabbit.
‘Give up, Twist/ called Gribble. ‘No one’d kiss a maggot mouth like you.’
Pete hung his head. He blushed with shame. There was nothing he could say.
Pete felt miserable for days afterwards. He didn’t want to be with anyone. On Sunday he went to the local show, all on his own. He didn’t feel like going to the sideshows. He didn’t look at the animals. He walked around the fairground kicking stones and ignoring the laughing kids on the merry-go-rounds and rides.
He wandered between the tents and trucks not looking where he was going. Suddenly he found himself in front of an old caravan. On the side was written:
There was a drawing of a hand with an eye in the middle of the palm.
And sitting on the step was the most beautiful girl Pete had ever seen. Her smile was the promise of a gentle spring. It warmed him like the summer sun. Her teeth were as white as the winter snow. Her hair shone with the sheen of spiders’ webs on an autumn morning. Pete looked behind him. The smile was for him. She beckoned with a crooked finger and then, drawing a coloured shawl over her head, turned and walked into the caravan.
Pete followed in a daze and peered into the shadowy silences where cobwebs joined hands. At the far end of the van a cooking pot shimmered with a silver liquid. The figure in the shawl turned.
Pete gasped. She had changed. The beautiful girl was now a wrinkled old woman wearing garish red lipstick. She cackled like a monkey squealing in the treetops.
Question: What is Pete’s ultimate goal at the disco?
Lucky Lips
(ROUND THE TWIST by Paul Jennings)
The lighthouse slumbered in the sun.
Inside, however, Pete’s room was gloomy. Pete lay half awake looking at a poster of his favourite rock star ó Zan. She sat, dressed in leather, on the seat of a motorbike. Her full lips were slightly parted. A sultry youth leaned against a wall and looked at her in a bored, assured manner.
Pete’s eyes closed. His imagination wandered. He was the one looking at Zan. She beckoned him with a crooked finger and pouting mouth. Pete sauntered over and bent down. ‘Kiss me,’ she whispered.
Peter moistened his lips and bent down. Zan’s arm pulled his head forward.
‘Pete,’ came a loud shout.
The daydream cracked and tinkled to the floor. Linda stood there grinning and brandishing a copy of Dolly magazine. ‘Did you buy this?’ she said.
‘Sure,’ said Pete sarcastically. T was just checking the latest shades of lipstick and eyeshadow.’
‘That’s funny,’ said Linda. ‘There’s a letter to the agony column and someone’s put a pencil mark next to it.’
‘So?’
‘The letter’s from someone in Port Niranda.
Someone with the initials PT . . . Peter Twist?’ ‘There’s probably millions of PTs in Port NirandaÂ¥, said Pete lamely.
Linda smelt victory. She started to read. ‘Dear Never Been Kissed. Here is my advice. One ó take her to a disco. Two ó dance wildly for the first hour. Three ó dance slow and close for the next hour. Four ó walk her home. Five ó look into her eyes and if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’
Pete went red as Linda tossed the magazine onto the bed.
‘Good luck, Never Been Kissed,’ said Linda. ‘And if her name’s Fiona you’re going to need it. She wouldn’t even look at you.’
Pete gave a cocky grin. ‘Well, she’s going to the disco with me. That must mean something.’
Music blared. Disco lights splashed the dancers’ faces with colour. Pete couldn’t believe his luck. Fiona, the most beautiful girl in the school, was dancing with him. And tonight he was going to walk her home. He couldn’t stop thinking about Step Five. ‘Look into her eyes. And if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’ He had the five steps written down on the back of his hand.
Pete was already well into Step Two. He danced crazily, pumping his hands up and down like a wild thing. Fiona wore an amused smile as she tried to keep up.
Over against the wall, Gribble and Rabbit watched the dancers. Gribble stared at Linda who was dancing with Jill Henderson. ‘Think IÃll do that Twist sheila a favour,’ smirked Gribble. He wandered out onto the dance floor. ‘G’day, desperate/ he said. ‘Wanna dance?’
I’d have to be desperate to dance with you/ snorted Linda.
Tiger Gleeson looked down from the DJ’s booth. ‘Here’s something with a bit more pace for all you rockers/ he said. He turned down the lights and played a smooth, slow number. A few boos came up from the floor. Pete pulled Fiona towards him gently. Step Three. It was working.
Gribble returned to Rabbit. ‘Changed me mind about the Twist sheila/ he said.
Rabbit was watching Pete. ‘Why would Fiona come with a jerk like Twist?’ he said.
Gribble watched jealously. ‘Felt sorry for him/ he said. Then he added. ‘Twist has had it.’
Pete’s big moment finally came. The disco was over. He walked with Fiona through the dark, lonely streets. Neither of them spoke. Pete was nervous. All he could think about was Step Five. He’d never kissed a girl before.
He was so nervous that he didn’t see Gribble, Rabbit and Tiger sneaking along behind. They ran from car to car and bush to bush. ‘This is it,’ said Tiger in an excited whisper. ‘He’s wetting his lips.’
Fiona looked at Pete and smiled. ‘Thank you for a lovely . . .’
‘I’ll walk you up to the door,’ said Pete nervously.
Tiger dug Gribble in the ribs. ‘He’s trying the old “walk-her-to-the-door tactic”,’ he said.
Gribble frowned.
‘They’ve reached the door/ said Tiger. ‘He’s limbering those lips. Puckering in preparation.’
Rabbit punched his hands together gleefully.
‘He’s going to kiss her, Gribs.’
‘Shut up/ growled Gribble.
Fiona opened the front door. ‘It was a great night, Pete/ she said. ‘Thanks.’
Pete closed his eyes and leaned gently forward. He pursed his moist lips and kissed the closed front door.
Loud hooting and laughing split the darkness. The gang mocked mercilessly from the road. ‘Splinter mouth/ yelled Gribble.
‘Kissed off/ shouted Rabbit.
‘Give up, Twist/ called Gribble. ‘No one’d kiss a maggot mouth like you.’
Pete hung his head. He blushed with shame. There was nothing he could say.
Pete felt miserable for days afterwards. He didn’t want to be with anyone. On Sunday he went to the local show, all on his own. He didn’t feel like going to the sideshows. He didn’t look at the animals. He walked around the fairground kicking stones and ignoring the laughing kids on the merry-go-rounds and rides.
He wandered between the tents and trucks not looking where he was going. Suddenly he found himself in front of an old caravan. On the side was written:
There was a drawing of a hand with an eye in the middle of the palm.
And sitting on the step was the most beautiful girl Pete had ever seen. Her smile was the promise of a gentle spring. It warmed him like the summer sun. Her teeth were as white as the winter snow. Her hair shone with the sheen of spiders’ webs on an autumn morning. Pete looked behind him. The smile was for him. She beckoned with a crooked finger and then, drawing a coloured shawl over her head, turned and walked into the caravan.
Pete followed in a daze and peered into the shadowy silences where cobwebs joined hands. At the far end of the van a cooking pot shimmered with a silver liquid. The figure in the shawl turned.
Pete gasped. She had changed. The beautiful girl was now a wrinkled old woman wearing garish red lipstick. She cackled like a monkey squealing in the treetops.
Question: What is Fiona’s initial reaction to Pete’s dancing?
Lucky Lips
(ROUND THE TWIST by Paul Jennings)
The lighthouse slumbered in the sun.
Inside, however, Pete’s room was gloomy. Pete lay half awake looking at a poster of his favourite rock star ó Zan. She sat, dressed in leather, on the seat of a motorbike. Her full lips were slightly parted. A sultry youth leaned against a wall and looked at her in a bored, assured manner.
Pete’s eyes closed. His imagination wandered. He was the one looking at Zan. She beckoned him with a crooked finger and pouting mouth. Pete sauntered over and bent down. ‘Kiss me,’ she whispered.
Peter moistened his lips and bent down. Zan’s arm pulled his head forward.
‘Pete,’ came a loud shout.
The daydream cracked and tinkled to the floor. Linda stood there grinning and brandishing a copy of Dolly magazine. ‘Did you buy this?’ she said.
‘Sure,’ said Pete sarcastically. T was just checking the latest shades of lipstick and eyeshadow.’
‘That’s funny,’ said Linda. ‘There’s a letter to the agony column and someone’s put a pencil mark next to it.’
‘So?’
‘The letter’s from someone in Port Niranda.
Someone with the initials PT . . . Peter Twist?’ ‘There’s probably millions of PTs in Port NirandaÂ¥, said Pete lamely.
Linda smelt victory. She started to read. ‘Dear Never Been Kissed. Here is my advice. One ó take her to a disco. Two ó dance wildly for the first hour. Three ó dance slow and close for the next hour. Four ó walk her home. Five ó look into her eyes and if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’
Pete went red as Linda tossed the magazine onto the bed.
‘Good luck, Never Been Kissed,’ said Linda. ‘And if her name’s Fiona you’re going to need it. She wouldn’t even look at you.’
Pete gave a cocky grin. ‘Well, she’s going to the disco with me. That must mean something.’
Music blared. Disco lights splashed the dancers’ faces with colour. Pete couldn’t believe his luck. Fiona, the most beautiful girl in the school, was dancing with him. And tonight he was going to walk her home. He couldn’t stop thinking about Step Five. ‘Look into her eyes. And if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’ He had the five steps written down on the back of his hand.
Pete was already well into Step Two. He danced crazily, pumping his hands up and down like a wild thing. Fiona wore an amused smile as she tried to keep up.
Over against the wall, Gribble and Rabbit watched the dancers. Gribble stared at Linda who was dancing with Jill Henderson. ‘Think IÃll do that Twist sheila a favour,’ smirked Gribble. He wandered out onto the dance floor. ‘G’day, desperate/ he said. ‘Wanna dance?’
I’d have to be desperate to dance with you/ snorted Linda.
Tiger Gleeson looked down from the DJ’s booth. ‘Here’s something with a bit more pace for all you rockers/ he said. He turned down the lights and played a smooth, slow number. A few boos came up from the floor. Pete pulled Fiona towards him gently. Step Three. It was working.
Gribble returned to Rabbit. ‘Changed me mind about the Twist sheila/ he said.
Rabbit was watching Pete. ‘Why would Fiona come with a jerk like Twist?’ he said.
Gribble watched jealously. ‘Felt sorry for him/ he said. Then he added. ‘Twist has had it.’
Pete’s big moment finally came. The disco was over. He walked with Fiona through the dark, lonely streets. Neither of them spoke. Pete was nervous. All he could think about was Step Five. He’d never kissed a girl before.
He was so nervous that he didn’t see Gribble, Rabbit and Tiger sneaking along behind. They ran from car to car and bush to bush. ‘This is it,’ said Tiger in an excited whisper. ‘He’s wetting his lips.’
Fiona looked at Pete and smiled. ‘Thank you for a lovely . . .’
‘I’ll walk you up to the door,’ said Pete nervously.
Tiger dug Gribble in the ribs. ‘He’s trying the old “walk-her-to-the-door tactic”,’ he said.
Gribble frowned.
‘They’ve reached the door/ said Tiger. ‘He’s limbering those lips. Puckering in preparation.’
Rabbit punched his hands together gleefully.
‘He’s going to kiss her, Gribs.’
‘Shut up/ growled Gribble.
Fiona opened the front door. ‘It was a great night, Pete/ she said. ‘Thanks.’
Pete closed his eyes and leaned gently forward. He pursed his moist lips and kissed the closed front door.
Loud hooting and laughing split the darkness. The gang mocked mercilessly from the road. ‘Splinter mouth/ yelled Gribble.
‘Kissed off/ shouted Rabbit.
‘Give up, Twist/ called Gribble. ‘No one’d kiss a maggot mouth like you.’
Pete hung his head. He blushed with shame. There was nothing he could say.
Pete felt miserable for days afterwards. He didn’t want to be with anyone. On Sunday he went to the local show, all on his own. He didn’t feel like going to the sideshows. He didn’t look at the animals. He walked around the fairground kicking stones and ignoring the laughing kids on the merry-go-rounds and rides.
He wandered between the tents and trucks not looking where he was going. Suddenly he found himself in front of an old caravan. On the side was written:
There was a drawing of a hand with an eye in the middle of the palm.
And sitting on the step was the most beautiful girl Pete had ever seen. Her smile was the promise of a gentle spring. It warmed him like the summer sun. Her teeth were as white as the winter snow. Her hair shone with the sheen of spiders’ webs on an autumn morning. Pete looked behind him. The smile was for him. She beckoned with a crooked finger and then, drawing a coloured shawl over her head, turned and walked into the caravan.
Pete followed in a daze and peered into the shadowy silences where cobwebs joined hands. At the far end of the van a cooking pot shimmered with a silver liquid. The figure in the shawl turned.
Pete gasped. She had changed. The beautiful girl was now a wrinkled old woman wearing garish red lipstick. She cackled like a monkey squealing in the treetops.
Question: How does Gribble initially try to get Linda’s attention?
Lucky Lips
(ROUND THE TWIST by Paul Jennings)
The lighthouse slumbered in the sun.
Inside, however, Pete’s room was gloomy. Pete lay half awake looking at a poster of his favourite rock star ó Zan. She sat, dressed in leather, on the seat of a motorbike. Her full lips were slightly parted. A sultry youth leaned against a wall and looked at her in a bored, assured manner.
Pete’s eyes closed. His imagination wandered. He was the one looking at Zan. She beckoned him with a crooked finger and pouting mouth. Pete sauntered over and bent down. ‘Kiss me,’ she whispered.
Peter moistened his lips and bent down. Zan’s arm pulled his head forward.
‘Pete,’ came a loud shout.
The daydream cracked and tinkled to the floor. Linda stood there grinning and brandishing a copy of Dolly magazine. ‘Did you buy this?’ she said.
‘Sure,’ said Pete sarcastically. T was just checking the latest shades of lipstick and eyeshadow.’
‘That’s funny,’ said Linda. ‘There’s a letter to the agony column and someone’s put a pencil mark next to it.’
‘So?’
‘The letter’s from someone in Port Niranda.
Someone with the initials PT . . . Peter Twist?’ ‘There’s probably millions of PTs in Port NirandaÂ¥, said Pete lamely.
Linda smelt victory. She started to read. ‘Dear Never Been Kissed. Here is my advice. One ó take her to a disco. Two ó dance wildly for the first hour. Three ó dance slow and close for the next hour. Four ó walk her home. Five ó look into her eyes and if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’
Pete went red as Linda tossed the magazine onto the bed.
‘Good luck, Never Been Kissed,’ said Linda. ‘And if her name’s Fiona you’re going to need it. She wouldn’t even look at you.’
Pete gave a cocky grin. ‘Well, she’s going to the disco with me. That must mean something.’
Music blared. Disco lights splashed the dancers’ faces with colour. Pete couldn’t believe his luck. Fiona, the most beautiful girl in the school, was dancing with him. And tonight he was going to walk her home. He couldn’t stop thinking about Step Five. ‘Look into her eyes. And if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’ He had the five steps written down on the back of his hand.
Pete was already well into Step Two. He danced crazily, pumping his hands up and down like a wild thing. Fiona wore an amused smile as she tried to keep up.
Over against the wall, Gribble and Rabbit watched the dancers. Gribble stared at Linda who was dancing with Jill Henderson. ‘Think IÃll do that Twist sheila a favour,’ smirked Gribble. He wandered out onto the dance floor. ‘G’day, desperate/ he said. ‘Wanna dance?’
I’d have to be desperate to dance with you/ snorted Linda.
Tiger Gleeson looked down from the DJ’s booth. ‘Here’s something with a bit more pace for all you rockers/ he said. He turned down the lights and played a smooth, slow number. A few boos came up from the floor. Pete pulled Fiona towards him gently. Step Three. It was working.
Gribble returned to Rabbit. ‘Changed me mind about the Twist sheila/ he said.
Rabbit was watching Pete. ‘Why would Fiona come with a jerk like Twist?’ he said.
Gribble watched jealously. ‘Felt sorry for him/ he said. Then he added. ‘Twist has had it.’
Pete’s big moment finally came. The disco was over. He walked with Fiona through the dark, lonely streets. Neither of them spoke. Pete was nervous. All he could think about was Step Five. He’d never kissed a girl before.
He was so nervous that he didn’t see Gribble, Rabbit and Tiger sneaking along behind. They ran from car to car and bush to bush. ‘This is it,’ said Tiger in an excited whisper. ‘He’s wetting his lips.’
Fiona looked at Pete and smiled. ‘Thank you for a lovely . . .’
‘I’ll walk you up to the door,’ said Pete nervously.
Tiger dug Gribble in the ribs. ‘He’s trying the old “walk-her-to-the-door tactic”,’ he said.
Gribble frowned.
‘They’ve reached the door/ said Tiger. ‘He’s limbering those lips. Puckering in preparation.’
Rabbit punched his hands together gleefully.
‘He’s going to kiss her, Gribs.’
‘Shut up/ growled Gribble.
Fiona opened the front door. ‘It was a great night, Pete/ she said. ‘Thanks.’
Pete closed his eyes and leaned gently forward. He pursed his moist lips and kissed the closed front door.
Loud hooting and laughing split the darkness. The gang mocked mercilessly from the road. ‘Splinter mouth/ yelled Gribble.
‘Kissed off/ shouted Rabbit.
‘Give up, Twist/ called Gribble. ‘No one’d kiss a maggot mouth like you.’
Pete hung his head. He blushed with shame. There was nothing he could say.
Pete felt miserable for days afterwards. He didn’t want to be with anyone. On Sunday he went to the local show, all on his own. He didn’t feel like going to the sideshows. He didn’t look at the animals. He walked around the fairground kicking stones and ignoring the laughing kids on the merry-go-rounds and rides.
He wandered between the tents and trucks not looking where he was going. Suddenly he found himself in front of an old caravan. On the side was written:
There was a drawing of a hand with an eye in the middle of the palm.
And sitting on the step was the most beautiful girl Pete had ever seen. Her smile was the promise of a gentle spring. It warmed him like the summer sun. Her teeth were as white as the winter snow. Her hair shone with the sheen of spiders’ webs on an autumn morning. Pete looked behind him. The smile was for him. She beckoned with a crooked finger and then, drawing a coloured shawl over her head, turned and walked into the caravan.
Pete followed in a daze and peered into the shadowy silences where cobwebs joined hands. At the far end of the van a cooking pot shimmered with a silver liquid. The figure in the shawl turned.
Pete gasped. She had changed. The beautiful girl was now a wrinkled old woman wearing garish red lipstick. She cackled like a monkey squealing in the treetops.
Question: What slows Pete’s progress during Step Three at the disco?
Lucky Lips
(ROUND THE TWIST by Paul Jennings)
The lighthouse slumbered in the sun.
Inside, however, Pete’s room was gloomy. Pete lay half awake looking at a poster of his favourite rock star ó Zan. She sat, dressed in leather, on the seat of a motorbike. Her full lips were slightly parted. A sultry youth leaned against a wall and looked at her in a bored, assured manner.
Pete’s eyes closed. His imagination wandered. He was the one looking at Zan. She beckoned him with a crooked finger and pouting mouth. Pete sauntered over and bent down. ‘Kiss me,’ she whispered.
Peter moistened his lips and bent down. Zan’s arm pulled his head forward.
‘Pete,’ came a loud shout.
The daydream cracked and tinkled to the floor. Linda stood there grinning and brandishing a copy of Dolly magazine. ‘Did you buy this?’ she said.
‘Sure,’ said Pete sarcastically. T was just checking the latest shades of lipstick and eyeshadow.’
‘That’s funny,’ said Linda. ‘There’s a letter to the agony column and someone’s put a pencil mark next to it.’
‘So?’
‘The letter’s from someone in Port Niranda.
Someone with the initials PT . . . Peter Twist?’ ‘There’s probably millions of PTs in Port NirandaÂ¥, said Pete lamely.
Linda smelt victory. She started to read. ‘Dear Never Been Kissed. Here is my advice. One ó take her to a disco. Two ó dance wildly for the first hour. Three ó dance slow and close for the next hour. Four ó walk her home. Five ó look into her eyes and if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’
Pete went red as Linda tossed the magazine onto the bed.
‘Good luck, Never Been Kissed,’ said Linda. ‘And if her name’s Fiona you’re going to need it. She wouldn’t even look at you.’
Pete gave a cocky grin. ‘Well, she’s going to the disco with me. That must mean something.’
Music blared. Disco lights splashed the dancers’ faces with colour. Pete couldn’t believe his luck. Fiona, the most beautiful girl in the school, was dancing with him. And tonight he was going to walk her home. He couldn’t stop thinking about Step Five. ‘Look into her eyes. And if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’ He had the five steps written down on the back of his hand.
Pete was already well into Step Two. He danced crazily, pumping his hands up and down like a wild thing. Fiona wore an amused smile as she tried to keep up.
Over against the wall, Gribble and Rabbit watched the dancers. Gribble stared at Linda who was dancing with Jill Henderson. ‘Think IÃll do that Twist sheila a favour,’ smirked Gribble. He wandered out onto the dance floor. ‘G’day, desperate/ he said. ‘Wanna dance?’
I’d have to be desperate to dance with you/ snorted Linda.
Tiger Gleeson looked down from the DJ’s booth. ‘Here’s something with a bit more pace for all you rockers/ he said. He turned down the lights and played a smooth, slow number. A few boos came up from the floor. Pete pulled Fiona towards him gently. Step Three. It was working.
Gribble returned to Rabbit. ‘Changed me mind about the Twist sheila/ he said.
Rabbit was watching Pete. ‘Why would Fiona come with a jerk like Twist?’ he said.
Gribble watched jealously. ‘Felt sorry for him/ he said. Then he added. ‘Twist has had it.’
Pete’s big moment finally came. The disco was over. He walked with Fiona through the dark, lonely streets. Neither of them spoke. Pete was nervous. All he could think about was Step Five. He’d never kissed a girl before.
He was so nervous that he didn’t see Gribble, Rabbit and Tiger sneaking along behind. They ran from car to car and bush to bush. ‘This is it,’ said Tiger in an excited whisper. ‘He’s wetting his lips.’
Fiona looked at Pete and smiled. ‘Thank you for a lovely . . .’
‘I’ll walk you up to the door,’ said Pete nervously.
Tiger dug Gribble in the ribs. ‘He’s trying the old “walk-her-to-the-door tactic”,’ he said.
Gribble frowned.
‘They’ve reached the door/ said Tiger. ‘He’s limbering those lips. Puckering in preparation.’
Rabbit punched his hands together gleefully.
‘He’s going to kiss her, Gribs.’
‘Shut up/ growled Gribble.
Fiona opened the front door. ‘It was a great night, Pete/ she said. ‘Thanks.’
Pete closed his eyes and leaned gently forward. He pursed his moist lips and kissed the closed front door.
Loud hooting and laughing split the darkness. The gang mocked mercilessly from the road. ‘Splinter mouth/ yelled Gribble.
‘Kissed off/ shouted Rabbit.
‘Give up, Twist/ called Gribble. ‘No one’d kiss a maggot mouth like you.’
Pete hung his head. He blushed with shame. There was nothing he could say.
Pete felt miserable for days afterwards. He didn’t want to be with anyone. On Sunday he went to the local show, all on his own. He didn’t feel like going to the sideshows. He didn’t look at the animals. He walked around the fairground kicking stones and ignoring the laughing kids on the merry-go-rounds and rides.
He wandered between the tents and trucks not looking where he was going. Suddenly he found himself in front of an old caravan. On the side was written:
There was a drawing of a hand with an eye in the middle of the palm.
And sitting on the step was the most beautiful girl Pete had ever seen. Her smile was the promise of a gentle spring. It warmed him like the summer sun. Her teeth were as white as the winter snow. Her hair shone with the sheen of spiders’ webs on an autumn morning. Pete looked behind him. The smile was for him. She beckoned with a crooked finger and then, drawing a coloured shawl over her head, turned and walked into the caravan.
Pete followed in a daze and peered into the shadowy silences where cobwebs joined hands. At the far end of the van a cooking pot shimmered with a silver liquid. The figure in the shawl turned.
Pete gasped. She had changed. The beautiful girl was now a wrinkled old woman wearing garish red lipstick. She cackled like a monkey squealing in the treetops.
Question: Why do Gribble, Rabbit, and Tiger follow Pete and Fiona?
Lucky Lips
(Extract from ROUND THE TWIST by Paul Jennings)
The lighthouse slumbered in the sun.
Inside, however, Pete’s room was gloomy. Pete lay half awake looking at a poster of his favourite rock star ó Zan. She sat, dressed in leather, on the seat of a motorbike. Her full lips were slightly parted. A sultry youth leaned against a wall and looked at her in a bored, assured manner.
Pete’s eyes closed. His imagination wandered. He was the one looking at Zan. She beckoned him with a crooked finger and pouting mouth. Pete sauntered over and bent down. ‘Kiss me,’ she whispered.
Peter moistened his lips and bent down. Zan’s arm pulled his head forward.
‘Pete,’ came a loud shout.
The daydream cracked and tinkled to the floor. Linda stood there grinning and brandishing a copy of Dolly magazine. ‘Did you buy this?’ she said.
‘Sure,’ said Pete sarcastically. T was just checking the latest shades of lipstick and eyeshadow.’
‘That’s funny,’ said Linda. ‘There’s a letter to the agony column and someone’s put a pencil mark next to it.’
‘So?’
‘The letter’s from someone in Port Niranda.
Someone with the initials PT . . . Peter Twist?’ ‘There’s probably millions of PTs in Port NirandaÂ¥, said Pete lamely.
Linda smelt victory. She started to read. ‘Dear Never Been Kissed. Here is my advice. One ó take her to a disco. Two ó dance wildly for the first hour. Three ó dance slow and close for the next hour. Four ó walk her home. Five ó look into her eyes and if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’
Pete went red as Linda tossed the magazine onto the bed.
‘Good luck, Never Been Kissed,’ said Linda. ‘And if her name’s Fiona you’re going to need it. She wouldn’t even look at you.’
Pete gave a cocky grin. ‘Well, she’s going to the disco with me. That must mean something.’
Music blared. Disco lights splashed the dancers’ faces with colour. Pete couldn’t believe his luck. Fiona, the most beautiful girl in the school, was dancing with him. And tonight he was going to walk her home. He couldn’t stop thinking about Step Five. ‘Look into her eyes. And if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’ He had the five steps written down on the back of his hand.
Pete was already well into Step Two. He danced crazily, pumping his hands up and down like a wild thing. Fiona wore an amused smile as she tried to keep up.
Over against the wall, Gribble and Rabbit watched the dancers. Gribble stared at Linda who was dancing with Jill Henderson. ‘Think IÃll do that Twist sheila a favour,’ smirked Gribble. He wandered out onto the dance floor. ‘G’day, desperate/ he said. ‘Wanna dance?’
I’d have to be desperate to dance with you/ snorted Linda.
Tiger Gleeson looked down from the DJ’s booth. ‘Here’s something with a bit more pace for all you rockers/ he said. He turned down the lights and played a smooth, slow number. A few boos came up from the floor. Pete pulled Fiona towards him gently. Step Three. It was working.
Gribble returned to Rabbit. ‘Changed me mind about the Twist sheila/ he said.
Rabbit was watching Pete. ‘Why would Fiona come with a jerk like Twist?’ he said.
Gribble watched jealously. ‘Felt sorry for him/ he said. Then he added. ‘Twist has had it.’
Pete’s big moment finally came. The disco was over. He walked with Fiona through the dark, lonely streets. Neither of them spoke. Pete was nervous. All he could think about was Step Five. He’d never kissed a girl before.
He was so nervous that he didn’t see Gribble, Rabbit and Tiger sneaking along behind. They ran from car to car and bush to bush. ‘This is it,’ said Tiger in an excited whisper. ‘He’s wetting his lips.’
Fiona looked at Pete and smiled. ‘Thank you for a lovely . . .’
‘I’ll walk you up to the door,’ said Pete nervously.
Tiger dug Gribble in the ribs. ‘He’s trying the old “walk-her-to-the-door tactic”,’ he said.
Gribble frowned.
‘They’ve reached the door/ said Tiger. ‘He’s limbering those lips. Puckering in preparation.’
Rabbit punched his hands together gleefully.
‘He’s going to kiss her, Gribs.’
‘Shut up/ growled Gribble.
Fiona opened the front door. ‘It was a great night, Pete/ she said. ‘Thanks.’
Pete closed his eyes and leaned gently forward. He pursed his moist lips and kissed the closed front door.
Loud hooting and laughing split the darkness. The gang mocked mercilessly from the road. ‘Splinter mouth/ yelled Gribble.
‘Kissed off/ shouted Rabbit.
‘Give up, Twist/ called Gribble. ‘No one’d kiss a maggot mouth like you.’
Pete hung his head. He blushed with shame. There was nothing he could say.
Pete felt miserable for days afterwards. He didn’t want to be with anyone. On Sunday he went to the local show, all on his own. He didn’t feel like going to the sideshows. He didn’t look at the animals. He walked around the fairground kicking stones and ignoring the laughing kids on the merry-go-rounds and rides.
He wandered between the tents and trucks not looking where he was going. Suddenly he found himself in front of an old caravan. On the side was written:
There was a drawing of a hand with an eye in the middle of the palm.
And sitting on the step was the most beautiful girl Pete had ever seen. Her smile was the promise of a gentle spring. It warmed him like the summer sun. Her teeth were as white as the winter snow. Her hair shone with the sheen of spiders’ webs on an autumn morning. Pete looked behind him. The smile was for him. She beckoned with a crooked finger and then, drawing a coloured shawl over her head, turned and walked into the caravan.
Pete followed in a daze and peered into the shadowy silences where cobwebs joined hands. At the far end of the van a cooking pot shimmered with a silver liquid. The figure in the shawl turned.
Pete gasped. She had changed. The beautiful girl was now a wrinkled old woman wearing garish red lipstick. She cackled like a monkey squealing in the treetops.
Question: How does Pete’s first kiss attempt end?
Lucky Lips
(Extract from ROUND THE TWIST by Paul Jennings)
The lighthouse slumbered in the sun.
Inside, however, Pete’s room was gloomy. Pete lay half awake looking at a poster of his favourite rock star ó Zan. She sat, dressed in leather, on the seat of a motorbike. Her full lips were slightly parted. A sultry youth leaned against a wall and looked at her in a bored, assured manner.
Pete’s eyes closed. His imagination wandered. He was the one looking at Zan. She beckoned him with a crooked finger and pouting mouth. Pete sauntered over and bent down. ‘Kiss me,’ she whispered.
Peter moistened his lips and bent down. Zan’s arm pulled his head forward.
‘Pete,’ came a loud shout.
The daydream cracked and tinkled to the floor. Linda stood there grinning and brandishing a copy of Dolly magazine. ‘Did you buy this?’ she said.
‘Sure,’ said Pete sarcastically. T was just checking the latest shades of lipstick and eyeshadow.’
‘That’s funny,’ said Linda. ‘There’s a letter to the agony column and someone’s put a pencil mark next to it.’
‘So?’
‘The letter’s from someone in Port Niranda.
Someone with the initials PT . . . Peter Twist?’ ‘There’s probably millions of PTs in Port NirandaÂ¥, said Pete lamely.
Linda smelt victory. She started to read. ‘Dear Never Been Kissed. Here is my advice. One ó take her to a disco. Two ó dance wildly for the first hour. Three ó dance slow and close for the next hour. Four ó walk her home. Five ó look into her eyes and if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’
Pete went red as Linda tossed the magazine onto the bed.
‘Good luck, Never Been Kissed,’ said Linda. ‘And if her name’s Fiona you’re going to need it. She wouldn’t even look at you.’
Pete gave a cocky grin. ‘Well, she’s going to the disco with me. That must mean something.’
Music blared. Disco lights splashed the dancers’ faces with colour. Pete couldn’t believe his luck. Fiona, the most beautiful girl in the school, was dancing with him. And tonight he was going to walk her home. He couldn’t stop thinking about Step Five. ‘Look into her eyes. And if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’ He had the five steps written down on the back of his hand.
Pete was already well into Step Two. He danced crazily, pumping his hands up and down like a wild thing. Fiona wore an amused smile as she tried to keep up.
Over against the wall, Gribble and Rabbit watched the dancers. Gribble stared at Linda who was dancing with Jill Henderson. ‘Think IÃll do that Twist sheila a favour,’ smirked Gribble. He wandered out onto the dance floor. ‘G’day, desperate/ he said. ‘Wanna dance?’
I’d have to be desperate to dance with you/ snorted Linda.
Tiger Gleeson looked down from the DJ’s booth. ‘Here’s something with a bit more pace for all you rockers/ he said. He turned down the lights and played a smooth, slow number. A few boos came up from the floor. Pete pulled Fiona towards him gently. Step Three. It was working.
Gribble returned to Rabbit. ‘Changed me mind about the Twist sheila/ he said.
Rabbit was watching Pete. ‘Why would Fiona come with a jerk like Twist?’ he said.
Gribble watched jealously. ‘Felt sorry for him/ he said. Then he added. ‘Twist has had it.’
Pete’s big moment finally came. The disco was over. He walked with Fiona through the dark, lonely streets. Neither of them spoke. Pete was nervous. All he could think about was Step Five. He’d never kissed a girl before.
He was so nervous that he didn’t see Gribble, Rabbit and Tiger sneaking along behind. They ran from car to car and bush to bush. ‘This is it,’ said Tiger in an excited whisper. ‘He’s wetting his lips.’
Fiona looked at Pete and smiled. ‘Thank you for a lovely . . .’
‘I’ll walk you up to the door,’ said Pete nervously.
Tiger dug Gribble in the ribs. ‘He’s trying the old “walk-her-to-the-door tactic”,’ he said.
Gribble frowned.
‘They’ve reached the door/ said Tiger. ‘He’s limbering those lips. Puckering in preparation.’
Rabbit punched his hands together gleefully.
‘He’s going to kiss her, Gribs.’
‘Shut up/ growled Gribble.
Fiona opened the front door. ‘It was a great night, Pete/ she said. ‘Thanks.’
Pete closed his eyes and leaned gently forward. He pursed his moist lips and kissed the closed front door.
Loud hooting and laughing split the darkness. The gang mocked mercilessly from the road. ‘Splinter mouth/ yelled Gribble.
‘Kissed off/ shouted Rabbit.
‘Give up, Twist/ called Gribble. ‘No one’d kiss a maggot mouth like you.’
Pete hung his head. He blushed with shame. There was nothing he could say.
Pete felt miserable for days afterwards. He didn’t want to be with anyone. On Sunday he went to the local show, all on his own. He didn’t feel like going to the sideshows. He didn’t look at the animals. He walked around the fairground kicking stones and ignoring the laughing kids on the merry-go-rounds and rides.
He wandered between the tents and trucks not looking where he was going. Suddenly he found himself in front of an old caravan. On the side was written:
There was a drawing of a hand with an eye in the middle of the palm.
And sitting on the step was the most beautiful girl Pete had ever seen. Her smile was the promise of a gentle spring. It warmed him like the summer sun. Her teeth were as white as the winter snow. Her hair shone with the sheen of spiders’ webs on an autumn morning. Pete looked behind him. The smile was for him. She beckoned with a crooked finger and then, drawing a coloured shawl over her head, turned and walked into the caravan.
Pete followed in a daze and peered into the shadowy silences where cobwebs joined hands. At the far end of the van a cooking pot shimmered with a silver liquid. The figure in the shawl turned.
Pete gasped. She had changed. The beautiful girl was now a wrinkled old woman wearing garish red lipstick. She cackled like a monkey squealing in the treetops.
Question: What does Gribble yell after Pete’s failed kiss attempt?
Lucky Lips
(Extract from ROUND THE TWIST by Paul Jennings)
The lighthouse slumbered in the sun.
Inside, however, Pete’s room was gloomy. Pete lay half awake looking at a poster of his favourite rock star ó Zan. She sat, dressed in leather, on the seat of a motorbike. Her full lips were slightly parted. A sultry youth leaned against a wall and looked at her in a bored, assured manner.
Pete’s eyes closed. His imagination wandered. He was the one looking at Zan. She beckoned him with a crooked finger and pouting mouth. Pete sauntered over and bent down. ‘Kiss me,’ she whispered.
Peter moistened his lips and bent down. Zan’s arm pulled his head forward.
‘Pete,’ came a loud shout.
The daydream cracked and tinkled to the floor. Linda stood there grinning and brandishing a copy of Dolly magazine. ‘Did you buy this?’ she said.
‘Sure,’ said Pete sarcastically. T was just checking the latest shades of lipstick and eyeshadow.’
‘That’s funny,’ said Linda. ‘There’s a letter to the agony column and someone’s put a pencil mark next to it.’
‘So?’
‘The letter’s from someone in Port Niranda.
Someone with the initials PT . . . Peter Twist?’ ‘There’s probably millions of PTs in Port NirandaÂ¥, said Pete lamely.
Linda smelt victory. She started to read. ‘Dear Never Been Kissed. Here is my advice. One ó take her to a disco. Two ó dance wildly for the first hour. Three ó dance slow and close for the next hour. Four ó walk her home. Five ó look into her eyes and if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’
Pete went red as Linda tossed the magazine onto the bed.
‘Good luck, Never Been Kissed,’ said Linda. ‘And if her name’s Fiona you’re going to need it. She wouldn’t even look at you.’
Pete gave a cocky grin. ‘Well, she’s going to the disco with me. That must mean something.’
Music blared. Disco lights splashed the dancers’ faces with colour. Pete couldn’t believe his luck. Fiona, the most beautiful girl in the school, was dancing with him. And tonight he was going to walk her home. He couldn’t stop thinking about Step Five. ‘Look into her eyes. And if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’ He had the five steps written down on the back of his hand.
Pete was already well into Step Two. He danced crazily, pumping his hands up and down like a wild thing. Fiona wore an amused smile as she tried to keep up.
Over against the wall, Gribble and Rabbit watched the dancers. Gribble stared at Linda who was dancing with Jill Henderson. ‘Think IÃll do that Twist sheila a favour,’ smirked Gribble. He wandered out onto the dance floor. ‘G’day, desperate/ he said. ‘Wanna dance?’
I’d have to be desperate to dance with you/ snorted Linda.
Tiger Gleeson looked down from the DJ’s booth. ‘Here’s something with a bit more pace for all you rockers/ he said. He turned down the lights and played a smooth, slow number. A few boos came up from the floor. Pete pulled Fiona towards him gently. Step Three. It was working.
Gribble returned to Rabbit. ‘Changed me mind about the Twist sheila/ he said.
Rabbit was watching Pete. ‘Why would Fiona come with a jerk like Twist?’ he said.
Gribble watched jealously. ‘Felt sorry for him/ he said. Then he added. ‘Twist has had it.’
Pete’s big moment finally came. The disco was over. He walked with Fiona through the dark, lonely streets. Neither of them spoke. Pete was nervous. All he could think about was Step Five. He’d never kissed a girl before.
He was so nervous that he didn’t see Gribble, Rabbit and Tiger sneaking along behind. They ran from car to car and bush to bush. ‘This is it,’ said Tiger in an excited whisper. ‘He’s wetting his lips.’
Fiona looked at Pete and smiled. ‘Thank you for a lovely . . .’
‘I’ll walk you up to the door,’ said Pete nervously.
Tiger dug Gribble in the ribs. ‘He’s trying the old “walk-her-to-the-door tactic”,’ he said.
Gribble frowned.
‘They’ve reached the door/ said Tiger. ‘He’s limbering those lips. Puckering in preparation.’
Rabbit punched his hands together gleefully.
‘He’s going to kiss her, Gribs.’
‘Shut up/ growled Gribble.
Fiona opened the front door. ‘It was a great night, Pete/ she said. ‘Thanks.’
Pete closed his eyes and leaned gently forward. He pursed his moist lips and kissed the closed front door.
Loud hooting and laughing split the darkness. The gang mocked mercilessly from the road. ‘Splinter mouth/ yelled Gribble.
‘Kissed off/ shouted Rabbit.
‘Give up, Twist/ called Gribble. ‘No one’d kiss a maggot mouth like you.’
Pete hung his head. He blushed with shame. There was nothing he could say.
Pete felt miserable for days afterwards. He didn’t want to be with anyone. On Sunday he went to the local show, all on his own. He didn’t feel like going to the sideshows. He didn’t look at the animals. He walked around the fairground kicking stones and ignoring the laughing kids on the merry-go-rounds and rides.
He wandered between the tents and trucks not looking where he was going. Suddenly he found himself in front of an old caravan. On the side was written:
There was a drawing of a hand with an eye in the middle of the palm.
And sitting on the step was the most beautiful girl Pete had ever seen. Her smile was the promise of a gentle spring. It warmed him like the summer sun. Her teeth were as white as the winter snow. Her hair shone with the sheen of spiders’ webs on an autumn morning. Pete looked behind him. The smile was for him. She beckoned with a crooked finger and then, drawing a coloured shawl over her head, turned and walked into the caravan.
Pete followed in a daze and peered into the shadowy silences where cobwebs joined hands. At the far end of the van a cooking pot shimmered with a silver liquid. The figure in the shawl turned.
Pete gasped. She had changed. The beautiful girl was now a wrinkled old woman wearing garish red lipstick. She cackled like a monkey squealing in the treetops.
Question: How does Pete feel after the failed kiss?
Lucky Lips
(Extract from ROUND THE TWIST by Paul Jennings)
The lighthouse slumbered in the sun.
Inside, however, Pete’s room was gloomy. Pete lay half awake looking at a poster of his favourite rock star ó Zan. She sat, dressed in leather, on the seat of a motorbike. Her full lips were slightly parted. A sultry youth leaned against a wall and looked at her in a bored, assured manner.
Pete’s eyes closed. His imagination wandered. He was the one looking at Zan. She beckoned him with a crooked finger and pouting mouth. Pete sauntered over and bent down. ‘Kiss me,’ she whispered.
Peter moistened his lips and bent down. Zan’s arm pulled his head forward.
‘Pete,’ came a loud shout.
The daydream cracked and tinkled to the floor. Linda stood there grinning and brandishing a copy of Dolly magazine. ‘Did you buy this?’ she said.
‘Sure,’ said Pete sarcastically. T was just checking the latest shades of lipstick and eyeshadow.’
‘That’s funny,’ said Linda. ‘There’s a letter to the agony column and someone’s put a pencil mark next to it.’
‘So?’
‘The letter’s from someone in Port Niranda.
Someone with the initials PT . . . Peter Twist?’ ‘There’s probably millions of PTs in Port NirandaÂ¥, said Pete lamely.
Linda smelt victory. She started to read. ‘Dear Never Been Kissed. Here is my advice. One ó take her to a disco. Two ó dance wildly for the first hour. Three ó dance slow and close for the next hour. Four ó walk her home. Five ó look into her eyes and if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’
Pete went red as Linda tossed the magazine onto the bed.
‘Good luck, Never Been Kissed,’ said Linda. ‘And if her name’s Fiona you’re going to need it. She wouldn’t even look at you.’
Pete gave a cocky grin. ‘Well, she’s going to the disco with me. That must mean something.’
Music blared. Disco lights splashed the dancers’ faces with colour. Pete couldn’t believe his luck. Fiona, the most beautiful girl in the school, was dancing with him. And tonight he was going to walk her home. He couldn’t stop thinking about Step Five. ‘Look into her eyes. And if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’ He had the five steps written down on the back of his hand.
Pete was already well into Step Two. He danced crazily, pumping his hands up and down like a wild thing. Fiona wore an amused smile as she tried to keep up.
Over against the wall, Gribble and Rabbit watched the dancers. Gribble stared at Linda who was dancing with Jill Henderson. ‘Think IÃll do that Twist sheila a favour,’ smirked Gribble. He wandered out onto the dance floor. ‘G’day, desperate/ he said. ‘Wanna dance?’
I’d have to be desperate to dance with you/ snorted Linda.
Tiger Gleeson looked down from the DJ’s booth. ‘Here’s something with a bit more pace for all you rockers/ he said. He turned down the lights and played a smooth, slow number. A few boos came up from the floor. Pete pulled Fiona towards him gently. Step Three. It was working.
Gribble returned to Rabbit. ‘Changed me mind about the Twist sheila/ he said.
Rabbit was watching Pete. ‘Why would Fiona come with a jerk like Twist?’ he said.
Gribble watched jealously. ‘Felt sorry for him/ he said. Then he added. ‘Twist has had it.’
Pete’s big moment finally came. The disco was over. He walked with Fiona through the dark, lonely streets. Neither of them spoke. Pete was nervous. All he could think about was Step Five. He’d never kissed a girl before.
He was so nervous that he didn’t see Gribble, Rabbit and Tiger sneaking along behind. They ran from car to car and bush to bush. ‘This is it,’ said Tiger in an excited whisper. ‘He’s wetting his lips.’
Fiona looked at Pete and smiled. ‘Thank you for a lovely . . .’
‘I’ll walk you up to the door,’ said Pete nervously.
Tiger dug Gribble in the ribs. ‘He’s trying the old “walk-her-to-the-door tactic”,’ he said.
Gribble frowned.
‘They’ve reached the door/ said Tiger. ‘He’s limbering those lips. Puckering in preparation.’
Rabbit punched his hands together gleefully.
‘He’s going to kiss her, Gribs.’
‘Shut up/ growled Gribble.
Fiona opened the front door. ‘It was a great night, Pete/ she said. ‘Thanks.’
Pete closed his eyes and leaned gently forward. He pursed his moist lips and kissed the closed front door.
Loud hooting and laughing split the darkness. The gang mocked mercilessly from the road. ‘Splinter mouth/ yelled Gribble.
‘Kissed off/ shouted Rabbit.
‘Give up, Twist/ called Gribble. ‘No one’d kiss a maggot mouth like you.’
Pete hung his head. He blushed with shame. There was nothing he could say.
Pete felt miserable for days afterwards. He didn’t want to be with anyone. On Sunday he went to the local show, all on his own. He didn’t feel like going to the sideshows. He didn’t look at the animals. He walked around the fairground kicking stones and ignoring the laughing kids on the merry-go-rounds and rides.
He wandered between the tents and trucks not looking where he was going. Suddenly he found himself in front of an old caravan. On the side was written:
There was a drawing of a hand with an eye in the middle of the palm.
And sitting on the step was the most beautiful girl Pete had ever seen. Her smile was the promise of a gentle spring. It warmed him like the summer sun. Her teeth were as white as the winter snow. Her hair shone with the sheen of spiders’ webs on an autumn morning. Pete looked behind him. The smile was for him. She beckoned with a crooked finger and then, drawing a coloured shawl over her head, turned and walked into the caravan.
Pete followed in a daze and peered into the shadowy silences where cobwebs joined hands. At the far end of the van a cooking pot shimmered with a silver liquid. The figure in the shawl turned.
Pete gasped. She had changed. The beautiful girl was now a wrinkled old woman wearing garish red lipstick. She cackled like a monkey squealing in the treetops.
Question: Where does Pete go after his failed attempt to kiss Fiona?
Lucky Lips
(Extract from ROUND THE TWIST by Paul Jennings)
The lighthouse slumbered in the sun.
Inside, however, Pete’s room was gloomy. Pete lay half awake looking at a poster of his favourite rock star ó Zan. She sat, dressed in leather, on the seat of a motorbike. Her full lips were slightly parted. A sultry youth leaned against a wall and looked at her in a bored, assured manner.
Pete’s eyes closed. His imagination wandered. He was the one looking at Zan. She beckoned him with a crooked finger and pouting mouth. Pete sauntered over and bent down. ‘Kiss me,’ she whispered.
Peter moistened his lips and bent down. Zan’s arm pulled his head forward.
‘Pete,’ came a loud shout.
The daydream cracked and tinkled to the floor. Linda stood there grinning and brandishing a copy of Dolly magazine. ‘Did you buy this?’ she said.
‘Sure,’ said Pete sarcastically. T was just checking the latest shades of lipstick and eyeshadow.’
‘That’s funny,’ said Linda. ‘There’s a letter to the agony column and someone’s put a pencil mark next to it.’
‘So?’
‘The letter’s from someone in Port Niranda.
Someone with the initials PT . . . Peter Twist?’ ‘There’s probably millions of PTs in Port NirandaÂ¥, said Pete lamely.
Linda smelt victory. She started to read. ‘Dear Never Been Kissed. Here is my advice. One ó take her to a disco. Two ó dance wildly for the first hour. Three ó dance slow and close for the next hour. Four ó walk her home. Five ó look into her eyes and if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’
Pete went red as Linda tossed the magazine onto the bed.
‘Good luck, Never Been Kissed,’ said Linda. ‘And if her name’s Fiona you’re going to need it. She wouldn’t even look at you.’
Pete gave a cocky grin. ‘Well, she’s going to the disco with me. That must mean something.’
Music blared. Disco lights splashed the dancers’ faces with colour. Pete couldn’t believe his luck. Fiona, the most beautiful girl in the school, was dancing with him. And tonight he was going to walk her home. He couldn’t stop thinking about Step Five. ‘Look into her eyes. And if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’ He had the five steps written down on the back of his hand.
Pete was already well into Step Two. He danced crazily, pumping his hands up and down like a wild thing. Fiona wore an amused smile as she tried to keep up.
Over against the wall, Gribble and Rabbit watched the dancers. Gribble stared at Linda who was dancing with Jill Henderson. ‘Think IÃll do that Twist sheila a favour,’ smirked Gribble. He wandered out onto the dance floor. ‘G’day, desperate/ he said. ‘Wanna dance?’
I’d have to be desperate to dance with you/ snorted Linda.
Tiger Gleeson looked down from the DJ’s booth. ‘Here’s something with a bit more pace for all you rockers/ he said. He turned down the lights and played a smooth, slow number. A few boos came up from the floor. Pete pulled Fiona towards him gently. Step Three. It was working.
Gribble returned to Rabbit. ‘Changed me mind about the Twist sheila/ he said.
Rabbit was watching Pete. ‘Why would Fiona come with a jerk like Twist?’ he said.
Gribble watched jealously. ‘Felt sorry for him/ he said. Then he added. ‘Twist has had it.’
Pete’s big moment finally came. The disco was over. He walked with Fiona through the dark, lonely streets. Neither of them spoke. Pete was nervous. All he could think about was Step Five. He’d never kissed a girl before.
He was so nervous that he didn’t see Gribble, Rabbit and Tiger sneaking along behind. They ran from car to car and bush to bush. ‘This is it,’ said Tiger in an excited whisper. ‘He’s wetting his lips.’
Fiona looked at Pete and smiled. ‘Thank you for a lovely . . .’
‘I’ll walk you up to the door,’ said Pete nervously.
Tiger dug Gribble in the ribs. ‘He’s trying the old “walk-her-to-the-door tactic”,’ he said.
Gribble frowned.
‘They’ve reached the door/ said Tiger. ‘He’s limbering those lips. Puckering in preparation.’
Rabbit punched his hands together gleefully.
‘He’s going to kiss her, Gribs.’
‘Shut up/ growled Gribble.
Fiona opened the front door. ‘It was a great night, Pete/ she said. ‘Thanks.’
Pete closed his eyes and leaned gently forward. He pursed his moist lips and kissed the closed front door.
Loud hooting and laughing split the darkness. The gang mocked mercilessly from the road. ‘Splinter mouth/ yelled Gribble.
‘Kissed off/ shouted Rabbit.
‘Give up, Twist/ called Gribble. ‘No one’d kiss a maggot mouth like you.’
Pete hung his head. He blushed with shame. There was nothing he could say.
Pete felt miserable for days afterwards. He didn’t want to be with anyone. On Sunday he went to the local show, all on his own. He didn’t feel like going to the sideshows. He didn’t look at the animals. He walked around the fairground kicking stones and ignoring the laughing kids on the merry-go-rounds and rides.
He wandered between the tents and trucks not looking where he was going. Suddenly he found himself in front of an old caravan. On the side was written:
There was a drawing of a hand with an eye in the middle of the palm.
And sitting on the step was the most beautiful girl Pete had ever seen. Her smile was the promise of a gentle spring. It warmed him like the summer sun. Her teeth were as white as the winter snow. Her hair shone with the sheen of spiders’ webs on an autumn morning. Pete looked behind him. The smile was for him. She beckoned with a crooked finger and then, drawing a coloured shawl over her head, turned and walked into the caravan.
Pete followed in a daze and peered into the shadowy silences where cobwebs joined hands. At the far end of the van a cooking pot shimmered with a silver liquid. The figure in the shawl turned.
Pete gasped. She had changed. The beautiful girl was now a wrinkled old woman wearing garish red lipstick. She cackled like a monkey squealing in the treetops.
Question: What changes about the girl Pete meets at the fairground?
Lucky Lips
(Extract from ROUND THE TWIST by Paul Jennings)
The lighthouse slumbered in the sun.
Inside, however, Pete’s room was gloomy. Pete lay half awake looking at a poster of his favourite rock star ó Zan. She sat, dressed in leather, on the seat of a motorbike. Her full lips were slightly parted. A sultry youth leaned against a wall and looked at her in a bored, assured manner.
Pete’s eyes closed. His imagination wandered. He was the one looking at Zan. She beckoned him with a crooked finger and pouting mouth. Pete sauntered over and bent down. ‘Kiss me,’ she whispered.
Peter moistened his lips and bent down. Zan’s arm pulled his head forward.
‘Pete,’ came a loud shout.
The daydream cracked and tinkled to the floor. Linda stood there grinning and brandishing a copy of Dolly magazine. ‘Did you buy this?’ she said.
‘Sure,’ said Pete sarcastically. T was just checking the latest shades of lipstick and eyeshadow.’
‘That’s funny,’ said Linda. ‘There’s a letter to the agony column and someone’s put a pencil mark next to it.’
‘So?’
‘The letter’s from someone in Port Niranda.
Someone with the initials PT . . . Peter Twist?’ ‘There’s probably millions of PTs in Port NirandaÂ¥, said Pete lamely.
Linda smelt victory. She started to read. ‘Dear Never Been Kissed. Here is my advice. One ó take her to a disco. Two ó dance wildly for the first hour. Three ó dance slow and close for the next hour. Four ó walk her home. Five ó look into her eyes and if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’
Pete went red as Linda tossed the magazine onto the bed.
‘Good luck, Never Been Kissed,’ said Linda. ‘And if her name’s Fiona you’re going to need it. She wouldn’t even look at you.’
Pete gave a cocky grin. ‘Well, she’s going to the disco with me. That must mean something.’
Music blared. Disco lights splashed the dancers’ faces with colour. Pete couldn’t believe his luck. Fiona, the most beautiful girl in the school, was dancing with him. And tonight he was going to walk her home. He couldn’t stop thinking about Step Five. ‘Look into her eyes. And if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’ He had the five steps written down on the back of his hand.
Pete was already well into Step Two. He danced crazily, pumping his hands up and down like a wild thing. Fiona wore an amused smile as she tried to keep up.
Over against the wall, Gribble and Rabbit watched the dancers. Gribble stared at Linda who was dancing with Jill Henderson. ‘Think IÃll do that Twist sheila a favour,’ smirked Gribble. He wandered out onto the dance floor. ‘G’day, desperate/ he said. ‘Wanna dance?’
I’d have to be desperate to dance with you/ snorted Linda.
Tiger Gleeson looked down from the DJ’s booth. ‘Here’s something with a bit more pace for all you rockers/ he said. He turned down the lights and played a smooth, slow number. A few boos came up from the floor. Pete pulled Fiona towards him gently. Step Three. It was working.
Gribble returned to Rabbit. ‘Changed me mind about the Twist sheila/ he said.
Rabbit was watching Pete. ‘Why would Fiona come with a jerk like Twist?’ he said.
Gribble watched jealously. ‘Felt sorry for him/ he said. Then he added. ‘Twist has had it.’
Pete’s big moment finally came. The disco was over. He walked with Fiona through the dark, lonely streets. Neither of them spoke. Pete was nervous. All he could think about was Step Five. He’d never kissed a girl before.
He was so nervous that he didn’t see Gribble, Rabbit and Tiger sneaking along behind. They ran from car to car and bush to bush. ‘This is it,’ said Tiger in an excited whisper. ‘He’s wetting his lips.’
Fiona looked at Pete and smiled. ‘Thank you for a lovely . . .’
‘I’ll walk you up to the door,’ said Pete nervously.
Tiger dug Gribble in the ribs. ‘He’s trying the old “walk-her-to-the-door tactic”,’ he said.
Gribble frowned.
‘They’ve reached the door/ said Tiger. ‘He’s limbering those lips. Puckering in preparation.’
Rabbit punched his hands together gleefully.
‘He’s going to kiss her, Gribs.’
‘Shut up/ growled Gribble.
Fiona opened the front door. ‘It was a great night, Pete/ she said. ‘Thanks.’
Pete closed his eyes and leaned gently forward. He pursed his moist lips and kissed the closed front door.
Loud hooting and laughing split the darkness. The gang mocked mercilessly from the road. ‘Splinter mouth/ yelled Gribble.
‘Kissed off/ shouted Rabbit.
‘Give up, Twist/ called Gribble. ‘No one’d kiss a maggot mouth like you.’
Pete hung his head. He blushed with shame. There was nothing he could say.
Pete felt miserable for days afterwards. He didn’t want to be with anyone. On Sunday he went to the local show, all on his own. He didn’t feel like going to the sideshows. He didn’t look at the animals. He walked around the fairground kicking stones and ignoring the laughing kids on the merry-go-rounds and rides.
He wandered between the tents and trucks not looking where he was going. Suddenly he found himself in front of an old caravan. On the side was written:
There was a drawing of a hand with an eye in the middle of the palm.
And sitting on the step was the most beautiful girl Pete had ever seen. Her smile was the promise of a gentle spring. It warmed him like the summer sun. Her teeth were as white as the winter snow. Her hair shone with the sheen of spiders’ webs on an autumn morning. Pete looked behind him. The smile was for him. She beckoned with a crooked finger and then, drawing a coloured shawl over her head, turned and walked into the caravan.
Pete followed in a daze and peered into the shadowy silences where cobwebs joined hands. At the far end of the van a cooking pot shimmered with a silver liquid. The figure in the shawl turned.
Pete gasped. She had changed. The beautiful girl was now a wrinkled old woman wearing garish red lipstick. She cackled like a monkey squealing in the treetops.
Question: What is the significant difference between the girl Pete meets and Zan?
Lucky Lips
(ROUND THE TWIST by Paul Jennings)
The lighthouse slumbered in the sun.
Inside, however, Pete’s room was gloomy. Pete lay half awake looking at a poster of his favourite rock star ó Zan. She sat, dressed in leather, on the seat of a motorbike. Her full lips were slightly parted. A sultry youth leaned against a wall and looked at her in a bored, assured manner.
Pete’s eyes closed. His imagination wandered. He was the one looking at Zan. She beckoned him with a crooked finger and pouting mouth. Pete sauntered over and bent down. ‘Kiss me,’ she whispered.
Peter moistened his lips and bent down. Zan’s arm pulled his head forward.
‘Pete,’ came a loud shout.
The daydream cracked and tinkled to the floor. Linda stood there grinning and brandishing a copy of Dolly magazine. ‘Did you buy this?’ she said.
‘Sure,’ said Pete sarcastically. T was just checking the latest shades of lipstick and eyeshadow.’
‘That’s funny,’ said Linda. ‘There’s a letter to the agony column and someone’s put a pencil mark next to it.’
‘So?’
‘The letter’s from someone in Port Niranda.
Someone with the initials PT . . . Peter Twist?’ ‘There’s probably millions of PTs in Port NirandaÂ¥, said Pete lamely.
Linda smelt victory. She started to read. ‘Dear Never Been Kissed. Here is my advice. One ó take her to a disco. Two ó dance wildly for the first hour. Three ó dance slow and close for the next hour. Four ó walk her home. Five ó look into her eyes and if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’
Pete went red as Linda tossed the magazine onto the bed.
‘Good luck, Never Been Kissed,’ said Linda. ‘And if her name’s Fiona you’re going to need it. She wouldn’t even look at you.’
Pete gave a cocky grin. ‘Well, she’s going to the disco with me. That must mean something.’
Music blared. Disco lights splashed the dancers’ faces with colour. Pete couldn’t believe his luck. Fiona, the most beautiful girl in the school, was dancing with him. And tonight he was going to walk her home. He couldn’t stop thinking about Step Five. ‘Look into her eyes. And if they say “yes” ó kisssssss.’ He had the five steps written down on the back of his hand.
Pete was already well into Step Two. He danced crazily, pumping his hands up and down like a wild thing. Fiona wore an amused smile as she tried to keep up.
Over against the wall, Gribble and Rabbit watched the dancers. Gribble stared at Linda who was dancing with Jill Henderson. ‘Think IÃll do that Twist sheila a favour,’ smirked Gribble. He wandered out onto the dance floor. ‘G’day, desperate/ he said. ‘Wanna dance?’
I’d have to be desperate to dance with you/ snorted Linda.
Tiger Gleeson looked down from the DJ’s booth. ‘Here’s something with a bit more pace for all you rockers/ he said. He turned down the lights and played a smooth, slow number. A few boos came up from the floor. Pete pulled Fiona towards him gently. Step Three. It was working.
Gribble returned to Rabbit. ‘Changed me mind about the Twist sheila/ he said.
Rabbit was watching Pete. ‘Why would Fiona come with a jerk like Twist?’ he said.
Gribble watched jealously. ‘Felt sorry for him/ he said. Then he added. ‘Twist has had it.’
Pete’s big moment finally came. The disco was over. He walked with Fiona through the dark, lonely streets. Neither of them spoke. Pete was nervous. All he could think about was Step Five. He’d never kissed a girl before.
He was so nervous that he didn’t see Gribble, Rabbit and Tiger sneaking along behind. They ran from car to car and bush to bush. ‘This is it,’ said Tiger in an excited whisper. ‘He’s wetting his lips.’
Fiona looked at Pete and smiled. ‘Thank you for a lovely . . .’
‘I’ll walk you up to the door,’ said Pete nervously.
Tiger dug Gribble in the ribs. ‘He’s trying the old “walk-her-to-the-door tactic”,’ he said.
Gribble frowned.
‘They’ve reached the door/ said Tiger. ‘He’s limbering those lips. Puckering in preparation.’
Rabbit punched his hands together gleefully.
‘He’s going to kiss her, Gribs.’
‘Shut up/ growled Gribble.
Fiona opened the front door. ‘It was a great night, Pete/ she said. ‘Thanks.’
Pete closed his eyes and leaned gently forward. He pursed his moist lips and kissed the closed front door.
Loud hooting and laughing split the darkness. The gang mocked mercilessly from the road. ‘Splinter mouth/ yelled Gribble.
‘Kissed off/ shouted Rabbit.
‘Give up, Twist/ called Gribble. ‘No one’d kiss a maggot mouth like you.’
Pete hung his head. He blushed with shame. There was nothing he could say.
Pete felt miserable for days afterwards. He didn’t want to be with anyone. On Sunday he went to the local show, all on his own. He didn’t feel like going to the sideshows. He didn’t look at the animals. He walked around the fairground kicking stones and ignoring the laughing kids on the merry-go-rounds and rides.
He wandered between the tents and trucks not looking where he was going. Suddenly he found himself in front of an old caravan. On the side was written:
There was a drawing of a hand with an eye in the middle of the palm.
And sitting on the step was the most beautiful girl Pete had ever seen. Her smile was the promise of a gentle spring. It warmed him like the summer sun. Her teeth were as white as the winter snow. Her hair shone with the sheen of spiders’ webs on an autumn morning. Pete looked behind him. The smile was for him. She beckoned with a crooked finger and then, drawing a coloured shawl over her head, turned and walked into the caravan.
Pete followed in a daze and peered into the shadowy silences where cobwebs joined hands. At the far end of the van a cooking pot shimmered with a silver liquid. The figure in the shawl turned.
Pete gasped. She had changed. The beautiful girl was now a wrinkled old woman wearing garish red lipstick. She cackled like a monkey squealing in the treetops.
Question: What does the story imply about Pete’s perspective on love?
The Hitch-hiker
(THE WONDERFUL STORY OF HENRY SUGAR AND SIX MORE by Roald Dahl)
I had a new car. It was an exciting toy, a big BMW 3.3 Li, which means 3.3 litre, long wheelbase, fuel injection. It had a top speed of 129 mph and terrific acceleration. The body was pale blue. The seats inside were darker blue and they were made of leather, genuine soft leather of the finest quality. The windows were electrically operated and so was the sunroof. The radio aerial popped up when I switched on the radio, and disappeared when I switched it off. The powerful engine growled and grunted impatiently at slow speeds, but at sixty miles an hour the growling stopped and the motor began to purr with pleasure.
I was driving up to London by myself. It was a lovely June day. They were haymaking in the fields and there were buttercups along both sides of the road. I was whispering along at seventy miles an hour, leaning back comfortably in my seat, with no more than a couple of fingers resting lightly on the wheel to keep her steady. Ahead of me I saw a man thumbing a lift. I touched the footbrake and brought the car to a stop beside him. I always stopped for hitch-hikers. I knew just how it used to feel to be standing on the side of a country road watching the cars go by. I hated the drivers for pretending they didn’t see me, especially the ones in big cars with three empty seats. The large expensive cars seldom stopped. It was always the smaller ones that offered you a lift, or the old rusty ones, or the ones that were already crammed full of children and the driver would say, Â¥I think we can squeeze in one more.’
The hitch-hiker poked his head through the open window and said, ‘Going to London, guv’nor?’
‘Yes/ I said. ‘Jump in.’
He got in and I drove on.
He was a small ratty-faced man with grey teeth. His eyes were dark and quick and clever, like a rat’s eyes, and his ears were slightly pointed at the top. He had a cloth cap on his head and he was wearing a greyish-coloured jacket with enormous pockets. The grey jacket, together with the quick eyes and the pointed ears, made him look more than anything like some sort of a huge human rat.
‘What part of London are you headed for?’ I asked him.
I’m goin’ right through London and out the other side/ he said. I’m goin’ to Epsom, for the races. It’s Derby Day today.’
So it isÂ¥, I said. T wish I were going with you. I love betting on horses.’
Â¥I never bet on horses/ he said. T don’t even watch ’em run. That’s a stupid silly business.’
‘Then why do you go?’ I asked.
He didn’t seem to like that question. His little ratty face went absolutely blank and he sat there staring straight ahead at the road, saying nothing.
Expect you help to work the betting machines or something like that¥, I said.
That’s even sillier,’ he answered. ‘There’s no fun working them lousy machines and selling tickets to mugs. Any fool could do that.’
There was a long silence. I decided not to question him anymore. I remembered how irritated I used to get in my hitch-hiking days when drivers kept asking me questions. Where are you going? Why are you going there? What’s your job? Are you married? Do you have a girlfriend? What’s her name? How old are you? And so on and so forth. I used to hate it.
I’m sorry/ I said. ‘It’s none of my business what you do. The trouble is, I’m a writer, and most writers are terrible nosey parkers.’
‘You write books?’ he asked.
‘Yes.’
‘Writin’ books is okay/ he said. ‘It’s what I call a skilled trade. I’m in a skilled trade too.
The folks I despise is them that spend all their lives doin’ crummy old routine jobs with no skill in ’em at all. You see what I mean?’
‘Yes.’
‘The secret of life, he said, ‘is to become very very good at somethin’ that’s very very ‘ard to do.’
‘Like you/ I said.
‘Exactly. You and me both.’
‘What makes you think that I’m any good at my job?’ I asked. ‘There’s an awful lot of bad writers around.’
‘You wouldn’t be drivin’ about in a car like this if you weren’t no good at it/ he answered. ‘It must’ve cost a tidy packet, this little job.’
‘It wasn’t cheap.’
‘What can she do flat out?’ he asked.
‘One hundred and twenty-nine miles an hour/ I told him.
TH bet she won’t do it.’
TH bet she will.’
‘All car makers is liars/ he said. ‘You can buy any car you like and it’ll never do what the makers say it will in the ads.
‘This one will.’
‘Open ‘er up then and prove it/ he said. ‘Go on, guv’nor, open ‘er right up and let’s see what she’ll do.’
There is a roundabout at Chalfont St Peter and immediately beyond it there’s a long straight section of dual carriageway. We came out of the roundabout on to the carriageway and I pressed my foot down on the accelerator. The big car leaped forward as though she’d been stung. In ten seconds or so, we were doing ninety
Question: What brand is the narrator’s new car?
The Hitch-hiker
(THE WONDERFUL STORY OF HENRY SUGAR AND SIX MORE by Roald Dahl)
I had a new car. It was an exciting toy, a big BMW 3.3 Li, which means 3.3 litre, long wheelbase, fuel injection. It had a top speed of 129 mph and terrific acceleration. The body was pale blue. The seats inside were darker blue and they were made of leather, genuine soft leather of the finest quality. The windows were electrically operated and so was the sunroof. The radio aerial popped up when I switched on the radio, and disappeared when I switched it off. The powerful engine growled and grunted impatiently at slow speeds, but at sixty miles an hour the growling stopped and the motor began to purr with pleasure.
I was driving up to London by myself. It was a lovely June day. They were haymaking in the fields and there were buttercups along both sides of the road. I was whispering along at seventy miles an hour, leaning back comfortably in my seat, with no more than a couple of fingers resting lightly on the wheel to keep her steady. Ahead of me I saw a man thumbing a lift. I touched the footbrake and brought the car to a stop beside him. I always stopped for hitch-hikers. I knew just how it used to feel to be standing on the side of a country road watching the cars go by. I hated the drivers for pretending they didn’t see me, especially the ones in big cars with three empty seats. The large expensive cars seldom stopped. It was always the smaller ones that offered you a lift, or the old rusty ones, or the ones that were already crammed full of children and the driver would say, Â¥I think we can squeeze in one more.’
The hitch-hiker poked his head through the open window and said, ‘Going to London, guv’nor?’
‘Yes/ I said. ‘Jump in.’
He got in and I drove on.
He was a small ratty-faced man with grey teeth. His eyes were dark and quick and clever, like a rat’s eyes, and his ears were slightly pointed at the top. He had a cloth cap on his head and he was wearing a greyish-coloured jacket with enormous pockets. The grey jacket, together with the quick eyes and the pointed ears, made him look more than anything like some sort of a huge human rat.
‘What part of London are you headed for?’ I asked him.
I’m goin’ right through London and out the other side/ he said. I’m goin’ to Epsom, for the races. It’s Derby Day today.’
So it isÂ¥, I said. T wish I were going with you. I love betting on horses.’
Â¥I never bet on horses/ he said. T don’t even watch ’em run. That’s a stupid silly business.’
‘Then why do you go?’ I asked.
He didn’t seem to like that question. His little ratty face went absolutely blank and he sat there staring straight ahead at the road, saying nothing.
Expect you help to work the betting machines or something like that¥, I said.
That’s even sillier,’ he answered. ‘There’s no fun working them lousy machines and selling tickets to mugs. Any fool could do that.’
There was a long silence. I decided not to question him anymore. I remembered how irritated I used to get in my hitch-hiking days when drivers kept asking me questions. Where are you going? Why are you going there? What’s your job? Are you married? Do you have a girlfriend? What’s her name? How old are you? And so on and so forth. I used to hate it.
I’m sorry/ I said. ‘It’s none of my business what you do. The trouble is, I’m a writer, and most writers are terrible nosey parkers.’
‘You write books?’ he asked.
‘Yes.’
‘Writin’ books is okay/ he said. ‘It’s what I call a skilled trade. I’m in a skilled trade too.
The folks I despise is them that spend all their lives doin’ crummy old routine jobs with no skill in ’em at all. You see what I mean?’
‘Yes.’
‘The secret of life, he said, ‘is to become very very good at somethin’ that’s very very ‘ard to do.’
‘Like you/ I said.
‘Exactly. You and me both.’
‘What makes you think that I’m any good at my job?’ I asked. ‘There’s an awful lot of bad writers around.’
‘You wouldn’t be drivin’ about in a car like this if you weren’t no good at it/ he answered. ‘It must’ve cost a tidy packet, this little job.’
‘It wasn’t cheap.’
‘What can she do flat out?’ he asked.
‘One hundred and twenty-nine miles an hour/ I told him.
TH bet she won’t do it.’
TH bet she will.’
‘All car makers is liars/ he said. ‘You can buy any car you like and it’ll never do what the makers say it will in the ads.
‘This one will.’
‘Open ‘er up then and prove it/ he said. ‘Go on, guv’nor, open ‘er right up and let’s see what she’ll do.’
There is a roundabout at Chalfont St Peter and immediately beyond it there’s a long straight section of dual carriageway. We came out of the roundabout on to the carriageway and I pressed my foot down on the accelerator. The big car leaped forward as though she’d been stung. In ten seconds or so, we were doing ninety
Question: What is the top speed of the car?
The Hitch-hiker
(THE WONDERFUL STORY OF HENRY SUGAR AND SIX MORE by Roald Dahl)
I had a new car. It was an exciting toy, a big BMW 3.3 Li, which means 3.3 litre, long wheelbase, fuel injection. It had a top speed of 129 mph and terrific acceleration. The body was pale blue. The seats inside were darker blue and they were made of leather, genuine soft leather of the finest quality. The windows were electrically operated and so was the sunroof. The radio aerial popped up when I switched on the radio, and disappeared when I switched it off. The powerful engine growled and grunted impatiently at slow speeds, but at sixty miles an hour the growling stopped and the motor began to purr with pleasure.
I was driving up to London by myself. It was a lovely June day. They were haymaking in the fields and there were buttercups along both sides of the road. I was whispering along at seventy miles an hour, leaning back comfortably in my seat, with no more than a couple of fingers resting lightly on the wheel to keep her steady. Ahead of me I saw a man thumbing a lift. I touched the footbrake and brought the car to a stop beside him. I always stopped for hitch-hikers. I knew just how it used to feel to be standing on the side of a country road watching the cars go by. I hated the drivers for pretending they didn’t see me, especially the ones in big cars with three empty seats. The large expensive cars seldom stopped. It was always the smaller ones that offered you a lift, or the old rusty ones, or the ones that were already crammed full of children and the driver would say, Â¥I think we can squeeze in one more.’
The hitch-hiker poked his head through the open window and said, ‘Going to London, guv’nor?’
‘Yes/ I said. ‘Jump in.’
He got in and I drove on.
He was a small ratty-faced man with grey teeth. His eyes were dark and quick and clever, like a rat’s eyes, and his ears were slightly pointed at the top. He had a cloth cap on his head and he was wearing a greyish-coloured jacket with enormous pockets. The grey jacket, together with the quick eyes and the pointed ears, made him look more than anything like some sort of a huge human rat.
‘What part of London are you headed for?’ I asked him.
I’m goin’ right through London and out the other side/ he said. I’m goin’ to Epsom, for the races. It’s Derby Day today.’
So it isÂ¥, I said. T wish I were going with you. I love betting on horses.’
Â¥I never bet on horses/ he said. T don’t even watch ’em run. That’s a stupid silly business.’
‘Then why do you go?’ I asked.
He didn’t seem to like that question. His little ratty face went absolutely blank and he sat there staring straight ahead at the road, saying nothing.
Expect you help to work the betting machines or something like that¥, I said.
That’s even sillier,’ he answered. ‘There’s no fun working them lousy machines and selling tickets to mugs. Any fool could do that.’
There was a long silence. I decided not to question him anymore. I remembered how irritated I used to get in my hitch-hiking days when drivers kept asking me questions. Where are you going? Why are you going there? What’s your job? Are you married? Do you have a girlfriend? What’s her name? How old are you? And so on and so forth. I used to hate it.
I’m sorry/ I said. ‘It’s none of my business what you do. The trouble is, I’m a writer, and most writers are terrible nosey parkers.’
‘You write books?’ he asked.
‘Yes.’
‘Writin’ books is okay/ he said. ‘It’s what I call a skilled trade. I’m in a skilled trade too.
The folks I despise is them that spend all their lives doin’ crummy old routine jobs with no skill in ’em at all. You see what I mean?’
‘Yes.’
‘The secret of life, he said, ‘is to become very very good at somethin’ that’s very very ‘ard to do.’
‘Like you/ I said.
‘Exactly. You and me both.’
‘What makes you think that I’m any good at my job?’ I asked. ‘There’s an awful lot of bad writers around.’
‘You wouldn’t be drivin’ about in a car like this if you weren’t no good at it/ he answered. ‘It must’ve cost a tidy packet, this little job.’
‘It wasn’t cheap.’
‘What can she do flat out?’ he asked.
‘One hundred and twenty-nine miles an hour/ I told him.
TH bet she won’t do it.’
TH bet she will.’
‘All car makers is liars/ he said. ‘You can buy any car you like and it’ll never do what the makers say it will in the ads.
‘This one will.’
‘Open ‘er up then and prove it/ he said. ‘Go on, guv’nor, open ‘er right up and let’s see what she’ll do.’
There is a roundabout at Chalfont St Peter and immediately beyond it there’s a long straight section of dual carriageway. We came out of the roundabout on to the carriageway and I pressed my foot down on the accelerator. The big car leaped forward as though she’d been stung. In ten seconds or so, we were doing ninety
Question: How does the narrator feel about hitch-hikers?
The Hitch-hiker
(THE WONDERFUL STORY OF HENRY SUGAR AND SIX MORE by Roald Dahl)
I had a new car. It was an exciting toy, a big BMW 3.3 Li, which means 3.3 litre, long wheelbase, fuel injection. It had a top speed of 129 mph and terrific acceleration. The body was pale blue. The seats inside were darker blue and they were made of leather, genuine soft leather of the finest quality. The windows were electrically operated and so was the sunroof. The radio aerial popped up when I switched on the radio, and disappeared when I switched it off. The powerful engine growled and grunted impatiently at slow speeds, but at sixty miles an hour the growling stopped and the motor began to purr with pleasure.
I was driving up to London by myself. It was a lovely June day. They were haymaking in the fields and there were buttercups along both sides of the road. I was whispering along at seventy miles an hour, leaning back comfortably in my seat, with no more than a couple of fingers resting lightly on the wheel to keep her steady. Ahead of me I saw a man thumbing a lift. I touched the footbrake and brought the car to a stop beside him. I always stopped for hitch-hikers. I knew just how it used to feel to be standing on the side of a country road watching the cars go by. I hated the drivers for pretending they didn’t see me, especially the ones in big cars with three empty seats. The large expensive cars seldom stopped. It was always the smaller ones that offered you a lift, or the old rusty ones, or the ones that were already crammed full of children and the driver would say, Â¥I think we can squeeze in one more.’
The hitch-hiker poked his head through the open window and said, ‘Going to London, guv’nor?’
‘Yes/ I said. ‘Jump in.’
He got in and I drove on.
He was a small ratty-faced man with grey teeth. His eyes were dark and quick and clever, like a rat’s eyes, and his ears were slightly pointed at the top. He had a cloth cap on his head and he was wearing a greyish-coloured jacket with enormous pockets. The grey jacket, together with the quick eyes and the pointed ears, made him look more than anything like some sort of a huge human rat.
‘What part of London are you headed for?’ I asked him.
I’m goin’ right through London and out the other side/ he said. I’m goin’ to Epsom, for the races. It’s Derby Day today.’
So it isÂ¥, I said. T wish I were going with you. I love betting on horses.’
Â¥I never bet on horses/ he said. T don’t even watch ’em run. That’s a stupid silly business.’
‘Then why do you go?’ I asked.
He didn’t seem to like that question. His little ratty face went absolutely blank and he sat there staring straight ahead at the road, saying nothing.
Expect you help to work the betting machines or something like that¥, I said.
That’s even sillier,’ he answered. ‘There’s no fun working them lousy machines and selling tickets to mugs. Any fool could do that.’
There was a long silence. I decided not to question him anymore. I remembered how irritated I used to get in my hitch-hiking days when drivers kept asking me questions. Where are you going? Why are you going there? What’s your job? Are you married? Do you have a girlfriend? What’s her name? How old are you? And so on and so forth. I used to hate it.
I’m sorry/ I said. ‘It’s none of my business what you do. The trouble is, I’m a writer, and most writers are terrible nosey parkers.’
‘You write books?’ he asked.
‘Yes.’
‘Writin’ books is okay/ he said. ‘It’s what I call a skilled trade. I’m in a skilled trade too.
The folks I despise is them that spend all their lives doin’ crummy old routine jobs with no skill in ’em at all. You see what I mean?’
‘Yes.’
‘The secret of life, he said, ‘is to become very very good at somethin’ that’s very very ‘ard to do.’
‘Like you/ I said.
‘Exactly. You and me both.’
‘What makes you think that I’m any good at my job?’ I asked. ‘There’s an awful lot of bad writers around.’
‘You wouldn’t be drivin’ about in a car like this if you weren’t no good at it/ he answered. ‘It must’ve cost a tidy packet, this little job.’
‘It wasn’t cheap.’
‘What can she do flat out?’ he asked.
‘One hundred and twenty-nine miles an hour/ I told him.
TH bet she won’t do it.’
TH bet she will.’
‘All car makers is liars/ he said. ‘You can buy any car you like and it’ll never do what the makers say it will in the ads.
‘This one will.’
‘Open ‘er up then and prove it/ he said. ‘Go on, guv’nor, open ‘er right up and let’s see what she’ll do.’
There is a roundabout at Chalfont St Peter and immediately beyond it there’s a long straight section of dual carriageway. We came out of the roundabout on to the carriageway and I pressed my foot down on the accelerator. The big car leaped forward as though she’d been stung. In ten seconds or so, we were doing ninety
Question: What is the hitch-hiker’s destination?
The Hitch-hiker
(THE WONDERFUL STORY OF HENRY SUGAR AND SIX MORE by Roald Dahl)
I had a new car. It was an exciting toy, a big BMW 3.3 Li, which means 3.3 litre, long wheelbase, fuel injection. It had a top speed of 129 mph and terrific acceleration. The body was pale blue. The seats inside were darker blue and they were made of leather, genuine soft leather of the finest quality. The windows were electrically operated and so was the sunroof. The radio aerial popped up when I switched on the radio, and disappeared when I switched it off. The powerful engine growled and grunted impatiently at slow speeds, but at sixty miles an hour the growling stopped and the motor began to purr with pleasure.
I was driving up to London by myself. It was a lovely June day. They were haymaking in the fields and there were buttercups along both sides of the road. I was whispering along at seventy miles an hour, leaning back comfortably in my seat, with no more than a couple of fingers resting lightly on the wheel to keep her steady. Ahead of me I saw a man thumbing a lift. I touched the footbrake and brought the car to a stop beside him. I always stopped for hitch-hikers. I knew just how it used to feel to be standing on the side of a country road watching the cars go by. I hated the drivers for pretending they didn’t see me, especially the ones in big cars with three empty seats. The large expensive cars seldom stopped. It was always the smaller ones that offered you a lift, or the old rusty ones, or the ones that were already crammed full of children and the driver would say, Â¥I think we can squeeze in one more.’
The hitch-hiker poked his head through the open window and said, ‘Going to London, guv’nor?’
‘Yes/ I said. ‘Jump in.’
He got in and I drove on.
He was a small ratty-faced man with grey teeth. His eyes were dark and quick and clever, like a rat’s eyes, and his ears were slightly pointed at the top. He had a cloth cap on his head and he was wearing a greyish-coloured jacket with enormous pockets. The grey jacket, together with the quick eyes and the pointed ears, made him look more than anything like some sort of a huge human rat.
‘What part of London are you headed for?’ I asked him.
I’m goin’ right through London and out the other side/ he said. I’m goin’ to Epsom, for the races. It’s Derby Day today.’
So it isÂ¥, I said. T wish I were going with you. I love betting on horses.’
Â¥I never bet on horses/ he said. T don’t even watch ’em run. That’s a stupid silly business.’
‘Then why do you go?’ I asked.
He didn’t seem to like that question. His little ratty face went absolutely blank and he sat there staring straight ahead at the road, saying nothing.
Expect you help to work the betting machines or something like that¥, I said.
That’s even sillier,’ he answered. ‘There’s no fun working them lousy machines and selling tickets to mugs. Any fool could do that.’
There was a long silence. I decided not to question him anymore. I remembered how irritated I used to get in my hitch-hiking days when drivers kept asking me questions. Where are you going? Why are you going there? What’s your job? Are you married? Do you have a girlfriend? What’s her name? How old are you? And so on and so forth. I used to hate it.
I’m sorry/ I said. ‘It’s none of my business what you do. The trouble is, I’m a writer, and most writers are terrible nosey parkers.’
‘You write books?’ he asked.
‘Yes.’
‘Writin’ books is okay/ he said. ‘It’s what I call a skilled trade. I’m in a skilled trade too.
The folks I despise is them that spend all their lives doin’ crummy old routine jobs with no skill in ’em at all. You see what I mean?’
‘Yes.’
‘The secret of life, he said, ‘is to become very very good at somethin’ that’s very very ‘ard to do.’
‘Like you/ I said.
‘Exactly. You and me both.’
‘What makes you think that I’m any good at my job?’ I asked. ‘There’s an awful lot of bad writers around.’
‘You wouldn’t be drivin’ about in a car like this if you weren’t no good at it/ he answered. ‘It must’ve cost a tidy packet, this little job.’
‘It wasn’t cheap.’
‘What can she do flat out?’ he asked.
‘One hundred and twenty-nine miles an hour/ I told him.
TH bet she won’t do it.’
TH bet she will.’
‘All car makers is liars/ he said. ‘You can buy any car you like and it’ll never do what the makers say it will in the ads.
‘This one will.’
‘Open ‘er up then and prove it/ he said. ‘Go on, guv’nor, open ‘er right up and let’s see what she’ll do.’
There is a roundabout at Chalfont St Peter and immediately beyond it there’s a long straight section of dual carriageway. We came out of the roundabout on to the carriageway and I pressed my foot down on the accelerator. The big car leaped forward as though she’d been stung. In ten seconds or so, we were doing ninety
Question: What event is happening at the hitch-hiker’s destination?
The Hitch-hiker
(THE WONDERFUL STORY OF HENRY SUGAR AND SIX MORE by Roald Dahl)
I had a new car. It was an exciting toy, a big BMW 3.3 Li, which means 3.3 litre, long wheelbase, fuel injection. It had a top speed of 129 mph and terrific acceleration. The body was pale blue. The seats inside were darker blue and they were made of leather, genuine soft leather of the finest quality. The windows were electrically operated and so was the sunroof. The radio aerial popped up when I switched on the radio, and disappeared when I switched it off. The powerful engine growled and grunted impatiently at slow speeds, but at sixty miles an hour the growling stopped and the motor began to purr with pleasure.
I was driving up to London by myself. It was a lovely June day. They were haymaking in the fields and there were buttercups along both sides of the road. I was whispering along at seventy miles an hour, leaning back comfortably in my seat, with no more than a couple of fingers resting lightly on the wheel to keep her steady. Ahead of me I saw a man thumbing a lift. I touched the footbrake and brought the car to a stop beside him. I always stopped for hitch-hikers. I knew just how it used to feel to be standing on the side of a country road watching the cars go by. I hated the drivers for pretending they didn’t see me, especially the ones in big cars with three empty seats. The large expensive cars seldom stopped. It was always the smaller ones that offered you a lift, or the old rusty ones, or the ones that were already crammed full of children and the driver would say, Â¥I think we can squeeze in one more.’
The hitch-hiker poked his head through the open window and said, ‘Going to London, guv’nor?’
‘Yes/ I said. ‘Jump in.’
He got in and I drove on.
He was a small ratty-faced man with grey teeth. His eyes were dark and quick and clever, like a rat’s eyes, and his ears were slightly pointed at the top. He had a cloth cap on his head and he was wearing a greyish-coloured jacket with enormous pockets. The grey jacket, together with the quick eyes and the pointed ears, made him look more than anything like some sort of a huge human rat.
‘What part of London are you headed for?’ I asked him.
I’m goin’ right through London and out the other side/ he said. I’m goin’ to Epsom, for the races. It’s Derby Day today.’
So it isÂ¥, I said. T wish I were going with you. I love betting on horses.’
Â¥I never bet on horses/ he said. T don’t even watch ’em run. That’s a stupid silly business.’
‘Then why do you go?’ I asked.
He didn’t seem to like that question. His little ratty face went absolutely blank and he sat there staring straight ahead at the road, saying nothing.
Expect you help to work the betting machines or something like that¥, I said.
That’s even sillier,’ he answered. ‘There’s no fun working them lousy machines and selling tickets to mugs. Any fool could do that.’
There was a long silence. I decided not to question him anymore. I remembered how irritated I used to get in my hitch-hiking days when drivers kept asking me questions. Where are you going? Why are you going there? What’s your job? Are you married? Do you have a girlfriend? What’s her name? How old are you? And so on and so forth. I used to hate it.
I’m sorry/ I said. ‘It’s none of my business what you do. The trouble is, I’m a writer, and most writers are terrible nosey parkers.’
‘You write books?’ he asked.
‘Yes.’
‘Writin’ books is okay/ he said. ‘It’s what I call a skilled trade. I’m in a skilled trade too.
The folks I despise is them that spend all their lives doin’ crummy old routine jobs with no skill in ’em at all. You see what I mean?’
‘Yes.’
‘The secret of life, he said, ‘is to become very very good at somethin’ that’s very very ‘ard to do.’
‘Like you/ I said.
‘Exactly. You and me both.’
‘What makes you think that I’m any good at my job?’ I asked. ‘There’s an awful lot of bad writers around.’
‘You wouldn’t be drivin’ about in a car like this if you weren’t no good at it/ he answered. ‘It must’ve cost a tidy packet, this little job.’
‘It wasn’t cheap.’
‘What can she do flat out?’ he asked.
‘One hundred and twenty-nine miles an hour/ I told him.
TH bet she won’t do it.’
TH bet she will.’
‘All car makers is liars/ he said. ‘You can buy any car you like and it’ll never do what the makers say it will in the ads.
‘This one will.’
‘Open ‘er up then and prove it/ he said. ‘Go on, guv’nor, open ‘er right up and let’s see what she’ll do.’
There is a roundabout at Chalfont St Peter and immediately beyond it there’s a long straight section of dual carriageway. We came out of the roundabout on to the carriageway and I pressed my foot down on the accelerator. The big car leaped forward as though she’d been stung. In ten seconds or so, we were doing ninety
Question: What does the hitch-hiker think of betting on horses?
The Hitch-hiker
(THE WONDERFUL STORY OF HENRY SUGAR AND SIX MORE by Roald Dahl)
I had a new car. It was an exciting toy, a big BMW 3.3 Li, which means 3.3 litre, long wheelbase, fuel injection. It had a top speed of 129 mph and terrific acceleration. The body was pale blue. The seats inside were darker blue and they were made of leather, genuine soft leather of the finest quality. The windows were electrically operated and so was the sunroof. The radio aerial popped up when I switched on the radio, and disappeared when I switched it off. The powerful engine growled and grunted impatiently at slow speeds, but at sixty miles an hour the growling stopped and the motor began to purr with pleasure.
I was driving up to London by myself. It was a lovely June day. They were haymaking in the fields and there were buttercups along both sides of the road. I was whispering along at seventy miles an hour, leaning back comfortably in my seat, with no more than a couple of fingers resting lightly on the wheel to keep her steady. Ahead of me I saw a man thumbing a lift. I touched the footbrake and brought the car to a stop beside him. I always stopped for hitch-hikers. I knew just how it used to feel to be standing on the side of a country road watching the cars go by. I hated the drivers for pretending they didn’t see me, especially the ones in big cars with three empty seats. The large expensive cars seldom stopped. It was always the smaller ones that offered you a lift, or the old rusty ones, or the ones that were already crammed full of children and the driver would say, Â¥I think we can squeeze in one more.’
The hitch-hiker poked his head through the open window and said, ‘Going to London, guv’nor?’
‘Yes/ I said. ‘Jump in.’
He got in and I drove on.
He was a small ratty-faced man with grey teeth. His eyes were dark and quick and clever, like a rat’s eyes, and his ears were slightly pointed at the top. He had a cloth cap on his head and he was wearing a greyish-coloured jacket with enormous pockets. The grey jacket, together with the quick eyes and the pointed ears, made him look more than anything like some sort of a huge human rat.
‘What part of London are you headed for?’ I asked him.
I’m goin’ right through London and out the other side/ he said. I’m goin’ to Epsom, for the races. It’s Derby Day today.’
So it isÂ¥, I said. T wish I were going with you. I love betting on horses.’
Â¥I never bet on horses/ he said. T don’t even watch ’em run. That’s a stupid silly business.’
‘Then why do you go?’ I asked.
He didn’t seem to like that question. His little ratty face went absolutely blank and he sat there staring straight ahead at the road, saying nothing.
Expect you help to work the betting machines or something like that¥, I said.
That’s even sillier,’ he answered. ‘There’s no fun working them lousy machines and selling tickets to mugs. Any fool could do that.’
There was a long silence. I decided not to question him anymore. I remembered how irritated I used to get in my hitch-hiking days when drivers kept asking me questions. Where are you going? Why are you going there? What’s your job? Are you married? Do you have a girlfriend? What’s her name? How old are you? And so on and so forth. I used to hate it.
I’m sorry/ I said. ‘It’s none of my business what you do. The trouble is, I’m a writer, and most writers are terrible nosey parkers.’
‘You write books?’ he asked.
‘Yes.’
‘Writin’ books is okay/ he said. ‘It’s what I call a skilled trade. I’m in a skilled trade too.
The folks I despise is them that spend all their lives doin’ crummy old routine jobs with no skill in ’em at all. You see what I mean?’
‘Yes.’
‘The secret of life, he said, ‘is to become very very good at somethin’ that’s very very ‘ard to do.’
‘Like you/ I said.
‘Exactly. You and me both.’
‘What makes you think that I’m any good at my job?’ I asked. ‘There’s an awful lot of bad writers around.’
‘You wouldn’t be drivin’ about in a car like this if you weren’t no good at it/ he answered. ‘It must’ve cost a tidy packet, this little job.’
‘It wasn’t cheap.’
‘What can she do flat out?’ he asked.
‘One hundred and twenty-nine miles an hour/ I told him.
TH bet she won’t do it.’
TH bet she will.’
‘All car makers is liars/ he said. ‘You can buy any car you like and it’ll never do what the makers say it will in the ads.
‘This one will.’
‘Open ‘er up then and prove it/ he said. ‘Go on, guv’nor, open ‘er right up and let’s see what she’ll do.’
There is a roundabout at Chalfont St Peter and immediately beyond it there’s a long straight section of dual carriageway. We came out of the roundabout on to the carriageway and I pressed my foot down on the accelerator. The big car leaped forward as though she’d been stung. In ten seconds or so, we were doing ninety
Question: How does the narrator describe his previous hitch-hiking experiences?
The Hitch-hiker
(THE WONDERFUL STORY OF HENRY SUGAR AND SIX MORE by Roald Dahl)
I had a new car. It was an exciting toy, a big BMW 3.3 Li, which means 3.3 litre, long wheelbase, fuel injection. It had a top speed of 129 mph and terrific acceleration. The body was pale blue. The seats inside were darker blue and they were made of leather, genuine soft leather of the finest quality. The windows were electrically operated and so was the sunroof. The radio aerial popped up when I switched on the radio, and disappeared when I switched it off. The powerful engine growled and grunted impatiently at slow speeds, but at sixty miles an hour the growling stopped and the motor began to purr with pleasure.
I was driving up to London by myself. It was a lovely June day. They were haymaking in the fields and there were buttercups along both sides of the road. I was whispering along at seventy miles an hour, leaning back comfortably in my seat, with no more than a couple of fingers resting lightly on the wheel to keep her steady. Ahead of me I saw a man thumbing a lift. I touched the footbrake and brought the car to a stop beside him. I always stopped for hitch-hikers. I knew just how it used to feel to be standing on the side of a country road watching the cars go by. I hated the drivers for pretending they didn’t see me, especially the ones in big cars with three empty seats. The large expensive cars seldom stopped. It was always the smaller ones that offered you a lift, or the old rusty ones, or the ones that were already crammed full of children and the driver would say, Â¥I think we can squeeze in one more.’
The hitch-hiker poked his head through the open window and said, ‘Going to London, guv’nor?’
‘Yes/ I said. ‘Jump in.’
He got in and I drove on.
He was a small ratty-faced man with grey teeth. His eyes were dark and quick and clever, like a rat’s eyes, and his ears were slightly pointed at the top. He had a cloth cap on his head and he was wearing a greyish-coloured jacket with enormous pockets. The grey jacket, together with the quick eyes and the pointed ears, made him look more than anything like some sort of a huge human rat.
‘What part of London are you headed for?’ I asked him.
I’m goin’ right through London and out the other side/ he said. I’m goin’ to Epsom, for the races. It’s Derby Day today.’
So it isÂ¥, I said. T wish I were going with you. I love betting on horses.’
Â¥I never bet on horses/ he said. T don’t even watch ’em run. That’s a stupid silly business.’
‘Then why do you go?’ I asked.
He didn’t seem to like that question. His little ratty face went absolutely blank and he sat there staring straight ahead at the road, saying nothing.
Expect you help to work the betting machines or something like that¥, I said.
That’s even sillier,’ he answered. ‘There’s no fun working them lousy machines and selling tickets to mugs. Any fool could do that.’
There was a long silence. I decided not to question him anymore. I remembered how irritated I used to get in my hitch-hiking days when drivers kept asking me questions. Where are you going? Why are you going there? What’s your job? Are you married? Do you have a girlfriend? What’s her name? How old are you? And so on and so forth. I used to hate it.
I’m sorry/ I said. ‘It’s none of my business what you do. The trouble is, I’m a writer, and most writers are terrible nosey parkers.’
‘You write books?’ he asked.
‘Yes.’
‘Writin’ books is okay/ he said. ‘It’s what I call a skilled trade. I’m in a skilled trade too.
The folks I despise is them that spend all their lives doin’ crummy old routine jobs with no skill in ’em at all. You see what I mean?’
‘Yes.’
‘The secret of life, he said, ‘is to become very very good at somethin’ that’s very very ‘ard to do.’
‘Like you/ I said.
‘Exactly. You and me both.’
‘What makes you think that I’m any good at my job?’ I asked. ‘There’s an awful lot of bad writers around.’
‘You wouldn’t be drivin’ about in a car like this if you weren’t no good at it/ he answered. ‘It must’ve cost a tidy packet, this little job.’
‘It wasn’t cheap.’
‘What can she do flat out?’ he asked.
‘One hundred and twenty-nine miles an hour/ I told him.
TH bet she won’t do it.’
TH bet she will.’
‘All car makers is liars/ he said. ‘You can buy any car you like and it’ll never do what the makers say it will in the ads.
‘This one will.’
‘Open ‘er up then and prove it/ he said. ‘Go on, guv’nor, open ‘er right up and let’s see what she’ll do.’
There is a roundabout at Chalfont St Peter and immediately beyond it there’s a long straight section of dual carriageway. We came out of the roundabout on to the carriageway and I pressed my foot down on the accelerator. The big car leaped forward as though she’d been stung. In ten seconds or so, we were doing ninety
Question: Why does the narrator stop asking the hitch-hiker questions?
The Hitch-hiker
(THE WONDERFUL STORY OF HENRY SUGAR AND SIX MORE by Roald Dahl)
I had a new car. It was an exciting toy, a big BMW 3.3 Li, which means 3.3 litre, long wheelbase, fuel injection. It had a top speed of 129 mph and terrific acceleration. The body was pale blue. The seats inside were darker blue and they were made of leather, genuine soft leather of the finest quality. The windows were electrically operated and so was the sunroof. The radio aerial popped up when I switched on the radio, and disappeared when I switched it off. The powerful engine growled and grunted impatiently at slow speeds, but at sixty miles an hour the growling stopped and the motor began to purr with pleasure.
I was driving up to London by myself. It was a lovely June day. They were haymaking in the fields and there were buttercups along both sides of the road. I was whispering along at seventy miles an hour, leaning back comfortably in my seat, with no more than a couple of fingers resting lightly on the wheel to keep her steady. Ahead of me I saw a man thumbing a lift. I touched the footbrake and brought the car to a stop beside him. I always stopped for hitch-hikers. I knew just how it used to feel to be standing on the side of a country road watching the cars go by. I hated the drivers for pretending they didn’t see me, especially the ones in big cars with three empty seats. The large expensive cars seldom stopped. It was always the smaller ones that offered you a lift, or the old rusty ones, or the ones that were already crammed full of children and the driver would say, Â¥I think we can squeeze in one more.’
The hitch-hiker poked his head through the open window and said, ‘Going to London, guv’nor?’
‘Yes/ I said. ‘Jump in.’
He got in and I drove on.
He was a small ratty-faced man with grey teeth. His eyes were dark and quick and clever, like a rat’s eyes, and his ears were slightly pointed at the top. He had a cloth cap on his head and he was wearing a greyish-coloured jacket with enormous pockets. The grey jacket, together with the quick eyes and the pointed ears, made him look more than anything like some sort of a huge human rat.
‘What part of London are you headed for?’ I asked him.
I’m goin’ right through London and out the other side/ he said. I’m goin’ to Epsom, for the races. It’s Derby Day today.’
So it isÂ¥, I said. T wish I were going with you. I love betting on horses.’
Â¥I never bet on horses/ he said. T don’t even watch ’em run. That’s a stupid silly business.’
‘Then why do you go?’ I asked.
He didn’t seem to like that question. His little ratty face went absolutely blank and he sat there staring straight ahead at the road, saying nothing.
Expect you help to work the betting machines or something like that¥, I said.
That’s even sillier,’ he answered. ‘There’s no fun working them lousy machines and selling tickets to mugs. Any fool could do that.’
There was a long silence. I decided not to question him anymore. I remembered how irritated I used to get in my hitch-hiking days when drivers kept asking me questions. Where are you going? Why are you going there? What’s your job? Are you married? Do you have a girlfriend? What’s her name? How old are you? And so on and so forth. I used to hate it.
I’m sorry/ I said. ‘It’s none of my business what you do. The trouble is, I’m a writer, and most writers are terrible nosey parkers.’
‘You write books?’ he asked.
‘Yes.’
‘Writin’ books is okay/ he said. ‘It’s what I call a skilled trade. I’m in a skilled trade too.
The folks I despise is them that spend all their lives doin’ crummy old routine jobs with no skill in ’em at all. You see what I mean?’
‘Yes.’
‘The secret of life, he said, ‘is to become very very good at somethin’ that’s very very ‘ard to do.’
‘Like you/ I said.
‘Exactly. You and me both.’
‘What makes you think that I’m any good at my job?’ I asked. ‘There’s an awful lot of bad writers around.’
‘You wouldn’t be drivin’ about in a car like this if you weren’t no good at it/ he answered. ‘It must’ve cost a tidy packet, this little job.’
‘It wasn’t cheap.’
‘What can she do flat out?’ he asked.
‘One hundred and twenty-nine miles an hour/ I told him.
TH bet she won’t do it.’
TH bet she will.’
‘All car makers is liars/ he said. ‘You can buy any car you like and it’ll never do what the makers say it will in the ads.
‘This one will.’
‘Open ‘er up then and prove it/ he said. ‘Go on, guv’nor, open ‘er right up and let’s see what she’ll do.’
There is a roundabout at Chalfont St Peter and immediately beyond it there’s a long straight section of dual carriageway. We came out of the roundabout on to the carriageway and I pressed my foot down on the accelerator. The big car leaped forward as though she’d been stung. In ten seconds or so, we were doing ninety
Question: What does the hitch-hiker think about routine jobs?
The Hitch-hiker
(THE WONDERFUL STORY OF HENRY SUGAR AND SIX MORE by Roald Dahl)
I had a new car. It was an exciting toy, a big BMW 3.3 Li, which means 3.3 litre, long wheelbase, fuel injection. It had a top speed of 129 mph and terrific acceleration. The body was pale blue. The seats inside were darker blue and they were made of leather, genuine soft leather of the finest quality. The windows were electrically operated and so was the sunroof. The radio aerial popped up when I switched on the radio, and disappeared when I switched it off. The powerful engine growled and grunted impatiently at slow speeds, but at sixty miles an hour the growling stopped and the motor began to purr with pleasure.
I was driving up to London by myself. It was a lovely June day. They were haymaking in the fields and there were buttercups along both sides of the road. I was whispering along at seventy miles an hour, leaning back comfortably in my seat, with no more than a couple of fingers resting lightly on the wheel to keep her steady. Ahead of me I saw a man thumbing a lift. I touched the footbrake and brought the car to a stop beside him. I always stopped for hitch-hikers. I knew just how it used to feel to be standing on the side of a country road watching the cars go by. I hated the drivers for pretending they didn’t see me, especially the ones in big cars with three empty seats. The large expensive cars seldom stopped. It was always the smaller ones that offered you a lift, or the old rusty ones, or the ones that were already crammed full of children and the driver would say, Â¥I think we can squeeze in one more.’
The hitch-hiker poked his head through the open window and said, ‘Going to London, guv’nor?’
‘Yes/ I said. ‘Jump in.’
He got in and I drove on.
He was a small ratty-faced man with grey teeth. His eyes were dark and quick and clever, like a rat’s eyes, and his ears were slightly pointed at the top. He had a cloth cap on his head and he was wearing a greyish-coloured jacket with enormous pockets. The grey jacket, together with the quick eyes and the pointed ears, made him look more than anything like some sort of a huge human rat.
‘What part of London are you headed for?’ I asked him.
I’m goin’ right through London and out the other side/ he said. I’m goin’ to Epsom, for the races. It’s Derby Day today.’
So it isÂ¥, I said. T wish I were going with you. I love betting on horses.’
Â¥I never bet on horses/ he said. T don’t even watch ’em run. That’s a stupid silly business.’
‘Then why do you go?’ I asked.
He didn’t seem to like that question. His little ratty face went absolutely blank and he sat there staring straight ahead at the road, saying nothing.
Expect you help to work the betting machines or something like that¥, I said.
That’s even sillier,’ he answered. ‘There’s no fun working them lousy machines and selling tickets to mugs. Any fool could do that.’
There was a long silence. I decided not to question him anymore. I remembered how irritated I used to get in my hitch-hiking days when drivers kept asking me questions. Where are you going? Why are you going there? What’s your job? Are you married? Do you have a girlfriend? What’s her name? How old are you? And so on and so forth. I used to hate it.
I’m sorry/ I said. ‘It’s none of my business what you do. The trouble is, I’m a writer, and most writers are terrible nosey parkers.’
‘You write books?’ he asked.
‘Yes.’
‘Writin’ books is okay/ he said. ‘It’s what I call a skilled trade. I’m in a skilled trade too.
The folks I despise is them that spend all their lives doin’ crummy old routine jobs with no skill in ’em at all. You see what I mean?’
‘Yes.’
‘The secret of life, he said, ‘is to become very very good at somethin’ that’s very very ‘ard to do.’
‘Like you/ I said.
‘Exactly. You and me both.’
‘What makes you think that I’m any good at my job?’ I asked. ‘There’s an awful lot of bad writers around.’
‘You wouldn’t be drivin’ about in a car like this if you weren’t no good at it/ he answered. ‘It must’ve cost a tidy packet, this little job.’
‘It wasn’t cheap.’
‘What can she do flat out?’ he asked.
‘One hundred and twenty-nine miles an hour/ I told him.
TH bet she won’t do it.’
TH bet she will.’
‘All car makers is liars/ he said. ‘You can buy any car you like and it’ll never do what the makers say it will in the ads.
‘This one will.’
‘Open ‘er up then and prove it/ he said. ‘Go on, guv’nor, open ‘er right up and let’s see what she’ll do.’
There is a roundabout at Chalfont St Peter and immediately beyond it there’s a long straight section of dual carriageway. We came out of the roundabout on to the carriageway and I pressed my foot down on the accelerator. The big car leaped forward as though she’d been stung. In ten seconds or so, we were doing ninety
Question: How does the hitch-hiker assess the narrator’s success?
The Hitch-hiker
(THE WONDERFUL STORY OF HENRY SUGAR AND SIX MORE by Roald Dahl)
I had a new car. It was an exciting toy, a big BMW 3.3 Li, which means 3.3 litre, long wheelbase, fuel injection. It had a top speed of 129 mph and terrific acceleration. The body was pale blue. The seats inside were darker blue and they were made of leather, genuine soft leather of the finest quality. The windows were electrically operated and so was the sunroof. The radio aerial popped up when I switched on the radio, and disappeared when I switched it off. The powerful engine growled and grunted impatiently at slow speeds, but at sixty miles an hour the growling stopped and the motor began to purr with pleasure.
I was driving up to London by myself. It was a lovely June day. They were haymaking in the fields and there were buttercups along both sides of the road. I was whispering along at seventy miles an hour, leaning back comfortably in my seat, with no more than a couple of fingers resting lightly on the wheel to keep her steady. Ahead of me I saw a man thumbing a lift. I touched the footbrake and brought the car to a stop beside him. I always stopped for hitch-hikers. I knew just how it used to feel to be standing on the side of a country road watching the cars go by. I hated the drivers for pretending they didn’t see me, especially the ones in big cars with three empty seats. The large expensive cars seldom stopped. It was always the smaller ones that offered you a lift, or the old rusty ones, or the ones that were already crammed full of children and the driver would say, Â¥I think we can squeeze in one more.’
The hitch-hiker poked his head through the open window and said, ‘Going to London, guv’nor?’
‘Yes/ I said. ‘Jump in.’
He got in and I drove on.
He was a small ratty-faced man with grey teeth. His eyes were dark and quick and clever, like a rat’s eyes, and his ears were slightly pointed at the top. He had a cloth cap on his head and he was wearing a greyish-coloured jacket with enormous pockets. The grey jacket, together with the quick eyes and the pointed ears, made him look more than anything like some sort of a huge human rat.
‘What part of London are you headed for?’ I asked him.
I’m goin’ right through London and out the other side/ he said. I’m goin’ to Epsom, for the races. It’s Derby Day today.’
So it isÂ¥, I said. T wish I were going with you. I love betting on horses.’
Â¥I never bet on horses/ he said. T don’t even watch ’em run. That’s a stupid silly business.’
‘Then why do you go?’ I asked.
He didn’t seem to like that question. His little ratty face went absolutely blank and he sat there staring straight ahead at the road, saying nothing.
Expect you help to work the betting machines or something like that¥, I said.
That’s even sillier,’ he answered. ‘There’s no fun working them lousy machines and selling tickets to mugs. Any fool could do that.’
There was a long silence. I decided not to question him anymore. I remembered how irritated I used to get in my hitch-hiking days when drivers kept asking me questions. Where are you going? Why are you going there? What’s your job? Are you married? Do you have a girlfriend? What’s her name? How old are you? And so on and so forth. I used to hate it.
I’m sorry/ I said. ‘It’s none of my business what you do. The trouble is, I’m a writer, and most writers are terrible nosey parkers.’
‘You write books?’ he asked.
‘Yes.’
‘Writin’ books is okay/ he said. ‘It’s what I call a skilled trade. I’m in a skilled trade too.
The folks I despise is them that spend all their lives doin’ crummy old routine jobs with no skill in ’em at all. You see what I mean?’
‘Yes.’
‘The secret of life, he said, ‘is to become very very good at somethin’ that’s very very ‘ard to do.’
‘Like you/ I said.
‘Exactly. You and me both.’
‘What makes you think that I’m any good at my job?’ I asked. ‘There’s an awful lot of bad writers around.’
‘You wouldn’t be drivin’ about in a car like this if you weren’t no good at it/ he answered. ‘It must’ve cost a tidy packet, this little job.’
‘It wasn’t cheap.’
‘What can she do flat out?’ he asked.
‘One hundred and twenty-nine miles an hour/ I told him.
TH bet she won’t do it.’
TH bet she will.’
‘All car makers is liars/ he said. ‘You can buy any car you like and it’ll never do what the makers say it will in the ads.
‘This one will.’
‘Open ‘er up then and prove it/ he said. ‘Go on, guv’nor, open ‘er right up and let’s see what she’ll do.’
There is a roundabout at Chalfont St Peter and immediately beyond it there’s a long straight section of dual carriageway. We came out of the roundabout on to the carriageway and I pressed my foot down on the accelerator. The big car leaped forward as though she’d been stung. In ten seconds or so, we were doing ninety
Question: What does the hitch-hiker challenge the narrator to do?
The Hitch-hiker
(THE WONDERFUL STORY OF HENRY SUGAR AND SIX MORE by Roald Dahl)
I had a new car. It was an exciting toy, a big BMW 3.3 Li, which means 3.3 litre, long wheelbase, fuel injection. It had a top speed of 129 mph and terrific acceleration. The body was pale blue. The seats inside were darker blue and they were made of leather, genuine soft leather of the finest quality. The windows were electrically operated and so was the sunroof. The radio aerial popped up when I switched on the radio, and disappeared when I switched it off. The powerful engine growled and grunted impatiently at slow speeds, but at sixty miles an hour the growling stopped and the motor began to purr with pleasure.
I was driving up to London by myself. It was a lovely June day. They were haymaking in the fields and there were buttercups along both sides of the road. I was whispering along at seventy miles an hour, leaning back comfortably in my seat, with no more than a couple of fingers resting lightly on the wheel to keep her steady. Ahead of me I saw a man thumbing a lift. I touched the footbrake and brought the car to a stop beside him. I always stopped for hitch-hikers. I knew just how it used to feel to be standing on the side of a country road watching the cars go by. I hated the drivers for pretending they didn’t see me, especially the ones in big cars with three empty seats. The large expensive cars seldom stopped. It was always the smaller ones that offered you a lift, or the old rusty ones, or the ones that were already crammed full of children and the driver would say, Â¥I think we can squeeze in one more.’
The hitch-hiker poked his head through the open window and said, ‘Going to London, guv’nor?’
‘Yes/ I said. ‘Jump in.’
He got in and I drove on.
He was a small ratty-faced man with grey teeth. His eyes were dark and quick and clever, like a rat’s eyes, and his ears were slightly pointed at the top. He had a cloth cap on his head and he was wearing a greyish-coloured jacket with enormous pockets. The grey jacket, together with the quick eyes and the pointed ears, made him look more than anything like some sort of a huge human rat.
‘What part of London are you headed for?’ I asked him.
I’m goin’ right through London and out the other side/ he said. I’m goin’ to Epsom, for the races. It’s Derby Day today.’
So it isÂ¥, I said. T wish I were going with you. I love betting on horses.’
Â¥I never bet on horses/ he said. T don’t even watch ’em run. That’s a stupid silly business.’
‘Then why do you go?’ I asked.
He didn’t seem to like that question. His little ratty face went absolutely blank and he sat there staring straight ahead at the road, saying nothing.
Expect you help to work the betting machines or something like that¥, I said.
That’s even sillier,’ he answered. ‘There’s no fun working them lousy machines and selling tickets to mugs. Any fool could do that.’
There was a long silence. I decided not to question him anymore. I remembered how irritated I used to get in my hitch-hiking days when drivers kept asking me questions. Where are you going? Why are you going there? What’s your job? Are you married? Do you have a girlfriend? What’s her name? How old are you? And so on and so forth. I used to hate it.
I’m sorry/ I said. ‘It’s none of my business what you do. The trouble is, I’m a writer, and most writers are terrible nosey parkers.’
‘You write books?’ he asked.
‘Yes.’
‘Writin’ books is okay/ he said. ‘It’s what I call a skilled trade. I’m in a skilled trade too.
The folks I despise is them that spend all their lives doin’ crummy old routine jobs with no skill in ’em at all. You see what I mean?’
‘Yes.’
‘The secret of life, he said, ‘is to become very very good at somethin’ that’s very very ‘ard to do.’
‘Like you/ I said.
‘Exactly. You and me both.’
‘What makes you think that I’m any good at my job?’ I asked. ‘There’s an awful lot of bad writers around.’
‘You wouldn’t be drivin’ about in a car like this if you weren’t no good at it/ he answered. ‘It must’ve cost a tidy packet, this little job.’
‘It wasn’t cheap.’
‘What can she do flat out?’ he asked.
‘One hundred and twenty-nine miles an hour/ I told him.
TH bet she won’t do it.’
TH bet she will.’
‘All car makers is liars/ he said. ‘You can buy any car you like and it’ll never do what the makers say it will in the ads.
‘This one will.’
‘Open ‘er up then and prove it/ he said. ‘Go on, guv’nor, open ‘er right up and let’s see what she’ll do.’
There is a roundabout at Chalfont St Peter and immediately beyond it there’s a long straight section of dual carriageway. We came out of the roundabout on to the carriageway and I pressed my foot down on the accelerator. The big car leaped forward as though she’d been stung. In ten seconds or so, we were doing ninety
Question: What feature of the hitch-hiker resembles a rat?
The Hitch-hiker
(THE WONDERFUL STORY OF HENRY SUGAR AND SIX MORE by Roald Dahl)
I had a new car. It was an exciting toy, a big BMW 3.3 Li, which means 3.3 litre, long wheelbase, fuel injection. It had a top speed of 129 mph and terrific acceleration. The body was pale blue. The seats inside were darker blue and they were made of leather, genuine soft leather of the finest quality. The windows were electrically operated and so was the sunroof. The radio aerial popped up when I switched on the radio, and disappeared when I switched it off. The powerful engine growled and grunted impatiently at slow speeds, but at sixty miles an hour the growling stopped and the motor began to purr with pleasure.
I was driving up to London by myself. It was a lovely June day. They were haymaking in the fields and there were buttercups along both sides of the road. I was whispering along at seventy miles an hour, leaning back comfortably in my seat, with no more than a couple of fingers resting lightly on the wheel to keep her steady. Ahead of me I saw a man thumbing a lift. I touched the footbrake and brought the car to a stop beside him. I always stopped for hitch-hikers. I knew just how it used to feel to be standing on the side of a country road watching the cars go by. I hated the drivers for pretending they didn’t see me, especially the ones in big cars with three empty seats. The large expensive cars seldom stopped. It was always the smaller ones that offered you a lift, or the old rusty ones, or the ones that were already crammed full of children and the driver would say, Â¥I think we can squeeze in one more.’
The hitch-hiker poked his head through the open window and said, ‘Going to London, guv’nor?’
‘Yes/ I said. ‘Jump in.’
He got in and I drove on.
He was a small ratty-faced man with grey teeth. His eyes were dark and quick and clever, like a rat’s eyes, and his ears were slightly pointed at the top. He had a cloth cap on his head and he was wearing a greyish-coloured jacket with enormous pockets. The grey jacket, together with the quick eyes and the pointed ears, made him look more than anything like some sort of a huge human rat.
‘What part of London are you headed for?’ I asked him.
I’m goin’ right through London and out the other side/ he said. I’m goin’ to Epsom, for the races. It’s Derby Day today.’
So it isÂ¥, I said. T wish I were going with you. I love betting on horses.’
Â¥I never bet on horses/ he said. T don’t even watch ’em run. That’s a stupid silly business.’
‘Then why do you go?’ I asked.
He didn’t seem to like that question. His little ratty face went absolutely blank and he sat there staring straight ahead at the road, saying nothing.
Expect you help to work the betting machines or something like that¥, I said.
That’s even sillier,’ he answered. ‘There’s no fun working them lousy machines and selling tickets to mugs. Any fool could do that.’
There was a long silence. I decided not to question him anymore. I remembered how irritated I used to get in my hitch-hiking days when drivers kept asking me questions. Where are you going? Why are you going there? What’s your job? Are you married? Do you have a girlfriend? What’s her name? How old are you? And so on and so forth. I used to hate it.
I’m sorry/ I said. ‘It’s none of my business what you do. The trouble is, I’m a writer, and most writers are terrible nosey parkers.’
‘You write books?’ he asked.
‘Yes.’
‘Writin’ books is okay/ he said. ‘It’s what I call a skilled trade. I’m in a skilled trade too.
The folks I despise is them that spend all their lives doin’ crummy old routine jobs with no skill in ’em at all. You see what I mean?’
‘Yes.’
‘The secret of life, he said, ‘is to become very very good at somethin’ that’s very very ‘ard to do.’
‘Like you/ I said.
‘Exactly. You and me both.’
‘What makes you think that I’m any good at my job?’ I asked. ‘There’s an awful lot of bad writers around.’
‘You wouldn’t be drivin’ about in a car like this if you weren’t no good at it/ he answered. ‘It must’ve cost a tidy packet, this little job.’
‘It wasn’t cheap.’
‘What can she do flat out?’ he asked.
‘One hundred and twenty-nine miles an hour/ I told him.
TH bet she won’t do it.’
TH bet she will.’
‘All car makers is liars/ he said. ‘You can buy any car you like and it’ll never do what the makers say it will in the ads.
‘This one will.’
‘Open ‘er up then and prove it/ he said. ‘Go on, guv’nor, open ‘er right up and let’s see what she’ll do.’
There is a roundabout at Chalfont St Peter and immediately beyond it there’s a long straight section of dual carriageway. We came out of the roundabout on to the carriageway and I pressed my foot down on the accelerator. The big car leaped forward as though she’d been stung. In ten seconds or so, we were doing ninety
Question: What is the narrator’s profession?
The Hitch-hiker
(THE WONDERFUL STORY OF HENRY SUGAR AND SIX MORE by Roald Dahl)
I had a new car. It was an exciting toy, a big BMW 3.3 Li, which means 3.3 litre, long wheelbase, fuel injection. It had a top speed of 129 mph and terrific acceleration. The body was pale blue. The seats inside were darker blue and they were made of leather, genuine soft leather of the finest quality. The windows were electrically operated and so was the sunroof. The radio aerial popped up when I switched on the radio, and disappeared when I switched it off. The powerful engine growled and grunted impatiently at slow speeds, but at sixty miles an hour the growling stopped and the motor began to purr with pleasure.
I was driving up to London by myself. It was a lovely June day. They were haymaking in the fields and there were buttercups along both sides of the road. I was whispering along at seventy miles an hour, leaning back comfortably in my seat, with no more than a couple of fingers resting lightly on the wheel to keep her steady. Ahead of me I saw a man thumbing a lift. I touched the footbrake and brought the car to a stop beside him. I always stopped for hitch-hikers. I knew just how it used to feel to be standing on the side of a country road watching the cars go by. I hated the drivers for pretending they didn’t see me, especially the ones in big cars with three empty seats. The large expensive cars seldom stopped. It was always the smaller ones that offered you a lift, or the old rusty ones, or the ones that were already crammed full of children and the driver would say, Â¥I think we can squeeze in one more.’
The hitch-hiker poked his head through the open window and said, ‘Going to London, guv’nor?’
‘Yes/ I said. ‘Jump in.’
He got in and I drove on.
He was a small ratty-faced man with grey teeth. His eyes were dark and quick and clever, like a rat’s eyes, and his ears were slightly pointed at the top. He had a cloth cap on his head and he was wearing a greyish-coloured jacket with enormous pockets. The grey jacket, together with the quick eyes and the pointed ears, made him look more than anything like some sort of a huge human rat.
‘What part of London are you headed for?’ I asked him.
I’m goin’ right through London and out the other side/ he said. I’m goin’ to Epsom, for the races. It’s Derby Day today.’
So it isÂ¥, I said. T wish I were going with you. I love betting on horses.’
Â¥I never bet on horses/ he said. T don’t even watch ’em run. That’s a stupid silly business.’
‘Then why do you go?’ I asked.
He didn’t seem to like that question. His little ratty face went absolutely blank and he sat there staring straight ahead at the road, saying nothing.
Expect you help to work the betting machines or something like that¥, I said.
That’s even sillier,’ he answered. ‘There’s no fun working them lousy machines and selling tickets to mugs. Any fool could do that.’
There was a long silence. I decided not to question him anymore. I remembered how irritated I used to get in my hitch-hiking days when drivers kept asking me questions. Where are you going? Why are you going there? What’s your job? Are you married? Do you have a girlfriend? What’s her name? How old are you? And so on and so forth. I used to hate it.
I’m sorry/ I said. ‘It’s none of my business what you do. The trouble is, I’m a writer, and most writers are terrible nosey parkers.’
‘You write books?’ he asked.
‘Yes.’
‘Writin’ books is okay/ he said. ‘It’s what I call a skilled trade. I’m in a skilled trade too.
The folks I despise is them that spend all their lives doin’ crummy old routine jobs with no skill in ’em at all. You see what I mean?’
‘Yes.’
‘The secret of life, he said, ‘is to become very very good at somethin’ that’s very very ‘ard to do.’
‘Like you/ I said.
‘Exactly. You and me both.’
‘What makes you think that I’m any good at my job?’ I asked. ‘There’s an awful lot of bad writers around.’
‘You wouldn’t be drivin’ about in a car like this if you weren’t no good at it/ he answered. ‘It must’ve cost a tidy packet, this little job.’
‘It wasn’t cheap.’
‘What can she do flat out?’ he asked.
‘One hundred and twenty-nine miles an hour/ I told him.
TH bet she won’t do it.’
TH bet she will.’
‘All car makers is liars/ he said. ‘You can buy any car you like and it’ll never do what the makers say it will in the ads.
‘This one will.’
‘Open ‘er up then and prove it/ he said. ‘Go on, guv’nor, open ‘er right up and let’s see what she’ll do.’
There is a roundabout at Chalfont St Peter and immediately beyond it there’s a long straight section of dual carriageway. We came out of the roundabout on to the carriageway and I pressed my foot down on the accelerator. The big car leaped forward as though she’d been stung. In ten seconds or so, we were doing ninety
Question: What is the hitch-hiker’s opinion on the narrator’s profession?
The Hitch-hiker
(THE WONDERFUL STORY OF HENRY SUGAR AND SIX MORE by Roald Dahl)
I had a new car. It was an exciting toy, a big BMW 3.3 Li, which means 3.3 litre, long wheelbase, fuel injection. It had a top speed of 129 mph and terrific acceleration. The body was pale blue. The seats inside were darker blue and they were made of leather, genuine soft leather of the finest quality. The windows were electrically operated and so was the sunroof. The radio aerial popped up when I switched on the radio, and disappeared when I switched it off. The powerful engine growled and grunted impatiently at slow speeds, but at sixty miles an hour the growling stopped and the motor began to purr with pleasure.
I was driving up to London by myself. It was a lovely June day. They were haymaking in the fields and there were buttercups along both sides of the road. I was whispering along at seventy miles an hour, leaning back comfortably in my seat, with no more than a couple of fingers resting lightly on the wheel to keep her steady. Ahead of me I saw a man thumbing a lift. I touched the footbrake and brought the car to a stop beside him. I always stopped for hitch-hikers. I knew just how it used to feel to be standing on the side of a country road watching the cars go by. I hated the drivers for pretending they didn’t see me, especially the ones in big cars with three empty seats. The large expensive cars seldom stopped. It was always the smaller ones that offered you a lift, or the old rusty ones, or the ones that were already crammed full of children and the driver would say, Â¥I think we can squeeze in one more.’
The hitch-hiker poked his head through the open window and said, ‘Going to London, guv’nor?’
‘Yes/ I said. ‘Jump in.’
He got in and I drove on.
He was a small ratty-faced man with grey teeth. His eyes were dark and quick and clever, like a rat’s eyes, and his ears were slightly pointed at the top. He had a cloth cap on his head and he was wearing a greyish-coloured jacket with enormous pockets. The grey jacket, together with the quick eyes and the pointed ears, made him look more than anything like some sort of a huge human rat.
‘What part of London are you headed for?’ I asked him.
I’m goin’ right through London and out the other side/ he said. I’m goin’ to Epsom, for the races. It’s Derby Day today.’
So it isÂ¥, I said. T wish I were going with you. I love betting on horses.’
Â¥I never bet on horses/ he said. T don’t even watch ’em run. That’s a stupid silly business.’
‘Then why do you go?’ I asked.
He didn’t seem to like that question. His little ratty face went absolutely blank and he sat there staring straight ahead at the road, saying nothing.
Expect you help to work the betting machines or something like that¥, I said.
That’s even sillier,’ he answered. ‘There’s no fun working them lousy machines and selling tickets to mugs. Any fool could do that.’
There was a long silence. I decided not to question him anymore. I remembered how irritated I used to get in my hitch-hiking days when drivers kept asking me questions. Where are you going? Why are you going there? What’s your job? Are you married? Do you have a girlfriend? What’s her name? How old are you? And so on and so forth. I used to hate it.
I’m sorry/ I said. ‘It’s none of my business what you do. The trouble is, I’m a writer, and most writers are terrible nosey parkers.’
‘You write books?’ he asked.
‘Yes.’
‘Writin’ books is okay/ he said. ‘It’s what I call a skilled trade. I’m in a skilled trade too.
The folks I despise is them that spend all their lives doin’ crummy old routine jobs with no skill in ’em at all. You see what I mean?’
‘Yes.’
‘The secret of life, he said, ‘is to become very very good at somethin’ that’s very very ‘ard to do.’
‘Like you/ I said.
‘Exactly. You and me both.’
‘What makes you think that I’m any good at my job?’ I asked. ‘There’s an awful lot of bad writers around.’
‘You wouldn’t be drivin’ about in a car like this if you weren’t no good at it/ he answered. ‘It must’ve cost a tidy packet, this little job.’
‘It wasn’t cheap.’
‘What can she do flat out?’ he asked.
‘One hundred and twenty-nine miles an hour/ I told him.
TH bet she won’t do it.’
TH bet she will.’
‘All car makers is liars/ he said. ‘You can buy any car you like and it’ll never do what the makers say it will in the ads.
‘This one will.’
‘Open ‘er up then and prove it/ he said. ‘Go on, guv’nor, open ‘er right up and let’s see what she’ll do.’
There is a roundabout at Chalfont St Peter and immediately beyond it there’s a long straight section of dual carriageway. We came out of the roundabout on to the carriageway and I pressed my foot down on the accelerator. The big car leaped forward as though she’d been stung. In ten seconds or so, we were doing ninety
Question: How does the hitch-hiker react when the narrator questions his reason for going to the races?
The Hitch-hiker
(THE WONDERFUL STORY OF HENRY SUGAR AND SIX MORE by Roald Dahl)
I had a new car. It was an exciting toy, a big BMW 3.3 Li, which means 3.3 litre, long wheelbase, fuel injection. It had a top speed of 129 mph and terrific acceleration. The body was pale blue. The seats inside were darker blue and they were made of leather, genuine soft leather of the finest quality. The windows were electrically operated and so was the sunroof. The radio aerial popped up when I switched on the radio, and disappeared when I switched it off. The powerful engine growled and grunted impatiently at slow speeds, but at sixty miles an hour the growling stopped and the motor began to purr with pleasure.
I was driving up to London by myself. It was a lovely June day. They were haymaking in the fields and there were buttercups along both sides of the road. I was whispering along at seventy miles an hour, leaning back comfortably in my seat, with no more than a couple of fingers resting lightly on the wheel to keep her steady. Ahead of me I saw a man thumbing a lift. I touched the footbrake and brought the car to a stop beside him. I always stopped for hitch-hikers. I knew just how it used to feel to be standing on the side of a country road watching the cars go by. I hated the drivers for pretending they didn’t see me, especially the ones in big cars with three empty seats. The large expensive cars seldom stopped. It was always the smaller ones that offered you a lift, or the old rusty ones, or the ones that were already crammed full of children and the driver would say, Â¥I think we can squeeze in one more.’
The hitch-hiker poked his head through the open window and said, ‘Going to London, guv’nor?’
‘Yes/ I said. ‘Jump in.’
He got in and I drove on.
He was a small ratty-faced man with grey teeth. His eyes were dark and quick and clever, like a rat’s eyes, and his ears were slightly pointed at the top. He had a cloth cap on his head and he was wearing a greyish-coloured jacket with enormous pockets. The grey jacket, together with the quick eyes and the pointed ears, made him look more than anything like some sort of a huge human rat.
‘What part of London are you headed for?’ I asked him.
I’m goin’ right through London and out the other side/ he said. I’m goin’ to Epsom, for the races. It’s Derby Day today.’
So it isÂ¥, I said. T wish I were going with you. I love betting on horses.’
Â¥I never bet on horses/ he said. T don’t even watch ’em run. That’s a stupid silly business.’
‘Then why do you go?’ I asked.
He didn’t seem to like that question. His little ratty face went absolutely blank and he sat there staring straight ahead at the road, saying nothing.
Expect you help to work the betting machines or something like that¥, I said.
That’s even sillier,’ he answered. ‘There’s no fun working them lousy machines and selling tickets to mugs. Any fool could do that.’
There was a long silence. I decided not to question him anymore. I remembered how irritated I used to get in my hitch-hiking days when drivers kept asking me questions. Where are you going? Why are you going there? What’s your job? Are you married? Do you have a girlfriend? What’s her name? How old are you? And so on and so forth. I used to hate it.
I’m sorry/ I said. ‘It’s none of my business what you do. The trouble is, I’m a writer, and most writers are terrible nosey parkers.’
‘You write books?’ he asked.
‘Yes.’
‘Writin’ books is okay/ he said. ‘It’s what I call a skilled trade. I’m in a skilled trade too.
The folks I despise is them that spend all their lives doin’ crummy old routine jobs with no skill in ’em at all. You see what I mean?’
‘Yes.’
‘The secret of life, he said, ‘is to become very very good at somethin’ that’s very very ‘ard to do.’
‘Like you/ I said.
‘Exactly. You and me both.’
‘What makes you think that I’m any good at my job?’ I asked. ‘There’s an awful lot of bad writers around.’
‘You wouldn’t be drivin’ about in a car like this if you weren’t no good at it/ he answered. ‘It must’ve cost a tidy packet, this little job.’
‘It wasn’t cheap.’
‘What can she do flat out?’ he asked.
‘One hundred and twenty-nine miles an hour/ I told him.
TH bet she won’t do it.’
TH bet she will.’
‘All car makers is liars/ he said. ‘You can buy any car you like and it’ll never do what the makers say it will in the ads.
‘This one will.’
‘Open ‘er up then and prove it/ he said. ‘Go on, guv’nor, open ‘er right up and let’s see what she’ll do.’
There is a roundabout at Chalfont St Peter and immediately beyond it there’s a long straight section of dual carriageway. We came out of the roundabout on to the carriageway and I pressed my foot down on the accelerator. The big car leaped forward as though she’d been stung. In ten seconds or so, we were doing ninety
Question: Where does the narrator decide to test the car’s top speed?
Signs of Hope
(MY LEFT FOOT by Christy Brown)
I was now five, and still I showed no real sign of intelligence. I showed no apparent interest in things except with my toes ó more especially those of my left foot. Although my natural habits were clean I could not aid myself, but in this respect my father took care of me. I used to lie on my back all the time in the kitchen or, on bright warm days, out in the garden, a little bundle of crooked muscles and twisted nerves, surrounded by a family that loved me and hoped for me and that made me part of their own warmth and humanity. I was lonely, imprisoned in a world of my own, unable to communicate with others, cut off, separated from them as though a glass wall stood between my existence and theirs, thrusting me beyond the sphere of their lives and activities. I longed to run about and play with the rest, but I was unable to break loose from my bondage.
Then, suddenly, it happened! In a moment everything was changed, my future life moulded into a definite shape, my mother’s faith in me rewarded and her secret fear changed into open triumph.
It happened so quickly, so simply after all the years of waiting and uncertainty that I can see and feel the whole scene as if it had happened last week. It was the afternoon of a cold, grey December day. The streets outside glistened with snow; the white sparkling flakes stuck and melted on the window-panes and hung on the boughs of the trees like molten silver. The wind howled dismally, whipping up little whirling columns of snow that rose and fell at every fresh gust. And over all, the dull, murky sky stretched like a dark canopy, a vast infinity of greyness.
Inside, all the family were gathered round the big kitchen fire that lit up the little room with a warm glow and made giant shadows dance on the walls and ceiling.
In a corner Mona and Paddy were sitting huddled together, a few torn school primers before them. They were writing down little sums on to an old chipped slate, using a bright piece of yellow chalk. I was close to them, propped up by a few pillows against the wall, watching.
It was the chalk that attracted me so much. It was a long, slender stick of vivid yellow. I had never seen anything like it before, and it showed up so well against the black surface of the slate that I was fascinated by it as much as if it had been a stick of gold.
Suddenly I wanted desperately to do what my sister was doing. Then ó without thinking or knowing exactly what I was doing, I reached out and took the stick of chalk out of my sister’s hand ó with my left foot.
I do not know why I used my left foot to do this. It is a puzzle to many people as well as to myself, for, although I had displayed a curious interest in my toes at an early age, I had never attempted before this to use either of my feet in any way. They could have been as useless to me as were my hands. That day, however, my left foot, apparently on its own volition, reached out and very impolitely took the chalk out of my sister’s hand.
I held it tightly between my toes, and, acting on an impulse, made a wild sort of scribble with it on the slate. Next moment I stopped, a bit dazed, surprised, looking down at the stick of yellow chalk stuck between my toes, not knowing what to do with it next, hardly knowing how it got there. Then I looked up and became aware that everyone had stopped talking and was staring at me silently. Nobody stirred. Mona, her black curls framing her chubby little face, stared at me with great big eyes and open mouth. Across the open hearth, his face lit by flames, sat my father, leaning forward, hands outspread on his knees, his shoulders tense. I felt the sweat break out on my forehead.
My mother came in from the pantry with a steaming pot in her hand. She stopped midway between the table and the fire, feeling the tension flowing through the room. She followed their stares and saw me, in the corner. Her eyes looked from my face down to my foot, with the chalk gripped between my toes. She put down the pot.
Then she crossed over to me and knelt down beside me, as she had done so many times before.
Â¥IÂ¥ll show you what to do with it, Chris/ she said, very slowly and in a queer, jerky way, her face flushed as if with some inner excitement.
Taking another piece of chalk from Mona, she hesitated, then very deliberately drew, on the floor in front of me, the single letter ‘A’.
‘Copy thatÂ¥ she said, looking steadily at me. ‘Copy it, Christy.’
I couldn’t.
I looked about me, looked around at the faces that were turned towards me, tense, excited faces that were at that moment frozen, immobile, eager, waiting for a miracle in their midst.
Question: How old was Christy at the beginning of the excerpt?
Signs of Hope
(MY LEFT FOOT by Christy Brown)
I was now five, and still I showed no real sign of intelligence. I showed no apparent interest in things except with my toes ó more especially those of my left foot. Although my natural habits were clean I could not aid myself, but in this respect my father took care of me. I used to lie on my back all the time in the kitchen or, on bright warm days, out in the garden, a little bundle of crooked muscles and twisted nerves, surrounded by a family that loved me and hoped for me and that made me part of their own warmth and humanity. I was lonely, imprisoned in a world of my own, unable to communicate with others, cut off, separated from them as though a glass wall stood between my existence and theirs, thrusting me beyond the sphere of their lives and activities. I longed to run about and play with the rest, but I was unable to break loose from my bondage.
Then, suddenly, it happened! In a moment everything was changed, my future life moulded into a definite shape, my mother’s faith in me rewarded and her secret fear changed into open triumph.
It happened so quickly, so simply after all the years of waiting and uncertainty that I can see and feel the whole scene as if it had happened last week. It was the afternoon of a cold, grey December day. The streets outside glistened with snow; the white sparkling flakes stuck and melted on the window-panes and hung on the boughs of the trees like molten silver. The wind howled dismally, whipping up little whirling columns of snow that rose and fell at every fresh gust. And over all, the dull, murky sky stretched like a dark canopy, a vast infinity of greyness.
Inside, all the family were gathered round the big kitchen fire that lit up the little room with a warm glow and made giant shadows dance on the walls and ceiling.
In a corner Mona and Paddy were sitting huddled together, a few torn school primers before them. They were writing down little sums on to an old chipped slate, using a bright piece of yellow chalk. I was close to them, propped up by a few pillows against the wall, watching.
It was the chalk that attracted me so much. It was a long, slender stick of vivid yellow. I had never seen anything like it before, and it showed up so well against the black surface of the slate that I was fascinated by it as much as if it had been a stick of gold.
Suddenly I wanted desperately to do what my sister was doing. Then ó without thinking or knowing exactly what I was doing, I reached out and took the stick of chalk out of my sister’s hand ó with my left foot.
I do not know why I used my left foot to do this. It is a puzzle to many people as well as to myself, for, although I had displayed a curious interest in my toes at an early age, I had never attempted before this to use either of my feet in any way. They could have been as useless to me as were my hands. That day, however, my left foot, apparently on its own volition, reached out and very impolitely took the chalk out of my sister’s hand.
I held it tightly between my toes, and, acting on an impulse, made a wild sort of scribble with it on the slate. Next moment I stopped, a bit dazed, surprised, looking down at the stick of yellow chalk stuck between my toes, not knowing what to do with it next, hardly knowing how it got there. Then I looked up and became aware that everyone had stopped talking and was staring at me silently. Nobody stirred. Mona, her black curls framing her chubby little face, stared at me with great big eyes and open mouth. Across the open hearth, his face lit by flames, sat my father, leaning forward, hands outspread on his knees, his shoulders tense. I felt the sweat break out on my forehead.
My mother came in from the pantry with a steaming pot in her hand. She stopped midway between the table and the fire, feeling the tension flowing through the room. She followed their stares and saw me, in the corner. Her eyes looked from my face down to my foot, with the chalk gripped between my toes. She put down the pot.
Then she crossed over to me and knelt down beside me, as she had done so many times before.
Â¥IÂ¥ll show you what to do with it, Chris/ she said, very slowly and in a queer, jerky way, her face flushed as if with some inner excitement.
Taking another piece of chalk from Mona, she hesitated, then very deliberately drew, on the floor in front of me, the single letter ‘A’.
‘Copy thatÂ¥ she said, looking steadily at me. ‘Copy it, Christy.’
I couldn’t.
I looked about me, looked around at the faces that were turned towards me, tense, excited faces that were at that moment frozen, immobile, eager, waiting for a miracle in their midst.
Question: Which part of his body did Christy show interest in?
Signs of Hope
(MY LEFT FOOT by Christy Brown)
I was now five, and still I showed no real sign of intelligence. I showed no apparent interest in things except with my toes ó more especially those of my left foot. Although my natural habits were clean I could not aid myself, but in this respect my father took care of me. I used to lie on my back all the time in the kitchen or, on bright warm days, out in the garden, a little bundle of crooked muscles and twisted nerves, surrounded by a family that loved me and hoped for me and that made me part of their own warmth and humanity. I was lonely, imprisoned in a world of my own, unable to communicate with others, cut off, separated from them as though a glass wall stood between my existence and theirs, thrusting me beyond the sphere of their lives and activities. I longed to run about and play with the rest, but I was unable to break loose from my bondage.
Then, suddenly, it happened! In a moment everything was changed, my future life moulded into a definite shape, my mother’s faith in me rewarded and her secret fear changed into open triumph.
It happened so quickly, so simply after all the years of waiting and uncertainty that I can see and feel the whole scene as if it had happened last week. It was the afternoon of a cold, grey December day. The streets outside glistened with snow; the white sparkling flakes stuck and melted on the window-panes and hung on the boughs of the trees like molten silver. The wind howled dismally, whipping up little whirling columns of snow that rose and fell at every fresh gust. And over all, the dull, murky sky stretched like a dark canopy, a vast infinity of greyness.
Inside, all the family were gathered round the big kitchen fire that lit up the little room with a warm glow and made giant shadows dance on the walls and ceiling.
In a corner Mona and Paddy were sitting huddled together, a few torn school primers before them. They were writing down little sums on to an old chipped slate, using a bright piece of yellow chalk. I was close to them, propped up by a few pillows against the wall, watching.
It was the chalk that attracted me so much. It was a long, slender stick of vivid yellow. I had never seen anything like it before, and it showed up so well against the black surface of the slate that I was fascinated by it as much as if it had been a stick of gold.
Suddenly I wanted desperately to do what my sister was doing. Then ó without thinking or knowing exactly what I was doing, I reached out and took the stick of chalk out of my sister’s hand ó with my left foot.
I do not know why I used my left foot to do this. It is a puzzle to many people as well as to myself, for, although I had displayed a curious interest in my toes at an early age, I had never attempted before this to use either of my feet in any way. They could have been as useless to me as were my hands. That day, however, my left foot, apparently on its own volition, reached out and very impolitely took the chalk out of my sister’s hand.
I held it tightly between my toes, and, acting on an impulse, made a wild sort of scribble with it on the slate. Next moment I stopped, a bit dazed, surprised, looking down at the stick of yellow chalk stuck between my toes, not knowing what to do with it next, hardly knowing how it got there. Then I looked up and became aware that everyone had stopped talking and was staring at me silently. Nobody stirred. Mona, her black curls framing her chubby little face, stared at me with great big eyes and open mouth. Across the open hearth, his face lit by flames, sat my father, leaning forward, hands outspread on his knees, his shoulders tense. I felt the sweat break out on my forehead.
My mother came in from the pantry with a steaming pot in her hand. She stopped midway between the table and the fire, feeling the tension flowing through the room. She followed their stares and saw me, in the corner. Her eyes looked from my face down to my foot, with the chalk gripped between my toes. She put down the pot.
Then she crossed over to me and knelt down beside me, as she had done so many times before.
Â¥IÂ¥ll show you what to do with it, Chris/ she said, very slowly and in a queer, jerky way, her face flushed as if with some inner excitement.
Taking another piece of chalk from Mona, she hesitated, then very deliberately drew, on the floor in front of me, the single letter ‘A’.
‘Copy thatÂ¥ she said, looking steadily at me. ‘Copy it, Christy.’
I couldn’t.
I looked about me, looked around at the faces that were turned towards me, tense, excited faces that were at that moment frozen, immobile, eager, waiting for a miracle in their midst.
Question: How did Christy describe his own condition?
Signs of Hope
(MY LEFT FOOT by Christy Brown)
I was now five, and still I showed no real sign of intelligence. I showed no apparent interest in things except with my toes ó more especially those of my left foot. Although my natural habits were clean I could not aid myself, but in this respect my father took care of me. I used to lie on my back all the time in the kitchen or, on bright warm days, out in the garden, a little bundle of crooked muscles and twisted nerves, surrounded by a family that loved me and hoped for me and that made me part of their own warmth and humanity. I was lonely, imprisoned in a world of my own, unable to communicate with others, cut off, separated from them as though a glass wall stood between my existence and theirs, thrusting me beyond the sphere of their lives and activities. I longed to run about and play with the rest, but I was unable to break loose from my bondage.
Then, suddenly, it happened! In a moment everything was changed, my future life moulded into a definite shape, my mother’s faith in me rewarded and her secret fear changed into open triumph.
It happened so quickly, so simply after all the years of waiting and uncertainty that I can see and feel the whole scene as if it had happened last week. It was the afternoon of a cold, grey December day. The streets outside glistened with snow; the white sparkling flakes stuck and melted on the window-panes and hung on the boughs of the trees like molten silver. The wind howled dismally, whipping up little whirling columns of snow that rose and fell at every fresh gust. And over all, the dull, murky sky stretched like a dark canopy, a vast infinity of greyness.
Inside, all the family were gathered round the big kitchen fire that lit up the little room with a warm glow and made giant shadows dance on the walls and ceiling.
In a corner Mona and Paddy were sitting huddled together, a few torn school primers before them. They were writing down little sums on to an old chipped slate, using a bright piece of yellow chalk. I was close to them, propped up by a few pillows against the wall, watching.
It was the chalk that attracted me so much. It was a long, slender stick of vivid yellow. I had never seen anything like it before, and it showed up so well against the black surface of the slate that I was fascinated by it as much as if it had been a stick of gold.
Suddenly I wanted desperately to do what my sister was doing. Then ó without thinking or knowing exactly what I was doing, I reached out and took the stick of chalk out of my sister’s hand ó with my left foot.
I do not know why I used my left foot to do this. It is a puzzle to many people as well as to myself, for, although I had displayed a curious interest in my toes at an early age, I had never attempted before this to use either of my feet in any way. They could have been as useless to me as were my hands. That day, however, my left foot, apparently on its own volition, reached out and very impolitely took the chalk out of my sister’s hand.
I held it tightly between my toes, and, acting on an impulse, made a wild sort of scribble with it on the slate. Next moment I stopped, a bit dazed, surprised, looking down at the stick of yellow chalk stuck between my toes, not knowing what to do with it next, hardly knowing how it got there. Then I looked up and became aware that everyone had stopped talking and was staring at me silently. Nobody stirred. Mona, her black curls framing her chubby little face, stared at me with great big eyes and open mouth. Across the open hearth, his face lit by flames, sat my father, leaning forward, hands outspread on his knees, his shoulders tense. I felt the sweat break out on my forehead.
My mother came in from the pantry with a steaming pot in her hand. She stopped midway between the table and the fire, feeling the tension flowing through the room. She followed their stares and saw me, in the corner. Her eyes looked from my face down to my foot, with the chalk gripped between my toes. She put down the pot.
Then she crossed over to me and knelt down beside me, as she had done so many times before.
Â¥IÂ¥ll show you what to do with it, Chris/ she said, very slowly and in a queer, jerky way, her face flushed as if with some inner excitement.
Taking another piece of chalk from Mona, she hesitated, then very deliberately drew, on the floor in front of me, the single letter ‘A’.
‘Copy thatÂ¥ she said, looking steadily at me. ‘Copy it, Christy.’
I couldn’t.
I looked about me, looked around at the faces that were turned towards me, tense, excited faces that were at that moment frozen, immobile, eager, waiting for a miracle in their midst.
Question: What did Christy feel separated him from his family?
Signs of Hope
(MY LEFT FOOT by Christy Brown)
I was now five, and still I showed no real sign of intelligence. I showed no apparent interest in things except with my toes ó more especially those of my left foot. Although my natural habits were clean I could not aid myself, but in this respect my father took care of me. I used to lie on my back all the time in the kitchen or, on bright warm days, out in the garden, a little bundle of crooked muscles and twisted nerves, surrounded by a family that loved me and hoped for me and that made me part of their own warmth and humanity. I was lonely, imprisoned in a world of my own, unable to communicate with others, cut off, separated from them as though a glass wall stood between my existence and theirs, thrusting me beyond the sphere of their lives and activities. I longed to run about and play with the rest, but I was unable to break loose from my bondage.
Then, suddenly, it happened! In a moment everything was changed, my future life moulded into a definite shape, my mother’s faith in me rewarded and her secret fear changed into open triumph.
It happened so quickly, so simply after all the years of waiting and uncertainty that I can see and feel the whole scene as if it had happened last week. It was the afternoon of a cold, grey December day. The streets outside glistened with snow; the white sparkling flakes stuck and melted on the window-panes and hung on the boughs of the trees like molten silver. The wind howled dismally, whipping up little whirling columns of snow that rose and fell at every fresh gust. And over all, the dull, murky sky stretched like a dark canopy, a vast infinity of greyness.
Inside, all the family were gathered round the big kitchen fire that lit up the little room with a warm glow and made giant shadows dance on the walls and ceiling.
In a corner Mona and Paddy were sitting huddled together, a few torn school primers before them. They were writing down little sums on to an old chipped slate, using a bright piece of yellow chalk. I was close to them, propped up by a few pillows against the wall, watching.
It was the chalk that attracted me so much. It was a long, slender stick of vivid yellow. I had never seen anything like it before, and it showed up so well against the black surface of the slate that I was fascinated by it as much as if it had been a stick of gold.
Suddenly I wanted desperately to do what my sister was doing. Then ó without thinking or knowing exactly what I was doing, I reached out and took the stick of chalk out of my sister’s hand ó with my left foot.
I do not know why I used my left foot to do this. It is a puzzle to many people as well as to myself, for, although I had displayed a curious interest in my toes at an early age, I had never attempted before this to use either of my feet in any way. They could have been as useless to me as were my hands. That day, however, my left foot, apparently on its own volition, reached out and very impolitely took the chalk out of my sister’s hand.
I held it tightly between my toes, and, acting on an impulse, made a wild sort of scribble with it on the slate. Next moment I stopped, a bit dazed, surprised, looking down at the stick of yellow chalk stuck between my toes, not knowing what to do with it next, hardly knowing how it got there. Then I looked up and became aware that everyone had stopped talking and was staring at me silently. Nobody stirred. Mona, her black curls framing her chubby little face, stared at me with great big eyes and open mouth. Across the open hearth, his face lit by flames, sat my father, leaning forward, hands outspread on his knees, his shoulders tense. I felt the sweat break out on my forehead.
My mother came in from the pantry with a steaming pot in her hand. She stopped midway between the table and the fire, feeling the tension flowing through the room. She followed their stares and saw me, in the corner. Her eyes looked from my face down to my foot, with the chalk gripped between my toes. She put down the pot.
Then she crossed over to me and knelt down beside me, as she had done so many times before.
Â¥IÂ¥ll show you what to do with it, Chris/ she said, very slowly and in a queer, jerky way, her face flushed as if with some inner excitement.
Taking another piece of chalk from Mona, she hesitated, then very deliberately drew, on the floor in front of me, the single letter ‘A’.
‘Copy thatÂ¥ she said, looking steadily at me. ‘Copy it, Christy.’
I couldn’t.
I looked about me, looked around at the faces that were turned towards me, tense, excited faces that were at that moment frozen, immobile, eager, waiting for a miracle in their midst.
Question: What was the weather like on the day Christy took the chalk?
Signs of Hope
(MY LEFT FOOT by Christy Brown)
I was now five, and still I showed no real sign of intelligence. I showed no apparent interest in things except with my toes ó more especially those of my left foot. Although my natural habits were clean I could not aid myself, but in this respect my father took care of me. I used to lie on my back all the time in the kitchen or, on bright warm days, out in the garden, a little bundle of crooked muscles and twisted nerves, surrounded by a family that loved me and hoped for me and that made me part of their own warmth and humanity. I was lonely, imprisoned in a world of my own, unable to communicate with others, cut off, separated from them as though a glass wall stood between my existence and theirs, thrusting me beyond the sphere of their lives and activities. I longed to run about and play with the rest, but I was unable to break loose from my bondage.
Then, suddenly, it happened! In a moment everything was changed, my future life moulded into a definite shape, my mother’s faith in me rewarded and her secret fear changed into open triumph.
It happened so quickly, so simply after all the years of waiting and uncertainty that I can see and feel the whole scene as if it had happened last week. It was the afternoon of a cold, grey December day. The streets outside glistened with snow; the white sparkling flakes stuck and melted on the window-panes and hung on the boughs of the trees like molten silver. The wind howled dismally, whipping up little whirling columns of snow that rose and fell at every fresh gust. And over all, the dull, murky sky stretched like a dark canopy, a vast infinity of greyness.
Inside, all the family were gathered round the big kitchen fire that lit up the little room with a warm glow and made giant shadows dance on the walls and ceiling.
In a corner Mona and Paddy were sitting huddled together, a few torn school primers before them. They were writing down little sums on to an old chipped slate, using a bright piece of yellow chalk. I was close to them, propped up by a few pillows against the wall, watching.
It was the chalk that attracted me so much. It was a long, slender stick of vivid yellow. I had never seen anything like it before, and it showed up so well against the black surface of the slate that I was fascinated by it as much as if it had been a stick of gold.
Suddenly I wanted desperately to do what my sister was doing. Then ó without thinking or knowing exactly what I was doing, I reached out and took the stick of chalk out of my sister’s hand ó with my left foot.
I do not know why I used my left foot to do this. It is a puzzle to many people as well as to myself, for, although I had displayed a curious interest in my toes at an early age, I had never attempted before this to use either of my feet in any way. They could have been as useless to me as were my hands. That day, however, my left foot, apparently on its own volition, reached out and very impolitely took the chalk out of my sister’s hand.
I held it tightly between my toes, and, acting on an impulse, made a wild sort of scribble with it on the slate. Next moment I stopped, a bit dazed, surprised, looking down at the stick of yellow chalk stuck between my toes, not knowing what to do with it next, hardly knowing how it got there. Then I looked up and became aware that everyone had stopped talking and was staring at me silently. Nobody stirred. Mona, her black curls framing her chubby little face, stared at me with great big eyes and open mouth. Across the open hearth, his face lit by flames, sat my father, leaning forward, hands outspread on his knees, his shoulders tense. I felt the sweat break out on my forehead.
My mother came in from the pantry with a steaming pot in her hand. She stopped midway between the table and the fire, feeling the tension flowing through the room. She followed their stares and saw me, in the corner. Her eyes looked from my face down to my foot, with the chalk gripped between my toes. She put down the pot.
Then she crossed over to me and knelt down beside me, as she had done so many times before.
Â¥IÂ¥ll show you what to do with it, Chris/ she said, very slowly and in a queer, jerky way, her face flushed as if with some inner excitement.
Taking another piece of chalk from Mona, she hesitated, then very deliberately drew, on the floor in front of me, the single letter ‘A’.
‘Copy thatÂ¥ she said, looking steadily at me. ‘Copy it, Christy.’
I couldn’t.
I looked about me, looked around at the faces that were turned towards me, tense, excited faces that were at that moment frozen, immobile, eager, waiting for a miracle in their midst.
Question: What colour was the chalk that fascinated Christy?
Signs of Hope
(MY LEFT FOOT by Christy Brown)
I was now five, and still I showed no real sign of intelligence. I showed no apparent interest in things except with my toes ó more especially those of my left foot. Although my natural habits were clean I could not aid myself, but in this respect my father took care of me. I used to lie on my back all the time in the kitchen or, on bright warm days, out in the garden, a little bundle of crooked muscles and twisted nerves, surrounded by a family that loved me and hoped for me and that made me part of their own warmth and humanity. I was lonely, imprisoned in a world of my own, unable to communicate with others, cut off, separated from them as though a glass wall stood between my existence and theirs, thrusting me beyond the sphere of their lives and activities. I longed to run about and play with the rest, but I was unable to break loose from my bondage.
Then, suddenly, it happened! In a moment everything was changed, my future life moulded into a definite shape, my mother’s faith in me rewarded and her secret fear changed into open triumph.
It happened so quickly, so simply after all the years of waiting and uncertainty that I can see and feel the whole scene as if it had happened last week. It was the afternoon of a cold, grey December day. The streets outside glistened with snow; the white sparkling flakes stuck and melted on the window-panes and hung on the boughs of the trees like molten silver. The wind howled dismally, whipping up little whirling columns of snow that rose and fell at every fresh gust. And over all, the dull, murky sky stretched like a dark canopy, a vast infinity of greyness.
Inside, all the family were gathered round the big kitchen fire that lit up the little room with a warm glow and made giant shadows dance on the walls and ceiling.
In a corner Mona and Paddy were sitting huddled together, a few torn school primers before them. They were writing down little sums on to an old chipped slate, using a bright piece of yellow chalk. I was close to them, propped up by a few pillows against the wall, watching.
It was the chalk that attracted me so much. It was a long, slender stick of vivid yellow. I had never seen anything like it before, and it showed up so well against the black surface of the slate that I was fascinated by it as much as if it had been a stick of gold.
Suddenly I wanted desperately to do what my sister was doing. Then ó without thinking or knowing exactly what I was doing, I reached out and took the stick of chalk out of my sister’s hand ó with my left foot.
I do not know why I used my left foot to do this. It is a puzzle to many people as well as to myself, for, although I had displayed a curious interest in my toes at an early age, I had never attempted before this to use either of my feet in any way. They could have been as useless to me as were my hands. That day, however, my left foot, apparently on its own volition, reached out and very impolitely took the chalk out of my sister’s hand.
I held it tightly between my toes, and, acting on an impulse, made a wild sort of scribble with it on the slate. Next moment I stopped, a bit dazed, surprised, looking down at the stick of yellow chalk stuck between my toes, not knowing what to do with it next, hardly knowing how it got there. Then I looked up and became aware that everyone had stopped talking and was staring at me silently. Nobody stirred. Mona, her black curls framing her chubby little face, stared at me with great big eyes and open mouth. Across the open hearth, his face lit by flames, sat my father, leaning forward, hands outspread on his knees, his shoulders tense. I felt the sweat break out on my forehead.
My mother came in from the pantry with a steaming pot in her hand. She stopped midway between the table and the fire, feeling the tension flowing through the room. She followed their stares and saw me, in the corner. Her eyes looked from my face down to my foot, with the chalk gripped between my toes. She put down the pot.
Then she crossed over to me and knelt down beside me, as she had done so many times before.
Â¥IÂ¥ll show you what to do with it, Chris/ she said, very slowly and in a queer, jerky way, her face flushed as if with some inner excitement.
Taking another piece of chalk from Mona, she hesitated, then very deliberately drew, on the floor in front of me, the single letter ‘A’.
‘Copy thatÂ¥ she said, looking steadily at me. ‘Copy it, Christy.’
I couldn’t.
I looked about me, looked around at the faces that were turned towards me, tense, excited faces that were at that moment frozen, immobile, eager, waiting for a miracle in their midst.
Question: How did Christy take the chalk from his sister?
Signs of Hope
(MY LEFT FOOT by Christy Brown)
I was now five, and still I showed no real sign of intelligence. I showed no apparent interest in things except with my toes ó more especially those of my left foot. Although my natural habits were clean I could not aid myself, but in this respect my father took care of me. I used to lie on my back all the time in the kitchen or, on bright warm days, out in the garden, a little bundle of crooked muscles and twisted nerves, surrounded by a family that loved me and hoped for me and that made me part of their own warmth and humanity. I was lonely, imprisoned in a world of my own, unable to communicate with others, cut off, separated from them as though a glass wall stood between my existence and theirs, thrusting me beyond the sphere of their lives and activities. I longed to run about and play with the rest, but I was unable to break loose from my bondage.
Then, suddenly, it happened! In a moment everything was changed, my future life moulded into a definite shape, my mother’s faith in me rewarded and her secret fear changed into open triumph.
It happened so quickly, so simply after all the years of waiting and uncertainty that I can see and feel the whole scene as if it had happened last week. It was the afternoon of a cold, grey December day. The streets outside glistened with snow; the white sparkling flakes stuck and melted on the window-panes and hung on the boughs of the trees like molten silver. The wind howled dismally, whipping up little whirling columns of snow that rose and fell at every fresh gust. And over all, the dull, murky sky stretched like a dark canopy, a vast infinity of greyness.
Inside, all the family were gathered round the big kitchen fire that lit up the little room with a warm glow and made giant shadows dance on the walls and ceiling.
In a corner Mona and Paddy were sitting huddled together, a few torn school primers before them. They were writing down little sums on to an old chipped slate, using a bright piece of yellow chalk. I was close to them, propped up by a few pillows against the wall, watching.
It was the chalk that attracted me so much. It was a long, slender stick of vivid yellow. I had never seen anything like it before, and it showed up so well against the black surface of the slate that I was fascinated by it as much as if it had been a stick of gold.
Suddenly I wanted desperately to do what my sister was doing. Then ó without thinking or knowing exactly what I was doing, I reached out and took the stick of chalk out of my sister’s hand ó with my left foot.
I do not know why I used my left foot to do this. It is a puzzle to many people as well as to myself, for, although I had displayed a curious interest in my toes at an early age, I had never attempted before this to use either of my feet in any way. They could have been as useless to me as were my hands. That day, however, my left foot, apparently on its own volition, reached out and very impolitely took the chalk out of my sister’s hand.
I held it tightly between my toes, and, acting on an impulse, made a wild sort of scribble with it on the slate. Next moment I stopped, a bit dazed, surprised, looking down at the stick of yellow chalk stuck between my toes, not knowing what to do with it next, hardly knowing how it got there. Then I looked up and became aware that everyone had stopped talking and was staring at me silently. Nobody stirred. Mona, her black curls framing her chubby little face, stared at me with great big eyes and open mouth. Across the open hearth, his face lit by flames, sat my father, leaning forward, hands outspread on his knees, his shoulders tense. I felt the sweat break out on my forehead.
My mother came in from the pantry with a steaming pot in her hand. She stopped midway between the table and the fire, feeling the tension flowing through the room. She followed their stares and saw me, in the corner. Her eyes looked from my face down to my foot, with the chalk gripped between my toes. She put down the pot.
Then she crossed over to me and knelt down beside me, as she had done so many times before.
Â¥IÂ¥ll show you what to do with it, Chris/ she said, very slowly and in a queer, jerky way, her face flushed as if with some inner excitement.
Taking another piece of chalk from Mona, she hesitated, then very deliberately drew, on the floor in front of me, the single letter ‘A’.
‘Copy thatÂ¥ she said, looking steadily at me. ‘Copy it, Christy.’
I couldn’t.
I looked about me, looked around at the faces that were turned towards me, tense, excited faces that were at that moment frozen, immobile, eager, waiting for a miracle in their midst.
Question: What was Christy’s family doing when he took the chalk?
Signs of Hope
(MY LEFT FOOT by Christy Brown)
I was now five, and still I showed no real sign of intelligence. I showed no apparent interest in things except with my toes ó more especially those of my left foot. Although my natural habits were clean I could not aid myself, but in this respect my father took care of me. I used to lie on my back all the time in the kitchen or, on bright warm days, out in the garden, a little bundle of crooked muscles and twisted nerves, surrounded by a family that loved me and hoped for me and that made me part of their own warmth and humanity. I was lonely, imprisoned in a world of my own, unable to communicate with others, cut off, separated from them as though a glass wall stood between my existence and theirs, thrusting me beyond the sphere of their lives and activities. I longed to run about and play with the rest, but I was unable to break loose from my bondage.
Then, suddenly, it happened! In a moment everything was changed, my future life moulded into a definite shape, my mother’s faith in me rewarded and her secret fear changed into open triumph.
It happened so quickly, so simply after all the years of waiting and uncertainty that I can see and feel the whole scene as if it had happened last week. It was the afternoon of a cold, grey December day. The streets outside glistened with snow; the white sparkling flakes stuck and melted on the window-panes and hung on the boughs of the trees like molten silver. The wind howled dismally, whipping up little whirling columns of snow that rose and fell at every fresh gust. And over all, the dull, murky sky stretched like a dark canopy, a vast infinity of greyness.
Inside, all the family were gathered round the big kitchen fire that lit up the little room with a warm glow and made giant shadows dance on the walls and ceiling.
In a corner Mona and Paddy were sitting huddled together, a few torn school primers before them. They were writing down little sums on to an old chipped slate, using a bright piece of yellow chalk. I was close to them, propped up by a few pillows against the wall, watching.
It was the chalk that attracted me so much. It was a long, slender stick of vivid yellow. I had never seen anything like it before, and it showed up so well against the black surface of the slate that I was fascinated by it as much as if it had been a stick of gold.
Suddenly I wanted desperately to do what my sister was doing. Then ó without thinking or knowing exactly what I was doing, I reached out and took the stick of chalk out of my sister’s hand ó with my left foot.
I do not know why I used my left foot to do this. It is a puzzle to many people as well as to myself, for, although I had displayed a curious interest in my toes at an early age, I had never attempted before this to use either of my feet in any way. They could have been as useless to me as were my hands. That day, however, my left foot, apparently on its own volition, reached out and very impolitely took the chalk out of my sister’s hand.
I held it tightly between my toes, and, acting on an impulse, made a wild sort of scribble with it on the slate. Next moment I stopped, a bit dazed, surprised, looking down at the stick of yellow chalk stuck between my toes, not knowing what to do with it next, hardly knowing how it got there. Then I looked up and became aware that everyone had stopped talking and was staring at me silently. Nobody stirred. Mona, her black curls framing her chubby little face, stared at me with great big eyes and open mouth. Across the open hearth, his face lit by flames, sat my father, leaning forward, hands outspread on his knees, his shoulders tense. I felt the sweat break out on my forehead.
My mother came in from the pantry with a steaming pot in her hand. She stopped midway between the table and the fire, feeling the tension flowing through the room. She followed their stares and saw me, in the corner. Her eyes looked from my face down to my foot, with the chalk gripped between my toes. She put down the pot.
Then she crossed over to me and knelt down beside me, as she had done so many times before.
Â¥IÂ¥ll show you what to do with it, Chris/ she said, very slowly and in a queer, jerky way, her face flushed as if with some inner excitement.
Taking another piece of chalk from Mona, she hesitated, then very deliberately drew, on the floor in front of me, the single letter ‘A’.
‘Copy thatÂ¥ she said, looking steadily at me. ‘Copy it, Christy.’
I couldn’t.
I looked about me, looked around at the faces that were turned towards me, tense, excited faces that were at that moment frozen, immobile, eager, waiting for a miracle in their midst.
Question: What did Christy’s mother draw on the floor?
Signs of Hope
(MY LEFT FOOT by Christy Brown)
I was now five, and still I showed no real sign of intelligence. I showed no apparent interest in things except with my toes ó more especially those of my left foot. Although my natural habits were clean I could not aid myself, but in this respect my father took care of me. I used to lie on my back all the time in the kitchen or, on bright warm days, out in the garden, a little bundle of crooked muscles and twisted nerves, surrounded by a family that loved me and hoped for me and that made me part of their own warmth and humanity. I was lonely, imprisoned in a world of my own, unable to communicate with others, cut off, separated from them as though a glass wall stood between my existence and theirs, thrusting me beyond the sphere of their lives and activities. I longed to run about and play with the rest, but I was unable to break loose from my bondage.
Then, suddenly, it happened! In a moment everything was changed, my future life moulded into a definite shape, my mother’s faith in me rewarded and her secret fear changed into open triumph.
It happened so quickly, so simply after all the years of waiting and uncertainty that I can see and feel the whole scene as if it had happened last week. It was the afternoon of a cold, grey December day. The streets outside glistened with snow; the white sparkling flakes stuck and melted on the window-panes and hung on the boughs of the trees like molten silver. The wind howled dismally, whipping up little whirling columns of snow that rose and fell at every fresh gust. And over all, the dull, murky sky stretched like a dark canopy, a vast infinity of greyness.
Inside, all the family were gathered round the big kitchen fire that lit up the little room with a warm glow and made giant shadows dance on the walls and ceiling.
In a corner Mona and Paddy were sitting huddled together, a few torn school primers before them. They were writing down little sums on to an old chipped slate, using a bright piece of yellow chalk. I was close to them, propped up by a few pillows against the wall, watching.
It was the chalk that attracted me so much. It was a long, slender stick of vivid yellow. I had never seen anything like it before, and it showed up so well against the black surface of the slate that I was fascinated by it as much as if it had been a stick of gold.
Suddenly I wanted desperately to do what my sister was doing. Then ó without thinking or knowing exactly what I was doing, I reached out and took the stick of chalk out of my sister’s hand ó with my left foot.
I do not know why I used my left foot to do this. It is a puzzle to many people as well as to myself, for, although I had displayed a curious interest in my toes at an early age, I had never attempted before this to use either of my feet in any way. They could have been as useless to me as were my hands. That day, however, my left foot, apparently on its own volition, reached out and very impolitely took the chalk out of my sister’s hand.
I held it tightly between my toes, and, acting on an impulse, made a wild sort of scribble with it on the slate. Next moment I stopped, a bit dazed, surprised, looking down at the stick of yellow chalk stuck between my toes, not knowing what to do with it next, hardly knowing how it got there. Then I looked up and became aware that everyone had stopped talking and was staring at me silently. Nobody stirred. Mona, her black curls framing her chubby little face, stared at me with great big eyes and open mouth. Across the open hearth, his face lit by flames, sat my father, leaning forward, hands outspread on his knees, his shoulders tense. I felt the sweat break out on my forehead.
My mother came in from the pantry with a steaming pot in her hand. She stopped midway between the table and the fire, feeling the tension flowing through the room. She followed their stares and saw me, in the corner. Her eyes looked from my face down to my foot, with the chalk gripped between my toes. She put down the pot.
Then she crossed over to me and knelt down beside me, as she had done so many times before.
Â¥IÂ¥ll show you what to do with it, Chris/ she said, very slowly and in a queer, jerky way, her face flushed as if with some inner excitement.
Taking another piece of chalk from Mona, she hesitated, then very deliberately drew, on the floor in front of me, the single letter ‘A’.
‘Copy thatÂ¥ she said, looking steadily at me. ‘Copy it, Christy.’
I couldn’t.
I looked about me, looked around at the faces that were turned towards me, tense, excited faces that were at that moment frozen, immobile, eager, waiting for a miracle in their midst.
Question: How did Christy’s mother react upon seeing him with the chalk?
Signs of Hope
(MY LEFT FOOT by Christy Brown)
I was now five, and still I showed no real sign of intelligence. I showed no apparent interest in things except with my toes ó more especially those of my left foot. Although my natural habits were clean I could not aid myself, but in this respect my father took care of me. I used to lie on my back all the time in the kitchen or, on bright warm days, out in the garden, a little bundle of crooked muscles and twisted nerves, surrounded by a family that loved me and hoped for me and that made me part of their own warmth and humanity. I was lonely, imprisoned in a world of my own, unable to communicate with others, cut off, separated from them as though a glass wall stood between my existence and theirs, thrusting me beyond the sphere of their lives and activities. I longed to run about and play with the rest, but I was unable to break loose from my bondage.
Then, suddenly, it happened! In a moment everything was changed, my future life moulded into a definite shape, my mother’s faith in me rewarded and her secret fear changed into open triumph.
It happened so quickly, so simply after all the years of waiting and uncertainty that I can see and feel the whole scene as if it had happened last week. It was the afternoon of a cold, grey December day. The streets outside glistened with snow; the white sparkling flakes stuck and melted on the window-panes and hung on the boughs of the trees like molten silver. The wind howled dismally, whipping up little whirling columns of snow that rose and fell at every fresh gust. And over all, the dull, murky sky stretched like a dark canopy, a vast infinity of greyness.
Inside, all the family were gathered round the big kitchen fire that lit up the little room with a warm glow and made giant shadows dance on the walls and ceiling.
In a corner Mona and Paddy were sitting huddled together, a few torn school primers before them. They were writing down little sums on to an old chipped slate, using a bright piece of yellow chalk. I was close to them, propped up by a few pillows against the wall, watching.
It was the chalk that attracted me so much. It was a long, slender stick of vivid yellow. I had never seen anything like it before, and it showed up so well against the black surface of the slate that I was fascinated by it as much as if it had been a stick of gold.
Suddenly I wanted desperately to do what my sister was doing. Then ó without thinking or knowing exactly what I was doing, I reached out and took the stick of chalk out of my sister’s hand ó with my left foot.
I do not know why I used my left foot to do this. It is a puzzle to many people as well as to myself, for, although I had displayed a curious interest in my toes at an early age, I had never attempted before this to use either of my feet in any way. They could have been as useless to me as were my hands. That day, however, my left foot, apparently on its own volition, reached out and very impolitely took the chalk out of my sister’s hand.
I held it tightly between my toes, and, acting on an impulse, made a wild sort of scribble with it on the slate. Next moment I stopped, a bit dazed, surprised, looking down at the stick of yellow chalk stuck between my toes, not knowing what to do with it next, hardly knowing how it got there. Then I looked up and became aware that everyone had stopped talking and was staring at me silently. Nobody stirred. Mona, her black curls framing her chubby little face, stared at me with great big eyes and open mouth. Across the open hearth, his face lit by flames, sat my father, leaning forward, hands outspread on his knees, his shoulders tense. I felt the sweat break out on my forehead.
My mother came in from the pantry with a steaming pot in her hand. She stopped midway between the table and the fire, feeling the tension flowing through the room. She followed their stares and saw me, in the corner. Her eyes looked from my face down to my foot, with the chalk gripped between my toes. She put down the pot.
Then she crossed over to me and knelt down beside me, as she had done so many times before.
Â¥IÂ¥ll show you what to do with it, Chris/ she said, very slowly and in a queer, jerky way, her face flushed as if with some inner excitement.
Taking another piece of chalk from Mona, she hesitated, then very deliberately drew, on the floor in front of me, the single letter ‘A’.
‘Copy thatÂ¥ she said, looking steadily at me. ‘Copy it, Christy.’
I couldn’t.
I looked about me, looked around at the faces that were turned towards me, tense, excited faces that were at that moment frozen, immobile, eager, waiting for a miracle in their midst.
Question: How did Christy describe his family’s reaction when he took the chalk?
Signs of Hope
(MY LEFT FOOT by Christy Brown)
I was now five, and still I showed no real sign of intelligence. I showed no apparent interest in things except with my toes ó more especially those of my left foot. Although my natural habits were clean I could not aid myself, but in this respect my father took care of me. I used to lie on my back all the time in the kitchen or, on bright warm days, out in the garden, a little bundle of crooked muscles and twisted nerves, surrounded by a family that loved me and hoped for me and that made me part of their own warmth and humanity. I was lonely, imprisoned in a world of my own, unable to communicate with others, cut off, separated from them as though a glass wall stood between my existence and theirs, thrusting me beyond the sphere of their lives and activities. I longed to run about and play with the rest, but I was unable to break loose from my bondage.
Then, suddenly, it happened! In a moment everything was changed, my future life moulded into a definite shape, my mother’s faith in me rewarded and her secret fear changed into open triumph.
It happened so quickly, so simply after all the years of waiting and uncertainty that I can see and feel the whole scene as if it had happened last week. It was the afternoon of a cold, grey December day. The streets outside glistened with snow; the white sparkling flakes stuck and melted on the window-panes and hung on the boughs of the trees like molten silver. The wind howled dismally, whipping up little whirling columns of snow that rose and fell at every fresh gust. And over all, the dull, murky sky stretched like a dark canopy, a vast infinity of greyness.
Inside, all the family were gathered round the big kitchen fire that lit up the little room with a warm glow and made giant shadows dance on the walls and ceiling.
In a corner Mona and Paddy were sitting huddled together, a few torn school primers before them. They were writing down little sums on to an old chipped slate, using a bright piece of yellow chalk. I was close to them, propped up by a few pillows against the wall, watching.
It was the chalk that attracted me so much. It was a long, slender stick of vivid yellow. I had never seen anything like it before, and it showed up so well against the black surface of the slate that I was fascinated by it as much as if it had been a stick of gold.
Suddenly I wanted desperately to do what my sister was doing. Then ó without thinking or knowing exactly what I was doing, I reached out and took the stick of chalk out of my sister’s hand ó with my left foot.
I do not know why I used my left foot to do this. It is a puzzle to many people as well as to myself, for, although I had displayed a curious interest in my toes at an early age, I had never attempted before this to use either of my feet in any way. They could have been as useless to me as were my hands. That day, however, my left foot, apparently on its own volition, reached out and very impolitely took the chalk out of my sister’s hand.
I held it tightly between my toes, and, acting on an impulse, made a wild sort of scribble with it on the slate. Next moment I stopped, a bit dazed, surprised, looking down at the stick of yellow chalk stuck between my toes, not knowing what to do with it next, hardly knowing how it got there. Then I looked up and became aware that everyone had stopped talking and was staring at me silently. Nobody stirred. Mona, her black curls framing her chubby little face, stared at me with great big eyes and open mouth. Across the open hearth, his face lit by flames, sat my father, leaning forward, hands outspread on his knees, his shoulders tense. I felt the sweat break out on my forehead.
My mother came in from the pantry with a steaming pot in her hand. She stopped midway between the table and the fire, feeling the tension flowing through the room. She followed their stares and saw me, in the corner. Her eyes looked from my face down to my foot, with the chalk gripped between my toes. She put down the pot.
Then she crossed over to me and knelt down beside me, as she had done so many times before.
Â¥IÂ¥ll show you what to do with it, Chris/ she said, very slowly and in a queer, jerky way, her face flushed as if with some inner excitement.
Taking another piece of chalk from Mona, she hesitated, then very deliberately drew, on the floor in front of me, the single letter ‘A’.
‘Copy thatÂ¥ she said, looking steadily at me. ‘Copy it, Christy.’
I couldn’t.
I looked about me, looked around at the faces that were turned towards me, tense, excited faces that were at that moment frozen, immobile, eager, waiting for a miracle in their midst.
Question: What did Christy say about his left foot’s action?
Signs of Hope
(MY LEFT FOOT by Christy Brown)
I was now five, and still I showed no real sign of intelligence. I showed no apparent interest in things except with my toes ó more especially those of my left foot. Although my natural habits were clean I could not aid myself, but in this respect my father took care of me. I used to lie on my back all the time in the kitchen or, on bright warm days, out in the garden, a little bundle of crooked muscles and twisted nerves, surrounded by a family that loved me and hoped for me and that made me part of their own warmth and humanity. I was lonely, imprisoned in a world of my own, unable to communicate with others, cut off, separated from them as though a glass wall stood between my existence and theirs, thrusting me beyond the sphere of their lives and activities. I longed to run about and play with the rest, but I was unable to break loose from my bondage.
Then, suddenly, it happened! In a moment everything was changed, my future life moulded into a definite shape, my mother’s faith in me rewarded and her secret fear changed into open triumph.
It happened so quickly, so simply after all the years of waiting and uncertainty that I can see and feel the whole scene as if it had happened last week. It was the afternoon of a cold, grey December day. The streets outside glistened with snow; the white sparkling flakes stuck and melted on the window-panes and hung on the boughs of the trees like molten silver. The wind howled dismally, whipping up little whirling columns of snow that rose and fell at every fresh gust. And over all, the dull, murky sky stretched like a dark canopy, a vast infinity of greyness.
Inside, all the family were gathered round the big kitchen fire that lit up the little room with a warm glow and made giant shadows dance on the walls and ceiling.
In a corner Mona and Paddy were sitting huddled together, a few torn school primers before them. They were writing down little sums on to an old chipped slate, using a bright piece of yellow chalk. I was close to them, propped up by a few pillows against the wall, watching.
It was the chalk that attracted me so much. It was a long, slender stick of vivid yellow. I had never seen anything like it before, and it showed up so well against the black surface of the slate that I was fascinated by it as much as if it had been a stick of gold.
Suddenly I wanted desperately to do what my sister was doing. Then ó without thinking or knowing exactly what I was doing, I reached out and took the stick of chalk out of my sister’s hand ó with my left foot.
I do not know why I used my left foot to do this. It is a puzzle to many people as well as to myself, for, although I had displayed a curious interest in my toes at an early age, I had never attempted before this to use either of my feet in any way. They could have been as useless to me as were my hands. That day, however, my left foot, apparently on its own volition, reached out and very impolitely took the chalk out of my sister’s hand.
I held it tightly between my toes, and, acting on an impulse, made a wild sort of scribble with it on the slate. Next moment I stopped, a bit dazed, surprised, looking down at the stick of yellow chalk stuck between my toes, not knowing what to do with it next, hardly knowing how it got there. Then I looked up and became aware that everyone had stopped talking and was staring at me silently. Nobody stirred. Mona, her black curls framing her chubby little face, stared at me with great big eyes and open mouth. Across the open hearth, his face lit by flames, sat my father, leaning forward, hands outspread on his knees, his shoulders tense. I felt the sweat break out on my forehead.
My mother came in from the pantry with a steaming pot in her hand. She stopped midway between the table and the fire, feeling the tension flowing through the room. She followed their stares and saw me, in the corner. Her eyes looked from my face down to my foot, with the chalk gripped between my toes. She put down the pot.
Then she crossed over to me and knelt down beside me, as she had done so many times before.
Â¥IÂ¥ll show you what to do with it, Chris/ she said, very slowly and in a queer, jerky way, her face flushed as if with some inner excitement.
Taking another piece of chalk from Mona, she hesitated, then very deliberately drew, on the floor in front of me, the single letter ‘A’.
‘Copy thatÂ¥ she said, looking steadily at me. ‘Copy it, Christy.’
I couldn’t.
I looked about me, looked around at the faces that were turned towards me, tense, excited faces that were at that moment frozen, immobile, eager, waiting for a miracle in their midst.
Question: What did Christy feel when he saw everyone staring at him?
Signs of Hope
(MY LEFT FOOT by Christy Brown)
I was now five, and still I showed no real sign of intelligence. I showed no apparent interest in things except with my toes ó more especially those of my left foot. Although my natural habits were clean I could not aid myself, but in this respect my father took care of me. I used to lie on my back all the time in the kitchen or, on bright warm days, out in the garden, a little bundle of crooked muscles and twisted nerves, surrounded by a family that loved me and hoped for me and that made me part of their own warmth and humanity. I was lonely, imprisoned in a world of my own, unable to communicate with others, cut off, separated from them as though a glass wall stood between my existence and theirs, thrusting me beyond the sphere of their lives and activities. I longed to run about and play with the rest, but I was unable to break loose from my bondage.
Then, suddenly, it happened! In a moment everything was changed, my future life moulded into a definite shape, my mother’s faith in me rewarded and her secret fear changed into open triumph.
It happened so quickly, so simply after all the years of waiting and uncertainty that I can see and feel the whole scene as if it had happened last week. It was the afternoon of a cold, grey December day. The streets outside glistened with snow; the white sparkling flakes stuck and melted on the window-panes and hung on the boughs of the trees like molten silver. The wind howled dismally, whipping up little whirling columns of snow that rose and fell at every fresh gust. And over all, the dull, murky sky stretched like a dark canopy, a vast infinity of greyness.
Inside, all the family were gathered round the big kitchen fire that lit up the little room with a warm glow and made giant shadows dance on the walls and ceiling.
In a corner Mona and Paddy were sitting huddled together, a few torn school primers before them. They were writing down little sums on to an old chipped slate, using a bright piece of yellow chalk. I was close to them, propped up by a few pillows against the wall, watching.
It was the chalk that attracted me so much. It was a long, slender stick of vivid yellow. I had never seen anything like it before, and it showed up so well against the black surface of the slate that I was fascinated by it as much as if it had been a stick of gold.
Suddenly I wanted desperately to do what my sister was doing. Then ó without thinking or knowing exactly what I was doing, I reached out and took the stick of chalk out of my sister’s hand ó with my left foot.
I do not know why I used my left foot to do this. It is a puzzle to many people as well as to myself, for, although I had displayed a curious interest in my toes at an early age, I had never attempted before this to use either of my feet in any way. They could have been as useless to me as were my hands. That day, however, my left foot, apparently on its own volition, reached out and very impolitely took the chalk out of my sister’s hand.
I held it tightly between my toes, and, acting on an impulse, made a wild sort of scribble with it on the slate. Next moment I stopped, a bit dazed, surprised, looking down at the stick of yellow chalk stuck between my toes, not knowing what to do with it next, hardly knowing how it got there. Then I looked up and became aware that everyone had stopped talking and was staring at me silently. Nobody stirred. Mona, her black curls framing her chubby little face, stared at me with great big eyes and open mouth. Across the open hearth, his face lit by flames, sat my father, leaning forward, hands outspread on his knees, his shoulders tense. I felt the sweat break out on my forehead.
My mother came in from the pantry with a steaming pot in her hand. She stopped midway between the table and the fire, feeling the tension flowing through the room. She followed their stares and saw me, in the corner. Her eyes looked from my face down to my foot, with the chalk gripped between my toes. She put down the pot.
Then she crossed over to me and knelt down beside me, as she had done so many times before.
Â¥IÂ¥ll show you what to do with it, Chris/ she said, very slowly and in a queer, jerky way, her face flushed as if with some inner excitement.
Taking another piece of chalk from Mona, she hesitated, then very deliberately drew, on the floor in front of me, the single letter ‘A’.
‘Copy thatÂ¥ she said, looking steadily at me. ‘Copy it, Christy.’
I couldn’t.
I looked about me, looked around at the faces that were turned towards me, tense, excited faces that were at that moment frozen, immobile, eager, waiting for a miracle in their midst.
Question: What did Christy’s mother do after setting down the pot?
Signs of Hope
(MY LEFT FOOT by Christy Brown)
I was now five, and still I showed no real sign of intelligence. I showed no apparent interest in things except with my toes ó more especially those of my left foot. Although my natural habits were clean I could not aid myself, but in this respect my father took care of me. I used to lie on my back all the time in the kitchen or, on bright warm days, out in the garden, a little bundle of crooked muscles and twisted nerves, surrounded by a family that loved me and hoped for me and that made me part of their own warmth and humanity. I was lonely, imprisoned in a world of my own, unable to communicate with others, cut off, separated from them as though a glass wall stood between my existence and theirs, thrusting me beyond the sphere of their lives and activities. I longed to run about and play with the rest, but I was unable to break loose from my bondage.
Then, suddenly, it happened! In a moment everything was changed, my future life moulded into a definite shape, my mother’s faith in me rewarded and her secret fear changed into open triumph.
It happened so quickly, so simply after all the years of waiting and uncertainty that I can see and feel the whole scene as if it had happened last week. It was the afternoon of a cold, grey December day. The streets outside glistened with snow; the white sparkling flakes stuck and melted on the window-panes and hung on the boughs of the trees like molten silver. The wind howled dismally, whipping up little whirling columns of snow that rose and fell at every fresh gust. And over all, the dull, murky sky stretched like a dark canopy, a vast infinity of greyness.
Inside, all the family were gathered round the big kitchen fire that lit up the little room with a warm glow and made giant shadows dance on the walls and ceiling.
In a corner Mona and Paddy were sitting huddled together, a few torn school primers before them. They were writing down little sums on to an old chipped slate, using a bright piece of yellow chalk. I was close to them, propped up by a few pillows against the wall, watching.
It was the chalk that attracted me so much. It was a long, slender stick of vivid yellow. I had never seen anything like it before, and it showed up so well against the black surface of the slate that I was fascinated by it as much as if it had been a stick of gold.
Suddenly I wanted desperately to do what my sister was doing. Then ó without thinking or knowing exactly what I was doing, I reached out and took the stick of chalk out of my sister’s hand ó with my left foot.
I do not know why I used my left foot to do this. It is a puzzle to many people as well as to myself, for, although I had displayed a curious interest in my toes at an early age, I had never attempted before this to use either of my feet in any way. They could have been as useless to me as were my hands. That day, however, my left foot, apparently on its own volition, reached out and very impolitely took the chalk out of my sister’s hand.
I held it tightly between my toes, and, acting on an impulse, made a wild sort of scribble with it on the slate. Next moment I stopped, a bit dazed, surprised, looking down at the stick of yellow chalk stuck between my toes, not knowing what to do with it next, hardly knowing how it got there. Then I looked up and became aware that everyone had stopped talking and was staring at me silently. Nobody stirred. Mona, her black curls framing her chubby little face, stared at me with great big eyes and open mouth. Across the open hearth, his face lit by flames, sat my father, leaning forward, hands outspread on his knees, his shoulders tense. I felt the sweat break out on my forehead.
My mother came in from the pantry with a steaming pot in her hand. She stopped midway between the table and the fire, feeling the tension flowing through the room. She followed their stares and saw me, in the corner. Her eyes looked from my face down to my foot, with the chalk gripped between my toes. She put down the pot.
Then she crossed over to me and knelt down beside me, as she had done so many times before.
Â¥IÂ¥ll show you what to do with it, Chris/ she said, very slowly and in a queer, jerky way, her face flushed as if with some inner excitement.
Taking another piece of chalk from Mona, she hesitated, then very deliberately drew, on the floor in front of me, the single letter ‘A’.
‘Copy thatÂ¥ she said, looking steadily at me. ‘Copy it, Christy.’
I couldn’t.
I looked about me, looked around at the faces that were turned towards me, tense, excited faces that were at that moment frozen, immobile, eager, waiting for a miracle in their midst.
Question: What did Christy do after taking the chalk?
Signs of Hope
(MY LEFT FOOT by Christy Brown)
I was now five, and still I showed no real sign of intelligence. I showed no apparent interest in things except with my toes ó more especially those of my left foot. Although my natural habits were clean I could not aid myself, but in this respect my father took care of me. I used to lie on my back all the time in the kitchen or, on bright warm days, out in the garden, a little bundle of crooked muscles and twisted nerves, surrounded by a family that loved me and hoped for me and that made me part of their own warmth and humanity. I was lonely, imprisoned in a world of my own, unable to communicate with others, cut off, separated from them as though a glass wall stood between my existence and theirs, thrusting me beyond the sphere of their lives and activities. I longed to run about and play with the rest, but I was unable to break loose from my bondage.
Then, suddenly, it happened! In a moment everything was changed, my future life moulded into a definite shape, my mother’s faith in me rewarded and her secret fear changed into open triumph.
It happened so quickly, so simply after all the years of waiting and uncertainty that I can see and feel the whole scene as if it had happened last week. It was the afternoon of a cold, grey December day. The streets outside glistened with snow; the white sparkling flakes stuck and melted on the window-panes and hung on the boughs of the trees like molten silver. The wind howled dismally, whipping up little whirling columns of snow that rose and fell at every fresh gust. And over all, the dull, murky sky stretched like a dark canopy, a vast infinity of greyness.
Inside, all the family were gathered round the big kitchen fire that lit up the little room with a warm glow and made giant shadows dance on the walls and ceiling.
In a corner Mona and Paddy were sitting huddled together, a few torn school primers before them. They were writing down little sums on to an old chipped slate, using a bright piece of yellow chalk. I was close to them, propped up by a few pillows against the wall, watching.
It was the chalk that attracted me so much. It was a long, slender stick of vivid yellow. I had never seen anything like it before, and it showed up so well against the black surface of the slate that I was fascinated by it as much as if it had been a stick of gold.
Suddenly I wanted desperately to do what my sister was doing. Then ó without thinking or knowing exactly what I was doing, I reached out and took the stick of chalk out of my sister’s hand ó with my left foot.
I do not know why I used my left foot to do this. It is a puzzle to many people as well as to myself, for, although I had displayed a curious interest in my toes at an early age, I had never attempted before this to use either of my feet in any way. They could have been as useless to me as were my hands. That day, however, my left foot, apparently on its own volition, reached out and very impolitely took the chalk out of my sister’s hand.
I held it tightly between my toes, and, acting on an impulse, made a wild sort of scribble with it on the slate. Next moment I stopped, a bit dazed, surprised, looking down at the stick of yellow chalk stuck between my toes, not knowing what to do with it next, hardly knowing how it got there. Then I looked up and became aware that everyone had stopped talking and was staring at me silently. Nobody stirred. Mona, her black curls framing her chubby little face, stared at me with great big eyes and open mouth. Across the open hearth, his face lit by flames, sat my father, leaning forward, hands outspread on his knees, his shoulders tense. I felt the sweat break out on my forehead.
My mother came in from the pantry with a steaming pot in her hand. She stopped midway between the table and the fire, feeling the tension flowing through the room. She followed their stares and saw me, in the corner. Her eyes looked from my face down to my foot, with the chalk gripped between my toes. She put down the pot.
Then she crossed over to me and knelt down beside me, as she had done so many times before.
Â¥IÂ¥ll show you what to do with it, Chris/ she said, very slowly and in a queer, jerky way, her face flushed as if with some inner excitement.
Taking another piece of chalk from Mona, she hesitated, then very deliberately drew, on the floor in front of me, the single letter ‘A’.
‘Copy thatÂ¥ she said, looking steadily at me. ‘Copy it, Christy.’
I couldn’t.
I looked about me, looked around at the faces that were turned towards me, tense, excited faces that were at that moment frozen, immobile, eager, waiting for a miracle in their midst.
Question: What did Christy’s mother say when she knelt beside him?
The Flaying Dog
(THE LORD GOD MADE THEM ALL by James Herriot)
The barber was carrying Venus in his arms but she was a vastly different creature from the placid little animal I had seen in his shop. She was bubbling saliva from her mouth, retching and pawing frantically at her face.
Josh looked distraught. ‘She’s chokin’, Mr Herriot. Look at ‘er! She’ll die if you don’t do summat quick!’
‘Wait a minute, Mr Anderson. Tell me what’s happened.’ Has she swallowed something?’
‘Aye, she’s ‘ad a chicken bone.’
‘A chicken bone! Don’t you know you should never give a dog chicken bones?’
‘Aye, ah know, ah know, everybody knows that, but we’d had a bird for our dinner and she pinched the frame out of the dustbin, the little beggar. She had a good crunch at it afore I spotted ‘er and now she’s goin’ to choke!’ He glared at me, lips quivering. He was on the verge of tears.
‘Now just calm down,’ I said. T don’t think Venus is choking. By the way she’s pawing I should say there’s something stuck in her mouth.’
I grabbed the little animal’s jaws with finger and thumb and forced them apart. And I saw with a surge of relief the sight familiar to all vets ó a long spicule of bone jammed tightly between the back molars and forming a bar across the roof of the mouth.
As I say, it is a common occurrence in practice and a happy one, because it is harmless and easily relieved by a flick of the forceps. Recovery is instantaneous, skill minimal and the kudos most warming. I loved it.
I put my hand on the barber’s shoulder. ‘You can stop worrying, Mr Anderson, it’s just a bone stuck in her teeth. Come through to the consulting-room and TH have it out in a jiffy.’
I could see the man relaxing as we walked along the passage to the back of the house. ‘Oh, thank God for that, Mr Herriot. I thought she’d had it, honest, I did. And we’ve grown right fond of the little thing. I couldn’t bear to lose ‘er.’
I gave a light laugh, put the dog on the table and reached for a strong pair of forceps. ‘No question of that, I assure you. This won’t take a minute.’
Jimmy, aged five, had left his tea and trailed after us. He watched with mild interest as I poised the instrument. Even at his age he had seen this sort of thing many a time and it wasn’t very exciting. But you never knew in veterinary practice; it was worth hanging around because funny things could happen. He put his hands in his pockets and rocked back and forth on his heels, whistling softly as he watched me.
Usually it is simply a matter of opening the mouth, clamping the forceps on the bone and removing it. But Venus recoiled from the gleaming metal and so did the barber. The terror in the dog’s eyes was reproduced fourfold in those of its owner.
I tried to be soothing. ‘This is nothing, Mr Anderson. I’m not going to hurt her in the least, but you’ll just have to hold her head firmly for a moment.’
The little man took a deep breath, grasped the dog’s neck, screwed his eyes tight shut and turned his head as far away as he could.
‘Now, little Venus,’ I cooed. ‘I’m going to make you better.’
Venus clearly didn’t believe me. She struggled violently, pawing at my hand, to the ac-companiment of strange moaning sounds from her owner. When I did get the forceps into her mouth she locked her front teeth on the instrument and hung on fiercely. And as I began to grapple with her, Mr Anderson could stand it no longer and let go.
The little dog leaped to the floor and resumed her inner battle there while Jimmy watched appreciatively.
I looked at the barber more in sorrow than in anger. This was just not his thing. He was manually ham-fisted, as his hair-dressing proved, and he seemed quite incapable of holding a wriggling dog.
‘Let’s have another go,’ I said cheerfully. ‘We’ll try it on the floor this time. Maybe she’s frightened of the table. It’s a trifling little job, really.’
The little man, lips tight, eyes like slits, bent and extended trembling hands towards his dog, but each time he touched her she slithered away from him until with a great shuddering sigh he flopped face down on the tiles. Jimmy giggled. Things were looking up.
I helped the barber to his feet. T tell you what, Mr Anderson, TH give her a short-acting anaesthetic. That will cut out all this fighting and struggling.’
Question: What was the dog Venus suffering from?
The Flaying Dog
(THE LORD GOD MADE THEM ALL by James Herriot)
The barber was carrying Venus in his arms but she was a vastly different creature from the placid little animal I had seen in his shop. She was bubbling saliva from her mouth, retching and pawing frantically at her face.
Josh looked distraught. ‘She’s chokin’, Mr Herriot. Look at ‘er! She’ll die if you don’t do summat quick!’
‘Wait a minute, Mr Anderson. Tell me what’s happened.’ Has she swallowed something?’
‘Aye, she’s ‘ad a chicken bone.’
‘A chicken bone! Don’t you know you should never give a dog chicken bones?’
‘Aye, ah know, ah know, everybody knows that, but we’d had a bird for our dinner and she pinched the frame out of the dustbin, the little beggar. She had a good crunch at it afore I spotted ‘er and now she’s goin’ to choke!’ He glared at me, lips quivering. He was on the verge of tears.
‘Now just calm down,’ I said. T don’t think Venus is choking. By the way she’s pawing I should say there’s something stuck in her mouth.’
I grabbed the little animal’s jaws with finger and thumb and forced them apart. And I saw with a surge of relief the sight familiar to all vets ó a long spicule of bone jammed tightly between the back molars and forming a bar across the roof of the mouth.
As I say, it is a common occurrence in practice and a happy one, because it is harmless and easily relieved by a flick of the forceps. Recovery is instantaneous, skill minimal and the kudos most warming. I loved it.
I put my hand on the barber’s shoulder. ‘You can stop worrying, Mr Anderson, it’s just a bone stuck in her teeth. Come through to the consulting-room and TH have it out in a jiffy.’
I could see the man relaxing as we walked along the passage to the back of the house. ‘Oh, thank God for that, Mr Herriot. I thought she’d had it, honest, I did. And we’ve grown right fond of the little thing. I couldn’t bear to lose ‘er.’
I gave a light laugh, put the dog on the table and reached for a strong pair of forceps. ‘No question of that, I assure you. This won’t take a minute.’
Jimmy, aged five, had left his tea and trailed after us. He watched with mild interest as I poised the instrument. Even at his age he had seen this sort of thing many a time and it wasn’t very exciting. But you never knew in veterinary practice; it was worth hanging around because funny things could happen. He put his hands in his pockets and rocked back and forth on his heels, whistling softly as he watched me.
Usually it is simply a matter of opening the mouth, clamping the forceps on the bone and removing it. But Venus recoiled from the gleaming metal and so did the barber. The terror in the dog’s eyes was reproduced fourfold in those of its owner.
I tried to be soothing. ‘This is nothing, Mr Anderson. I’m not going to hurt her in the least, but you’ll just have to hold her head firmly for a moment.’
The little man took a deep breath, grasped the dog’s neck, screwed his eyes tight shut and turned his head as far away as he could.
‘Now, little Venus,’ I cooed. ‘I’m going to make you better.’
Venus clearly didn’t believe me. She struggled violently, pawing at my hand, to the ac-companiment of strange moaning sounds from her owner. When I did get the forceps into her mouth she locked her front teeth on the instrument and hung on fiercely. And as I began to grapple with her, Mr Anderson could stand it no longer and let go.
The little dog leaped to the floor and resumed her inner battle there while Jimmy watched appreciatively.
I looked at the barber more in sorrow than in anger. This was just not his thing. He was manually ham-fisted, as his hair-dressing proved, and he seemed quite incapable of holding a wriggling dog.
‘Let’s have another go,’ I said cheerfully. ‘We’ll try it on the floor this time. Maybe she’s frightened of the table. It’s a trifling little job, really.’
The little man, lips tight, eyes like slits, bent and extended trembling hands towards his dog, but each time he touched her she slithered away from him until with a great shuddering sigh he flopped face down on the tiles. Jimmy giggled. Things were looking up.
I helped the barber to his feet. T tell you what, Mr Anderson, TH give her a short-acting anaesthetic. That will cut out all this fighting and struggling.’
Question: Who brought Venus to Mr. Herriot?
The Flaying Dog
(THE LORD GOD MADE THEM ALL by James Herriot)
The barber was carrying Venus in his arms but she was a vastly different creature from the placid little animal I had seen in his shop. She was bubbling saliva from her mouth, retching and pawing frantically at her face.
Josh looked distraught. ‘She’s chokin’, Mr Herriot. Look at ‘er! She’ll die if you don’t do summat quick!’
‘Wait a minute, Mr Anderson. Tell me what’s happened.’ Has she swallowed something?’
‘Aye, she’s ‘ad a chicken bone.’
‘A chicken bone! Don’t you know you should never give a dog chicken bones?’
‘Aye, ah know, ah know, everybody knows that, but we’d had a bird for our dinner and she pinched the frame out of the dustbin, the little beggar. She had a good crunch at it afore I spotted ‘er and now she’s goin’ to choke!’ He glared at me, lips quivering. He was on the verge of tears.
‘Now just calm down,’ I said. T don’t think Venus is choking. By the way she’s pawing I should say there’s something stuck in her mouth.’
I grabbed the little animal’s jaws with finger and thumb and forced them apart. And I saw with a surge of relief the sight familiar to all vets ó a long spicule of bone jammed tightly between the back molars and forming a bar across the roof of the mouth.
As I say, it is a common occurrence in practice and a happy one, because it is harmless and easily relieved by a flick of the forceps. Recovery is instantaneous, skill minimal and the kudos most warming. I loved it.
I put my hand on the barber’s shoulder. ‘You can stop worrying, Mr Anderson, it’s just a bone stuck in her teeth. Come through to the consulting-room and TH have it out in a jiffy.’
I could see the man relaxing as we walked along the passage to the back of the house. ‘Oh, thank God for that, Mr Herriot. I thought she’d had it, honest, I did. And we’ve grown right fond of the little thing. I couldn’t bear to lose ‘er.’
I gave a light laugh, put the dog on the table and reached for a strong pair of forceps. ‘No question of that, I assure you. This won’t take a minute.’
Jimmy, aged five, had left his tea and trailed after us. He watched with mild interest as I poised the instrument. Even at his age he had seen this sort of thing many a time and it wasn’t very exciting. But you never knew in veterinary practice; it was worth hanging around because funny things could happen. He put his hands in his pockets and rocked back and forth on his heels, whistling softly as he watched me.
Usually it is simply a matter of opening the mouth, clamping the forceps on the bone and removing it. But Venus recoiled from the gleaming metal and so did the barber. The terror in the dog’s eyes was reproduced fourfold in those of its owner.
I tried to be soothing. ‘This is nothing, Mr Anderson. I’m not going to hurt her in the least, but you’ll just have to hold her head firmly for a moment.’
The little man took a deep breath, grasped the dog’s neck, screwed his eyes tight shut and turned his head as far away as he could.
‘Now, little Venus,’ I cooed. ‘I’m going to make you better.’
Venus clearly didn’t believe me. She struggled violently, pawing at my hand, to the ac-companiment of strange moaning sounds from her owner. When I did get the forceps into her mouth she locked her front teeth on the instrument and hung on fiercely. And as I began to grapple with her, Mr Anderson could stand it no longer and let go.
The little dog leaped to the floor and resumed her inner battle there while Jimmy watched appreciatively.
I looked at the barber more in sorrow than in anger. This was just not his thing. He was manually ham-fisted, as his hair-dressing proved, and he seemed quite incapable of holding a wriggling dog.
‘Let’s have another go,’ I said cheerfully. ‘We’ll try it on the floor this time. Maybe she’s frightened of the table. It’s a trifling little job, really.’
The little man, lips tight, eyes like slits, bent and extended trembling hands towards his dog, but each time he touched her she slithered away from him until with a great shuddering sigh he flopped face down on the tiles. Jimmy giggled. Things were looking up.
I helped the barber to his feet. T tell you what, Mr Anderson, TH give her a short-acting anaesthetic. That will cut out all this fighting and struggling.’
Question: What had Venus swallowed?
The Flaying Dog
(THE LORD GOD MADE THEM ALL by James Herriot)
The barber was carrying Venus in his arms but she was a vastly different creature from the placid little animal I had seen in his shop. She was bubbling saliva from her mouth, retching and pawing frantically at her face.
Josh looked distraught. ‘She’s chokin’, Mr Herriot. Look at ‘er! She’ll die if you don’t do summat quick!’
‘Wait a minute, Mr Anderson. Tell me what’s happened.’ Has she swallowed something?’
‘Aye, she’s ‘ad a chicken bone.’
‘A chicken bone! Don’t you know you should never give a dog chicken bones?’
‘Aye, ah know, ah know, everybody knows that, but we’d had a bird for our dinner and she pinched the frame out of the dustbin, the little beggar. She had a good crunch at it afore I spotted ‘er and now she’s goin’ to choke!’ He glared at me, lips quivering. He was on the verge of tears.
‘Now just calm down,’ I said. T don’t think Venus is choking. By the way she’s pawing I should say there’s something stuck in her mouth.’
I grabbed the little animal’s jaws with finger and thumb and forced them apart. And I saw with a surge of relief the sight familiar to all vets ó a long spicule of bone jammed tightly between the back molars and forming a bar across the roof of the mouth.
As I say, it is a common occurrence in practice and a happy one, because it is harmless and easily relieved by a flick of the forceps. Recovery is instantaneous, skill minimal and the kudos most warming. I loved it.
I put my hand on the barber’s shoulder. ‘You can stop worrying, Mr Anderson, it’s just a bone stuck in her teeth. Come through to the consulting-room and TH have it out in a jiffy.’
I could see the man relaxing as we walked along the passage to the back of the house. ‘Oh, thank God for that, Mr Herriot. I thought she’d had it, honest, I did. And we’ve grown right fond of the little thing. I couldn’t bear to lose ‘er.’
I gave a light laugh, put the dog on the table and reached for a strong pair of forceps. ‘No question of that, I assure you. This won’t take a minute.’
Jimmy, aged five, had left his tea and trailed after us. He watched with mild interest as I poised the instrument. Even at his age he had seen this sort of thing many a time and it wasn’t very exciting. But you never knew in veterinary practice; it was worth hanging around because funny things could happen. He put his hands in his pockets and rocked back and forth on his heels, whistling softly as he watched me.
Usually it is simply a matter of opening the mouth, clamping the forceps on the bone and removing it. But Venus recoiled from the gleaming metal and so did the barber. The terror in the dog’s eyes was reproduced fourfold in those of its owner.
I tried to be soothing. ‘This is nothing, Mr Anderson. I’m not going to hurt her in the least, but you’ll just have to hold her head firmly for a moment.’
The little man took a deep breath, grasped the dog’s neck, screwed his eyes tight shut and turned his head as far away as he could.
‘Now, little Venus,’ I cooed. ‘I’m going to make you better.’
Venus clearly didn’t believe me. She struggled violently, pawing at my hand, to the ac-companiment of strange moaning sounds from her owner. When I did get the forceps into her mouth she locked her front teeth on the instrument and hung on fiercely. And as I began to grapple with her, Mr Anderson could stand it no longer and let go.
The little dog leaped to the floor and resumed her inner battle there while Jimmy watched appreciatively.
I looked at the barber more in sorrow than in anger. This was just not his thing. He was manually ham-fisted, as his hair-dressing proved, and he seemed quite incapable of holding a wriggling dog.
‘Let’s have another go,’ I said cheerfully. ‘We’ll try it on the floor this time. Maybe she’s frightened of the table. It’s a trifling little job, really.’
The little man, lips tight, eyes like slits, bent and extended trembling hands towards his dog, but each time he touched her she slithered away from him until with a great shuddering sigh he flopped face down on the tiles. Jimmy giggled. Things were looking up.
I helped the barber to his feet. T tell you what, Mr Anderson, TH give her a short-acting anaesthetic. That will cut out all this fighting and struggling.’
Question: What was the dog’s owner’s emotional state when he arrived?
The Flaying Dog
(THE LORD GOD MADE THEM ALL by James Herriot)
The barber was carrying Venus in his arms but she was a vastly different creature from the placid little animal I had seen in his shop. She was bubbling saliva from her mouth, retching and pawing frantically at her face.
Josh looked distraught. ‘She’s chokin’, Mr Herriot. Look at ‘er! She’ll die if you don’t do summat quick!’
‘Wait a minute, Mr Anderson. Tell me what’s happened.’ Has she swallowed something?’
‘Aye, she’s ‘ad a chicken bone.’
‘A chicken bone! Don’t you know you should never give a dog chicken bones?’
‘Aye, ah know, ah know, everybody knows that, but we’d had a bird for our dinner and she pinched the frame out of the dustbin, the little beggar. She had a good crunch at it afore I spotted ‘er and now she’s goin’ to choke!’ He glared at me, lips quivering. He was on the verge of tears.
‘Now just calm down,’ I said. T don’t think Venus is choking. By the way she’s pawing I should say there’s something stuck in her mouth.’
I grabbed the little animal’s jaws with finger and thumb and forced them apart. And I saw with a surge of relief the sight familiar to all vets ó a long spicule of bone jammed tightly between the back molars and forming a bar across the roof of the mouth.
As I say, it is a common occurrence in practice and a happy one, because it is harmless and easily relieved by a flick of the forceps. Recovery is instantaneous, skill minimal and the kudos most warming. I loved it.
I put my hand on the barber’s shoulder. ‘You can stop worrying, Mr Anderson, it’s just a bone stuck in her teeth. Come through to the consulting-room and TH have it out in a jiffy.’
I could see the man relaxing as we walked along the passage to the back of the house. ‘Oh, thank God for that, Mr Herriot. I thought she’d had it, honest, I did. And we’ve grown right fond of the little thing. I couldn’t bear to lose ‘er.’
I gave a light laugh, put the dog on the table and reached for a strong pair of forceps. ‘No question of that, I assure you. This won’t take a minute.’
Jimmy, aged five, had left his tea and trailed after us. He watched with mild interest as I poised the instrument. Even at his age he had seen this sort of thing many a time and it wasn’t very exciting. But you never knew in veterinary practice; it was worth hanging around because funny things could happen. He put his hands in his pockets and rocked back and forth on his heels, whistling softly as he watched me.
Usually it is simply a matter of opening the mouth, clamping the forceps on the bone and removing it. But Venus recoiled from the gleaming metal and so did the barber. The terror in the dog’s eyes was reproduced fourfold in those of its owner.
I tried to be soothing. ‘This is nothing, Mr Anderson. I’m not going to hurt her in the least, but you’ll just have to hold her head firmly for a moment.’
The little man took a deep breath, grasped the dog’s neck, screwed his eyes tight shut and turned his head as far away as he could.
‘Now, little Venus,’ I cooed. ‘I’m going to make you better.’
Venus clearly didn’t believe me. She struggled violently, pawing at my hand, to the ac-companiment of strange moaning sounds from her owner. When I did get the forceps into her mouth she locked her front teeth on the instrument and hung on fiercely. And as I began to grapple with her, Mr Anderson could stand it no longer and let go.
The little dog leaped to the floor and resumed her inner battle there while Jimmy watched appreciatively.
I looked at the barber more in sorrow than in anger. This was just not his thing. He was manually ham-fisted, as his hair-dressing proved, and he seemed quite incapable of holding a wriggling dog.
‘Let’s have another go,’ I said cheerfully. ‘We’ll try it on the floor this time. Maybe she’s frightened of the table. It’s a trifling little job, really.’
The little man, lips tight, eyes like slits, bent and extended trembling hands towards his dog, but each time he touched her she slithered away from him until with a great shuddering sigh he flopped face down on the tiles. Jimmy giggled. Things were looking up.
I helped the barber to his feet. T tell you what, Mr Anderson, TH give her a short-acting anaesthetic. That will cut out all this fighting and struggling.’
Question: What did Venus take the chicken bone from?
The Flaying Dog
(THE LORD GOD MADE THEM ALL by James Herriot)
The barber was carrying Venus in his arms but she was a vastly different creature from the placid little animal I had seen in his shop. She was bubbling saliva from her mouth, retching and pawing frantically at her face.
Josh looked distraught. ‘She’s chokin’, Mr Herriot. Look at ‘er! She’ll die if you don’t do summat quick!’
‘Wait a minute, Mr Anderson. Tell me what’s happened.’ Has she swallowed something?’
‘Aye, she’s ‘ad a chicken bone.’
‘A chicken bone! Don’t you know you should never give a dog chicken bones?’
‘Aye, ah know, ah know, everybody knows that, but we’d had a bird for our dinner and she pinched the frame out of the dustbin, the little beggar. She had a good crunch at it afore I spotted ‘er and now she’s goin’ to choke!’ He glared at me, lips quivering. He was on the verge of tears.
‘Now just calm down,’ I said. T don’t think Venus is choking. By the way she’s pawing I should say there’s something stuck in her mouth.’
I grabbed the little animal’s jaws with finger and thumb and forced them apart. And I saw with a surge of relief the sight familiar to all vets ó a long spicule of bone jammed tightly between the back molars and forming a bar across the roof of the mouth.
As I say, it is a common occurrence in practice and a happy one, because it is harmless and easily relieved by a flick of the forceps. Recovery is instantaneous, skill minimal and the kudos most warming. I loved it.
I put my hand on the barber’s shoulder. ‘You can stop worrying, Mr Anderson, it’s just a bone stuck in her teeth. Come through to the consulting-room and TH have it out in a jiffy.’
I could see the man relaxing as we walked along the passage to the back of the house. ‘Oh, thank God for that, Mr Herriot. I thought she’d had it, honest, I did. And we’ve grown right fond of the little thing. I couldn’t bear to lose ‘er.’
I gave a light laugh, put the dog on the table and reached for a strong pair of forceps. ‘No question of that, I assure you. This won’t take a minute.’
Jimmy, aged five, had left his tea and trailed after us. He watched with mild interest as I poised the instrument. Even at his age he had seen this sort of thing many a time and it wasn’t very exciting. But you never knew in veterinary practice; it was worth hanging around because funny things could happen. He put his hands in his pockets and rocked back and forth on his heels, whistling softly as he watched me.
Usually it is simply a matter of opening the mouth, clamping the forceps on the bone and removing it. But Venus recoiled from the gleaming metal and so did the barber. The terror in the dog’s eyes was reproduced fourfold in those of its owner.
I tried to be soothing. ‘This is nothing, Mr Anderson. I’m not going to hurt her in the least, but you’ll just have to hold her head firmly for a moment.’
The little man took a deep breath, grasped the dog’s neck, screwed his eyes tight shut and turned his head as far away as he could.
‘Now, little Venus,’ I cooed. ‘I’m going to make you better.’
Venus clearly didn’t believe me. She struggled violently, pawing at my hand, to the ac-companiment of strange moaning sounds from her owner. When I did get the forceps into her mouth she locked her front teeth on the instrument and hung on fiercely. And as I began to grapple with her, Mr Anderson could stand it no longer and let go.
The little dog leaped to the floor and resumed her inner battle there while Jimmy watched appreciatively.
I looked at the barber more in sorrow than in anger. This was just not his thing. He was manually ham-fisted, as his hair-dressing proved, and he seemed quite incapable of holding a wriggling dog.
‘Let’s have another go,’ I said cheerfully. ‘We’ll try it on the floor this time. Maybe she’s frightened of the table. It’s a trifling little job, really.’
The little man, lips tight, eyes like slits, bent and extended trembling hands towards his dog, but each time he touched her she slithered away from him until with a great shuddering sigh he flopped face down on the tiles. Jimmy giggled. Things were looking up.
I helped the barber to his feet. T tell you what, Mr Anderson, TH give her a short-acting anaesthetic. That will cut out all this fighting and struggling.’
Question: What did Mr. Herriot use to remove the bone?
The Flaying Dog
(THE LORD GOD MADE THEM ALL by James Herriot)
The barber was carrying Venus in his arms but she was a vastly different creature from the placid little animal I had seen in his shop. She was bubbling saliva from her mouth, retching and pawing frantically at her face.
Josh looked distraught. ‘She’s chokin’, Mr Herriot. Look at ‘er! She’ll die if you don’t do summat quick!’
‘Wait a minute, Mr Anderson. Tell me what’s happened.’ Has she swallowed something?’
‘Aye, she’s ‘ad a chicken bone.’
‘A chicken bone! Don’t you know you should never give a dog chicken bones?’
‘Aye, ah know, ah know, everybody knows that, but we’d had a bird for our dinner and she pinched the frame out of the dustbin, the little beggar. She had a good crunch at it afore I spotted ‘er and now she’s goin’ to choke!’ He glared at me, lips quivering. He was on the verge of tears.
‘Now just calm down,’ I said. T don’t think Venus is choking. By the way she’s pawing I should say there’s something stuck in her mouth.’
I grabbed the little animal’s jaws with finger and thumb and forced them apart. And I saw with a surge of relief the sight familiar to all vets ó a long spicule of bone jammed tightly between the back molars and forming a bar across the roof of the mouth.
As I say, it is a common occurrence in practice and a happy one, because it is harmless and easily relieved by a flick of the forceps. Recovery is instantaneous, skill minimal and the kudos most warming. I loved it.
I put my hand on the barber’s shoulder. ‘You can stop worrying, Mr Anderson, it’s just a bone stuck in her teeth. Come through to the consulting-room and TH have it out in a jiffy.’
I could see the man relaxing as we walked along the passage to the back of the house. ‘Oh, thank God for that, Mr Herriot. I thought she’d had it, honest, I did. And we’ve grown right fond of the little thing. I couldn’t bear to lose ‘er.’
I gave a light laugh, put the dog on the table and reached for a strong pair of forceps. ‘No question of that, I assure you. This won’t take a minute.’
Jimmy, aged five, had left his tea and trailed after us. He watched with mild interest as I poised the instrument. Even at his age he had seen this sort of thing many a time and it wasn’t very exciting. But you never knew in veterinary practice; it was worth hanging around because funny things could happen. He put his hands in his pockets and rocked back and forth on his heels, whistling softly as he watched me.
Usually it is simply a matter of opening the mouth, clamping the forceps on the bone and removing it. But Venus recoiled from the gleaming metal and so did the barber. The terror in the dog’s eyes was reproduced fourfold in those of its owner.
I tried to be soothing. ‘This is nothing, Mr Anderson. I’m not going to hurt her in the least, but you’ll just have to hold her head firmly for a moment.’
The little man took a deep breath, grasped the dog’s neck, screwed his eyes tight shut and turned his head as far away as he could.
‘Now, little Venus,’ I cooed. ‘I’m going to make you better.’
Venus clearly didn’t believe me. She struggled violently, pawing at my hand, to the ac-companiment of strange moaning sounds from her owner. When I did get the forceps into her mouth she locked her front teeth on the instrument and hung on fiercely. And as I began to grapple with her, Mr Anderson could stand it no longer and let go.
The little dog leaped to the floor and resumed her inner battle there while Jimmy watched appreciatively.
I looked at the barber more in sorrow than in anger. This was just not his thing. He was manually ham-fisted, as his hair-dressing proved, and he seemed quite incapable of holding a wriggling dog.
‘Let’s have another go,’ I said cheerfully. ‘We’ll try it on the floor this time. Maybe she’s frightened of the table. It’s a trifling little job, really.’
The little man, lips tight, eyes like slits, bent and extended trembling hands towards his dog, but each time he touched her she slithered away from him until with a great shuddering sigh he flopped face down on the tiles. Jimmy giggled. Things were looking up.
I helped the barber to his feet. T tell you what, Mr Anderson, TH give her a short-acting anaesthetic. That will cut out all this fighting and struggling.’
Question: Who was Jimmy?
The Flaying Dog
(THE LORD GOD MADE THEM ALL by James Herriot)
The barber was carrying Venus in his arms but she was a vastly different creature from the placid little animal I had seen in his shop. She was bubbling saliva from her mouth, retching and pawing frantically at her face.
Josh looked distraught. ‘She’s chokin’, Mr Herriot. Look at ‘er! She’ll die if you don’t do summat quick!’
‘Wait a minute, Mr Anderson. Tell me what’s happened.’ Has she swallowed something?’
‘Aye, she’s ‘ad a chicken bone.’
‘A chicken bone! Don’t you know you should never give a dog chicken bones?’
‘Aye, ah know, ah know, everybody knows that, but we’d had a bird for our dinner and she pinched the frame out of the dustbin, the little beggar. She had a good crunch at it afore I spotted ‘er and now she’s goin’ to choke!’ He glared at me, lips quivering. He was on the verge of tears.
‘Now just calm down,’ I said. T don’t think Venus is choking. By the way she’s pawing I should say there’s something stuck in her mouth.’
I grabbed the little animal’s jaws with finger and thumb and forced them apart. And I saw with a surge of relief the sight familiar to all vets ó a long spicule of bone jammed tightly between the back molars and forming a bar across the roof of the mouth.
As I say, it is a common occurrence in practice and a happy one, because it is harmless and easily relieved by a flick of the forceps. Recovery is instantaneous, skill minimal and the kudos most warming. I loved it.
I put my hand on the barber’s shoulder. ‘You can stop worrying, Mr Anderson, it’s just a bone stuck in her teeth. Come through to the consulting-room and TH have it out in a jiffy.’
I could see the man relaxing as we walked along the passage to the back of the house. ‘Oh, thank God for that, Mr Herriot. I thought she’d had it, honest, I did. And we’ve grown right fond of the little thing. I couldn’t bear to lose ‘er.’
I gave a light laugh, put the dog on the table and reached for a strong pair of forceps. ‘No question of that, I assure you. This won’t take a minute.’
Jimmy, aged five, had left his tea and trailed after us. He watched with mild interest as I poised the instrument. Even at his age he had seen this sort of thing many a time and it wasn’t very exciting. But you never knew in veterinary practice; it was worth hanging around because funny things could happen. He put his hands in his pockets and rocked back and forth on his heels, whistling softly as he watched me.
Usually it is simply a matter of opening the mouth, clamping the forceps on the bone and removing it. But Venus recoiled from the gleaming metal and so did the barber. The terror in the dog’s eyes was reproduced fourfold in those of its owner.
I tried to be soothing. ‘This is nothing, Mr Anderson. I’m not going to hurt her in the least, but you’ll just have to hold her head firmly for a moment.’
The little man took a deep breath, grasped the dog’s neck, screwed his eyes tight shut and turned his head as far away as he could.
‘Now, little Venus,’ I cooed. ‘I’m going to make you better.’
Venus clearly didn’t believe me. She struggled violently, pawing at my hand, to the ac-companiment of strange moaning sounds from her owner. When I did get the forceps into her mouth she locked her front teeth on the instrument and hung on fiercely. And as I began to grapple with her, Mr Anderson could stand it no longer and let go.
The little dog leaped to the floor and resumed her inner battle there while Jimmy watched appreciatively.
I looked at the barber more in sorrow than in anger. This was just not his thing. He was manually ham-fisted, as his hair-dressing proved, and he seemed quite incapable of holding a wriggling dog.
‘Let’s have another go,’ I said cheerfully. ‘We’ll try it on the floor this time. Maybe she’s frightened of the table. It’s a trifling little job, really.’
The little man, lips tight, eyes like slits, bent and extended trembling hands towards his dog, but each time he touched her she slithered away from him until with a great shuddering sigh he flopped face down on the tiles. Jimmy giggled. Things were looking up.
I helped the barber to his feet. T tell you what, Mr Anderson, TH give her a short-acting anaesthetic. That will cut out all this fighting and struggling.’
Question: How did Mr. Anderson feel about Venus?
The Flaying Dog
(THE LORD GOD MADE THEM ALL by James Herriot)
The barber was carrying Venus in his arms but she was a vastly different creature from the placid little animal I had seen in his shop. She was bubbling saliva from her mouth, retching and pawing frantically at her face.
Josh looked distraught. ‘She’s chokin’, Mr Herriot. Look at ‘er! She’ll die if you don’t do summat quick!’
‘Wait a minute, Mr Anderson. Tell me what’s happened.’ Has she swallowed something?’
‘Aye, she’s ‘ad a chicken bone.’
‘A chicken bone! Don’t you know you should never give a dog chicken bones?’
‘Aye, ah know, ah know, everybody knows that, but we’d had a bird for our dinner and she pinched the frame out of the dustbin, the little beggar. She had a good crunch at it afore I spotted ‘er and now she’s goin’ to choke!’ He glared at me, lips quivering. He was on the verge of tears.
‘Now just calm down,’ I said. T don’t think Venus is choking. By the way she’s pawing I should say there’s something stuck in her mouth.’
I grabbed the little animal’s jaws with finger and thumb and forced them apart. And I saw with a surge of relief the sight familiar to all vets ó a long spicule of bone jammed tightly between the back molars and forming a bar across the roof of the mouth.
As I say, it is a common occurrence in practice and a happy one, because it is harmless and easily relieved by a flick of the forceps. Recovery is instantaneous, skill minimal and the kudos most warming. I loved it.
I put my hand on the barber’s shoulder. ‘You can stop worrying, Mr Anderson, it’s just a bone stuck in her teeth. Come through to the consulting-room and TH have it out in a jiffy.’
I could see the man relaxing as we walked along the passage to the back of the house. ‘Oh, thank God for that, Mr Herriot. I thought she’d had it, honest, I did. And we’ve grown right fond of the little thing. I couldn’t bear to lose ‘er.’
I gave a light laugh, put the dog on the table and reached for a strong pair of forceps. ‘No question of that, I assure you. This won’t take a minute.’
Jimmy, aged five, had left his tea and trailed after us. He watched with mild interest as I poised the instrument. Even at his age he had seen this sort of thing many a time and it wasn’t very exciting. But you never knew in veterinary practice; it was worth hanging around because funny things could happen. He put his hands in his pockets and rocked back and forth on his heels, whistling softly as he watched me.
Usually it is simply a matter of opening the mouth, clamping the forceps on the bone and removing it. But Venus recoiled from the gleaming metal and so did the barber. The terror in the dog’s eyes was reproduced fourfold in those of its owner.
I tried to be soothing. ‘This is nothing, Mr Anderson. I’m not going to hurt her in the least, but you’ll just have to hold her head firmly for a moment.’
The little man took a deep breath, grasped the dog’s neck, screwed his eyes tight shut and turned his head as far away as he could.
‘Now, little Venus,’ I cooed. ‘I’m going to make you better.’
Venus clearly didn’t believe me. She struggled violently, pawing at my hand, to the ac-companiment of strange moaning sounds from her owner. When I did get the forceps into her mouth she locked her front teeth on the instrument and hung on fiercely. And as I began to grapple with her, Mr Anderson could stand it no longer and let go.
The little dog leaped to the floor and resumed her inner battle there while Jimmy watched appreciatively.
I looked at the barber more in sorrow than in anger. This was just not his thing. He was manually ham-fisted, as his hair-dressing proved, and he seemed quite incapable of holding a wriggling dog.
‘Let’s have another go,’ I said cheerfully. ‘We’ll try it on the floor this time. Maybe she’s frightened of the table. It’s a trifling little job, really.’
The little man, lips tight, eyes like slits, bent and extended trembling hands towards his dog, but each time he touched her she slithered away from him until with a great shuddering sigh he flopped face down on the tiles. Jimmy giggled. Things were looking up.
I helped the barber to his feet. T tell you what, Mr Anderson, TH give her a short-acting anaesthetic. That will cut out all this fighting and struggling.’
Question: What did Mr. Herriot initially think was Venus’s problem?
The Flaying Dog
(THE LORD GOD MADE THEM ALL by James Herriot)
The barber was carrying Venus in his arms but she was a vastly different creature from the placid little animal I had seen in his shop. She was bubbling saliva from her mouth, retching and pawing frantically at her face.
Josh looked distraught. ‘She’s chokin’, Mr Herriot. Look at ‘er! She’ll die if you don’t do summat quick!’
‘Wait a minute, Mr Anderson. Tell me what’s happened.’ Has she swallowed something?’
‘Aye, she’s ‘ad a chicken bone.’
‘A chicken bone! Don’t you know you should never give a dog chicken bones?’
‘Aye, ah know, ah know, everybody knows that, but we’d had a bird for our dinner and she pinched the frame out of the dustbin, the little beggar. She had a good crunch at it afore I spotted ‘er and now she’s goin’ to choke!’ He glared at me, lips quivering. He was on the verge of tears.
‘Now just calm down,’ I said. T don’t think Venus is choking. By the way she’s pawing I should say there’s something stuck in her mouth.’
I grabbed the little animal’s jaws with finger and thumb and forced them apart. And I saw with a surge of relief the sight familiar to all vets ó a long spicule of bone jammed tightly between the back molars and forming a bar across the roof of the mouth.
As I say, it is a common occurrence in practice and a happy one, because it is harmless and easily relieved by a flick of the forceps. Recovery is instantaneous, skill minimal and the kudos most warming. I loved it.
I put my hand on the barber’s shoulder. ‘You can stop worrying, Mr Anderson, it’s just a bone stuck in her teeth. Come through to the consulting-room and TH have it out in a jiffy.’
I could see the man relaxing as we walked along the passage to the back of the house. ‘Oh, thank God for that, Mr Herriot. I thought she’d had it, honest, I did. And we’ve grown right fond of the little thing. I couldn’t bear to lose ‘er.’
I gave a light laugh, put the dog on the table and reached for a strong pair of forceps. ‘No question of that, I assure you. This won’t take a minute.’
Jimmy, aged five, had left his tea and trailed after us. He watched with mild interest as I poised the instrument. Even at his age he had seen this sort of thing many a time and it wasn’t very exciting. But you never knew in veterinary practice; it was worth hanging around because funny things could happen. He put his hands in his pockets and rocked back and forth on his heels, whistling softly as he watched me.
Usually it is simply a matter of opening the mouth, clamping the forceps on the bone and removing it. But Venus recoiled from the gleaming metal and so did the barber. The terror in the dog’s eyes was reproduced fourfold in those of its owner.
I tried to be soothing. ‘This is nothing, Mr Anderson. I’m not going to hurt her in the least, but you’ll just have to hold her head firmly for a moment.’
The little man took a deep breath, grasped the dog’s neck, screwed his eyes tight shut and turned his head as far away as he could.
‘Now, little Venus,’ I cooed. ‘I’m going to make you better.’
Venus clearly didn’t believe me. She struggled violently, pawing at my hand, to the ac-companiment of strange moaning sounds from her owner. When I did get the forceps into her mouth she locked her front teeth on the instrument and hung on fiercely. And as I began to grapple with her, Mr Anderson could stand it no longer and let go.
The little dog leaped to the floor and resumed her inner battle there while Jimmy watched appreciatively.
I looked at the barber more in sorrow than in anger. This was just not his thing. He was manually ham-fisted, as his hair-dressing proved, and he seemed quite incapable of holding a wriggling dog.
‘Let’s have another go,’ I said cheerfully. ‘We’ll try it on the floor this time. Maybe she’s frightened of the table. It’s a trifling little job, really.’
The little man, lips tight, eyes like slits, bent and extended trembling hands towards his dog, but each time he touched her she slithered away from him until with a great shuddering sigh he flopped face down on the tiles. Jimmy giggled. Things were looking up.
I helped the barber to his feet. T tell you what, Mr Anderson, TH give her a short-acting anaesthetic. That will cut out all this fighting and struggling.’
Question: How did Venus react to Mr. Herriot’s forceps?
The Flaying Dog
(THE LORD GOD MADE THEM ALL by James Herriot)
The barber was carrying Venus in his arms but she was a vastly different creature from the placid little animal I had seen in his shop. She was bubbling saliva from her mouth, retching and pawing frantically at her face.
Josh looked distraught. ‘She’s chokin’, Mr Herriot. Look at ‘er! She’ll die if you don’t do summat quick!’
‘Wait a minute, Mr Anderson. Tell me what’s happened.’ Has she swallowed something?’
‘Aye, she’s ‘ad a chicken bone.’
‘A chicken bone! Don’t you know you should never give a dog chicken bones?’
‘Aye, ah know, ah know, everybody knows that, but we’d had a bird for our dinner and she pinched the frame out of the dustbin, the little beggar. She had a good crunch at it afore I spotted ‘er and now she’s goin’ to choke!’ He glared at me, lips quivering. He was on the verge of tears.
‘Now just calm down,’ I said. T don’t think Venus is choking. By the way she’s pawing I should say there’s something stuck in her mouth.’
I grabbed the little animal’s jaws with finger and thumb and forced them apart. And I saw with a surge of relief the sight familiar to all vets ó a long spicule of bone jammed tightly between the back molars and forming a bar across the roof of the mouth.
As I say, it is a common occurrence in practice and a happy one, because it is harmless and easily relieved by a flick of the forceps. Recovery is instantaneous, skill minimal and the kudos most warming. I loved it.
I put my hand on the barber’s shoulder. ‘You can stop worrying, Mr Anderson, it’s just a bone stuck in her teeth. Come through to the consulting-room and TH have it out in a jiffy.’
I could see the man relaxing as we walked along the passage to the back of the house. ‘Oh, thank God for that, Mr Herriot. I thought she’d had it, honest, I did. And we’ve grown right fond of the little thing. I couldn’t bear to lose ‘er.’
I gave a light laugh, put the dog on the table and reached for a strong pair of forceps. ‘No question of that, I assure you. This won’t take a minute.’
Jimmy, aged five, had left his tea and trailed after us. He watched with mild interest as I poised the instrument. Even at his age he had seen this sort of thing many a time and it wasn’t very exciting. But you never knew in veterinary practice; it was worth hanging around because funny things could happen. He put his hands in his pockets and rocked back and forth on his heels, whistling softly as he watched me.
Usually it is simply a matter of opening the mouth, clamping the forceps on the bone and removing it. But Venus recoiled from the gleaming metal and so did the barber. The terror in the dog’s eyes was reproduced fourfold in those of its owner.
I tried to be soothing. ‘This is nothing, Mr Anderson. I’m not going to hurt her in the least, but you’ll just have to hold her head firmly for a moment.’
The little man took a deep breath, grasped the dog’s neck, screwed his eyes tight shut and turned his head as far away as he could.
‘Now, little Venus,’ I cooed. ‘I’m going to make you better.’
Venus clearly didn’t believe me. She struggled violently, pawing at my hand, to the ac-companiment of strange moaning sounds from her owner. When I did get the forceps into her mouth she locked her front teeth on the instrument and hung on fiercely. And as I began to grapple with her, Mr Anderson could stand it no longer and let go.
The little dog leaped to the floor and resumed her inner battle there while Jimmy watched appreciatively.
I looked at the barber more in sorrow than in anger. This was just not his thing. He was manually ham-fisted, as his hair-dressing proved, and he seemed quite incapable of holding a wriggling dog.
‘Let’s have another go,’ I said cheerfully. ‘We’ll try it on the floor this time. Maybe she’s frightened of the table. It’s a trifling little job, really.’
The little man, lips tight, eyes like slits, bent and extended trembling hands towards his dog, but each time he touched her she slithered away from him until with a great shuddering sigh he flopped face down on the tiles. Jimmy giggled. Things were looking up.
I helped the barber to his feet. T tell you what, Mr Anderson, TH give her a short-acting anaesthetic. That will cut out all this fighting and struggling.’
Question: How did Mr. Anderson react when Mr. Herriot tried to use the forceps?
The Flaying Dog
(THE LORD GOD MADE THEM ALL by James Herriot)
The barber was carrying Venus in his arms but she was a vastly different creature from the placid little animal I had seen in his shop. She was bubbling saliva from her mouth, retching and pawing frantically at her face.
Josh looked distraught. ‘She’s chokin’, Mr Herriot. Look at ‘er! She’ll die if you don’t do summat quick!’
‘Wait a minute, Mr Anderson. Tell me what’s happened.’ Has she swallowed something?’
‘Aye, she’s ‘ad a chicken bone.’
‘A chicken bone! Don’t you know you should never give a dog chicken bones?’
‘Aye, ah know, ah know, everybody knows that, but we’d had a bird for our dinner and she pinched the frame out of the dustbin, the little beggar. She had a good crunch at it afore I spotted ‘er and now she’s goin’ to choke!’ He glared at me, lips quivering. He was on the verge of tears.
‘Now just calm down,’ I said. T don’t think Venus is choking. By the way she’s pawing I should say there’s something stuck in her mouth.’
I grabbed the little animal’s jaws with finger and thumb and forced them apart. And I saw with a surge of relief the sight familiar to all vets ó a long spicule of bone jammed tightly between the back molars and forming a bar across the roof of the mouth.
As I say, it is a common occurrence in practice and a happy one, because it is harmless and easily relieved by a flick of the forceps. Recovery is instantaneous, skill minimal and the kudos most warming. I loved it.
I put my hand on the barber’s shoulder. ‘You can stop worrying, Mr Anderson, it’s just a bone stuck in her teeth. Come through to the consulting-room and TH have it out in a jiffy.’
I could see the man relaxing as we walked along the passage to the back of the house. ‘Oh, thank God for that, Mr Herriot. I thought she’d had it, honest, I did. And we’ve grown right fond of the little thing. I couldn’t bear to lose ‘er.’
I gave a light laugh, put the dog on the table and reached for a strong pair of forceps. ‘No question of that, I assure you. This won’t take a minute.’
Jimmy, aged five, had left his tea and trailed after us. He watched with mild interest as I poised the instrument. Even at his age he had seen this sort of thing many a time and it wasn’t very exciting. But you never knew in veterinary practice; it was worth hanging around because funny things could happen. He put his hands in his pockets and rocked back and forth on his heels, whistling softly as he watched me.
Usually it is simply a matter of opening the mouth, clamping the forceps on the bone and removing it. But Venus recoiled from the gleaming metal and so did the barber. The terror in the dog’s eyes was reproduced fourfold in those of its owner.
I tried to be soothing. ‘This is nothing, Mr Anderson. I’m not going to hurt her in the least, but you’ll just have to hold her head firmly for a moment.’
The little man took a deep breath, grasped the dog’s neck, screwed his eyes tight shut and turned his head as far away as he could.
‘Now, little Venus,’ I cooed. ‘I’m going to make you better.’
Venus clearly didn’t believe me. She struggled violently, pawing at my hand, to the ac-companiment of strange moaning sounds from her owner. When I did get the forceps into her mouth she locked her front teeth on the instrument and hung on fiercely. And as I began to grapple with her, Mr Anderson could stand it no longer and let go.
The little dog leaped to the floor and resumed her inner battle there while Jimmy watched appreciatively.
I looked at the barber more in sorrow than in anger. This was just not his thing. He was manually ham-fisted, as his hair-dressing proved, and he seemed quite incapable of holding a wriggling dog.
‘Let’s have another go,’ I said cheerfully. ‘We’ll try it on the floor this time. Maybe she’s frightened of the table. It’s a trifling little job, really.’
The little man, lips tight, eyes like slits, bent and extended trembling hands towards his dog, but each time he touched her she slithered away from him until with a great shuddering sigh he flopped face down on the tiles. Jimmy giggled. Things were looking up.
I helped the barber to his feet. T tell you what, Mr Anderson, TH give her a short-acting anaesthetic. That will cut out all this fighting and struggling.’
Question: What did Mr. Herriot suggest after the first attempt failed?
The Flaying Dog
(THE LORD GOD MADE THEM ALL by James Herriot)
The barber was carrying Venus in his arms but she was a vastly different creature from the placid little animal I had seen in his shop. She was bubbling saliva from her mouth, retching and pawing frantically at her face.
Josh looked distraught. ‘She’s chokin’, Mr Herriot. Look at ‘er! She’ll die if you don’t do summat quick!’
‘Wait a minute, Mr Anderson. Tell me what’s happened.’ Has she swallowed something?’
‘Aye, she’s ‘ad a chicken bone.’
‘A chicken bone! Don’t you know you should never give a dog chicken bones?’
‘Aye, ah know, ah know, everybody knows that, but we’d had a bird for our dinner and she pinched the frame out of the dustbin, the little beggar. She had a good crunch at it afore I spotted ‘er and now she’s goin’ to choke!’ He glared at me, lips quivering. He was on the verge of tears.
‘Now just calm down,’ I said. T don’t think Venus is choking. By the way she’s pawing I should say there’s something stuck in her mouth.’
I grabbed the little animal’s jaws with finger and thumb and forced them apart. And I saw with a surge of relief the sight familiar to all vets ó a long spicule of bone jammed tightly between the back molars and forming a bar across the roof of the mouth.
As I say, it is a common occurrence in practice and a happy one, because it is harmless and easily relieved by a flick of the forceps. Recovery is instantaneous, skill minimal and the kudos most warming. I loved it.
I put my hand on the barber’s shoulder. ‘You can stop worrying, Mr Anderson, it’s just a bone stuck in her teeth. Come through to the consulting-room and TH have it out in a jiffy.’
I could see the man relaxing as we walked along the passage to the back of the house. ‘Oh, thank God for that, Mr Herriot. I thought she’d had it, honest, I did. And we’ve grown right fond of the little thing. I couldn’t bear to lose ‘er.’
I gave a light laugh, put the dog on the table and reached for a strong pair of forceps. ‘No question of that, I assure you. This won’t take a minute.’
Jimmy, aged five, had left his tea and trailed after us. He watched with mild interest as I poised the instrument. Even at his age he had seen this sort of thing many a time and it wasn’t very exciting. But you never knew in veterinary practice; it was worth hanging around because funny things could happen. He put his hands in his pockets and rocked back and forth on his heels, whistling softly as he watched me.
Usually it is simply a matter of opening the mouth, clamping the forceps on the bone and removing it. But Venus recoiled from the gleaming metal and so did the barber. The terror in the dog’s eyes was reproduced fourfold in those of its owner.
I tried to be soothing. ‘This is nothing, Mr Anderson. I’m not going to hurt her in the least, but you’ll just have to hold her head firmly for a moment.’
The little man took a deep breath, grasped the dog’s neck, screwed his eyes tight shut and turned his head as far away as he could.
‘Now, little Venus,’ I cooed. ‘I’m going to make you better.’
Venus clearly didn’t believe me. She struggled violently, pawing at my hand, to the ac-companiment of strange moaning sounds from her owner. When I did get the forceps into her mouth she locked her front teeth on the instrument and hung on fiercely. And as I began to grapple with her, Mr Anderson could stand it no longer and let go.
The little dog leaped to the floor and resumed her inner battle there while Jimmy watched appreciatively.
I looked at the barber more in sorrow than in anger. This was just not his thing. He was manually ham-fisted, as his hair-dressing proved, and he seemed quite incapable of holding a wriggling dog.
‘Let’s have another go,’ I said cheerfully. ‘We’ll try it on the floor this time. Maybe she’s frightened of the table. It’s a trifling little job, really.’
The little man, lips tight, eyes like slits, bent and extended trembling hands towards his dog, but each time he touched her she slithered away from him until with a great shuddering sigh he flopped face down on the tiles. Jimmy giggled. Things were looking up.
I helped the barber to his feet. T tell you what, Mr Anderson, TH give her a short-acting anaesthetic. That will cut out all this fighting and struggling.’
Question: How did Mr. Anderson react when they tried it on the floor?
The Flaying Dog
(THE LORD GOD MADE THEM ALL by James Herriot)
The barber was carrying Venus in his arms but she was a vastly different creature from the placid little animal I had seen in his shop. She was bubbling saliva from her mouth, retching and pawing frantically at her face.
Josh looked distraught. ‘She’s chokin’, Mr Herriot. Look at ‘er! She’ll die if you don’t do summat quick!’
‘Wait a minute, Mr Anderson. Tell me what’s happened.’ Has she swallowed something?’
‘Aye, she’s ‘ad a chicken bone.’
‘A chicken bone! Don’t you know you should never give a dog chicken bones?’
‘Aye, ah know, ah know, everybody knows that, but we’d had a bird for our dinner and she pinched the frame out of the dustbin, the little beggar. She had a good crunch at it afore I spotted ‘er and now she’s goin’ to choke!’ He glared at me, lips quivering. He was on the verge of tears.
‘Now just calm down,’ I said. T don’t think Venus is choking. By the way she’s pawing I should say there’s something stuck in her mouth.’
I grabbed the little animal’s jaws with finger and thumb and forced them apart. And I saw with a surge of relief the sight familiar to all vets ó a long spicule of bone jammed tightly between the back molars and forming a bar across the roof of the mouth.
As I say, it is a common occurrence in practice and a happy one, because it is harmless and easily relieved by a flick of the forceps. Recovery is instantaneous, skill minimal and the kudos most warming. I loved it.
I put my hand on the barber’s shoulder. ‘You can stop worrying, Mr Anderson, it’s just a bone stuck in her teeth. Come through to the consulting-room and TH have it out in a jiffy.’
I could see the man relaxing as we walked along the passage to the back of the house. ‘Oh, thank God for that, Mr Herriot. I thought she’d had it, honest, I did. And we’ve grown right fond of the little thing. I couldn’t bear to lose ‘er.’
I gave a light laugh, put the dog on the table and reached for a strong pair of forceps. ‘No question of that, I assure you. This won’t take a minute.’
Jimmy, aged five, had left his tea and trailed after us. He watched with mild interest as I poised the instrument. Even at his age he had seen this sort of thing many a time and it wasn’t very exciting. But you never knew in veterinary practice; it was worth hanging around because funny things could happen. He put his hands in his pockets and rocked back and forth on his heels, whistling softly as he watched me.
Usually it is simply a matter of opening the mouth, clamping the forceps on the bone and removing it. But Venus recoiled from the gleaming metal and so did the barber. The terror in the dog’s eyes was reproduced fourfold in those of its owner.
I tried to be soothing. ‘This is nothing, Mr Anderson. I’m not going to hurt her in the least, but you’ll just have to hold her head firmly for a moment.’
The little man took a deep breath, grasped the dog’s neck, screwed his eyes tight shut and turned his head as far away as he could.
‘Now, little Venus,’ I cooed. ‘I’m going to make you better.’
Venus clearly didn’t believe me. She struggled violently, pawing at my hand, to the ac-companiment of strange moaning sounds from her owner. When I did get the forceps into her mouth she locked her front teeth on the instrument and hung on fiercely. And as I began to grapple with her, Mr Anderson could stand it no longer and let go.
The little dog leaped to the floor and resumed her inner battle there while Jimmy watched appreciatively.
I looked at the barber more in sorrow than in anger. This was just not his thing. He was manually ham-fisted, as his hair-dressing proved, and he seemed quite incapable of holding a wriggling dog.
‘Let’s have another go,’ I said cheerfully. ‘We’ll try it on the floor this time. Maybe she’s frightened of the table. It’s a trifling little job, really.’
The little man, lips tight, eyes like slits, bent and extended trembling hands towards his dog, but each time he touched her she slithered away from him until with a great shuddering sigh he flopped face down on the tiles. Jimmy giggled. Things were looking up.
I helped the barber to his feet. T tell you what, Mr Anderson, TH give her a short-acting anaesthetic. That will cut out all this fighting and struggling.’
Question: What was Mr. Herriot’s final suggestion?
The Flaying Dog
(THE LORD GOD MADE THEM ALL by James Herriot)
The barber was carrying Venus in his arms but she was a vastly different creature from the placid little animal I had seen in his shop. She was bubbling saliva from her mouth, retching and pawing frantically at her face.
Josh looked distraught. ‘She’s chokin’, Mr Herriot. Look at ‘er! She’ll die if you don’t do summat quick!’
‘Wait a minute, Mr Anderson. Tell me what’s happened.’ Has she swallowed something?’
‘Aye, she’s ‘ad a chicken bone.’
‘A chicken bone! Don’t you know you should never give a dog chicken bones?’
‘Aye, ah know, ah know, everybody knows that, but we’d had a bird for our dinner and she pinched the frame out of the dustbin, the little beggar. She had a good crunch at it afore I spotted ‘er and now she’s goin’ to choke!’ He glared at me, lips quivering. He was on the verge of tears.
‘Now just calm down,’ I said. T don’t think Venus is choking. By the way she’s pawing I should say there’s something stuck in her mouth.’
I grabbed the little animal’s jaws with finger and thumb and forced them apart. And I saw with a surge of relief the sight familiar to all vets ó a long spicule of bone jammed tightly between the back molars and forming a bar across the roof of the mouth.
As I say, it is a common occurrence in practice and a happy one, because it is harmless and easily relieved by a flick of the forceps. Recovery is instantaneous, skill minimal and the kudos most warming. I loved it.
I put my hand on the barber’s shoulder. ‘You can stop worrying, Mr Anderson, it’s just a bone stuck in her teeth. Come through to the consulting-room and TH have it out in a jiffy.’
I could see the man relaxing as we walked along the passage to the back of the house. ‘Oh, thank God for that, Mr Herriot. I thought she’d had it, honest, I did. And we’ve grown right fond of the little thing. I couldn’t bear to lose ‘er.’
I gave a light laugh, put the dog on the table and reached for a strong pair of forceps. ‘No question of that, I assure you. This won’t take a minute.’
Jimmy, aged five, had left his tea and trailed after us. He watched with mild interest as I poised the instrument. Even at his age he had seen this sort of thing many a time and it wasn’t very exciting. But you never knew in veterinary practice; it was worth hanging around because funny things could happen. He put his hands in his pockets and rocked back and forth on his heels, whistling softly as he watched me.
Usually it is simply a matter of opening the mouth, clamping the forceps on the bone and removing it. But Venus recoiled from the gleaming metal and so did the barber. The terror in the dog’s eyes was reproduced fourfold in those of its owner.
I tried to be soothing. ‘This is nothing, Mr Anderson. I’m not going to hurt her in the least, but you’ll just have to hold her head firmly for a moment.’
The little man took a deep breath, grasped the dog’s neck, screwed his eyes tight shut and turned his head as far away as he could.
‘Now, little Venus,’ I cooed. ‘I’m going to make you better.’
Venus clearly didn’t believe me. She struggled violently, pawing at my hand, to the ac-companiment of strange moaning sounds from her owner. When I did get the forceps into her mouth she locked her front teeth on the instrument and hung on fiercely. And as I began to grapple with her, Mr Anderson could stand it no longer and let go.
The little dog leaped to the floor and resumed her inner battle there while Jimmy watched appreciatively.
I looked at the barber more in sorrow than in anger. This was just not his thing. He was manually ham-fisted, as his hair-dressing proved, and he seemed quite incapable of holding a wriggling dog.
‘Let’s have another go,’ I said cheerfully. ‘We’ll try it on the floor this time. Maybe she’s frightened of the table. It’s a trifling little job, really.’
The little man, lips tight, eyes like slits, bent and extended trembling hands towards his dog, but each time he touched her she slithered away from him until with a great shuddering sigh he flopped face down on the tiles. Jimmy giggled. Things were looking up.
I helped the barber to his feet. T tell you what, Mr Anderson, TH give her a short-acting anaesthetic. That will cut out all this fighting and struggling.’
Question: What did Jimmy do while all this was happening?
The Flaying Dog
(THE LORD GOD MADE THEM ALL by James Herriot)
The barber was carrying Venus in his arms but she was a vastly different creature from the placid little animal I had seen in his shop. She was bubbling saliva from her mouth, retching and pawing frantically at her face.
Josh looked distraught. ‘She’s chokin’, Mr Herriot. Look at ‘er! She’ll die if you don’t do summat quick!’
‘Wait a minute, Mr Anderson. Tell me what’s happened.’ Has she swallowed something?’
‘Aye, she’s ‘ad a chicken bone.’
‘A chicken bone! Don’t you know you should never give a dog chicken bones?’
‘Aye, ah know, ah know, everybody knows that, but we’d had a bird for our dinner and she pinched the frame out of the dustbin, the little beggar. She had a good crunch at it afore I spotted ‘er and now she’s goin’ to choke!’ He glared at me, lips quivering. He was on the verge of tears.
‘Now just calm down,’ I said. T don’t think Venus is choking. By the way she’s pawing I should say there’s something stuck in her mouth.’
I grabbed the little animal’s jaws with finger and thumb and forced them apart. And I saw with a surge of relief the sight familiar to all vets ó a long spicule of bone jammed tightly between the back molars and forming a bar across the roof of the mouth.
As I say, it is a common occurrence in practice and a happy one, because it is harmless and easily relieved by a flick of the forceps. Recovery is instantaneous, skill minimal and the kudos most warming. I loved it.
I put my hand on the barber’s shoulder. ‘You can stop worrying, Mr Anderson, it’s just a bone stuck in her teeth. Come through to the consulting-room and TH have it out in a jiffy.’
I could see the man relaxing as we walked along the passage to the back of the house. ‘Oh, thank God for that, Mr Herriot. I thought she’d had it, honest, I did. And we’ve grown right fond of the little thing. I couldn’t bear to lose ‘er.’
I gave a light laugh, put the dog on the table and reached for a strong pair of forceps. ‘No question of that, I assure you. This won’t take a minute.’
Jimmy, aged five, had left his tea and trailed after us. He watched with mild interest as I poised the instrument. Even at his age he had seen this sort of thing many a time and it wasn’t very exciting. But you never knew in veterinary practice; it was worth hanging around because funny things could happen. He put his hands in his pockets and rocked back and forth on his heels, whistling softly as he watched me.
Usually it is simply a matter of opening the mouth, clamping the forceps on the bone and removing it. But Venus recoiled from the gleaming metal and so did the barber. The terror in the dog’s eyes was reproduced fourfold in those of its owner.
I tried to be soothing. ‘This is nothing, Mr Anderson. I’m not going to hurt her in the least, but you’ll just have to hold her head firmly for a moment.’
The little man took a deep breath, grasped the dog’s neck, screwed his eyes tight shut and turned his head as far away as he could.
‘Now, little Venus,’ I cooed. ‘I’m going to make you better.’
Venus clearly didn’t believe me. She struggled violently, pawing at my hand, to the ac-companiment of strange moaning sounds from her owner. When I did get the forceps into her mouth she locked her front teeth on the instrument and hung on fiercely. And as I began to grapple with her, Mr Anderson could stand it no longer and let go.
The little dog leaped to the floor and resumed her inner battle there while Jimmy watched appreciatively.
I looked at the barber more in sorrow than in anger. This was just not his thing. He was manually ham-fisted, as his hair-dressing proved, and he seemed quite incapable of holding a wriggling dog.
‘Let’s have another go,’ I said cheerfully. ‘We’ll try it on the floor this time. Maybe she’s frightened of the table. It’s a trifling little job, really.’
The little man, lips tight, eyes like slits, bent and extended trembling hands towards his dog, but each time he touched her she slithered away from him until with a great shuddering sigh he flopped face down on the tiles. Jimmy giggled. Things were looking up.
I helped the barber to his feet. T tell you what, Mr Anderson, TH give her a short-acting anaesthetic. That will cut out all this fighting and struggling.’
Question: According to Mr. Herriot, why did he enjoy dealing with this common occurrence?
In The Swimming Pool
(FRIEDRICH by Hans Peter Ritcher)
It was hot. No one who didn’t have to went outside. Only a few people dragged themselves, sweating, through whatever shade they could find.
We had arranged to meet outside the town where the woods began and then cycle together to the swimming pool.
Mother had loaned me her bicycle. It didn’t look beautiful any more, but it still worked very well.
Friedrich arrived on his shining new blue bicycle. Not only was the bicycle new; he had polished it as well. On the way to the forest pool we sang hiking songs like ‘Waldeslust’ and Friedrich let go of his handlebars. His bicycle swung from one side of the road to the other.
Suddenly a man approached on a silvery bicycle that gleamed in the sun. Even Friedrich’s bike couldn’t compare with that.
Despite the heat the other cyclist seemed to be in a great hurry. He rang his bell when he was still far away because Friedrich was still swinging back and forth across the road.
Friedrich gripped his handlebars but otherwise paid no attention to the man. He forced him to brake hard.
Which the stranger did, swearing loudly.
Only at the last possible moment did Friedrich clear the way. The cyclist rode on, pedalling furiously. Friedrich whistled after him through his fingers. Far from turning around, the stranger only pushed harder on the pedals and sped down the path.
A quarter of an hour later we reached the forest swimming pool. We chained our bikes to a tree. After getting undressed, we handed in our things and received tags with numbers in exchange. Friedrich tied his to his ankle and jumped into the water. He could swim much better than I, and he was an excellent diver.
I showered first. Then I carefully went down the stairs into the cold water and swam after Friedrich.
Until late afternoon we played in the water and let ourselves be broiled by the sun. When I finally looked at the big clock over the entrance, we had already stayed past our time. We were going to collect our clothes when Friedrich couldn’t find his tag.
He ran back and dived to the bottom of the pool, but he didn’t find the tag. Shrugging his shoulders, he joined the line of other boys waiting to get their things. They were slow at the checkout counter. The attendant was very busy.
I was ahead of Friedrich and received my hanger first. I changed quickly. When I came out of the locker room, Friedrich was still standing in line. I wrung out my bathing trunks and wrapped them in my towel.
Finally, the attendant turned to Friedrich. He scolded him when he heard what had happened. But then he let Friedrich come to the other side of the counter. Shivering with cold and accompanied by the sullen attendant, Friedrich searched for his things.
The attendant was about to let him wait until after he had tended to the waiting boys when Friedrich shouted: ‘There they are!’ The attendant took down the hanger he pointed to and carried it to the counter. There he hung it from a hook. ‘What’s your name?’ he asked.
‘Friedrich Schneider.’
‘Where’s your ID?’
In the right back trouser pocket. The button’s loose.’
The attendant looked for the pocket, unbuttoned it, and pulled out the case with the identification card. Then he took out the card and looked at it.
Friedrich still stood before the counter, his teeth chattering. He looked at the ground and seemed embarrassed.
All of a sudden the attendant whistled loudly through his teeth.
From the other side came the female attendant.
‘Just take a look at this!’ the attendant said. ‘You won’t get to see many more of them.’ Everyone could hear his explanation: ‘This is one of the Jewish identification cards. The scoundrel lied to me. He claims his name’s Friedrich Schneider ó it’s Friedrich Israel Schneider, that’s what it is ó a Jew that’s what he is! A Jew in our swimming pool!’ He looked disgusted.
All those still waiting for their clothes stared at Friedrich.
As if he could no longer bear to touch it, the attendant threw Friedrich’s identification card and its case across the counter. ‘Think of it! Jewish things among the clothes of respectable human beings!’ he screamed, flinging the coat hanger holding Friedrich’s clothes on the ground so they scattered in all directions.
Question: 1. What was the weather like at the start of the story?
In The Swimming Pool
(FRIEDRICH by Hans Peter Ritcher)
It was hot. No one who didn’t have to went outside. Only a few people dragged themselves, sweating, through whatever shade they could find.
We had arranged to meet outside the town where the woods began and then cycle together to the swimming pool.
Mother had loaned me her bicycle. It didn’t look beautiful any more, but it still worked very well.
Friedrich arrived on his shining new blue bicycle. Not only was the bicycle new; he had polished it as well. On the way to the forest pool we sang hiking songs like ‘Waldeslust’ and Friedrich let go of his handlebars. His bicycle swung from one side of the road to the other.
Suddenly a man approached on a silvery bicycle that gleamed in the sun. Even Friedrich’s bike couldn’t compare with that.
Despite the heat the other cyclist seemed to be in a great hurry. He rang his bell when he was still far away because Friedrich was still swinging back and forth across the road.
Friedrich gripped his handlebars but otherwise paid no attention to the man. He forced him to brake hard.
Which the stranger did, swearing loudly.
Only at the last possible moment did Friedrich clear the way. The cyclist rode on, pedalling furiously. Friedrich whistled after him through his fingers. Far from turning around, the stranger only pushed harder on the pedals and sped down the path.
A quarter of an hour later we reached the forest swimming pool. We chained our bikes to a tree. After getting undressed, we handed in our things and received tags with numbers in exchange. Friedrich tied his to his ankle and jumped into the water. He could swim much better than I, and he was an excellent diver.
I showered first. Then I carefully went down the stairs into the cold water and swam after Friedrich.
Until late afternoon we played in the water and let ourselves be broiled by the sun. When I finally looked at the big clock over the entrance, we had already stayed past our time. We were going to collect our clothes when Friedrich couldn’t find his tag.
He ran back and dived to the bottom of the pool, but he didn’t find the tag. Shrugging his shoulders, he joined the line of other boys waiting to get their things. They were slow at the checkout counter. The attendant was very busy.
I was ahead of Friedrich and received my hanger first. I changed quickly. When I came out of the locker room, Friedrich was still standing in line. I wrung out my bathing trunks and wrapped them in my towel.
Finally, the attendant turned to Friedrich. He scolded him when he heard what had happened. But then he let Friedrich come to the other side of the counter. Shivering with cold and accompanied by the sullen attendant, Friedrich searched for his things.
The attendant was about to let him wait until after he had tended to the waiting boys when Friedrich shouted: ‘There they are!’ The attendant took down the hanger he pointed to and carried it to the counter. There he hung it from a hook. ‘What’s your name?’ he asked.
‘Friedrich Schneider.’
‘Where’s your ID?’
In the right back trouser pocket. The button’s loose.’
The attendant looked for the pocket, unbuttoned it, and pulled out the case with the identification card. Then he took out the card and looked at it.
Friedrich still stood before the counter, his teeth chattering. He looked at the ground and seemed embarrassed.
All of a sudden the attendant whistled loudly through his teeth.
From the other side came the female attendant.
‘Just take a look at this!’ the attendant said. ‘You won’t get to see many more of them.’ Everyone could hear his explanation: ‘This is one of the Jewish identification cards. The scoundrel lied to me. He claims his name’s Friedrich Schneider ó it’s Friedrich Israel Schneider, that’s what it is ó a Jew that’s what he is! A Jew in our swimming pool!’ He looked disgusted.
All those still waiting for their clothes stared at Friedrich.
As if he could no longer bear to touch it, the attendant threw Friedrich’s identification card and its case across the counter. ‘Think of it! Jewish things among the clothes of respectable human beings!’ he screamed, flinging the coat hanger holding Friedrich’s clothes on the ground so they scattered in all directions.
Question: 2. How did the narrator and Friedrich plan to reach the swimming pool?
In The Swimming Pool
(FRIEDRICH by Hans Peter Ritcher)
It was hot. No one who didn’t have to went outside. Only a few people dragged themselves, sweating, through whatever shade they could find.
We had arranged to meet outside the town where the woods began and then cycle together to the swimming pool.
Mother had loaned me her bicycle. It didn’t look beautiful any more, but it still worked very well.
Friedrich arrived on his shining new blue bicycle. Not only was the bicycle new; he had polished it as well. On the way to the forest pool we sang hiking songs like ‘Waldeslust’ and Friedrich let go of his handlebars. His bicycle swung from one side of the road to the other.
Suddenly a man approached on a silvery bicycle that gleamed in the sun. Even Friedrich’s bike couldn’t compare with that.
Despite the heat the other cyclist seemed to be in a great hurry. He rang his bell when he was still far away because Friedrich was still swinging back and forth across the road.
Friedrich gripped his handlebars but otherwise paid no attention to the man. He forced him to brake hard.
Which the stranger did, swearing loudly.
Only at the last possible moment did Friedrich clear the way. The cyclist rode on, pedalling furiously. Friedrich whistled after him through his fingers. Far from turning around, the stranger only pushed harder on the pedals and sped down the path.
A quarter of an hour later we reached the forest swimming pool. We chained our bikes to a tree. After getting undressed, we handed in our things and received tags with numbers in exchange. Friedrich tied his to his ankle and jumped into the water. He could swim much better than I, and he was an excellent diver.
I showered first. Then I carefully went down the stairs into the cold water and swam after Friedrich.
Until late afternoon we played in the water and let ourselves be broiled by the sun. When I finally looked at the big clock over the entrance, we had already stayed past our time. We were going to collect our clothes when Friedrich couldn’t find his tag.
He ran back and dived to the bottom of the pool, but he didn’t find the tag. Shrugging his shoulders, he joined the line of other boys waiting to get their things. They were slow at the checkout counter. The attendant was very busy.
I was ahead of Friedrich and received my hanger first. I changed quickly. When I came out of the locker room, Friedrich was still standing in line. I wrung out my bathing trunks and wrapped them in my towel.
Finally, the attendant turned to Friedrich. He scolded him when he heard what had happened. But then he let Friedrich come to the other side of the counter. Shivering with cold and accompanied by the sullen attendant, Friedrich searched for his things.
The attendant was about to let him wait until after he had tended to the waiting boys when Friedrich shouted: ‘There they are!’ The attendant took down the hanger he pointed to and carried it to the counter. There he hung it from a hook. ‘What’s your name?’ he asked.
‘Friedrich Schneider.’
‘Where’s your ID?’
In the right back trouser pocket. The button’s loose.’
The attendant looked for the pocket, unbuttoned it, and pulled out the case with the identification card. Then he took out the card and looked at it.
Friedrich still stood before the counter, his teeth chattering. He looked at the ground and seemed embarrassed.
All of a sudden the attendant whistled loudly through his teeth.
From the other side came the female attendant.
‘Just take a look at this!’ the attendant said. ‘You won’t get to see many more of them.’ Everyone could hear his explanation: ‘This is one of the Jewish identification cards. The scoundrel lied to me. He claims his name’s Friedrich Schneider ó it’s Friedrich Israel Schneider, that’s what it is ó a Jew that’s what he is! A Jew in our swimming pool!’ He looked disgusted.
All those still waiting for their clothes stared at Friedrich.
As if he could no longer bear to touch it, the attendant threw Friedrich’s identification card and its case across the counter. ‘Think of it! Jewish things among the clothes of respectable human beings!’ he screamed, flinging the coat hanger holding Friedrich’s clothes on the ground so they scattered in all directions.
Question: 3. What is notable about Friedrich’s bicycle?
In The Swimming Pool
(FRIEDRICH by Hans Peter Ritcher)
It was hot. No one who didn’t have to went outside. Only a few people dragged themselves, sweating, through whatever shade they could find.
We had arranged to meet outside the town where the woods began and then cycle together to the swimming pool.
Mother had loaned me her bicycle. It didn’t look beautiful any more, but it still worked very well.
Friedrich arrived on his shining new blue bicycle. Not only was the bicycle new; he had polished it as well. On the way to the forest pool we sang hiking songs like ‘Waldeslust’ and Friedrich let go of his handlebars. His bicycle swung from one side of the road to the other.
Suddenly a man approached on a silvery bicycle that gleamed in the sun. Even Friedrich’s bike couldn’t compare with that.
Despite the heat the other cyclist seemed to be in a great hurry. He rang his bell when he was still far away because Friedrich was still swinging back and forth across the road.
Friedrich gripped his handlebars but otherwise paid no attention to the man. He forced him to brake hard.
Which the stranger did, swearing loudly.
Only at the last possible moment did Friedrich clear the way. The cyclist rode on, pedalling furiously. Friedrich whistled after him through his fingers. Far from turning around, the stranger only pushed harder on the pedals and sped down the path.
A quarter of an hour later we reached the forest swimming pool. We chained our bikes to a tree. After getting undressed, we handed in our things and received tags with numbers in exchange. Friedrich tied his to his ankle and jumped into the water. He could swim much better than I, and he was an excellent diver.
I showered first. Then I carefully went down the stairs into the cold water and swam after Friedrich.
Until late afternoon we played in the water and let ourselves be broiled by the sun. When I finally looked at the big clock over the entrance, we had already stayed past our time. We were going to collect our clothes when Friedrich couldn’t find his tag.
He ran back and dived to the bottom of the pool, but he didn’t find the tag. Shrugging his shoulders, he joined the line of other boys waiting to get their things. They were slow at the checkout counter. The attendant was very busy.
I was ahead of Friedrich and received my hanger first. I changed quickly. When I came out of the locker room, Friedrich was still standing in line. I wrung out my bathing trunks and wrapped them in my towel.
Finally, the attendant turned to Friedrich. He scolded him when he heard what had happened. But then he let Friedrich come to the other side of the counter. Shivering with cold and accompanied by the sullen attendant, Friedrich searched for his things.
The attendant was about to let him wait until after he had tended to the waiting boys when Friedrich shouted: ‘There they are!’ The attendant took down the hanger he pointed to and carried it to the counter. There he hung it from a hook. ‘What’s your name?’ he asked.
‘Friedrich Schneider.’
‘Where’s your ID?’
In the right back trouser pocket. The button’s loose.’
The attendant looked for the pocket, unbuttoned it, and pulled out the case with the identification card. Then he took out the card and looked at it.
Friedrich still stood before the counter, his teeth chattering. He looked at the ground and seemed embarrassed.
All of a sudden the attendant whistled loudly through his teeth.
From the other side came the female attendant.
‘Just take a look at this!’ the attendant said. ‘You won’t get to see many more of them.’ Everyone could hear his explanation: ‘This is one of the Jewish identification cards. The scoundrel lied to me. He claims his name’s Friedrich Schneider ó it’s Friedrich Israel Schneider, that’s what it is ó a Jew that’s what he is! A Jew in our swimming pool!’ He looked disgusted.
All those still waiting for their clothes stared at Friedrich.
As if he could no longer bear to touch it, the attendant threw Friedrich’s identification card and its case across the counter. ‘Think of it! Jewish things among the clothes of respectable human beings!’ he screamed, flinging the coat hanger holding Friedrich’s clothes on the ground so they scattered in all directions.
Question: 4. How does Friedrich behave while riding his bicycle?
In The Swimming Pool
(FRIEDRICH by Hans Peter Ritcher)
It was hot. No one who didn’t have to went outside. Only a few people dragged themselves, sweating, through whatever shade they could find.
We had arranged to meet outside the town where the woods began and then cycle together to the swimming pool.
Mother had loaned me her bicycle. It didn’t look beautiful any more, but it still worked very well.
Friedrich arrived on his shining new blue bicycle. Not only was the bicycle new; he had polished it as well. On the way to the forest pool we sang hiking songs like ‘Waldeslust’ and Friedrich let go of his handlebars. His bicycle swung from one side of the road to the other.
Suddenly a man approached on a silvery bicycle that gleamed in the sun. Even Friedrich’s bike couldn’t compare with that.
Despite the heat the other cyclist seemed to be in a great hurry. He rang his bell when he was still far away because Friedrich was still swinging back and forth across the road.
Friedrich gripped his handlebars but otherwise paid no attention to the man. He forced him to brake hard.
Which the stranger did, swearing loudly.
Only at the last possible moment did Friedrich clear the way. The cyclist rode on, pedalling furiously. Friedrich whistled after him through his fingers. Far from turning around, the stranger only pushed harder on the pedals and sped down the path.
A quarter of an hour later we reached the forest swimming pool. We chained our bikes to a tree. After getting undressed, we handed in our things and received tags with numbers in exchange. Friedrich tied his to his ankle and jumped into the water. He could swim much better than I, and he was an excellent diver.
I showered first. Then I carefully went down the stairs into the cold water and swam after Friedrich.
Until late afternoon we played in the water and let ourselves be broiled by the sun. When I finally looked at the big clock over the entrance, we had already stayed past our time. We were going to collect our clothes when Friedrich couldn’t find his tag.
He ran back and dived to the bottom of the pool, but he didn’t find the tag. Shrugging his shoulders, he joined the line of other boys waiting to get their things. They were slow at the checkout counter. The attendant was very busy.
I was ahead of Friedrich and received my hanger first. I changed quickly. When I came out of the locker room, Friedrich was still standing in line. I wrung out my bathing trunks and wrapped them in my towel.
Finally, the attendant turned to Friedrich. He scolded him when he heard what had happened. But then he let Friedrich come to the other side of the counter. Shivering with cold and accompanied by the sullen attendant, Friedrich searched for his things.
The attendant was about to let him wait until after he had tended to the waiting boys when Friedrich shouted: ‘There they are!’ The attendant took down the hanger he pointed to and carried it to the counter. There he hung it from a hook. ‘What’s your name?’ he asked.
‘Friedrich Schneider.’
‘Where’s your ID?’
In the right back trouser pocket. The button’s loose.’
The attendant looked for the pocket, unbuttoned it, and pulled out the case with the identification card. Then he took out the card and looked at it.
Friedrich still stood before the counter, his teeth chattering. He looked at the ground and seemed embarrassed.
All of a sudden the attendant whistled loudly through his teeth.
From the other side came the female attendant.
‘Just take a look at this!’ the attendant said. ‘You won’t get to see many more of them.’ Everyone could hear his explanation: ‘This is one of the Jewish identification cards. The scoundrel lied to me. He claims his name’s Friedrich Schneider ó it’s Friedrich Israel Schneider, that’s what it is ó a Jew that’s what he is! A Jew in our swimming pool!’ He looked disgusted.
All those still waiting for their clothes stared at Friedrich.
As if he could no longer bear to touch it, the attendant threw Friedrich’s identification card and its case across the counter. ‘Think of it! Jewish things among the clothes of respectable human beings!’ he screamed, flinging the coat hanger holding Friedrich’s clothes on the ground so they scattered in all directions.
Question: 5. What does the other cyclist do when he sees Friedrich?
In The Swimming Pool
(FRIEDRICH by Hans Peter Ritcher)
It was hot. No one who didn’t have to went outside. Only a few people dragged themselves, sweating, through whatever shade they could find.
We had arranged to meet outside the town where the woods began and then cycle together to the swimming pool.
Mother had loaned me her bicycle. It didn’t look beautiful any more, but it still worked very well.
Friedrich arrived on his shining new blue bicycle. Not only was the bicycle new; he had polished it as well. On the way to the forest pool we sang hiking songs like ‘Waldeslust’ and Friedrich let go of his handlebars. His bicycle swung from one side of the road to the other.
Suddenly a man approached on a silvery bicycle that gleamed in the sun. Even Friedrich’s bike couldn’t compare with that.
Despite the heat the other cyclist seemed to be in a great hurry. He rang his bell when he was still far away because Friedrich was still swinging back and forth across the road.
Friedrich gripped his handlebars but otherwise paid no attention to the man. He forced him to brake hard.
Which the stranger did, swearing loudly.
Only at the last possible moment did Friedrich clear the way. The cyclist rode on, pedalling furiously. Friedrich whistled after him through his fingers. Far from turning around, the stranger only pushed harder on the pedals and sped down the path.
A quarter of an hour later we reached the forest swimming pool. We chained our bikes to a tree. After getting undressed, we handed in our things and received tags with numbers in exchange. Friedrich tied his to his ankle and jumped into the water. He could swim much better than I, and he was an excellent diver.
I showered first. Then I carefully went down the stairs into the cold water and swam after Friedrich.
Until late afternoon we played in the water and let ourselves be broiled by the sun. When I finally looked at the big clock over the entrance, we had already stayed past our time. We were going to collect our clothes when Friedrich couldn’t find his tag.
He ran back and dived to the bottom of the pool, but he didn’t find the tag. Shrugging his shoulders, he joined the line of other boys waiting to get their things. They were slow at the checkout counter. The attendant was very busy.
I was ahead of Friedrich and received my hanger first. I changed quickly. When I came out of the locker room, Friedrich was still standing in line. I wrung out my bathing trunks and wrapped them in my towel.
Finally, the attendant turned to Friedrich. He scolded him when he heard what had happened. But then he let Friedrich come to the other side of the counter. Shivering with cold and accompanied by the sullen attendant, Friedrich searched for his things.
The attendant was about to let him wait until after he had tended to the waiting boys when Friedrich shouted: ‘There they are!’ The attendant took down the hanger he pointed to and carried it to the counter. There he hung it from a hook. ‘What’s your name?’ he asked.
‘Friedrich Schneider.’
‘Where’s your ID?’
In the right back trouser pocket. The button’s loose.’
The attendant looked for the pocket, unbuttoned it, and pulled out the case with the identification card. Then he took out the card and looked at it.
Friedrich still stood before the counter, his teeth chattering. He looked at the ground and seemed embarrassed.
All of a sudden the attendant whistled loudly through his teeth.
From the other side came the female attendant.
‘Just take a look at this!’ the attendant said. ‘You won’t get to see many more of them.’ Everyone could hear his explanation: ‘This is one of the Jewish identification cards. The scoundrel lied to me. He claims his name’s Friedrich Schneider ó it’s Friedrich Israel Schneider, that’s what it is ó a Jew that’s what he is! A Jew in our swimming pool!’ He looked disgusted.
All those still waiting for their clothes stared at Friedrich.
As if he could no longer bear to touch it, the attendant threw Friedrich’s identification card and its case across the counter. ‘Think of it! Jewish things among the clothes of respectable human beings!’ he screamed, flinging the coat hanger holding Friedrich’s clothes on the ground so they scattered in all directions.
Question: 6. How does Friedrich react to the other cyclist?
In The Swimming Pool
(FRIEDRICH by Hans Peter Ritcher)
It was hot. No one who didn’t have to went outside. Only a few people dragged themselves, sweating, through whatever shade they could find.
We had arranged to meet outside the town where the woods began and then cycle together to the swimming pool.
Mother had loaned me her bicycle. It didn’t look beautiful any more, but it still worked very well.
Friedrich arrived on his shining new blue bicycle. Not only was the bicycle new; he had polished it as well. On the way to the forest pool we sang hiking songs like ‘Waldeslust’ and Friedrich let go of his handlebars. His bicycle swung from one side of the road to the other.
Suddenly a man approached on a silvery bicycle that gleamed in the sun. Even Friedrich’s bike couldn’t compare with that.
Despite the heat the other cyclist seemed to be in a great hurry. He rang his bell when he was still far away because Friedrich was still swinging back and forth across the road.
Friedrich gripped his handlebars but otherwise paid no attention to the man. He forced him to brake hard.
Which the stranger did, swearing loudly.
Only at the last possible moment did Friedrich clear the way. The cyclist rode on, pedalling furiously. Friedrich whistled after him through his fingers. Far from turning around, the stranger only pushed harder on the pedals and sped down the path.
A quarter of an hour later we reached the forest swimming pool. We chained our bikes to a tree. After getting undressed, we handed in our things and received tags with numbers in exchange. Friedrich tied his to his ankle and jumped into the water. He could swim much better than I, and he was an excellent diver.
I showered first. Then I carefully went down the stairs into the cold water and swam after Friedrich.
Until late afternoon we played in the water and let ourselves be broiled by the sun. When I finally looked at the big clock over the entrance, we had already stayed past our time. We were going to collect our clothes when Friedrich couldn’t find his tag.
He ran back and dived to the bottom of the pool, but he didn’t find the tag. Shrugging his shoulders, he joined the line of other boys waiting to get their things. They were slow at the checkout counter. The attendant was very busy.
I was ahead of Friedrich and received my hanger first. I changed quickly. When I came out of the locker room, Friedrich was still standing in line. I wrung out my bathing trunks and wrapped them in my towel.
Finally, the attendant turned to Friedrich. He scolded him when he heard what had happened. But then he let Friedrich come to the other side of the counter. Shivering with cold and accompanied by the sullen attendant, Friedrich searched for his things.
The attendant was about to let him wait until after he had tended to the waiting boys when Friedrich shouted: ‘There they are!’ The attendant took down the hanger he pointed to and carried it to the counter. There he hung it from a hook. ‘What’s your name?’ he asked.
‘Friedrich Schneider.’
‘Where’s your ID?’
In the right back trouser pocket. The button’s loose.’
The attendant looked for the pocket, unbuttoned it, and pulled out the case with the identification card. Then he took out the card and looked at it.
Friedrich still stood before the counter, his teeth chattering. He looked at the ground and seemed embarrassed.
All of a sudden the attendant whistled loudly through his teeth.
From the other side came the female attendant.
‘Just take a look at this!’ the attendant said. ‘You won’t get to see many more of them.’ Everyone could hear his explanation: ‘This is one of the Jewish identification cards. The scoundrel lied to me. He claims his name’s Friedrich Schneider ó it’s Friedrich Israel Schneider, that’s what it is ó a Jew that’s what he is! A Jew in our swimming pool!’ He looked disgusted.
All those still waiting for their clothes stared at Friedrich.
As if he could no longer bear to touch it, the attendant threw Friedrich’s identification card and its case across the counter. ‘Think of it! Jewish things among the clothes of respectable human beings!’ he screamed, flinging the coat hanger holding Friedrich’s clothes on the ground so they scattered in all directions.
Question: 7. What do Friedrich and the narrator do after reaching the swimming pool?
In The Swimming Pool
(FRIEDRICH by Hans Peter Ritcher)
It was hot. No one who didn’t have to went outside. Only a few people dragged themselves, sweating, through whatever shade they could find.
We had arranged to meet outside the town where the woods began and then cycle together to the swimming pool.
Mother had loaned me her bicycle. It didn’t look beautiful any more, but it still worked very well.
Friedrich arrived on his shining new blue bicycle. Not only was the bicycle new; he had polished it as well. On the way to the forest pool we sang hiking songs like ‘Waldeslust’ and Friedrich let go of his handlebars. His bicycle swung from one side of the road to the other.
Suddenly a man approached on a silvery bicycle that gleamed in the sun. Even Friedrich’s bike couldn’t compare with that.
Despite the heat the other cyclist seemed to be in a great hurry. He rang his bell when he was still far away because Friedrich was still swinging back and forth across the road.
Friedrich gripped his handlebars but otherwise paid no attention to the man. He forced him to brake hard.
Which the stranger did, swearing loudly.
Only at the last possible moment did Friedrich clear the way. The cyclist rode on, pedalling furiously. Friedrich whistled after him through his fingers. Far from turning around, the stranger only pushed harder on the pedals and sped down the path.
A quarter of an hour later we reached the forest swimming pool. We chained our bikes to a tree. After getting undressed, we handed in our things and received tags with numbers in exchange. Friedrich tied his to his ankle and jumped into the water. He could swim much better than I, and he was an excellent diver.
I showered first. Then I carefully went down the stairs into the cold water and swam after Friedrich.
Until late afternoon we played in the water and let ourselves be broiled by the sun. When I finally looked at the big clock over the entrance, we had already stayed past our time. We were going to collect our clothes when Friedrich couldn’t find his tag.
He ran back and dived to the bottom of the pool, but he didn’t find the tag. Shrugging his shoulders, he joined the line of other boys waiting to get their things. They were slow at the checkout counter. The attendant was very busy.
I was ahead of Friedrich and received my hanger first. I changed quickly. When I came out of the locker room, Friedrich was still standing in line. I wrung out my bathing trunks and wrapped them in my towel.
Finally, the attendant turned to Friedrich. He scolded him when he heard what had happened. But then he let Friedrich come to the other side of the counter. Shivering with cold and accompanied by the sullen attendant, Friedrich searched for his things.
The attendant was about to let him wait until after he had tended to the waiting boys when Friedrich shouted: ‘There they are!’ The attendant took down the hanger he pointed to and carried it to the counter. There he hung it from a hook. ‘What’s your name?’ he asked.
‘Friedrich Schneider.’
‘Where’s your ID?’
In the right back trouser pocket. The button’s loose.’
The attendant looked for the pocket, unbuttoned it, and pulled out the case with the identification card. Then he took out the card and looked at it.
Friedrich still stood before the counter, his teeth chattering. He looked at the ground and seemed embarrassed.
All of a sudden the attendant whistled loudly through his teeth.
From the other side came the female attendant.
‘Just take a look at this!’ the attendant said. ‘You won’t get to see many more of them.’ Everyone could hear his explanation: ‘This is one of the Jewish identification cards. The scoundrel lied to me. He claims his name’s Friedrich Schneider ó it’s Friedrich Israel Schneider, that’s what it is ó a Jew that’s what he is! A Jew in our swimming pool!’ He looked disgusted.
All those still waiting for their clothes stared at Friedrich.
As if he could no longer bear to touch it, the attendant threw Friedrich’s identification card and its case across the counter. ‘Think of it! Jewish things among the clothes of respectable human beings!’ he screamed, flinging the coat hanger holding Friedrich’s clothes on the ground so they scattered in all directions.
Question: 8. How does Friedrich enter the swimming pool?
In The Swimming Pool
(FRIEDRICH by Hans Peter Ritcher)
It was hot. No one who didn’t have to went outside. Only a few people dragged themselves, sweating, through whatever shade they could find.
We had arranged to meet outside the town where the woods began and then cycle together to the swimming pool.
Mother had loaned me her bicycle. It didn’t look beautiful any more, but it still worked very well.
Friedrich arrived on his shining new blue bicycle. Not only was the bicycle new; he had polished it as well. On the way to the forest pool we sang hiking songs like ‘Waldeslust’ and Friedrich let go of his handlebars. His bicycle swung from one side of the road to the other.
Suddenly a man approached on a silvery bicycle that gleamed in the sun. Even Friedrich’s bike couldn’t compare with that.
Despite the heat the other cyclist seemed to be in a great hurry. He rang his bell when he was still far away because Friedrich was still swinging back and forth across the road.
Friedrich gripped his handlebars but otherwise paid no attention to the man. He forced him to brake hard.
Which the stranger did, swearing loudly.
Only at the last possible moment did Friedrich clear the way. The cyclist rode on, pedalling furiously. Friedrich whistled after him through his fingers. Far from turning around, the stranger only pushed harder on the pedals and sped down the path.
A quarter of an hour later we reached the forest swimming pool. We chained our bikes to a tree. After getting undressed, we handed in our things and received tags with numbers in exchange. Friedrich tied his to his ankle and jumped into the water. He could swim much better than I, and he was an excellent diver.
I showered first. Then I carefully went down the stairs into the cold water and swam after Friedrich.
Until late afternoon we played in the water and let ourselves be broiled by the sun. When I finally looked at the big clock over the entrance, we had already stayed past our time. We were going to collect our clothes when Friedrich couldn’t find his tag.
He ran back and dived to the bottom of the pool, but he didn’t find the tag. Shrugging his shoulders, he joined the line of other boys waiting to get their things. They were slow at the checkout counter. The attendant was very busy.
I was ahead of Friedrich and received my hanger first. I changed quickly. When I came out of the locker room, Friedrich was still standing in line. I wrung out my bathing trunks and wrapped them in my towel.
Finally, the attendant turned to Friedrich. He scolded him when he heard what had happened. But then he let Friedrich come to the other side of the counter. Shivering with cold and accompanied by the sullen attendant, Friedrich searched for his things.
The attendant was about to let him wait until after he had tended to the waiting boys when Friedrich shouted: ‘There they are!’ The attendant took down the hanger he pointed to and carried it to the counter. There he hung it from a hook. ‘What’s your name?’ he asked.
‘Friedrich Schneider.’
‘Where’s your ID?’
In the right back trouser pocket. The button’s loose.’
The attendant looked for the pocket, unbuttoned it, and pulled out the case with the identification card. Then he took out the card and looked at it.
Friedrich still stood before the counter, his teeth chattering. He looked at the ground and seemed embarrassed.
All of a sudden the attendant whistled loudly through his teeth.
From the other side came the female attendant.
‘Just take a look at this!’ the attendant said. ‘You won’t get to see many more of them.’ Everyone could hear his explanation: ‘This is one of the Jewish identification cards. The scoundrel lied to me. He claims his name’s Friedrich Schneider ó it’s Friedrich Israel Schneider, that’s what it is ó a Jew that’s what he is! A Jew in our swimming pool!’ He looked disgusted.
All those still waiting for their clothes stared at Friedrich.
As if he could no longer bear to touch it, the attendant threw Friedrich’s identification card and its case across the counter. ‘Think of it! Jewish things among the clothes of respectable human beings!’ he screamed, flinging the coat hanger holding Friedrich’s clothes on the ground so they scattered in all directions.
Question: 9. What troubles Friedrich at the end of the swimming trip?
In The Swimming Pool
(FRIEDRICH by Hans Peter Ritcher)
It was hot. No one who didn’t have to went outside. Only a few people dragged themselves, sweating, through whatever shade they could find.
We had arranged to meet outside the town where the woods began and then cycle together to the swimming pool.
Mother had loaned me her bicycle. It didn’t look beautiful any more, but it still worked very well.
Friedrich arrived on his shining new blue bicycle. Not only was the bicycle new; he had polished it as well. On the way to the forest pool we sang hiking songs like ‘Waldeslust’ and Friedrich let go of his handlebars. His bicycle swung from one side of the road to the other.
Suddenly a man approached on a silvery bicycle that gleamed in the sun. Even Friedrich’s bike couldn’t compare with that.
Despite the heat the other cyclist seemed to be in a great hurry. He rang his bell when he was still far away because Friedrich was still swinging back and forth across the road.
Friedrich gripped his handlebars but otherwise paid no attention to the man. He forced him to brake hard.
Which the stranger did, swearing loudly.
Only at the last possible moment did Friedrich clear the way. The cyclist rode on, pedalling furiously. Friedrich whistled after him through his fingers. Far from turning around, the stranger only pushed harder on the pedals and sped down the path.
A quarter of an hour later we reached the forest swimming pool. We chained our bikes to a tree. After getting undressed, we handed in our things and received tags with numbers in exchange. Friedrich tied his to his ankle and jumped into the water. He could swim much better than I, and he was an excellent diver.
I showered first. Then I carefully went down the stairs into the cold water and swam after Friedrich.
Until late afternoon we played in the water and let ourselves be broiled by the sun. When I finally looked at the big clock over the entrance, we had already stayed past our time. We were going to collect our clothes when Friedrich couldn’t find his tag.
He ran back and dived to the bottom of the pool, but he didn’t find the tag. Shrugging his shoulders, he joined the line of other boys waiting to get their things. They were slow at the checkout counter. The attendant was very busy.
I was ahead of Friedrich and received my hanger first. I changed quickly. When I came out of the locker room, Friedrich was still standing in line. I wrung out my bathing trunks and wrapped them in my towel.
Finally, the attendant turned to Friedrich. He scolded him when he heard what had happened. But then he let Friedrich come to the other side of the counter. Shivering with cold and accompanied by the sullen attendant, Friedrich searched for his things.
The attendant was about to let him wait until after he had tended to the waiting boys when Friedrich shouted: ‘There they are!’ The attendant took down the hanger he pointed to and carried it to the counter. There he hung it from a hook. ‘What’s your name?’ he asked.
‘Friedrich Schneider.’
‘Where’s your ID?’
In the right back trouser pocket. The button’s loose.’
The attendant looked for the pocket, unbuttoned it, and pulled out the case with the identification card. Then he took out the card and looked at it.
Friedrich still stood before the counter, his teeth chattering. He looked at the ground and seemed embarrassed.
All of a sudden the attendant whistled loudly through his teeth.
From the other side came the female attendant.
‘Just take a look at this!’ the attendant said. ‘You won’t get to see many more of them.’ Everyone could hear his explanation: ‘This is one of the Jewish identification cards. The scoundrel lied to me. He claims his name’s Friedrich Schneider ó it’s Friedrich Israel Schneider, that’s what it is ó a Jew that’s what he is! A Jew in our swimming pool!’ He looked disgusted.
All those still waiting for their clothes stared at Friedrich.
As if he could no longer bear to touch it, the attendant threw Friedrich’s identification card and its case across the counter. ‘Think of it! Jewish things among the clothes of respectable human beings!’ he screamed, flinging the coat hanger holding Friedrich’s clothes on the ground so they scattered in all directions.
Question: 10. How does the attendant initially react when Friedrich can’t find his tag?
In The Swimming Pool
(FRIEDRICH by Hans Peter Ritcher)
It was hot. No one who didn’t have to went outside. Only a few people dragged themselves, sweating, through whatever shade they could find.
We had arranged to meet outside the town where the woods began and then cycle together to the swimming pool.
Mother had loaned me her bicycle. It didn’t look beautiful any more, but it still worked very well.
Friedrich arrived on his shining new blue bicycle. Not only was the bicycle new; he had polished it as well. On the way to the forest pool we sang hiking songs like ‘Waldeslust’ and Friedrich let go of his handlebars. His bicycle swung from one side of the road to the other.
Suddenly a man approached on a silvery bicycle that gleamed in the sun. Even Friedrich’s bike couldn’t compare with that.
Despite the heat the other cyclist seemed to be in a great hurry. He rang his bell when he was still far away because Friedrich was still swinging back and forth across the road.
Friedrich gripped his handlebars but otherwise paid no attention to the man. He forced him to brake hard.
Which the stranger did, swearing loudly.
Only at the last possible moment did Friedrich clear the way. The cyclist rode on, pedalling furiously. Friedrich whistled after him through his fingers. Far from turning around, the stranger only pushed harder on the pedals and sped down the path.
A quarter of an hour later we reached the forest swimming pool. We chained our bikes to a tree. After getting undressed, we handed in our things and received tags with numbers in exchange. Friedrich tied his to his ankle and jumped into the water. He could swim much better than I, and he was an excellent diver.
I showered first. Then I carefully went down the stairs into the cold water and swam after Friedrich.
Until late afternoon we played in the water and let ourselves be broiled by the sun. When I finally looked at the big clock over the entrance, we had already stayed past our time. We were going to collect our clothes when Friedrich couldn’t find his tag.
He ran back and dived to the bottom of the pool, but he didn’t find the tag. Shrugging his shoulders, he joined the line of other boys waiting to get their things. They were slow at the checkout counter. The attendant was very busy.
I was ahead of Friedrich and received my hanger first. I changed quickly. When I came out of the locker room, Friedrich was still standing in line. I wrung out my bathing trunks and wrapped them in my towel.
Finally, the attendant turned to Friedrich. He scolded him when he heard what had happened. But then he let Friedrich come to the other side of the counter. Shivering with cold and accompanied by the sullen attendant, Friedrich searched for his things.
The attendant was about to let him wait until after he had tended to the waiting boys when Friedrich shouted: ‘There they are!’ The attendant took down the hanger he pointed to and carried it to the counter. There he hung it from a hook. ‘What’s your name?’ he asked.
‘Friedrich Schneider.’
‘Where’s your ID?’
In the right back trouser pocket. The button’s loose.’
The attendant looked for the pocket, unbuttoned it, and pulled out the case with the identification card. Then he took out the card and looked at it.
Friedrich still stood before the counter, his teeth chattering. He looked at the ground and seemed embarrassed.
All of a sudden the attendant whistled loudly through his teeth.
From the other side came the female attendant.
‘Just take a look at this!’ the attendant said. ‘You won’t get to see many more of them.’ Everyone could hear his explanation: ‘This is one of the Jewish identification cards. The scoundrel lied to me. He claims his name’s Friedrich Schneider ó it’s Friedrich Israel Schneider, that’s what it is ó a Jew that’s what he is! A Jew in our swimming pool!’ He looked disgusted.
All those still waiting for their clothes stared at Friedrich.
As if he could no longer bear to touch it, the attendant threw Friedrich’s identification card and its case across the counter. ‘Think of it! Jewish things among the clothes of respectable human beings!’ he screamed, flinging the coat hanger holding Friedrich’s clothes on the ground so they scattered in all directions.
Question: 11. What is Friedrich searching for at the checkout counter?
In The Swimming Pool
(FRIEDRICH by Hans Peter Ritcher)
It was hot. No one who didn’t have to went outside. Only a few people dragged themselves, sweating, through whatever shade they could find.
We had arranged to meet outside the town where the woods began and then cycle together to the swimming pool.
Mother had loaned me her bicycle. It didn’t look beautiful any more, but it still worked very well.
Friedrich arrived on his shining new blue bicycle. Not only was the bicycle new; he had polished it as well. On the way to the forest pool we sang hiking songs like ‘Waldeslust’ and Friedrich let go of his handlebars. His bicycle swung from one side of the road to the other.
Suddenly a man approached on a silvery bicycle that gleamed in the sun. Even Friedrich’s bike couldn’t compare with that.
Despite the heat the other cyclist seemed to be in a great hurry. He rang his bell when he was still far away because Friedrich was still swinging back and forth across the road.
Friedrich gripped his handlebars but otherwise paid no attention to the man. He forced him to brake hard.
Which the stranger did, swearing loudly.
Only at the last possible moment did Friedrich clear the way. The cyclist rode on, pedalling furiously. Friedrich whistled after him through his fingers. Far from turning around, the stranger only pushed harder on the pedals and sped down the path.
A quarter of an hour later we reached the forest swimming pool. We chained our bikes to a tree. After getting undressed, we handed in our things and received tags with numbers in exchange. Friedrich tied his to his ankle and jumped into the water. He could swim much better than I, and he was an excellent diver.
I showered first. Then I carefully went down the stairs into the cold water and swam after Friedrich.
Until late afternoon we played in the water and let ourselves be broiled by the sun. When I finally looked at the big clock over the entrance, we had already stayed past our time. We were going to collect our clothes when Friedrich couldn’t find his tag.
He ran back and dived to the bottom of the pool, but he didn’t find the tag. Shrugging his shoulders, he joined the line of other boys waiting to get their things. They were slow at the checkout counter. The attendant was very busy.
I was ahead of Friedrich and received my hanger first. I changed quickly. When I came out of the locker room, Friedrich was still standing in line. I wrung out my bathing trunks and wrapped them in my towel.
Finally, the attendant turned to Friedrich. He scolded him when he heard what had happened. But then he let Friedrich come to the other side of the counter. Shivering with cold and accompanied by the sullen attendant, Friedrich searched for his things.
The attendant was about to let him wait until after he had tended to the waiting boys when Friedrich shouted: ‘There they are!’ The attendant took down the hanger he pointed to and carried it to the counter. There he hung it from a hook. ‘What’s your name?’ he asked.
‘Friedrich Schneider.’
‘Where’s your ID?’
In the right back trouser pocket. The button’s loose.’
The attendant looked for the pocket, unbuttoned it, and pulled out the case with the identification card. Then he took out the card and looked at it.
Friedrich still stood before the counter, his teeth chattering. He looked at the ground and seemed embarrassed.
All of a sudden the attendant whistled loudly through his teeth.
From the other side came the female attendant.
‘Just take a look at this!’ the attendant said. ‘You won’t get to see many more of them.’ Everyone could hear his explanation: ‘This is one of the Jewish identification cards. The scoundrel lied to me. He claims his name’s Friedrich Schneider ó it’s Friedrich Israel Schneider, that’s what it is ó a Jew that’s what he is! A Jew in our swimming pool!’ He looked disgusted.
All those still waiting for their clothes stared at Friedrich.
As if he could no longer bear to touch it, the attendant threw Friedrich’s identification card and its case across the counter. ‘Think of it! Jewish things among the clothes of respectable human beings!’ he screamed, flinging the coat hanger holding Friedrich’s clothes on the ground so they scattered in all directions.
Question: 12. What is the attendant’s reaction upon finding Friedrich’s identification card?
In The Swimming Pool
(FRIEDRICH by Hans Peter Ritcher)
It was hot. No one who didn’t have to went outside. Only a few people dragged themselves, sweating, through whatever shade they could find.
We had arranged to meet outside the town where the woods began and then cycle together to the swimming pool.
Mother had loaned me her bicycle. It didn’t look beautiful any more, but it still worked very well.
Friedrich arrived on his shining new blue bicycle. Not only was the bicycle new; he had polished it as well. On the way to the forest pool we sang hiking songs like ‘Waldeslust’ and Friedrich let go of his handlebars. His bicycle swung from one side of the road to the other.
Suddenly a man approached on a silvery bicycle that gleamed in the sun. Even Friedrich’s bike couldn’t compare with that.
Despite the heat the other cyclist seemed to be in a great hurry. He rang his bell when he was still far away because Friedrich was still swinging back and forth across the road.
Friedrich gripped his handlebars but otherwise paid no attention to the man. He forced him to brake hard.
Which the stranger did, swearing loudly.
Only at the last possible moment did Friedrich clear the way. The cyclist rode on, pedalling furiously. Friedrich whistled after him through his fingers. Far from turning around, the stranger only pushed harder on the pedals and sped down the path.
A quarter of an hour later we reached the forest swimming pool. We chained our bikes to a tree. After getting undressed, we handed in our things and received tags with numbers in exchange. Friedrich tied his to his ankle and jumped into the water. He could swim much better than I, and he was an excellent diver.
I showered first. Then I carefully went down the stairs into the cold water and swam after Friedrich.
Until late afternoon we played in the water and let ourselves be broiled by the sun. When I finally looked at the big clock over the entrance, we had already stayed past our time. We were going to collect our clothes when Friedrich couldn’t find his tag.
He ran back and dived to the bottom of the pool, but he didn’t find the tag. Shrugging his shoulders, he joined the line of other boys waiting to get their things. They were slow at the checkout counter. The attendant was very busy.
I was ahead of Friedrich and received my hanger first. I changed quickly. When I came out of the locker room, Friedrich was still standing in line. I wrung out my bathing trunks and wrapped them in my towel.
Finally, the attendant turned to Friedrich. He scolded him when he heard what had happened. But then he let Friedrich come to the other side of the counter. Shivering with cold and accompanied by the sullen attendant, Friedrich searched for his things.
The attendant was about to let him wait until after he had tended to the waiting boys when Friedrich shouted: ‘There they are!’ The attendant took down the hanger he pointed to and carried it to the counter. There he hung it from a hook. ‘What’s your name?’ he asked.
‘Friedrich Schneider.’
‘Where’s your ID?’
In the right back trouser pocket. The button’s loose.’
The attendant looked for the pocket, unbuttoned it, and pulled out the case with the identification card. Then he took out the card and looked at it.
Friedrich still stood before the counter, his teeth chattering. He looked at the ground and seemed embarrassed.
All of a sudden the attendant whistled loudly through his teeth.
From the other side came the female attendant.
‘Just take a look at this!’ the attendant said. ‘You won’t get to see many more of them.’ Everyone could hear his explanation: ‘This is one of the Jewish identification cards. The scoundrel lied to me. He claims his name’s Friedrich Schneider ó it’s Friedrich Israel Schneider, that’s what it is ó a Jew that’s what he is! A Jew in our swimming pool!’ He looked disgusted.
All those still waiting for their clothes stared at Friedrich.
As if he could no longer bear to touch it, the attendant threw Friedrich’s identification card and its case across the counter. ‘Think of it! Jewish things among the clothes of respectable human beings!’ he screamed, flinging the coat hanger holding Friedrich’s clothes on the ground so they scattered in all directions.
Question: 13. What is the key revelation about Friedrich’s identity?
In The Swimming Pool
(FRIEDRICH by Hans Peter Ritcher)
It was hot. No one who didn’t have to went outside. Only a few people dragged themselves, sweating, through whatever shade they could find.
We had arranged to meet outside the town where the woods began and then cycle together to the swimming pool.
Mother had loaned me her bicycle. It didn’t look beautiful any more, but it still worked very well.
Friedrich arrived on his shining new blue bicycle. Not only was the bicycle new; he had polished it as well. On the way to the forest pool we sang hiking songs like ‘Waldeslust’ and Friedrich let go of his handlebars. His bicycle swung from one side of the road to the other.
Suddenly a man approached on a silvery bicycle that gleamed in the sun. Even Friedrich’s bike couldn’t compare with that.
Despite the heat the other cyclist seemed to be in a great hurry. He rang his bell when he was still far away because Friedrich was still swinging back and forth across the road.
Friedrich gripped his handlebars but otherwise paid no attention to the man. He forced him to brake hard.
Which the stranger did, swearing loudly.
Only at the last possible moment did Friedrich clear the way. The cyclist rode on, pedalling furiously. Friedrich whistled after him through his fingers. Far from turning around, the stranger only pushed harder on the pedals and sped down the path.
A quarter of an hour later we reached the forest swimming pool. We chained our bikes to a tree. After getting undressed, we handed in our things and received tags with numbers in exchange. Friedrich tied his to his ankle and jumped into the water. He could swim much better than I, and he was an excellent diver.
I showered first. Then I carefully went down the stairs into the cold water and swam after Friedrich.
Until late afternoon we played in the water and let ourselves be broiled by the sun. When I finally looked at the big clock over the entrance, we had already stayed past our time. We were going to collect our clothes when Friedrich couldn’t find his tag.
He ran back and dived to the bottom of the pool, but he didn’t find the tag. Shrugging his shoulders, he joined the line of other boys waiting to get their things. They were slow at the checkout counter. The attendant was very busy.
I was ahead of Friedrich and received my hanger first. I changed quickly. When I came out of the locker room, Friedrich was still standing in line. I wrung out my bathing trunks and wrapped them in my towel.
Finally, the attendant turned to Friedrich. He scolded him when he heard what had happened. But then he let Friedrich come to the other side of the counter. Shivering with cold and accompanied by the sullen attendant, Friedrich searched for his things.
The attendant was about to let him wait until after he had tended to the waiting boys when Friedrich shouted: ‘There they are!’ The attendant took down the hanger he pointed to and carried it to the counter. There he hung it from a hook. ‘What’s your name?’ he asked.
‘Friedrich Schneider.’
‘Where’s your ID?’
In the right back trouser pocket. The button’s loose.’
The attendant looked for the pocket, unbuttoned it, and pulled out the case with the identification card. Then he took out the card and looked at it.
Friedrich still stood before the counter, his teeth chattering. He looked at the ground and seemed embarrassed.
All of a sudden the attendant whistled loudly through his teeth.
From the other side came the female attendant.
‘Just take a look at this!’ the attendant said. ‘You won’t get to see many more of them.’ Everyone could hear his explanation: ‘This is one of the Jewish identification cards. The scoundrel lied to me. He claims his name’s Friedrich Schneider ó it’s Friedrich Israel Schneider, that’s what it is ó a Jew that’s what he is! A Jew in our swimming pool!’ He looked disgusted.
All those still waiting for their clothes stared at Friedrich.
As if he could no longer bear to touch it, the attendant threw Friedrich’s identification card and its case across the counter. ‘Think of it! Jewish things among the clothes of respectable human beings!’ he screamed, flinging the coat hanger holding Friedrich’s clothes on the ground so they scattered in all directions.
Question: 14. How does the attendant treat Friedrich’s belongings?
In The Swimming Pool
(FRIEDRICH by Hans Peter Ritcher)
It was hot. No one who didn’t have to went outside. Only a few people dragged themselves, sweating, through whatever shade they could find.
We had arranged to meet outside the town where the woods began and then cycle together to the swimming pool.
Mother had loaned me her bicycle. It didn’t look beautiful any more, but it still worked very well.
Friedrich arrived on his shining new blue bicycle. Not only was the bicycle new; he had polished it as well. On the way to the forest pool we sang hiking songs like ‘Waldeslust’ and Friedrich let go of his handlebars. His bicycle swung from one side of the road to the other.
Suddenly a man approached on a silvery bicycle that gleamed in the sun. Even Friedrich’s bike couldn’t compare with that.
Despite the heat the other cyclist seemed to be in a great hurry. He rang his bell when he was still far away because Friedrich was still swinging back and forth across the road.
Friedrich gripped his handlebars but otherwise paid no attention to the man. He forced him to brake hard.
Which the stranger did, swearing loudly.
Only at the last possible moment did Friedrich clear the way. The cyclist rode on, pedalling furiously. Friedrich whistled after him through his fingers. Far from turning around, the stranger only pushed harder on the pedals and sped down the path.
A quarter of an hour later we reached the forest swimming pool. We chained our bikes to a tree. After getting undressed, we handed in our things and received tags with numbers in exchange. Friedrich tied his to his ankle and jumped into the water. He could swim much better than I, and he was an excellent diver.
I showered first. Then I carefully went down the stairs into the cold water and swam after Friedrich.
Until late afternoon we played in the water and let ourselves be broiled by the sun. When I finally looked at the big clock over the entrance, we had already stayed past our time. We were going to collect our clothes when Friedrich couldn’t find his tag.
He ran back and dived to the bottom of the pool, but he didn’t find the tag. Shrugging his shoulders, he joined the line of other boys waiting to get their things. They were slow at the checkout counter. The attendant was very busy.
I was ahead of Friedrich and received my hanger first. I changed quickly. When I came out of the locker room, Friedrich was still standing in line. I wrung out my bathing trunks and wrapped them in my towel.
Finally, the attendant turned to Friedrich. He scolded him when he heard what had happened. But then he let Friedrich come to the other side of the counter. Shivering with cold and accompanied by the sullen attendant, Friedrich searched for his things.
The attendant was about to let him wait until after he had tended to the waiting boys when Friedrich shouted: ‘There they are!’ The attendant took down the hanger he pointed to and carried it to the counter. There he hung it from a hook. ‘What’s your name?’ he asked.
‘Friedrich Schneider.’
‘Where’s your ID?’
In the right back trouser pocket. The button’s loose.’
The attendant looked for the pocket, unbuttoned it, and pulled out the case with the identification card. Then he took out the card and looked at it.
Friedrich still stood before the counter, his teeth chattering. He looked at the ground and seemed embarrassed.
All of a sudden the attendant whistled loudly through his teeth.
From the other side came the female attendant.
‘Just take a look at this!’ the attendant said. ‘You won’t get to see many more of them.’ Everyone could hear his explanation: ‘This is one of the Jewish identification cards. The scoundrel lied to me. He claims his name’s Friedrich Schneider ó it’s Friedrich Israel Schneider, that’s what it is ó a Jew that’s what he is! A Jew in our swimming pool!’ He looked disgusted.
All those still waiting for their clothes stared at Friedrich.
As if he could no longer bear to touch it, the attendant threw Friedrich’s identification card and its case across the counter. ‘Think of it! Jewish things among the clothes of respectable human beings!’ he screamed, flinging the coat hanger holding Friedrich’s clothes on the ground so they scattered in all directions.
Question: 15. How do the people at the pool react to the attendant’s discovery?
In The Swimming Pool
(FRIEDRICH by Hans Peter Ritcher)
It was hot. No one who didn’t have to went outside. Only a few people dragged themselves, sweating, through whatever shade they could find.
We had arranged to meet outside the town where the woods began and then cycle together to the swimming pool.
Mother had loaned me her bicycle. It didn’t look beautiful any more, but it still worked very well.
Friedrich arrived on his shining new blue bicycle. Not only was the bicycle new; he had polished it as well. On the way to the forest pool we sang hiking songs like ‘Waldeslust’ and Friedrich let go of his handlebars. His bicycle swung from one side of the road to the other.
Suddenly a man approached on a silvery bicycle that gleamed in the sun. Even Friedrich’s bike couldn’t compare with that.
Despite the heat the other cyclist seemed to be in a great hurry. He rang his bell when he was still far away because Friedrich was still swinging back and forth across the road.
Friedrich gripped his handlebars but otherwise paid no attention to the man. He forced him to brake hard.
Which the stranger did, swearing loudly.
Only at the last possible moment did Friedrich clear the way. The cyclist rode on, pedalling furiously. Friedrich whistled after him through his fingers. Far from turning around, the stranger only pushed harder on the pedals and sped down the path.
A quarter of an hour later we reached the forest swimming pool. We chained our bikes to a tree. After getting undressed, we handed in our things and received tags with numbers in exchange. Friedrich tied his to his ankle and jumped into the water. He could swim much better than I, and he was an excellent diver.
I showered first. Then I carefully went down the stairs into the cold water and swam after Friedrich.
Until late afternoon we played in the water and let ourselves be broiled by the sun. When I finally looked at the big clock over the entrance, we had already stayed past our time. We were going to collect our clothes when Friedrich couldn’t find his tag.
He ran back and dived to the bottom of the pool, but he didn’t find the tag. Shrugging his shoulders, he joined the line of other boys waiting to get their things. They were slow at the checkout counter. The attendant was very busy.
I was ahead of Friedrich and received my hanger first. I changed quickly. When I came out of the locker room, Friedrich was still standing in line. I wrung out my bathing trunks and wrapped them in my towel.
Finally, the attendant turned to Friedrich. He scolded him when he heard what had happened. But then he let Friedrich come to the other side of the counter. Shivering with cold and accompanied by the sullen attendant, Friedrich searched for his things.
The attendant was about to let him wait until after he had tended to the waiting boys when Friedrich shouted: ‘There they are!’ The attendant took down the hanger he pointed to and carried it to the counter. There he hung it from a hook. ‘What’s your name?’ he asked.
‘Friedrich Schneider.’
‘Where’s your ID?’
In the right back trouser pocket. The button’s loose.’
The attendant looked for the pocket, unbuttoned it, and pulled out the case with the identification card. Then he took out the card and looked at it.
Friedrich still stood before the counter, his teeth chattering. He looked at the ground and seemed embarrassed.
All of a sudden the attendant whistled loudly through his teeth.
From the other side came the female attendant.
‘Just take a look at this!’ the attendant said. ‘You won’t get to see many more of them.’ Everyone could hear his explanation: ‘This is one of the Jewish identification cards. The scoundrel lied to me. He claims his name’s Friedrich Schneider ó it’s Friedrich Israel Schneider, that’s what it is ó a Jew that’s what he is! A Jew in our swimming pool!’ He looked disgusted.
All those still waiting for their clothes stared at Friedrich.
As if he could no longer bear to touch it, the attendant threw Friedrich’s identification card and its case across the counter. ‘Think of it! Jewish things among the clothes of respectable human beings!’ he screamed, flinging the coat hanger holding Friedrich’s clothes on the ground so they scattered in all directions.
Question: 16. What is the tone of the story at the end?
The Lynch Mob
(TO KILLA MOCKING-BIRD by Harper Lee)
As we walked up the sidewalk, we saw a solitary light burning in the distance. That’s funny/ said Jem, ‘jail doesn’t have an outside light.’
‘Looks like it’s over the door,’ said Dill.
A long extension cord ran between the bars of a second-floor window and down the side of the building. In the light from its bare bulb, Atticus was sitting propped against the front door. He was sitting in one of his office chairs, and he was reading, oblivious of the nightbugs dancing over his head.
I made to run, but Jem caught me. ‘Don’t go to him,’ he said, ‘he might not like it. He’s all right, let’s go home. I just wanted to see where he was.’
We were taking a short cut across the square when four dusty cars came in from the Meridian highway, moving slowly in a line. They went around the square, passed the bank building, and stopped in front of the jail.
Nobody got out. We saw Atticus look up from his newspaper. He closed it, folded it deliberately, dropped it in his lap, and pushed his hat to the back of his head. He seemed to be expecting them.
‘Come on,’ whispered Jem. We streaked across the square, across the street, until we were in the shelter of the Jitney Jungle door. Jem peeked up the sidewalk. ‘We can get closer,’ he said. We ran to Tyndals Hardware door ó near enough, at the same time discreet.
In ones and twos, men got out of the cars. Shadows became substance as light revealed solid shapes moving towards the jail door. Atticus remained where he was. The men hid him from view.
‘He in there, Mr Finch?’ a man said.
‘He is,Â¥ we heard Atticus answer, ‘and he’s asleep. Don’t wake him up.’
In obedience to my father, there followed what I later realised was a sickeningly comic aspect of an unfunny situation: the men talked in near-whispers.
‘You know what we want,’ another man said. ‘Get aside from the door, Mr Finch.’
‘You can turn around and go home again, Walter,’ Atticus said pleasantly. ‘Heck Tate’s around somewhere.’
‘The hell he is,’ said another man. ‘Heck’s bunch’s so deep in the woods they won’t get out till mornin’.’
‘Indeed? Why so?’
‘Called ’em off on a snipe hunt,’ was the succinct answer. ‘Didn’t you think a’ that, Mr Finch?’
‘Thought about it, but didn’t believe it. Well then,’ my father’s voice was still the same, ‘that changes things, doesn’t it?’
‘It do,’ another deep voice said. Its owner was a shadow.
‘Do you really think so?’
This was the second time I heard Atticus ask that question in two days, and it meant somebody’s man would get jumped. This was too good to miss. I broke away from Jem and ran as fast as I could to Atticus.
Jem shrieked and tried to catch me, but I had a lead on him and Dill. I pushed my way through dark smelly bodies and burst into the circle of light.
‘H-ey, Atticus?’
I thought he would have a fine surprise, but his face killed my joy. A flash of plain fear was going out of his eyes, but returned when Dill and Jem wrigggled into the light.
There was a smell of stale whisky and pigpen about, and when I glanced around I discovered that these men were strangers. They were not the people I saw last night. Hot embarrassment shot through me: I had leaped triumphantly into a ring of people I had never seen before.
Atticus got up from his chair, but he was moving slowly, like an old man. He put the newspaper down very carefully, adjusting its creases with lingering fingers. They were trembling a little.
‘Go home, Jem,’ he said. ‘Take Scout and Dill home.’
We were accustomed to prompt, if not always cheerful acquiescence to Atticus’s instructions, but from the way he stood Jem was not thinking of budging.
‘Go home, I said.’
Jem shook his head. As Atticus’s fists went to his hips, so did Jem’s, and as they faced each other I could see little resemblance between them: Jem’s soft brown hair and eyes, his oval face and snug-fitting ears were our mother’s, contrasting oddly with Atticus’s greying black
hair and square-cut features, but they were somehow alike. Mutual defiance made them alike.
‘Son, I said go home.’
Jem shook his head.
Â¥I Â¥ll send him home,’ a burly man said, and grabbed Jem roughly by the collar. He yanked Jem nearly off his feet.
‘Don’t you touch him!’ I kicked the man swiftly. Barefooted, I was surprised to see him fall back in real pain. I intended to kick his shin, but aimed too high.
‘That’ll do, Scout.’ Atticus put his hand on my shoulder. ‘Don’t kick folks. No ó’ he said, as I was pleading justification.
‘Ain’t nobody gonna do Jem that way,’ I said.
‘All right, Mr Finch, get ’em outa here,’ someone growled. ‘You got fifteen seconds to get ’em outa here.’
Question: What did Jem notice was unusual about the jail?
The Lynch Mob
(TO KILLA MOCKING-BIRD by Harper Lee)
As we walked up the sidewalk, we saw a solitary light burning in the distance. That’s funny/ said Jem, ‘jail doesn’t have an outside light.’
‘Looks like it’s over the door,’ said Dill.
A long extension cord ran between the bars of a second-floor window and down the side of the building. In the light from its bare bulb, Atticus was sitting propped against the front door. He was sitting in one of his office chairs, and he was reading, oblivious of the nightbugs dancing over his head.
I made to run, but Jem caught me. ‘Don’t go to him,’ he said, ‘he might not like it. He’s all right, let’s go home. I just wanted to see where he was.’
We were taking a short cut across the square when four dusty cars came in from the Meridian highway, moving slowly in a line. They went around the square, passed the bank building, and stopped in front of the jail.
Nobody got out. We saw Atticus look up from his newspaper. He closed it, folded it deliberately, dropped it in his lap, and pushed his hat to the back of his head. He seemed to be expecting them.
‘Come on,’ whispered Jem. We streaked across the square, across the street, until we were in the shelter of the Jitney Jungle door. Jem peeked up the sidewalk. ‘We can get closer,’ he said. We ran to Tyndals Hardware door ó near enough, at the same time discreet.
In ones and twos, men got out of the cars. Shadows became substance as light revealed solid shapes moving towards the jail door. Atticus remained where he was. The men hid him from view.
‘He in there, Mr Finch?’ a man said.
‘He is,Â¥ we heard Atticus answer, ‘and he’s asleep. Don’t wake him up.’
In obedience to my father, there followed what I later realised was a sickeningly comic aspect of an unfunny situation: the men talked in near-whispers.
‘You know what we want,’ another man said. ‘Get aside from the door, Mr Finch.’
‘You can turn around and go home again, Walter,’ Atticus said pleasantly. ‘Heck Tate’s around somewhere.’
‘The hell he is,’ said another man. ‘Heck’s bunch’s so deep in the woods they won’t get out till mornin’.’
‘Indeed? Why so?’
‘Called ’em off on a snipe hunt,’ was the succinct answer. ‘Didn’t you think a’ that, Mr Finch?’
‘Thought about it, but didn’t believe it. Well then,’ my father’s voice was still the same, ‘that changes things, doesn’t it?’
‘It do,’ another deep voice said. Its owner was a shadow.
‘Do you really think so?’
This was the second time I heard Atticus ask that question in two days, and it meant somebody’s man would get jumped. This was too good to miss. I broke away from Jem and ran as fast as I could to Atticus.
Jem shrieked and tried to catch me, but I had a lead on him and Dill. I pushed my way through dark smelly bodies and burst into the circle of light.
‘H-ey, Atticus?’
I thought he would have a fine surprise, but his face killed my joy. A flash of plain fear was going out of his eyes, but returned when Dill and Jem wrigggled into the light.
There was a smell of stale whisky and pigpen about, and when I glanced around I discovered that these men were strangers. They were not the people I saw last night. Hot embarrassment shot through me: I had leaped triumphantly into a ring of people I had never seen before.
Atticus got up from his chair, but he was moving slowly, like an old man. He put the newspaper down very carefully, adjusting its creases with lingering fingers. They were trembling a little.
‘Go home, Jem,’ he said. ‘Take Scout and Dill home.’
We were accustomed to prompt, if not always cheerful acquiescence to Atticus’s instructions, but from the way he stood Jem was not thinking of budging.
‘Go home, I said.’
Jem shook his head. As Atticus’s fists went to his hips, so did Jem’s, and as they faced each other I could see little resemblance between them: Jem’s soft brown hair and eyes, his oval face and snug-fitting ears were our mother’s, contrasting oddly with Atticus’s greying black
hair and square-cut features, but they were somehow alike. Mutual defiance made them alike.
‘Son, I said go home.’
Jem shook his head.
Â¥I Â¥ll send him home,’ a burly man said, and grabbed Jem roughly by the collar. He yanked Jem nearly off his feet.
‘Don’t you touch him!’ I kicked the man swiftly. Barefooted, I was surprised to see him fall back in real pain. I intended to kick his shin, but aimed too high.
‘That’ll do, Scout.’ Atticus put his hand on my shoulder. ‘Don’t kick folks. No ó’ he said, as I was pleading justification.
‘Ain’t nobody gonna do Jem that way,’ I said.
‘All right, Mr Finch, get ’em outa here,’ someone growled. ‘You got fifteen seconds to get ’em outa here.’
Question: How did Atticus appear to feel when the cars pulled up?
The Lynch Mob
(TO KILLA MOCKING-BIRD by Harper Lee)
As we walked up the sidewalk, we saw a solitary light burning in the distance. That’s funny/ said Jem, ‘jail doesn’t have an outside light.’
‘Looks like it’s over the door,’ said Dill.
A long extension cord ran between the bars of a second-floor window and down the side of the building. In the light from its bare bulb, Atticus was sitting propped against the front door. He was sitting in one of his office chairs, and he was reading, oblivious of the nightbugs dancing over his head.
I made to run, but Jem caught me. ‘Don’t go to him,’ he said, ‘he might not like it. He’s all right, let’s go home. I just wanted to see where he was.’
We were taking a short cut across the square when four dusty cars came in from the Meridian highway, moving slowly in a line. They went around the square, passed the bank building, and stopped in front of the jail.
Nobody got out. We saw Atticus look up from his newspaper. He closed it, folded it deliberately, dropped it in his lap, and pushed his hat to the back of his head. He seemed to be expecting them.
‘Come on,’ whispered Jem. We streaked across the square, across the street, until we were in the shelter of the Jitney Jungle door. Jem peeked up the sidewalk. ‘We can get closer,’ he said. We ran to Tyndals Hardware door ó near enough, at the same time discreet.
In ones and twos, men got out of the cars. Shadows became substance as light revealed solid shapes moving towards the jail door. Atticus remained where he was. The men hid him from view.
‘He in there, Mr Finch?’ a man said.
‘He is,Â¥ we heard Atticus answer, ‘and he’s asleep. Don’t wake him up.’
In obedience to my father, there followed what I later realised was a sickeningly comic aspect of an unfunny situation: the men talked in near-whispers.
‘You know what we want,’ another man said. ‘Get aside from the door, Mr Finch.’
‘You can turn around and go home again, Walter,’ Atticus said pleasantly. ‘Heck Tate’s around somewhere.’
‘The hell he is,’ said another man. ‘Heck’s bunch’s so deep in the woods they won’t get out till mornin’.’
‘Indeed? Why so?’
‘Called ’em off on a snipe hunt,’ was the succinct answer. ‘Didn’t you think a’ that, Mr Finch?’
‘Thought about it, but didn’t believe it. Well then,’ my father’s voice was still the same, ‘that changes things, doesn’t it?’
‘It do,’ another deep voice said. Its owner was a shadow.
‘Do you really think so?’
This was the second time I heard Atticus ask that question in two days, and it meant somebody’s man would get jumped. This was too good to miss. I broke away from Jem and ran as fast as I could to Atticus.
Jem shrieked and tried to catch me, but I had a lead on him and Dill. I pushed my way through dark smelly bodies and burst into the circle of light.
‘H-ey, Atticus?’
I thought he would have a fine surprise, but his face killed my joy. A flash of plain fear was going out of his eyes, but returned when Dill and Jem wrigggled into the light.
There was a smell of stale whisky and pigpen about, and when I glanced around I discovered that these men were strangers. They were not the people I saw last night. Hot embarrassment shot through me: I had leaped triumphantly into a ring of people I had never seen before.
Atticus got up from his chair, but he was moving slowly, like an old man. He put the newspaper down very carefully, adjusting its creases with lingering fingers. They were trembling a little.
‘Go home, Jem,’ he said. ‘Take Scout and Dill home.’
We were accustomed to prompt, if not always cheerful acquiescence to Atticus’s instructions, but from the way he stood Jem was not thinking of budging.
‘Go home, I said.’
Jem shook his head. As Atticus’s fists went to his hips, so did Jem’s, and as they faced each other I could see little resemblance between them: Jem’s soft brown hair and eyes, his oval face and snug-fitting ears were our mother’s, contrasting oddly with Atticus’s greying black
hair and square-cut features, but they were somehow alike. Mutual defiance made them alike.
‘Son, I said go home.’
Jem shook his head.
Â¥I Â¥ll send him home,’ a burly man said, and grabbed Jem roughly by the collar. He yanked Jem nearly off his feet.
‘Don’t you touch him!’ I kicked the man swiftly. Barefooted, I was surprised to see him fall back in real pain. I intended to kick his shin, but aimed too high.
‘That’ll do, Scout.’ Atticus put his hand on my shoulder. ‘Don’t kick folks. No ó’ he said, as I was pleading justification.
‘Ain’t nobody gonna do Jem that way,’ I said.
‘All right, Mr Finch, get ’em outa here,’ someone growled. ‘You got fifteen seconds to get ’em outa here.’
Question: What did Atticus say that indicated he didn’t believe the sheriff was in the woods?
The Lynch Mob
(TO KILLA MOCKING-BIRD by Harper Lee)
As we walked up the sidewalk, we saw a solitary light burning in the distance. That’s funny/ said Jem, ‘jail doesn’t have an outside light.’
‘Looks like it’s over the door,’ said Dill.
A long extension cord ran between the bars of a second-floor window and down the side of the building. In the light from its bare bulb, Atticus was sitting propped against the front door. He was sitting in one of his office chairs, and he was reading, oblivious of the nightbugs dancing over his head.
I made to run, but Jem caught me. ‘Don’t go to him,’ he said, ‘he might not like it. He’s all right, let’s go home. I just wanted to see where he was.’
We were taking a short cut across the square when four dusty cars came in from the Meridian highway, moving slowly in a line. They went around the square, passed the bank building, and stopped in front of the jail.
Nobody got out. We saw Atticus look up from his newspaper. He closed it, folded it deliberately, dropped it in his lap, and pushed his hat to the back of his head. He seemed to be expecting them.
‘Come on,’ whispered Jem. We streaked across the square, across the street, until we were in the shelter of the Jitney Jungle door. Jem peeked up the sidewalk. ‘We can get closer,’ he said. We ran to Tyndals Hardware door ó near enough, at the same time discreet.
In ones and twos, men got out of the cars. Shadows became substance as light revealed solid shapes moving towards the jail door. Atticus remained where he was. The men hid him from view.
‘He in there, Mr Finch?’ a man said.
‘He is,Â¥ we heard Atticus answer, ‘and he’s asleep. Don’t wake him up.’
In obedience to my father, there followed what I later realised was a sickeningly comic aspect of an unfunny situation: the men talked in near-whispers.
‘You know what we want,’ another man said. ‘Get aside from the door, Mr Finch.’
‘You can turn around and go home again, Walter,’ Atticus said pleasantly. ‘Heck Tate’s around somewhere.’
‘The hell he is,’ said another man. ‘Heck’s bunch’s so deep in the woods they won’t get out till mornin’.’
‘Indeed? Why so?’
‘Called ’em off on a snipe hunt,’ was the succinct answer. ‘Didn’t you think a’ that, Mr Finch?’
‘Thought about it, but didn’t believe it. Well then,’ my father’s voice was still the same, ‘that changes things, doesn’t it?’
‘It do,’ another deep voice said. Its owner was a shadow.
‘Do you really think so?’
This was the second time I heard Atticus ask that question in two days, and it meant somebody’s man would get jumped. This was too good to miss. I broke away from Jem and ran as fast as I could to Atticus.
Jem shrieked and tried to catch me, but I had a lead on him and Dill. I pushed my way through dark smelly bodies and burst into the circle of light.
‘H-ey, Atticus?’
I thought he would have a fine surprise, but his face killed my joy. A flash of plain fear was going out of his eyes, but returned when Dill and Jem wrigggled into the light.
There was a smell of stale whisky and pigpen about, and when I glanced around I discovered that these men were strangers. They were not the people I saw last night. Hot embarrassment shot through me: I had leaped triumphantly into a ring of people I had never seen before.
Atticus got up from his chair, but he was moving slowly, like an old man. He put the newspaper down very carefully, adjusting its creases with lingering fingers. They were trembling a little.
‘Go home, Jem,’ he said. ‘Take Scout and Dill home.’
We were accustomed to prompt, if not always cheerful acquiescence to Atticus’s instructions, but from the way he stood Jem was not thinking of budging.
‘Go home, I said.’
Jem shook his head. As Atticus’s fists went to his hips, so did Jem’s, and as they faced each other I could see little resemblance between them: Jem’s soft brown hair and eyes, his oval face and snug-fitting ears were our mother’s, contrasting oddly with Atticus’s greying black
hair and square-cut features, but they were somehow alike. Mutual defiance made them alike.
‘Son, I said go home.’
Jem shook his head.
Â¥I Â¥ll send him home,’ a burly man said, and grabbed Jem roughly by the collar. He yanked Jem nearly off his feet.
‘Don’t you touch him!’ I kicked the man swiftly. Barefooted, I was surprised to see him fall back in real pain. I intended to kick his shin, but aimed too high.
‘That’ll do, Scout.’ Atticus put his hand on my shoulder. ‘Don’t kick folks. No ó’ he said, as I was pleading justification.
‘Ain’t nobody gonna do Jem that way,’ I said.
‘All right, Mr Finch, get ’em outa here,’ someone growled. ‘You got fifteen seconds to get ’em outa here.’
Question: Which emotion did Scout notice flash through Atticus’s eyes?
The Lynch Mob
(TO KILLA MOCKING-BIRD by Harper Lee)
As we walked up the sidewalk, we saw a solitary light burning in the distance. That’s funny/ said Jem, ‘jail doesn’t have an outside light.’
‘Looks like it’s over the door,’ said Dill.
A long extension cord ran between the bars of a second-floor window and down the side of the building. In the light from its bare bulb, Atticus was sitting propped against the front door. He was sitting in one of his office chairs, and he was reading, oblivious of the nightbugs dancing over his head.
I made to run, but Jem caught me. ‘Don’t go to him,’ he said, ‘he might not like it. He’s all right, let’s go home. I just wanted to see where he was.’
We were taking a short cut across the square when four dusty cars came in from the Meridian highway, moving slowly in a line. They went around the square, passed the bank building, and stopped in front of the jail.
Nobody got out. We saw Atticus look up from his newspaper. He closed it, folded it deliberately, dropped it in his lap, and pushed his hat to the back of his head. He seemed to be expecting them.
‘Come on,’ whispered Jem. We streaked across the square, across the street, until we were in the shelter of the Jitney Jungle door. Jem peeked up the sidewalk. ‘We can get closer,’ he said. We ran to Tyndals Hardware door ó near enough, at the same time discreet.
In ones and twos, men got out of the cars. Shadows became substance as light revealed solid shapes moving towards the jail door. Atticus remained where he was. The men hid him from view.
‘He in there, Mr Finch?’ a man said.
‘He is,Â¥ we heard Atticus answer, ‘and he’s asleep. Don’t wake him up.’
In obedience to my father, there followed what I later realised was a sickeningly comic aspect of an unfunny situation: the men talked in near-whispers.
‘You know what we want,’ another man said. ‘Get aside from the door, Mr Finch.’
‘You can turn around and go home again, Walter,’ Atticus said pleasantly. ‘Heck Tate’s around somewhere.’
‘The hell he is,’ said another man. ‘Heck’s bunch’s so deep in the woods they won’t get out till mornin’.’
‘Indeed? Why so?’
‘Called ’em off on a snipe hunt,’ was the succinct answer. ‘Didn’t you think a’ that, Mr Finch?’
‘Thought about it, but didn’t believe it. Well then,’ my father’s voice was still the same, ‘that changes things, doesn’t it?’
‘It do,’ another deep voice said. Its owner was a shadow.
‘Do you really think so?’
This was the second time I heard Atticus ask that question in two days, and it meant somebody’s man would get jumped. This was too good to miss. I broke away from Jem and ran as fast as I could to Atticus.
Jem shrieked and tried to catch me, but I had a lead on him and Dill. I pushed my way through dark smelly bodies and burst into the circle of light.
‘H-ey, Atticus?’
I thought he would have a fine surprise, but his face killed my joy. A flash of plain fear was going out of his eyes, but returned when Dill and Jem wrigggled into the light.
There was a smell of stale whisky and pigpen about, and when I glanced around I discovered that these men were strangers. They were not the people I saw last night. Hot embarrassment shot through me: I had leaped triumphantly into a ring of people I had never seen before.
Atticus got up from his chair, but he was moving slowly, like an old man. He put the newspaper down very carefully, adjusting its creases with lingering fingers. They were trembling a little.
‘Go home, Jem,’ he said. ‘Take Scout and Dill home.’
We were accustomed to prompt, if not always cheerful acquiescence to Atticus’s instructions, but from the way he stood Jem was not thinking of budging.
‘Go home, I said.’
Jem shook his head. As Atticus’s fists went to his hips, so did Jem’s, and as they faced each other I could see little resemblance between them: Jem’s soft brown hair and eyes, his oval face and snug-fitting ears were our mother’s, contrasting oddly with Atticus’s greying black
hair and square-cut features, but they were somehow alike. Mutual defiance made them alike.
‘Son, I said go home.’
Jem shook his head.
Â¥I Â¥ll send him home,’ a burly man said, and grabbed Jem roughly by the collar. He yanked Jem nearly off his feet.
‘Don’t you touch him!’ I kicked the man swiftly. Barefooted, I was surprised to see him fall back in real pain. I intended to kick his shin, but aimed too high.
‘That’ll do, Scout.’ Atticus put his hand on my shoulder. ‘Don’t kick folks. No ó’ he said, as I was pleading justification.
‘Ain’t nobody gonna do Jem that way,’ I said.
‘All right, Mr Finch, get ’em outa here,’ someone growled. ‘You got fifteen seconds to get ’em outa here.’
Question: What was the men’s primary mode of communication?
The Lynch Mob
(TO KILLA MOCKING-BIRD by Harper Lee)
As we walked up the sidewalk, we saw a solitary light burning in the distance. That’s funny/ said Jem, ‘jail doesn’t have an outside light.’
‘Looks like it’s over the door,’ said Dill.
A long extension cord ran between the bars of a second-floor window and down the side of the building. In the light from its bare bulb, Atticus was sitting propped against the front door. He was sitting in one of his office chairs, and he was reading, oblivious of the nightbugs dancing over his head.
I made to run, but Jem caught me. ‘Don’t go to him,’ he said, ‘he might not like it. He’s all right, let’s go home. I just wanted to see where he was.’
We were taking a short cut across the square when four dusty cars came in from the Meridian highway, moving slowly in a line. They went around the square, passed the bank building, and stopped in front of the jail.
Nobody got out. We saw Atticus look up from his newspaper. He closed it, folded it deliberately, dropped it in his lap, and pushed his hat to the back of his head. He seemed to be expecting them.
‘Come on,’ whispered Jem. We streaked across the square, across the street, until we were in the shelter of the Jitney Jungle door. Jem peeked up the sidewalk. ‘We can get closer,’ he said. We ran to Tyndals Hardware door ó near enough, at the same time discreet.
In ones and twos, men got out of the cars. Shadows became substance as light revealed solid shapes moving towards the jail door. Atticus remained where he was. The men hid him from view.
‘He in there, Mr Finch?’ a man said.
‘He is,Â¥ we heard Atticus answer, ‘and he’s asleep. Don’t wake him up.’
In obedience to my father, there followed what I later realised was a sickeningly comic aspect of an unfunny situation: the men talked in near-whispers.
‘You know what we want,’ another man said. ‘Get aside from the door, Mr Finch.’
‘You can turn around and go home again, Walter,’ Atticus said pleasantly. ‘Heck Tate’s around somewhere.’
‘The hell he is,’ said another man. ‘Heck’s bunch’s so deep in the woods they won’t get out till mornin’.’
‘Indeed? Why so?’
‘Called ’em off on a snipe hunt,’ was the succinct answer. ‘Didn’t you think a’ that, Mr Finch?’
‘Thought about it, but didn’t believe it. Well then,’ my father’s voice was still the same, ‘that changes things, doesn’t it?’
‘It do,’ another deep voice said. Its owner was a shadow.
‘Do you really think so?’
This was the second time I heard Atticus ask that question in two days, and it meant somebody’s man would get jumped. This was too good to miss. I broke away from Jem and ran as fast as I could to Atticus.
Jem shrieked and tried to catch me, but I had a lead on him and Dill. I pushed my way through dark smelly bodies and burst into the circle of light.
‘H-ey, Atticus?’
I thought he would have a fine surprise, but his face killed my joy. A flash of plain fear was going out of his eyes, but returned when Dill and Jem wrigggled into the light.
There was a smell of stale whisky and pigpen about, and when I glanced around I discovered that these men were strangers. They were not the people I saw last night. Hot embarrassment shot through me: I had leaped triumphantly into a ring of people I had never seen before.
Atticus got up from his chair, but he was moving slowly, like an old man. He put the newspaper down very carefully, adjusting its creases with lingering fingers. They were trembling a little.
‘Go home, Jem,’ he said. ‘Take Scout and Dill home.’
We were accustomed to prompt, if not always cheerful acquiescence to Atticus’s instructions, but from the way he stood Jem was not thinking of budging.
‘Go home, I said.’
Jem shook his head. As Atticus’s fists went to his hips, so did Jem’s, and as they faced each other I could see little resemblance between them: Jem’s soft brown hair and eyes, his oval face and snug-fitting ears were our mother’s, contrasting oddly with Atticus’s greying black
hair and square-cut features, but they were somehow alike. Mutual defiance made them alike.
‘Son, I said go home.’
Jem shook his head.
Â¥I Â¥ll send him home,’ a burly man said, and grabbed Jem roughly by the collar. He yanked Jem nearly off his feet.
‘Don’t you touch him!’ I kicked the man swiftly. Barefooted, I was surprised to see him fall back in real pain. I intended to kick his shin, but aimed too high.
‘That’ll do, Scout.’ Atticus put his hand on my shoulder. ‘Don’t kick folks. No ó’ he said, as I was pleading justification.
‘Ain’t nobody gonna do Jem that way,’ I said.
‘All right, Mr Finch, get ’em outa here,’ someone growled. ‘You got fifteen seconds to get ’em outa here.’
Question: What did Atticus ask the men to do initially?
The Lynch Mob
(TO KILLA MOCKING-BIRD by Harper Lee)
As we walked up the sidewalk, we saw a solitary light burning in the distance. That’s funny/ said Jem, ‘jail doesn’t have an outside light.’
‘Looks like it’s over the door,’ said Dill.
A long extension cord ran between the bars of a second-floor window and down the side of the building. In the light from its bare bulb, Atticus was sitting propped against the front door. He was sitting in one of his office chairs, and he was reading, oblivious of the nightbugs dancing over his head.
I made to run, but Jem caught me. ‘Don’t go to him,’ he said, ‘he might not like it. He’s all right, let’s go home. I just wanted to see where he was.’
We were taking a short cut across the square when four dusty cars came in from the Meridian highway, moving slowly in a line. They went around the square, passed the bank building, and stopped in front of the jail.
Nobody got out. We saw Atticus look up from his newspaper. He closed it, folded it deliberately, dropped it in his lap, and pushed his hat to the back of his head. He seemed to be expecting them.
‘Come on,’ whispered Jem. We streaked across the square, across the street, until we were in the shelter of the Jitney Jungle door. Jem peeked up the sidewalk. ‘We can get closer,’ he said. We ran to Tyndals Hardware door ó near enough, at the same time discreet.
In ones and twos, men got out of the cars. Shadows became substance as light revealed solid shapes moving towards the jail door. Atticus remained where he was. The men hid him from view.
‘He in there, Mr Finch?’ a man said.
‘He is,Â¥ we heard Atticus answer, ‘and he’s asleep. Don’t wake him up.’
In obedience to my father, there followed what I later realised was a sickeningly comic aspect of an unfunny situation: the men talked in near-whispers.
‘You know what we want,’ another man said. ‘Get aside from the door, Mr Finch.’
‘You can turn around and go home again, Walter,’ Atticus said pleasantly. ‘Heck Tate’s around somewhere.’
‘The hell he is,’ said another man. ‘Heck’s bunch’s so deep in the woods they won’t get out till mornin’.’
‘Indeed? Why so?’
‘Called ’em off on a snipe hunt,’ was the succinct answer. ‘Didn’t you think a’ that, Mr Finch?’
‘Thought about it, but didn’t believe it. Well then,’ my father’s voice was still the same, ‘that changes things, doesn’t it?’
‘It do,’ another deep voice said. Its owner was a shadow.
‘Do you really think so?’
This was the second time I heard Atticus ask that question in two days, and it meant somebody’s man would get jumped. This was too good to miss. I broke away from Jem and ran as fast as I could to Atticus.
Jem shrieked and tried to catch me, but I had a lead on him and Dill. I pushed my way through dark smelly bodies and burst into the circle of light.
‘H-ey, Atticus?’
I thought he would have a fine surprise, but his face killed my joy. A flash of plain fear was going out of his eyes, but returned when Dill and Jem wrigggled into the light.
There was a smell of stale whisky and pigpen about, and when I glanced around I discovered that these men were strangers. They were not the people I saw last night. Hot embarrassment shot through me: I had leaped triumphantly into a ring of people I had never seen before.
Atticus got up from his chair, but he was moving slowly, like an old man. He put the newspaper down very carefully, adjusting its creases with lingering fingers. They were trembling a little.
‘Go home, Jem,’ he said. ‘Take Scout and Dill home.’
We were accustomed to prompt, if not always cheerful acquiescence to Atticus’s instructions, but from the way he stood Jem was not thinking of budging.
‘Go home, I said.’
Jem shook his head. As Atticus’s fists went to his hips, so did Jem’s, and as they faced each other I could see little resemblance between them: Jem’s soft brown hair and eyes, his oval face and snug-fitting ears were our mother’s, contrasting oddly with Atticus’s greying black
hair and square-cut features, but they were somehow alike. Mutual defiance made them alike.
‘Son, I said go home.’
Jem shook his head.
Â¥I Â¥ll send him home,’ a burly man said, and grabbed Jem roughly by the collar. He yanked Jem nearly off his feet.
‘Don’t you touch him!’ I kicked the man swiftly. Barefooted, I was surprised to see him fall back in real pain. I intended to kick his shin, but aimed too high.
‘That’ll do, Scout.’ Atticus put his hand on my shoulder. ‘Don’t kick folks. No ó’ he said, as I was pleading justification.
‘Ain’t nobody gonna do Jem that way,’ I said.
‘All right, Mr Finch, get ’em outa here,’ someone growled. ‘You got fifteen seconds to get ’em outa here.’
Question: Why did Jem and Dill follow Scout?
The Lynch Mob
(TO KILLA MOCKING-BIRD by Harper Lee)
As we walked up the sidewalk, we saw a solitary light burning in the distance. That’s funny/ said Jem, ‘jail doesn’t have an outside light.’
‘Looks like it’s over the door,’ said Dill.
A long extension cord ran between the bars of a second-floor window and down the side of the building. In the light from its bare bulb, Atticus was sitting propped against the front door. He was sitting in one of his office chairs, and he was reading, oblivious of the nightbugs dancing over his head.
I made to run, but Jem caught me. ‘Don’t go to him,’ he said, ‘he might not like it. He’s all right, let’s go home. I just wanted to see where he was.’
We were taking a short cut across the square when four dusty cars came in from the Meridian highway, moving slowly in a line. They went around the square, passed the bank building, and stopped in front of the jail.
Nobody got out. We saw Atticus look up from his newspaper. He closed it, folded it deliberately, dropped it in his lap, and pushed his hat to the back of his head. He seemed to be expecting them.
‘Come on,’ whispered Jem. We streaked across the square, across the street, until we were in the shelter of the Jitney Jungle door. Jem peeked up the sidewalk. ‘We can get closer,’ he said. We ran to Tyndals Hardware door ó near enough, at the same time discreet.
In ones and twos, men got out of the cars. Shadows became substance as light revealed solid shapes moving towards the jail door. Atticus remained where he was. The men hid him from view.
‘He in there, Mr Finch?’ a man said.
‘He is,Â¥ we heard Atticus answer, ‘and he’s asleep. Don’t wake him up.’
In obedience to my father, there followed what I later realised was a sickeningly comic aspect of an unfunny situation: the men talked in near-whispers.
‘You know what we want,’ another man said. ‘Get aside from the door, Mr Finch.’
‘You can turn around and go home again, Walter,’ Atticus said pleasantly. ‘Heck Tate’s around somewhere.’
‘The hell he is,’ said another man. ‘Heck’s bunch’s so deep in the woods they won’t get out till mornin’.’
‘Indeed? Why so?’
‘Called ’em off on a snipe hunt,’ was the succinct answer. ‘Didn’t you think a’ that, Mr Finch?’
‘Thought about it, but didn’t believe it. Well then,’ my father’s voice was still the same, ‘that changes things, doesn’t it?’
‘It do,’ another deep voice said. Its owner was a shadow.
‘Do you really think so?’
This was the second time I heard Atticus ask that question in two days, and it meant somebody’s man would get jumped. This was too good to miss. I broke away from Jem and ran as fast as I could to Atticus.
Jem shrieked and tried to catch me, but I had a lead on him and Dill. I pushed my way through dark smelly bodies and burst into the circle of light.
‘H-ey, Atticus?’
I thought he would have a fine surprise, but his face killed my joy. A flash of plain fear was going out of his eyes, but returned when Dill and Jem wrigggled into the light.
There was a smell of stale whisky and pigpen about, and when I glanced around I discovered that these men were strangers. They were not the people I saw last night. Hot embarrassment shot through me: I had leaped triumphantly into a ring of people I had never seen before.
Atticus got up from his chair, but he was moving slowly, like an old man. He put the newspaper down very carefully, adjusting its creases with lingering fingers. They were trembling a little.
‘Go home, Jem,’ he said. ‘Take Scout and Dill home.’
We were accustomed to prompt, if not always cheerful acquiescence to Atticus’s instructions, but from the way he stood Jem was not thinking of budging.
‘Go home, I said.’
Jem shook his head. As Atticus’s fists went to his hips, so did Jem’s, and as they faced each other I could see little resemblance between them: Jem’s soft brown hair and eyes, his oval face and snug-fitting ears were our mother’s, contrasting oddly with Atticus’s greying black
hair and square-cut features, but they were somehow alike. Mutual defiance made them alike.
‘Son, I said go home.’
Jem shook his head.
Â¥I Â¥ll send him home,’ a burly man said, and grabbed Jem roughly by the collar. He yanked Jem nearly off his feet.
‘Don’t you touch him!’ I kicked the man swiftly. Barefooted, I was surprised to see him fall back in real pain. I intended to kick his shin, but aimed too high.
‘That’ll do, Scout.’ Atticus put his hand on my shoulder. ‘Don’t kick folks. No ó’ he said, as I was pleading justification.
‘Ain’t nobody gonna do Jem that way,’ I said.
‘All right, Mr Finch, get ’em outa here,’ someone growled. ‘You got fifteen seconds to get ’em outa here.’
Question: What aspect of the situation did Scout find “sickeningly comic”?
The Lynch Mob
(TO KILLA MOCKING-BIRD by Harper Lee)
As we walked up the sidewalk, we saw a solitary light burning in the distance. That’s funny/ said Jem, ‘jail doesn’t have an outside light.’
‘Looks like it’s over the door,’ said Dill.
A long extension cord ran between the bars of a second-floor window and down the side of the building. In the light from its bare bulb, Atticus was sitting propped against the front door. He was sitting in one of his office chairs, and he was reading, oblivious of the nightbugs dancing over his head.
I made to run, but Jem caught me. ‘Don’t go to him,’ he said, ‘he might not like it. He’s all right, let’s go home. I just wanted to see where he was.’
We were taking a short cut across the square when four dusty cars came in from the Meridian highway, moving slowly in a line. They went around the square, passed the bank building, and stopped in front of the jail.
Nobody got out. We saw Atticus look up from his newspaper. He closed it, folded it deliberately, dropped it in his lap, and pushed his hat to the back of his head. He seemed to be expecting them.
‘Come on,’ whispered Jem. We streaked across the square, across the street, until we were in the shelter of the Jitney Jungle door. Jem peeked up the sidewalk. ‘We can get closer,’ he said. We ran to Tyndals Hardware door ó near enough, at the same time discreet.
In ones and twos, men got out of the cars. Shadows became substance as light revealed solid shapes moving towards the jail door. Atticus remained where he was. The men hid him from view.
‘He in there, Mr Finch?’ a man said.
‘He is,Â¥ we heard Atticus answer, ‘and he’s asleep. Don’t wake him up.’
In obedience to my father, there followed what I later realised was a sickeningly comic aspect of an unfunny situation: the men talked in near-whispers.
‘You know what we want,’ another man said. ‘Get aside from the door, Mr Finch.’
‘You can turn around and go home again, Walter,’ Atticus said pleasantly. ‘Heck Tate’s around somewhere.’
‘The hell he is,’ said another man. ‘Heck’s bunch’s so deep in the woods they won’t get out till mornin’.’
‘Indeed? Why so?’
‘Called ’em off on a snipe hunt,’ was the succinct answer. ‘Didn’t you think a’ that, Mr Finch?’
‘Thought about it, but didn’t believe it. Well then,’ my father’s voice was still the same, ‘that changes things, doesn’t it?’
‘It do,’ another deep voice said. Its owner was a shadow.
‘Do you really think so?’
This was the second time I heard Atticus ask that question in two days, and it meant somebody’s man would get jumped. This was too good to miss. I broke away from Jem and ran as fast as I could to Atticus.
Jem shrieked and tried to catch me, but I had a lead on him and Dill. I pushed my way through dark smelly bodies and burst into the circle of light.
‘H-ey, Atticus?’
I thought he would have a fine surprise, but his face killed my joy. A flash of plain fear was going out of his eyes, but returned when Dill and Jem wrigggled into the light.
There was a smell of stale whisky and pigpen about, and when I glanced around I discovered that these men were strangers. They were not the people I saw last night. Hot embarrassment shot through me: I had leaped triumphantly into a ring of people I had never seen before.
Atticus got up from his chair, but he was moving slowly, like an old man. He put the newspaper down very carefully, adjusting its creases with lingering fingers. They were trembling a little.
‘Go home, Jem,’ he said. ‘Take Scout and Dill home.’
We were accustomed to prompt, if not always cheerful acquiescence to Atticus’s instructions, but from the way he stood Jem was not thinking of budging.
‘Go home, I said.’
Jem shook his head. As Atticus’s fists went to his hips, so did Jem’s, and as they faced each other I could see little resemblance between them: Jem’s soft brown hair and eyes, his oval face and snug-fitting ears were our mother’s, contrasting oddly with Atticus’s greying black
hair and square-cut features, but they were somehow alike. Mutual defiance made them alike.
‘Son, I said go home.’
Jem shook his head.
Â¥I Â¥ll send him home,’ a burly man said, and grabbed Jem roughly by the collar. He yanked Jem nearly off his feet.
‘Don’t you touch him!’ I kicked the man swiftly. Barefooted, I was surprised to see him fall back in real pain. I intended to kick his shin, but aimed too high.
‘That’ll do, Scout.’ Atticus put his hand on my shoulder. ‘Don’t kick folks. No ó’ he said, as I was pleading justification.
‘Ain’t nobody gonna do Jem that way,’ I said.
‘All right, Mr Finch, get ’em outa here,’ someone growled. ‘You got fifteen seconds to get ’em outa here.’
Question: What did Atticus do with his newspaper?
The Lynch Mob
(TO KILLA MOCKING-BIRD by Harper Lee)
As we walked up the sidewalk, we saw a solitary light burning in the distance. That’s funny/ said Jem, ‘jail doesn’t have an outside light.’
‘Looks like it’s over the door,’ said Dill.
A long extension cord ran between the bars of a second-floor window and down the side of the building. In the light from its bare bulb, Atticus was sitting propped against the front door. He was sitting in one of his office chairs, and he was reading, oblivious of the nightbugs dancing over his head.
I made to run, but Jem caught me. ‘Don’t go to him,’ he said, ‘he might not like it. He’s all right, let’s go home. I just wanted to see where he was.’
We were taking a short cut across the square when four dusty cars came in from the Meridian highway, moving slowly in a line. They went around the square, passed the bank building, and stopped in front of the jail.
Nobody got out. We saw Atticus look up from his newspaper. He closed it, folded it deliberately, dropped it in his lap, and pushed his hat to the back of his head. He seemed to be expecting them.
‘Come on,’ whispered Jem. We streaked across the square, across the street, until we were in the shelter of the Jitney Jungle door. Jem peeked up the sidewalk. ‘We can get closer,’ he said. We ran to Tyndals Hardware door ó near enough, at the same time discreet.
In ones and twos, men got out of the cars. Shadows became substance as light revealed solid shapes moving towards the jail door. Atticus remained where he was. The men hid him from view.
‘He in there, Mr Finch?’ a man said.
‘He is,Â¥ we heard Atticus answer, ‘and he’s asleep. Don’t wake him up.’
In obedience to my father, there followed what I later realised was a sickeningly comic aspect of an unfunny situation: the men talked in near-whispers.
‘You know what we want,’ another man said. ‘Get aside from the door, Mr Finch.’
‘You can turn around and go home again, Walter,’ Atticus said pleasantly. ‘Heck Tate’s around somewhere.’
‘The hell he is,’ said another man. ‘Heck’s bunch’s so deep in the woods they won’t get out till mornin’.’
‘Indeed? Why so?’
‘Called ’em off on a snipe hunt,’ was the succinct answer. ‘Didn’t you think a’ that, Mr Finch?’
‘Thought about it, but didn’t believe it. Well then,’ my father’s voice was still the same, ‘that changes things, doesn’t it?’
‘It do,’ another deep voice said. Its owner was a shadow.
‘Do you really think so?’
This was the second time I heard Atticus ask that question in two days, and it meant somebody’s man would get jumped. This was too good to miss. I broke away from Jem and ran as fast as I could to Atticus.
Jem shrieked and tried to catch me, but I had a lead on him and Dill. I pushed my way through dark smelly bodies and burst into the circle of light.
‘H-ey, Atticus?’
I thought he would have a fine surprise, but his face killed my joy. A flash of plain fear was going out of his eyes, but returned when Dill and Jem wrigggled into the light.
There was a smell of stale whisky and pigpen about, and when I glanced around I discovered that these men were strangers. They were not the people I saw last night. Hot embarrassment shot through me: I had leaped triumphantly into a ring of people I had never seen before.
Atticus got up from his chair, but he was moving slowly, like an old man. He put the newspaper down very carefully, adjusting its creases with lingering fingers. They were trembling a little.
‘Go home, Jem,’ he said. ‘Take Scout and Dill home.’
We were accustomed to prompt, if not always cheerful acquiescence to Atticus’s instructions, but from the way he stood Jem was not thinking of budging.
‘Go home, I said.’
Jem shook his head. As Atticus’s fists went to his hips, so did Jem’s, and as they faced each other I could see little resemblance between them: Jem’s soft brown hair and eyes, his oval face and snug-fitting ears were our mother’s, contrasting oddly with Atticus’s greying black
hair and square-cut features, but they were somehow alike. Mutual defiance made them alike.
‘Son, I said go home.’
Jem shook his head.
Â¥I Â¥ll send him home,’ a burly man said, and grabbed Jem roughly by the collar. He yanked Jem nearly off his feet.
‘Don’t you touch him!’ I kicked the man swiftly. Barefooted, I was surprised to see him fall back in real pain. I intended to kick his shin, but aimed too high.
‘That’ll do, Scout.’ Atticus put his hand on my shoulder. ‘Don’t kick folks. No ó’ he said, as I was pleading justification.
‘Ain’t nobody gonna do Jem that way,’ I said.
‘All right, Mr Finch, get ’em outa here,’ someone growled. ‘You got fifteen seconds to get ’em outa here.’
Question: What did the men smell like?
The Lynch Mob
(TO KILLA MOCKING-BIRD by Harper Lee)
As we walked up the sidewalk, we saw a solitary light burning in the distance. That’s funny/ said Jem, ‘jail doesn’t have an outside light.’
‘Looks like it’s over the door,’ said Dill.
A long extension cord ran between the bars of a second-floor window and down the side of the building. In the light from its bare bulb, Atticus was sitting propped against the front door. He was sitting in one of his office chairs, and he was reading, oblivious of the nightbugs dancing over his head.
I made to run, but Jem caught me. ‘Don’t go to him,’ he said, ‘he might not like it. He’s all right, let’s go home. I just wanted to see where he was.’
We were taking a short cut across the square when four dusty cars came in from the Meridian highway, moving slowly in a line. They went around the square, passed the bank building, and stopped in front of the jail.
Nobody got out. We saw Atticus look up from his newspaper. He closed it, folded it deliberately, dropped it in his lap, and pushed his hat to the back of his head. He seemed to be expecting them.
‘Come on,’ whispered Jem. We streaked across the square, across the street, until we were in the shelter of the Jitney Jungle door. Jem peeked up the sidewalk. ‘We can get closer,’ he said. We ran to Tyndals Hardware door ó near enough, at the same time discreet.
In ones and twos, men got out of the cars. Shadows became substance as light revealed solid shapes moving towards the jail door. Atticus remained where he was. The men hid him from view.
‘He in there, Mr Finch?’ a man said.
‘He is,Â¥ we heard Atticus answer, ‘and he’s asleep. Don’t wake him up.’
In obedience to my father, there followed what I later realised was a sickeningly comic aspect of an unfunny situation: the men talked in near-whispers.
‘You know what we want,’ another man said. ‘Get aside from the door, Mr Finch.’
‘You can turn around and go home again, Walter,’ Atticus said pleasantly. ‘Heck Tate’s around somewhere.’
‘The hell he is,’ said another man. ‘Heck’s bunch’s so deep in the woods they won’t get out till mornin’.’
‘Indeed? Why so?’
‘Called ’em off on a snipe hunt,’ was the succinct answer. ‘Didn’t you think a’ that, Mr Finch?’
‘Thought about it, but didn’t believe it. Well then,’ my father’s voice was still the same, ‘that changes things, doesn’t it?’
‘It do,’ another deep voice said. Its owner was a shadow.
‘Do you really think so?’
This was the second time I heard Atticus ask that question in two days, and it meant somebody’s man would get jumped. This was too good to miss. I broke away from Jem and ran as fast as I could to Atticus.
Jem shrieked and tried to catch me, but I had a lead on him and Dill. I pushed my way through dark smelly bodies and burst into the circle of light.
‘H-ey, Atticus?’
I thought he would have a fine surprise, but his face killed my joy. A flash of plain fear was going out of his eyes, but returned when Dill and Jem wrigggled into the light.
There was a smell of stale whisky and pigpen about, and when I glanced around I discovered that these men were strangers. They were not the people I saw last night. Hot embarrassment shot through me: I had leaped triumphantly into a ring of people I had never seen before.
Atticus got up from his chair, but he was moving slowly, like an old man. He put the newspaper down very carefully, adjusting its creases with lingering fingers. They were trembling a little.
‘Go home, Jem,’ he said. ‘Take Scout and Dill home.’
We were accustomed to prompt, if not always cheerful acquiescence to Atticus’s instructions, but from the way he stood Jem was not thinking of budging.
‘Go home, I said.’
Jem shook his head. As Atticus’s fists went to his hips, so did Jem’s, and as they faced each other I could see little resemblance between them: Jem’s soft brown hair and eyes, his oval face and snug-fitting ears were our mother’s, contrasting oddly with Atticus’s greying black
hair and square-cut features, but they were somehow alike. Mutual defiance made them alike.
‘Son, I said go home.’
Jem shook his head.
Â¥I Â¥ll send him home,’ a burly man said, and grabbed Jem roughly by the collar. He yanked Jem nearly off his feet.
‘Don’t you touch him!’ I kicked the man swiftly. Barefooted, I was surprised to see him fall back in real pain. I intended to kick his shin, but aimed too high.
‘That’ll do, Scout.’ Atticus put his hand on my shoulder. ‘Don’t kick folks. No ó’ he said, as I was pleading justification.
‘Ain’t nobody gonna do Jem that way,’ I said.
‘All right, Mr Finch, get ’em outa here,’ someone growled. ‘You got fifteen seconds to get ’em outa here.’
Question: How did the men arrive at the jail?
The Lynch Mob
(TO KILLA MOCKING-BIRD by Harper Lee)
As we walked up the sidewalk, we saw a solitary light burning in the distance. That’s funny/ said Jem, ‘jail doesn’t have an outside light.’
‘Looks like it’s over the door,’ said Dill.
A long extension cord ran between the bars of a second-floor window and down the side of the building. In the light from its bare bulb, Atticus was sitting propped against the front door. He was sitting in one of his office chairs, and he was reading, oblivious of the nightbugs dancing over his head.
I made to run, but Jem caught me. ‘Don’t go to him,’ he said, ‘he might not like it. He’s all right, let’s go home. I just wanted to see where he was.’
We were taking a short cut across the square when four dusty cars came in from the Meridian highway, moving slowly in a line. They went around the square, passed the bank building, and stopped in front of the jail.
Nobody got out. We saw Atticus look up from his newspaper. He closed it, folded it deliberately, dropped it in his lap, and pushed his hat to the back of his head. He seemed to be expecting them.
‘Come on,’ whispered Jem. We streaked across the square, across the street, until we were in the shelter of the Jitney Jungle door. Jem peeked up the sidewalk. ‘We can get closer,’ he said. We ran to Tyndals Hardware door ó near enough, at the same time discreet.
In ones and twos, men got out of the cars. Shadows became substance as light revealed solid shapes moving towards the jail door. Atticus remained where he was. The men hid him from view.
‘He in there, Mr Finch?’ a man said.
‘He is,Â¥ we heard Atticus answer, ‘and he’s asleep. Don’t wake him up.’
In obedience to my father, there followed what I later realised was a sickeningly comic aspect of an unfunny situation: the men talked in near-whispers.
‘You know what we want,’ another man said. ‘Get aside from the door, Mr Finch.’
‘You can turn around and go home again, Walter,’ Atticus said pleasantly. ‘Heck Tate’s around somewhere.’
‘The hell he is,’ said another man. ‘Heck’s bunch’s so deep in the woods they won’t get out till mornin’.’
‘Indeed? Why so?’
‘Called ’em off on a snipe hunt,’ was the succinct answer. ‘Didn’t you think a’ that, Mr Finch?’
‘Thought about it, but didn’t believe it. Well then,’ my father’s voice was still the same, ‘that changes things, doesn’t it?’
‘It do,’ another deep voice said. Its owner was a shadow.
‘Do you really think so?’
This was the second time I heard Atticus ask that question in two days, and it meant somebody’s man would get jumped. This was too good to miss. I broke away from Jem and ran as fast as I could to Atticus.
Jem shrieked and tried to catch me, but I had a lead on him and Dill. I pushed my way through dark smelly bodies and burst into the circle of light.
‘H-ey, Atticus?’
I thought he would have a fine surprise, but his face killed my joy. A flash of plain fear was going out of his eyes, but returned when Dill and Jem wrigggled into the light.
There was a smell of stale whisky and pigpen about, and when I glanced around I discovered that these men were strangers. They were not the people I saw last night. Hot embarrassment shot through me: I had leaped triumphantly into a ring of people I had never seen before.
Atticus got up from his chair, but he was moving slowly, like an old man. He put the newspaper down very carefully, adjusting its creases with lingering fingers. They were trembling a little.
‘Go home, Jem,’ he said. ‘Take Scout and Dill home.’
We were accustomed to prompt, if not always cheerful acquiescence to Atticus’s instructions, but from the way he stood Jem was not thinking of budging.
‘Go home, I said.’
Jem shook his head. As Atticus’s fists went to his hips, so did Jem’s, and as they faced each other I could see little resemblance between them: Jem’s soft brown hair and eyes, his oval face and snug-fitting ears were our mother’s, contrasting oddly with Atticus’s greying black
hair and square-cut features, but they were somehow alike. Mutual defiance made them alike.
‘Son, I said go home.’
Jem shook his head.
Â¥I Â¥ll send him home,’ a burly man said, and grabbed Jem roughly by the collar. He yanked Jem nearly off his feet.
‘Don’t you touch him!’ I kicked the man swiftly. Barefooted, I was surprised to see him fall back in real pain. I intended to kick his shin, but aimed too high.
‘That’ll do, Scout.’ Atticus put his hand on my shoulder. ‘Don’t kick folks. No ó’ he said, as I was pleading justification.
‘Ain’t nobody gonna do Jem that way,’ I said.
‘All right, Mr Finch, get ’em outa here,’ someone growled. ‘You got fifteen seconds to get ’em outa here.’
Question: What did the burly man do to Jem?
The Lynch Mob
(TO KILLA MOCKING-BIRD by Harper Lee)
As we walked up the sidewalk, we saw a solitary light burning in the distance. That’s funny/ said Jem, ‘jail doesn’t have an outside light.’
‘Looks like it’s over the door,’ said Dill.
A long extension cord ran between the bars of a second-floor window and down the side of the building. In the light from its bare bulb, Atticus was sitting propped against the front door. He was sitting in one of his office chairs, and he was reading, oblivious of the nightbugs dancing over his head.
I made to run, but Jem caught me. ‘Don’t go to him,’ he said, ‘he might not like it. He’s all right, let’s go home. I just wanted to see where he was.’
We were taking a short cut across the square when four dusty cars came in from the Meridian highway, moving slowly in a line. They went around the square, passed the bank building, and stopped in front of the jail.
Nobody got out. We saw Atticus look up from his newspaper. He closed it, folded it deliberately, dropped it in his lap, and pushed his hat to the back of his head. He seemed to be expecting them.
‘Come on,’ whispered Jem. We streaked across the square, across the street, until we were in the shelter of the Jitney Jungle door. Jem peeked up the sidewalk. ‘We can get closer,’ he said. We ran to Tyndals Hardware door ó near enough, at the same time discreet.
In ones and twos, men got out of the cars. Shadows became substance as light revealed solid shapes moving towards the jail door. Atticus remained where he was. The men hid him from view.
‘He in there, Mr Finch?’ a man said.
‘He is,Â¥ we heard Atticus answer, ‘and he’s asleep. Don’t wake him up.’
In obedience to my father, there followed what I later realised was a sickeningly comic aspect of an unfunny situation: the men talked in near-whispers.
‘You know what we want,’ another man said. ‘Get aside from the door, Mr Finch.’
‘You can turn around and go home again, Walter,’ Atticus said pleasantly. ‘Heck Tate’s around somewhere.’
‘The hell he is,’ said another man. ‘Heck’s bunch’s so deep in the woods they won’t get out till mornin’.’
‘Indeed? Why so?’
‘Called ’em off on a snipe hunt,’ was the succinct answer. ‘Didn’t you think a’ that, Mr Finch?’
‘Thought about it, but didn’t believe it. Well then,’ my father’s voice was still the same, ‘that changes things, doesn’t it?’
‘It do,’ another deep voice said. Its owner was a shadow.
‘Do you really think so?’
This was the second time I heard Atticus ask that question in two days, and it meant somebody’s man would get jumped. This was too good to miss. I broke away from Jem and ran as fast as I could to Atticus.
Jem shrieked and tried to catch me, but I had a lead on him and Dill. I pushed my way through dark smelly bodies and burst into the circle of light.
‘H-ey, Atticus?’
I thought he would have a fine surprise, but his face killed my joy. A flash of plain fear was going out of his eyes, but returned when Dill and Jem wrigggled into the light.
There was a smell of stale whisky and pigpen about, and when I glanced around I discovered that these men were strangers. They were not the people I saw last night. Hot embarrassment shot through me: I had leaped triumphantly into a ring of people I had never seen before.
Atticus got up from his chair, but he was moving slowly, like an old man. He put the newspaper down very carefully, adjusting its creases with lingering fingers. They were trembling a little.
‘Go home, Jem,’ he said. ‘Take Scout and Dill home.’
We were accustomed to prompt, if not always cheerful acquiescence to Atticus’s instructions, but from the way he stood Jem was not thinking of budging.
‘Go home, I said.’
Jem shook his head. As Atticus’s fists went to his hips, so did Jem’s, and as they faced each other I could see little resemblance between them: Jem’s soft brown hair and eyes, his oval face and snug-fitting ears were our mother’s, contrasting oddly with Atticus’s greying black
hair and square-cut features, but they were somehow alike. Mutual defiance made them alike.
‘Son, I said go home.’
Jem shook his head.
Â¥I Â¥ll send him home,’ a burly man said, and grabbed Jem roughly by the collar. He yanked Jem nearly off his feet.
‘Don’t you touch him!’ I kicked the man swiftly. Barefooted, I was surprised to see him fall back in real pain. I intended to kick his shin, but aimed too high.
‘That’ll do, Scout.’ Atticus put his hand on my shoulder. ‘Don’t kick folks. No ó’ he said, as I was pleading justification.
‘Ain’t nobody gonna do Jem that way,’ I said.
‘All right, Mr Finch, get ’em outa here,’ someone growled. ‘You got fifteen seconds to get ’em outa here.’
Question: Who disobeyed Atticus’s command to go home?
The Lynch Mob
(TO KILLA MOCKING-BIRD by Harper Lee)
As we walked up the sidewalk, we saw a solitary light burning in the distance. That’s funny/ said Jem, ‘jail doesn’t have an outside light.’
‘Looks like it’s over the door,’ said Dill.
A long extension cord ran between the bars of a second-floor window and down the side of the building. In the light from its bare bulb, Atticus was sitting propped against the front door. He was sitting in one of his office chairs, and he was reading, oblivious of the nightbugs dancing over his head.
I made to run, but Jem caught me. ‘Don’t go to him,’ he said, ‘he might not like it. He’s all right, let’s go home. I just wanted to see where he was.’
We were taking a short cut across the square when four dusty cars came in from the Meridian highway, moving slowly in a line. They went around the square, passed the bank building, and stopped in front of the jail.
Nobody got out. We saw Atticus look up from his newspaper. He closed it, folded it deliberately, dropped it in his lap, and pushed his hat to the back of his head. He seemed to be expecting them.
‘Come on,’ whispered Jem. We streaked across the square, across the street, until we were in the shelter of the Jitney Jungle door. Jem peeked up the sidewalk. ‘We can get closer,’ he said. We ran to Tyndals Hardware door ó near enough, at the same time discreet.
In ones and twos, men got out of the cars. Shadows became substance as light revealed solid shapes moving towards the jail door. Atticus remained where he was. The men hid him from view.
‘He in there, Mr Finch?’ a man said.
‘He is,Â¥ we heard Atticus answer, ‘and he’s asleep. Don’t wake him up.’
In obedience to my father, there followed what I later realised was a sickeningly comic aspect of an unfunny situation: the men talked in near-whispers.
‘You know what we want,’ another man said. ‘Get aside from the door, Mr Finch.’
‘You can turn around and go home again, Walter,’ Atticus said pleasantly. ‘Heck Tate’s around somewhere.’
‘The hell he is,’ said another man. ‘Heck’s bunch’s so deep in the woods they won’t get out till mornin’.’
‘Indeed? Why so?’
‘Called ’em off on a snipe hunt,’ was the succinct answer. ‘Didn’t you think a’ that, Mr Finch?’
‘Thought about it, but didn’t believe it. Well then,’ my father’s voice was still the same, ‘that changes things, doesn’t it?’
‘It do,’ another deep voice said. Its owner was a shadow.
‘Do you really think so?’
This was the second time I heard Atticus ask that question in two days, and it meant somebody’s man would get jumped. This was too good to miss. I broke away from Jem and ran as fast as I could to Atticus.
Jem shrieked and tried to catch me, but I had a lead on him and Dill. I pushed my way through dark smelly bodies and burst into the circle of light.
‘H-ey, Atticus?’
I thought he would have a fine surprise, but his face killed my joy. A flash of plain fear was going out of his eyes, but returned when Dill and Jem wrigggled into the light.
There was a smell of stale whisky and pigpen about, and when I glanced around I discovered that these men were strangers. They were not the people I saw last night. Hot embarrassment shot through me: I had leaped triumphantly into a ring of people I had never seen before.
Atticus got up from his chair, but he was moving slowly, like an old man. He put the newspaper down very carefully, adjusting its creases with lingering fingers. They were trembling a little.
‘Go home, Jem,’ he said. ‘Take Scout and Dill home.’
We were accustomed to prompt, if not always cheerful acquiescence to Atticus’s instructions, but from the way he stood Jem was not thinking of budging.
‘Go home, I said.’
Jem shook his head. As Atticus’s fists went to his hips, so did Jem’s, and as they faced each other I could see little resemblance between them: Jem’s soft brown hair and eyes, his oval face and snug-fitting ears were our mother’s, contrasting oddly with Atticus’s greying black
hair and square-cut features, but they were somehow alike. Mutual defiance made them alike.
‘Son, I said go home.’
Jem shook his head.
Â¥I Â¥ll send him home,’ a burly man said, and grabbed Jem roughly by the collar. He yanked Jem nearly off his feet.
‘Don’t you touch him!’ I kicked the man swiftly. Barefooted, I was surprised to see him fall back in real pain. I intended to kick his shin, but aimed too high.
‘That’ll do, Scout.’ Atticus put his hand on my shoulder. ‘Don’t kick folks. No ó’ he said, as I was pleading justification.
‘Ain’t nobody gonna do Jem that way,’ I said.
‘All right, Mr Finch, get ’em outa here,’ someone growled. ‘You got fifteen seconds to get ’em outa here.’
Question: What were Atticus and Jem doing when they faced each other?
The Lynch Mob
(TO KILLA MOCKING-BIRD by Harper Lee)
As we walked up the sidewalk, we saw a solitary light burning in the distance. That’s funny/ said Jem, ‘jail doesn’t have an outside light.’
‘Looks like it’s over the door,’ said Dill.
A long extension cord ran between the bars of a second-floor window and down the side of the building. In the light from its bare bulb, Atticus was sitting propped against the front door. He was sitting in one of his office chairs, and he was reading, oblivious of the nightbugs dancing over his head.
I made to run, but Jem caught me. ‘Don’t go to him,’ he said, ‘he might not like it. He’s all right, let’s go home. I just wanted to see where he was.’
We were taking a short cut across the square when four dusty cars came in from the Meridian highway, moving slowly in a line. They went around the square, passed the bank building, and stopped in front of the jail.
Nobody got out. We saw Atticus look up from his newspaper. He closed it, folded it deliberately, dropped it in his lap, and pushed his hat to the back of his head. He seemed to be expecting them.
‘Come on,’ whispered Jem. We streaked across the square, across the street, until we were in the shelter of the Jitney Jungle door. Jem peeked up the sidewalk. ‘We can get closer,’ he said. We ran to Tyndals Hardware door ó near enough, at the same time discreet.
In ones and twos, men got out of the cars. Shadows became substance as light revealed solid shapes moving towards the jail door. Atticus remained where he was. The men hid him from view.
‘He in there, Mr Finch?’ a man said.
‘He is,Â¥ we heard Atticus answer, ‘and he’s asleep. Don’t wake him up.’
In obedience to my father, there followed what I later realised was a sickeningly comic aspect of an unfunny situation: the men talked in near-whispers.
‘You know what we want,’ another man said. ‘Get aside from the door, Mr Finch.’
‘You can turn around and go home again, Walter,’ Atticus said pleasantly. ‘Heck Tate’s around somewhere.’
‘The hell he is,’ said another man. ‘Heck’s bunch’s so deep in the woods they won’t get out till mornin’.’
‘Indeed? Why so?’
‘Called ’em off on a snipe hunt,’ was the succinct answer. ‘Didn’t you think a’ that, Mr Finch?’
‘Thought about it, but didn’t believe it. Well then,’ my father’s voice was still the same, ‘that changes things, doesn’t it?’
‘It do,’ another deep voice said. Its owner was a shadow.
‘Do you really think so?’
This was the second time I heard Atticus ask that question in two days, and it meant somebody’s man would get jumped. This was too good to miss. I broke away from Jem and ran as fast as I could to Atticus.
Jem shrieked and tried to catch me, but I had a lead on him and Dill. I pushed my way through dark smelly bodies and burst into the circle of light.
‘H-ey, Atticus?’
I thought he would have a fine surprise, but his face killed my joy. A flash of plain fear was going out of his eyes, but returned when Dill and Jem wrigggled into the light.
There was a smell of stale whisky and pigpen about, and when I glanced around I discovered that these men were strangers. They were not the people I saw last night. Hot embarrassment shot through me: I had leaped triumphantly into a ring of people I had never seen before.
Atticus got up from his chair, but he was moving slowly, like an old man. He put the newspaper down very carefully, adjusting its creases with lingering fingers. They were trembling a little.
‘Go home, Jem,’ he said. ‘Take Scout and Dill home.’
We were accustomed to prompt, if not always cheerful acquiescence to Atticus’s instructions, but from the way he stood Jem was not thinking of budging.
‘Go home, I said.’
Jem shook his head. As Atticus’s fists went to his hips, so did Jem’s, and as they faced each other I could see little resemblance between them: Jem’s soft brown hair and eyes, his oval face and snug-fitting ears were our mother’s, contrasting oddly with Atticus’s greying black
hair and square-cut features, but they were somehow alike. Mutual defiance made them alike.
‘Son, I said go home.’
Jem shook his head.
Â¥I Â¥ll send him home,’ a burly man said, and grabbed Jem roughly by the collar. He yanked Jem nearly off his feet.
‘Don’t you touch him!’ I kicked the man swiftly. Barefooted, I was surprised to see him fall back in real pain. I intended to kick his shin, but aimed too high.
‘That’ll do, Scout.’ Atticus put his hand on my shoulder. ‘Don’t kick folks. No ó’ he said, as I was pleading justification.
‘Ain’t nobody gonna do Jem that way,’ I said.
‘All right, Mr Finch, get ’em outa here,’ someone growled. ‘You got fifteen seconds to get ’em outa here.’
Question: What did Scout aim to kick on the burly man?
The Lynch Mob
(TO KILLA MOCKING-BIRD by Harper Lee)
As we walked up the sidewalk, we saw a solitary light burning in the distance. That’s funny/ said Jem, ‘jail doesn’t have an outside light.’
‘Looks like it’s over the door,’ said Dill.
A long extension cord ran between the bars of a second-floor window and down the side of the building. In the light from its bare bulb, Atticus was sitting propped against the front door. He was sitting in one of his office chairs, and he was reading, oblivious of the nightbugs dancing over his head.
I made to run, but Jem caught me. ‘Don’t go to him,’ he said, ‘he might not like it. He’s all right, let’s go home. I just wanted to see where he was.’
We were taking a short cut across the square when four dusty cars came in from the Meridian highway, moving slowly in a line. They went around the square, passed the bank building, and stopped in front of the jail.
Nobody got out. We saw Atticus look up from his newspaper. He closed it, folded it deliberately, dropped it in his lap, and pushed his hat to the back of his head. He seemed to be expecting them.
‘Come on,’ whispered Jem. We streaked across the square, across the street, until we were in the shelter of the Jitney Jungle door. Jem peeked up the sidewalk. ‘We can get closer,’ he said. We ran to Tyndals Hardware door ó near enough, at the same time discreet.
In ones and twos, men got out of the cars. Shadows became substance as light revealed solid shapes moving towards the jail door. Atticus remained where he was. The men hid him from view.
‘He in there, Mr Finch?’ a man said.
‘He is,Â¥ we heard Atticus answer, ‘and he’s asleep. Don’t wake him up.’
In obedience to my father, there followed what I later realised was a sickeningly comic aspect of an unfunny situation: the men talked in near-whispers.
‘You know what we want,’ another man said. ‘Get aside from the door, Mr Finch.’
‘You can turn around and go home again, Walter,’ Atticus said pleasantly. ‘Heck Tate’s around somewhere.’
‘The hell he is,’ said another man. ‘Heck’s bunch’s so deep in the woods they won’t get out till mornin’.’
‘Indeed? Why so?’
‘Called ’em off on a snipe hunt,’ was the succinct answer. ‘Didn’t you think a’ that, Mr Finch?’
‘Thought about it, but didn’t believe it. Well then,’ my father’s voice was still the same, ‘that changes things, doesn’t it?’
‘It do,’ another deep voice said. Its owner was a shadow.
‘Do you really think so?’
This was the second time I heard Atticus ask that question in two days, and it meant somebody’s man would get jumped. This was too good to miss. I broke away from Jem and ran as fast as I could to Atticus.
Jem shrieked and tried to catch me, but I had a lead on him and Dill. I pushed my way through dark smelly bodies and burst into the circle of light.
‘H-ey, Atticus?’
I thought he would have a fine surprise, but his face killed my joy. A flash of plain fear was going out of his eyes, but returned when Dill and Jem wrigggled into the light.
There was a smell of stale whisky and pigpen about, and when I glanced around I discovered that these men were strangers. They were not the people I saw last night. Hot embarrassment shot through me: I had leaped triumphantly into a ring of people I had never seen before.
Atticus got up from his chair, but he was moving slowly, like an old man. He put the newspaper down very carefully, adjusting its creases with lingering fingers. They were trembling a little.
‘Go home, Jem,’ he said. ‘Take Scout and Dill home.’
We were accustomed to prompt, if not always cheerful acquiescence to Atticus’s instructions, but from the way he stood Jem was not thinking of budging.
‘Go home, I said.’
Jem shook his head. As Atticus’s fists went to his hips, so did Jem’s, and as they faced each other I could see little resemblance between them: Jem’s soft brown hair and eyes, his oval face and snug-fitting ears were our mother’s, contrasting oddly with Atticus’s greying black
hair and square-cut features, but they were somehow alike. Mutual defiance made them alike.
‘Son, I said go home.’
Jem shook his head.
Â¥I Â¥ll send him home,’ a burly man said, and grabbed Jem roughly by the collar. He yanked Jem nearly off his feet.
‘Don’t you touch him!’ I kicked the man swiftly. Barefooted, I was surprised to see him fall back in real pain. I intended to kick his shin, but aimed too high.
‘That’ll do, Scout.’ Atticus put his hand on my shoulder. ‘Don’t kick folks. No ó’ he said, as I was pleading justification.
‘Ain’t nobody gonna do Jem that way,’ I said.
‘All right, Mr Finch, get ’em outa here,’ someone growled. ‘You got fifteen seconds to get ’em outa here.’
Question: What was Atticus reading?
Beaten Up By A Gang
(THAT WAS THEN, THIS IS NOW by S.E.Hinton)
Â¥WellÂ¥, Mike began, ‘I always had this soft spot for chicks. I was always making like Sir Galahad, opening doors for them and complimenting even the homely ones, and I beat out a lot of guys better looking than me and they never could figure out why. But it wasn’t just a line with me. I guess I’m a sucker ó I’ve been taken a few times, like “loaning” money to chicks who came on with a sob story ó but I’ll always believe the best about a girl until I’m proved wrong, which is my own hang-up.
That explains the way I acted that night the gang and me was hanging around the drugstore and this black chick came in to buy some cigarettes. Me, I just see a nice-looking chick with really beautiful eyes, all black and inky-soft. I guess I’m a little funny that way, because Negroes just don’t get me all upset. I mean, I can see a black guy and a white chick together, and it sure don’t bother me, while most white guys can’t stand to see that. Like the gang ó the minute she walks in, they get all tensed up because black anyone, chick or otherwise, just don’t happen to come around much where I live. I guess she worked downtown and got off late and just stopped in on her way to the bus stop. I think she told me that later. I don’t remember too good now.
‘So she gets her cigarettes and starts for the door, when a couple of guys block her way. Now the gang I hang out with is a pretty good bunch of guys ó a lot of heart and only a couple of wise apples in the group ó but see, nothin’ much had been happenin’ and they were bored so they start picking on the chick, calling her Black Beauty and some other choice things. They were really getting rude, and I was feeling sorry for the girl. She kept her eyes down and just said, “Let me by, please,” real soft-like. The guys started pushing her around, not enough to hurt her but enough to scare her plenty. She just gripped her purse with both hands and tensed all over like she was trying to keep from running, which was pretty smart. Running is just an invitation to be chased, and if she got caught it wouldn’t be in a lighted drugstore. The old guy who runs the drugstore had disappeared. He was scared silly of the gang. I don’t know why. We never done anything to him.
‘When one of the guys grabbed hold of her and really got crude, I got fed up. I went over and said, “Let her go,” like I meant it. They all looked at me for a while, like they were trying to make up their minds whether or not to jump me. We don’t usually go around beating each other up, but it has happened. They finally decided not to. My big brother, he’s got a pretty big rep as a tough guy in our neighbourhood. He’s in jail now, that’s why he don’t come to see me. It was his rep and not mine that stopped them, because I ain’t never been known as a tough guy.
‘So they turned her loose and went back to reading comics, and I followed the girl outside. She was looking up and down the street kind of desperate-like, and I knew she’d missed her bus. I said, “Hey, uh, girl, if you’ve missed your bus I can give you a ride home.”
‘She just kept her eyes down. Finally she said something ó but, brother, I’m not going to repeat it. I saw then and there she thought I had evil intentions. I don’t blame her. Hell, if I’d had to take what she just did, I’d be sore and suspicious too.
I said, “Look, I don’t want a pick-up or anything …” She gave me a funny look so I added quick, “Not that you’re not real cute or anything ó I mean, you’ll have to stay here another hour to catch the next bus and I’ll be leaving and I don’t know what those other guys might do.”
‘She saw the logic in that, because it was getting dark. Not too many cops come around that area; it’s kind of a deserted street. You know how cops are; there’s a million over on the Ribbon, making sure the nice kids don’t kill each other or run each other down, while we can cut each other’s throats and they don’t give a damn.
‘Finally she said she’d let me drive her home. I had my old Ford parked in the drugstore parking lot. It was really my brother’s car but he said I could drive it any time he got busted, which is often. He’s a pretty good guy, but if you’ve got a rep for fighting, somebody’s always trying to take you on. The last time that happened, my brother busted a bottle over the guy’s head and got charged with assault with a dangerous weapon. He never used weapons before, but he had finally got fed up with the whole routine. It wasn’t his first offence, so they sat on him kind of hard.
Question: What does Mike say about his attitude towards women?
Beaten Up By A Gang
(THAT WAS THEN, THIS IS NOW by S.E.Hinton)
Â¥WellÂ¥, Mike began, ‘I always had this soft spot for chicks. I was always making like Sir Galahad, opening doors for them and complimenting even the homely ones, and I beat out a lot of guys better looking than me and they never could figure out why. But it wasn’t just a line with me. I guess I’m a sucker ó I’ve been taken a few times, like “loaning” money to chicks who came on with a sob story ó but I’ll always believe the best about a girl until I’m proved wrong, which is my own hang-up.
That explains the way I acted that night the gang and me was hanging around the drugstore and this black chick came in to buy some cigarettes. Me, I just see a nice-looking chick with really beautiful eyes, all black and inky-soft. I guess I’m a little funny that way, because Negroes just don’t get me all upset. I mean, I can see a black guy and a white chick together, and it sure don’t bother me, while most white guys can’t stand to see that. Like the gang ó the minute she walks in, they get all tensed up because black anyone, chick or otherwise, just don’t happen to come around much where I live. I guess she worked downtown and got off late and just stopped in on her way to the bus stop. I think she told me that later. I don’t remember too good now.
‘So she gets her cigarettes and starts for the door, when a couple of guys block her way. Now the gang I hang out with is a pretty good bunch of guys ó a lot of heart and only a couple of wise apples in the group ó but see, nothin’ much had been happenin’ and they were bored so they start picking on the chick, calling her Black Beauty and some other choice things. They were really getting rude, and I was feeling sorry for the girl. She kept her eyes down and just said, “Let me by, please,” real soft-like. The guys started pushing her around, not enough to hurt her but enough to scare her plenty. She just gripped her purse with both hands and tensed all over like she was trying to keep from running, which was pretty smart. Running is just an invitation to be chased, and if she got caught it wouldn’t be in a lighted drugstore. The old guy who runs the drugstore had disappeared. He was scared silly of the gang. I don’t know why. We never done anything to him.
‘When one of the guys grabbed hold of her and really got crude, I got fed up. I went over and said, “Let her go,” like I meant it. They all looked at me for a while, like they were trying to make up their minds whether or not to jump me. We don’t usually go around beating each other up, but it has happened. They finally decided not to. My big brother, he’s got a pretty big rep as a tough guy in our neighbourhood. He’s in jail now, that’s why he don’t come to see me. It was his rep and not mine that stopped them, because I ain’t never been known as a tough guy.
‘So they turned her loose and went back to reading comics, and I followed the girl outside. She was looking up and down the street kind of desperate-like, and I knew she’d missed her bus. I said, “Hey, uh, girl, if you’ve missed your bus I can give you a ride home.”
‘She just kept her eyes down. Finally she said something ó but, brother, I’m not going to repeat it. I saw then and there she thought I had evil intentions. I don’t blame her. Hell, if I’d had to take what she just did, I’d be sore and suspicious too.
I said, “Look, I don’t want a pick-up or anything …” She gave me a funny look so I added quick, “Not that you’re not real cute or anything ó I mean, you’ll have to stay here another hour to catch the next bus and I’ll be leaving and I don’t know what those other guys might do.”
‘She saw the logic in that, because it was getting dark. Not too many cops come around that area; it’s kind of a deserted street. You know how cops are; there’s a million over on the Ribbon, making sure the nice kids don’t kill each other or run each other down, while we can cut each other’s throats and they don’t give a damn.
‘Finally she said she’d let me drive her home. I had my old Ford parked in the drugstore parking lot. It was really my brother’s car but he said I could drive it any time he got busted, which is often. He’s a pretty good guy, but if you’ve got a rep for fighting, somebody’s always trying to take you on. The last time that happened, my brother busted a bottle over the guy’s head and got charged with assault with a dangerous weapon. He never used weapons before, but he had finally got fed up with the whole routine. It wasn’t his first offence, so they sat on him kind of hard.
Question: What initially caught Mike’s attention about the black chick?
Beaten Up By A Gang
(THAT WAS THEN, THIS IS NOW by S.E.Hinton)
Â¥WellÂ¥, Mike began, ‘I always had this soft spot for chicks. I was always making like Sir Galahad, opening doors for them and complimenting even the homely ones, and I beat out a lot of guys better looking than me and they never could figure out why. But it wasn’t just a line with me. I guess I’m a sucker ó I’ve been taken a few times, like “loaning” money to chicks who came on with a sob story ó but I’ll always believe the best about a girl until I’m proved wrong, which is my own hang-up.
That explains the way I acted that night the gang and me was hanging around the drugstore and this black chick came in to buy some cigarettes. Me, I just see a nice-looking chick with really beautiful eyes, all black and inky-soft. I guess I’m a little funny that way, because Negroes just don’t get me all upset. I mean, I can see a black guy and a white chick together, and it sure don’t bother me, while most white guys can’t stand to see that. Like the gang ó the minute she walks in, they get all tensed up because black anyone, chick or otherwise, just don’t happen to come around much where I live. I guess she worked downtown and got off late and just stopped in on her way to the bus stop. I think she told me that later. I don’t remember too good now.
‘So she gets her cigarettes and starts for the door, when a couple of guys block her way. Now the gang I hang out with is a pretty good bunch of guys ó a lot of heart and only a couple of wise apples in the group ó but see, nothin’ much had been happenin’ and they were bored so they start picking on the chick, calling her Black Beauty and some other choice things. They were really getting rude, and I was feeling sorry for the girl. She kept her eyes down and just said, “Let me by, please,” real soft-like. The guys started pushing her around, not enough to hurt her but enough to scare her plenty. She just gripped her purse with both hands and tensed all over like she was trying to keep from running, which was pretty smart. Running is just an invitation to be chased, and if she got caught it wouldn’t be in a lighted drugstore. The old guy who runs the drugstore had disappeared. He was scared silly of the gang. I don’t know why. We never done anything to him.
‘When one of the guys grabbed hold of her and really got crude, I got fed up. I went over and said, “Let her go,” like I meant it. They all looked at me for a while, like they were trying to make up their minds whether or not to jump me. We don’t usually go around beating each other up, but it has happened. They finally decided not to. My big brother, he’s got a pretty big rep as a tough guy in our neighbourhood. He’s in jail now, that’s why he don’t come to see me. It was his rep and not mine that stopped them, because I ain’t never been known as a tough guy.
‘So they turned her loose and went back to reading comics, and I followed the girl outside. She was looking up and down the street kind of desperate-like, and I knew she’d missed her bus. I said, “Hey, uh, girl, if you’ve missed your bus I can give you a ride home.”
‘She just kept her eyes down. Finally she said something ó but, brother, I’m not going to repeat it. I saw then and there she thought I had evil intentions. I don’t blame her. Hell, if I’d had to take what she just did, I’d be sore and suspicious too.
I said, “Look, I don’t want a pick-up or anything …” She gave me a funny look so I added quick, “Not that you’re not real cute or anything ó I mean, you’ll have to stay here another hour to catch the next bus and I’ll be leaving and I don’t know what those other guys might do.”
‘She saw the logic in that, because it was getting dark. Not too many cops come around that area; it’s kind of a deserted street. You know how cops are; there’s a million over on the Ribbon, making sure the nice kids don’t kill each other or run each other down, while we can cut each other’s throats and they don’t give a damn.
‘Finally she said she’d let me drive her home. I had my old Ford parked in the drugstore parking lot. It was really my brother’s car but he said I could drive it any time he got busted, which is often. He’s a pretty good guy, but if you’ve got a rep for fighting, somebody’s always trying to take you on. The last time that happened, my brother busted a bottle over the guy’s head and got charged with assault with a dangerous weapon. He never used weapons before, but he had finally got fed up with the whole routine. It wasn’t his first offence, so they sat on him kind of hard.
Question: How did the gang react to the black chick entering the store?
Beaten Up By A Gang
(THAT WAS THEN, THIS IS NOW by S.E.Hinton)
Â¥WellÂ¥, Mike began, ‘I always had this soft spot for chicks. I was always making like Sir Galahad, opening doors for them and complimenting even the homely ones, and I beat out a lot of guys better looking than me and they never could figure out why. But it wasn’t just a line with me. I guess I’m a sucker ó I’ve been taken a few times, like “loaning” money to chicks who came on with a sob story ó but I’ll always believe the best about a girl until I’m proved wrong, which is my own hang-up.
That explains the way I acted that night the gang and me was hanging around the drugstore and this black chick came in to buy some cigarettes. Me, I just see a nice-looking chick with really beautiful eyes, all black and inky-soft. I guess I’m a little funny that way, because Negroes just don’t get me all upset. I mean, I can see a black guy and a white chick together, and it sure don’t bother me, while most white guys can’t stand to see that. Like the gang ó the minute she walks in, they get all tensed up because black anyone, chick or otherwise, just don’t happen to come around much where I live. I guess she worked downtown and got off late and just stopped in on her way to the bus stop. I think she told me that later. I don’t remember too good now.
‘So she gets her cigarettes and starts for the door, when a couple of guys block her way. Now the gang I hang out with is a pretty good bunch of guys ó a lot of heart and only a couple of wise apples in the group ó but see, nothin’ much had been happenin’ and they were bored so they start picking on the chick, calling her Black Beauty and some other choice things. They were really getting rude, and I was feeling sorry for the girl. She kept her eyes down and just said, “Let me by, please,” real soft-like. The guys started pushing her around, not enough to hurt her but enough to scare her plenty. She just gripped her purse with both hands and tensed all over like she was trying to keep from running, which was pretty smart. Running is just an invitation to be chased, and if she got caught it wouldn’t be in a lighted drugstore. The old guy who runs the drugstore had disappeared. He was scared silly of the gang. I don’t know why. We never done anything to him.
‘When one of the guys grabbed hold of her and really got crude, I got fed up. I went over and said, “Let her go,” like I meant it. They all looked at me for a while, like they were trying to make up their minds whether or not to jump me. We don’t usually go around beating each other up, but it has happened. They finally decided not to. My big brother, he’s got a pretty big rep as a tough guy in our neighbourhood. He’s in jail now, that’s why he don’t come to see me. It was his rep and not mine that stopped them, because I ain’t never been known as a tough guy.
‘So they turned her loose and went back to reading comics, and I followed the girl outside. She was looking up and down the street kind of desperate-like, and I knew she’d missed her bus. I said, “Hey, uh, girl, if you’ve missed your bus I can give you a ride home.”
‘She just kept her eyes down. Finally she said something ó but, brother, I’m not going to repeat it. I saw then and there she thought I had evil intentions. I don’t blame her. Hell, if I’d had to take what she just did, I’d be sore and suspicious too.
I said, “Look, I don’t want a pick-up or anything …” She gave me a funny look so I added quick, “Not that you’re not real cute or anything ó I mean, you’ll have to stay here another hour to catch the next bus and I’ll be leaving and I don’t know what those other guys might do.”
‘She saw the logic in that, because it was getting dark. Not too many cops come around that area; it’s kind of a deserted street. You know how cops are; there’s a million over on the Ribbon, making sure the nice kids don’t kill each other or run each other down, while we can cut each other’s throats and they don’t give a damn.
‘Finally she said she’d let me drive her home. I had my old Ford parked in the drugstore parking lot. It was really my brother’s car but he said I could drive it any time he got busted, which is often. He’s a pretty good guy, but if you’ve got a rep for fighting, somebody’s always trying to take you on. The last time that happened, my brother busted a bottle over the guy’s head and got charged with assault with a dangerous weapon. He never used weapons before, but he had finally got fed up with the whole routine. It wasn’t his first offence, so they sat on him kind of hard.
Question: Why did the gang start picking on the black chick?
Beaten Up By A Gang
(THAT WAS THEN, THIS IS NOW by S.E.Hinton)
Â¥WellÂ¥, Mike began, ‘I always had this soft spot for chicks. I was always making like Sir Galahad, opening doors for them and complimenting even the homely ones, and I beat out a lot of guys better looking than me and they never could figure out why. But it wasn’t just a line with me. I guess I’m a sucker ó I’ve been taken a few times, like “loaning” money to chicks who came on with a sob story ó but I’ll always believe the best about a girl until I’m proved wrong, which is my own hang-up.
That explains the way I acted that night the gang and me was hanging around the drugstore and this black chick came in to buy some cigarettes. Me, I just see a nice-looking chick with really beautiful eyes, all black and inky-soft. I guess I’m a little funny that way, because Negroes just don’t get me all upset. I mean, I can see a black guy and a white chick together, and it sure don’t bother me, while most white guys can’t stand to see that. Like the gang ó the minute she walks in, they get all tensed up because black anyone, chick or otherwise, just don’t happen to come around much where I live. I guess she worked downtown and got off late and just stopped in on her way to the bus stop. I think she told me that later. I don’t remember too good now.
‘So she gets her cigarettes and starts for the door, when a couple of guys block her way. Now the gang I hang out with is a pretty good bunch of guys ó a lot of heart and only a couple of wise apples in the group ó but see, nothin’ much had been happenin’ and they were bored so they start picking on the chick, calling her Black Beauty and some other choice things. They were really getting rude, and I was feeling sorry for the girl. She kept her eyes down and just said, “Let me by, please,” real soft-like. The guys started pushing her around, not enough to hurt her but enough to scare her plenty. She just gripped her purse with both hands and tensed all over like she was trying to keep from running, which was pretty smart. Running is just an invitation to be chased, and if she got caught it wouldn’t be in a lighted drugstore. The old guy who runs the drugstore had disappeared. He was scared silly of the gang. I don’t know why. We never done anything to him.
‘When one of the guys grabbed hold of her and really got crude, I got fed up. I went over and said, “Let her go,” like I meant it. They all looked at me for a while, like they were trying to make up their minds whether or not to jump me. We don’t usually go around beating each other up, but it has happened. They finally decided not to. My big brother, he’s got a pretty big rep as a tough guy in our neighbourhood. He’s in jail now, that’s why he don’t come to see me. It was his rep and not mine that stopped them, because I ain’t never been known as a tough guy.
‘So they turned her loose and went back to reading comics, and I followed the girl outside. She was looking up and down the street kind of desperate-like, and I knew she’d missed her bus. I said, “Hey, uh, girl, if you’ve missed your bus I can give you a ride home.”
‘She just kept her eyes down. Finally she said something ó but, brother, I’m not going to repeat it. I saw then and there she thought I had evil intentions. I don’t blame her. Hell, if I’d had to take what she just did, I’d be sore and suspicious too.
I said, “Look, I don’t want a pick-up or anything …” She gave me a funny look so I added quick, “Not that you’re not real cute or anything ó I mean, you’ll have to stay here another hour to catch the next bus and I’ll be leaving and I don’t know what those other guys might do.”
‘She saw the logic in that, because it was getting dark. Not too many cops come around that area; it’s kind of a deserted street. You know how cops are; there’s a million over on the Ribbon, making sure the nice kids don’t kill each other or run each other down, while we can cut each other’s throats and they don’t give a damn.
‘Finally she said she’d let me drive her home. I had my old Ford parked in the drugstore parking lot. It was really my brother’s car but he said I could drive it any time he got busted, which is often. He’s a pretty good guy, but if you’ve got a rep for fighting, somebody’s always trying to take you on. The last time that happened, my brother busted a bottle over the guy’s head and got charged with assault with a dangerous weapon. He never used weapons before, but he had finally got fed up with the whole routine. It wasn’t his first offence, so they sat on him kind of hard.
Question: What did the black chick do when the gang started pushing her?
Beaten Up By A Gang
(THAT WAS THEN, THIS IS NOW by S.E.Hinton)
Â¥WellÂ¥, Mike began, ‘I always had this soft spot for chicks. I was always making like Sir Galahad, opening doors for them and complimenting even the homely ones, and I beat out a lot of guys better looking than me and they never could figure out why. But it wasn’t just a line with me. I guess I’m a sucker ó I’ve been taken a few times, like “loaning” money to chicks who came on with a sob story ó but I’ll always believe the best about a girl until I’m proved wrong, which is my own hang-up.
That explains the way I acted that night the gang and me was hanging around the drugstore and this black chick came in to buy some cigarettes. Me, I just see a nice-looking chick with really beautiful eyes, all black and inky-soft. I guess I’m a little funny that way, because Negroes just don’t get me all upset. I mean, I can see a black guy and a white chick together, and it sure don’t bother me, while most white guys can’t stand to see that. Like the gang ó the minute she walks in, they get all tensed up because black anyone, chick or otherwise, just don’t happen to come around much where I live. I guess she worked downtown and got off late and just stopped in on her way to the bus stop. I think she told me that later. I don’t remember too good now.
‘So she gets her cigarettes and starts for the door, when a couple of guys block her way. Now the gang I hang out with is a pretty good bunch of guys ó a lot of heart and only a couple of wise apples in the group ó but see, nothin’ much had been happenin’ and they were bored so they start picking on the chick, calling her Black Beauty and some other choice things. They were really getting rude, and I was feeling sorry for the girl. She kept her eyes down and just said, “Let me by, please,” real soft-like. The guys started pushing her around, not enough to hurt her but enough to scare her plenty. She just gripped her purse with both hands and tensed all over like she was trying to keep from running, which was pretty smart. Running is just an invitation to be chased, and if she got caught it wouldn’t be in a lighted drugstore. The old guy who runs the drugstore had disappeared. He was scared silly of the gang. I don’t know why. We never done anything to him.
‘When one of the guys grabbed hold of her and really got crude, I got fed up. I went over and said, “Let her go,” like I meant it. They all looked at me for a while, like they were trying to make up their minds whether or not to jump me. We don’t usually go around beating each other up, but it has happened. They finally decided not to. My big brother, he’s got a pretty big rep as a tough guy in our neighbourhood. He’s in jail now, that’s why he don’t come to see me. It was his rep and not mine that stopped them, because I ain’t never been known as a tough guy.
‘So they turned her loose and went back to reading comics, and I followed the girl outside. She was looking up and down the street kind of desperate-like, and I knew she’d missed her bus. I said, “Hey, uh, girl, if you’ve missed your bus I can give you a ride home.”
‘She just kept her eyes down. Finally she said something ó but, brother, I’m not going to repeat it. I saw then and there she thought I had evil intentions. I don’t blame her. Hell, if I’d had to take what she just did, I’d be sore and suspicious too.
I said, “Look, I don’t want a pick-up or anything …” She gave me a funny look so I added quick, “Not that you’re not real cute or anything ó I mean, you’ll have to stay here another hour to catch the next bus and I’ll be leaving and I don’t know what those other guys might do.”
‘She saw the logic in that, because it was getting dark. Not too many cops come around that area; it’s kind of a deserted street. You know how cops are; there’s a million over on the Ribbon, making sure the nice kids don’t kill each other or run each other down, while we can cut each other’s throats and they don’t give a damn.
‘Finally she said she’d let me drive her home. I had my old Ford parked in the drugstore parking lot. It was really my brother’s car but he said I could drive it any time he got busted, which is often. He’s a pretty good guy, but if you’ve got a rep for fighting, somebody’s always trying to take you on. The last time that happened, my brother busted a bottle over the guy’s head and got charged with assault with a dangerous weapon. He never used weapons before, but he had finally got fed up with the whole routine. It wasn’t his first offence, so they sat on him kind of hard.
Question: Why did Mike intervene?
Beaten Up By A Gang
(THAT WAS THEN, THIS IS NOW by S.E.Hinton)
Â¥WellÂ¥, Mike began, ‘I always had this soft spot for chicks. I was always making like Sir Galahad, opening doors for them and complimenting even the homely ones, and I beat out a lot of guys better looking than me and they never could figure out why. But it wasn’t just a line with me. I guess I’m a sucker ó I’ve been taken a few times, like “loaning” money to chicks who came on with a sob story ó but I’ll always believe the best about a girl until I’m proved wrong, which is my own hang-up.
That explains the way I acted that night the gang and me was hanging around the drugstore and this black chick came in to buy some cigarettes. Me, I just see a nice-looking chick with really beautiful eyes, all black and inky-soft. I guess I’m a little funny that way, because Negroes just don’t get me all upset. I mean, I can see a black guy and a white chick together, and it sure don’t bother me, while most white guys can’t stand to see that. Like the gang ó the minute she walks in, they get all tensed up because black anyone, chick or otherwise, just don’t happen to come around much where I live. I guess she worked downtown and got off late and just stopped in on her way to the bus stop. I think she told me that later. I don’t remember too good now.
‘So she gets her cigarettes and starts for the door, when a couple of guys block her way. Now the gang I hang out with is a pretty good bunch of guys ó a lot of heart and only a couple of wise apples in the group ó but see, nothin’ much had been happenin’ and they were bored so they start picking on the chick, calling her Black Beauty and some other choice things. They were really getting rude, and I was feeling sorry for the girl. She kept her eyes down and just said, “Let me by, please,” real soft-like. The guys started pushing her around, not enough to hurt her but enough to scare her plenty. She just gripped her purse with both hands and tensed all over like she was trying to keep from running, which was pretty smart. Running is just an invitation to be chased, and if she got caught it wouldn’t be in a lighted drugstore. The old guy who runs the drugstore had disappeared. He was scared silly of the gang. I don’t know why. We never done anything to him.
‘When one of the guys grabbed hold of her and really got crude, I got fed up. I went over and said, “Let her go,” like I meant it. They all looked at me for a while, like they were trying to make up their minds whether or not to jump me. We don’t usually go around beating each other up, but it has happened. They finally decided not to. My big brother, he’s got a pretty big rep as a tough guy in our neighbourhood. He’s in jail now, that’s why he don’t come to see me. It was his rep and not mine that stopped them, because I ain’t never been known as a tough guy.
‘So they turned her loose and went back to reading comics, and I followed the girl outside. She was looking up and down the street kind of desperate-like, and I knew she’d missed her bus. I said, “Hey, uh, girl, if you’ve missed your bus I can give you a ride home.”
‘She just kept her eyes down. Finally she said something ó but, brother, I’m not going to repeat it. I saw then and there she thought I had evil intentions. I don’t blame her. Hell, if I’d had to take what she just did, I’d be sore and suspicious too.
I said, “Look, I don’t want a pick-up or anything …” She gave me a funny look so I added quick, “Not that you’re not real cute or anything ó I mean, you’ll have to stay here another hour to catch the next bus and I’ll be leaving and I don’t know what those other guys might do.”
‘She saw the logic in that, because it was getting dark. Not too many cops come around that area; it’s kind of a deserted street. You know how cops are; there’s a million over on the Ribbon, making sure the nice kids don’t kill each other or run each other down, while we can cut each other’s throats and they don’t give a damn.
‘Finally she said she’d let me drive her home. I had my old Ford parked in the drugstore parking lot. It was really my brother’s car but he said I could drive it any time he got busted, which is often. He’s a pretty good guy, but if you’ve got a rep for fighting, somebody’s always trying to take you on. The last time that happened, my brother busted a bottle over the guy’s head and got charged with assault with a dangerous weapon. He never used weapons before, but he had finally got fed up with the whole routine. It wasn’t his first offence, so they sat on him kind of hard.
Question: What factor influenced the gang to not jump Mike?
Beaten Up By A Gang
(THAT WAS THEN, THIS IS NOW by S.E.Hinton)
Â¥WellÂ¥, Mike began, ‘I always had this soft spot for chicks. I was always making like Sir Galahad, opening doors for them and complimenting even the homely ones, and I beat out a lot of guys better looking than me and they never could figure out why. But it wasn’t just a line with me. I guess I’m a sucker ó I’ve been taken a few times, like “loaning” money to chicks who came on with a sob story ó but I’ll always believe the best about a girl until I’m proved wrong, which is my own hang-up.
That explains the way I acted that night the gang and me was hanging around the drugstore and this black chick came in to buy some cigarettes. Me, I just see a nice-looking chick with really beautiful eyes, all black and inky-soft. I guess I’m a little funny that way, because Negroes just don’t get me all upset. I mean, I can see a black guy and a white chick together, and it sure don’t bother me, while most white guys can’t stand to see that. Like the gang ó the minute she walks in, they get all tensed up because black anyone, chick or otherwise, just don’t happen to come around much where I live. I guess she worked downtown and got off late and just stopped in on her way to the bus stop. I think she told me that later. I don’t remember too good now.
‘So she gets her cigarettes and starts for the door, when a couple of guys block her way. Now the gang I hang out with is a pretty good bunch of guys ó a lot of heart and only a couple of wise apples in the group ó but see, nothin’ much had been happenin’ and they were bored so they start picking on the chick, calling her Black Beauty and some other choice things. They were really getting rude, and I was feeling sorry for the girl. She kept her eyes down and just said, “Let me by, please,” real soft-like. The guys started pushing her around, not enough to hurt her but enough to scare her plenty. She just gripped her purse with both hands and tensed all over like she was trying to keep from running, which was pretty smart. Running is just an invitation to be chased, and if she got caught it wouldn’t be in a lighted drugstore. The old guy who runs the drugstore had disappeared. He was scared silly of the gang. I don’t know why. We never done anything to him.
‘When one of the guys grabbed hold of her and really got crude, I got fed up. I went over and said, “Let her go,” like I meant it. They all looked at me for a while, like they were trying to make up their minds whether or not to jump me. We don’t usually go around beating each other up, but it has happened. They finally decided not to. My big brother, he’s got a pretty big rep as a tough guy in our neighbourhood. He’s in jail now, that’s why he don’t come to see me. It was his rep and not mine that stopped them, because I ain’t never been known as a tough guy.
‘So they turned her loose and went back to reading comics, and I followed the girl outside. She was looking up and down the street kind of desperate-like, and I knew she’d missed her bus. I said, “Hey, uh, girl, if you’ve missed your bus I can give you a ride home.”
‘She just kept her eyes down. Finally she said something ó but, brother, I’m not going to repeat it. I saw then and there she thought I had evil intentions. I don’t blame her. Hell, if I’d had to take what she just did, I’d be sore and suspicious too.
I said, “Look, I don’t want a pick-up or anything …” She gave me a funny look so I added quick, “Not that you’re not real cute or anything ó I mean, you’ll have to stay here another hour to catch the next bus and I’ll be leaving and I don’t know what those other guys might do.”
‘She saw the logic in that, because it was getting dark. Not too many cops come around that area; it’s kind of a deserted street. You know how cops are; there’s a million over on the Ribbon, making sure the nice kids don’t kill each other or run each other down, while we can cut each other’s throats and they don’t give a damn.
‘Finally she said she’d let me drive her home. I had my old Ford parked in the drugstore parking lot. It was really my brother’s car but he said I could drive it any time he got busted, which is often. He’s a pretty good guy, but if you’ve got a rep for fighting, somebody’s always trying to take you on. The last time that happened, my brother busted a bottle over the guy’s head and got charged with assault with a dangerous weapon. He never used weapons before, but he had finally got fed up with the whole routine. It wasn’t his first offence, so they sat on him kind of hard.
Question: Why was MikeÃs big brother in jail?
Beaten Up By A Gang
(THAT WAS THEN, THIS IS NOW by S.E.Hinton)
Â¥WellÂ¥, Mike began, ‘I always had this soft spot for chicks. I was always making like Sir Galahad, opening doors for them and complimenting even the homely ones, and I beat out a lot of guys better looking than me and they never could figure out why. But it wasn’t just a line with me. I guess I’m a sucker ó I’ve been taken a few times, like “loaning” money to chicks who came on with a sob story ó but I’ll always believe the best about a girl until I’m proved wrong, which is my own hang-up.
That explains the way I acted that night the gang and me was hanging around the drugstore and this black chick came in to buy some cigarettes. Me, I just see a nice-looking chick with really beautiful eyes, all black and inky-soft. I guess I’m a little funny that way, because Negroes just don’t get me all upset. I mean, I can see a black guy and a white chick together, and it sure don’t bother me, while most white guys can’t stand to see that. Like the gang ó the minute she walks in, they get all tensed up because black anyone, chick or otherwise, just don’t happen to come around much where I live. I guess she worked downtown and got off late and just stopped in on her way to the bus stop. I think she told me that later. I don’t remember too good now.
‘So she gets her cigarettes and starts for the door, when a couple of guys block her way. Now the gang I hang out with is a pretty good bunch of guys ó a lot of heart and only a couple of wise apples in the group ó but see, nothin’ much had been happenin’ and they were bored so they start picking on the chick, calling her Black Beauty and some other choice things. They were really getting rude, and I was feeling sorry for the girl. She kept her eyes down and just said, “Let me by, please,” real soft-like. The guys started pushing her around, not enough to hurt her but enough to scare her plenty. She just gripped her purse with both hands and tensed all over like she was trying to keep from running, which was pretty smart. Running is just an invitation to be chased, and if she got caught it wouldn’t be in a lighted drugstore. The old guy who runs the drugstore had disappeared. He was scared silly of the gang. I don’t know why. We never done anything to him.
‘When one of the guys grabbed hold of her and really got crude, I got fed up. I went over and said, “Let her go,” like I meant it. They all looked at me for a while, like they were trying to make up their minds whether or not to jump me. We don’t usually go around beating each other up, but it has happened. They finally decided not to. My big brother, he’s got a pretty big rep as a tough guy in our neighbourhood. He’s in jail now, that’s why he don’t come to see me. It was his rep and not mine that stopped them, because I ain’t never been known as a tough guy.
‘So they turned her loose and went back to reading comics, and I followed the girl outside. She was looking up and down the street kind of desperate-like, and I knew she’d missed her bus. I said, “Hey, uh, girl, if you’ve missed your bus I can give you a ride home.”
‘She just kept her eyes down. Finally she said something ó but, brother, I’m not going to repeat it. I saw then and there she thought I had evil intentions. I don’t blame her. Hell, if I’d had to take what she just did, I’d be sore and suspicious too.
I said, “Look, I don’t want a pick-up or anything …” She gave me a funny look so I added quick, “Not that you’re not real cute or anything ó I mean, you’ll have to stay here another hour to catch the next bus and I’ll be leaving and I don’t know what those other guys might do.”
‘She saw the logic in that, because it was getting dark. Not too many cops come around that area; it’s kind of a deserted street. You know how cops are; there’s a million over on the Ribbon, making sure the nice kids don’t kill each other or run each other down, while we can cut each other’s throats and they don’t give a damn.
‘Finally she said she’d let me drive her home. I had my old Ford parked in the drugstore parking lot. It was really my brother’s car but he said I could drive it any time he got busted, which is often. He’s a pretty good guy, but if you’ve got a rep for fighting, somebody’s always trying to take you on. The last time that happened, my brother busted a bottle over the guy’s head and got charged with assault with a dangerous weapon. He never used weapons before, but he had finally got fed up with the whole routine. It wasn’t his first offence, so they sat on him kind of hard.
Question: Why did the black chick hesitate before accepting Mike’s ride?
Beaten Up By A Gang
(THAT WAS THEN, THIS IS NOW by S.E.Hinton)
Â¥WellÂ¥, Mike began, ‘I always had this soft spot for chicks. I was always making like Sir Galahad, opening doors for them and complimenting even the homely ones, and I beat out a lot of guys better looking than me and they never could figure out why. But it wasn’t just a line with me. I guess I’m a sucker ó I’ve been taken a few times, like “loaning” money to chicks who came on with a sob story ó but I’ll always believe the best about a girl until I’m proved wrong, which is my own hang-up.
That explains the way I acted that night the gang and me was hanging around the drugstore and this black chick came in to buy some cigarettes. Me, I just see a nice-looking chick with really beautiful eyes, all black and inky-soft. I guess I’m a little funny that way, because Negroes just don’t get me all upset. I mean, I can see a black guy and a white chick together, and it sure don’t bother me, while most white guys can’t stand to see that. Like the gang ó the minute she walks in, they get all tensed up because black anyone, chick or otherwise, just don’t happen to come around much where I live. I guess she worked downtown and got off late and just stopped in on her way to the bus stop. I think she told me that later. I don’t remember too good now.
‘So she gets her cigarettes and starts for the door, when a couple of guys block her way. Now the gang I hang out with is a pretty good bunch of guys ó a lot of heart and only a couple of wise apples in the group ó but see, nothin’ much had been happenin’ and they were bored so they start picking on the chick, calling her Black Beauty and some other choice things. They were really getting rude, and I was feeling sorry for the girl. She kept her eyes down and just said, “Let me by, please,” real soft-like. The guys started pushing her around, not enough to hurt her but enough to scare her plenty. She just gripped her purse with both hands and tensed all over like she was trying to keep from running, which was pretty smart. Running is just an invitation to be chased, and if she got caught it wouldn’t be in a lighted drugstore. The old guy who runs the drugstore had disappeared. He was scared silly of the gang. I don’t know why. We never done anything to him.
‘When one of the guys grabbed hold of her and really got crude, I got fed up. I went over and said, “Let her go,” like I meant it. They all looked at me for a while, like they were trying to make up their minds whether or not to jump me. We don’t usually go around beating each other up, but it has happened. They finally decided not to. My big brother, he’s got a pretty big rep as a tough guy in our neighbourhood. He’s in jail now, that’s why he don’t come to see me. It was his rep and not mine that stopped them, because I ain’t never been known as a tough guy.
‘So they turned her loose and went back to reading comics, and I followed the girl outside. She was looking up and down the street kind of desperate-like, and I knew she’d missed her bus. I said, “Hey, uh, girl, if you’ve missed your bus I can give you a ride home.”
‘She just kept her eyes down. Finally she said something ó but, brother, I’m not going to repeat it. I saw then and there she thought I had evil intentions. I don’t blame her. Hell, if I’d had to take what she just did, I’d be sore and suspicious too.
I said, “Look, I don’t want a pick-up or anything …” She gave me a funny look so I added quick, “Not that you’re not real cute or anything ó I mean, you’ll have to stay here another hour to catch the next bus and I’ll be leaving and I don’t know what those other guys might do.”
‘She saw the logic in that, because it was getting dark. Not too many cops come around that area; it’s kind of a deserted street. You know how cops are; there’s a million over on the Ribbon, making sure the nice kids don’t kill each other or run each other down, while we can cut each other’s throats and they don’t give a damn.
‘Finally she said she’d let me drive her home. I had my old Ford parked in the drugstore parking lot. It was really my brother’s car but he said I could drive it any time he got busted, which is often. He’s a pretty good guy, but if you’ve got a rep for fighting, somebody’s always trying to take you on. The last time that happened, my brother busted a bottle over the guy’s head and got charged with assault with a dangerous weapon. He never used weapons before, but he had finally got fed up with the whole routine. It wasn’t his first offence, so they sat on him kind of hard.
Question: What did Mike drive?
Beaten Up By A Gang
(THAT WAS THEN, THIS IS NOW by S.E.Hinton)
Â¥WellÂ¥, Mike began, ‘I always had this soft spot for chicks. I was always making like Sir Galahad, opening doors for them and complimenting even the homely ones, and I beat out a lot of guys better looking than me and they never could figure out why. But it wasn’t just a line with me. I guess I’m a sucker ó I’ve been taken a few times, like “loaning” money to chicks who came on with a sob story ó but I’ll always believe the best about a girl until I’m proved wrong, which is my own hang-up.
That explains the way I acted that night the gang and me was hanging around the drugstore and this black chick came in to buy some cigarettes. Me, I just see a nice-looking chick with really beautiful eyes, all black and inky-soft. I guess I’m a little funny that way, because Negroes just don’t get me all upset. I mean, I can see a black guy and a white chick together, and it sure don’t bother me, while most white guys can’t stand to see that. Like the gang ó the minute she walks in, they get all tensed up because black anyone, chick or otherwise, just don’t happen to come around much where I live. I guess she worked downtown and got off late and just stopped in on her way to the bus stop. I think she told me that later. I don’t remember too good now.
‘So she gets her cigarettes and starts for the door, when a couple of guys block her way. Now the gang I hang out with is a pretty good bunch of guys ó a lot of heart and only a couple of wise apples in the group ó but see, nothin’ much had been happenin’ and they were bored so they start picking on the chick, calling her Black Beauty and some other choice things. They were really getting rude, and I was feeling sorry for the girl. She kept her eyes down and just said, “Let me by, please,” real soft-like. The guys started pushing her around, not enough to hurt her but enough to scare her plenty. She just gripped her purse with both hands and tensed all over like she was trying to keep from running, which was pretty smart. Running is just an invitation to be chased, and if she got caught it wouldn’t be in a lighted drugstore. The old guy who runs the drugstore had disappeared. He was scared silly of the gang. I don’t know why. We never done anything to him.
‘When one of the guys grabbed hold of her and really got crude, I got fed up. I went over and said, “Let her go,” like I meant it. They all looked at me for a while, like they were trying to make up their minds whether or not to jump me. We don’t usually go around beating each other up, but it has happened. They finally decided not to. My big brother, he’s got a pretty big rep as a tough guy in our neighbourhood. He’s in jail now, that’s why he don’t come to see me. It was his rep and not mine that stopped them, because I ain’t never been known as a tough guy.
‘So they turned her loose and went back to reading comics, and I followed the girl outside. She was looking up and down the street kind of desperate-like, and I knew she’d missed her bus. I said, “Hey, uh, girl, if you’ve missed your bus I can give you a ride home.”
‘She just kept her eyes down. Finally she said something ó but, brother, I’m not going to repeat it. I saw then and there she thought I had evil intentions. I don’t blame her. Hell, if I’d had to take what she just did, I’d be sore and suspicious too.
I said, “Look, I don’t want a pick-up or anything …” She gave me a funny look so I added quick, “Not that you’re not real cute or anything ó I mean, you’ll have to stay here another hour to catch the next bus and I’ll be leaving and I don’t know what those other guys might do.”
‘She saw the logic in that, because it was getting dark. Not too many cops come around that area; it’s kind of a deserted street. You know how cops are; there’s a million over on the Ribbon, making sure the nice kids don’t kill each other or run each other down, while we can cut each other’s throats and they don’t give a damn.
‘Finally she said she’d let me drive her home. I had my old Ford parked in the drugstore parking lot. It was really my brother’s car but he said I could drive it any time he got busted, which is often. He’s a pretty good guy, but if you’ve got a rep for fighting, somebody’s always trying to take you on. The last time that happened, my brother busted a bottle over the guy’s head and got charged with assault with a dangerous weapon. He never used weapons before, but he had finally got fed up with the whole routine. It wasn’t his first offence, so they sat on him kind of hard.
Question: What was the condition of the area where the drugstore was located?
Beaten Up By A Gang
(THAT WAS THEN, THIS IS NOW by S.E.Hinton)
Â¥WellÂ¥, Mike began, ‘I always had this soft spot for chicks. I was always making like Sir Galahad, opening doors for them and complimenting even the homely ones, and I beat out a lot of guys better looking than me and they never could figure out why. But it wasn’t just a line with me. I guess I’m a sucker ó I’ve been taken a few times, like “loaning” money to chicks who came on with a sob story ó but I’ll always believe the best about a girl until I’m proved wrong, which is my own hang-up.
That explains the way I acted that night the gang and me was hanging around the drugstore and this black chick came in to buy some cigarettes. Me, I just see a nice-looking chick with really beautiful eyes, all black and inky-soft. I guess I’m a little funny that way, because Negroes just don’t get me all upset. I mean, I can see a black guy and a white chick together, and it sure don’t bother me, while most white guys can’t stand to see that. Like the gang ó the minute she walks in, they get all tensed up because black anyone, chick or otherwise, just don’t happen to come around much where I live. I guess she worked downtown and got off late and just stopped in on her way to the bus stop. I think she told me that later. I don’t remember too good now.
‘So she gets her cigarettes and starts for the door, when a couple of guys block her way. Now the gang I hang out with is a pretty good bunch of guys ó a lot of heart and only a couple of wise apples in the group ó but see, nothin’ much had been happenin’ and they were bored so they start picking on the chick, calling her Black Beauty and some other choice things. They were really getting rude, and I was feeling sorry for the girl. She kept her eyes down and just said, “Let me by, please,” real soft-like. The guys started pushing her around, not enough to hurt her but enough to scare her plenty. She just gripped her purse with both hands and tensed all over like she was trying to keep from running, which was pretty smart. Running is just an invitation to be chased, and if she got caught it wouldn’t be in a lighted drugstore. The old guy who runs the drugstore had disappeared. He was scared silly of the gang. I don’t know why. We never done anything to him.
‘When one of the guys grabbed hold of her and really got crude, I got fed up. I went over and said, “Let her go,” like I meant it. They all looked at me for a while, like they were trying to make up their minds whether or not to jump me. We don’t usually go around beating each other up, but it has happened. They finally decided not to. My big brother, he’s got a pretty big rep as a tough guy in our neighbourhood. He’s in jail now, that’s why he don’t come to see me. It was his rep and not mine that stopped them, because I ain’t never been known as a tough guy.
‘So they turned her loose and went back to reading comics, and I followed the girl outside. She was looking up and down the street kind of desperate-like, and I knew she’d missed her bus. I said, “Hey, uh, girl, if you’ve missed your bus I can give you a ride home.”
‘She just kept her eyes down. Finally she said something ó but, brother, I’m not going to repeat it. I saw then and there she thought I had evil intentions. I don’t blame her. Hell, if I’d had to take what she just did, I’d be sore and suspicious too.
I said, “Look, I don’t want a pick-up or anything …” She gave me a funny look so I added quick, “Not that you’re not real cute or anything ó I mean, you’ll have to stay here another hour to catch the next bus and I’ll be leaving and I don’t know what those other guys might do.”
‘She saw the logic in that, because it was getting dark. Not too many cops come around that area; it’s kind of a deserted street. You know how cops are; there’s a million over on the Ribbon, making sure the nice kids don’t kill each other or run each other down, while we can cut each other’s throats and they don’t give a damn.
‘Finally she said she’d let me drive her home. I had my old Ford parked in the drugstore parking lot. It was really my brother’s car but he said I could drive it any time he got busted, which is often. He’s a pretty good guy, but if you’ve got a rep for fighting, somebody’s always trying to take you on. The last time that happened, my brother busted a bottle over the guy’s head and got charged with assault with a dangerous weapon. He never used weapons before, but he had finally got fed up with the whole routine. It wasn’t his first offence, so they sat on him kind of hard.
Question: What was the gang doing before the black chick entered?
Beaten Up By A Gang
(THAT WAS THEN, THIS IS NOW by S.E.Hinton)
Â¥WellÂ¥, Mike began, ‘I always had this soft spot for chicks. I was always making like Sir Galahad, opening doors for them and complimenting even the homely ones, and I beat out a lot of guys better looking than me and they never could figure out why. But it wasn’t just a line with me. I guess I’m a sucker ó I’ve been taken a few times, like “loaning” money to chicks who came on with a sob story ó but I’ll always believe the best about a girl until I’m proved wrong, which is my own hang-up.
That explains the way I acted that night the gang and me was hanging around the drugstore and this black chick came in to buy some cigarettes. Me, I just see a nice-looking chick with really beautiful eyes, all black and inky-soft. I guess I’m a little funny that way, because Negroes just don’t get me all upset. I mean, I can see a black guy and a white chick together, and it sure don’t bother me, while most white guys can’t stand to see that. Like the gang ó the minute she walks in, they get all tensed up because black anyone, chick or otherwise, just don’t happen to come around much where I live. I guess she worked downtown and got off late and just stopped in on her way to the bus stop. I think she told me that later. I don’t remember too good now.
‘So she gets her cigarettes and starts for the door, when a couple of guys block her way. Now the gang I hang out with is a pretty good bunch of guys ó a lot of heart and only a couple of wise apples in the group ó but see, nothin’ much had been happenin’ and they were bored so they start picking on the chick, calling her Black Beauty and some other choice things. They were really getting rude, and I was feeling sorry for the girl. She kept her eyes down and just said, “Let me by, please,” real soft-like. The guys started pushing her around, not enough to hurt her but enough to scare her plenty. She just gripped her purse with both hands and tensed all over like she was trying to keep from running, which was pretty smart. Running is just an invitation to be chased, and if she got caught it wouldn’t be in a lighted drugstore. The old guy who runs the drugstore had disappeared. He was scared silly of the gang. I don’t know why. We never done anything to him.
‘When one of the guys grabbed hold of her and really got crude, I got fed up. I went over and said, “Let her go,” like I meant it. They all looked at me for a while, like they were trying to make up their minds whether or not to jump me. We don’t usually go around beating each other up, but it has happened. They finally decided not to. My big brother, he’s got a pretty big rep as a tough guy in our neighbourhood. He’s in jail now, that’s why he don’t come to see me. It was his rep and not mine that stopped them, because I ain’t never been known as a tough guy.
‘So they turned her loose and went back to reading comics, and I followed the girl outside. She was looking up and down the street kind of desperate-like, and I knew she’d missed her bus. I said, “Hey, uh, girl, if you’ve missed your bus I can give you a ride home.”
‘She just kept her eyes down. Finally she said something ó but, brother, I’m not going to repeat it. I saw then and there she thought I had evil intentions. I don’t blame her. Hell, if I’d had to take what she just did, I’d be sore and suspicious too.
I said, “Look, I don’t want a pick-up or anything …” She gave me a funny look so I added quick, “Not that you’re not real cute or anything ó I mean, you’ll have to stay here another hour to catch the next bus and I’ll be leaving and I don’t know what those other guys might do.”
‘She saw the logic in that, because it was getting dark. Not too many cops come around that area; it’s kind of a deserted street. You know how cops are; there’s a million over on the Ribbon, making sure the nice kids don’t kill each other or run each other down, while we can cut each other’s throats and they don’t give a damn.
‘Finally she said she’d let me drive her home. I had my old Ford parked in the drugstore parking lot. It was really my brother’s car but he said I could drive it any time he got busted, which is often. He’s a pretty good guy, but if you’ve got a rep for fighting, somebody’s always trying to take you on. The last time that happened, my brother busted a bottle over the guy’s head and got charged with assault with a dangerous weapon. He never used weapons before, but he had finally got fed up with the whole routine. It wasn’t his first offence, so they sat on him kind of hard.
Question: What did the black chick initially come to the drugstore for?
Beaten Up By A Gang
(THAT WAS THEN, THIS IS NOW by S.E.Hinton)
Â¥WellÂ¥, Mike began, ‘I always had this soft spot for chicks. I was always making like Sir Galahad, opening doors for them and complimenting even the homely ones, and I beat out a lot of guys better looking than me and they never could figure out why. But it wasn’t just a line with me. I guess I’m a sucker ó I’ve been taken a few times, like “loaning” money to chicks who came on with a sob story ó but I’ll always believe the best about a girl until I’m proved wrong, which is my own hang-up.
That explains the way I acted that night the gang and me was hanging around the drugstore and this black chick came in to buy some cigarettes. Me, I just see a nice-looking chick with really beautiful eyes, all black and inky-soft. I guess I’m a little funny that way, because Negroes just don’t get me all upset. I mean, I can see a black guy and a white chick together, and it sure don’t bother me, while most white guys can’t stand to see that. Like the gang ó the minute she walks in, they get all tensed up because black anyone, chick or otherwise, just don’t happen to come around much where I live. I guess she worked downtown and got off late and just stopped in on her way to the bus stop. I think she told me that later. I don’t remember too good now.
‘So she gets her cigarettes and starts for the door, when a couple of guys block her way. Now the gang I hang out with is a pretty good bunch of guys ó a lot of heart and only a couple of wise apples in the group ó but see, nothin’ much had been happenin’ and they were bored so they start picking on the chick, calling her Black Beauty and some other choice things. They were really getting rude, and I was feeling sorry for the girl. She kept her eyes down and just said, “Let me by, please,” real soft-like. The guys started pushing her around, not enough to hurt her but enough to scare her plenty. She just gripped her purse with both hands and tensed all over like she was trying to keep from running, which was pretty smart. Running is just an invitation to be chased, and if she got caught it wouldn’t be in a lighted drugstore. The old guy who runs the drugstore had disappeared. He was scared silly of the gang. I don’t know why. We never done anything to him.
‘When one of the guys grabbed hold of her and really got crude, I got fed up. I went over and said, “Let her go,” like I meant it. They all looked at me for a while, like they were trying to make up their minds whether or not to jump me. We don’t usually go around beating each other up, but it has happened. They finally decided not to. My big brother, he’s got a pretty big rep as a tough guy in our neighbourhood. He’s in jail now, that’s why he don’t come to see me. It was his rep and not mine that stopped them, because I ain’t never been known as a tough guy.
‘So they turned her loose and went back to reading comics, and I followed the girl outside. She was looking up and down the street kind of desperate-like, and I knew she’d missed her bus. I said, “Hey, uh, girl, if you’ve missed your bus I can give you a ride home.”
‘She just kept her eyes down. Finally she said something ó but, brother, I’m not going to repeat it. I saw then and there she thought I had evil intentions. I don’t blame her. Hell, if I’d had to take what she just did, I’d be sore and suspicious too.
I said, “Look, I don’t want a pick-up or anything …” She gave me a funny look so I added quick, “Not that you’re not real cute or anything ó I mean, you’ll have to stay here another hour to catch the next bus and I’ll be leaving and I don’t know what those other guys might do.”
‘She saw the logic in that, because it was getting dark. Not too many cops come around that area; it’s kind of a deserted street. You know how cops are; there’s a million over on the Ribbon, making sure the nice kids don’t kill each other or run each other down, while we can cut each other’s throats and they don’t give a damn.
‘Finally she said she’d let me drive her home. I had my old Ford parked in the drugstore parking lot. It was really my brother’s car but he said I could drive it any time he got busted, which is often. He’s a pretty good guy, but if you’ve got a rep for fighting, somebody’s always trying to take you on. The last time that happened, my brother busted a bottle over the guy’s head and got charged with assault with a dangerous weapon. He never used weapons before, but he had finally got fed up with the whole routine. It wasn’t his first offence, so they sat on him kind of hard.
Question: How did the black chick respond when blocked by the gang?
Beaten Up By A Gang
(THAT WAS THEN, THIS IS NOW by S.E.Hinton)
Â¥WellÂ¥, Mike began, ‘I always had this soft spot for chicks. I was always making like Sir Galahad, opening doors for them and complimenting even the homely ones, and I beat out a lot of guys better looking than me and they never could figure out why. But it wasn’t just a line with me. I guess I’m a sucker ó I’ve been taken a few times, like “loaning” money to chicks who came on with a sob story ó but I’ll always believe the best about a girl until I’m proved wrong, which is my own hang-up.
That explains the way I acted that night the gang and me was hanging around the drugstore and this black chick came in to buy some cigarettes. Me, I just see a nice-looking chick with really beautiful eyes, all black and inky-soft. I guess I’m a little funny that way, because Negroes just don’t get me all upset. I mean, I can see a black guy and a white chick together, and it sure don’t bother me, while most white guys can’t stand to see that. Like the gang ó the minute she walks in, they get all tensed up because black anyone, chick or otherwise, just don’t happen to come around much where I live. I guess she worked downtown and got off late and just stopped in on her way to the bus stop. I think she told me that later. I don’t remember too good now.
‘So she gets her cigarettes and starts for the door, when a couple of guys block her way. Now the gang I hang out with is a pretty good bunch of guys ó a lot of heart and only a couple of wise apples in the group ó but see, nothin’ much had been happenin’ and they were bored so they start picking on the chick, calling her Black Beauty and some other choice things. They were really getting rude, and I was feeling sorry for the girl. She kept her eyes down and just said, “Let me by, please,” real soft-like. The guys started pushing her around, not enough to hurt her but enough to scare her plenty. She just gripped her purse with both hands and tensed all over like she was trying to keep from running, which was pretty smart. Running is just an invitation to be chased, and if she got caught it wouldn’t be in a lighted drugstore. The old guy who runs the drugstore had disappeared. He was scared silly of the gang. I don’t know why. We never done anything to him.
‘When one of the guys grabbed hold of her and really got crude, I got fed up. I went over and said, “Let her go,” like I meant it. They all looked at me for a while, like they were trying to make up their minds whether or not to jump me. We don’t usually go around beating each other up, but it has happened. They finally decided not to. My big brother, he’s got a pretty big rep as a tough guy in our neighbourhood. He’s in jail now, that’s why he don’t come to see me. It was his rep and not mine that stopped them, because I ain’t never been known as a tough guy.
‘So they turned her loose and went back to reading comics, and I followed the girl outside. She was looking up and down the street kind of desperate-like, and I knew she’d missed her bus. I said, “Hey, uh, girl, if you’ve missed your bus I can give you a ride home.”
‘She just kept her eyes down. Finally she said something ó but, brother, I’m not going to repeat it. I saw then and there she thought I had evil intentions. I don’t blame her. Hell, if I’d had to take what she just did, I’d be sore and suspicious too.
I said, “Look, I don’t want a pick-up or anything …” She gave me a funny look so I added quick, “Not that you’re not real cute or anything ó I mean, you’ll have to stay here another hour to catch the next bus and I’ll be leaving and I don’t know what those other guys might do.”
‘She saw the logic in that, because it was getting dark. Not too many cops come around that area; it’s kind of a deserted street. You know how cops are; there’s a million over on the Ribbon, making sure the nice kids don’t kill each other or run each other down, while we can cut each other’s throats and they don’t give a damn.
‘Finally she said she’d let me drive her home. I had my old Ford parked in the drugstore parking lot. It was really my brother’s car but he said I could drive it any time he got busted, which is often. He’s a pretty good guy, but if you’ve got a rep for fighting, somebody’s always trying to take you on. The last time that happened, my brother busted a bottle over the guy’s head and got charged with assault with a dangerous weapon. He never used weapons before, but he had finally got fed up with the whole routine. It wasn’t his first offence, so they sat on him kind of hard.
Question: What did the black chick hold when she was scared?
Beaten Up By A Gang
(THAT WAS THEN, THIS IS NOW by S.E.Hinton)
Â¥WellÂ¥, Mike began, ‘I always had this soft spot for chicks. I was always making like Sir Galahad, opening doors for them and complimenting even the homely ones, and I beat out a lot of guys better looking than me and they never could figure out why. But it wasn’t just a line with me. I guess I’m a sucker ó I’ve been taken a few times, like “loaning” money to chicks who came on with a sob story ó but I’ll always believe the best about a girl until I’m proved wrong, which is my own hang-up.
That explains the way I acted that night the gang and me was hanging around the drugstore and this black chick came in to buy some cigarettes. Me, I just see a nice-looking chick with really beautiful eyes, all black and inky-soft. I guess I’m a little funny that way, because Negroes just don’t get me all upset. I mean, I can see a black guy and a white chick together, and it sure don’t bother me, while most white guys can’t stand to see that. Like the gang ó the minute she walks in, they get all tensed up because black anyone, chick or otherwise, just don’t happen to come around much where I live. I guess she worked downtown and got off late and just stopped in on her way to the bus stop. I think she told me that later. I don’t remember too good now.
‘So she gets her cigarettes and starts for the door, when a couple of guys block her way. Now the gang I hang out with is a pretty good bunch of guys ó a lot of heart and only a couple of wise apples in the group ó but see, nothin’ much had been happenin’ and they were bored so they start picking on the chick, calling her Black Beauty and some other choice things. They were really getting rude, and I was feeling sorry for the girl. She kept her eyes down and just said, “Let me by, please,” real soft-like. The guys started pushing her around, not enough to hurt her but enough to scare her plenty. She just gripped her purse with both hands and tensed all over like she was trying to keep from running, which was pretty smart. Running is just an invitation to be chased, and if she got caught it wouldn’t be in a lighted drugstore. The old guy who runs the drugstore had disappeared. He was scared silly of the gang. I don’t know why. We never done anything to him.
‘When one of the guys grabbed hold of her and really got crude, I got fed up. I went over and said, “Let her go,” like I meant it. They all looked at me for a while, like they were trying to make up their minds whether or not to jump me. We don’t usually go around beating each other up, but it has happened. They finally decided not to. My big brother, he’s got a pretty big rep as a tough guy in our neighbourhood. He’s in jail now, that’s why he don’t come to see me. It was his rep and not mine that stopped them, because I ain’t never been known as a tough guy.
‘So they turned her loose and went back to reading comics, and I followed the girl outside. She was looking up and down the street kind of desperate-like, and I knew she’d missed her bus. I said, “Hey, uh, girl, if you’ve missed your bus I can give you a ride home.”
‘She just kept her eyes down. Finally she said something ó but, brother, I’m not going to repeat it. I saw then and there she thought I had evil intentions. I don’t blame her. Hell, if I’d had to take what she just did, I’d be sore and suspicious too.
I said, “Look, I don’t want a pick-up or anything …” She gave me a funny look so I added quick, “Not that you’re not real cute or anything ó I mean, you’ll have to stay here another hour to catch the next bus and I’ll be leaving and I don’t know what those other guys might do.”
‘She saw the logic in that, because it was getting dark. Not too many cops come around that area; it’s kind of a deserted street. You know how cops are; there’s a million over on the Ribbon, making sure the nice kids don’t kill each other or run each other down, while we can cut each other’s throats and they don’t give a damn.
‘Finally she said she’d let me drive her home. I had my old Ford parked in the drugstore parking lot. It was really my brother’s car but he said I could drive it any time he got busted, which is often. He’s a pretty good guy, but if you’ve got a rep for fighting, somebody’s always trying to take you on. The last time that happened, my brother busted a bottle over the guy’s head and got charged with assault with a dangerous weapon. He never used weapons before, but he had finally got fed up with the whole routine. It wasn’t his first offence, so they sat on him kind of hard.
Question: What happened the last time Mike’s big brother got into a fight?
Boxer
(ANIMAL FARM by George Orwell)
There lay Boxer, between the shafts of the cart, his neck stretched out, unable even to raise his head. His eyes were glazed, his sides matted with sweat. A thin stream of blood had trickled out of his mouth. Clover dropped to her knees at his side.
‘Boxer!’ she cried, ‘how are you?’
‘It is my lung,’ said Boxer in a weak voice. ‘It does not matter. I think you will be able to finish the windmill without me. There is a pretty good store of stone accumulated. I had only another month to go in any case. To tell you the truth, I had been looking forward to my retirement. And perhaps, as Benjamin is growing old too, they will let him retire at the same time and be a companion to me.’
‘We must get help at once,’ said Clover. ‘Run, somebody, and tell Squealer what has happened.’
All the other animals immediately raced back to the farm-house to give Squealer the news. Only Clover remained, and Benjamin, who lay down at Boxer’s side, and, without speaking, kept the flies off him with his long tail. After about a quarter of an hour Squealer appeared, full of sympathy and concern. He said that Comrade Napoleon had learned with the very deepest distress of this misfortune to one of the most loyal workers on the farm, and was already making arrangements to send Boxer to be treated in the hospital at Willingdon. The animals felt a little uneasy at this. Except for Mollie and Snowball, no other animal had ever left the farm, and they did not like to think of their sick comrade in the hands of human beings. However, Squealer easily convinced them that the veterinary surgeon in Willingdon could treat Boxer’s case more satisfactorily than could be done on the farm. And about half an hour later, when Boxer had somewhat recovered, he was with difficulty got on to his feet, and managed to limp back to his stall, where Clover and Benjamin had prepared a good bed of straw for him.
For the next two days Boxer remained in his stall. The pigs had sent out a large bottle of pink medicine which they had found in the medicine chest in the bathroom, and Clover administered it to Boxer twice a day after meals. In the evenings she lay in his stall and talked to him, while Benjamin kept the flies off him. Boxer professed not to be sorry for what had happened. If he made a good recovery, he might expect to live another three years, and he looked forward to the peaceful days that he would spend in the corner of the big pasture. It would be the first time that he had had leisure to study and improve his mind. He intended, he said, to devote the rest of his life to learning the remaining twenty-two letters of the alphabet.
However, Benjamin and Clover could only be with Boxer after working hours, and it was in the middle of the day when the van came to take him away. The animals were all at work weeding turnips under the supervision of a pig, when they were astonished to see Benjamin come galloping from the direction of the farm buildings, braying at the top of his voice. It was the first time that they had ever seen Benjamin excited ó indeed, it was the first time that anyone had ever seen him gallop. ‘Quick, quick!’ he shouted. ‘Come at once! They’re taking Boxer away!’ Without waiting for orders from the pig, the animals broke off work and raced back to the farm buildings. Sure enough, there in the yard was a large closed van, drawn by two horses, with lettering on its side and a sly-looking man in a low- crowned bowler hat sitting on the driver’s seat. And Boxer’s stall was empty.
The animals crowded round the van. ‘Good-bye, Boxer!’ they chorused, ‘good-bye!’
‘Fools! Fools! shouted Benjamin, prancing round them and stamping the earth with his small hoofs. ‘Fools! Do you not see what is written on the side of that van?’
That gave the animals pause, and there was a hush. Muriel began to spell out the words. But Benjamin pushed her aside and in the midst of a deadly silence he read: “‘Alfred Simmonds, Horse Slaughterer and Glue Boiler, Willingdon. Dealer in Hides and Bone-Meal. Kennels Supplied.” Do you not understand what that means? They are taking Boxer to the knacker’s!’
A cry of horror burst from all the animals. At this moment the man on the box whipped up his horses and the van moved out of the yard at a smart trot. All the animals followed, crying out at the tops of their voices. Clover forced her way to the front. The van began to gather speed. Clover tried to stir her stout limbs to a gallop, and achieved a canter. ‘Boxer!’ she cried. ‘Boxer! Boxer! Boxer!’ And just at this moment, as though he had heard the uproar outside, Boxer’s face, with the white stripe down his nose, appeared at the small window at the back of the van.
Question: What ailment does Boxer suffer from?
Boxer
(ANIMAL FARM by George Orwell)
There lay Boxer, between the shafts of the cart, his neck stretched out, unable even to raise his head. His eyes were glazed, his sides matted with sweat. A thin stream of blood had trickled out of his mouth. Clover dropped to her knees at his side.
‘Boxer!’ she cried, ‘how are you?’
‘It is my lung,’ said Boxer in a weak voice. ‘It does not matter. I think you will be able to finish the windmill without me. There is a pretty good store of stone accumulated. I had only another month to go in any case. To tell you the truth, I had been looking forward to my retirement. And perhaps, as Benjamin is growing old too, they will let him retire at the same time and be a companion to me.’
‘We must get help at once,’ said Clover. ‘Run, somebody, and tell Squealer what has happened.’
All the other animals immediately raced back to the farm-house to give Squealer the news. Only Clover remained, and Benjamin, who lay down at Boxer’s side, and, without speaking, kept the flies off him with his long tail. After about a quarter of an hour Squealer appeared, full of sympathy and concern. He said that Comrade Napoleon had learned with the very deepest distress of this misfortune to one of the most loyal workers on the farm, and was already making arrangements to send Boxer to be treated in the hospital at Willingdon. The animals felt a little uneasy at this. Except for Mollie and Snowball, no other animal had ever left the farm, and they did not like to think of their sick comrade in the hands of human beings. However, Squealer easily convinced them that the veterinary surgeon in Willingdon could treat Boxer’s case more satisfactorily than could be done on the farm. And about half an hour later, when Boxer had somewhat recovered, he was with difficulty got on to his feet, and managed to limp back to his stall, where Clover and Benjamin had prepared a good bed of straw for him.
For the next two days Boxer remained in his stall. The pigs had sent out a large bottle of pink medicine which they had found in the medicine chest in the bathroom, and Clover administered it to Boxer twice a day after meals. In the evenings she lay in his stall and talked to him, while Benjamin kept the flies off him. Boxer professed not to be sorry for what had happened. If he made a good recovery, he might expect to live another three years, and he looked forward to the peaceful days that he would spend in the corner of the big pasture. It would be the first time that he had had leisure to study and improve his mind. He intended, he said, to devote the rest of his life to learning the remaining twenty-two letters of the alphabet.
However, Benjamin and Clover could only be with Boxer after working hours, and it was in the middle of the day when the van came to take him away. The animals were all at work weeding turnips under the supervision of a pig, when they were astonished to see Benjamin come galloping from the direction of the farm buildings, braying at the top of his voice. It was the first time that they had ever seen Benjamin excited ó indeed, it was the first time that anyone had ever seen him gallop. ‘Quick, quick!’ he shouted. ‘Come at once! They’re taking Boxer away!’ Without waiting for orders from the pig, the animals broke off work and raced back to the farm buildings. Sure enough, there in the yard was a large closed van, drawn by two horses, with lettering on its side and a sly-looking man in a low- crowned bowler hat sitting on the driver’s seat. And Boxer’s stall was empty.
The animals crowded round the van. ‘Good-bye, Boxer!’ they chorused, ‘good-bye!’
‘Fools! Fools! shouted Benjamin, prancing round them and stamping the earth with his small hoofs. ‘Fools! Do you not see what is written on the side of that van?’
That gave the animals pause, and there was a hush. Muriel began to spell out the words. But Benjamin pushed her aside and in the midst of a deadly silence he read: “‘Alfred Simmonds, Horse Slaughterer and Glue Boiler, Willingdon. Dealer in Hides and Bone-Meal. Kennels Supplied.” Do you not understand what that means? They are taking Boxer to the knacker’s!’
A cry of horror burst from all the animals. At this moment the man on the box whipped up his horses and the van moved out of the yard at a smart trot. All the animals followed, crying out at the tops of their voices. Clover forced her way to the front. The van began to gather speed. Clover tried to stir her stout limbs to a gallop, and achieved a canter. ‘Boxer!’ she cried. ‘Boxer! Boxer! Boxer!’ And just at this moment, as though he had heard the uproar outside, Boxer’s face, with the white stripe down his nose, appeared at the small window at the back of the van.
Question: Which animal takes on the responsibility of keeping flies away from Boxer?
Boxer
(ANIMAL FARM by George Orwell)
There lay Boxer, between the shafts of the cart, his neck stretched out, unable even to raise his head. His eyes were glazed, his sides matted with sweat. A thin stream of blood had trickled out of his mouth. Clover dropped to her knees at his side.
‘Boxer!’ she cried, ‘how are you?’
‘It is my lung,’ said Boxer in a weak voice. ‘It does not matter. I think you will be able to finish the windmill without me. There is a pretty good store of stone accumulated. I had only another month to go in any case. To tell you the truth, I had been looking forward to my retirement. And perhaps, as Benjamin is growing old too, they will let him retire at the same time and be a companion to me.’
‘We must get help at once,’ said Clover. ‘Run, somebody, and tell Squealer what has happened.’
All the other animals immediately raced back to the farm-house to give Squealer the news. Only Clover remained, and Benjamin, who lay down at Boxer’s side, and, without speaking, kept the flies off him with his long tail. After about a quarter of an hour Squealer appeared, full of sympathy and concern. He said that Comrade Napoleon had learned with the very deepest distress of this misfortune to one of the most loyal workers on the farm, and was already making arrangements to send Boxer to be treated in the hospital at Willingdon. The animals felt a little uneasy at this. Except for Mollie and Snowball, no other animal had ever left the farm, and they did not like to think of their sick comrade in the hands of human beings. However, Squealer easily convinced them that the veterinary surgeon in Willingdon could treat Boxer’s case more satisfactorily than could be done on the farm. And about half an hour later, when Boxer had somewhat recovered, he was with difficulty got on to his feet, and managed to limp back to his stall, where Clover and Benjamin had prepared a good bed of straw for him.
For the next two days Boxer remained in his stall. The pigs had sent out a large bottle of pink medicine which they had found in the medicine chest in the bathroom, and Clover administered it to Boxer twice a day after meals. In the evenings she lay in his stall and talked to him, while Benjamin kept the flies off him. Boxer professed not to be sorry for what had happened. If he made a good recovery, he might expect to live another three years, and he looked forward to the peaceful days that he would spend in the corner of the big pasture. It would be the first time that he had had leisure to study and improve his mind. He intended, he said, to devote the rest of his life to learning the remaining twenty-two letters of the alphabet.
However, Benjamin and Clover could only be with Boxer after working hours, and it was in the middle of the day when the van came to take him away. The animals were all at work weeding turnips under the supervision of a pig, when they were astonished to see Benjamin come galloping from the direction of the farm buildings, braying at the top of his voice. It was the first time that they had ever seen Benjamin excited ó indeed, it was the first time that anyone had ever seen him gallop. ‘Quick, quick!’ he shouted. ‘Come at once! They’re taking Boxer away!’ Without waiting for orders from the pig, the animals broke off work and raced back to the farm buildings. Sure enough, there in the yard was a large closed van, drawn by two horses, with lettering on its side and a sly-looking man in a low- crowned bowler hat sitting on the driver’s seat. And Boxer’s stall was empty.
The animals crowded round the van. ‘Good-bye, Boxer!’ they chorused, ‘good-bye!’
‘Fools! Fools! shouted Benjamin, prancing round them and stamping the earth with his small hoofs. ‘Fools! Do you not see what is written on the side of that van?’
That gave the animals pause, and there was a hush. Muriel began to spell out the words. But Benjamin pushed her aside and in the midst of a deadly silence he read: “‘Alfred Simmonds, Horse Slaughterer and Glue Boiler, Willingdon. Dealer in Hides and Bone-Meal. Kennels Supplied.” Do you not understand what that means? They are taking Boxer to the knacker’s!’
A cry of horror burst from all the animals. At this moment the man on the box whipped up his horses and the van moved out of the yard at a smart trot. All the animals followed, crying out at the tops of their voices. Clover forced her way to the front. The van began to gather speed. Clover tried to stir her stout limbs to a gallop, and achieved a canter. ‘Boxer!’ she cried. ‘Boxer! Boxer! Boxer!’ And just at this moment, as though he had heard the uproar outside, Boxer’s face, with the white stripe down his nose, appeared at the small window at the back of the van.
Question: What is the animals’ initial reaction to Squealer’s plan for Boxer?
Boxer
(ANIMAL FARM by George Orwell)
There lay Boxer, between the shafts of the cart, his neck stretched out, unable even to raise his head. His eyes were glazed, his sides matted with sweat. A thin stream of blood had trickled out of his mouth. Clover dropped to her knees at his side.
‘Boxer!’ she cried, ‘how are you?’
‘It is my lung,’ said Boxer in a weak voice. ‘It does not matter. I think you will be able to finish the windmill without me. There is a pretty good store of stone accumulated. I had only another month to go in any case. To tell you the truth, I had been looking forward to my retirement. And perhaps, as Benjamin is growing old too, they will let him retire at the same time and be a companion to me.’
‘We must get help at once,’ said Clover. ‘Run, somebody, and tell Squealer what has happened.’
All the other animals immediately raced back to the farm-house to give Squealer the news. Only Clover remained, and Benjamin, who lay down at Boxer’s side, and, without speaking, kept the flies off him with his long tail. After about a quarter of an hour Squealer appeared, full of sympathy and concern. He said that Comrade Napoleon had learned with the very deepest distress of this misfortune to one of the most loyal workers on the farm, and was already making arrangements to send Boxer to be treated in the hospital at Willingdon. The animals felt a little uneasy at this. Except for Mollie and Snowball, no other animal had ever left the farm, and they did not like to think of their sick comrade in the hands of human beings. However, Squealer easily convinced them that the veterinary surgeon in Willingdon could treat Boxer’s case more satisfactorily than could be done on the farm. And about half an hour later, when Boxer had somewhat recovered, he was with difficulty got on to his feet, and managed to limp back to his stall, where Clover and Benjamin had prepared a good bed of straw for him.
For the next two days Boxer remained in his stall. The pigs had sent out a large bottle of pink medicine which they had found in the medicine chest in the bathroom, and Clover administered it to Boxer twice a day after meals. In the evenings she lay in his stall and talked to him, while Benjamin kept the flies off him. Boxer professed not to be sorry for what had happened. If he made a good recovery, he might expect to live another three years, and he looked forward to the peaceful days that he would spend in the corner of the big pasture. It would be the first time that he had had leisure to study and improve his mind. He intended, he said, to devote the rest of his life to learning the remaining twenty-two letters of the alphabet.
However, Benjamin and Clover could only be with Boxer after working hours, and it was in the middle of the day when the van came to take him away. The animals were all at work weeding turnips under the supervision of a pig, when they were astonished to see Benjamin come galloping from the direction of the farm buildings, braying at the top of his voice. It was the first time that they had ever seen Benjamin excited ó indeed, it was the first time that anyone had ever seen him gallop. ‘Quick, quick!’ he shouted. ‘Come at once! They’re taking Boxer away!’ Without waiting for orders from the pig, the animals broke off work and raced back to the farm buildings. Sure enough, there in the yard was a large closed van, drawn by two horses, with lettering on its side and a sly-looking man in a low- crowned bowler hat sitting on the driver’s seat. And Boxer’s stall was empty.
The animals crowded round the van. ‘Good-bye, Boxer!’ they chorused, ‘good-bye!’
‘Fools! Fools! shouted Benjamin, prancing round them and stamping the earth with his small hoofs. ‘Fools! Do you not see what is written on the side of that van?’
That gave the animals pause, and there was a hush. Muriel began to spell out the words. But Benjamin pushed her aside and in the midst of a deadly silence he read: “‘Alfred Simmonds, Horse Slaughterer and Glue Boiler, Willingdon. Dealer in Hides and Bone-Meal. Kennels Supplied.” Do you not understand what that means? They are taking Boxer to the knacker’s!’
A cry of horror burst from all the animals. At this moment the man on the box whipped up his horses and the van moved out of the yard at a smart trot. All the animals followed, crying out at the tops of their voices. Clover forced her way to the front. The van began to gather speed. Clover tried to stir her stout limbs to a gallop, and achieved a canter. ‘Boxer!’ she cried. ‘Boxer! Boxer! Boxer!’ And just at this moment, as though he had heard the uproar outside, Boxer’s face, with the white stripe down his nose, appeared at the small window at the back of the van.
Question: What does Boxer look forward to during his retirement?
Boxer
(ANIMAL FARM by George Orwell)
There lay Boxer, between the shafts of the cart, his neck stretched out, unable even to raise his head. His eyes were glazed, his sides matted with sweat. A thin stream of blood had trickled out of his mouth. Clover dropped to her knees at his side.
‘Boxer!’ she cried, ‘how are you?’
‘It is my lung,’ said Boxer in a weak voice. ‘It does not matter. I think you will be able to finish the windmill without me. There is a pretty good store of stone accumulated. I had only another month to go in any case. To tell you the truth, I had been looking forward to my retirement. And perhaps, as Benjamin is growing old too, they will let him retire at the same time and be a companion to me.’
‘We must get help at once,’ said Clover. ‘Run, somebody, and tell Squealer what has happened.’
All the other animals immediately raced back to the farm-house to give Squealer the news. Only Clover remained, and Benjamin, who lay down at Boxer’s side, and, without speaking, kept the flies off him with his long tail. After about a quarter of an hour Squealer appeared, full of sympathy and concern. He said that Comrade Napoleon had learned with the very deepest distress of this misfortune to one of the most loyal workers on the farm, and was already making arrangements to send Boxer to be treated in the hospital at Willingdon. The animals felt a little uneasy at this. Except for Mollie and Snowball, no other animal had ever left the farm, and they did not like to think of their sick comrade in the hands of human beings. However, Squealer easily convinced them that the veterinary surgeon in Willingdon could treat Boxer’s case more satisfactorily than could be done on the farm. And about half an hour later, when Boxer had somewhat recovered, he was with difficulty got on to his feet, and managed to limp back to his stall, where Clover and Benjamin had prepared a good bed of straw for him.
For the next two days Boxer remained in his stall. The pigs had sent out a large bottle of pink medicine which they had found in the medicine chest in the bathroom, and Clover administered it to Boxer twice a day after meals. In the evenings she lay in his stall and talked to him, while Benjamin kept the flies off him. Boxer professed not to be sorry for what had happened. If he made a good recovery, he might expect to live another three years, and he looked forward to the peaceful days that he would spend in the corner of the big pasture. It would be the first time that he had had leisure to study and improve his mind. He intended, he said, to devote the rest of his life to learning the remaining twenty-two letters of the alphabet.
However, Benjamin and Clover could only be with Boxer after working hours, and it was in the middle of the day when the van came to take him away. The animals were all at work weeding turnips under the supervision of a pig, when they were astonished to see Benjamin come galloping from the direction of the farm buildings, braying at the top of his voice. It was the first time that they had ever seen Benjamin excited ó indeed, it was the first time that anyone had ever seen him gallop. ‘Quick, quick!’ he shouted. ‘Come at once! They’re taking Boxer away!’ Without waiting for orders from the pig, the animals broke off work and raced back to the farm buildings. Sure enough, there in the yard was a large closed van, drawn by two horses, with lettering on its side and a sly-looking man in a low- crowned bowler hat sitting on the driver’s seat. And Boxer’s stall was empty.
The animals crowded round the van. ‘Good-bye, Boxer!’ they chorused, ‘good-bye!’
‘Fools! Fools! shouted Benjamin, prancing round them and stamping the earth with his small hoofs. ‘Fools! Do you not see what is written on the side of that van?’
That gave the animals pause, and there was a hush. Muriel began to spell out the words. But Benjamin pushed her aside and in the midst of a deadly silence he read: “‘Alfred Simmonds, Horse Slaughterer and Glue Boiler, Willingdon. Dealer in Hides and Bone-Meal. Kennels Supplied.” Do you not understand what that means? They are taking Boxer to the knacker’s!’
A cry of horror burst from all the animals. At this moment the man on the box whipped up his horses and the van moved out of the yard at a smart trot. All the animals followed, crying out at the tops of their voices. Clover forced her way to the front. The van began to gather speed. Clover tried to stir her stout limbs to a gallop, and achieved a canter. ‘Boxer!’ she cried. ‘Boxer! Boxer! Boxer!’ And just at this moment, as though he had heard the uproar outside, Boxer’s face, with the white stripe down his nose, appeared at the small window at the back of the van.
Question: What word best describes Benjamin’s usual demeanour?
Boxer
(ANIMAL FARM by George Orwell)
There lay Boxer, between the shafts of the cart, his neck stretched out, unable even to raise his head. His eyes were glazed, his sides matted with sweat. A thin stream of blood had trickled out of his mouth. Clover dropped to her knees at his side.
‘Boxer!’ she cried, ‘how are you?’
‘It is my lung,’ said Boxer in a weak voice. ‘It does not matter. I think you will be able to finish the windmill without me. There is a pretty good store of stone accumulated. I had only another month to go in any case. To tell you the truth, I had been looking forward to my retirement. And perhaps, as Benjamin is growing old too, they will let him retire at the same time and be a companion to me.’
‘We must get help at once,’ said Clover. ‘Run, somebody, and tell Squealer what has happened.’
All the other animals immediately raced back to the farm-house to give Squealer the news. Only Clover remained, and Benjamin, who lay down at Boxer’s side, and, without speaking, kept the flies off him with his long tail. After about a quarter of an hour Squealer appeared, full of sympathy and concern. He said that Comrade Napoleon had learned with the very deepest distress of this misfortune to one of the most loyal workers on the farm, and was already making arrangements to send Boxer to be treated in the hospital at Willingdon. The animals felt a little uneasy at this. Except for Mollie and Snowball, no other animal had ever left the farm, and they did not like to think of their sick comrade in the hands of human beings. However, Squealer easily convinced them that the veterinary surgeon in Willingdon could treat Boxer’s case more satisfactorily than could be done on the farm. And about half an hour later, when Boxer had somewhat recovered, he was with difficulty got on to his feet, and managed to limp back to his stall, where Clover and Benjamin had prepared a good bed of straw for him.
For the next two days Boxer remained in his stall. The pigs had sent out a large bottle of pink medicine which they had found in the medicine chest in the bathroom, and Clover administered it to Boxer twice a day after meals. In the evenings she lay in his stall and talked to him, while Benjamin kept the flies off him. Boxer professed not to be sorry for what had happened. If he made a good recovery, he might expect to live another three years, and he looked forward to the peaceful days that he would spend in the corner of the big pasture. It would be the first time that he had had leisure to study and improve his mind. He intended, he said, to devote the rest of his life to learning the remaining twenty-two letters of the alphabet.
However, Benjamin and Clover could only be with Boxer after working hours, and it was in the middle of the day when the van came to take him away. The animals were all at work weeding turnips under the supervision of a pig, when they were astonished to see Benjamin come galloping from the direction of the farm buildings, braying at the top of his voice. It was the first time that they had ever seen Benjamin excited ó indeed, it was the first time that anyone had ever seen him gallop. ‘Quick, quick!’ he shouted. ‘Come at once! They’re taking Boxer away!’ Without waiting for orders from the pig, the animals broke off work and raced back to the farm buildings. Sure enough, there in the yard was a large closed van, drawn by two horses, with lettering on its side and a sly-looking man in a low- crowned bowler hat sitting on the driver’s seat. And Boxer’s stall was empty.
The animals crowded round the van. ‘Good-bye, Boxer!’ they chorused, ‘good-bye!’
‘Fools! Fools! shouted Benjamin, prancing round them and stamping the earth with his small hoofs. ‘Fools! Do you not see what is written on the side of that van?’
That gave the animals pause, and there was a hush. Muriel began to spell out the words. But Benjamin pushed her aside and in the midst of a deadly silence he read: “‘Alfred Simmonds, Horse Slaughterer and Glue Boiler, Willingdon. Dealer in Hides and Bone-Meal. Kennels Supplied.” Do you not understand what that means? They are taking Boxer to the knacker’s!’
A cry of horror burst from all the animals. At this moment the man on the box whipped up his horses and the van moved out of the yard at a smart trot. All the animals followed, crying out at the tops of their voices. Clover forced her way to the front. The van began to gather speed. Clover tried to stir her stout limbs to a gallop, and achieved a canter. ‘Boxer!’ she cried. ‘Boxer! Boxer! Boxer!’ And just at this moment, as though he had heard the uproar outside, Boxer’s face, with the white stripe down his nose, appeared at the small window at the back of the van.
Question: What kind of medicine is administered to Boxer?
Boxer
(ANIMAL FARM by George Orwell)
There lay Boxer, between the shafts of the cart, his neck stretched out, unable even to raise his head. His eyes were glazed, his sides matted with sweat. A thin stream of blood had trickled out of his mouth. Clover dropped to her knees at his side.
‘Boxer!’ she cried, ‘how are you?’
‘It is my lung,’ said Boxer in a weak voice. ‘It does not matter. I think you will be able to finish the windmill without me. There is a pretty good store of stone accumulated. I had only another month to go in any case. To tell you the truth, I had been looking forward to my retirement. And perhaps, as Benjamin is growing old too, they will let him retire at the same time and be a companion to me.’
‘We must get help at once,’ said Clover. ‘Run, somebody, and tell Squealer what has happened.’
All the other animals immediately raced back to the farm-house to give Squealer the news. Only Clover remained, and Benjamin, who lay down at Boxer’s side, and, without speaking, kept the flies off him with his long tail. After about a quarter of an hour Squealer appeared, full of sympathy and concern. He said that Comrade Napoleon had learned with the very deepest distress of this misfortune to one of the most loyal workers on the farm, and was already making arrangements to send Boxer to be treated in the hospital at Willingdon. The animals felt a little uneasy at this. Except for Mollie and Snowball, no other animal had ever left the farm, and they did not like to think of their sick comrade in the hands of human beings. However, Squealer easily convinced them that the veterinary surgeon in Willingdon could treat Boxer’s case more satisfactorily than could be done on the farm. And about half an hour later, when Boxer had somewhat recovered, he was with difficulty got on to his feet, and managed to limp back to his stall, where Clover and Benjamin had prepared a good bed of straw for him.
For the next two days Boxer remained in his stall. The pigs had sent out a large bottle of pink medicine which they had found in the medicine chest in the bathroom, and Clover administered it to Boxer twice a day after meals. In the evenings she lay in his stall and talked to him, while Benjamin kept the flies off him. Boxer professed not to be sorry for what had happened. If he made a good recovery, he might expect to live another three years, and he looked forward to the peaceful days that he would spend in the corner of the big pasture. It would be the first time that he had had leisure to study and improve his mind. He intended, he said, to devote the rest of his life to learning the remaining twenty-two letters of the alphabet.
However, Benjamin and Clover could only be with Boxer after working hours, and it was in the middle of the day when the van came to take him away. The animals were all at work weeding turnips under the supervision of a pig, when they were astonished to see Benjamin come galloping from the direction of the farm buildings, braying at the top of his voice. It was the first time that they had ever seen Benjamin excited ó indeed, it was the first time that anyone had ever seen him gallop. ‘Quick, quick!’ he shouted. ‘Come at once! They’re taking Boxer away!’ Without waiting for orders from the pig, the animals broke off work and raced back to the farm buildings. Sure enough, there in the yard was a large closed van, drawn by two horses, with lettering on its side and a sly-looking man in a low- crowned bowler hat sitting on the driver’s seat. And Boxer’s stall was empty.
The animals crowded round the van. ‘Good-bye, Boxer!’ they chorused, ‘good-bye!’
‘Fools! Fools! shouted Benjamin, prancing round them and stamping the earth with his small hoofs. ‘Fools! Do you not see what is written on the side of that van?’
That gave the animals pause, and there was a hush. Muriel began to spell out the words. But Benjamin pushed her aside and in the midst of a deadly silence he read: “‘Alfred Simmonds, Horse Slaughterer and Glue Boiler, Willingdon. Dealer in Hides and Bone-Meal. Kennels Supplied.” Do you not understand what that means? They are taking Boxer to the knacker’s!’
A cry of horror burst from all the animals. At this moment the man on the box whipped up his horses and the van moved out of the yard at a smart trot. All the animals followed, crying out at the tops of their voices. Clover forced her way to the front. The van began to gather speed. Clover tried to stir her stout limbs to a gallop, and achieved a canter. ‘Boxer!’ she cried. ‘Boxer! Boxer! Boxer!’ And just at this moment, as though he had heard the uproar outside, Boxer’s face, with the white stripe down his nose, appeared at the small window at the back of the van.
Question: Who first notices the inscription on the van that comes to take Boxer away?
Boxer
(ANIMAL FARM by George Orwell)
There lay Boxer, between the shafts of the cart, his neck stretched out, unable even to raise his head. His eyes were glazed, his sides matted with sweat. A thin stream of blood had trickled out of his mouth. Clover dropped to her knees at his side.
‘Boxer!’ she cried, ‘how are you?’
‘It is my lung,’ said Boxer in a weak voice. ‘It does not matter. I think you will be able to finish the windmill without me. There is a pretty good store of stone accumulated. I had only another month to go in any case. To tell you the truth, I had been looking forward to my retirement. And perhaps, as Benjamin is growing old too, they will let him retire at the same time and be a companion to me.’
‘We must get help at once,’ said Clover. ‘Run, somebody, and tell Squealer what has happened.’
All the other animals immediately raced back to the farm-house to give Squealer the news. Only Clover remained, and Benjamin, who lay down at Boxer’s side, and, without speaking, kept the flies off him with his long tail. After about a quarter of an hour Squealer appeared, full of sympathy and concern. He said that Comrade Napoleon had learned with the very deepest distress of this misfortune to one of the most loyal workers on the farm, and was already making arrangements to send Boxer to be treated in the hospital at Willingdon. The animals felt a little uneasy at this. Except for Mollie and Snowball, no other animal had ever left the farm, and they did not like to think of their sick comrade in the hands of human beings. However, Squealer easily convinced them that the veterinary surgeon in Willingdon could treat Boxer’s case more satisfactorily than could be done on the farm. And about half an hour later, when Boxer had somewhat recovered, he was with difficulty got on to his feet, and managed to limp back to his stall, where Clover and Benjamin had prepared a good bed of straw for him.
For the next two days Boxer remained in his stall. The pigs had sent out a large bottle of pink medicine which they had found in the medicine chest in the bathroom, and Clover administered it to Boxer twice a day after meals. In the evenings she lay in his stall and talked to him, while Benjamin kept the flies off him. Boxer professed not to be sorry for what had happened. If he made a good recovery, he might expect to live another three years, and he looked forward to the peaceful days that he would spend in the corner of the big pasture. It would be the first time that he had had leisure to study and improve his mind. He intended, he said, to devote the rest of his life to learning the remaining twenty-two letters of the alphabet.
However, Benjamin and Clover could only be with Boxer after working hours, and it was in the middle of the day when the van came to take him away. The animals were all at work weeding turnips under the supervision of a pig, when they were astonished to see Benjamin come galloping from the direction of the farm buildings, braying at the top of his voice. It was the first time that they had ever seen Benjamin excited ó indeed, it was the first time that anyone had ever seen him gallop. ‘Quick, quick!’ he shouted. ‘Come at once! They’re taking Boxer away!’ Without waiting for orders from the pig, the animals broke off work and raced back to the farm buildings. Sure enough, there in the yard was a large closed van, drawn by two horses, with lettering on its side and a sly-looking man in a low- crowned bowler hat sitting on the driver’s seat. And Boxer’s stall was empty.
The animals crowded round the van. ‘Good-bye, Boxer!’ they chorused, ‘good-bye!’
‘Fools! Fools! shouted Benjamin, prancing round them and stamping the earth with his small hoofs. ‘Fools! Do you not see what is written on the side of that van?’
That gave the animals pause, and there was a hush. Muriel began to spell out the words. But Benjamin pushed her aside and in the midst of a deadly silence he read: “‘Alfred Simmonds, Horse Slaughterer and Glue Boiler, Willingdon. Dealer in Hides and Bone-Meal. Kennels Supplied.” Do you not understand what that means? They are taking Boxer to the knacker’s!’
A cry of horror burst from all the animals. At this moment the man on the box whipped up his horses and the van moved out of the yard at a smart trot. All the animals followed, crying out at the tops of their voices. Clover forced her way to the front. The van began to gather speed. Clover tried to stir her stout limbs to a gallop, and achieved a canter. ‘Boxer!’ she cried. ‘Boxer! Boxer! Boxer!’ And just at this moment, as though he had heard the uproar outside, Boxer’s face, with the white stripe down his nose, appeared at the small window at the back of the van.
Question: What is the business of Alfred Simmonds?
Boxer
(ANIMAL FARM by George Orwell)
There lay Boxer, between the shafts of the cart, his neck stretched out, unable even to raise his head. His eyes were glazed, his sides matted with sweat. A thin stream of blood had trickled out of his mouth. Clover dropped to her knees at his side.
‘Boxer!’ she cried, ‘how are you?’
‘It is my lung,’ said Boxer in a weak voice. ‘It does not matter. I think you will be able to finish the windmill without me. There is a pretty good store of stone accumulated. I had only another month to go in any case. To tell you the truth, I had been looking forward to my retirement. And perhaps, as Benjamin is growing old too, they will let him retire at the same time and be a companion to me.’
‘We must get help at once,’ said Clover. ‘Run, somebody, and tell Squealer what has happened.’
All the other animals immediately raced back to the farm-house to give Squealer the news. Only Clover remained, and Benjamin, who lay down at Boxer’s side, and, without speaking, kept the flies off him with his long tail. After about a quarter of an hour Squealer appeared, full of sympathy and concern. He said that Comrade Napoleon had learned with the very deepest distress of this misfortune to one of the most loyal workers on the farm, and was already making arrangements to send Boxer to be treated in the hospital at Willingdon. The animals felt a little uneasy at this. Except for Mollie and Snowball, no other animal had ever left the farm, and they did not like to think of their sick comrade in the hands of human beings. However, Squealer easily convinced them that the veterinary surgeon in Willingdon could treat Boxer’s case more satisfactorily than could be done on the farm. And about half an hour later, when Boxer had somewhat recovered, he was with difficulty got on to his feet, and managed to limp back to his stall, where Clover and Benjamin had prepared a good bed of straw for him.
For the next two days Boxer remained in his stall. The pigs had sent out a large bottle of pink medicine which they had found in the medicine chest in the bathroom, and Clover administered it to Boxer twice a day after meals. In the evenings she lay in his stall and talked to him, while Benjamin kept the flies off him. Boxer professed not to be sorry for what had happened. If he made a good recovery, he might expect to live another three years, and he looked forward to the peaceful days that he would spend in the corner of the big pasture. It would be the first time that he had had leisure to study and improve his mind. He intended, he said, to devote the rest of his life to learning the remaining twenty-two letters of the alphabet.
However, Benjamin and Clover could only be with Boxer after working hours, and it was in the middle of the day when the van came to take him away. The animals were all at work weeding turnips under the supervision of a pig, when they were astonished to see Benjamin come galloping from the direction of the farm buildings, braying at the top of his voice. It was the first time that they had ever seen Benjamin excited ó indeed, it was the first time that anyone had ever seen him gallop. ‘Quick, quick!’ he shouted. ‘Come at once! They’re taking Boxer away!’ Without waiting for orders from the pig, the animals broke off work and raced back to the farm buildings. Sure enough, there in the yard was a large closed van, drawn by two horses, with lettering on its side and a sly-looking man in a low- crowned bowler hat sitting on the driver’s seat. And Boxer’s stall was empty.
The animals crowded round the van. ‘Good-bye, Boxer!’ they chorused, ‘good-bye!’
‘Fools! Fools! shouted Benjamin, prancing round them and stamping the earth with his small hoofs. ‘Fools! Do you not see what is written on the side of that van?’
That gave the animals pause, and there was a hush. Muriel began to spell out the words. But Benjamin pushed her aside and in the midst of a deadly silence he read: “‘Alfred Simmonds, Horse Slaughterer and Glue Boiler, Willingdon. Dealer in Hides and Bone-Meal. Kennels Supplied.” Do you not understand what that means? They are taking Boxer to the knacker’s!’
A cry of horror burst from all the animals. At this moment the man on the box whipped up his horses and the van moved out of the yard at a smart trot. All the animals followed, crying out at the tops of their voices. Clover forced her way to the front. The van began to gather speed. Clover tried to stir her stout limbs to a gallop, and achieved a canter. ‘Boxer!’ she cried. ‘Boxer! Boxer! Boxer!’ And just at this moment, as though he had heard the uproar outside, Boxer’s face, with the white stripe down his nose, appeared at the small window at the back of the van.
Question: What is Boxer’s attitude toward his own condition?
Boxer
(ANIMAL FARM by George Orwell)
There lay Boxer, between the shafts of the cart, his neck stretched out, unable even to raise his head. His eyes were glazed, his sides matted with sweat. A thin stream of blood had trickled out of his mouth. Clover dropped to her knees at his side.
‘Boxer!’ she cried, ‘how are you?’
‘It is my lung,’ said Boxer in a weak voice. ‘It does not matter. I think you will be able to finish the windmill without me. There is a pretty good store of stone accumulated. I had only another month to go in any case. To tell you the truth, I had been looking forward to my retirement. And perhaps, as Benjamin is growing old too, they will let him retire at the same time and be a companion to me.’
‘We must get help at once,’ said Clover. ‘Run, somebody, and tell Squealer what has happened.’
All the other animals immediately raced back to the farm-house to give Squealer the news. Only Clover remained, and Benjamin, who lay down at Boxer’s side, and, without speaking, kept the flies off him with his long tail. After about a quarter of an hour Squealer appeared, full of sympathy and concern. He said that Comrade Napoleon had learned with the very deepest distress of this misfortune to one of the most loyal workers on the farm, and was already making arrangements to send Boxer to be treated in the hospital at Willingdon. The animals felt a little uneasy at this. Except for Mollie and Snowball, no other animal had ever left the farm, and they did not like to think of their sick comrade in the hands of human beings. However, Squealer easily convinced them that the veterinary surgeon in Willingdon could treat Boxer’s case more satisfactorily than could be done on the farm. And about half an hour later, when Boxer had somewhat recovered, he was with difficulty got on to his feet, and managed to limp back to his stall, where Clover and Benjamin had prepared a good bed of straw for him.
For the next two days Boxer remained in his stall. The pigs had sent out a large bottle of pink medicine which they had found in the medicine chest in the bathroom, and Clover administered it to Boxer twice a day after meals. In the evenings she lay in his stall and talked to him, while Benjamin kept the flies off him. Boxer professed not to be sorry for what had happened. If he made a good recovery, he might expect to live another three years, and he looked forward to the peaceful days that he would spend in the corner of the big pasture. It would be the first time that he had had leisure to study and improve his mind. He intended, he said, to devote the rest of his life to learning the remaining twenty-two letters of the alphabet.
However, Benjamin and Clover could only be with Boxer after working hours, and it was in the middle of the day when the van came to take him away. The animals were all at work weeding turnips under the supervision of a pig, when they were astonished to see Benjamin come galloping from the direction of the farm buildings, braying at the top of his voice. It was the first time that they had ever seen Benjamin excited ó indeed, it was the first time that anyone had ever seen him gallop. ‘Quick, quick!’ he shouted. ‘Come at once! They’re taking Boxer away!’ Without waiting for orders from the pig, the animals broke off work and raced back to the farm buildings. Sure enough, there in the yard was a large closed van, drawn by two horses, with lettering on its side and a sly-looking man in a low- crowned bowler hat sitting on the driver’s seat. And Boxer’s stall was empty.
The animals crowded round the van. ‘Good-bye, Boxer!’ they chorused, ‘good-bye!’
‘Fools! Fools! shouted Benjamin, prancing round them and stamping the earth with his small hoofs. ‘Fools! Do you not see what is written on the side of that van?’
That gave the animals pause, and there was a hush. Muriel began to spell out the words. But Benjamin pushed her aside and in the midst of a deadly silence he read: “‘Alfred Simmonds, Horse Slaughterer and Glue Boiler, Willingdon. Dealer in Hides and Bone-Meal. Kennels Supplied.” Do you not understand what that means? They are taking Boxer to the knacker’s!’
A cry of horror burst from all the animals. At this moment the man on the box whipped up his horses and the van moved out of the yard at a smart trot. All the animals followed, crying out at the tops of their voices. Clover forced her way to the front. The van began to gather speed. Clover tried to stir her stout limbs to a gallop, and achieved a canter. ‘Boxer!’ she cried. ‘Boxer! Boxer! Boxer!’ And just at this moment, as though he had heard the uproar outside, Boxer’s face, with the white stripe down his nose, appeared at the small window at the back of the van.
Question: Who is supervising the animals when Boxer is taken away?
Boxer
(ANIMAL FARM by George Orwell)
There lay Boxer, between the shafts of the cart, his neck stretched out, unable even to raise his head. His eyes were glazed, his sides matted with sweat. A thin stream of blood had trickled out of his mouth. Clover dropped to her knees at his side.
‘Boxer!’ she cried, ‘how are you?’
‘It is my lung,’ said Boxer in a weak voice. ‘It does not matter. I think you will be able to finish the windmill without me. There is a pretty good store of stone accumulated. I had only another month to go in any case. To tell you the truth, I had been looking forward to my retirement. And perhaps, as Benjamin is growing old too, they will let him retire at the same time and be a companion to me.’
‘We must get help at once,’ said Clover. ‘Run, somebody, and tell Squealer what has happened.’
All the other animals immediately raced back to the farm-house to give Squealer the news. Only Clover remained, and Benjamin, who lay down at Boxer’s side, and, without speaking, kept the flies off him with his long tail. After about a quarter of an hour Squealer appeared, full of sympathy and concern. He said that Comrade Napoleon had learned with the very deepest distress of this misfortune to one of the most loyal workers on the farm, and was already making arrangements to send Boxer to be treated in the hospital at Willingdon. The animals felt a little uneasy at this. Except for Mollie and Snowball, no other animal had ever left the farm, and they did not like to think of their sick comrade in the hands of human beings. However, Squealer easily convinced them that the veterinary surgeon in Willingdon could treat Boxer’s case more satisfactorily than could be done on the farm. And about half an hour later, when Boxer had somewhat recovered, he was with difficulty got on to his feet, and managed to limp back to his stall, where Clover and Benjamin had prepared a good bed of straw for him.
For the next two days Boxer remained in his stall. The pigs had sent out a large bottle of pink medicine which they had found in the medicine chest in the bathroom, and Clover administered it to Boxer twice a day after meals. In the evenings she lay in his stall and talked to him, while Benjamin kept the flies off him. Boxer professed not to be sorry for what had happened. If he made a good recovery, he might expect to live another three years, and he looked forward to the peaceful days that he would spend in the corner of the big pasture. It would be the first time that he had had leisure to study and improve his mind. He intended, he said, to devote the rest of his life to learning the remaining twenty-two letters of the alphabet.
However, Benjamin and Clover could only be with Boxer after working hours, and it was in the middle of the day when the van came to take him away. The animals were all at work weeding turnips under the supervision of a pig, when they were astonished to see Benjamin come galloping from the direction of the farm buildings, braying at the top of his voice. It was the first time that they had ever seen Benjamin excited ó indeed, it was the first time that anyone had ever seen him gallop. ‘Quick, quick!’ he shouted. ‘Come at once! They’re taking Boxer away!’ Without waiting for orders from the pig, the animals broke off work and raced back to the farm buildings. Sure enough, there in the yard was a large closed van, drawn by two horses, with lettering on its side and a sly-looking man in a low- crowned bowler hat sitting on the driver’s seat. And Boxer’s stall was empty.
The animals crowded round the van. ‘Good-bye, Boxer!’ they chorused, ‘good-bye!’
‘Fools! Fools! shouted Benjamin, prancing round them and stamping the earth with his small hoofs. ‘Fools! Do you not see what is written on the side of that van?’
That gave the animals pause, and there was a hush. Muriel began to spell out the words. But Benjamin pushed her aside and in the midst of a deadly silence he read: “‘Alfred Simmonds, Horse Slaughterer and Glue Boiler, Willingdon. Dealer in Hides and Bone-Meal. Kennels Supplied.” Do you not understand what that means? They are taking Boxer to the knacker’s!’
A cry of horror burst from all the animals. At this moment the man on the box whipped up his horses and the van moved out of the yard at a smart trot. All the animals followed, crying out at the tops of their voices. Clover forced her way to the front. The van began to gather speed. Clover tried to stir her stout limbs to a gallop, and achieved a canter. ‘Boxer!’ she cried. ‘Boxer! Boxer! Boxer!’ And just at this moment, as though he had heard the uproar outside, Boxer’s face, with the white stripe down his nose, appeared at the small window at the back of the van.
Question: How does Benjamin alert the other animals about Boxer?
Boxer
(ANIMAL FARM by George Orwell)
There lay Boxer, between the shafts of the cart, his neck stretched out, unable even to raise his head. His eyes were glazed, his sides matted with sweat. A thin stream of blood had trickled out of his mouth. Clover dropped to her knees at his side.
‘Boxer!’ she cried, ‘how are you?’
‘It is my lung,’ said Boxer in a weak voice. ‘It does not matter. I think you will be able to finish the windmill without me. There is a pretty good store of stone accumulated. I had only another month to go in any case. To tell you the truth, I had been looking forward to my retirement. And perhaps, as Benjamin is growing old too, they will let him retire at the same time and be a companion to me.’
‘We must get help at once,’ said Clover. ‘Run, somebody, and tell Squealer what has happened.’
All the other animals immediately raced back to the farm-house to give Squealer the news. Only Clover remained, and Benjamin, who lay down at Boxer’s side, and, without speaking, kept the flies off him with his long tail. After about a quarter of an hour Squealer appeared, full of sympathy and concern. He said that Comrade Napoleon had learned with the very deepest distress of this misfortune to one of the most loyal workers on the farm, and was already making arrangements to send Boxer to be treated in the hospital at Willingdon. The animals felt a little uneasy at this. Except for Mollie and Snowball, no other animal had ever left the farm, and they did not like to think of their sick comrade in the hands of human beings. However, Squealer easily convinced them that the veterinary surgeon in Willingdon could treat Boxer’s case more satisfactorily than could be done on the farm. And about half an hour later, when Boxer had somewhat recovered, he was with difficulty got on to his feet, and managed to limp back to his stall, where Clover and Benjamin had prepared a good bed of straw for him.
For the next two days Boxer remained in his stall. The pigs had sent out a large bottle of pink medicine which they had found in the medicine chest in the bathroom, and Clover administered it to Boxer twice a day after meals. In the evenings she lay in his stall and talked to him, while Benjamin kept the flies off him. Boxer professed not to be sorry for what had happened. If he made a good recovery, he might expect to live another three years, and he looked forward to the peaceful days that he would spend in the corner of the big pasture. It would be the first time that he had had leisure to study and improve his mind. He intended, he said, to devote the rest of his life to learning the remaining twenty-two letters of the alphabet.
However, Benjamin and Clover could only be with Boxer after working hours, and it was in the middle of the day when the van came to take him away. The animals were all at work weeding turnips under the supervision of a pig, when they were astonished to see Benjamin come galloping from the direction of the farm buildings, braying at the top of his voice. It was the first time that they had ever seen Benjamin excited ó indeed, it was the first time that anyone had ever seen him gallop. ‘Quick, quick!’ he shouted. ‘Come at once! They’re taking Boxer away!’ Without waiting for orders from the pig, the animals broke off work and raced back to the farm buildings. Sure enough, there in the yard was a large closed van, drawn by two horses, with lettering on its side and a sly-looking man in a low- crowned bowler hat sitting on the driver’s seat. And Boxer’s stall was empty.
The animals crowded round the van. ‘Good-bye, Boxer!’ they chorused, ‘good-bye!’
‘Fools! Fools! shouted Benjamin, prancing round them and stamping the earth with his small hoofs. ‘Fools! Do you not see what is written on the side of that van?’
That gave the animals pause, and there was a hush. Muriel began to spell out the words. But Benjamin pushed her aside and in the midst of a deadly silence he read: “‘Alfred Simmonds, Horse Slaughterer and Glue Boiler, Willingdon. Dealer in Hides and Bone-Meal. Kennels Supplied.” Do you not understand what that means? They are taking Boxer to the knacker’s!’
A cry of horror burst from all the animals. At this moment the man on the box whipped up his horses and the van moved out of the yard at a smart trot. All the animals followed, crying out at the tops of their voices. Clover forced her way to the front. The van began to gather speed. Clover tried to stir her stout limbs to a gallop, and achieved a canter. ‘Boxer!’ she cried. ‘Boxer! Boxer! Boxer!’ And just at this moment, as though he had heard the uproar outside, Boxer’s face, with the white stripe down his nose, appeared at the small window at the back of the van.
Question: What is Boxer’s initial position when Clover finds him?
Boxer
(ANIMAL FARM by George Orwell)
There lay Boxer, between the shafts of the cart, his neck stretched out, unable even to raise his head. His eyes were glazed, his sides matted with sweat. A thin stream of blood had trickled out of his mouth. Clover dropped to her knees at his side.
‘Boxer!’ she cried, ‘how are you?’
‘It is my lung,’ said Boxer in a weak voice. ‘It does not matter. I think you will be able to finish the windmill without me. There is a pretty good store of stone accumulated. I had only another month to go in any case. To tell you the truth, I had been looking forward to my retirement. And perhaps, as Benjamin is growing old too, they will let him retire at the same time and be a companion to me.’
‘We must get help at once,’ said Clover. ‘Run, somebody, and tell Squealer what has happened.’
All the other animals immediately raced back to the farm-house to give Squealer the news. Only Clover remained, and Benjamin, who lay down at Boxer’s side, and, without speaking, kept the flies off him with his long tail. After about a quarter of an hour Squealer appeared, full of sympathy and concern. He said that Comrade Napoleon had learned with the very deepest distress of this misfortune to one of the most loyal workers on the farm, and was already making arrangements to send Boxer to be treated in the hospital at Willingdon. The animals felt a little uneasy at this. Except for Mollie and Snowball, no other animal had ever left the farm, and they did not like to think of their sick comrade in the hands of human beings. However, Squealer easily convinced them that the veterinary surgeon in Willingdon could treat Boxer’s case more satisfactorily than could be done on the farm. And about half an hour later, when Boxer had somewhat recovered, he was with difficulty got on to his feet, and managed to limp back to his stall, where Clover and Benjamin had prepared a good bed of straw for him.
For the next two days Boxer remained in his stall. The pigs had sent out a large bottle of pink medicine which they had found in the medicine chest in the bathroom, and Clover administered it to Boxer twice a day after meals. In the evenings she lay in his stall and talked to him, while Benjamin kept the flies off him. Boxer professed not to be sorry for what had happened. If he made a good recovery, he might expect to live another three years, and he looked forward to the peaceful days that he would spend in the corner of the big pasture. It would be the first time that he had had leisure to study and improve his mind. He intended, he said, to devote the rest of his life to learning the remaining twenty-two letters of the alphabet.
However, Benjamin and Clover could only be with Boxer after working hours, and it was in the middle of the day when the van came to take him away. The animals were all at work weeding turnips under the supervision of a pig, when they were astonished to see Benjamin come galloping from the direction of the farm buildings, braying at the top of his voice. It was the first time that they had ever seen Benjamin excited ó indeed, it was the first time that anyone had ever seen him gallop. ‘Quick, quick!’ he shouted. ‘Come at once! They’re taking Boxer away!’ Without waiting for orders from the pig, the animals broke off work and raced back to the farm buildings. Sure enough, there in the yard was a large closed van, drawn by two horses, with lettering on its side and a sly-looking man in a low- crowned bowler hat sitting on the driver’s seat. And Boxer’s stall was empty.
The animals crowded round the van. ‘Good-bye, Boxer!’ they chorused, ‘good-bye!’
‘Fools! Fools! shouted Benjamin, prancing round them and stamping the earth with his small hoofs. ‘Fools! Do you not see what is written on the side of that van?’
That gave the animals pause, and there was a hush. Muriel began to spell out the words. But Benjamin pushed her aside and in the midst of a deadly silence he read: “‘Alfred Simmonds, Horse Slaughterer and Glue Boiler, Willingdon. Dealer in Hides and Bone-Meal. Kennels Supplied.” Do you not understand what that means? They are taking Boxer to the knacker’s!’
A cry of horror burst from all the animals. At this moment the man on the box whipped up his horses and the van moved out of the yard at a smart trot. All the animals followed, crying out at the tops of their voices. Clover forced her way to the front. The van began to gather speed. Clover tried to stir her stout limbs to a gallop, and achieved a canter. ‘Boxer!’ she cried. ‘Boxer! Boxer! Boxer!’ And just at this moment, as though he had heard the uproar outside, Boxer’s face, with the white stripe down his nose, appeared at the small window at the back of the van.
Question: Who is Boxer hoping to spend his retirement with?
Boxer
(ANIMAL FARM by George Orwell)
There lay Boxer, between the shafts of the cart, his neck stretched out, unable even to raise his head. His eyes were glazed, his sides matted with sweat. A thin stream of blood had trickled out of his mouth. Clover dropped to her knees at his side.
‘Boxer!’ she cried, ‘how are you?’
‘It is my lung,’ said Boxer in a weak voice. ‘It does not matter. I think you will be able to finish the windmill without me. There is a pretty good store of stone accumulated. I had only another month to go in any case. To tell you the truth, I had been looking forward to my retirement. And perhaps, as Benjamin is growing old too, they will let him retire at the same time and be a companion to me.’
‘We must get help at once,’ said Clover. ‘Run, somebody, and tell Squealer what has happened.’
All the other animals immediately raced back to the farm-house to give Squealer the news. Only Clover remained, and Benjamin, who lay down at Boxer’s side, and, without speaking, kept the flies off him with his long tail. After about a quarter of an hour Squealer appeared, full of sympathy and concern. He said that Comrade Napoleon had learned with the very deepest distress of this misfortune to one of the most loyal workers on the farm, and was already making arrangements to send Boxer to be treated in the hospital at Willingdon. The animals felt a little uneasy at this. Except for Mollie and Snowball, no other animal had ever left the farm, and they did not like to think of their sick comrade in the hands of human beings. However, Squealer easily convinced them that the veterinary surgeon in Willingdon could treat Boxer’s case more satisfactorily than could be done on the farm. And about half an hour later, when Boxer had somewhat recovered, he was with difficulty got on to his feet, and managed to limp back to his stall, where Clover and Benjamin had prepared a good bed of straw for him.
For the next two days Boxer remained in his stall. The pigs had sent out a large bottle of pink medicine which they had found in the medicine chest in the bathroom, and Clover administered it to Boxer twice a day after meals. In the evenings she lay in his stall and talked to him, while Benjamin kept the flies off him. Boxer professed not to be sorry for what had happened. If he made a good recovery, he might expect to live another three years, and he looked forward to the peaceful days that he would spend in the corner of the big pasture. It would be the first time that he had had leisure to study and improve his mind. He intended, he said, to devote the rest of his life to learning the remaining twenty-two letters of the alphabet.
However, Benjamin and Clover could only be with Boxer after working hours, and it was in the middle of the day when the van came to take him away. The animals were all at work weeding turnips under the supervision of a pig, when they were astonished to see Benjamin come galloping from the direction of the farm buildings, braying at the top of his voice. It was the first time that they had ever seen Benjamin excited ó indeed, it was the first time that anyone had ever seen him gallop. ‘Quick, quick!’ he shouted. ‘Come at once! They’re taking Boxer away!’ Without waiting for orders from the pig, the animals broke off work and raced back to the farm buildings. Sure enough, there in the yard was a large closed van, drawn by two horses, with lettering on its side and a sly-looking man in a low- crowned bowler hat sitting on the driver’s seat. And Boxer’s stall was empty.
The animals crowded round the van. ‘Good-bye, Boxer!’ they chorused, ‘good-bye!’
‘Fools! Fools! shouted Benjamin, prancing round them and stamping the earth with his small hoofs. ‘Fools! Do you not see what is written on the side of that van?’
That gave the animals pause, and there was a hush. Muriel began to spell out the words. But Benjamin pushed her aside and in the midst of a deadly silence he read: “‘Alfred Simmonds, Horse Slaughterer and Glue Boiler, Willingdon. Dealer in Hides and Bone-Meal. Kennels Supplied.” Do you not understand what that means? They are taking Boxer to the knacker’s!’
A cry of horror burst from all the animals. At this moment the man on the box whipped up his horses and the van moved out of the yard at a smart trot. All the animals followed, crying out at the tops of their voices. Clover forced her way to the front. The van began to gather speed. Clover tried to stir her stout limbs to a gallop, and achieved a canter. ‘Boxer!’ she cried. ‘Boxer! Boxer! Boxer!’ And just at this moment, as though he had heard the uproar outside, Boxer’s face, with the white stripe down his nose, appeared at the small window at the back of the van.
Question: What emotion do the animals feel when they read the van’s inscription?
Boxer
(ANIMAL FARM by George Orwell)
There lay Boxer, between the shafts of the cart, his neck stretched out, unable even to raise his head. His eyes were glazed, his sides matted with sweat. A thin stream of blood had trickled out of his mouth. Clover dropped to her knees at his side.
‘Boxer!’ she cried, ‘how are you?’
‘It is my lung,’ said Boxer in a weak voice. ‘It does not matter. I think you will be able to finish the windmill without me. There is a pretty good store of stone accumulated. I had only another month to go in any case. To tell you the truth, I had been looking forward to my retirement. And perhaps, as Benjamin is growing old too, they will let him retire at the same time and be a companion to me.’
‘We must get help at once,’ said Clover. ‘Run, somebody, and tell Squealer what has happened.’
All the other animals immediately raced back to the farm-house to give Squealer the news. Only Clover remained, and Benjamin, who lay down at Boxer’s side, and, without speaking, kept the flies off him with his long tail. After about a quarter of an hour Squealer appeared, full of sympathy and concern. He said that Comrade Napoleon had learned with the very deepest distress of this misfortune to one of the most loyal workers on the farm, and was already making arrangements to send Boxer to be treated in the hospital at Willingdon. The animals felt a little uneasy at this. Except for Mollie and Snowball, no other animal had ever left the farm, and they did not like to think of their sick comrade in the hands of human beings. However, Squealer easily convinced them that the veterinary surgeon in Willingdon could treat Boxer’s case more satisfactorily than could be done on the farm. And about half an hour later, when Boxer had somewhat recovered, he was with difficulty got on to his feet, and managed to limp back to his stall, where Clover and Benjamin had prepared a good bed of straw for him.
For the next two days Boxer remained in his stall. The pigs had sent out a large bottle of pink medicine which they had found in the medicine chest in the bathroom, and Clover administered it to Boxer twice a day after meals. In the evenings she lay in his stall and talked to him, while Benjamin kept the flies off him. Boxer professed not to be sorry for what had happened. If he made a good recovery, he might expect to live another three years, and he looked forward to the peaceful days that he would spend in the corner of the big pasture. It would be the first time that he had had leisure to study and improve his mind. He intended, he said, to devote the rest of his life to learning the remaining twenty-two letters of the alphabet.
However, Benjamin and Clover could only be with Boxer after working hours, and it was in the middle of the day when the van came to take him away. The animals were all at work weeding turnips under the supervision of a pig, when they were astonished to see Benjamin come galloping from the direction of the farm buildings, braying at the top of his voice. It was the first time that they had ever seen Benjamin excited ó indeed, it was the first time that anyone had ever seen him gallop. ‘Quick, quick!’ he shouted. ‘Come at once! They’re taking Boxer away!’ Without waiting for orders from the pig, the animals broke off work and raced back to the farm buildings. Sure enough, there in the yard was a large closed van, drawn by two horses, with lettering on its side and a sly-looking man in a low- crowned bowler hat sitting on the driver’s seat. And Boxer’s stall was empty.
The animals crowded round the van. ‘Good-bye, Boxer!’ they chorused, ‘good-bye!’
‘Fools! Fools! shouted Benjamin, prancing round them and stamping the earth with his small hoofs. ‘Fools! Do you not see what is written on the side of that van?’
That gave the animals pause, and there was a hush. Muriel began to spell out the words. But Benjamin pushed her aside and in the midst of a deadly silence he read: “‘Alfred Simmonds, Horse Slaughterer and Glue Boiler, Willingdon. Dealer in Hides and Bone-Meal. Kennels Supplied.” Do you not understand what that means? They are taking Boxer to the knacker’s!’
A cry of horror burst from all the animals. At this moment the man on the box whipped up his horses and the van moved out of the yard at a smart trot. All the animals followed, crying out at the tops of their voices. Clover forced her way to the front. The van began to gather speed. Clover tried to stir her stout limbs to a gallop, and achieved a canter. ‘Boxer!’ she cried. ‘Boxer! Boxer! Boxer!’ And just at this moment, as though he had heard the uproar outside, Boxer’s face, with the white stripe down his nose, appeared at the small window at the back of the van.
Question: What was Boxer’s plan for the stones he had gathered?
Boxer
(ANIMAL FARM by George Orwell)
There lay Boxer, between the shafts of the cart, his neck stretched out, unable even to raise his head. His eyes were glazed, his sides matted with sweat. A thin stream of blood had trickled out of his mouth. Clover dropped to her knees at his side.
‘Boxer!’ she cried, ‘how are you?’
‘It is my lung,’ said Boxer in a weak voice. ‘It does not matter. I think you will be able to finish the windmill without me. There is a pretty good store of stone accumulated. I had only another month to go in any case. To tell you the truth, I had been looking forward to my retirement. And perhaps, as Benjamin is growing old too, they will let him retire at the same time and be a companion to me.’
‘We must get help at once,’ said Clover. ‘Run, somebody, and tell Squealer what has happened.’
All the other animals immediately raced back to the farm-house to give Squealer the news. Only Clover remained, and Benjamin, who lay down at Boxer’s side, and, without speaking, kept the flies off him with his long tail. After about a quarter of an hour Squealer appeared, full of sympathy and concern. He said that Comrade Napoleon had learned with the very deepest distress of this misfortune to one of the most loyal workers on the farm, and was already making arrangements to send Boxer to be treated in the hospital at Willingdon. The animals felt a little uneasy at this. Except for Mollie and Snowball, no other animal had ever left the farm, and they did not like to think of their sick comrade in the hands of human beings. However, Squealer easily convinced them that the veterinary surgeon in Willingdon could treat Boxer’s case more satisfactorily than could be done on the farm. And about half an hour later, when Boxer had somewhat recovered, he was with difficulty got on to his feet, and managed to limp back to his stall, where Clover and Benjamin had prepared a good bed of straw for him.
For the next two days Boxer remained in his stall. The pigs had sent out a large bottle of pink medicine which they had found in the medicine chest in the bathroom, and Clover administered it to Boxer twice a day after meals. In the evenings she lay in his stall and talked to him, while Benjamin kept the flies off him. Boxer professed not to be sorry for what had happened. If he made a good recovery, he might expect to live another three years, and he looked forward to the peaceful days that he would spend in the corner of the big pasture. It would be the first time that he had had leisure to study and improve his mind. He intended, he said, to devote the rest of his life to learning the remaining twenty-two letters of the alphabet.
However, Benjamin and Clover could only be with Boxer after working hours, and it was in the middle of the day when the van came to take him away. The animals were all at work weeding turnips under the supervision of a pig, when they were astonished to see Benjamin come galloping from the direction of the farm buildings, braying at the top of his voice. It was the first time that they had ever seen Benjamin excited ó indeed, it was the first time that anyone had ever seen him gallop. ‘Quick, quick!’ he shouted. ‘Come at once! They’re taking Boxer away!’ Without waiting for orders from the pig, the animals broke off work and raced back to the farm buildings. Sure enough, there in the yard was a large closed van, drawn by two horses, with lettering on its side and a sly-looking man in a low- crowned bowler hat sitting on the driver’s seat. And Boxer’s stall was empty.
The animals crowded round the van. ‘Good-bye, Boxer!’ they chorused, ‘good-bye!’
‘Fools! Fools! shouted Benjamin, prancing round them and stamping the earth with his small hoofs. ‘Fools! Do you not see what is written on the side of that van?’
That gave the animals pause, and there was a hush. Muriel began to spell out the words. But Benjamin pushed her aside and in the midst of a deadly silence he read: “‘Alfred Simmonds, Horse Slaughterer and Glue Boiler, Willingdon. Dealer in Hides and Bone-Meal. Kennels Supplied.” Do you not understand what that means? They are taking Boxer to the knacker’s!’
A cry of horror burst from all the animals. At this moment the man on the box whipped up his horses and the van moved out of the yard at a smart trot. All the animals followed, crying out at the tops of their voices. Clover forced her way to the front. The van began to gather speed. Clover tried to stir her stout limbs to a gallop, and achieved a canter. ‘Boxer!’ she cried. ‘Boxer! Boxer! Boxer!’ And just at this moment, as though he had heard the uproar outside, Boxer’s face, with the white stripe down his nose, appeared at the small window at the back of the van.
Question: What does Boxer intend to do with his remaining life?
The Scorpion
(THE PEARL by John Steinbeck)
It was a tiny movement that drew their eyes to the hanging box. Kino and Juana froze in their positions. Down the rope that hung the baby’s box from the roof support a scorpion moved slowly. His stinging tail was straight out behind him, but he could whip it up in a flash of time.
Kino’s breath whistled in his nostrils and he opened his mouth to stop it. And then the startled look was gone from him and the rigidity from his body. In his mind a new song had come, the Song of Evil, the music of the enemy, of any foe of the family, a savage, secret, dangerous melody, and, underneath, the Song of the Family cried plaintively.
The scorpion moved delicately down the rope towards the box. Under her breath Juana repeated an ancient magic to guard against such evil, and on top of that she muttered a Hail Mary, between clenched teeth. But Kino was in motion. His body glided quietly across the room, noiselessly and smoothly. His hands were in front of him, palms down, and his eyes were on the scorpion. Beneath it in the hanging box Coyotito laughed and reached up his hand towards it. It sensed danger when Kino was almost within reach of it. It stopped, and its tail rose up over its back in little jerks and the curved thorn on the tail’s end glistened.
Kino stood perfectly still. He could hear Juana whispering the old magic again, and he could hear the evil music of the enemy. He could not move until the scorpion moved, and it felt for the source of the death that was coming to it. Kino’s hand went forward very slowly, very smoothly. The thorned tail jerked upright. And at that moment the laughing Coyotito shook the rope and the scorpion fell.
Kino’s hand leaped to catch it, but it fell past his fingers, fell on the baby’s shoulder, landed and struck. Then, snarling, Kino had it, had it in his fingers, rubbing it to a paste in his hands. He threw it down and beat it into the earth floor with his fist, and Coyotito screamed with pain in his box. But Kino beat and stamped the enemy until it was only a fragment and a moist place in the dirt. His teeth were bared and fury flared in his eyes and the Song of the Enemy roared in his ears.
But Juana had the baby in her arms now. She found the puncture with redness starting from it already. She put her lips down over the puncture and sucked hard and spat and sucked again while Coyotito screamed.
Kino hovered; he was helpless, he was in the way.
The screams of the baby brought the neighbours. Out of their brush houses they poured ó Kino’s brother Juan Tom·s and his fat wife ApoIonia and their four children crowded in the door and blocked the entrance, while behind them others tried to look in, and one small boy crawled among legs to have a look. And those in front passed the word back to those behind ó ‘Scorpion. The baby has been stung.’
Juana stopped sucking the puncture for a moment. The little hole was slightly enlarged and its edges whitened from the sucking, but the red swelling extended farther around it in a hard lymphatic mound. And all of these people knew about the scorpion. An adult might be very ill from the sting, but a baby could easily die from the poison. First, they knew, would come swelling and fever and tightened throat, and then cramps in the stomach, and then Coyotito might die if enough of the poison had gone in. But the stinging pain of the bite was going away. Coyotito’s screams turned to moans Kino had wondered often at the iron in his patient, fragile wife. She, who was obedient and respectful and cheerful and patient, could arch her back in child pain with hardly a cry. She could stand fatigue and hunger almost better than Kino himself. In the canoe she was like a strong man. And now she did a most surprising thing.
‘The doctor,’ she said. ‘Go to get the doctor.’
The word was passed out among the neighbours where they stood close-packed in the little yard behind the brush fence. And they repeated among themselves. ‘Juana wants the doctor.’ A wonderful thing, a memorable thing, to want the doctor. To get him would be a remarkable thing. The doctor never came to the cluster of brush houses. Why should he, when he had more than he could do to take care of the rich people who lived in the stone and plaster houses of the town?
Question: What draws Kino and Juana’s attention to the hanging box?
The Scorpion
(THE PEARL by John Steinbeck)
It was a tiny movement that drew their eyes to the hanging box. Kino and Juana froze in their positions. Down the rope that hung the baby’s box from the roof support a scorpion moved slowly. His stinging tail was straight out behind him, but he could whip it up in a flash of time.
Kino’s breath whistled in his nostrils and he opened his mouth to stop it. And then the startled look was gone from him and the rigidity from his body. In his mind a new song had come, the Song of Evil, the music of the enemy, of any foe of the family, a savage, secret, dangerous melody, and, underneath, the Song of the Family cried plaintively.
The scorpion moved delicately down the rope towards the box. Under her breath Juana repeated an ancient magic to guard against such evil, and on top of that she muttered a Hail Mary, between clenched teeth. But Kino was in motion. His body glided quietly across the room, noiselessly and smoothly. His hands were in front of him, palms down, and his eyes were on the scorpion. Beneath it in the hanging box Coyotito laughed and reached up his hand towards it. It sensed danger when Kino was almost within reach of it. It stopped, and its tail rose up over its back in little jerks and the curved thorn on the tail’s end glistened.
Kino stood perfectly still. He could hear Juana whispering the old magic again, and he could hear the evil music of the enemy. He could not move until the scorpion moved, and it felt for the source of the death that was coming to it. Kino’s hand went forward very slowly, very smoothly. The thorned tail jerked upright. And at that moment the laughing Coyotito shook the rope and the scorpion fell.
Kino’s hand leaped to catch it, but it fell past his fingers, fell on the baby’s shoulder, landed and struck. Then, snarling, Kino had it, had it in his fingers, rubbing it to a paste in his hands. He threw it down and beat it into the earth floor with his fist, and Coyotito screamed with pain in his box. But Kino beat and stamped the enemy until it was only a fragment and a moist place in the dirt. His teeth were bared and fury flared in his eyes and the Song of the Enemy roared in his ears.
But Juana had the baby in her arms now. She found the puncture with redness starting from it already. She put her lips down over the puncture and sucked hard and spat and sucked again while Coyotito screamed.
Kino hovered; he was helpless, he was in the way.
The screams of the baby brought the neighbours. Out of their brush houses they poured ó Kino’s brother Juan Tom·s and his fat wife ApoIonia and their four children crowded in the door and blocked the entrance, while behind them others tried to look in, and one small boy crawled among legs to have a look. And those in front passed the word back to those behind ó ‘Scorpion. The baby has been stung.’
Juana stopped sucking the puncture for a moment. The little hole was slightly enlarged and its edges whitened from the sucking, but the red swelling extended farther around it in a hard lymphatic mound. And all of these people knew about the scorpion. An adult might be very ill from the sting, but a baby could easily die from the poison. First, they knew, would come swelling and fever and tightened throat, and then cramps in the stomach, and then Coyotito might die if enough of the poison had gone in. But the stinging pain of the bite was going away. Coyotito’s screams turned to moans Kino had wondered often at the iron in his patient, fragile wife. She, who was obedient and respectful and cheerful and patient, could arch her back in child pain with hardly a cry. She could stand fatigue and hunger almost better than Kino himself. In the canoe she was like a strong man. And now she did a most surprising thing.
‘The doctor,’ she said. ‘Go to get the doctor.’
The word was passed out among the neighbours where they stood close-packed in the little yard behind the brush fence. And they repeated among themselves. ‘Juana wants the doctor.’ A wonderful thing, a memorable thing, to want the doctor. To get him would be a remarkable thing. The doctor never came to the cluster of brush houses. Why should he, when he had more than he could do to take care of the rich people who lived in the stone and plaster houses of the town?
Question: What is the scorpion’s initial position on its tail?
The Scorpion
(THE PEARL by John Steinbeck)
It was a tiny movement that drew their eyes to the hanging box. Kino and Juana froze in their positions. Down the rope that hung the baby’s box from the roof support a scorpion moved slowly. His stinging tail was straight out behind him, but he could whip it up in a flash of time.
Kino’s breath whistled in his nostrils and he opened his mouth to stop it. And then the startled look was gone from him and the rigidity from his body. In his mind a new song had come, the Song of Evil, the music of the enemy, of any foe of the family, a savage, secret, dangerous melody, and, underneath, the Song of the Family cried plaintively.
The scorpion moved delicately down the rope towards the box. Under her breath Juana repeated an ancient magic to guard against such evil, and on top of that she muttered a Hail Mary, between clenched teeth. But Kino was in motion. His body glided quietly across the room, noiselessly and smoothly. His hands were in front of him, palms down, and his eyes were on the scorpion. Beneath it in the hanging box Coyotito laughed and reached up his hand towards it. It sensed danger when Kino was almost within reach of it. It stopped, and its tail rose up over its back in little jerks and the curved thorn on the tail’s end glistened.
Kino stood perfectly still. He could hear Juana whispering the old magic again, and he could hear the evil music of the enemy. He could not move until the scorpion moved, and it felt for the source of the death that was coming to it. Kino’s hand went forward very slowly, very smoothly. The thorned tail jerked upright. And at that moment the laughing Coyotito shook the rope and the scorpion fell.
Kino’s hand leaped to catch it, but it fell past his fingers, fell on the baby’s shoulder, landed and struck. Then, snarling, Kino had it, had it in his fingers, rubbing it to a paste in his hands. He threw it down and beat it into the earth floor with his fist, and Coyotito screamed with pain in his box. But Kino beat and stamped the enemy until it was only a fragment and a moist place in the dirt. His teeth were bared and fury flared in his eyes and the Song of the Enemy roared in his ears.
But Juana had the baby in her arms now. She found the puncture with redness starting from it already. She put her lips down over the puncture and sucked hard and spat and sucked again while Coyotito screamed.
Kino hovered; he was helpless, he was in the way.
The screams of the baby brought the neighbours. Out of their brush houses they poured ó Kino’s brother Juan Tom·s and his fat wife ApoIonia and their four children crowded in the door and blocked the entrance, while behind them others tried to look in, and one small boy crawled among legs to have a look. And those in front passed the word back to those behind ó ‘Scorpion. The baby has been stung.’
Juana stopped sucking the puncture for a moment. The little hole was slightly enlarged and its edges whitened from the sucking, but the red swelling extended farther around it in a hard lymphatic mound. And all of these people knew about the scorpion. An adult might be very ill from the sting, but a baby could easily die from the poison. First, they knew, would come swelling and fever and tightened throat, and then cramps in the stomach, and then Coyotito might die if enough of the poison had gone in. But the stinging pain of the bite was going away. Coyotito’s screams turned to moans Kino had wondered often at the iron in his patient, fragile wife. She, who was obedient and respectful and cheerful and patient, could arch her back in child pain with hardly a cry. She could stand fatigue and hunger almost better than Kino himself. In the canoe she was like a strong man. And now she did a most surprising thing.
‘The doctor,’ she said. ‘Go to get the doctor.’
The word was passed out among the neighbours where they stood close-packed in the little yard behind the brush fence. And they repeated among themselves. ‘Juana wants the doctor.’ A wonderful thing, a memorable thing, to want the doctor. To get him would be a remarkable thing. The doctor never came to the cluster of brush houses. Why should he, when he had more than he could do to take care of the rich people who lived in the stone and plaster houses of the town?
Question: What is Juana’s immediate reaction to the scorpion?
The Scorpion
(THE PEARL by John Steinbeck)
It was a tiny movement that drew their eyes to the hanging box. Kino and Juana froze in their positions. Down the rope that hung the baby’s box from the roof support a scorpion moved slowly. His stinging tail was straight out behind him, but he could whip it up in a flash of time.
Kino’s breath whistled in his nostrils and he opened his mouth to stop it. And then the startled look was gone from him and the rigidity from his body. In his mind a new song had come, the Song of Evil, the music of the enemy, of any foe of the family, a savage, secret, dangerous melody, and, underneath, the Song of the Family cried plaintively.
The scorpion moved delicately down the rope towards the box. Under her breath Juana repeated an ancient magic to guard against such evil, and on top of that she muttered a Hail Mary, between clenched teeth. But Kino was in motion. His body glided quietly across the room, noiselessly and smoothly. His hands were in front of him, palms down, and his eyes were on the scorpion. Beneath it in the hanging box Coyotito laughed and reached up his hand towards it. It sensed danger when Kino was almost within reach of it. It stopped, and its tail rose up over its back in little jerks and the curved thorn on the tail’s end glistened.
Kino stood perfectly still. He could hear Juana whispering the old magic again, and he could hear the evil music of the enemy. He could not move until the scorpion moved, and it felt for the source of the death that was coming to it. Kino’s hand went forward very slowly, very smoothly. The thorned tail jerked upright. And at that moment the laughing Coyotito shook the rope and the scorpion fell.
Kino’s hand leaped to catch it, but it fell past his fingers, fell on the baby’s shoulder, landed and struck. Then, snarling, Kino had it, had it in his fingers, rubbing it to a paste in his hands. He threw it down and beat it into the earth floor with his fist, and Coyotito screamed with pain in his box. But Kino beat and stamped the enemy until it was only a fragment and a moist place in the dirt. His teeth were bared and fury flared in his eyes and the Song of the Enemy roared in his ears.
But Juana had the baby in her arms now. She found the puncture with redness starting from it already. She put her lips down over the puncture and sucked hard and spat and sucked again while Coyotito screamed.
Kino hovered; he was helpless, he was in the way.
The screams of the baby brought the neighbours. Out of their brush houses they poured ó Kino’s brother Juan Tom·s and his fat wife ApoIonia and their four children crowded in the door and blocked the entrance, while behind them others tried to look in, and one small boy crawled among legs to have a look. And those in front passed the word back to those behind ó ‘Scorpion. The baby has been stung.’
Juana stopped sucking the puncture for a moment. The little hole was slightly enlarged and its edges whitened from the sucking, but the red swelling extended farther around it in a hard lymphatic mound. And all of these people knew about the scorpion. An adult might be very ill from the sting, but a baby could easily die from the poison. First, they knew, would come swelling and fever and tightened throat, and then cramps in the stomach, and then Coyotito might die if enough of the poison had gone in. But the stinging pain of the bite was going away. Coyotito’s screams turned to moans Kino had wondered often at the iron in his patient, fragile wife. She, who was obedient and respectful and cheerful and patient, could arch her back in child pain with hardly a cry. She could stand fatigue and hunger almost better than Kino himself. In the canoe she was like a strong man. And now she did a most surprising thing.
‘The doctor,’ she said. ‘Go to get the doctor.’
The word was passed out among the neighbours where they stood close-packed in the little yard behind the brush fence. And they repeated among themselves. ‘Juana wants the doctor.’ A wonderful thing, a memorable thing, to want the doctor. To get him would be a remarkable thing. The doctor never came to the cluster of brush houses. Why should he, when he had more than he could do to take care of the rich people who lived in the stone and plaster houses of the town?
Question: What does Kino hear in his mind?
The Scorpion
(THE PEARL by John Steinbeck)
It was a tiny movement that drew their eyes to the hanging box. Kino and Juana froze in their positions. Down the rope that hung the baby’s box from the roof support a scorpion moved slowly. His stinging tail was straight out behind him, but he could whip it up in a flash of time.
Kino’s breath whistled in his nostrils and he opened his mouth to stop it. And then the startled look was gone from him and the rigidity from his body. In his mind a new song had come, the Song of Evil, the music of the enemy, of any foe of the family, a savage, secret, dangerous melody, and, underneath, the Song of the Family cried plaintively.
The scorpion moved delicately down the rope towards the box. Under her breath Juana repeated an ancient magic to guard against such evil, and on top of that she muttered a Hail Mary, between clenched teeth. But Kino was in motion. His body glided quietly across the room, noiselessly and smoothly. His hands were in front of him, palms down, and his eyes were on the scorpion. Beneath it in the hanging box Coyotito laughed and reached up his hand towards it. It sensed danger when Kino was almost within reach of it. It stopped, and its tail rose up over its back in little jerks and the curved thorn on the tail’s end glistened.
Kino stood perfectly still. He could hear Juana whispering the old magic again, and he could hear the evil music of the enemy. He could not move until the scorpion moved, and it felt for the source of the death that was coming to it. Kino’s hand went forward very slowly, very smoothly. The thorned tail jerked upright. And at that moment the laughing Coyotito shook the rope and the scorpion fell.
Kino’s hand leaped to catch it, but it fell past his fingers, fell on the baby’s shoulder, landed and struck. Then, snarling, Kino had it, had it in his fingers, rubbing it to a paste in his hands. He threw it down and beat it into the earth floor with his fist, and Coyotito screamed with pain in his box. But Kino beat and stamped the enemy until it was only a fragment and a moist place in the dirt. His teeth were bared and fury flared in his eyes and the Song of the Enemy roared in his ears.
But Juana had the baby in her arms now. She found the puncture with redness starting from it already. She put her lips down over the puncture and sucked hard and spat and sucked again while Coyotito screamed.
Kino hovered; he was helpless, he was in the way.
The screams of the baby brought the neighbours. Out of their brush houses they poured ó Kino’s brother Juan Tom·s and his fat wife ApoIonia and their four children crowded in the door and blocked the entrance, while behind them others tried to look in, and one small boy crawled among legs to have a look. And those in front passed the word back to those behind ó ‘Scorpion. The baby has been stung.’
Juana stopped sucking the puncture for a moment. The little hole was slightly enlarged and its edges whitened from the sucking, but the red swelling extended farther around it in a hard lymphatic mound. And all of these people knew about the scorpion. An adult might be very ill from the sting, but a baby could easily die from the poison. First, they knew, would come swelling and fever and tightened throat, and then cramps in the stomach, and then Coyotito might die if enough of the poison had gone in. But the stinging pain of the bite was going away. Coyotito’s screams turned to moans Kino had wondered often at the iron in his patient, fragile wife. She, who was obedient and respectful and cheerful and patient, could arch her back in child pain with hardly a cry. She could stand fatigue and hunger almost better than Kino himself. In the canoe she was like a strong man. And now she did a most surprising thing.
‘The doctor,’ she said. ‘Go to get the doctor.’
The word was passed out among the neighbours where they stood close-packed in the little yard behind the brush fence. And they repeated among themselves. ‘Juana wants the doctor.’ A wonderful thing, a memorable thing, to want the doctor. To get him would be a remarkable thing. The doctor never came to the cluster of brush houses. Why should he, when he had more than he could do to take care of the rich people who lived in the stone and plaster houses of the town?
Question: What does Juana do to protect against the scorpion?
The Scorpion
(THE PEARL by John Steinbeck)
It was a tiny movement that drew their eyes to the hanging box. Kino and Juana froze in their positions. Down the rope that hung the baby’s box from the roof support a scorpion moved slowly. His stinging tail was straight out behind him, but he could whip it up in a flash of time.
Kino’s breath whistled in his nostrils and he opened his mouth to stop it. And then the startled look was gone from him and the rigidity from his body. In his mind a new song had come, the Song of Evil, the music of the enemy, of any foe of the family, a savage, secret, dangerous melody, and, underneath, the Song of the Family cried plaintively.
The scorpion moved delicately down the rope towards the box. Under her breath Juana repeated an ancient magic to guard against such evil, and on top of that she muttered a Hail Mary, between clenched teeth. But Kino was in motion. His body glided quietly across the room, noiselessly and smoothly. His hands were in front of him, palms down, and his eyes were on the scorpion. Beneath it in the hanging box Coyotito laughed and reached up his hand towards it. It sensed danger when Kino was almost within reach of it. It stopped, and its tail rose up over its back in little jerks and the curved thorn on the tail’s end glistened.
Kino stood perfectly still. He could hear Juana whispering the old magic again, and he could hear the evil music of the enemy. He could not move until the scorpion moved, and it felt for the source of the death that was coming to it. Kino’s hand went forward very slowly, very smoothly. The thorned tail jerked upright. And at that moment the laughing Coyotito shook the rope and the scorpion fell.
Kino’s hand leaped to catch it, but it fell past his fingers, fell on the baby’s shoulder, landed and struck. Then, snarling, Kino had it, had it in his fingers, rubbing it to a paste in his hands. He threw it down and beat it into the earth floor with his fist, and Coyotito screamed with pain in his box. But Kino beat and stamped the enemy until it was only a fragment and a moist place in the dirt. His teeth were bared and fury flared in his eyes and the Song of the Enemy roared in his ears.
But Juana had the baby in her arms now. She found the puncture with redness starting from it already. She put her lips down over the puncture and sucked hard and spat and sucked again while Coyotito screamed.
Kino hovered; he was helpless, he was in the way.
The screams of the baby brought the neighbours. Out of their brush houses they poured ó Kino’s brother Juan Tom·s and his fat wife ApoIonia and their four children crowded in the door and blocked the entrance, while behind them others tried to look in, and one small boy crawled among legs to have a look. And those in front passed the word back to those behind ó ‘Scorpion. The baby has been stung.’
Juana stopped sucking the puncture for a moment. The little hole was slightly enlarged and its edges whitened from the sucking, but the red swelling extended farther around it in a hard lymphatic mound. And all of these people knew about the scorpion. An adult might be very ill from the sting, but a baby could easily die from the poison. First, they knew, would come swelling and fever and tightened throat, and then cramps in the stomach, and then Coyotito might die if enough of the poison had gone in. But the stinging pain of the bite was going away. Coyotito’s screams turned to moans Kino had wondered often at the iron in his patient, fragile wife. She, who was obedient and respectful and cheerful and patient, could arch her back in child pain with hardly a cry. She could stand fatigue and hunger almost better than Kino himself. In the canoe she was like a strong man. And now she did a most surprising thing.
‘The doctor,’ she said. ‘Go to get the doctor.’
The word was passed out among the neighbours where they stood close-packed in the little yard behind the brush fence. And they repeated among themselves. ‘Juana wants the doctor.’ A wonderful thing, a memorable thing, to want the doctor. To get him would be a remarkable thing. The doctor never came to the cluster of brush houses. Why should he, when he had more than he could do to take care of the rich people who lived in the stone and plaster houses of the town?
Question: How does Kino move towards the scorpion?
The Scorpion
(THE PEARL by John Steinbeck)
It was a tiny movement that drew their eyes to the hanging box. Kino and Juana froze in their positions. Down the rope that hung the baby’s box from the roof support a scorpion moved slowly. His stinging tail was straight out behind him, but he could whip it up in a flash of time.
Kino’s breath whistled in his nostrils and he opened his mouth to stop it. And then the startled look was gone from him and the rigidity from his body. In his mind a new song had come, the Song of Evil, the music of the enemy, of any foe of the family, a savage, secret, dangerous melody, and, underneath, the Song of the Family cried plaintively.
The scorpion moved delicately down the rope towards the box. Under her breath Juana repeated an ancient magic to guard against such evil, and on top of that she muttered a Hail Mary, between clenched teeth. But Kino was in motion. His body glided quietly across the room, noiselessly and smoothly. His hands were in front of him, palms down, and his eyes were on the scorpion. Beneath it in the hanging box Coyotito laughed and reached up his hand towards it. It sensed danger when Kino was almost within reach of it. It stopped, and its tail rose up over its back in little jerks and the curved thorn on the tail’s end glistened.
Kino stood perfectly still. He could hear Juana whispering the old magic again, and he could hear the evil music of the enemy. He could not move until the scorpion moved, and it felt for the source of the death that was coming to it. Kino’s hand went forward very slowly, very smoothly. The thorned tail jerked upright. And at that moment the laughing Coyotito shook the rope and the scorpion fell.
Kino’s hand leaped to catch it, but it fell past his fingers, fell on the baby’s shoulder, landed and struck. Then, snarling, Kino had it, had it in his fingers, rubbing it to a paste in his hands. He threw it down and beat it into the earth floor with his fist, and Coyotito screamed with pain in his box. But Kino beat and stamped the enemy until it was only a fragment and a moist place in the dirt. His teeth were bared and fury flared in his eyes and the Song of the Enemy roared in his ears.
But Juana had the baby in her arms now. She found the puncture with redness starting from it already. She put her lips down over the puncture and sucked hard and spat and sucked again while Coyotito screamed.
Kino hovered; he was helpless, he was in the way.
The screams of the baby brought the neighbours. Out of their brush houses they poured ó Kino’s brother Juan Tom·s and his fat wife ApoIonia and their four children crowded in the door and blocked the entrance, while behind them others tried to look in, and one small boy crawled among legs to have a look. And those in front passed the word back to those behind ó ‘Scorpion. The baby has been stung.’
Juana stopped sucking the puncture for a moment. The little hole was slightly enlarged and its edges whitened from the sucking, but the red swelling extended farther around it in a hard lymphatic mound. And all of these people knew about the scorpion. An adult might be very ill from the sting, but a baby could easily die from the poison. First, they knew, would come swelling and fever and tightened throat, and then cramps in the stomach, and then Coyotito might die if enough of the poison had gone in. But the stinging pain of the bite was going away. Coyotito’s screams turned to moans Kino had wondered often at the iron in his patient, fragile wife. She, who was obedient and respectful and cheerful and patient, could arch her back in child pain with hardly a cry. She could stand fatigue and hunger almost better than Kino himself. In the canoe she was like a strong man. And now she did a most surprising thing.
‘The doctor,’ she said. ‘Go to get the doctor.’
The word was passed out among the neighbours where they stood close-packed in the little yard behind the brush fence. And they repeated among themselves. ‘Juana wants the doctor.’ A wonderful thing, a memorable thing, to want the doctor. To get him would be a remarkable thing. The doctor never came to the cluster of brush houses. Why should he, when he had more than he could do to take care of the rich people who lived in the stone and plaster houses of the town?
Question: How does the scorpion react to sensing danger?
The Scorpion
(THE PEARL by John Steinbeck)
It was a tiny movement that drew their eyes to the hanging box. Kino and Juana froze in their positions. Down the rope that hung the baby’s box from the roof support a scorpion moved slowly. His stinging tail was straight out behind him, but he could whip it up in a flash of time.
Kino’s breath whistled in his nostrils and he opened his mouth to stop it. And then the startled look was gone from him and the rigidity from his body. In his mind a new song had come, the Song of Evil, the music of the enemy, of any foe of the family, a savage, secret, dangerous melody, and, underneath, the Song of the Family cried plaintively.
The scorpion moved delicately down the rope towards the box. Under her breath Juana repeated an ancient magic to guard against such evil, and on top of that she muttered a Hail Mary, between clenched teeth. But Kino was in motion. His body glided quietly across the room, noiselessly and smoothly. His hands were in front of him, palms down, and his eyes were on the scorpion. Beneath it in the hanging box Coyotito laughed and reached up his hand towards it. It sensed danger when Kino was almost within reach of it. It stopped, and its tail rose up over its back in little jerks and the curved thorn on the tail’s end glistened.
Kino stood perfectly still. He could hear Juana whispering the old magic again, and he could hear the evil music of the enemy. He could not move until the scorpion moved, and it felt for the source of the death that was coming to it. Kino’s hand went forward very slowly, very smoothly. The thorned tail jerked upright. And at that moment the laughing Coyotito shook the rope and the scorpion fell.
Kino’s hand leaped to catch it, but it fell past his fingers, fell on the baby’s shoulder, landed and struck. Then, snarling, Kino had it, had it in his fingers, rubbing it to a paste in his hands. He threw it down and beat it into the earth floor with his fist, and Coyotito screamed with pain in his box. But Kino beat and stamped the enemy until it was only a fragment and a moist place in the dirt. His teeth were bared and fury flared in his eyes and the Song of the Enemy roared in his ears.
But Juana had the baby in her arms now. She found the puncture with redness starting from it already. She put her lips down over the puncture and sucked hard and spat and sucked again while Coyotito screamed.
Kino hovered; he was helpless, he was in the way.
The screams of the baby brought the neighbours. Out of their brush houses they poured ó Kino’s brother Juan Tom·s and his fat wife ApoIonia and their four children crowded in the door and blocked the entrance, while behind them others tried to look in, and one small boy crawled among legs to have a look. And those in front passed the word back to those behind ó ‘Scorpion. The baby has been stung.’
Juana stopped sucking the puncture for a moment. The little hole was slightly enlarged and its edges whitened from the sucking, but the red swelling extended farther around it in a hard lymphatic mound. And all of these people knew about the scorpion. An adult might be very ill from the sting, but a baby could easily die from the poison. First, they knew, would come swelling and fever and tightened throat, and then cramps in the stomach, and then Coyotito might die if enough of the poison had gone in. But the stinging pain of the bite was going away. Coyotito’s screams turned to moans Kino had wondered often at the iron in his patient, fragile wife. She, who was obedient and respectful and cheerful and patient, could arch her back in child pain with hardly a cry. She could stand fatigue and hunger almost better than Kino himself. In the canoe she was like a strong man. And now she did a most surprising thing.
‘The doctor,’ she said. ‘Go to get the doctor.’
The word was passed out among the neighbours where they stood close-packed in the little yard behind the brush fence. And they repeated among themselves. ‘Juana wants the doctor.’ A wonderful thing, a memorable thing, to want the doctor. To get him would be a remarkable thing. The doctor never came to the cluster of brush houses. Why should he, when he had more than he could do to take care of the rich people who lived in the stone and plaster houses of the town?
Question: What happens when Coyotito shakes the rope?
The Scorpion
(THE PEARL by John Steinbeck)
It was a tiny movement that drew their eyes to the hanging box. Kino and Juana froze in their positions. Down the rope that hung the baby’s box from the roof support a scorpion moved slowly. His stinging tail was straight out behind him, but he could whip it up in a flash of time.
Kino’s breath whistled in his nostrils and he opened his mouth to stop it. And then the startled look was gone from him and the rigidity from his body. In his mind a new song had come, the Song of Evil, the music of the enemy, of any foe of the family, a savage, secret, dangerous melody, and, underneath, the Song of the Family cried plaintively.
The scorpion moved delicately down the rope towards the box. Under her breath Juana repeated an ancient magic to guard against such evil, and on top of that she muttered a Hail Mary, between clenched teeth. But Kino was in motion. His body glided quietly across the room, noiselessly and smoothly. His hands were in front of him, palms down, and his eyes were on the scorpion. Beneath it in the hanging box Coyotito laughed and reached up his hand towards it. It sensed danger when Kino was almost within reach of it. It stopped, and its tail rose up over its back in little jerks and the curved thorn on the tail’s end glistened.
Kino stood perfectly still. He could hear Juana whispering the old magic again, and he could hear the evil music of the enemy. He could not move until the scorpion moved, and it felt for the source of the death that was coming to it. Kino’s hand went forward very slowly, very smoothly. The thorned tail jerked upright. And at that moment the laughing Coyotito shook the rope and the scorpion fell.
Kino’s hand leaped to catch it, but it fell past his fingers, fell on the baby’s shoulder, landed and struck. Then, snarling, Kino had it, had it in his fingers, rubbing it to a paste in his hands. He threw it down and beat it into the earth floor with his fist, and Coyotito screamed with pain in his box. But Kino beat and stamped the enemy until it was only a fragment and a moist place in the dirt. His teeth were bared and fury flared in his eyes and the Song of the Enemy roared in his ears.
But Juana had the baby in her arms now. She found the puncture with redness starting from it already. She put her lips down over the puncture and sucked hard and spat and sucked again while Coyotito screamed.
Kino hovered; he was helpless, he was in the way.
The screams of the baby brought the neighbours. Out of their brush houses they poured ó Kino’s brother Juan Tom·s and his fat wife ApoIonia and their four children crowded in the door and blocked the entrance, while behind them others tried to look in, and one small boy crawled among legs to have a look. And those in front passed the word back to those behind ó ‘Scorpion. The baby has been stung.’
Juana stopped sucking the puncture for a moment. The little hole was slightly enlarged and its edges whitened from the sucking, but the red swelling extended farther around it in a hard lymphatic mound. And all of these people knew about the scorpion. An adult might be very ill from the sting, but a baby could easily die from the poison. First, they knew, would come swelling and fever and tightened throat, and then cramps in the stomach, and then Coyotito might die if enough of the poison had gone in. But the stinging pain of the bite was going away. Coyotito’s screams turned to moans Kino had wondered often at the iron in his patient, fragile wife. She, who was obedient and respectful and cheerful and patient, could arch her back in child pain with hardly a cry. She could stand fatigue and hunger almost better than Kino himself. In the canoe she was like a strong man. And now she did a most surprising thing.
‘The doctor,’ she said. ‘Go to get the doctor.’
The word was passed out among the neighbours where they stood close-packed in the little yard behind the brush fence. And they repeated among themselves. ‘Juana wants the doctor.’ A wonderful thing, a memorable thing, to want the doctor. To get him would be a remarkable thing. The doctor never came to the cluster of brush houses. Why should he, when he had more than he could do to take care of the rich people who lived in the stone and plaster houses of the town?
Question: What does Kino do to the scorpion after it stings Coyotito?
The Scorpion
(THE PEARL by John Steinbeck)
It was a tiny movement that drew their eyes to the hanging box. Kino and Juana froze in their positions. Down the rope that hung the baby’s box from the roof support a scorpion moved slowly. His stinging tail was straight out behind him, but he could whip it up in a flash of time.
Kino’s breath whistled in his nostrils and he opened his mouth to stop it. And then the startled look was gone from him and the rigidity from his body. In his mind a new song had come, the Song of Evil, the music of the enemy, of any foe of the family, a savage, secret, dangerous melody, and, underneath, the Song of the Family cried plaintively.
The scorpion moved delicately down the rope towards the box. Under her breath Juana repeated an ancient magic to guard against such evil, and on top of that she muttered a Hail Mary, between clenched teeth. But Kino was in motion. His body glided quietly across the room, noiselessly and smoothly. His hands were in front of him, palms down, and his eyes were on the scorpion. Beneath it in the hanging box Coyotito laughed and reached up his hand towards it. It sensed danger when Kino was almost within reach of it. It stopped, and its tail rose up over its back in little jerks and the curved thorn on the tail’s end glistened.
Kino stood perfectly still. He could hear Juana whispering the old magic again, and he could hear the evil music of the enemy. He could not move until the scorpion moved, and it felt for the source of the death that was coming to it. Kino’s hand went forward very slowly, very smoothly. The thorned tail jerked upright. And at that moment the laughing Coyotito shook the rope and the scorpion fell.
Kino’s hand leaped to catch it, but it fell past his fingers, fell on the baby’s shoulder, landed and struck. Then, snarling, Kino had it, had it in his fingers, rubbing it to a paste in his hands. He threw it down and beat it into the earth floor with his fist, and Coyotito screamed with pain in his box. But Kino beat and stamped the enemy until it was only a fragment and a moist place in the dirt. His teeth were bared and fury flared in his eyes and the Song of the Enemy roared in his ears.
But Juana had the baby in her arms now. She found the puncture with redness starting from it already. She put her lips down over the puncture and sucked hard and spat and sucked again while Coyotito screamed.
Kino hovered; he was helpless, he was in the way.
The screams of the baby brought the neighbours. Out of their brush houses they poured ó Kino’s brother Juan Tom·s and his fat wife ApoIonia and their four children crowded in the door and blocked the entrance, while behind them others tried to look in, and one small boy crawled among legs to have a look. And those in front passed the word back to those behind ó ‘Scorpion. The baby has been stung.’
Juana stopped sucking the puncture for a moment. The little hole was slightly enlarged and its edges whitened from the sucking, but the red swelling extended farther around it in a hard lymphatic mound. And all of these people knew about the scorpion. An adult might be very ill from the sting, but a baby could easily die from the poison. First, they knew, would come swelling and fever and tightened throat, and then cramps in the stomach, and then Coyotito might die if enough of the poison had gone in. But the stinging pain of the bite was going away. Coyotito’s screams turned to moans Kino had wondered often at the iron in his patient, fragile wife. She, who was obedient and respectful and cheerful and patient, could arch her back in child pain with hardly a cry. She could stand fatigue and hunger almost better than Kino himself. In the canoe she was like a strong man. And now she did a most surprising thing.
‘The doctor,’ she said. ‘Go to get the doctor.’
The word was passed out among the neighbours where they stood close-packed in the little yard behind the brush fence. And they repeated among themselves. ‘Juana wants the doctor.’ A wonderful thing, a memorable thing, to want the doctor. To get him would be a remarkable thing. The doctor never came to the cluster of brush houses. Why should he, when he had more than he could do to take care of the rich people who lived in the stone and plaster houses of the town?
Question: How do the neighbours react to Coyotito’s scream?
The Scorpion
(THE PEARL by John Steinbeck)
It was a tiny movement that drew their eyes to the hanging box. Kino and Juana froze in their positions. Down the rope that hung the baby’s box from the roof support a scorpion moved slowly. His stinging tail was straight out behind him, but he could whip it up in a flash of time.
Kino’s breath whistled in his nostrils and he opened his mouth to stop it. And then the startled look was gone from him and the rigidity from his body. In his mind a new song had come, the Song of Evil, the music of the enemy, of any foe of the family, a savage, secret, dangerous melody, and, underneath, the Song of the Family cried plaintively.
The scorpion moved delicately down the rope towards the box. Under her breath Juana repeated an ancient magic to guard against such evil, and on top of that she muttered a Hail Mary, between clenched teeth. But Kino was in motion. His body glided quietly across the room, noiselessly and smoothly. His hands were in front of him, palms down, and his eyes were on the scorpion. Beneath it in the hanging box Coyotito laughed and reached up his hand towards it. It sensed danger when Kino was almost within reach of it. It stopped, and its tail rose up over its back in little jerks and the curved thorn on the tail’s end glistened.
Kino stood perfectly still. He could hear Juana whispering the old magic again, and he could hear the evil music of the enemy. He could not move until the scorpion moved, and it felt for the source of the death that was coming to it. Kino’s hand went forward very slowly, very smoothly. The thorned tail jerked upright. And at that moment the laughing Coyotito shook the rope and the scorpion fell.
Kino’s hand leaped to catch it, but it fell past his fingers, fell on the baby’s shoulder, landed and struck. Then, snarling, Kino had it, had it in his fingers, rubbing it to a paste in his hands. He threw it down and beat it into the earth floor with his fist, and Coyotito screamed with pain in his box. But Kino beat and stamped the enemy until it was only a fragment and a moist place in the dirt. His teeth were bared and fury flared in his eyes and the Song of the Enemy roared in his ears.
But Juana had the baby in her arms now. She found the puncture with redness starting from it already. She put her lips down over the puncture and sucked hard and spat and sucked again while Coyotito screamed.
Kino hovered; he was helpless, he was in the way.
The screams of the baby brought the neighbours. Out of their brush houses they poured ó Kino’s brother Juan Tom·s and his fat wife ApoIonia and their four children crowded in the door and blocked the entrance, while behind them others tried to look in, and one small boy crawled among legs to have a look. And those in front passed the word back to those behind ó ‘Scorpion. The baby has been stung.’
Juana stopped sucking the puncture for a moment. The little hole was slightly enlarged and its edges whitened from the sucking, but the red swelling extended farther around it in a hard lymphatic mound. And all of these people knew about the scorpion. An adult might be very ill from the sting, but a baby could easily die from the poison. First, they knew, would come swelling and fever and tightened throat, and then cramps in the stomach, and then Coyotito might die if enough of the poison had gone in. But the stinging pain of the bite was going away. Coyotito’s screams turned to moans Kino had wondered often at the iron in his patient, fragile wife. She, who was obedient and respectful and cheerful and patient, could arch her back in child pain with hardly a cry. She could stand fatigue and hunger almost better than Kino himself. In the canoe she was like a strong man. And now she did a most surprising thing.
‘The doctor,’ she said. ‘Go to get the doctor.’
The word was passed out among the neighbours where they stood close-packed in the little yard behind the brush fence. And they repeated among themselves. ‘Juana wants the doctor.’ A wonderful thing, a memorable thing, to want the doctor. To get him would be a remarkable thing. The doctor never came to the cluster of brush houses. Why should he, when he had more than he could do to take care of the rich people who lived in the stone and plaster houses of the town?
Question: What is the risk of a scorpion sting to a baby?
The Scorpion
(THE PEARL by John Steinbeck)
It was a tiny movement that drew their eyes to the hanging box. Kino and Juana froze in their positions. Down the rope that hung the baby’s box from the roof support a scorpion moved slowly. His stinging tail was straight out behind him, but he could whip it up in a flash of time.
Kino’s breath whistled in his nostrils and he opened his mouth to stop it. And then the startled look was gone from him and the rigidity from his body. In his mind a new song had come, the Song of Evil, the music of the enemy, of any foe of the family, a savage, secret, dangerous melody, and, underneath, the Song of the Family cried plaintively.
The scorpion moved delicately down the rope towards the box. Under her breath Juana repeated an ancient magic to guard against such evil, and on top of that she muttered a Hail Mary, between clenched teeth. But Kino was in motion. His body glided quietly across the room, noiselessly and smoothly. His hands were in front of him, palms down, and his eyes were on the scorpion. Beneath it in the hanging box Coyotito laughed and reached up his hand towards it. It sensed danger when Kino was almost within reach of it. It stopped, and its tail rose up over its back in little jerks and the curved thorn on the tail’s end glistened.
Kino stood perfectly still. He could hear Juana whispering the old magic again, and he could hear the evil music of the enemy. He could not move until the scorpion moved, and it felt for the source of the death that was coming to it. Kino’s hand went forward very slowly, very smoothly. The thorned tail jerked upright. And at that moment the laughing Coyotito shook the rope and the scorpion fell.
Kino’s hand leaped to catch it, but it fell past his fingers, fell on the baby’s shoulder, landed and struck. Then, snarling, Kino had it, had it in his fingers, rubbing it to a paste in his hands. He threw it down and beat it into the earth floor with his fist, and Coyotito screamed with pain in his box. But Kino beat and stamped the enemy until it was only a fragment and a moist place in the dirt. His teeth were bared and fury flared in his eyes and the Song of the Enemy roared in his ears.
But Juana had the baby in her arms now. She found the puncture with redness starting from it already. She put her lips down over the puncture and sucked hard and spat and sucked again while Coyotito screamed.
Kino hovered; he was helpless, he was in the way.
The screams of the baby brought the neighbours. Out of their brush houses they poured ó Kino’s brother Juan Tom·s and his fat wife ApoIonia and their four children crowded in the door and blocked the entrance, while behind them others tried to look in, and one small boy crawled among legs to have a look. And those in front passed the word back to those behind ó ‘Scorpion. The baby has been stung.’
Juana stopped sucking the puncture for a moment. The little hole was slightly enlarged and its edges whitened from the sucking, but the red swelling extended farther around it in a hard lymphatic mound. And all of these people knew about the scorpion. An adult might be very ill from the sting, but a baby could easily die from the poison. First, they knew, would come swelling and fever and tightened throat, and then cramps in the stomach, and then Coyotito might die if enough of the poison had gone in. But the stinging pain of the bite was going away. Coyotito’s screams turned to moans Kino had wondered often at the iron in his patient, fragile wife. She, who was obedient and respectful and cheerful and patient, could arch her back in child pain with hardly a cry. She could stand fatigue and hunger almost better than Kino himself. In the canoe she was like a strong man. And now she did a most surprising thing.
‘The doctor,’ she said. ‘Go to get the doctor.’
The word was passed out among the neighbours where they stood close-packed in the little yard behind the brush fence. And they repeated among themselves. ‘Juana wants the doctor.’ A wonderful thing, a memorable thing, to want the doctor. To get him would be a remarkable thing. The doctor never came to the cluster of brush houses. Why should he, when he had more than he could do to take care of the rich people who lived in the stone and plaster houses of the town?
Question: What surprising thing does Juana say after the incident?
The Scorpion
(THE PEARL by John Steinbeck)
It was a tiny movement that drew their eyes to the hanging box. Kino and Juana froze in their positions. Down the rope that hung the baby’s box from the roof support a scorpion moved slowly. His stinging tail was straight out behind him, but he could whip it up in a flash of time.
Kino’s breath whistled in his nostrils and he opened his mouth to stop it. And then the startled look was gone from him and the rigidity from his body. In his mind a new song had come, the Song of Evil, the music of the enemy, of any foe of the family, a savage, secret, dangerous melody, and, underneath, the Song of the Family cried plaintively.
The scorpion moved delicately down the rope towards the box. Under her breath Juana repeated an ancient magic to guard against such evil, and on top of that she muttered a Hail Mary, between clenched teeth. But Kino was in motion. His body glided quietly across the room, noiselessly and smoothly. His hands were in front of him, palms down, and his eyes were on the scorpion. Beneath it in the hanging box Coyotito laughed and reached up his hand towards it. It sensed danger when Kino was almost within reach of it. It stopped, and its tail rose up over its back in little jerks and the curved thorn on the tail’s end glistened.
Kino stood perfectly still. He could hear Juana whispering the old magic again, and he could hear the evil music of the enemy. He could not move until the scorpion moved, and it felt for the source of the death that was coming to it. Kino’s hand went forward very slowly, very smoothly. The thorned tail jerked upright. And at that moment the laughing Coyotito shook the rope and the scorpion fell.
Kino’s hand leaped to catch it, but it fell past his fingers, fell on the baby’s shoulder, landed and struck. Then, snarling, Kino had it, had it in his fingers, rubbing it to a paste in his hands. He threw it down and beat it into the earth floor with his fist, and Coyotito screamed with pain in his box. But Kino beat and stamped the enemy until it was only a fragment and a moist place in the dirt. His teeth were bared and fury flared in his eyes and the Song of the Enemy roared in his ears.
But Juana had the baby in her arms now. She found the puncture with redness starting from it already. She put her lips down over the puncture and sucked hard and spat and sucked again while Coyotito screamed.
Kino hovered; he was helpless, he was in the way.
The screams of the baby brought the neighbours. Out of their brush houses they poured ó Kino’s brother Juan Tom·s and his fat wife ApoIonia and their four children crowded in the door and blocked the entrance, while behind them others tried to look in, and one small boy crawled among legs to have a look. And those in front passed the word back to those behind ó ‘Scorpion. The baby has been stung.’
Juana stopped sucking the puncture for a moment. The little hole was slightly enlarged and its edges whitened from the sucking, but the red swelling extended farther around it in a hard lymphatic mound. And all of these people knew about the scorpion. An adult might be very ill from the sting, but a baby could easily die from the poison. First, they knew, would come swelling and fever and tightened throat, and then cramps in the stomach, and then Coyotito might die if enough of the poison had gone in. But the stinging pain of the bite was going away. Coyotito’s screams turned to moans Kino had wondered often at the iron in his patient, fragile wife. She, who was obedient and respectful and cheerful and patient, could arch her back in child pain with hardly a cry. She could stand fatigue and hunger almost better than Kino himself. In the canoe she was like a strong man. And now she did a most surprising thing.
‘The doctor,’ she said. ‘Go to get the doctor.’
The word was passed out among the neighbours where they stood close-packed in the little yard behind the brush fence. And they repeated among themselves. ‘Juana wants the doctor.’ A wonderful thing, a memorable thing, to want the doctor. To get him would be a remarkable thing. The doctor never came to the cluster of brush houses. Why should he, when he had more than he could do to take care of the rich people who lived in the stone and plaster houses of the town?
Question: What is Kino’s emotional state after the scorpion’s attack?
The Scorpion
(THE PEARL by John Steinbeck)
It was a tiny movement that drew their eyes to the hanging box. Kino and Juana froze in their positions. Down the rope that hung the baby’s box from the roof support a scorpion moved slowly. His stinging tail was straight out behind him, but he could whip it up in a flash of time.
Kino’s breath whistled in his nostrils and he opened his mouth to stop it. And then the startled look was gone from him and the rigidity from his body. In his mind a new song had come, the Song of Evil, the music of the enemy, of any foe of the family, a savage, secret, dangerous melody, and, underneath, the Song of the Family cried plaintively.
The scorpion moved delicately down the rope towards the box. Under her breath Juana repeated an ancient magic to guard against such evil, and on top of that she muttered a Hail Mary, between clenched teeth. But Kino was in motion. His body glided quietly across the room, noiselessly and smoothly. His hands were in front of him, palms down, and his eyes were on the scorpion. Beneath it in the hanging box Coyotito laughed and reached up his hand towards it. It sensed danger when Kino was almost within reach of it. It stopped, and its tail rose up over its back in little jerks and the curved thorn on the tail’s end glistened.
Kino stood perfectly still. He could hear Juana whispering the old magic again, and he could hear the evil music of the enemy. He could not move until the scorpion moved, and it felt for the source of the death that was coming to it. Kino’s hand went forward very slowly, very smoothly. The thorned tail jerked upright. And at that moment the laughing Coyotito shook the rope and the scorpion fell.
Kino’s hand leaped to catch it, but it fell past his fingers, fell on the baby’s shoulder, landed and struck. Then, snarling, Kino had it, had it in his fingers, rubbing it to a paste in his hands. He threw it down and beat it into the earth floor with his fist, and Coyotito screamed with pain in his box. But Kino beat and stamped the enemy until it was only a fragment and a moist place in the dirt. His teeth were bared and fury flared in his eyes and the Song of the Enemy roared in his ears.
But Juana had the baby in her arms now. She found the puncture with redness starting from it already. She put her lips down over the puncture and sucked hard and spat and sucked again while Coyotito screamed.
Kino hovered; he was helpless, he was in the way.
The screams of the baby brought the neighbours. Out of their brush houses they poured ó Kino’s brother Juan Tom·s and his fat wife ApoIonia and their four children crowded in the door and blocked the entrance, while behind them others tried to look in, and one small boy crawled among legs to have a look. And those in front passed the word back to those behind ó ‘Scorpion. The baby has been stung.’
Juana stopped sucking the puncture for a moment. The little hole was slightly enlarged and its edges whitened from the sucking, but the red swelling extended farther around it in a hard lymphatic mound. And all of these people knew about the scorpion. An adult might be very ill from the sting, but a baby could easily die from the poison. First, they knew, would come swelling and fever and tightened throat, and then cramps in the stomach, and then Coyotito might die if enough of the poison had gone in. But the stinging pain of the bite was going away. Coyotito’s screams turned to moans Kino had wondered often at the iron in his patient, fragile wife. She, who was obedient and respectful and cheerful and patient, could arch her back in child pain with hardly a cry. She could stand fatigue and hunger almost better than Kino himself. In the canoe she was like a strong man. And now she did a most surprising thing.
‘The doctor,’ she said. ‘Go to get the doctor.’
The word was passed out among the neighbours where they stood close-packed in the little yard behind the brush fence. And they repeated among themselves. ‘Juana wants the doctor.’ A wonderful thing, a memorable thing, to want the doctor. To get him would be a remarkable thing. The doctor never came to the cluster of brush houses. Why should he, when he had more than he could do to take care of the rich people who lived in the stone and plaster houses of the town?
Question: What does Juana do immediately after the sting?
The Scorpion
(THE PEARL by John Steinbeck)
It was a tiny movement that drew their eyes to the hanging box. Kino and Juana froze in their positions. Down the rope that hung the baby’s box from the roof support a scorpion moved slowly. His stinging tail was straight out behind him, but he could whip it up in a flash of time.
Kino’s breath whistled in his nostrils and he opened his mouth to stop it. And then the startled look was gone from him and the rigidity from his body. In his mind a new song had come, the Song of Evil, the music of the enemy, of any foe of the family, a savage, secret, dangerous melody, and, underneath, the Song of the Family cried plaintively.
The scorpion moved delicately down the rope towards the box. Under her breath Juana repeated an ancient magic to guard against such evil, and on top of that she muttered a Hail Mary, between clenched teeth. But Kino was in motion. His body glided quietly across the room, noiselessly and smoothly. His hands were in front of him, palms down, and his eyes were on the scorpion. Beneath it in the hanging box Coyotito laughed and reached up his hand towards it. It sensed danger when Kino was almost within reach of it. It stopped, and its tail rose up over its back in little jerks and the curved thorn on the tail’s end glistened.
Kino stood perfectly still. He could hear Juana whispering the old magic again, and he could hear the evil music of the enemy. He could not move until the scorpion moved, and it felt for the source of the death that was coming to it. Kino’s hand went forward very slowly, very smoothly. The thorned tail jerked upright. And at that moment the laughing Coyotito shook the rope and the scorpion fell.
Kino’s hand leaped to catch it, but it fell past his fingers, fell on the baby’s shoulder, landed and struck. Then, snarling, Kino had it, had it in his fingers, rubbing it to a paste in his hands. He threw it down and beat it into the earth floor with his fist, and Coyotito screamed with pain in his box. But Kino beat and stamped the enemy until it was only a fragment and a moist place in the dirt. His teeth were bared and fury flared in his eyes and the Song of the Enemy roared in his ears.
But Juana had the baby in her arms now. She found the puncture with redness starting from it already. She put her lips down over the puncture and sucked hard and spat and sucked again while Coyotito screamed.
Kino hovered; he was helpless, he was in the way.
The screams of the baby brought the neighbours. Out of their brush houses they poured ó Kino’s brother Juan Tom·s and his fat wife ApoIonia and their four children crowded in the door and blocked the entrance, while behind them others tried to look in, and one small boy crawled among legs to have a look. And those in front passed the word back to those behind ó ‘Scorpion. The baby has been stung.’
Juana stopped sucking the puncture for a moment. The little hole was slightly enlarged and its edges whitened from the sucking, but the red swelling extended farther around it in a hard lymphatic mound. And all of these people knew about the scorpion. An adult might be very ill from the sting, but a baby could easily die from the poison. First, they knew, would come swelling and fever and tightened throat, and then cramps in the stomach, and then Coyotito might die if enough of the poison had gone in. But the stinging pain of the bite was going away. Coyotito’s screams turned to moans Kino had wondered often at the iron in his patient, fragile wife. She, who was obedient and respectful and cheerful and patient, could arch her back in child pain with hardly a cry. She could stand fatigue and hunger almost better than Kino himself. In the canoe she was like a strong man. And now she did a most surprising thing.
‘The doctor,’ she said. ‘Go to get the doctor.’
The word was passed out among the neighbours where they stood close-packed in the little yard behind the brush fence. And they repeated among themselves. ‘Juana wants the doctor.’ A wonderful thing, a memorable thing, to want the doctor. To get him would be a remarkable thing. The doctor never came to the cluster of brush houses. Why should he, when he had more than he could do to take care of the rich people who lived in the stone and plaster houses of the town?
Question: Why is wanting the doctor considered a memorable thing?
The Scorpion
(THE PEARL by John Steinbeck)
It was a tiny movement that drew their eyes to the hanging box. Kino and Juana froze in their positions. Down the rope that hung the baby’s box from the roof support a scorpion moved slowly. His stinging tail was straight out behind him, but he could whip it up in a flash of time.
Kino’s breath whistled in his nostrils and he opened his mouth to stop it. And then the startled look was gone from him and the rigidity from his body. In his mind a new song had come, the Song of Evil, the music of the enemy, of any foe of the family, a savage, secret, dangerous melody, and, underneath, the Song of the Family cried plaintively.
The scorpion moved delicately down the rope towards the box. Under her breath Juana repeated an ancient magic to guard against such evil, and on top of that she muttered a Hail Mary, between clenched teeth. But Kino was in motion. His body glided quietly across the room, noiselessly and smoothly. His hands were in front of him, palms down, and his eyes were on the scorpion. Beneath it in the hanging box Coyotito laughed and reached up his hand towards it. It sensed danger when Kino was almost within reach of it. It stopped, and its tail rose up over its back in little jerks and the curved thorn on the tail’s end glistened.
Kino stood perfectly still. He could hear Juana whispering the old magic again, and he could hear the evil music of the enemy. He could not move until the scorpion moved, and it felt for the source of the death that was coming to it. Kino’s hand went forward very slowly, very smoothly. The thorned tail jerked upright. And at that moment the laughing Coyotito shook the rope and the scorpion fell.
Kino’s hand leaped to catch it, but it fell past his fingers, fell on the baby’s shoulder, landed and struck. Then, snarling, Kino had it, had it in his fingers, rubbing it to a paste in his hands. He threw it down and beat it into the earth floor with his fist, and Coyotito screamed with pain in his box. But Kino beat and stamped the enemy until it was only a fragment and a moist place in the dirt. His teeth were bared and fury flared in his eyes and the Song of the Enemy roared in his ears.
But Juana had the baby in her arms now. She found the puncture with redness starting from it already. She put her lips down over the puncture and sucked hard and spat and sucked again while Coyotito screamed.
Kino hovered; he was helpless, he was in the way.
The screams of the baby brought the neighbours. Out of their brush houses they poured ó Kino’s brother Juan Tom·s and his fat wife ApoIonia and their four children crowded in the door and blocked the entrance, while behind them others tried to look in, and one small boy crawled among legs to have a look. And those in front passed the word back to those behind ó ‘Scorpion. The baby has been stung.’
Juana stopped sucking the puncture for a moment. The little hole was slightly enlarged and its edges whitened from the sucking, but the red swelling extended farther around it in a hard lymphatic mound. And all of these people knew about the scorpion. An adult might be very ill from the sting, but a baby could easily die from the poison. First, they knew, would come swelling and fever and tightened throat, and then cramps in the stomach, and then Coyotito might die if enough of the poison had gone in. But the stinging pain of the bite was going away. Coyotito’s screams turned to moans Kino had wondered often at the iron in his patient, fragile wife. She, who was obedient and respectful and cheerful and patient, could arch her back in child pain with hardly a cry. She could stand fatigue and hunger almost better than Kino himself. In the canoe she was like a strong man. And now she did a most surprising thing.
‘The doctor,’ she said. ‘Go to get the doctor.’
The word was passed out among the neighbours where they stood close-packed in the little yard behind the brush fence. And they repeated among themselves. ‘Juana wants the doctor.’ A wonderful thing, a memorable thing, to want the doctor. To get him would be a remarkable thing. The doctor never came to the cluster of brush houses. Why should he, when he had more than he could do to take care of the rich people who lived in the stone and plaster houses of the town?
Question: Who blocks the entrance when the neighbours arrive?
The Nursery
(BRAVE NEW WORLD by Aldous Huxley)
I NFANT NURSERIES. NEO-PAVLOVIAN CONDITIONING ROOMS, announced the notice board.
The Director opened a door. They were in a large bare room, very bright and sunny; for the whole of the southern wall was a single window. Half a dozen nurses, trousered and jacketed in the regulation white viscose-linen
uniform, their hair aseptically hidden under white caps, were engaged in setting out bowls of roses in a long row across the floor. Big bowls, packed tight with blossom. Thousands of petals, ripe-blown and silkily smooth, like the cheeks of innumerable little cherubs, but of cherubs, in that bright light, not exclusively pink and Aryan, but also luminously Chinese, also Mexican, also apoplectic with too much blowing of celestial trumpets, also pale as death, pale with the posthumous whiteness of marble.
The nurses stiffened to attention as the D.H.C. came in.
‘Set out the books,’ he said curtly.
In silence the nurses obeyed his command. Between the rose bowls the books were duly set out ó a row of nursery quartos opened invitingly each at some gaily coloured image of beast or fish or bird.
‘Now bring in the children.’
They hurried out of the room and returned in a minute or two, each pushing a kind of tall dumb-waiter laden, on all its four wire-netted shelves, with eight-month-old babies, all exactly alike (a Bokanovsky Group, it was evident) and all (since their caste was Delta) dressed in khaki.
‘Put them down on the floor.’
The infants were unloaded.
‘Now turn them so that they can see the flowers and books.’
Turned, the babies at once fell silent, then began to crawl towards those clusters of sleek colours, those shapes so gay and brilliant on the white pages. As they approached, the sun came out of a momentary eclipse behind a cloud. The roses flamed up as though with a sudden passion from within; a new and profound significance seemed to suffuse the shining pages of the books. From the ranks of the crawling babies came little squeals of excitement, gurgles and twitterings of pleasure.
The Director rubbed his hands. ‘Excellent!’ he said. ‘It might almost have been done on purpose.’
The swiftest crawlers were already at their goal. Small hands reached out uncertainly, touched, grasped, unpetalling the transfigured roses, crumpling the illuminated pages of the books. The Director waited until all were happily busy. Then, ‘Watch carefully,’ he said. And, lifting his hand, he gave the signal.
The Head Nurse, who was standing by a switchboard at the other end of the room, pressed down a little lever.
There was a violent explosion. Shriller and ever shriller, a siren shrieked. Alarm bells maddeningly sounded.
The children started, screamed; their faces were distorted with terror.
‘And now,’ the Director shouted (for the noise was deafening), ‘now we proceed to rub in the lesson with a mild electric shock.’
He waved his hand again, and the Head Nurse pressed a second lever. The screaming of the babies suddenly changed its tone. There was something desperate, almost insane, about the sharp spasmodic yelps to which they now gave utterance. Their little bodies twitched and stiffened; their limbs moved jerkily as if to the tug of unseen wires.
‘We can electrify that whole strip of floor,’ bawled the Director in explanation. ‘But that’s enough,’ he signalled to the nurse.
The explosions ceased, the bells stopped ringing, the shriek of the siren died down from tone to tone into silence. The stiffly twitching bodies relaxed, and what had become the sob ? and yelp of infant maniacs broadened out once more into a normal howl of ordinary terror.
Question: What type of room are they in?
The Nursery
(BRAVE NEW WORLD by Aldous Huxley)
I NFANT NURSERIES. NEO-PAVLOVIAN CONDITIONING ROOMS, announced the notice board.
The Director opened a door. They were in a large bare room, very bright and sunny; for the whole of the southern wall was a single window. Half a dozen nurses, trousered and jacketed in the regulation white viscose-linen
uniform, their hair aseptically hidden under white caps, were engaged in setting out bowls of roses in a long row across the floor. Big bowls, packed tight with blossom. Thousands of petals, ripe-blown and silkily smooth, like the cheeks of innumerable little cherubs, but of cherubs, in that bright light, not exclusively pink and Aryan, but also luminously Chinese, also Mexican, also apoplectic with too much blowing of celestial trumpets, also pale as death, pale with the posthumous whiteness of marble.
The nurses stiffened to attention as the D.H.C. came in.
‘Set out the books,’ he said curtly.
In silence the nurses obeyed his command. Between the rose bowls the books were duly set out ó a row of nursery quartos opened invitingly each at some gaily coloured image of beast or fish or bird.
‘Now bring in the children.’
They hurried out of the room and returned in a minute or two, each pushing a kind of tall dumb-waiter laden, on all its four wire-netted shelves, with eight-month-old babies, all exactly alike (a Bokanovsky Group, it was evident) and all (since their caste was Delta) dressed in khaki.
‘Put them down on the floor.’
The infants were unloaded.
‘Now turn them so that they can see the flowers and books.’
Turned, the babies at once fell silent, then began to crawl towards those clusters of sleek colours, those shapes so gay and brilliant on the white pages. As they approached, the sun came out of a momentary eclipse behind a cloud. The roses flamed up as though with a sudden passion from within; a new and profound significance seemed to suffuse the shining pages of the books. From the ranks of the crawling babies came little squeals of excitement, gurgles and twitterings of pleasure.
The Director rubbed his hands. ‘Excellent!’ he said. ‘It might almost have been done on purpose.’
The swiftest crawlers were already at their goal. Small hands reached out uncertainly, touched, grasped, unpetalling the transfigured roses, crumpling the illuminated pages of the books. The Director waited until all were happily busy. Then, ‘Watch carefully,’ he said. And, lifting his hand, he gave the signal.
The Head Nurse, who was standing by a switchboard at the other end of the room, pressed down a little lever.
There was a violent explosion. Shriller and ever shriller, a siren shrieked. Alarm bells maddeningly sounded.
The children started, screamed; their faces were distorted with terror.
‘And now,’ the Director shouted (for the noise was deafening), ‘now we proceed to rub in the lesson with a mild electric shock.’
He waved his hand again, and the Head Nurse pressed a second lever. The screaming of the babies suddenly changed its tone. There was something desperate, almost insane, about the sharp spasmodic yelps to which they now gave utterance. Their little bodies twitched and stiffened; their limbs moved jerkily as if to the tug of unseen wires.
‘We can electrify that whole strip of floor,’ bawled the Director in explanation. ‘But that’s enough,’ he signalled to the nurse.
The explosions ceased, the bells stopped ringing, the shriek of the siren died down from tone to tone into silence. The stiffly twitching bodies relaxed, and what had become the sob ? and yelp of infant maniacs broadened out once more into a normal howl of ordinary terror.
Question: What are the nurses wearing?
The Nursery
(BRAVE NEW WORLD by Aldous Huxley)
I NFANT NURSERIES. NEO-PAVLOVIAN CONDITIONING ROOMS, announced the notice board.
The Director opened a door. They were in a large bare room, very bright and sunny; for the whole of the southern wall was a single window. Half a dozen nurses, trousered and jacketed in the regulation white viscose-linen
uniform, their hair aseptically hidden under white caps, were engaged in setting out bowls of roses in a long row across the floor. Big bowls, packed tight with blossom. Thousands of petals, ripe-blown and silkily smooth, like the cheeks of innumerable little cherubs, but of cherubs, in that bright light, not exclusively pink and Aryan, but also luminously Chinese, also Mexican, also apoplectic with too much blowing of celestial trumpets, also pale as death, pale with the posthumous whiteness of marble.
The nurses stiffened to attention as the D.H.C. came in.
‘Set out the books,’ he said curtly.
In silence the nurses obeyed his command. Between the rose bowls the books were duly set out ó a row of nursery quartos opened invitingly each at some gaily coloured image of beast or fish or bird.
‘Now bring in the children.’
They hurried out of the room and returned in a minute or two, each pushing a kind of tall dumb-waiter laden, on all its four wire-netted shelves, with eight-month-old babies, all exactly alike (a Bokanovsky Group, it was evident) and all (since their caste was Delta) dressed in khaki.
‘Put them down on the floor.’
The infants were unloaded.
‘Now turn them so that they can see the flowers and books.’
Turned, the babies at once fell silent, then began to crawl towards those clusters of sleek colours, those shapes so gay and brilliant on the white pages. As they approached, the sun came out of a momentary eclipse behind a cloud. The roses flamed up as though with a sudden passion from within; a new and profound significance seemed to suffuse the shining pages of the books. From the ranks of the crawling babies came little squeals of excitement, gurgles and twitterings of pleasure.
The Director rubbed his hands. ‘Excellent!’ he said. ‘It might almost have been done on purpose.’
The swiftest crawlers were already at their goal. Small hands reached out uncertainly, touched, grasped, unpetalling the transfigured roses, crumpling the illuminated pages of the books. The Director waited until all were happily busy. Then, ‘Watch carefully,’ he said. And, lifting his hand, he gave the signal.
The Head Nurse, who was standing by a switchboard at the other end of the room, pressed down a little lever.
There was a violent explosion. Shriller and ever shriller, a siren shrieked. Alarm bells maddeningly sounded.
The children started, screamed; their faces were distorted with terror.
‘And now,’ the Director shouted (for the noise was deafening), ‘now we proceed to rub in the lesson with a mild electric shock.’
He waved his hand again, and the Head Nurse pressed a second lever. The screaming of the babies suddenly changed its tone. There was something desperate, almost insane, about the sharp spasmodic yelps to which they now gave utterance. Their little bodies twitched and stiffened; their limbs moved jerkily as if to the tug of unseen wires.
‘We can electrify that whole strip of floor,’ bawled the Director in explanation. ‘But that’s enough,’ he signalled to the nurse.
The explosions ceased, the bells stopped ringing, the shriek of the siren died down from tone to tone into silence. The stiffly twitching bodies relaxed, and what had become the sob ? and yelp of infant maniacs broadened out once more into a normal howl of ordinary terror.
Question: What are the nurses initially setting out?
The Nursery
(BRAVE NEW WORLD by Aldous Huxley)
I NFANT NURSERIES. NEO-PAVLOVIAN CONDITIONING ROOMS, announced the notice board.
The Director opened a door. They were in a large bare room, very bright and sunny; for the whole of the southern wall was a single window. Half a dozen nurses, trousered and jacketed in the regulation white viscose-linen
uniform, their hair aseptically hidden under white caps, were engaged in setting out bowls of roses in a long row across the floor. Big bowls, packed tight with blossom. Thousands of petals, ripe-blown and silkily smooth, like the cheeks of innumerable little cherubs, but of cherubs, in that bright light, not exclusively pink and Aryan, but also luminously Chinese, also Mexican, also apoplectic with too much blowing of celestial trumpets, also pale as death, pale with the posthumous whiteness of marble.
The nurses stiffened to attention as the D.H.C. came in.
‘Set out the books,’ he said curtly.
In silence the nurses obeyed his command. Between the rose bowls the books were duly set out ó a row of nursery quartos opened invitingly each at some gaily coloured image of beast or fish or bird.
‘Now bring in the children.’
They hurried out of the room and returned in a minute or two, each pushing a kind of tall dumb-waiter laden, on all its four wire-netted shelves, with eight-month-old babies, all exactly alike (a Bokanovsky Group, it was evident) and all (since their caste was Delta) dressed in khaki.
‘Put them down on the floor.’
The infants were unloaded.
‘Now turn them so that they can see the flowers and books.’
Turned, the babies at once fell silent, then began to crawl towards those clusters of sleek colours, those shapes so gay and brilliant on the white pages. As they approached, the sun came out of a momentary eclipse behind a cloud. The roses flamed up as though with a sudden passion from within; a new and profound significance seemed to suffuse the shining pages of the books. From the ranks of the crawling babies came little squeals of excitement, gurgles and twitterings of pleasure.
The Director rubbed his hands. ‘Excellent!’ he said. ‘It might almost have been done on purpose.’
The swiftest crawlers were already at their goal. Small hands reached out uncertainly, touched, grasped, unpetalling the transfigured roses, crumpling the illuminated pages of the books. The Director waited until all were happily busy. Then, ‘Watch carefully,’ he said. And, lifting his hand, he gave the signal.
The Head Nurse, who was standing by a switchboard at the other end of the room, pressed down a little lever.
There was a violent explosion. Shriller and ever shriller, a siren shrieked. Alarm bells maddeningly sounded.
The children started, screamed; their faces were distorted with terror.
‘And now,’ the Director shouted (for the noise was deafening), ‘now we proceed to rub in the lesson with a mild electric shock.’
He waved his hand again, and the Head Nurse pressed a second lever. The screaming of the babies suddenly changed its tone. There was something desperate, almost insane, about the sharp spasmodic yelps to which they now gave utterance. Their little bodies twitched and stiffened; their limbs moved jerkily as if to the tug of unseen wires.
‘We can electrify that whole strip of floor,’ bawled the Director in explanation. ‘But that’s enough,’ he signalled to the nurse.
The explosions ceased, the bells stopped ringing, the shriek of the siren died down from tone to tone into silence. The stiffly twitching bodies relaxed, and what had become the sob ? and yelp of infant maniacs broadened out once more into a normal howl of ordinary terror.
Question: What happens when the Director comes in?
The Nursery
(BRAVE NEW WORLD by Aldous Huxley)
I NFANT NURSERIES. NEO-PAVLOVIAN CONDITIONING ROOMS, announced the notice board.
The Director opened a door. They were in a large bare room, very bright and sunny; for the whole of the southern wall was a single window. Half a dozen nurses, trousered and jacketed in the regulation white viscose-linen
uniform, their hair aseptically hidden under white caps, were engaged in setting out bowls of roses in a long row across the floor. Big bowls, packed tight with blossom. Thousands of petals, ripe-blown and silkily smooth, like the cheeks of innumerable little cherubs, but of cherubs, in that bright light, not exclusively pink and Aryan, but also luminously Chinese, also Mexican, also apoplectic with too much blowing of celestial trumpets, also pale as death, pale with the posthumous whiteness of marble.
The nurses stiffened to attention as the D.H.C. came in.
‘Set out the books,’ he said curtly.
In silence the nurses obeyed his command. Between the rose bowls the books were duly set out ó a row of nursery quartos opened invitingly each at some gaily coloured image of beast or fish or bird.
‘Now bring in the children.’
They hurried out of the room and returned in a minute or two, each pushing a kind of tall dumb-waiter laden, on all its four wire-netted shelves, with eight-month-old babies, all exactly alike (a Bokanovsky Group, it was evident) and all (since their caste was Delta) dressed in khaki.
‘Put them down on the floor.’
The infants were unloaded.
‘Now turn them so that they can see the flowers and books.’
Turned, the babies at once fell silent, then began to crawl towards those clusters of sleek colours, those shapes so gay and brilliant on the white pages. As they approached, the sun came out of a momentary eclipse behind a cloud. The roses flamed up as though with a sudden passion from within; a new and profound significance seemed to suffuse the shining pages of the books. From the ranks of the crawling babies came little squeals of excitement, gurgles and twitterings of pleasure.
The Director rubbed his hands. ‘Excellent!’ he said. ‘It might almost have been done on purpose.’
The swiftest crawlers were already at their goal. Small hands reached out uncertainly, touched, grasped, unpetalling the transfigured roses, crumpling the illuminated pages of the books. The Director waited until all were happily busy. Then, ‘Watch carefully,’ he said. And, lifting his hand, he gave the signal.
The Head Nurse, who was standing by a switchboard at the other end of the room, pressed down a little lever.
There was a violent explosion. Shriller and ever shriller, a siren shrieked. Alarm bells maddeningly sounded.
The children started, screamed; their faces were distorted with terror.
‘And now,’ the Director shouted (for the noise was deafening), ‘now we proceed to rub in the lesson with a mild electric shock.’
He waved his hand again, and the Head Nurse pressed a second lever. The screaming of the babies suddenly changed its tone. There was something desperate, almost insane, about the sharp spasmodic yelps to which they now gave utterance. Their little bodies twitched and stiffened; their limbs moved jerkily as if to the tug of unseen wires.
‘We can electrify that whole strip of floor,’ bawled the Director in explanation. ‘But that’s enough,’ he signalled to the nurse.
The explosions ceased, the bells stopped ringing, the shriek of the siren died down from tone to tone into silence. The stiffly twitching bodies relaxed, and what had become the sob ? and yelp of infant maniacs broadened out once more into a normal howl of ordinary terror.
Question: How old are the babies?
The Nursery
(BRAVE NEW WORLD by Aldous Huxley)
I NFANT NURSERIES. NEO-PAVLOVIAN CONDITIONING ROOMS, announced the notice board.
The Director opened a door. They were in a large bare room, very bright and sunny; for the whole of the southern wall was a single window. Half a dozen nurses, trousered and jacketed in the regulation white viscose-linen
uniform, their hair aseptically hidden under white caps, were engaged in setting out bowls of roses in a long row across the floor. Big bowls, packed tight with blossom. Thousands of petals, ripe-blown and silkily smooth, like the cheeks of innumerable little cherubs, but of cherubs, in that bright light, not exclusively pink and Aryan, but also luminously Chinese, also Mexican, also apoplectic with too much blowing of celestial trumpets, also pale as death, pale with the posthumous whiteness of marble.
The nurses stiffened to attention as the D.H.C. came in.
‘Set out the books,’ he said curtly.
In silence the nurses obeyed his command. Between the rose bowls the books were duly set out ó a row of nursery quartos opened invitingly each at some gaily coloured image of beast or fish or bird.
‘Now bring in the children.’
They hurried out of the room and returned in a minute or two, each pushing a kind of tall dumb-waiter laden, on all its four wire-netted shelves, with eight-month-old babies, all exactly alike (a Bokanovsky Group, it was evident) and all (since their caste was Delta) dressed in khaki.
‘Put them down on the floor.’
The infants were unloaded.
‘Now turn them so that they can see the flowers and books.’
Turned, the babies at once fell silent, then began to crawl towards those clusters of sleek colours, those shapes so gay and brilliant on the white pages. As they approached, the sun came out of a momentary eclipse behind a cloud. The roses flamed up as though with a sudden passion from within; a new and profound significance seemed to suffuse the shining pages of the books. From the ranks of the crawling babies came little squeals of excitement, gurgles and twitterings of pleasure.
The Director rubbed his hands. ‘Excellent!’ he said. ‘It might almost have been done on purpose.’
The swiftest crawlers were already at their goal. Small hands reached out uncertainly, touched, grasped, unpetalling the transfigured roses, crumpling the illuminated pages of the books. The Director waited until all were happily busy. Then, ‘Watch carefully,’ he said. And, lifting his hand, he gave the signal.
The Head Nurse, who was standing by a switchboard at the other end of the room, pressed down a little lever.
There was a violent explosion. Shriller and ever shriller, a siren shrieked. Alarm bells maddeningly sounded.
The children started, screamed; their faces were distorted with terror.
‘And now,’ the Director shouted (for the noise was deafening), ‘now we proceed to rub in the lesson with a mild electric shock.’
He waved his hand again, and the Head Nurse pressed a second lever. The screaming of the babies suddenly changed its tone. There was something desperate, almost insane, about the sharp spasmodic yelps to which they now gave utterance. Their little bodies twitched and stiffened; their limbs moved jerkily as if to the tug of unseen wires.
‘We can electrify that whole strip of floor,’ bawled the Director in explanation. ‘But that’s enough,’ he signalled to the nurse.
The explosions ceased, the bells stopped ringing, the shriek of the siren died down from tone to tone into silence. The stiffly twitching bodies relaxed, and what had become the sob ? and yelp of infant maniacs broadened out once more into a normal howl of ordinary terror.
Question: How are the babies brought into the room?
The Nursery
(BRAVE NEW WORLD by Aldous Huxley)
I NFANT NURSERIES. NEO-PAVLOVIAN CONDITIONING ROOMS, announced the notice board.
The Director opened a door. They were in a large bare room, very bright and sunny; for the whole of the southern wall was a single window. Half a dozen nurses, trousered and jacketed in the regulation white viscose-linen
uniform, their hair aseptically hidden under white caps, were engaged in setting out bowls of roses in a long row across the floor. Big bowls, packed tight with blossom. Thousands of petals, ripe-blown and silkily smooth, like the cheeks of innumerable little cherubs, but of cherubs, in that bright light, not exclusively pink and Aryan, but also luminously Chinese, also Mexican, also apoplectic with too much blowing of celestial trumpets, also pale as death, pale with the posthumous whiteness of marble.
The nurses stiffened to attention as the D.H.C. came in.
‘Set out the books,’ he said curtly.
In silence the nurses obeyed his command. Between the rose bowls the books were duly set out ó a row of nursery quartos opened invitingly each at some gaily coloured image of beast or fish or bird.
‘Now bring in the children.’
They hurried out of the room and returned in a minute or two, each pushing a kind of tall dumb-waiter laden, on all its four wire-netted shelves, with eight-month-old babies, all exactly alike (a Bokanovsky Group, it was evident) and all (since their caste was Delta) dressed in khaki.
‘Put them down on the floor.’
The infants were unloaded.
‘Now turn them so that they can see the flowers and books.’
Turned, the babies at once fell silent, then began to crawl towards those clusters of sleek colours, those shapes so gay and brilliant on the white pages. As they approached, the sun came out of a momentary eclipse behind a cloud. The roses flamed up as though with a sudden passion from within; a new and profound significance seemed to suffuse the shining pages of the books. From the ranks of the crawling babies came little squeals of excitement, gurgles and twitterings of pleasure.
The Director rubbed his hands. ‘Excellent!’ he said. ‘It might almost have been done on purpose.’
The swiftest crawlers were already at their goal. Small hands reached out uncertainly, touched, grasped, unpetalling the transfigured roses, crumpling the illuminated pages of the books. The Director waited until all were happily busy. Then, ‘Watch carefully,’ he said. And, lifting his hand, he gave the signal.
The Head Nurse, who was standing by a switchboard at the other end of the room, pressed down a little lever.
There was a violent explosion. Shriller and ever shriller, a siren shrieked. Alarm bells maddeningly sounded.
The children started, screamed; their faces were distorted with terror.
‘And now,’ the Director shouted (for the noise was deafening), ‘now we proceed to rub in the lesson with a mild electric shock.’
He waved his hand again, and the Head Nurse pressed a second lever. The screaming of the babies suddenly changed its tone. There was something desperate, almost insane, about the sharp spasmodic yelps to which they now gave utterance. Their little bodies twitched and stiffened; their limbs moved jerkily as if to the tug of unseen wires.
‘We can electrify that whole strip of floor,’ bawled the Director in explanation. ‘But that’s enough,’ he signalled to the nurse.
The explosions ceased, the bells stopped ringing, the shriek of the siren died down from tone to tone into silence. The stiffly twitching bodies relaxed, and what had become the sob ? and yelp of infant maniacs broadened out once more into a normal howl of ordinary terror.
Question: What do the babies do when they see the flowers and books?
The Nursery
(BRAVE NEW WORLD by Aldous Huxley)
I NFANT NURSERIES. NEO-PAVLOVIAN CONDITIONING ROOMS, announced the notice board.
The Director opened a door. They were in a large bare room, very bright and sunny; for the whole of the southern wall was a single window. Half a dozen nurses, trousered and jacketed in the regulation white viscose-linen
uniform, their hair aseptically hidden under white caps, were engaged in setting out bowls of roses in a long row across the floor. Big bowls, packed tight with blossom. Thousands of petals, ripe-blown and silkily smooth, like the cheeks of innumerable little cherubs, but of cherubs, in that bright light, not exclusively pink and Aryan, but also luminously Chinese, also Mexican, also apoplectic with too much blowing of celestial trumpets, also pale as death, pale with the posthumous whiteness of marble.
The nurses stiffened to attention as the D.H.C. came in.
‘Set out the books,’ he said curtly.
In silence the nurses obeyed his command. Between the rose bowls the books were duly set out ó a row of nursery quartos opened invitingly each at some gaily coloured image of beast or fish or bird.
‘Now bring in the children.’
They hurried out of the room and returned in a minute or two, each pushing a kind of tall dumb-waiter laden, on all its four wire-netted shelves, with eight-month-old babies, all exactly alike (a Bokanovsky Group, it was evident) and all (since their caste was Delta) dressed in khaki.
‘Put them down on the floor.’
The infants were unloaded.
‘Now turn them so that they can see the flowers and books.’
Turned, the babies at once fell silent, then began to crawl towards those clusters of sleek colours, those shapes so gay and brilliant on the white pages. As they approached, the sun came out of a momentary eclipse behind a cloud. The roses flamed up as though with a sudden passion from within; a new and profound significance seemed to suffuse the shining pages of the books. From the ranks of the crawling babies came little squeals of excitement, gurgles and twitterings of pleasure.
The Director rubbed his hands. ‘Excellent!’ he said. ‘It might almost have been done on purpose.’
The swiftest crawlers were already at their goal. Small hands reached out uncertainly, touched, grasped, unpetalling the transfigured roses, crumpling the illuminated pages of the books. The Director waited until all were happily busy. Then, ‘Watch carefully,’ he said. And, lifting his hand, he gave the signal.
The Head Nurse, who was standing by a switchboard at the other end of the room, pressed down a little lever.
There was a violent explosion. Shriller and ever shriller, a siren shrieked. Alarm bells maddeningly sounded.
The children started, screamed; their faces were distorted with terror.
‘And now,’ the Director shouted (for the noise was deafening), ‘now we proceed to rub in the lesson with a mild electric shock.’
He waved his hand again, and the Head Nurse pressed a second lever. The screaming of the babies suddenly changed its tone. There was something desperate, almost insane, about the sharp spasmodic yelps to which they now gave utterance. Their little bodies twitched and stiffened; their limbs moved jerkily as if to the tug of unseen wires.
‘We can electrify that whole strip of floor,’ bawled the Director in explanation. ‘But that’s enough,’ he signalled to the nurse.
The explosions ceased, the bells stopped ringing, the shriek of the siren died down from tone to tone into silence. The stiffly twitching bodies relaxed, and what had become the sob ? and yelp of infant maniacs broadened out once more into a normal howl of ordinary terror.
Question: What is the Director’s reaction when the babies approach the objects?
The Nursery
(BRAVE NEW WORLD by Aldous Huxley)
I NFANT NURSERIES. NEO-PAVLOVIAN CONDITIONING ROOMS, announced the notice board.
The Director opened a door. They were in a large bare room, very bright and sunny; for the whole of the southern wall was a single window. Half a dozen nurses, trousered and jacketed in the regulation white viscose-linen
uniform, their hair aseptically hidden under white caps, were engaged in setting out bowls of roses in a long row across the floor. Big bowls, packed tight with blossom. Thousands of petals, ripe-blown and silkily smooth, like the cheeks of innumerable little cherubs, but of cherubs, in that bright light, not exclusively pink and Aryan, but also luminously Chinese, also Mexican, also apoplectic with too much blowing of celestial trumpets, also pale as death, pale with the posthumous whiteness of marble.
The nurses stiffened to attention as the D.H.C. came in.
‘Set out the books,’ he said curtly.
In silence the nurses obeyed his command. Between the rose bowls the books were duly set out ó a row of nursery quartos opened invitingly each at some gaily coloured image of beast or fish or bird.
‘Now bring in the children.’
They hurried out of the room and returned in a minute or two, each pushing a kind of tall dumb-waiter laden, on all its four wire-netted shelves, with eight-month-old babies, all exactly alike (a Bokanovsky Group, it was evident) and all (since their caste was Delta) dressed in khaki.
‘Put them down on the floor.’
The infants were unloaded.
‘Now turn them so that they can see the flowers and books.’
Turned, the babies at once fell silent, then began to crawl towards those clusters of sleek colours, those shapes so gay and brilliant on the white pages. As they approached, the sun came out of a momentary eclipse behind a cloud. The roses flamed up as though with a sudden passion from within; a new and profound significance seemed to suffuse the shining pages of the books. From the ranks of the crawling babies came little squeals of excitement, gurgles and twitterings of pleasure.
The Director rubbed his hands. ‘Excellent!’ he said. ‘It might almost have been done on purpose.’
The swiftest crawlers were already at their goal. Small hands reached out uncertainly, touched, grasped, unpetalling the transfigured roses, crumpling the illuminated pages of the books. The Director waited until all were happily busy. Then, ‘Watch carefully,’ he said. And, lifting his hand, he gave the signal.
The Head Nurse, who was standing by a switchboard at the other end of the room, pressed down a little lever.
There was a violent explosion. Shriller and ever shriller, a siren shrieked. Alarm bells maddeningly sounded.
The children started, screamed; their faces were distorted with terror.
‘And now,’ the Director shouted (for the noise was deafening), ‘now we proceed to rub in the lesson with a mild electric shock.’
He waved his hand again, and the Head Nurse pressed a second lever. The screaming of the babies suddenly changed its tone. There was something desperate, almost insane, about the sharp spasmodic yelps to which they now gave utterance. Their little bodies twitched and stiffened; their limbs moved jerkily as if to the tug of unseen wires.
‘We can electrify that whole strip of floor,’ bawled the Director in explanation. ‘But that’s enough,’ he signalled to the nurse.
The explosions ceased, the bells stopped ringing, the shriek of the siren died down from tone to tone into silence. The stiffly twitching bodies relaxed, and what had become the sob ? and yelp of infant maniacs broadened out once more into a normal howl of ordinary terror.
Question: What happens after the Director gives the signal?
The Nursery
(BRAVE NEW WORLD by Aldous Huxley)
I NFANT NURSERIES. NEO-PAVLOVIAN CONDITIONING ROOMS, announced the notice board.
The Director opened a door. They were in a large bare room, very bright and sunny; for the whole of the southern wall was a single window. Half a dozen nurses, trousered and jacketed in the regulation white viscose-linen
uniform, their hair aseptically hidden under white caps, were engaged in setting out bowls of roses in a long row across the floor. Big bowls, packed tight with blossom. Thousands of petals, ripe-blown and silkily smooth, like the cheeks of innumerable little cherubs, but of cherubs, in that bright light, not exclusively pink and Aryan, but also luminously Chinese, also Mexican, also apoplectic with too much blowing of celestial trumpets, also pale as death, pale with the posthumous whiteness of marble.
The nurses stiffened to attention as the D.H.C. came in.
‘Set out the books,’ he said curtly.
In silence the nurses obeyed his command. Between the rose bowls the books were duly set out ó a row of nursery quartos opened invitingly each at some gaily coloured image of beast or fish or bird.
‘Now bring in the children.’
They hurried out of the room and returned in a minute or two, each pushing a kind of tall dumb-waiter laden, on all its four wire-netted shelves, with eight-month-old babies, all exactly alike (a Bokanovsky Group, it was evident) and all (since their caste was Delta) dressed in khaki.
‘Put them down on the floor.’
The infants were unloaded.
‘Now turn them so that they can see the flowers and books.’
Turned, the babies at once fell silent, then began to crawl towards those clusters of sleek colours, those shapes so gay and brilliant on the white pages. As they approached, the sun came out of a momentary eclipse behind a cloud. The roses flamed up as though with a sudden passion from within; a new and profound significance seemed to suffuse the shining pages of the books. From the ranks of the crawling babies came little squeals of excitement, gurgles and twitterings of pleasure.
The Director rubbed his hands. ‘Excellent!’ he said. ‘It might almost have been done on purpose.’
The swiftest crawlers were already at their goal. Small hands reached out uncertainly, touched, grasped, unpetalling the transfigured roses, crumpling the illuminated pages of the books. The Director waited until all were happily busy. Then, ‘Watch carefully,’ he said. And, lifting his hand, he gave the signal.
The Head Nurse, who was standing by a switchboard at the other end of the room, pressed down a little lever.
There was a violent explosion. Shriller and ever shriller, a siren shrieked. Alarm bells maddeningly sounded.
The children started, screamed; their faces were distorted with terror.
‘And now,’ the Director shouted (for the noise was deafening), ‘now we proceed to rub in the lesson with a mild electric shock.’
He waved his hand again, and the Head Nurse pressed a second lever. The screaming of the babies suddenly changed its tone. There was something desperate, almost insane, about the sharp spasmodic yelps to which they now gave utterance. Their little bodies twitched and stiffened; their limbs moved jerkily as if to the tug of unseen wires.
‘We can electrify that whole strip of floor,’ bawled the Director in explanation. ‘But that’s enough,’ he signalled to the nurse.
The explosions ceased, the bells stopped ringing, the shriek of the siren died down from tone to tone into silence. The stiffly twitching bodies relaxed, and what had become the sob ? and yelp of infant maniacs broadened out once more into a normal howl of ordinary terror.
Question: What is the children’s reaction to the noise?
The Nursery
(BRAVE NEW WORLD by Aldous Huxley)
I NFANT NURSERIES. NEO-PAVLOVIAN CONDITIONING ROOMS, announced the notice board.
The Director opened a door. They were in a large bare room, very bright and sunny; for the whole of the southern wall was a single window. Half a dozen nurses, trousered and jacketed in the regulation white viscose-linen
uniform, their hair aseptically hidden under white caps, were engaged in setting out bowls of roses in a long row across the floor. Big bowls, packed tight with blossom. Thousands of petals, ripe-blown and silkily smooth, like the cheeks of innumerable little cherubs, but of cherubs, in that bright light, not exclusively pink and Aryan, but also luminously Chinese, also Mexican, also apoplectic with too much blowing of celestial trumpets, also pale as death, pale with the posthumous whiteness of marble.
The nurses stiffened to attention as the D.H.C. came in.
‘Set out the books,’ he said curtly.
In silence the nurses obeyed his command. Between the rose bowls the books were duly set out ó a row of nursery quartos opened invitingly each at some gaily coloured image of beast or fish or bird.
‘Now bring in the children.’
They hurried out of the room and returned in a minute or two, each pushing a kind of tall dumb-waiter laden, on all its four wire-netted shelves, with eight-month-old babies, all exactly alike (a Bokanovsky Group, it was evident) and all (since their caste was Delta) dressed in khaki.
‘Put them down on the floor.’
The infants were unloaded.
‘Now turn them so that they can see the flowers and books.’
Turned, the babies at once fell silent, then began to crawl towards those clusters of sleek colours, those shapes so gay and brilliant on the white pages. As they approached, the sun came out of a momentary eclipse behind a cloud. The roses flamed up as though with a sudden passion from within; a new and profound significance seemed to suffuse the shining pages of the books. From the ranks of the crawling babies came little squeals of excitement, gurgles and twitterings of pleasure.
The Director rubbed his hands. ‘Excellent!’ he said. ‘It might almost have been done on purpose.’
The swiftest crawlers were already at their goal. Small hands reached out uncertainly, touched, grasped, unpetalling the transfigured roses, crumpling the illuminated pages of the books. The Director waited until all were happily busy. Then, ‘Watch carefully,’ he said. And, lifting his hand, he gave the signal.
The Head Nurse, who was standing by a switchboard at the other end of the room, pressed down a little lever.
There was a violent explosion. Shriller and ever shriller, a siren shrieked. Alarm bells maddeningly sounded.
The children started, screamed; their faces were distorted with terror.
‘And now,’ the Director shouted (for the noise was deafening), ‘now we proceed to rub in the lesson with a mild electric shock.’
He waved his hand again, and the Head Nurse pressed a second lever. The screaming of the babies suddenly changed its tone. There was something desperate, almost insane, about the sharp spasmodic yelps to which they now gave utterance. Their little bodies twitched and stiffened; their limbs moved jerkily as if to the tug of unseen wires.
‘We can electrify that whole strip of floor,’ bawled the Director in explanation. ‘But that’s enough,’ he signalled to the nurse.
The explosions ceased, the bells stopped ringing, the shriek of the siren died down from tone to tone into silence. The stiffly twitching bodies relaxed, and what had become the sob ? and yelp of infant maniacs broadened out once more into a normal howl of ordinary terror.
Question: What is the purpose of the electric shock?
The Nursery
(BRAVE NEW WORLD by Aldous Huxley)
I NFANT NURSERIES. NEO-PAVLOVIAN CONDITIONING ROOMS, announced the notice board.
The Director opened a door. They were in a large bare room, very bright and sunny; for the whole of the southern wall was a single window. Half a dozen nurses, trousered and jacketed in the regulation white viscose-linen
uniform, their hair aseptically hidden under white caps, were engaged in setting out bowls of roses in a long row across the floor. Big bowls, packed tight with blossom. Thousands of petals, ripe-blown and silkily smooth, like the cheeks of innumerable little cherubs, but of cherubs, in that bright light, not exclusively pink and Aryan, but also luminously Chinese, also Mexican, also apoplectic with too much blowing of celestial trumpets, also pale as death, pale with the posthumous whiteness of marble.
The nurses stiffened to attention as the D.H.C. came in.
‘Set out the books,’ he said curtly.
In silence the nurses obeyed his command. Between the rose bowls the books were duly set out ó a row of nursery quartos opened invitingly each at some gaily coloured image of beast or fish or bird.
‘Now bring in the children.’
They hurried out of the room and returned in a minute or two, each pushing a kind of tall dumb-waiter laden, on all its four wire-netted shelves, with eight-month-old babies, all exactly alike (a Bokanovsky Group, it was evident) and all (since their caste was Delta) dressed in khaki.
‘Put them down on the floor.’
The infants were unloaded.
‘Now turn them so that they can see the flowers and books.’
Turned, the babies at once fell silent, then began to crawl towards those clusters of sleek colours, those shapes so gay and brilliant on the white pages. As they approached, the sun came out of a momentary eclipse behind a cloud. The roses flamed up as though with a sudden passion from within; a new and profound significance seemed to suffuse the shining pages of the books. From the ranks of the crawling babies came little squeals of excitement, gurgles and twitterings of pleasure.
The Director rubbed his hands. ‘Excellent!’ he said. ‘It might almost have been done on purpose.’
The swiftest crawlers were already at their goal. Small hands reached out uncertainly, touched, grasped, unpetalling the transfigured roses, crumpling the illuminated pages of the books. The Director waited until all were happily busy. Then, ‘Watch carefully,’ he said. And, lifting his hand, he gave the signal.
The Head Nurse, who was standing by a switchboard at the other end of the room, pressed down a little lever.
There was a violent explosion. Shriller and ever shriller, a siren shrieked. Alarm bells maddeningly sounded.
The children started, screamed; their faces were distorted with terror.
‘And now,’ the Director shouted (for the noise was deafening), ‘now we proceed to rub in the lesson with a mild electric shock.’
He waved his hand again, and the Head Nurse pressed a second lever. The screaming of the babies suddenly changed its tone. There was something desperate, almost insane, about the sharp spasmodic yelps to which they now gave utterance. Their little bodies twitched and stiffened; their limbs moved jerkily as if to the tug of unseen wires.
‘We can electrify that whole strip of floor,’ bawled the Director in explanation. ‘But that’s enough,’ he signalled to the nurse.
The explosions ceased, the bells stopped ringing, the shriek of the siren died down from tone to tone into silence. The stiffly twitching bodies relaxed, and what had become the sob ? and yelp of infant maniacs broadened out once more into a normal howl of ordinary terror.
Question: How do the babies’ screams change after the electric shock?
The Nursery
(BRAVE NEW WORLD by Aldous Huxley)
I NFANT NURSERIES. NEO-PAVLOVIAN CONDITIONING ROOMS, announced the notice board.
The Director opened a door. They were in a large bare room, very bright and sunny; for the whole of the southern wall was a single window. Half a dozen nurses, trousered and jacketed in the regulation white viscose-linen
uniform, their hair aseptically hidden under white caps, were engaged in setting out bowls of roses in a long row across the floor. Big bowls, packed tight with blossom. Thousands of petals, ripe-blown and silkily smooth, like the cheeks of innumerable little cherubs, but of cherubs, in that bright light, not exclusively pink and Aryan, but also luminously Chinese, also Mexican, also apoplectic with too much blowing of celestial trumpets, also pale as death, pale with the posthumous whiteness of marble.
The nurses stiffened to attention as the D.H.C. came in.
‘Set out the books,’ he said curtly.
In silence the nurses obeyed his command. Between the rose bowls the books were duly set out ó a row of nursery quartos opened invitingly each at some gaily coloured image of beast or fish or bird.
‘Now bring in the children.’
They hurried out of the room and returned in a minute or two, each pushing a kind of tall dumb-waiter laden, on all its four wire-netted shelves, with eight-month-old babies, all exactly alike (a Bokanovsky Group, it was evident) and all (since their caste was Delta) dressed in khaki.
‘Put them down on the floor.’
The infants were unloaded.
‘Now turn them so that they can see the flowers and books.’
Turned, the babies at once fell silent, then began to crawl towards those clusters of sleek colours, those shapes so gay and brilliant on the white pages. As they approached, the sun came out of a momentary eclipse behind a cloud. The roses flamed up as though with a sudden passion from within; a new and profound significance seemed to suffuse the shining pages of the books. From the ranks of the crawling babies came little squeals of excitement, gurgles and twitterings of pleasure.
The Director rubbed his hands. ‘Excellent!’ he said. ‘It might almost have been done on purpose.’
The swiftest crawlers were already at their goal. Small hands reached out uncertainly, touched, grasped, unpetalling the transfigured roses, crumpling the illuminated pages of the books. The Director waited until all were happily busy. Then, ‘Watch carefully,’ he said. And, lifting his hand, he gave the signal.
The Head Nurse, who was standing by a switchboard at the other end of the room, pressed down a little lever.
There was a violent explosion. Shriller and ever shriller, a siren shrieked. Alarm bells maddeningly sounded.
The children started, screamed; their faces were distorted with terror.
‘And now,’ the Director shouted (for the noise was deafening), ‘now we proceed to rub in the lesson with a mild electric shock.’
He waved his hand again, and the Head Nurse pressed a second lever. The screaming of the babies suddenly changed its tone. There was something desperate, almost insane, about the sharp spasmodic yelps to which they now gave utterance. Their little bodies twitched and stiffened; their limbs moved jerkily as if to the tug of unseen wires.
‘We can electrify that whole strip of floor,’ bawled the Director in explanation. ‘But that’s enough,’ he signalled to the nurse.
The explosions ceased, the bells stopped ringing, the shriek of the siren died down from tone to tone into silence. The stiffly twitching bodies relaxed, and what had become the sob ? and yelp of infant maniacs broadened out once more into a normal howl of ordinary terror.
Question: What happens to the babies’ bodies after the electric shock?
The Nursery
(BRAVE NEW WORLD by Aldous Huxley)
I NFANT NURSERIES. NEO-PAVLOVIAN CONDITIONING ROOMS, announced the notice board.
The Director opened a door. They were in a large bare room, very bright and sunny; for the whole of the southern wall was a single window. Half a dozen nurses, trousered and jacketed in the regulation white viscose-linen
uniform, their hair aseptically hidden under white caps, were engaged in setting out bowls of roses in a long row across the floor. Big bowls, packed tight with blossom. Thousands of petals, ripe-blown and silkily smooth, like the cheeks of innumerable little cherubs, but of cherubs, in that bright light, not exclusively pink and Aryan, but also luminously Chinese, also Mexican, also apoplectic with too much blowing of celestial trumpets, also pale as death, pale with the posthumous whiteness of marble.
The nurses stiffened to attention as the D.H.C. came in.
‘Set out the books,’ he said curtly.
In silence the nurses obeyed his command. Between the rose bowls the books were duly set out ó a row of nursery quartos opened invitingly each at some gaily coloured image of beast or fish or bird.
‘Now bring in the children.’
They hurried out of the room and returned in a minute or two, each pushing a kind of tall dumb-waiter laden, on all its four wire-netted shelves, with eight-month-old babies, all exactly alike (a Bokanovsky Group, it was evident) and all (since their caste was Delta) dressed in khaki.
‘Put them down on the floor.’
The infants were unloaded.
‘Now turn them so that they can see the flowers and books.’
Turned, the babies at once fell silent, then began to crawl towards those clusters of sleek colours, those shapes so gay and brilliant on the white pages. As they approached, the sun came out of a momentary eclipse behind a cloud. The roses flamed up as though with a sudden passion from within; a new and profound significance seemed to suffuse the shining pages of the books. From the ranks of the crawling babies came little squeals of excitement, gurgles and twitterings of pleasure.
The Director rubbed his hands. ‘Excellent!’ he said. ‘It might almost have been done on purpose.’
The swiftest crawlers were already at their goal. Small hands reached out uncertainly, touched, grasped, unpetalling the transfigured roses, crumpling the illuminated pages of the books. The Director waited until all were happily busy. Then, ‘Watch carefully,’ he said. And, lifting his hand, he gave the signal.
The Head Nurse, who was standing by a switchboard at the other end of the room, pressed down a little lever.
There was a violent explosion. Shriller and ever shriller, a siren shrieked. Alarm bells maddeningly sounded.
The children started, screamed; their faces were distorted with terror.
‘And now,’ the Director shouted (for the noise was deafening), ‘now we proceed to rub in the lesson with a mild electric shock.’
He waved his hand again, and the Head Nurse pressed a second lever. The screaming of the babies suddenly changed its tone. There was something desperate, almost insane, about the sharp spasmodic yelps to which they now gave utterance. Their little bodies twitched and stiffened; their limbs moved jerkily as if to the tug of unseen wires.
‘We can electrify that whole strip of floor,’ bawled the Director in explanation. ‘But that’s enough,’ he signalled to the nurse.
The explosions ceased, the bells stopped ringing, the shriek of the siren died down from tone to tone into silence. The stiffly twitching bodies relaxed, and what had become the sob ? and yelp of infant maniacs broadened out once more into a normal howl of ordinary terror.
Question: What stops after the Director signals to the nurse the second time?
The Nursery
(BRAVE NEW WORLD by Aldous Huxley)
I NFANT NURSERIES. NEO-PAVLOVIAN CONDITIONING ROOMS, announced the notice board.
The Director opened a door. They were in a large bare room, very bright and sunny; for the whole of the southern wall was a single window. Half a dozen nurses, trousered and jacketed in the regulation white viscose-linen
uniform, their hair aseptically hidden under white caps, were engaged in setting out bowls of roses in a long row across the floor. Big bowls, packed tight with blossom. Thousands of petals, ripe-blown and silkily smooth, like the cheeks of innumerable little cherubs, but of cherubs, in that bright light, not exclusively pink and Aryan, but also luminously Chinese, also Mexican, also apoplectic with too much blowing of celestial trumpets, also pale as death, pale with the posthumous whiteness of marble.
The nurses stiffened to attention as the D.H.C. came in.
‘Set out the books,’ he said curtly.
In silence the nurses obeyed his command. Between the rose bowls the books were duly set out ó a row of nursery quartos opened invitingly each at some gaily coloured image of beast or fish or bird.
‘Now bring in the children.’
They hurried out of the room and returned in a minute or two, each pushing a kind of tall dumb-waiter laden, on all its four wire-netted shelves, with eight-month-old babies, all exactly alike (a Bokanovsky Group, it was evident) and all (since their caste was Delta) dressed in khaki.
‘Put them down on the floor.’
The infants were unloaded.
‘Now turn them so that they can see the flowers and books.’
Turned, the babies at once fell silent, then began to crawl towards those clusters of sleek colours, those shapes so gay and brilliant on the white pages. As they approached, the sun came out of a momentary eclipse behind a cloud. The roses flamed up as though with a sudden passion from within; a new and profound significance seemed to suffuse the shining pages of the books. From the ranks of the crawling babies came little squeals of excitement, gurgles and twitterings of pleasure.
The Director rubbed his hands. ‘Excellent!’ he said. ‘It might almost have been done on purpose.’
The swiftest crawlers were already at their goal. Small hands reached out uncertainly, touched, grasped, unpetalling the transfigured roses, crumpling the illuminated pages of the books. The Director waited until all were happily busy. Then, ‘Watch carefully,’ he said. And, lifting his hand, he gave the signal.
The Head Nurse, who was standing by a switchboard at the other end of the room, pressed down a little lever.
There was a violent explosion. Shriller and ever shriller, a siren shrieked. Alarm bells maddeningly sounded.
The children started, screamed; their faces were distorted with terror.
‘And now,’ the Director shouted (for the noise was deafening), ‘now we proceed to rub in the lesson with a mild electric shock.’
He waved his hand again, and the Head Nurse pressed a second lever. The screaming of the babies suddenly changed its tone. There was something desperate, almost insane, about the sharp spasmodic yelps to which they now gave utterance. Their little bodies twitched and stiffened; their limbs moved jerkily as if to the tug of unseen wires.
‘We can electrify that whole strip of floor,’ bawled the Director in explanation. ‘But that’s enough,’ he signalled to the nurse.
The explosions ceased, the bells stopped ringing, the shriek of the siren died down from tone to tone into silence. The stiffly twitching bodies relaxed, and what had become the sob ? and yelp of infant maniacs broadened out once more into a normal howl of ordinary terror.
Question: What is the caste of the babies?
The Nursery
(BRAVE NEW WORLD by Aldous Huxley)
I NFANT NURSERIES. NEO-PAVLOVIAN CONDITIONING ROOMS, announced the notice board.
The Director opened a door. They were in a large bare room, very bright and sunny; for the whole of the southern wall was a single window. Half a dozen nurses, trousered and jacketed in the regulation white viscose-linen
uniform, their hair aseptically hidden under white caps, were engaged in setting out bowls of roses in a long row across the floor. Big bowls, packed tight with blossom. Thousands of petals, ripe-blown and silkily smooth, like the cheeks of innumerable little cherubs, but of cherubs, in that bright light, not exclusively pink and Aryan, but also luminously Chinese, also Mexican, also apoplectic with too much blowing of celestial trumpets, also pale as death, pale with the posthumous whiteness of marble.
The nurses stiffened to attention as the D.H.C. came in.
‘Set out the books,’ he said curtly.
In silence the nurses obeyed his command. Between the rose bowls the books were duly set out ó a row of nursery quartos opened invitingly each at some gaily coloured image of beast or fish or bird.
‘Now bring in the children.’
They hurried out of the room and returned in a minute or two, each pushing a kind of tall dumb-waiter laden, on all its four wire-netted shelves, with eight-month-old babies, all exactly alike (a Bokanovsky Group, it was evident) and all (since their caste was Delta) dressed in khaki.
‘Put them down on the floor.’
The infants were unloaded.
‘Now turn them so that they can see the flowers and books.’
Turned, the babies at once fell silent, then began to crawl towards those clusters of sleek colours, those shapes so gay and brilliant on the white pages. As they approached, the sun came out of a momentary eclipse behind a cloud. The roses flamed up as though with a sudden passion from within; a new and profound significance seemed to suffuse the shining pages of the books. From the ranks of the crawling babies came little squeals of excitement, gurgles and twitterings of pleasure.
The Director rubbed his hands. ‘Excellent!’ he said. ‘It might almost have been done on purpose.’
The swiftest crawlers were already at their goal. Small hands reached out uncertainly, touched, grasped, unpetalling the transfigured roses, crumpling the illuminated pages of the books. The Director waited until all were happily busy. Then, ‘Watch carefully,’ he said. And, lifting his hand, he gave the signal.
The Head Nurse, who was standing by a switchboard at the other end of the room, pressed down a little lever.
There was a violent explosion. Shriller and ever shriller, a siren shrieked. Alarm bells maddeningly sounded.
The children started, screamed; their faces were distorted with terror.
‘And now,’ the Director shouted (for the noise was deafening), ‘now we proceed to rub in the lesson with a mild electric shock.’
He waved his hand again, and the Head Nurse pressed a second lever. The screaming of the babies suddenly changed its tone. There was something desperate, almost insane, about the sharp spasmodic yelps to which they now gave utterance. Their little bodies twitched and stiffened; their limbs moved jerkily as if to the tug of unseen wires.
‘We can electrify that whole strip of floor,’ bawled the Director in explanation. ‘But that’s enough,’ he signalled to the nurse.
The explosions ceased, the bells stopped ringing, the shriek of the siren died down from tone to tone into silence. The stiffly twitching bodies relaxed, and what had become the sob ? and yelp of infant maniacs broadened out once more into a normal howl of ordinary terror.
Question: What is the tone of the room initially?
The Killing
(SURVIVAL by Russell Evans)
The smoke was coming from the west, driven on a brisk breeze, and he turned sideways to it to listen. ‘It’ll be like thunderÂ¥ Rogojin had told him. ‘Like no noise you’ve ever heard.’
It was more like a continuous roll of explosions, more like those massive artillery barrages Ivanov had read about.
He scrambled up a spruce and gasped at what he saw. The western skyline, in a wide arc from north to south, was hidden under a thick bank of smoke which glowed a fiery red, fanned by the wind into a pulsating furnace which was sweeping towards him at an alarming pace.
With frantic speed he packed his haversack and set off east at a steady lope, his one thought to reach the river, some twelve miles away. Narrow as it was, the river provided the only break in the forest which might serve as a barrier to the flames.
Ivanov maintained a breath-rasping pace, stopping only to listen for the thunder of the fire behind him. He had no time now to climb a tree to look back: the wind had risen and streamers of smoke eddying past convinced him he was losing ground.
He was now conscious, for the first time since being in the taiga, of animal life around him. He saw nothing at first, only heard the creak and rustle of creatures making their way, like him, at speed through the woods. But as the smoke increased and the roaring of the fire cut out all the other sounds, he caught a glimpse of a bear ahead of him.
He thought to change direction slightly, but at that moment a lynx bounded across his path, its teeth bared in a fixed snarl of fear. It didn’t give him so much as a passing glance, and he realised he need not worry about the bear. No animal had a mind for anything but escape from the awesome fury of the fire.
He was running now, weaving in and out of the trees, taking direction from the moving canopy of smoke which blotted out the sky above him. He tried to avoid thickets and overgrown clearings, but again and again he stumbled into them and found himself scrambling over toppled tree trunks and through tangled copses of young birch.
His breath was coming in shuddering gasps and he had little control over his legs, which felt heavy as lead, calf and thigh muscles twitching spasmodically. The fire could now be felt in the wind, like a hot blanket on his back, and he was bathed in sweat, which filled his eyes and blurred his vision.
He tried to leap over a fallen tree, but his legs buckled under him, and as he fell to the ground he took in a lungful of smoke which doubled him up in a paroxysm of coughing. He struggled to his feet to avoid the smoke swirling at knee level and fought to control his coughing, gulping for air with the strident rasping of a drowning man.
As soon as he could breathe again he wiped the sweat from his face with his sleeve and looked round him. The woods had been darkened by the pall of smoke overhead, but he could see clearly enough to observe how the smoke at knee level moved in scattered spurts, spreading upwards to meet, the smoke overhead. In between were pockets clear of smoke.
Telling himself to stop charging through the woods like a panicking bear, Ivanov walked swiftly from one clear patch to another, muffling his face with his sleeve where the smoke rose above his head. At first he made steady progress due east, but then he found that in following the smokeless pockets he was travelling almost parallel with the fire.
Fighting an impulse to run, he stopped and faced east ó towards the river. A warm current of air swirled past him, and for a joyous moment he thought the wind had swung round, was now blowing against the fire. But then the horrifying truth made him stagger forward in a lurching trot. He was in the fire draught, on the edge of the dread hurricane which sucked all before it into the maw of the furnace.
The thunder of the blaze seemed all round him now, and the forest was bathed in an eerie red light, yet he saw no flames. The hot breeze blowing against him became a wind, bending the trees, searing his lungs. He knew he had only moments now before his agony was ended, and he determined to keep moving, to die on his feet.
Question: What does Rogojin tell Ivanov the fire will sound like?
The Killing
(SURVIVAL by Russell Evans)
The smoke was coming from the west, driven on a brisk breeze, and he turned sideways to it to listen. ‘It’ll be like thunderÂ¥ Rogojin had told him. ‘Like no noise you’ve ever heard.’
It was more like a continuous roll of explosions, more like those massive artillery barrages Ivanov had read about.
He scrambled up a spruce and gasped at what he saw. The western skyline, in a wide arc from north to south, was hidden under a thick bank of smoke which glowed a fiery red, fanned by the wind into a pulsating furnace which was sweeping towards him at an alarming pace.
With frantic speed he packed his haversack and set off east at a steady lope, his one thought to reach the river, some twelve miles away. Narrow as it was, the river provided the only break in the forest which might serve as a barrier to the flames.
Ivanov maintained a breath-rasping pace, stopping only to listen for the thunder of the fire behind him. He had no time now to climb a tree to look back: the wind had risen and streamers of smoke eddying past convinced him he was losing ground.
He was now conscious, for the first time since being in the taiga, of animal life around him. He saw nothing at first, only heard the creak and rustle of creatures making their way, like him, at speed through the woods. But as the smoke increased and the roaring of the fire cut out all the other sounds, he caught a glimpse of a bear ahead of him.
He thought to change direction slightly, but at that moment a lynx bounded across his path, its teeth bared in a fixed snarl of fear. It didn’t give him so much as a passing glance, and he realised he need not worry about the bear. No animal had a mind for anything but escape from the awesome fury of the fire.
He was running now, weaving in and out of the trees, taking direction from the moving canopy of smoke which blotted out the sky above him. He tried to avoid thickets and overgrown clearings, but again and again he stumbled into them and found himself scrambling over toppled tree trunks and through tangled copses of young birch.
His breath was coming in shuddering gasps and he had little control over his legs, which felt heavy as lead, calf and thigh muscles twitching spasmodically. The fire could now be felt in the wind, like a hot blanket on his back, and he was bathed in sweat, which filled his eyes and blurred his vision.
He tried to leap over a fallen tree, but his legs buckled under him, and as he fell to the ground he took in a lungful of smoke which doubled him up in a paroxysm of coughing. He struggled to his feet to avoid the smoke swirling at knee level and fought to control his coughing, gulping for air with the strident rasping of a drowning man.
As soon as he could breathe again he wiped the sweat from his face with his sleeve and looked round him. The woods had been darkened by the pall of smoke overhead, but he could see clearly enough to observe how the smoke at knee level moved in scattered spurts, spreading upwards to meet, the smoke overhead. In between were pockets clear of smoke.
Telling himself to stop charging through the woods like a panicking bear, Ivanov walked swiftly from one clear patch to another, muffling his face with his sleeve where the smoke rose above his head. At first he made steady progress due east, but then he found that in following the smokeless pockets he was travelling almost parallel with the fire.
Fighting an impulse to run, he stopped and faced east ó towards the river. A warm current of air swirled past him, and for a joyous moment he thought the wind had swung round, was now blowing against the fire. But then the horrifying truth made him stagger forward in a lurching trot. He was in the fire draught, on the edge of the dread hurricane which sucked all before it into the maw of the furnace.
The thunder of the blaze seemed all round him now, and the forest was bathed in an eerie red light, yet he saw no flames. The hot breeze blowing against him became a wind, bending the trees, searing his lungs. He knew he had only moments now before his agony was ended, and he determined to keep moving, to die on his feet.
Question: What is Ivanov’s initial reaction to the smoke?
The Killing
(SURVIVAL by Russell Evans)
The smoke was coming from the west, driven on a brisk breeze, and he turned sideways to it to listen. ‘It’ll be like thunderÂ¥ Rogojin had told him. ‘Like no noise you’ve ever heard.’
It was more like a continuous roll of explosions, more like those massive artillery barrages Ivanov had read about.
He scrambled up a spruce and gasped at what he saw. The western skyline, in a wide arc from north to south, was hidden under a thick bank of smoke which glowed a fiery red, fanned by the wind into a pulsating furnace which was sweeping towards him at an alarming pace.
With frantic speed he packed his haversack and set off east at a steady lope, his one thought to reach the river, some twelve miles away. Narrow as it was, the river provided the only break in the forest which might serve as a barrier to the flames.
Ivanov maintained a breath-rasping pace, stopping only to listen for the thunder of the fire behind him. He had no time now to climb a tree to look back: the wind had risen and streamers of smoke eddying past convinced him he was losing ground.
He was now conscious, for the first time since being in the taiga, of animal life around him. He saw nothing at first, only heard the creak and rustle of creatures making their way, like him, at speed through the woods. But as the smoke increased and the roaring of the fire cut out all the other sounds, he caught a glimpse of a bear ahead of him.
He thought to change direction slightly, but at that moment a lynx bounded across his path, its teeth bared in a fixed snarl of fear. It didn’t give him so much as a passing glance, and he realised he need not worry about the bear. No animal had a mind for anything but escape from the awesome fury of the fire.
He was running now, weaving in and out of the trees, taking direction from the moving canopy of smoke which blotted out the sky above him. He tried to avoid thickets and overgrown clearings, but again and again he stumbled into them and found himself scrambling over toppled tree trunks and through tangled copses of young birch.
His breath was coming in shuddering gasps and he had little control over his legs, which felt heavy as lead, calf and thigh muscles twitching spasmodically. The fire could now be felt in the wind, like a hot blanket on his back, and he was bathed in sweat, which filled his eyes and blurred his vision.
He tried to leap over a fallen tree, but his legs buckled under him, and as he fell to the ground he took in a lungful of smoke which doubled him up in a paroxysm of coughing. He struggled to his feet to avoid the smoke swirling at knee level and fought to control his coughing, gulping for air with the strident rasping of a drowning man.
As soon as he could breathe again he wiped the sweat from his face with his sleeve and looked round him. The woods had been darkened by the pall of smoke overhead, but he could see clearly enough to observe how the smoke at knee level moved in scattered spurts, spreading upwards to meet, the smoke overhead. In between were pockets clear of smoke.
Telling himself to stop charging through the woods like a panicking bear, Ivanov walked swiftly from one clear patch to another, muffling his face with his sleeve where the smoke rose above his head. At first he made steady progress due east, but then he found that in following the smokeless pockets he was travelling almost parallel with the fire.
Fighting an impulse to run, he stopped and faced east ó towards the river. A warm current of air swirled past him, and for a joyous moment he thought the wind had swung round, was now blowing against the fire. But then the horrifying truth made him stagger forward in a lurching trot. He was in the fire draught, on the edge of the dread hurricane which sucked all before it into the maw of the furnace.
The thunder of the blaze seemed all round him now, and the forest was bathed in an eerie red light, yet he saw no flames. The hot breeze blowing against him became a wind, bending the trees, searing his lungs. He knew he had only moments now before his agony was ended, and he determined to keep moving, to die on his feet.
Question: How far is the river that Ivanov aims to reach?
The Killing
(SURVIVAL by Russell Evans)
The smoke was coming from the west, driven on a brisk breeze, and he turned sideways to it to listen. ‘It’ll be like thunderÂ¥ Rogojin had told him. ‘Like no noise you’ve ever heard.’
It was more like a continuous roll of explosions, more like those massive artillery barrages Ivanov had read about.
He scrambled up a spruce and gasped at what he saw. The western skyline, in a wide arc from north to south, was hidden under a thick bank of smoke which glowed a fiery red, fanned by the wind into a pulsating furnace which was sweeping towards him at an alarming pace.
With frantic speed he packed his haversack and set off east at a steady lope, his one thought to reach the river, some twelve miles away. Narrow as it was, the river provided the only break in the forest which might serve as a barrier to the flames.
Ivanov maintained a breath-rasping pace, stopping only to listen for the thunder of the fire behind him. He had no time now to climb a tree to look back: the wind had risen and streamers of smoke eddying past convinced him he was losing ground.
He was now conscious, for the first time since being in the taiga, of animal life around him. He saw nothing at first, only heard the creak and rustle of creatures making their way, like him, at speed through the woods. But as the smoke increased and the roaring of the fire cut out all the other sounds, he caught a glimpse of a bear ahead of him.
He thought to change direction slightly, but at that moment a lynx bounded across his path, its teeth bared in a fixed snarl of fear. It didn’t give him so much as a passing glance, and he realised he need not worry about the bear. No animal had a mind for anything but escape from the awesome fury of the fire.
He was running now, weaving in and out of the trees, taking direction from the moving canopy of smoke which blotted out the sky above him. He tried to avoid thickets and overgrown clearings, but again and again he stumbled into them and found himself scrambling over toppled tree trunks and through tangled copses of young birch.
His breath was coming in shuddering gasps and he had little control over his legs, which felt heavy as lead, calf and thigh muscles twitching spasmodically. The fire could now be felt in the wind, like a hot blanket on his back, and he was bathed in sweat, which filled his eyes and blurred his vision.
He tried to leap over a fallen tree, but his legs buckled under him, and as he fell to the ground he took in a lungful of smoke which doubled him up in a paroxysm of coughing. He struggled to his feet to avoid the smoke swirling at knee level and fought to control his coughing, gulping for air with the strident rasping of a drowning man.
As soon as he could breathe again he wiped the sweat from his face with his sleeve and looked round him. The woods had been darkened by the pall of smoke overhead, but he could see clearly enough to observe how the smoke at knee level moved in scattered spurts, spreading upwards to meet, the smoke overhead. In between were pockets clear of smoke.
Telling himself to stop charging through the woods like a panicking bear, Ivanov walked swiftly from one clear patch to another, muffling his face with his sleeve where the smoke rose above his head. At first he made steady progress due east, but then he found that in following the smokeless pockets he was travelling almost parallel with the fire.
Fighting an impulse to run, he stopped and faced east ó towards the river. A warm current of air swirled past him, and for a joyous moment he thought the wind had swung round, was now blowing against the fire. But then the horrifying truth made him stagger forward in a lurching trot. He was in the fire draught, on the edge of the dread hurricane which sucked all before it into the maw of the furnace.
The thunder of the blaze seemed all round him now, and the forest was bathed in an eerie red light, yet he saw no flames. The hot breeze blowing against him became a wind, bending the trees, searing his lungs. He knew he had only moments now before his agony was ended, and he determined to keep moving, to die on his feet.
Question: What does Ivanov observe about the animals in the forest?
The Killing
(SURVIVAL by Russell Evans)
The smoke was coming from the west, driven on a brisk breeze, and he turned sideways to it to listen. ‘It’ll be like thunderÂ¥ Rogojin had told him. ‘Like no noise you’ve ever heard.’
It was more like a continuous roll of explosions, more like those massive artillery barrages Ivanov had read about.
He scrambled up a spruce and gasped at what he saw. The western skyline, in a wide arc from north to south, was hidden under a thick bank of smoke which glowed a fiery red, fanned by the wind into a pulsating furnace which was sweeping towards him at an alarming pace.
With frantic speed he packed his haversack and set off east at a steady lope, his one thought to reach the river, some twelve miles away. Narrow as it was, the river provided the only break in the forest which might serve as a barrier to the flames.
Ivanov maintained a breath-rasping pace, stopping only to listen for the thunder of the fire behind him. He had no time now to climb a tree to look back: the wind had risen and streamers of smoke eddying past convinced him he was losing ground.
He was now conscious, for the first time since being in the taiga, of animal life around him. He saw nothing at first, only heard the creak and rustle of creatures making their way, like him, at speed through the woods. But as the smoke increased and the roaring of the fire cut out all the other sounds, he caught a glimpse of a bear ahead of him.
He thought to change direction slightly, but at that moment a lynx bounded across his path, its teeth bared in a fixed snarl of fear. It didn’t give him so much as a passing glance, and he realised he need not worry about the bear. No animal had a mind for anything but escape from the awesome fury of the fire.
He was running now, weaving in and out of the trees, taking direction from the moving canopy of smoke which blotted out the sky above him. He tried to avoid thickets and overgrown clearings, but again and again he stumbled into them and found himself scrambling over toppled tree trunks and through tangled copses of young birch.
His breath was coming in shuddering gasps and he had little control over his legs, which felt heavy as lead, calf and thigh muscles twitching spasmodically. The fire could now be felt in the wind, like a hot blanket on his back, and he was bathed in sweat, which filled his eyes and blurred his vision.
He tried to leap over a fallen tree, but his legs buckled under him, and as he fell to the ground he took in a lungful of smoke which doubled him up in a paroxysm of coughing. He struggled to his feet to avoid the smoke swirling at knee level and fought to control his coughing, gulping for air with the strident rasping of a drowning man.
As soon as he could breathe again he wiped the sweat from his face with his sleeve and looked round him. The woods had been darkened by the pall of smoke overhead, but he could see clearly enough to observe how the smoke at knee level moved in scattered spurts, spreading upwards to meet, the smoke overhead. In between were pockets clear of smoke.
Telling himself to stop charging through the woods like a panicking bear, Ivanov walked swiftly from one clear patch to another, muffling his face with his sleeve where the smoke rose above his head. At first he made steady progress due east, but then he found that in following the smokeless pockets he was travelling almost parallel with the fire.
Fighting an impulse to run, he stopped and faced east ó towards the river. A warm current of air swirled past him, and for a joyous moment he thought the wind had swung round, was now blowing against the fire. But then the horrifying truth made him stagger forward in a lurching trot. He was in the fire draught, on the edge of the dread hurricane which sucked all before it into the maw of the furnace.
The thunder of the blaze seemed all round him now, and the forest was bathed in an eerie red light, yet he saw no flames. The hot breeze blowing against him became a wind, bending the trees, searing his lungs. He knew he had only moments now before his agony was ended, and he determined to keep moving, to die on his feet.
Question: Why does Ivanov think he doesn’t have to worry about the bear?
The Killing
(SURVIVAL by Russell Evans)
The smoke was coming from the west, driven on a brisk breeze, and he turned sideways to it to listen. ‘It’ll be like thunderÂ¥ Rogojin had told him. ‘Like no noise you’ve ever heard.’
It was more like a continuous roll of explosions, more like those massive artillery barrages Ivanov had read about.
He scrambled up a spruce and gasped at what he saw. The western skyline, in a wide arc from north to south, was hidden under a thick bank of smoke which glowed a fiery red, fanned by the wind into a pulsating furnace which was sweeping towards him at an alarming pace.
With frantic speed he packed his haversack and set off east at a steady lope, his one thought to reach the river, some twelve miles away. Narrow as it was, the river provided the only break in the forest which might serve as a barrier to the flames.
Ivanov maintained a breath-rasping pace, stopping only to listen for the thunder of the fire behind him. He had no time now to climb a tree to look back: the wind had risen and streamers of smoke eddying past convinced him he was losing ground.
He was now conscious, for the first time since being in the taiga, of animal life around him. He saw nothing at first, only heard the creak and rustle of creatures making their way, like him, at speed through the woods. But as the smoke increased and the roaring of the fire cut out all the other sounds, he caught a glimpse of a bear ahead of him.
He thought to change direction slightly, but at that moment a lynx bounded across his path, its teeth bared in a fixed snarl of fear. It didn’t give him so much as a passing glance, and he realised he need not worry about the bear. No animal had a mind for anything but escape from the awesome fury of the fire.
He was running now, weaving in and out of the trees, taking direction from the moving canopy of smoke which blotted out the sky above him. He tried to avoid thickets and overgrown clearings, but again and again he stumbled into them and found himself scrambling over toppled tree trunks and through tangled copses of young birch.
His breath was coming in shuddering gasps and he had little control over his legs, which felt heavy as lead, calf and thigh muscles twitching spasmodically. The fire could now be felt in the wind, like a hot blanket on his back, and he was bathed in sweat, which filled his eyes and blurred his vision.
He tried to leap over a fallen tree, but his legs buckled under him, and as he fell to the ground he took in a lungful of smoke which doubled him up in a paroxysm of coughing. He struggled to his feet to avoid the smoke swirling at knee level and fought to control his coughing, gulping for air with the strident rasping of a drowning man.
As soon as he could breathe again he wiped the sweat from his face with his sleeve and looked round him. The woods had been darkened by the pall of smoke overhead, but he could see clearly enough to observe how the smoke at knee level moved in scattered spurts, spreading upwards to meet, the smoke overhead. In between were pockets clear of smoke.
Telling himself to stop charging through the woods like a panicking bear, Ivanov walked swiftly from one clear patch to another, muffling his face with his sleeve where the smoke rose above his head. At first he made steady progress due east, but then he found that in following the smokeless pockets he was travelling almost parallel with the fire.
Fighting an impulse to run, he stopped and faced east ó towards the river. A warm current of air swirled past him, and for a joyous moment he thought the wind had swung round, was now blowing against the fire. But then the horrifying truth made him stagger forward in a lurching trot. He was in the fire draught, on the edge of the dread hurricane which sucked all before it into the maw of the furnace.
The thunder of the blaze seemed all round him now, and the forest was bathed in an eerie red light, yet he saw no flames. The hot breeze blowing against him became a wind, bending the trees, searing his lungs. He knew he had only moments now before his agony was ended, and he determined to keep moving, to die on his feet.
Question: How does the fire affect Ivanov physically?
The Killing
(SURVIVAL by Russell Evans)
The smoke was coming from the west, driven on a brisk breeze, and he turned sideways to it to listen. ‘It’ll be like thunderÂ¥ Rogojin had told him. ‘Like no noise you’ve ever heard.’
It was more like a continuous roll of explosions, more like those massive artillery barrages Ivanov had read about.
He scrambled up a spruce and gasped at what he saw. The western skyline, in a wide arc from north to south, was hidden under a thick bank of smoke which glowed a fiery red, fanned by the wind into a pulsating furnace which was sweeping towards him at an alarming pace.
With frantic speed he packed his haversack and set off east at a steady lope, his one thought to reach the river, some twelve miles away. Narrow as it was, the river provided the only break in the forest which might serve as a barrier to the flames.
Ivanov maintained a breath-rasping pace, stopping only to listen for the thunder of the fire behind him. He had no time now to climb a tree to look back: the wind had risen and streamers of smoke eddying past convinced him he was losing ground.
He was now conscious, for the first time since being in the taiga, of animal life around him. He saw nothing at first, only heard the creak and rustle of creatures making their way, like him, at speed through the woods. But as the smoke increased and the roaring of the fire cut out all the other sounds, he caught a glimpse of a bear ahead of him.
He thought to change direction slightly, but at that moment a lynx bounded across his path, its teeth bared in a fixed snarl of fear. It didn’t give him so much as a passing glance, and he realised he need not worry about the bear. No animal had a mind for anything but escape from the awesome fury of the fire.
He was running now, weaving in and out of the trees, taking direction from the moving canopy of smoke which blotted out the sky above him. He tried to avoid thickets and overgrown clearings, but again and again he stumbled into them and found himself scrambling over toppled tree trunks and through tangled copses of young birch.
His breath was coming in shuddering gasps and he had little control over his legs, which felt heavy as lead, calf and thigh muscles twitching spasmodically. The fire could now be felt in the wind, like a hot blanket on his back, and he was bathed in sweat, which filled his eyes and blurred his vision.
He tried to leap over a fallen tree, but his legs buckled under him, and as he fell to the ground he took in a lungful of smoke which doubled him up in a paroxysm of coughing. He struggled to his feet to avoid the smoke swirling at knee level and fought to control his coughing, gulping for air with the strident rasping of a drowning man.
As soon as he could breathe again he wiped the sweat from his face with his sleeve and looked round him. The woods had been darkened by the pall of smoke overhead, but he could see clearly enough to observe how the smoke at knee level moved in scattered spurts, spreading upwards to meet, the smoke overhead. In between were pockets clear of smoke.
Telling himself to stop charging through the woods like a panicking bear, Ivanov walked swiftly from one clear patch to another, muffling his face with his sleeve where the smoke rose above his head. At first he made steady progress due east, but then he found that in following the smokeless pockets he was travelling almost parallel with the fire.
Fighting an impulse to run, he stopped and faced east ó towards the river. A warm current of air swirled past him, and for a joyous moment he thought the wind had swung round, was now blowing against the fire. But then the horrifying truth made him stagger forward in a lurching trot. He was in the fire draught, on the edge of the dread hurricane which sucked all before it into the maw of the furnace.
The thunder of the blaze seemed all round him now, and the forest was bathed in an eerie red light, yet he saw no flames. The hot breeze blowing against him became a wind, bending the trees, searing his lungs. He knew he had only moments now before his agony was ended, and he determined to keep moving, to die on his feet.
Question: What does Ivanov realise about the wind?
The Killing
(SURVIVAL by Russell Evans)
The smoke was coming from the west, driven on a brisk breeze, and he turned sideways to it to listen. ‘It’ll be like thunderÂ¥ Rogojin had told him. ‘Like no noise you’ve ever heard.’
It was more like a continuous roll of explosions, more like those massive artillery barrages Ivanov had read about.
He scrambled up a spruce and gasped at what he saw. The western skyline, in a wide arc from north to south, was hidden under a thick bank of smoke which glowed a fiery red, fanned by the wind into a pulsating furnace which was sweeping towards him at an alarming pace.
With frantic speed he packed his haversack and set off east at a steady lope, his one thought to reach the river, some twelve miles away. Narrow as it was, the river provided the only break in the forest which might serve as a barrier to the flames.
Ivanov maintained a breath-rasping pace, stopping only to listen for the thunder of the fire behind him. He had no time now to climb a tree to look back: the wind had risen and streamers of smoke eddying past convinced him he was losing ground.
He was now conscious, for the first time since being in the taiga, of animal life around him. He saw nothing at first, only heard the creak and rustle of creatures making their way, like him, at speed through the woods. But as the smoke increased and the roaring of the fire cut out all the other sounds, he caught a glimpse of a bear ahead of him.
He thought to change direction slightly, but at that moment a lynx bounded across his path, its teeth bared in a fixed snarl of fear. It didn’t give him so much as a passing glance, and he realised he need not worry about the bear. No animal had a mind for anything but escape from the awesome fury of the fire.
He was running now, weaving in and out of the trees, taking direction from the moving canopy of smoke which blotted out the sky above him. He tried to avoid thickets and overgrown clearings, but again and again he stumbled into them and found himself scrambling over toppled tree trunks and through tangled copses of young birch.
His breath was coming in shuddering gasps and he had little control over his legs, which felt heavy as lead, calf and thigh muscles twitching spasmodically. The fire could now be felt in the wind, like a hot blanket on his back, and he was bathed in sweat, which filled his eyes and blurred his vision.
He tried to leap over a fallen tree, but his legs buckled under him, and as he fell to the ground he took in a lungful of smoke which doubled him up in a paroxysm of coughing. He struggled to his feet to avoid the smoke swirling at knee level and fought to control his coughing, gulping for air with the strident rasping of a drowning man.
As soon as he could breathe again he wiped the sweat from his face with his sleeve and looked round him. The woods had been darkened by the pall of smoke overhead, but he could see clearly enough to observe how the smoke at knee level moved in scattered spurts, spreading upwards to meet, the smoke overhead. In between were pockets clear of smoke.
Telling himself to stop charging through the woods like a panicking bear, Ivanov walked swiftly from one clear patch to another, muffling his face with his sleeve where the smoke rose above his head. At first he made steady progress due east, but then he found that in following the smokeless pockets he was travelling almost parallel with the fire.
Fighting an impulse to run, he stopped and faced east ó towards the river. A warm current of air swirled past him, and for a joyous moment he thought the wind had swung round, was now blowing against the fire. But then the horrifying truth made him stagger forward in a lurching trot. He was in the fire draught, on the edge of the dread hurricane which sucked all before it into the maw of the furnace.
The thunder of the blaze seemed all round him now, and the forest was bathed in an eerie red light, yet he saw no flames. The hot breeze blowing against him became a wind, bending the trees, searing his lungs. He knew he had only moments now before his agony was ended, and he determined to keep moving, to die on his feet.
Question: What causes Ivanov to cough?
The Killing
(SURVIVAL by Russell Evans)
The smoke was coming from the west, driven on a brisk breeze, and he turned sideways to it to listen. ‘It’ll be like thunderÂ¥ Rogojin had told him. ‘Like no noise you’ve ever heard.’
It was more like a continuous roll of explosions, more like those massive artillery barrages Ivanov had read about.
He scrambled up a spruce and gasped at what he saw. The western skyline, in a wide arc from north to south, was hidden under a thick bank of smoke which glowed a fiery red, fanned by the wind into a pulsating furnace which was sweeping towards him at an alarming pace.
With frantic speed he packed his haversack and set off east at a steady lope, his one thought to reach the river, some twelve miles away. Narrow as it was, the river provided the only break in the forest which might serve as a barrier to the flames.
Ivanov maintained a breath-rasping pace, stopping only to listen for the thunder of the fire behind him. He had no time now to climb a tree to look back: the wind had risen and streamers of smoke eddying past convinced him he was losing ground.
He was now conscious, for the first time since being in the taiga, of animal life around him. He saw nothing at first, only heard the creak and rustle of creatures making their way, like him, at speed through the woods. But as the smoke increased and the roaring of the fire cut out all the other sounds, he caught a glimpse of a bear ahead of him.
He thought to change direction slightly, but at that moment a lynx bounded across his path, its teeth bared in a fixed snarl of fear. It didn’t give him so much as a passing glance, and he realised he need not worry about the bear. No animal had a mind for anything but escape from the awesome fury of the fire.
He was running now, weaving in and out of the trees, taking direction from the moving canopy of smoke which blotted out the sky above him. He tried to avoid thickets and overgrown clearings, but again and again he stumbled into them and found himself scrambling over toppled tree trunks and through tangled copses of young birch.
His breath was coming in shuddering gasps and he had little control over his legs, which felt heavy as lead, calf and thigh muscles twitching spasmodically. The fire could now be felt in the wind, like a hot blanket on his back, and he was bathed in sweat, which filled his eyes and blurred his vision.
He tried to leap over a fallen tree, but his legs buckled under him, and as he fell to the ground he took in a lungful of smoke which doubled him up in a paroxysm of coughing. He struggled to his feet to avoid the smoke swirling at knee level and fought to control his coughing, gulping for air with the strident rasping of a drowning man.
As soon as he could breathe again he wiped the sweat from his face with his sleeve and looked round him. The woods had been darkened by the pall of smoke overhead, but he could see clearly enough to observe how the smoke at knee level moved in scattered spurts, spreading upwards to meet, the smoke overhead. In between were pockets clear of smoke.
Telling himself to stop charging through the woods like a panicking bear, Ivanov walked swiftly from one clear patch to another, muffling his face with his sleeve where the smoke rose above his head. At first he made steady progress due east, but then he found that in following the smokeless pockets he was travelling almost parallel with the fire.
Fighting an impulse to run, he stopped and faced east ó towards the river. A warm current of air swirled past him, and for a joyous moment he thought the wind had swung round, was now blowing against the fire. But then the horrifying truth made him stagger forward in a lurching trot. He was in the fire draught, on the edge of the dread hurricane which sucked all before it into the maw of the furnace.
The thunder of the blaze seemed all round him now, and the forest was bathed in an eerie red light, yet he saw no flames. The hot breeze blowing against him became a wind, bending the trees, searing his lungs. He knew he had only moments now before his agony was ended, and he determined to keep moving, to die on his feet.
Question: What does Ivanov see when he wipes the sweat from his face?
The Killing
(SURVIVAL by Russell Evans)
The smoke was coming from the west, driven on a brisk breeze, and he turned sideways to it to listen. ‘It’ll be like thunderÂ¥ Rogojin had told him. ‘Like no noise you’ve ever heard.’
It was more like a continuous roll of explosions, more like those massive artillery barrages Ivanov had read about.
He scrambled up a spruce and gasped at what he saw. The western skyline, in a wide arc from north to south, was hidden under a thick bank of smoke which glowed a fiery red, fanned by the wind into a pulsating furnace which was sweeping towards him at an alarming pace.
With frantic speed he packed his haversack and set off east at a steady lope, his one thought to reach the river, some twelve miles away. Narrow as it was, the river provided the only break in the forest which might serve as a barrier to the flames.
Ivanov maintained a breath-rasping pace, stopping only to listen for the thunder of the fire behind him. He had no time now to climb a tree to look back: the wind had risen and streamers of smoke eddying past convinced him he was losing ground.
He was now conscious, for the first time since being in the taiga, of animal life around him. He saw nothing at first, only heard the creak and rustle of creatures making their way, like him, at speed through the woods. But as the smoke increased and the roaring of the fire cut out all the other sounds, he caught a glimpse of a bear ahead of him.
He thought to change direction slightly, but at that moment a lynx bounded across his path, its teeth bared in a fixed snarl of fear. It didn’t give him so much as a passing glance, and he realised he need not worry about the bear. No animal had a mind for anything but escape from the awesome fury of the fire.
He was running now, weaving in and out of the trees, taking direction from the moving canopy of smoke which blotted out the sky above him. He tried to avoid thickets and overgrown clearings, but again and again he stumbled into them and found himself scrambling over toppled tree trunks and through tangled copses of young birch.
His breath was coming in shuddering gasps and he had little control over his legs, which felt heavy as lead, calf and thigh muscles twitching spasmodically. The fire could now be felt in the wind, like a hot blanket on his back, and he was bathed in sweat, which filled his eyes and blurred his vision.
He tried to leap over a fallen tree, but his legs buckled under him, and as he fell to the ground he took in a lungful of smoke which doubled him up in a paroxysm of coughing. He struggled to his feet to avoid the smoke swirling at knee level and fought to control his coughing, gulping for air with the strident rasping of a drowning man.
As soon as he could breathe again he wiped the sweat from his face with his sleeve and looked round him. The woods had been darkened by the pall of smoke overhead, but he could see clearly enough to observe how the smoke at knee level moved in scattered spurts, spreading upwards to meet, the smoke overhead. In between were pockets clear of smoke.
Telling himself to stop charging through the woods like a panicking bear, Ivanov walked swiftly from one clear patch to another, muffling his face with his sleeve where the smoke rose above his head. At first he made steady progress due east, but then he found that in following the smokeless pockets he was travelling almost parallel with the fire.
Fighting an impulse to run, he stopped and faced east ó towards the river. A warm current of air swirled past him, and for a joyous moment he thought the wind had swung round, was now blowing against the fire. But then the horrifying truth made him stagger forward in a lurching trot. He was in the fire draught, on the edge of the dread hurricane which sucked all before it into the maw of the furnace.
The thunder of the blaze seemed all round him now, and the forest was bathed in an eerie red light, yet he saw no flames. The hot breeze blowing against him became a wind, bending the trees, searing his lungs. He knew he had only moments now before his agony was ended, and he determined to keep moving, to die on his feet.
Question: What is Ivanov’s strategy to navigate through the woods?
The Killing
(SURVIVAL by Russell Evans)
The smoke was coming from the west, driven on a brisk breeze, and he turned sideways to it to listen. ‘It’ll be like thunderÂ¥ Rogojin had told him. ‘Like no noise you’ve ever heard.’
It was more like a continuous roll of explosions, more like those massive artillery barrages Ivanov had read about.
He scrambled up a spruce and gasped at what he saw. The western skyline, in a wide arc from north to south, was hidden under a thick bank of smoke which glowed a fiery red, fanned by the wind into a pulsating furnace which was sweeping towards him at an alarming pace.
With frantic speed he packed his haversack and set off east at a steady lope, his one thought to reach the river, some twelve miles away. Narrow as it was, the river provided the only break in the forest which might serve as a barrier to the flames.
Ivanov maintained a breath-rasping pace, stopping only to listen for the thunder of the fire behind him. He had no time now to climb a tree to look back: the wind had risen and streamers of smoke eddying past convinced him he was losing ground.
He was now conscious, for the first time since being in the taiga, of animal life around him. He saw nothing at first, only heard the creak and rustle of creatures making their way, like him, at speed through the woods. But as the smoke increased and the roaring of the fire cut out all the other sounds, he caught a glimpse of a bear ahead of him.
He thought to change direction slightly, but at that moment a lynx bounded across his path, its teeth bared in a fixed snarl of fear. It didn’t give him so much as a passing glance, and he realised he need not worry about the bear. No animal had a mind for anything but escape from the awesome fury of the fire.
He was running now, weaving in and out of the trees, taking direction from the moving canopy of smoke which blotted out the sky above him. He tried to avoid thickets and overgrown clearings, but again and again he stumbled into them and found himself scrambling over toppled tree trunks and through tangled copses of young birch.
His breath was coming in shuddering gasps and he had little control over his legs, which felt heavy as lead, calf and thigh muscles twitching spasmodically. The fire could now be felt in the wind, like a hot blanket on his back, and he was bathed in sweat, which filled his eyes and blurred his vision.
He tried to leap over a fallen tree, but his legs buckled under him, and as he fell to the ground he took in a lungful of smoke which doubled him up in a paroxysm of coughing. He struggled to his feet to avoid the smoke swirling at knee level and fought to control his coughing, gulping for air with the strident rasping of a drowning man.
As soon as he could breathe again he wiped the sweat from his face with his sleeve and looked round him. The woods had been darkened by the pall of smoke overhead, but he could see clearly enough to observe how the smoke at knee level moved in scattered spurts, spreading upwards to meet, the smoke overhead. In between were pockets clear of smoke.
Telling himself to stop charging through the woods like a panicking bear, Ivanov walked swiftly from one clear patch to another, muffling his face with his sleeve where the smoke rose above his head. At first he made steady progress due east, but then he found that in following the smokeless pockets he was travelling almost parallel with the fire.
Fighting an impulse to run, he stopped and faced east ó towards the river. A warm current of air swirled past him, and for a joyous moment he thought the wind had swung round, was now blowing against the fire. But then the horrifying truth made him stagger forward in a lurching trot. He was in the fire draught, on the edge of the dread hurricane which sucked all before it into the maw of the furnace.
The thunder of the blaze seemed all round him now, and the forest was bathed in an eerie red light, yet he saw no flames. The hot breeze blowing against him became a wind, bending the trees, searing his lungs. He knew he had only moments now before his agony was ended, and he determined to keep moving, to die on his feet.
Question: What realization horrifies Ivanov?
The Killing
(SURVIVAL by Russell Evans)
The smoke was coming from the west, driven on a brisk breeze, and he turned sideways to it to listen. ‘It’ll be like thunderÂ¥ Rogojin had told him. ‘Like no noise you’ve ever heard.’
It was more like a continuous roll of explosions, more like those massive artillery barrages Ivanov had read about.
He scrambled up a spruce and gasped at what he saw. The western skyline, in a wide arc from north to south, was hidden under a thick bank of smoke which glowed a fiery red, fanned by the wind into a pulsating furnace which was sweeping towards him at an alarming pace.
With frantic speed he packed his haversack and set off east at a steady lope, his one thought to reach the river, some twelve miles away. Narrow as it was, the river provided the only break in the forest which might serve as a barrier to the flames.
Ivanov maintained a breath-rasping pace, stopping only to listen for the thunder of the fire behind him. He had no time now to climb a tree to look back: the wind had risen and streamers of smoke eddying past convinced him he was losing ground.
He was now conscious, for the first time since being in the taiga, of animal life around him. He saw nothing at first, only heard the creak and rustle of creatures making their way, like him, at speed through the woods. But as the smoke increased and the roaring of the fire cut out all the other sounds, he caught a glimpse of a bear ahead of him.
He thought to change direction slightly, but at that moment a lynx bounded across his path, its teeth bared in a fixed snarl of fear. It didn’t give him so much as a passing glance, and he realised he need not worry about the bear. No animal had a mind for anything but escape from the awesome fury of the fire.
He was running now, weaving in and out of the trees, taking direction from the moving canopy of smoke which blotted out the sky above him. He tried to avoid thickets and overgrown clearings, but again and again he stumbled into them and found himself scrambling over toppled tree trunks and through tangled copses of young birch.
His breath was coming in shuddering gasps and he had little control over his legs, which felt heavy as lead, calf and thigh muscles twitching spasmodically. The fire could now be felt in the wind, like a hot blanket on his back, and he was bathed in sweat, which filled his eyes and blurred his vision.
He tried to leap over a fallen tree, but his legs buckled under him, and as he fell to the ground he took in a lungful of smoke which doubled him up in a paroxysm of coughing. He struggled to his feet to avoid the smoke swirling at knee level and fought to control his coughing, gulping for air with the strident rasping of a drowning man.
As soon as he could breathe again he wiped the sweat from his face with his sleeve and looked round him. The woods had been darkened by the pall of smoke overhead, but he could see clearly enough to observe how the smoke at knee level moved in scattered spurts, spreading upwards to meet, the smoke overhead. In between were pockets clear of smoke.
Telling himself to stop charging through the woods like a panicking bear, Ivanov walked swiftly from one clear patch to another, muffling his face with his sleeve where the smoke rose above his head. At first he made steady progress due east, but then he found that in following the smokeless pockets he was travelling almost parallel with the fire.
Fighting an impulse to run, he stopped and faced east ó towards the river. A warm current of air swirled past him, and for a joyous moment he thought the wind had swung round, was now blowing against the fire. But then the horrifying truth made him stagger forward in a lurching trot. He was in the fire draught, on the edge of the dread hurricane which sucked all before it into the maw of the furnace.
The thunder of the blaze seemed all round him now, and the forest was bathed in an eerie red light, yet he saw no flames. The hot breeze blowing against him became a wind, bending the trees, searing his lungs. He knew he had only moments now before his agony was ended, and he determined to keep moving, to die on his feet.
Question: What does Ivanov hear as the fire closes in?
The Killing
(SURVIVAL by Russell Evans)
The smoke was coming from the west, driven on a brisk breeze, and he turned sideways to it to listen. ‘It’ll be like thunderÂ¥ Rogojin had told him. ‘Like no noise you’ve ever heard.’
It was more like a continuous roll of explosions, more like those massive artillery barrages Ivanov had read about.
He scrambled up a spruce and gasped at what he saw. The western skyline, in a wide arc from north to south, was hidden under a thick bank of smoke which glowed a fiery red, fanned by the wind into a pulsating furnace which was sweeping towards him at an alarming pace.
With frantic speed he packed his haversack and set off east at a steady lope, his one thought to reach the river, some twelve miles away. Narrow as it was, the river provided the only break in the forest which might serve as a barrier to the flames.
Ivanov maintained a breath-rasping pace, stopping only to listen for the thunder of the fire behind him. He had no time now to climb a tree to look back: the wind had risen and streamers of smoke eddying past convinced him he was losing ground.
He was now conscious, for the first time since being in the taiga, of animal life around him. He saw nothing at first, only heard the creak and rustle of creatures making their way, like him, at speed through the woods. But as the smoke increased and the roaring of the fire cut out all the other sounds, he caught a glimpse of a bear ahead of him.
He thought to change direction slightly, but at that moment a lynx bounded across his path, its teeth bared in a fixed snarl of fear. It didn’t give him so much as a passing glance, and he realised he need not worry about the bear. No animal had a mind for anything but escape from the awesome fury of the fire.
He was running now, weaving in and out of the trees, taking direction from the moving canopy of smoke which blotted out the sky above him. He tried to avoid thickets and overgrown clearings, but again and again he stumbled into them and found himself scrambling over toppled tree trunks and through tangled copses of young birch.
His breath was coming in shuddering gasps and he had little control over his legs, which felt heavy as lead, calf and thigh muscles twitching spasmodically. The fire could now be felt in the wind, like a hot blanket on his back, and he was bathed in sweat, which filled his eyes and blurred his vision.
He tried to leap over a fallen tree, but his legs buckled under him, and as he fell to the ground he took in a lungful of smoke which doubled him up in a paroxysm of coughing. He struggled to his feet to avoid the smoke swirling at knee level and fought to control his coughing, gulping for air with the strident rasping of a drowning man.
As soon as he could breathe again he wiped the sweat from his face with his sleeve and looked round him. The woods had been darkened by the pall of smoke overhead, but he could see clearly enough to observe how the smoke at knee level moved in scattered spurts, spreading upwards to meet, the smoke overhead. In between were pockets clear of smoke.
Telling himself to stop charging through the woods like a panicking bear, Ivanov walked swiftly from one clear patch to another, muffling his face with his sleeve where the smoke rose above his head. At first he made steady progress due east, but then he found that in following the smokeless pockets he was travelling almost parallel with the fire.
Fighting an impulse to run, he stopped and faced east ó towards the river. A warm current of air swirled past him, and for a joyous moment he thought the wind had swung round, was now blowing against the fire. But then the horrifying truth made him stagger forward in a lurching trot. He was in the fire draught, on the edge of the dread hurricane which sucked all before it into the maw of the furnace.
The thunder of the blaze seemed all round him now, and the forest was bathed in an eerie red light, yet he saw no flames. The hot breeze blowing against him became a wind, bending the trees, searing his lungs. He knew he had only moments now before his agony was ended, and he determined to keep moving, to die on his feet.
Question: What is Ivanov’s final decision?
The Killing
(SURVIVAL by Russell Evans)
The smoke was coming from the west, driven on a brisk breeze, and he turned sideways to it to listen. ‘It’ll be like thunderÂ¥ Rogojin had told him. ‘Like no noise you’ve ever heard.’
It was more like a continuous roll of explosions, more like those massive artillery barrages Ivanov had read about.
He scrambled up a spruce and gasped at what he saw. The western skyline, in a wide arc from north to south, was hidden under a thick bank of smoke which glowed a fiery red, fanned by the wind into a pulsating furnace which was sweeping towards him at an alarming pace.
With frantic speed he packed his haversack and set off east at a steady lope, his one thought to reach the river, some twelve miles away. Narrow as it was, the river provided the only break in the forest which might serve as a barrier to the flames.
Ivanov maintained a breath-rasping pace, stopping only to listen for the thunder of the fire behind him. He had no time now to climb a tree to look back: the wind had risen and streamers of smoke eddying past convinced him he was losing ground.
He was now conscious, for the first time since being in the taiga, of animal life around him. He saw nothing at first, only heard the creak and rustle of creatures making their way, like him, at speed through the woods. But as the smoke increased and the roaring of the fire cut out all the other sounds, he caught a glimpse of a bear ahead of him.
He thought to change direction slightly, but at that moment a lynx bounded across his path, its teeth bared in a fixed snarl of fear. It didn’t give him so much as a passing glance, and he realised he need not worry about the bear. No animal had a mind for anything but escape from the awesome fury of the fire.
He was running now, weaving in and out of the trees, taking direction from the moving canopy of smoke which blotted out the sky above him. He tried to avoid thickets and overgrown clearings, but again and again he stumbled into them and found himself scrambling over toppled tree trunks and through tangled copses of young birch.
His breath was coming in shuddering gasps and he had little control over his legs, which felt heavy as lead, calf and thigh muscles twitching spasmodically. The fire could now be felt in the wind, like a hot blanket on his back, and he was bathed in sweat, which filled his eyes and blurred his vision.
He tried to leap over a fallen tree, but his legs buckled under him, and as he fell to the ground he took in a lungful of smoke which doubled him up in a paroxysm of coughing. He struggled to his feet to avoid the smoke swirling at knee level and fought to control his coughing, gulping for air with the strident rasping of a drowning man.
As soon as he could breathe again he wiped the sweat from his face with his sleeve and looked round him. The woods had been darkened by the pall of smoke overhead, but he could see clearly enough to observe how the smoke at knee level moved in scattered spurts, spreading upwards to meet, the smoke overhead. In between were pockets clear of smoke.
Telling himself to stop charging through the woods like a panicking bear, Ivanov walked swiftly from one clear patch to another, muffling his face with his sleeve where the smoke rose above his head. At first he made steady progress due east, but then he found that in following the smokeless pockets he was travelling almost parallel with the fire.
Fighting an impulse to run, he stopped and faced east ó towards the river. A warm current of air swirled past him, and for a joyous moment he thought the wind had swung round, was now blowing against the fire. But then the horrifying truth made him stagger forward in a lurching trot. He was in the fire draught, on the edge of the dread hurricane which sucked all before it into the maw of the furnace.
The thunder of the blaze seemed all round him now, and the forest was bathed in an eerie red light, yet he saw no flames. The hot breeze blowing against him became a wind, bending the trees, searing his lungs. He knew he had only moments now before his agony was ended, and he determined to keep moving, to die on his feet.
Question: How does Ivanov describe the fire’s pace?
The Killing
(SURVIVAL by Russell Evans)
The smoke was coming from the west, driven on a brisk breeze, and he turned sideways to it to listen. ‘It’ll be like thunderÂ¥ Rogojin had told him. ‘Like no noise you’ve ever heard.’
It was more like a continuous roll of explosions, more like those massive artillery barrages Ivanov had read about.
He scrambled up a spruce and gasped at what he saw. The western skyline, in a wide arc from north to south, was hidden under a thick bank of smoke which glowed a fiery red, fanned by the wind into a pulsating furnace which was sweeping towards him at an alarming pace.
With frantic speed he packed his haversack and set off east at a steady lope, his one thought to reach the river, some twelve miles away. Narrow as it was, the river provided the only break in the forest which might serve as a barrier to the flames.
Ivanov maintained a breath-rasping pace, stopping only to listen for the thunder of the fire behind him. He had no time now to climb a tree to look back: the wind had risen and streamers of smoke eddying past convinced him he was losing ground.
He was now conscious, for the first time since being in the taiga, of animal life around him. He saw nothing at first, only heard the creak and rustle of creatures making their way, like him, at speed through the woods. But as the smoke increased and the roaring of the fire cut out all the other sounds, he caught a glimpse of a bear ahead of him.
He thought to change direction slightly, but at that moment a lynx bounded across his path, its teeth bared in a fixed snarl of fear. It didn’t give him so much as a passing glance, and he realised he need not worry about the bear. No animal had a mind for anything but escape from the awesome fury of the fire.
He was running now, weaving in and out of the trees, taking direction from the moving canopy of smoke which blotted out the sky above him. He tried to avoid thickets and overgrown clearings, but again and again he stumbled into them and found himself scrambling over toppled tree trunks and through tangled copses of young birch.
His breath was coming in shuddering gasps and he had little control over his legs, which felt heavy as lead, calf and thigh muscles twitching spasmodically. The fire could now be felt in the wind, like a hot blanket on his back, and he was bathed in sweat, which filled his eyes and blurred his vision.
He tried to leap over a fallen tree, but his legs buckled under him, and as he fell to the ground he took in a lungful of smoke which doubled him up in a paroxysm of coughing. He struggled to his feet to avoid the smoke swirling at knee level and fought to control his coughing, gulping for air with the strident rasping of a drowning man.
As soon as he could breathe again he wiped the sweat from his face with his sleeve and looked round him. The woods had been darkened by the pall of smoke overhead, but he could see clearly enough to observe how the smoke at knee level moved in scattered spurts, spreading upwards to meet, the smoke overhead. In between were pockets clear of smoke.
Telling himself to stop charging through the woods like a panicking bear, Ivanov walked swiftly from one clear patch to another, muffling his face with his sleeve where the smoke rose above his head. At first he made steady progress due east, but then he found that in following the smokeless pockets he was travelling almost parallel with the fire.
Fighting an impulse to run, he stopped and faced east ó towards the river. A warm current of air swirled past him, and for a joyous moment he thought the wind had swung round, was now blowing against the fire. But then the horrifying truth made him stagger forward in a lurching trot. He was in the fire draught, on the edge of the dread hurricane which sucked all before it into the maw of the furnace.
The thunder of the blaze seemed all round him now, and the forest was bathed in an eerie red light, yet he saw no flames. The hot breeze blowing against him became a wind, bending the trees, searing his lungs. He knew he had only moments now before his agony was ended, and he determined to keep moving, to die on his feet.
Question: What is the condition of Ivanov’s legs?
The Killing
(SURVIVAL by Russell Evans)
The smoke was coming from the west, driven on a brisk breeze, and he turned sideways to it to listen. ‘It’ll be like thunderÂ¥ Rogojin had told him. ‘Like no noise you’ve ever heard.’
It was more like a continuous roll of explosions, more like those massive artillery barrages Ivanov had read about.
He scrambled up a spruce and gasped at what he saw. The western skyline, in a wide arc from north to south, was hidden under a thick bank of smoke which glowed a fiery red, fanned by the wind into a pulsating furnace which was sweeping towards him at an alarming pace.
With frantic speed he packed his haversack and set off east at a steady lope, his one thought to reach the river, some twelve miles away. Narrow as it was, the river provided the only break in the forest which might serve as a barrier to the flames.
Ivanov maintained a breath-rasping pace, stopping only to listen for the thunder of the fire behind him. He had no time now to climb a tree to look back: the wind had risen and streamers of smoke eddying past convinced him he was losing ground.
He was now conscious, for the first time since being in the taiga, of animal life around him. He saw nothing at first, only heard the creak and rustle of creatures making their way, like him, at speed through the woods. But as the smoke increased and the roaring of the fire cut out all the other sounds, he caught a glimpse of a bear ahead of him.
He thought to change direction slightly, but at that moment a lynx bounded across his path, its teeth bared in a fixed snarl of fear. It didn’t give him so much as a passing glance, and he realised he need not worry about the bear. No animal had a mind for anything but escape from the awesome fury of the fire.
He was running now, weaving in and out of the trees, taking direction from the moving canopy of smoke which blotted out the sky above him. He tried to avoid thickets and overgrown clearings, but again and again he stumbled into them and found himself scrambling over toppled tree trunks and through tangled copses of young birch.
His breath was coming in shuddering gasps and he had little control over his legs, which felt heavy as lead, calf and thigh muscles twitching spasmodically. The fire could now be felt in the wind, like a hot blanket on his back, and he was bathed in sweat, which filled his eyes and blurred his vision.
He tried to leap over a fallen tree, but his legs buckled under him, and as he fell to the ground he took in a lungful of smoke which doubled him up in a paroxysm of coughing. He struggled to his feet to avoid the smoke swirling at knee level and fought to control his coughing, gulping for air with the strident rasping of a drowning man.
As soon as he could breathe again he wiped the sweat from his face with his sleeve and looked round him. The woods had been darkened by the pall of smoke overhead, but he could see clearly enough to observe how the smoke at knee level moved in scattered spurts, spreading upwards to meet, the smoke overhead. In between were pockets clear of smoke.
Telling himself to stop charging through the woods like a panicking bear, Ivanov walked swiftly from one clear patch to another, muffling his face with his sleeve where the smoke rose above his head. At first he made steady progress due east, but then he found that in following the smokeless pockets he was travelling almost parallel with the fire.
Fighting an impulse to run, he stopped and faced east ó towards the river. A warm current of air swirled past him, and for a joyous moment he thought the wind had swung round, was now blowing against the fire. But then the horrifying truth made him stagger forward in a lurching trot. He was in the fire draught, on the edge of the dread hurricane which sucked all before it into the maw of the furnace.
The thunder of the blaze seemed all round him now, and the forest was bathed in an eerie red light, yet he saw no flames. The hot breeze blowing against him became a wind, bending the trees, searing his lungs. He knew he had only moments now before his agony was ended, and he determined to keep moving, to die on his feet.
Question: What does Ivanov do when he falls to the ground?
The Death of Piggy
(LORD OF THE FLIES by William Golding)
He held out his spear and pointed at the savages.
‘Your only hope is keeping a signal fire going as long as there’s light to see. Then maybe a ship’ll notice the smoke and come and rescue us and take us home. But without that smoke we’ve got to wait till some ship comes by accident. We might wait years; till we were old ó’
The shivering, silvery, unreal laughter of the savages sprayed out and echoed away. A gust of rage shook Ralph. His voice cracked.
‘Don’t you understand, you painted fools? Sam, Eric, Piggy and me ó we aren’t enough. We tried to keep the fire going, but we couldn’t. And then you, playing at hunting. . . .’
He pointed past them to where the trickle of smoke dispersed in the pearly air.
‘Look at that! Call that a signal fire? That’s a cooking fire. Now you’ll eat and there’ll be no smoke. Don’t you understand? There may be a ship out there ó’
He paused, defeated by the silence and the painted anonymity of the group guarding the entry. The chief opened a pink mouth and addressed Samneric who were between him and his tribe.
‘You two. Get back.’
No one answered him. The twins, puzzled, looked at each other; while Piggy, reassured
by the cessation of violence, stood up carefully. Jack glanced back at Ralph and then at the twins.
‘Grab them!’
No one moved. Jack shouted angrily.
I said “grab them”!’
The painted group moved round Samneric nervously and unhandily. Once more the silvery laughter scattered.
Samneric protested out of the heart of civilisation.
‘Oh, I say!’
‘ó honestly!’
Their spears were taken from them.
‘Tie them up!’
Ralph cried out hopelessly against the black and green mask.
‘Jack!’
‘Go on. Tie them.’
Now the painted group felt the otherness of Samneric, felt the power in their own hands. They felled the twins clumsily and excitedly. Jack was inspired. He knew that Ralph would attempt a rescue. He struck in a humming circle behind him and Ralph only just parried the blow. Beyond them the tribe and the twins were a loud and writhing heap. Piggy crouched again. Then the twins lay, astonished, and the tribe stood round them. Jack turned to Ralph and spoke between his teeth.
‘See? They do what I want.’
There was silence again. The twins lay, in-expertly tied up, and the tribe watched Ralph to see what he would do. He numbered them through his fringe, glimpsed the ineffectual smoke.
His temper broke. He screamed at Jack.
‘You’re a beast and a swine and a bloody, bloody thief!’
He charged.
Jack, knowing this was the crisis, charged too. They met with a jolt and bounced apart. Jack swung with his fist at Ralph and caught him on the ear. Ralph hit Jack in the stomach and made him grunt. Then they were facing each other again, panting and furious, but unnerved by each other’s ferocity. They became aware of the noise that was the background to this fight, the steady shrill cheering of the tribe behind them.
Piggy’s voice penetrated to Ralph.
‘Let me speak.’
He was standing in the dust of the fight, and as the tribe saw his intention the shrill cheer changed to a steady booing.
Piggy held up the conch and the booing sagged a little, then came up again to strength.
Â¥IÂ¥ got the conch!’
He shouted.
Â¥IÂ¥ tell you, I got the conch!’
Surprisingly, there was silence now; the tribe were curious to hear what amusing thing he might have to say.
Silence and pause; but in the silence a curious air-noise, close by Ralph’s head. He gave it half his attention ó and there it was again; a faint ‘Zup!’ Someone was throwing stones: Roger was dropping them, his one hand still on the lever. Below him, Ralph was a shock of hair and Piggy a bag of fat.
Â¥I got this to say. You’re acting like a crowd of kids.’
The booing rose and died again as Piggy lifted the white, magic shell.
‘Which is better ó to be a pack of painted savages like you are, or to be sensible like Ralph is?’
A great clamour rose among the savages. Piggy shouted again.
‘Which is better ó to have rules and agree, or to hunt and kill?’
Again the clamour and again ó ‘Zup!’
Ralph shouted against the noise.
‘Which is better, law and rescue, or hunting and breaking things up?’
Now Jack was yelling too and Ralph could no longer make himself heard. Jack had backed right against the tribe and they were a solid mass of menace that bristled with spears. The intention of a charge was forming among them; they were working up to it and the neck would be swept clear. Ralph stood facing them, a little to one side, his spear ready. By him stood Piggy still holding out the talisman, the fragile, shining beauty of the shell. The storm of sound beat at them, an incantation of hatred. High overhead, Roger, with a sense of delirious abandonment, leaned all his weight on the lever.
Question: What is Ralph’s main concern about the signal fire?
The Death of Piggy
(LORD OF THE FLIES by William Golding)
He held out his spear and pointed at the savages.
‘Your only hope is keeping a signal fire going as long as there’s light to see. Then maybe a ship’ll notice the smoke and come and rescue us and take us home. But without that smoke we’ve got to wait till some ship comes by accident. We might wait years; till we were old ó’
The shivering, silvery, unreal laughter of the savages sprayed out and echoed away. A gust of rage shook Ralph. His voice cracked.
‘Don’t you understand, you painted fools? Sam, Eric, Piggy and me ó we aren’t enough. We tried to keep the fire going, but we couldn’t. And then you, playing at hunting. . . .’
He pointed past them to where the trickle of smoke dispersed in the pearly air.
‘Look at that! Call that a signal fire? That’s a cooking fire. Now you’ll eat and there’ll be no smoke. Don’t you understand? There may be a ship out there ó’
He paused, defeated by the silence and the painted anonymity of the group guarding the entry. The chief opened a pink mouth and addressed Samneric who were between him and his tribe.
‘You two. Get back.’
No one answered him. The twins, puzzled, looked at each other; while Piggy, reassured
by the cessation of violence, stood up carefully. Jack glanced back at Ralph and then at the twins.
‘Grab them!’
No one moved. Jack shouted angrily.
I said “grab them”!’
The painted group moved round Samneric nervously and unhandily. Once more the silvery laughter scattered.
Samneric protested out of the heart of civilisation.
‘Oh, I say!’
‘ó honestly!’
Their spears were taken from them.
‘Tie them up!’
Ralph cried out hopelessly against the black and green mask.
‘Jack!’
‘Go on. Tie them.’
Now the painted group felt the otherness of Samneric, felt the power in their own hands. They felled the twins clumsily and excitedly. Jack was inspired. He knew that Ralph would attempt a rescue. He struck in a humming circle behind him and Ralph only just parried the blow. Beyond them the tribe and the twins were a loud and writhing heap. Piggy crouched again. Then the twins lay, astonished, and the tribe stood round them. Jack turned to Ralph and spoke between his teeth.
‘See? They do what I want.’
There was silence again. The twins lay, in-expertly tied up, and the tribe watched Ralph to see what he would do. He numbered them through his fringe, glimpsed the ineffectual smoke.
His temper broke. He screamed at Jack.
‘You’re a beast and a swine and a bloody, bloody thief!’
He charged.
Jack, knowing this was the crisis, charged too. They met with a jolt and bounced apart. Jack swung with his fist at Ralph and caught him on the ear. Ralph hit Jack in the stomach and made him grunt. Then they were facing each other again, panting and furious, but unnerved by each other’s ferocity. They became aware of the noise that was the background to this fight, the steady shrill cheering of the tribe behind them.
Piggy’s voice penetrated to Ralph.
‘Let me speak.’
He was standing in the dust of the fight, and as the tribe saw his intention the shrill cheer changed to a steady booing.
Piggy held up the conch and the booing sagged a little, then came up again to strength.
Â¥IÂ¥ got the conch!’
He shouted.
Â¥IÂ¥ tell you, I got the conch!’
Surprisingly, there was silence now; the tribe were curious to hear what amusing thing he might have to say.
Silence and pause; but in the silence a curious air-noise, close by Ralph’s head. He gave it half his attention ó and there it was again; a faint ‘Zup!’ Someone was throwing stones: Roger was dropping them, his one hand still on the lever. Below him, Ralph was a shock of hair and Piggy a bag of fat.
Â¥I got this to say. You’re acting like a crowd of kids.’
The booing rose and died again as Piggy lifted the white, magic shell.
‘Which is better ó to be a pack of painted savages like you are, or to be sensible like Ralph is?’
A great clamour rose among the savages. Piggy shouted again.
‘Which is better ó to have rules and agree, or to hunt and kill?’
Again the clamour and again ó ‘Zup!’
Ralph shouted against the noise.
‘Which is better, law and rescue, or hunting and breaking things up?’
Now Jack was yelling too and Ralph could no longer make himself heard. Jack had backed right against the tribe and they were a solid mass of menace that bristled with spears. The intention of a charge was forming among them; they were working up to it and the neck would be swept clear. Ralph stood facing them, a little to one side, his spear ready. By him stood Piggy still holding out the talisman, the fragile, shining beauty of the shell. The storm of sound beat at them, an incantation of hatred. High overhead, Roger, with a sense of delirious abandonment, leaned all his weight on the lever.
Question: What is the tribe’s initial reaction to Ralph’s plea?
The Death of Piggy
(LORD OF THE FLIES by William Golding)
He held out his spear and pointed at the savages.
‘Your only hope is keeping a signal fire going as long as there’s light to see. Then maybe a ship’ll notice the smoke and come and rescue us and take us home. But without that smoke we’ve got to wait till some ship comes by accident. We might wait years; till we were old ó’
The shivering, silvery, unreal laughter of the savages sprayed out and echoed away. A gust of rage shook Ralph. His voice cracked.
‘Don’t you understand, you painted fools? Sam, Eric, Piggy and me ó we aren’t enough. We tried to keep the fire going, but we couldn’t. And then you, playing at hunting. . . .’
He pointed past them to where the trickle of smoke dispersed in the pearly air.
‘Look at that! Call that a signal fire? That’s a cooking fire. Now you’ll eat and there’ll be no smoke. Don’t you understand? There may be a ship out there ó’
He paused, defeated by the silence and the painted anonymity of the group guarding the entry. The chief opened a pink mouth and addressed Samneric who were between him and his tribe.
‘You two. Get back.’
No one answered him. The twins, puzzled, looked at each other; while Piggy, reassured
by the cessation of violence, stood up carefully. Jack glanced back at Ralph and then at the twins.
‘Grab them!’
No one moved. Jack shouted angrily.
I said “grab them”!’
The painted group moved round Samneric nervously and unhandily. Once more the silvery laughter scattered.
Samneric protested out of the heart of civilisation.
‘Oh, I say!’
‘ó honestly!’
Their spears were taken from them.
‘Tie them up!’
Ralph cried out hopelessly against the black and green mask.
‘Jack!’
‘Go on. Tie them.’
Now the painted group felt the otherness of Samneric, felt the power in their own hands. They felled the twins clumsily and excitedly. Jack was inspired. He knew that Ralph would attempt a rescue. He struck in a humming circle behind him and Ralph only just parried the blow. Beyond them the tribe and the twins were a loud and writhing heap. Piggy crouched again. Then the twins lay, astonished, and the tribe stood round them. Jack turned to Ralph and spoke between his teeth.
‘See? They do what I want.’
There was silence again. The twins lay, in-expertly tied up, and the tribe watched Ralph to see what he would do. He numbered them through his fringe, glimpsed the ineffectual smoke.
His temper broke. He screamed at Jack.
‘You’re a beast and a swine and a bloody, bloody thief!’
He charged.
Jack, knowing this was the crisis, charged too. They met with a jolt and bounced apart. Jack swung with his fist at Ralph and caught him on the ear. Ralph hit Jack in the stomach and made him grunt. Then they were facing each other again, panting and furious, but unnerved by each other’s ferocity. They became aware of the noise that was the background to this fight, the steady shrill cheering of the tribe behind them.
Piggy’s voice penetrated to Ralph.
‘Let me speak.’
He was standing in the dust of the fight, and as the tribe saw his intention the shrill cheer changed to a steady booing.
Piggy held up the conch and the booing sagged a little, then came up again to strength.
Â¥IÂ¥ got the conch!’
He shouted.
Â¥IÂ¥ tell you, I got the conch!’
Surprisingly, there was silence now; the tribe were curious to hear what amusing thing he might have to say.
Silence and pause; but in the silence a curious air-noise, close by Ralph’s head. He gave it half his attention ó and there it was again; a faint ‘Zup!’ Someone was throwing stones: Roger was dropping them, his one hand still on the lever. Below him, Ralph was a shock of hair and Piggy a bag of fat.
Â¥I got this to say. You’re acting like a crowd of kids.’
The booing rose and died again as Piggy lifted the white, magic shell.
‘Which is better ó to be a pack of painted savages like you are, or to be sensible like Ralph is?’
A great clamour rose among the savages. Piggy shouted again.
‘Which is better ó to have rules and agree, or to hunt and kill?’
Again the clamour and again ó ‘Zup!’
Ralph shouted against the noise.
‘Which is better, law and rescue, or hunting and breaking things up?’
Now Jack was yelling too and Ralph could no longer make himself heard. Jack had backed right against the tribe and they were a solid mass of menace that bristled with spears. The intention of a charge was forming among them; they were working up to it and the neck would be swept clear. Ralph stood facing them, a little to one side, his spear ready. By him stood Piggy still holding out the talisman, the fragile, shining beauty of the shell. The storm of sound beat at them, an incantation of hatred. High overhead, Roger, with a sense of delirious abandonment, leaned all his weight on the lever.
Question: What does Jack order to be done to Samneric?
The Death of Piggy
(LORD OF THE FLIES by William Golding)
He held out his spear and pointed at the savages.
‘Your only hope is keeping a signal fire going as long as there’s light to see. Then maybe a ship’ll notice the smoke and come and rescue us and take us home. But without that smoke we’ve got to wait till some ship comes by accident. We might wait years; till we were old ó’
The shivering, silvery, unreal laughter of the savages sprayed out and echoed away. A gust of rage shook Ralph. His voice cracked.
‘Don’t you understand, you painted fools? Sam, Eric, Piggy and me ó we aren’t enough. We tried to keep the fire going, but we couldn’t. And then you, playing at hunting. . . .’
He pointed past them to where the trickle of smoke dispersed in the pearly air.
‘Look at that! Call that a signal fire? That’s a cooking fire. Now you’ll eat and there’ll be no smoke. Don’t you understand? There may be a ship out there ó’
He paused, defeated by the silence and the painted anonymity of the group guarding the entry. The chief opened a pink mouth and addressed Samneric who were between him and his tribe.
‘You two. Get back.’
No one answered him. The twins, puzzled, looked at each other; while Piggy, reassured
by the cessation of violence, stood up carefully. Jack glanced back at Ralph and then at the twins.
‘Grab them!’
No one moved. Jack shouted angrily.
I said “grab them”!’
The painted group moved round Samneric nervously and unhandily. Once more the silvery laughter scattered.
Samneric protested out of the heart of civilisation.
‘Oh, I say!’
‘ó honestly!’
Their spears were taken from them.
‘Tie them up!’
Ralph cried out hopelessly against the black and green mask.
‘Jack!’
‘Go on. Tie them.’
Now the painted group felt the otherness of Samneric, felt the power in their own hands. They felled the twins clumsily and excitedly. Jack was inspired. He knew that Ralph would attempt a rescue. He struck in a humming circle behind him and Ralph only just parried the blow. Beyond them the tribe and the twins were a loud and writhing heap. Piggy crouched again. Then the twins lay, astonished, and the tribe stood round them. Jack turned to Ralph and spoke between his teeth.
‘See? They do what I want.’
There was silence again. The twins lay, in-expertly tied up, and the tribe watched Ralph to see what he would do. He numbered them through his fringe, glimpsed the ineffectual smoke.
His temper broke. He screamed at Jack.
‘You’re a beast and a swine and a bloody, bloody thief!’
He charged.
Jack, knowing this was the crisis, charged too. They met with a jolt and bounced apart. Jack swung with his fist at Ralph and caught him on the ear. Ralph hit Jack in the stomach and made him grunt. Then they were facing each other again, panting and furious, but unnerved by each other’s ferocity. They became aware of the noise that was the background to this fight, the steady shrill cheering of the tribe behind them.
Piggy’s voice penetrated to Ralph.
‘Let me speak.’
He was standing in the dust of the fight, and as the tribe saw his intention the shrill cheer changed to a steady booing.
Piggy held up the conch and the booing sagged a little, then came up again to strength.
Â¥IÂ¥ got the conch!’
He shouted.
Â¥IÂ¥ tell you, I got the conch!’
Surprisingly, there was silence now; the tribe were curious to hear what amusing thing he might have to say.
Silence and pause; but in the silence a curious air-noise, close by Ralph’s head. He gave it half his attention ó and there it was again; a faint ‘Zup!’ Someone was throwing stones: Roger was dropping them, his one hand still on the lever. Below him, Ralph was a shock of hair and Piggy a bag of fat.
Â¥I got this to say. You’re acting like a crowd of kids.’
The booing rose and died again as Piggy lifted the white, magic shell.
‘Which is better ó to be a pack of painted savages like you are, or to be sensible like Ralph is?’
A great clamour rose among the savages. Piggy shouted again.
‘Which is better ó to have rules and agree, or to hunt and kill?’
Again the clamour and again ó ‘Zup!’
Ralph shouted against the noise.
‘Which is better, law and rescue, or hunting and breaking things up?’
Now Jack was yelling too and Ralph could no longer make himself heard. Jack had backed right against the tribe and they were a solid mass of menace that bristled with spears. The intention of a charge was forming among them; they were working up to it and the neck would be swept clear. Ralph stood facing them, a little to one side, his spear ready. By him stood Piggy still holding out the talisman, the fragile, shining beauty of the shell. The storm of sound beat at them, an incantation of hatred. High overhead, Roger, with a sense of delirious abandonment, leaned all his weight on the lever.
Question: What is Piggy holding while he speaks?
The Death of Piggy
(LORD OF THE FLIES by William Golding)
He held out his spear and pointed at the savages.
‘Your only hope is keeping a signal fire going as long as there’s light to see. Then maybe a ship’ll notice the smoke and come and rescue us and take us home. But without that smoke we’ve got to wait till some ship comes by accident. We might wait years; till we were old ó’
The shivering, silvery, unreal laughter of the savages sprayed out and echoed away. A gust of rage shook Ralph. His voice cracked.
‘Don’t you understand, you painted fools? Sam, Eric, Piggy and me ó we aren’t enough. We tried to keep the fire going, but we couldn’t. And then you, playing at hunting. . . .’
He pointed past them to where the trickle of smoke dispersed in the pearly air.
‘Look at that! Call that a signal fire? That’s a cooking fire. Now you’ll eat and there’ll be no smoke. Don’t you understand? There may be a ship out there ó’
He paused, defeated by the silence and the painted anonymity of the group guarding the entry. The chief opened a pink mouth and addressed Samneric who were between him and his tribe.
‘You two. Get back.’
No one answered him. The twins, puzzled, looked at each other; while Piggy, reassured
by the cessation of violence, stood up carefully. Jack glanced back at Ralph and then at the twins.
‘Grab them!’
No one moved. Jack shouted angrily.
I said “grab them”!’
The painted group moved round Samneric nervously and unhandily. Once more the silvery laughter scattered.
Samneric protested out of the heart of civilisation.
‘Oh, I say!’
‘ó honestly!’
Their spears were taken from them.
‘Tie them up!’
Ralph cried out hopelessly against the black and green mask.
‘Jack!’
‘Go on. Tie them.’
Now the painted group felt the otherness of Samneric, felt the power in their own hands. They felled the twins clumsily and excitedly. Jack was inspired. He knew that Ralph would attempt a rescue. He struck in a humming circle behind him and Ralph only just parried the blow. Beyond them the tribe and the twins were a loud and writhing heap. Piggy crouched again. Then the twins lay, astonished, and the tribe stood round them. Jack turned to Ralph and spoke between his teeth.
‘See? They do what I want.’
There was silence again. The twins lay, in-expertly tied up, and the tribe watched Ralph to see what he would do. He numbered them through his fringe, glimpsed the ineffectual smoke.
His temper broke. He screamed at Jack.
‘You’re a beast and a swine and a bloody, bloody thief!’
He charged.
Jack, knowing this was the crisis, charged too. They met with a jolt and bounced apart. Jack swung with his fist at Ralph and caught him on the ear. Ralph hit Jack in the stomach and made him grunt. Then they were facing each other again, panting and furious, but unnerved by each other’s ferocity. They became aware of the noise that was the background to this fight, the steady shrill cheering of the tribe behind them.
Piggy’s voice penetrated to Ralph.
‘Let me speak.’
He was standing in the dust of the fight, and as the tribe saw his intention the shrill cheer changed to a steady booing.
Piggy held up the conch and the booing sagged a little, then came up again to strength.
Â¥IÂ¥ got the conch!’
He shouted.
Â¥IÂ¥ tell you, I got the conch!’
Surprisingly, there was silence now; the tribe were curious to hear what amusing thing he might have to say.
Silence and pause; but in the silence a curious air-noise, close by Ralph’s head. He gave it half his attention ó and there it was again; a faint ‘Zup!’ Someone was throwing stones: Roger was dropping them, his one hand still on the lever. Below him, Ralph was a shock of hair and Piggy a bag of fat.
Â¥I got this to say. You’re acting like a crowd of kids.’
The booing rose and died again as Piggy lifted the white, magic shell.
‘Which is better ó to be a pack of painted savages like you are, or to be sensible like Ralph is?’
A great clamour rose among the savages. Piggy shouted again.
‘Which is better ó to have rules and agree, or to hunt and kill?’
Again the clamour and again ó ‘Zup!’
Ralph shouted against the noise.
‘Which is better, law and rescue, or hunting and breaking things up?’
Now Jack was yelling too and Ralph could no longer make himself heard. Jack had backed right against the tribe and they were a solid mass of menace that bristled with spears. The intention of a charge was forming among them; they were working up to it and the neck would be swept clear. Ralph stood facing them, a little to one side, his spear ready. By him stood Piggy still holding out the talisman, the fragile, shining beauty of the shell. The storm of sound beat at them, an incantation of hatred. High overhead, Roger, with a sense of delirious abandonment, leaned all his weight on the lever.
Question: What is Roger doing as Piggy speaks?
The Death of Piggy
(LORD OF THE FLIES by William Golding)
He held out his spear and pointed at the savages.
‘Your only hope is keeping a signal fire going as long as there’s light to see. Then maybe a ship’ll notice the smoke and come and rescue us and take us home. But without that smoke we’ve got to wait till some ship comes by accident. We might wait years; till we were old ó’
The shivering, silvery, unreal laughter of the savages sprayed out and echoed away. A gust of rage shook Ralph. His voice cracked.
‘Don’t you understand, you painted fools? Sam, Eric, Piggy and me ó we aren’t enough. We tried to keep the fire going, but we couldn’t. And then you, playing at hunting. . . .’
He pointed past them to where the trickle of smoke dispersed in the pearly air.
‘Look at that! Call that a signal fire? That’s a cooking fire. Now you’ll eat and there’ll be no smoke. Don’t you understand? There may be a ship out there ó’
He paused, defeated by the silence and the painted anonymity of the group guarding the entry. The chief opened a pink mouth and addressed Samneric who were between him and his tribe.
‘You two. Get back.’
No one answered him. The twins, puzzled, looked at each other; while Piggy, reassured
by the cessation of violence, stood up carefully. Jack glanced back at Ralph and then at the twins.
‘Grab them!’
No one moved. Jack shouted angrily.
I said “grab them”!’
The painted group moved round Samneric nervously and unhandily. Once more the silvery laughter scattered.
Samneric protested out of the heart of civilisation.
‘Oh, I say!’
‘ó honestly!’
Their spears were taken from them.
‘Tie them up!’
Ralph cried out hopelessly against the black and green mask.
‘Jack!’
‘Go on. Tie them.’
Now the painted group felt the otherness of Samneric, felt the power in their own hands. They felled the twins clumsily and excitedly. Jack was inspired. He knew that Ralph would attempt a rescue. He struck in a humming circle behind him and Ralph only just parried the blow. Beyond them the tribe and the twins were a loud and writhing heap. Piggy crouched again. Then the twins lay, astonished, and the tribe stood round them. Jack turned to Ralph and spoke between his teeth.
‘See? They do what I want.’
There was silence again. The twins lay, in-expertly tied up, and the tribe watched Ralph to see what he would do. He numbered them through his fringe, glimpsed the ineffectual smoke.
His temper broke. He screamed at Jack.
‘You’re a beast and a swine and a bloody, bloody thief!’
He charged.
Jack, knowing this was the crisis, charged too. They met with a jolt and bounced apart. Jack swung with his fist at Ralph and caught him on the ear. Ralph hit Jack in the stomach and made him grunt. Then they were facing each other again, panting and furious, but unnerved by each other’s ferocity. They became aware of the noise that was the background to this fight, the steady shrill cheering of the tribe behind them.
Piggy’s voice penetrated to Ralph.
‘Let me speak.’
He was standing in the dust of the fight, and as the tribe saw his intention the shrill cheer changed to a steady booing.
Piggy held up the conch and the booing sagged a little, then came up again to strength.
Â¥IÂ¥ got the conch!’
He shouted.
Â¥IÂ¥ tell you, I got the conch!’
Surprisingly, there was silence now; the tribe were curious to hear what amusing thing he might have to say.
Silence and pause; but in the silence a curious air-noise, close by Ralph’s head. He gave it half his attention ó and there it was again; a faint ‘Zup!’ Someone was throwing stones: Roger was dropping them, his one hand still on the lever. Below him, Ralph was a shock of hair and Piggy a bag of fat.
Â¥I got this to say. You’re acting like a crowd of kids.’
The booing rose and died again as Piggy lifted the white, magic shell.
‘Which is better ó to be a pack of painted savages like you are, or to be sensible like Ralph is?’
A great clamour rose among the savages. Piggy shouted again.
‘Which is better ó to have rules and agree, or to hunt and kill?’
Again the clamour and again ó ‘Zup!’
Ralph shouted against the noise.
‘Which is better, law and rescue, or hunting and breaking things up?’
Now Jack was yelling too and Ralph could no longer make himself heard. Jack had backed right against the tribe and they were a solid mass of menace that bristled with spears. The intention of a charge was forming among them; they were working up to it and the neck would be swept clear. Ralph stood facing them, a little to one side, his spear ready. By him stood Piggy still holding out the talisman, the fragile, shining beauty of the shell. The storm of sound beat at them, an incantation of hatred. High overhead, Roger, with a sense of delirious abandonment, leaned all his weight on the lever.
Question: What does Ralph accuse Jack of being?
The Death of Piggy
(LORD OF THE FLIES by William Golding)
He held out his spear and pointed at the savages.
‘Your only hope is keeping a signal fire going as long as there’s light to see. Then maybe a ship’ll notice the smoke and come and rescue us and take us home. But without that smoke we’ve got to wait till some ship comes by accident. We might wait years; till we were old ó’
The shivering, silvery, unreal laughter of the savages sprayed out and echoed away. A gust of rage shook Ralph. His voice cracked.
‘Don’t you understand, you painted fools? Sam, Eric, Piggy and me ó we aren’t enough. We tried to keep the fire going, but we couldn’t. And then you, playing at hunting. . . .’
He pointed past them to where the trickle of smoke dispersed in the pearly air.
‘Look at that! Call that a signal fire? That’s a cooking fire. Now you’ll eat and there’ll be no smoke. Don’t you understand? There may be a ship out there ó’
He paused, defeated by the silence and the painted anonymity of the group guarding the entry. The chief opened a pink mouth and addressed Samneric who were between him and his tribe.
‘You two. Get back.’
No one answered him. The twins, puzzled, looked at each other; while Piggy, reassured
by the cessation of violence, stood up carefully. Jack glanced back at Ralph and then at the twins.
‘Grab them!’
No one moved. Jack shouted angrily.
I said “grab them”!’
The painted group moved round Samneric nervously and unhandily. Once more the silvery laughter scattered.
Samneric protested out of the heart of civilisation.
‘Oh, I say!’
‘ó honestly!’
Their spears were taken from them.
‘Tie them up!’
Ralph cried out hopelessly against the black and green mask.
‘Jack!’
‘Go on. Tie them.’
Now the painted group felt the otherness of Samneric, felt the power in their own hands. They felled the twins clumsily and excitedly. Jack was inspired. He knew that Ralph would attempt a rescue. He struck in a humming circle behind him and Ralph only just parried the blow. Beyond them the tribe and the twins were a loud and writhing heap. Piggy crouched again. Then the twins lay, astonished, and the tribe stood round them. Jack turned to Ralph and spoke between his teeth.
‘See? They do what I want.’
There was silence again. The twins lay, in-expertly tied up, and the tribe watched Ralph to see what he would do. He numbered them through his fringe, glimpsed the ineffectual smoke.
His temper broke. He screamed at Jack.
‘You’re a beast and a swine and a bloody, bloody thief!’
He charged.
Jack, knowing this was the crisis, charged too. They met with a jolt and bounced apart. Jack swung with his fist at Ralph and caught him on the ear. Ralph hit Jack in the stomach and made him grunt. Then they were facing each other again, panting and furious, but unnerved by each other’s ferocity. They became aware of the noise that was the background to this fight, the steady shrill cheering of the tribe behind them.
Piggy’s voice penetrated to Ralph.
‘Let me speak.’
He was standing in the dust of the fight, and as the tribe saw his intention the shrill cheer changed to a steady booing.
Piggy held up the conch and the booing sagged a little, then came up again to strength.
Â¥IÂ¥ got the conch!’
He shouted.
Â¥IÂ¥ tell you, I got the conch!’
Surprisingly, there was silence now; the tribe were curious to hear what amusing thing he might have to say.
Silence and pause; but in the silence a curious air-noise, close by Ralph’s head. He gave it half his attention ó and there it was again; a faint ‘Zup!’ Someone was throwing stones: Roger was dropping them, his one hand still on the lever. Below him, Ralph was a shock of hair and Piggy a bag of fat.
Â¥I got this to say. You’re acting like a crowd of kids.’
The booing rose and died again as Piggy lifted the white, magic shell.
‘Which is better ó to be a pack of painted savages like you are, or to be sensible like Ralph is?’
A great clamour rose among the savages. Piggy shouted again.
‘Which is better ó to have rules and agree, or to hunt and kill?’
Again the clamour and again ó ‘Zup!’
Ralph shouted against the noise.
‘Which is better, law and rescue, or hunting and breaking things up?’
Now Jack was yelling too and Ralph could no longer make himself heard. Jack had backed right against the tribe and they were a solid mass of menace that bristled with spears. The intention of a charge was forming among them; they were working up to it and the neck would be swept clear. Ralph stood facing them, a little to one side, his spear ready. By him stood Piggy still holding out the talisman, the fragile, shining beauty of the shell. The storm of sound beat at them, an incantation of hatred. High overhead, Roger, with a sense of delirious abandonment, leaned all his weight on the lever.
Question: What does Piggy say the tribe is acting like?
The Death of Piggy
(LORD OF THE FLIES by William Golding)
He held out his spear and pointed at the savages.
‘Your only hope is keeping a signal fire going as long as there’s light to see. Then maybe a ship’ll notice the smoke and come and rescue us and take us home. But without that smoke we’ve got to wait till some ship comes by accident. We might wait years; till we were old ó’
The shivering, silvery, unreal laughter of the savages sprayed out and echoed away. A gust of rage shook Ralph. His voice cracked.
‘Don’t you understand, you painted fools? Sam, Eric, Piggy and me ó we aren’t enough. We tried to keep the fire going, but we couldn’t. And then you, playing at hunting. . . .’
He pointed past them to where the trickle of smoke dispersed in the pearly air.
‘Look at that! Call that a signal fire? That’s a cooking fire. Now you’ll eat and there’ll be no smoke. Don’t you understand? There may be a ship out there ó’
He paused, defeated by the silence and the painted anonymity of the group guarding the entry. The chief opened a pink mouth and addressed Samneric who were between him and his tribe.
‘You two. Get back.’
No one answered him. The twins, puzzled, looked at each other; while Piggy, reassured
by the cessation of violence, stood up carefully. Jack glanced back at Ralph and then at the twins.
‘Grab them!’
No one moved. Jack shouted angrily.
I said “grab them”!’
The painted group moved round Samneric nervously and unhandily. Once more the silvery laughter scattered.
Samneric protested out of the heart of civilisation.
‘Oh, I say!’
‘ó honestly!’
Their spears were taken from them.
‘Tie them up!’
Ralph cried out hopelessly against the black and green mask.
‘Jack!’
‘Go on. Tie them.’
Now the painted group felt the otherness of Samneric, felt the power in their own hands. They felled the twins clumsily and excitedly. Jack was inspired. He knew that Ralph would attempt a rescue. He struck in a humming circle behind him and Ralph only just parried the blow. Beyond them the tribe and the twins were a loud and writhing heap. Piggy crouched again. Then the twins lay, astonished, and the tribe stood round them. Jack turned to Ralph and spoke between his teeth.
‘See? They do what I want.’
There was silence again. The twins lay, in-expertly tied up, and the tribe watched Ralph to see what he would do. He numbered them through his fringe, glimpsed the ineffectual smoke.
His temper broke. He screamed at Jack.
‘You’re a beast and a swine and a bloody, bloody thief!’
He charged.
Jack, knowing this was the crisis, charged too. They met with a jolt and bounced apart. Jack swung with his fist at Ralph and caught him on the ear. Ralph hit Jack in the stomach and made him grunt. Then they were facing each other again, panting and furious, but unnerved by each other’s ferocity. They became aware of the noise that was the background to this fight, the steady shrill cheering of the tribe behind them.
Piggy’s voice penetrated to Ralph.
‘Let me speak.’
He was standing in the dust of the fight, and as the tribe saw his intention the shrill cheer changed to a steady booing.
Piggy held up the conch and the booing sagged a little, then came up again to strength.
Â¥IÂ¥ got the conch!’
He shouted.
Â¥IÂ¥ tell you, I got the conch!’
Surprisingly, there was silence now; the tribe were curious to hear what amusing thing he might have to say.
Silence and pause; but in the silence a curious air-noise, close by Ralph’s head. He gave it half his attention ó and there it was again; a faint ‘Zup!’ Someone was throwing stones: Roger was dropping them, his one hand still on the lever. Below him, Ralph was a shock of hair and Piggy a bag of fat.
Â¥I got this to say. You’re acting like a crowd of kids.’
The booing rose and died again as Piggy lifted the white, magic shell.
‘Which is better ó to be a pack of painted savages like you are, or to be sensible like Ralph is?’
A great clamour rose among the savages. Piggy shouted again.
‘Which is better ó to have rules and agree, or to hunt and kill?’
Again the clamour and again ó ‘Zup!’
Ralph shouted against the noise.
‘Which is better, law and rescue, or hunting and breaking things up?’
Now Jack was yelling too and Ralph could no longer make himself heard. Jack had backed right against the tribe and they were a solid mass of menace that bristled with spears. The intention of a charge was forming among them; they were working up to it and the neck would be swept clear. Ralph stood facing them, a little to one side, his spear ready. By him stood Piggy still holding out the talisman, the fragile, shining beauty of the shell. The storm of sound beat at them, an incantation of hatred. High overhead, Roger, with a sense of delirious abandonment, leaned all his weight on the lever.
Question: How does the tribe react when Piggy holds up the conch?
The Death of Piggy
(LORD OF THE FLIES by William Golding)
He held out his spear and pointed at the savages.
‘Your only hope is keeping a signal fire going as long as there’s light to see. Then maybe a ship’ll notice the smoke and come and rescue us and take us home. But without that smoke we’ve got to wait till some ship comes by accident. We might wait years; till we were old ó’
The shivering, silvery, unreal laughter of the savages sprayed out and echoed away. A gust of rage shook Ralph. His voice cracked.
‘Don’t you understand, you painted fools? Sam, Eric, Piggy and me ó we aren’t enough. We tried to keep the fire going, but we couldn’t. And then you, playing at hunting. . . .’
He pointed past them to where the trickle of smoke dispersed in the pearly air.
‘Look at that! Call that a signal fire? That’s a cooking fire. Now you’ll eat and there’ll be no smoke. Don’t you understand? There may be a ship out there ó’
He paused, defeated by the silence and the painted anonymity of the group guarding the entry. The chief opened a pink mouth and addressed Samneric who were between him and his tribe.
‘You two. Get back.’
No one answered him. The twins, puzzled, looked at each other; while Piggy, reassured
by the cessation of violence, stood up carefully. Jack glanced back at Ralph and then at the twins.
‘Grab them!’
No one moved. Jack shouted angrily.
I said “grab them”!’
The painted group moved round Samneric nervously and unhandily. Once more the silvery laughter scattered.
Samneric protested out of the heart of civilisation.
‘Oh, I say!’
‘ó honestly!’
Their spears were taken from them.
‘Tie them up!’
Ralph cried out hopelessly against the black and green mask.
‘Jack!’
‘Go on. Tie them.’
Now the painted group felt the otherness of Samneric, felt the power in their own hands. They felled the twins clumsily and excitedly. Jack was inspired. He knew that Ralph would attempt a rescue. He struck in a humming circle behind him and Ralph only just parried the blow. Beyond them the tribe and the twins were a loud and writhing heap. Piggy crouched again. Then the twins lay, astonished, and the tribe stood round them. Jack turned to Ralph and spoke between his teeth.
‘See? They do what I want.’
There was silence again. The twins lay, in-expertly tied up, and the tribe watched Ralph to see what he would do. He numbered them through his fringe, glimpsed the ineffectual smoke.
His temper broke. He screamed at Jack.
‘You’re a beast and a swine and a bloody, bloody thief!’
He charged.
Jack, knowing this was the crisis, charged too. They met with a jolt and bounced apart. Jack swung with his fist at Ralph and caught him on the ear. Ralph hit Jack in the stomach and made him grunt. Then they were facing each other again, panting and furious, but unnerved by each other’s ferocity. They became aware of the noise that was the background to this fight, the steady shrill cheering of the tribe behind them.
Piggy’s voice penetrated to Ralph.
‘Let me speak.’
He was standing in the dust of the fight, and as the tribe saw his intention the shrill cheer changed to a steady booing.
Piggy held up the conch and the booing sagged a little, then came up again to strength.
Â¥IÂ¥ got the conch!’
He shouted.
Â¥IÂ¥ tell you, I got the conch!’
Surprisingly, there was silence now; the tribe were curious to hear what amusing thing he might have to say.
Silence and pause; but in the silence a curious air-noise, close by Ralph’s head. He gave it half his attention ó and there it was again; a faint ‘Zup!’ Someone was throwing stones: Roger was dropping them, his one hand still on the lever. Below him, Ralph was a shock of hair and Piggy a bag of fat.
Â¥I got this to say. You’re acting like a crowd of kids.’
The booing rose and died again as Piggy lifted the white, magic shell.
‘Which is better ó to be a pack of painted savages like you are, or to be sensible like Ralph is?’
A great clamour rose among the savages. Piggy shouted again.
‘Which is better ó to have rules and agree, or to hunt and kill?’
Again the clamour and again ó ‘Zup!’
Ralph shouted against the noise.
‘Which is better, law and rescue, or hunting and breaking things up?’
Now Jack was yelling too and Ralph could no longer make himself heard. Jack had backed right against the tribe and they were a solid mass of menace that bristled with spears. The intention of a charge was forming among them; they were working up to it and the neck would be swept clear. Ralph stood facing them, a little to one side, his spear ready. By him stood Piggy still holding out the talisman, the fragile, shining beauty of the shell. The storm of sound beat at them, an incantation of hatred. High overhead, Roger, with a sense of delirious abandonment, leaned all his weight on the lever.
Question: What is Ralph’s weapon of choice?
The Death of Piggy
(LORD OF THE FLIES by William Golding)
He held out his spear and pointed at the savages.
‘Your only hope is keeping a signal fire going as long as there’s light to see. Then maybe a ship’ll notice the smoke and come and rescue us and take us home. But without that smoke we’ve got to wait till some ship comes by accident. We might wait years; till we were old ó’
The shivering, silvery, unreal laughter of the savages sprayed out and echoed away. A gust of rage shook Ralph. His voice cracked.
‘Don’t you understand, you painted fools? Sam, Eric, Piggy and me ó we aren’t enough. We tried to keep the fire going, but we couldn’t. And then you, playing at hunting. . . .’
He pointed past them to where the trickle of smoke dispersed in the pearly air.
‘Look at that! Call that a signal fire? That’s a cooking fire. Now you’ll eat and there’ll be no smoke. Don’t you understand? There may be a ship out there ó’
He paused, defeated by the silence and the painted anonymity of the group guarding the entry. The chief opened a pink mouth and addressed Samneric who were between him and his tribe.
‘You two. Get back.’
No one answered him. The twins, puzzled, looked at each other; while Piggy, reassured
by the cessation of violence, stood up carefully. Jack glanced back at Ralph and then at the twins.
‘Grab them!’
No one moved. Jack shouted angrily.
I said “grab them”!’
The painted group moved round Samneric nervously and unhandily. Once more the silvery laughter scattered.
Samneric protested out of the heart of civilisation.
‘Oh, I say!’
‘ó honestly!’
Their spears were taken from them.
‘Tie them up!’
Ralph cried out hopelessly against the black and green mask.
‘Jack!’
‘Go on. Tie them.’
Now the painted group felt the otherness of Samneric, felt the power in their own hands. They felled the twins clumsily and excitedly. Jack was inspired. He knew that Ralph would attempt a rescue. He struck in a humming circle behind him and Ralph only just parried the blow. Beyond them the tribe and the twins were a loud and writhing heap. Piggy crouched again. Then the twins lay, astonished, and the tribe stood round them. Jack turned to Ralph and spoke between his teeth.
‘See? They do what I want.’
There was silence again. The twins lay, in-expertly tied up, and the tribe watched Ralph to see what he would do. He numbered them through his fringe, glimpsed the ineffectual smoke.
His temper broke. He screamed at Jack.
‘You’re a beast and a swine and a bloody, bloody thief!’
He charged.
Jack, knowing this was the crisis, charged too. They met with a jolt and bounced apart. Jack swung with his fist at Ralph and caught him on the ear. Ralph hit Jack in the stomach and made him grunt. Then they were facing each other again, panting and furious, but unnerved by each other’s ferocity. They became aware of the noise that was the background to this fight, the steady shrill cheering of the tribe behind them.
Piggy’s voice penetrated to Ralph.
‘Let me speak.’
He was standing in the dust of the fight, and as the tribe saw his intention the shrill cheer changed to a steady booing.
Piggy held up the conch and the booing sagged a little, then came up again to strength.
Â¥IÂ¥ got the conch!’
He shouted.
Â¥IÂ¥ tell you, I got the conch!’
Surprisingly, there was silence now; the tribe were curious to hear what amusing thing he might have to say.
Silence and pause; but in the silence a curious air-noise, close by Ralph’s head. He gave it half his attention ó and there it was again; a faint ‘Zup!’ Someone was throwing stones: Roger was dropping them, his one hand still on the lever. Below him, Ralph was a shock of hair and Piggy a bag of fat.
Â¥I got this to say. You’re acting like a crowd of kids.’
The booing rose and died again as Piggy lifted the white, magic shell.
‘Which is better ó to be a pack of painted savages like you are, or to be sensible like Ralph is?’
A great clamour rose among the savages. Piggy shouted again.
‘Which is better ó to have rules and agree, or to hunt and kill?’
Again the clamour and again ó ‘Zup!’
Ralph shouted against the noise.
‘Which is better, law and rescue, or hunting and breaking things up?’
Now Jack was yelling too and Ralph could no longer make himself heard. Jack had backed right against the tribe and they were a solid mass of menace that bristled with spears. The intention of a charge was forming among them; they were working up to it and the neck would be swept clear. Ralph stood facing them, a little to one side, his spear ready. By him stood Piggy still holding out the talisman, the fragile, shining beauty of the shell. The storm of sound beat at them, an incantation of hatred. High overhead, Roger, with a sense of delirious abandonment, leaned all his weight on the lever.
Question: What does Jack say to prove his control over the tribe?
The Death of Piggy
(LORD OF THE FLIES by William Golding)
He held out his spear and pointed at the savages.
‘Your only hope is keeping a signal fire going as long as there’s light to see. Then maybe a ship’ll notice the smoke and come and rescue us and take us home. But without that smoke we’ve got to wait till some ship comes by accident. We might wait years; till we were old ó’
The shivering, silvery, unreal laughter of the savages sprayed out and echoed away. A gust of rage shook Ralph. His voice cracked.
‘Don’t you understand, you painted fools? Sam, Eric, Piggy and me ó we aren’t enough. We tried to keep the fire going, but we couldn’t. And then you, playing at hunting. . . .’
He pointed past them to where the trickle of smoke dispersed in the pearly air.
‘Look at that! Call that a signal fire? That’s a cooking fire. Now you’ll eat and there’ll be no smoke. Don’t you understand? There may be a ship out there ó’
He paused, defeated by the silence and the painted anonymity of the group guarding the entry. The chief opened a pink mouth and addressed Samneric who were between him and his tribe.
‘You two. Get back.’
No one answered him. The twins, puzzled, looked at each other; while Piggy, reassured
by the cessation of violence, stood up carefully. Jack glanced back at Ralph and then at the twins.
‘Grab them!’
No one moved. Jack shouted angrily.
I said “grab them”!’
The painted group moved round Samneric nervously and unhandily. Once more the silvery laughter scattered.
Samneric protested out of the heart of civilisation.
‘Oh, I say!’
‘ó honestly!’
Their spears were taken from them.
‘Tie them up!’
Ralph cried out hopelessly against the black and green mask.
‘Jack!’
‘Go on. Tie them.’
Now the painted group felt the otherness of Samneric, felt the power in their own hands. They felled the twins clumsily and excitedly. Jack was inspired. He knew that Ralph would attempt a rescue. He struck in a humming circle behind him and Ralph only just parried the blow. Beyond them the tribe and the twins were a loud and writhing heap. Piggy crouched again. Then the twins lay, astonished, and the tribe stood round them. Jack turned to Ralph and spoke between his teeth.
‘See? They do what I want.’
There was silence again. The twins lay, in-expertly tied up, and the tribe watched Ralph to see what he would do. He numbered them through his fringe, glimpsed the ineffectual smoke.
His temper broke. He screamed at Jack.
‘You’re a beast and a swine and a bloody, bloody thief!’
He charged.
Jack, knowing this was the crisis, charged too. They met with a jolt and bounced apart. Jack swung with his fist at Ralph and caught him on the ear. Ralph hit Jack in the stomach and made him grunt. Then they were facing each other again, panting and furious, but unnerved by each other’s ferocity. They became aware of the noise that was the background to this fight, the steady shrill cheering of the tribe behind them.
Piggy’s voice penetrated to Ralph.
‘Let me speak.’
He was standing in the dust of the fight, and as the tribe saw his intention the shrill cheer changed to a steady booing.
Piggy held up the conch and the booing sagged a little, then came up again to strength.
Â¥IÂ¥ got the conch!’
He shouted.
Â¥IÂ¥ tell you, I got the conch!’
Surprisingly, there was silence now; the tribe were curious to hear what amusing thing he might have to say.
Silence and pause; but in the silence a curious air-noise, close by Ralph’s head. He gave it half his attention ó and there it was again; a faint ‘Zup!’ Someone was throwing stones: Roger was dropping them, his one hand still on the lever. Below him, Ralph was a shock of hair and Piggy a bag of fat.
Â¥I got this to say. You’re acting like a crowd of kids.’
The booing rose and died again as Piggy lifted the white, magic shell.
‘Which is better ó to be a pack of painted savages like you are, or to be sensible like Ralph is?’
A great clamour rose among the savages. Piggy shouted again.
‘Which is better ó to have rules and agree, or to hunt and kill?’
Again the clamour and again ó ‘Zup!’
Ralph shouted against the noise.
‘Which is better, law and rescue, or hunting and breaking things up?’
Now Jack was yelling too and Ralph could no longer make himself heard. Jack had backed right against the tribe and they were a solid mass of menace that bristled with spears. The intention of a charge was forming among them; they were working up to it and the neck would be swept clear. Ralph stood facing them, a little to one side, his spear ready. By him stood Piggy still holding out the talisman, the fragile, shining beauty of the shell. The storm of sound beat at them, an incantation of hatred. High overhead, Roger, with a sense of delirious abandonment, leaned all his weight on the lever.
Question: What is the tribe’s reaction to Piggy’s questions?
The Death of Piggy
(LORD OF THE FLIES by William Golding)
He held out his spear and pointed at the savages.
‘Your only hope is keeping a signal fire going as long as there’s light to see. Then maybe a ship’ll notice the smoke and come and rescue us and take us home. But without that smoke we’ve got to wait till some ship comes by accident. We might wait years; till we were old ó’
The shivering, silvery, unreal laughter of the savages sprayed out and echoed away. A gust of rage shook Ralph. His voice cracked.
‘Don’t you understand, you painted fools? Sam, Eric, Piggy and me ó we aren’t enough. We tried to keep the fire going, but we couldn’t. And then you, playing at hunting. . . .’
He pointed past them to where the trickle of smoke dispersed in the pearly air.
‘Look at that! Call that a signal fire? That’s a cooking fire. Now you’ll eat and there’ll be no smoke. Don’t you understand? There may be a ship out there ó’
He paused, defeated by the silence and the painted anonymity of the group guarding the entry. The chief opened a pink mouth and addressed Samneric who were between him and his tribe.
‘You two. Get back.’
No one answered him. The twins, puzzled, looked at each other; while Piggy, reassured
by the cessation of violence, stood up carefully. Jack glanced back at Ralph and then at the twins.
‘Grab them!’
No one moved. Jack shouted angrily.
I said “grab them”!’
The painted group moved round Samneric nervously and unhandily. Once more the silvery laughter scattered.
Samneric protested out of the heart of civilisation.
‘Oh, I say!’
‘ó honestly!’
Their spears were taken from them.
‘Tie them up!’
Ralph cried out hopelessly against the black and green mask.
‘Jack!’
‘Go on. Tie them.’
Now the painted group felt the otherness of Samneric, felt the power in their own hands. They felled the twins clumsily and excitedly. Jack was inspired. He knew that Ralph would attempt a rescue. He struck in a humming circle behind him and Ralph only just parried the blow. Beyond them the tribe and the twins were a loud and writhing heap. Piggy crouched again. Then the twins lay, astonished, and the tribe stood round them. Jack turned to Ralph and spoke between his teeth.
‘See? They do what I want.’
There was silence again. The twins lay, in-expertly tied up, and the tribe watched Ralph to see what he would do. He numbered them through his fringe, glimpsed the ineffectual smoke.
His temper broke. He screamed at Jack.
‘You’re a beast and a swine and a bloody, bloody thief!’
He charged.
Jack, knowing this was the crisis, charged too. They met with a jolt and bounced apart. Jack swung with his fist at Ralph and caught him on the ear. Ralph hit Jack in the stomach and made him grunt. Then they were facing each other again, panting and furious, but unnerved by each other’s ferocity. They became aware of the noise that was the background to this fight, the steady shrill cheering of the tribe behind them.
Piggy’s voice penetrated to Ralph.
‘Let me speak.’
He was standing in the dust of the fight, and as the tribe saw his intention the shrill cheer changed to a steady booing.
Piggy held up the conch and the booing sagged a little, then came up again to strength.
Â¥IÂ¥ got the conch!’
He shouted.
Â¥IÂ¥ tell you, I got the conch!’
Surprisingly, there was silence now; the tribe were curious to hear what amusing thing he might have to say.
Silence and pause; but in the silence a curious air-noise, close by Ralph’s head. He gave it half his attention ó and there it was again; a faint ‘Zup!’ Someone was throwing stones: Roger was dropping them, his one hand still on the lever. Below him, Ralph was a shock of hair and Piggy a bag of fat.
Â¥I got this to say. You’re acting like a crowd of kids.’
The booing rose and died again as Piggy lifted the white, magic shell.
‘Which is better ó to be a pack of painted savages like you are, or to be sensible like Ralph is?’
A great clamour rose among the savages. Piggy shouted again.
‘Which is better ó to have rules and agree, or to hunt and kill?’
Again the clamour and again ó ‘Zup!’
Ralph shouted against the noise.
‘Which is better, law and rescue, or hunting and breaking things up?’
Now Jack was yelling too and Ralph could no longer make himself heard. Jack had backed right against the tribe and they were a solid mass of menace that bristled with spears. The intention of a charge was forming among them; they were working up to it and the neck would be swept clear. Ralph stood facing them, a little to one side, his spear ready. By him stood Piggy still holding out the talisman, the fragile, shining beauty of the shell. The storm of sound beat at them, an incantation of hatred. High overhead, Roger, with a sense of delirious abandonment, leaned all his weight on the lever.
Question: What are Samneric’s initial reactions when ordered to get back?
The Death of Piggy
(LORD OF THE FLIES by William Golding)
He held out his spear and pointed at the savages.
‘Your only hope is keeping a signal fire going as long as there’s light to see. Then maybe a ship’ll notice the smoke and come and rescue us and take us home. But without that smoke we’ve got to wait till some ship comes by accident. We might wait years; till we were old ó’
The shivering, silvery, unreal laughter of the savages sprayed out and echoed away. A gust of rage shook Ralph. His voice cracked.
‘Don’t you understand, you painted fools? Sam, Eric, Piggy and me ó we aren’t enough. We tried to keep the fire going, but we couldn’t. And then you, playing at hunting. . . .’
He pointed past them to where the trickle of smoke dispersed in the pearly air.
‘Look at that! Call that a signal fire? That’s a cooking fire. Now you’ll eat and there’ll be no smoke. Don’t you understand? There may be a ship out there ó’
He paused, defeated by the silence and the painted anonymity of the group guarding the entry. The chief opened a pink mouth and addressed Samneric who were between him and his tribe.
‘You two. Get back.’
No one answered him. The twins, puzzled, looked at each other; while Piggy, reassured
by the cessation of violence, stood up carefully. Jack glanced back at Ralph and then at the twins.
‘Grab them!’
No one moved. Jack shouted angrily.
I said “grab them”!’
The painted group moved round Samneric nervously and unhandily. Once more the silvery laughter scattered.
Samneric protested out of the heart of civilisation.
‘Oh, I say!’
‘ó honestly!’
Their spears were taken from them.
‘Tie them up!’
Ralph cried out hopelessly against the black and green mask.
‘Jack!’
‘Go on. Tie them.’
Now the painted group felt the otherness of Samneric, felt the power in their own hands. They felled the twins clumsily and excitedly. Jack was inspired. He knew that Ralph would attempt a rescue. He struck in a humming circle behind him and Ralph only just parried the blow. Beyond them the tribe and the twins were a loud and writhing heap. Piggy crouched again. Then the twins lay, astonished, and the tribe stood round them. Jack turned to Ralph and spoke between his teeth.
‘See? They do what I want.’
There was silence again. The twins lay, in-expertly tied up, and the tribe watched Ralph to see what he would do. He numbered them through his fringe, glimpsed the ineffectual smoke.
His temper broke. He screamed at Jack.
‘You’re a beast and a swine and a bloody, bloody thief!’
He charged.
Jack, knowing this was the crisis, charged too. They met with a jolt and bounced apart. Jack swung with his fist at Ralph and caught him on the ear. Ralph hit Jack in the stomach and made him grunt. Then they were facing each other again, panting and furious, but unnerved by each other’s ferocity. They became aware of the noise that was the background to this fight, the steady shrill cheering of the tribe behind them.
Piggy’s voice penetrated to Ralph.
‘Let me speak.’
He was standing in the dust of the fight, and as the tribe saw his intention the shrill cheer changed to a steady booing.
Piggy held up the conch and the booing sagged a little, then came up again to strength.
Â¥IÂ¥ got the conch!’
He shouted.
Â¥IÂ¥ tell you, I got the conch!’
Surprisingly, there was silence now; the tribe were curious to hear what amusing thing he might have to say.
Silence and pause; but in the silence a curious air-noise, close by Ralph’s head. He gave it half his attention ó and there it was again; a faint ‘Zup!’ Someone was throwing stones: Roger was dropping them, his one hand still on the lever. Below him, Ralph was a shock of hair and Piggy a bag of fat.
Â¥I got this to say. You’re acting like a crowd of kids.’
The booing rose and died again as Piggy lifted the white, magic shell.
‘Which is better ó to be a pack of painted savages like you are, or to be sensible like Ralph is?’
A great clamour rose among the savages. Piggy shouted again.
‘Which is better ó to have rules and agree, or to hunt and kill?’
Again the clamour and again ó ‘Zup!’
Ralph shouted against the noise.
‘Which is better, law and rescue, or hunting and breaking things up?’
Now Jack was yelling too and Ralph could no longer make himself heard. Jack had backed right against the tribe and they were a solid mass of menace that bristled with spears. The intention of a charge was forming among them; they were working up to it and the neck would be swept clear. Ralph stood facing them, a little to one side, his spear ready. By him stood Piggy still holding out the talisman, the fragile, shining beauty of the shell. The storm of sound beat at them, an incantation of hatred. High overhead, Roger, with a sense of delirious abandonment, leaned all his weight on the lever.
Question: How does Ralph view the tribe’s painted faces?
The Death of Piggy
(LORD OF THE FLIES by William Golding)
He held out his spear and pointed at the savages.
‘Your only hope is keeping a signal fire going as long as there’s light to see. Then maybe a ship’ll notice the smoke and come and rescue us and take us home. But without that smoke we’ve got to wait till some ship comes by accident. We might wait years; till we were old ó’
The shivering, silvery, unreal laughter of the savages sprayed out and echoed away. A gust of rage shook Ralph. His voice cracked.
‘Don’t you understand, you painted fools? Sam, Eric, Piggy and me ó we aren’t enough. We tried to keep the fire going, but we couldn’t. And then you, playing at hunting. . . .’
He pointed past them to where the trickle of smoke dispersed in the pearly air.
‘Look at that! Call that a signal fire? That’s a cooking fire. Now you’ll eat and there’ll be no smoke. Don’t you understand? There may be a ship out there ó’
He paused, defeated by the silence and the painted anonymity of the group guarding the entry. The chief opened a pink mouth and addressed Samneric who were between him and his tribe.
‘You two. Get back.’
No one answered him. The twins, puzzled, looked at each other; while Piggy, reassured
by the cessation of violence, stood up carefully. Jack glanced back at Ralph and then at the twins.
‘Grab them!’
No one moved. Jack shouted angrily.
I said “grab them”!’
The painted group moved round Samneric nervously and unhandily. Once more the silvery laughter scattered.
Samneric protested out of the heart of civilisation.
‘Oh, I say!’
‘ó honestly!’
Their spears were taken from them.
‘Tie them up!’
Ralph cried out hopelessly against the black and green mask.
‘Jack!’
‘Go on. Tie them.’
Now the painted group felt the otherness of Samneric, felt the power in their own hands. They felled the twins clumsily and excitedly. Jack was inspired. He knew that Ralph would attempt a rescue. He struck in a humming circle behind him and Ralph only just parried the blow. Beyond them the tribe and the twins were a loud and writhing heap. Piggy crouched again. Then the twins lay, astonished, and the tribe stood round them. Jack turned to Ralph and spoke between his teeth.
‘See? They do what I want.’
There was silence again. The twins lay, in-expertly tied up, and the tribe watched Ralph to see what he would do. He numbered them through his fringe, glimpsed the ineffectual smoke.
His temper broke. He screamed at Jack.
‘You’re a beast and a swine and a bloody, bloody thief!’
He charged.
Jack, knowing this was the crisis, charged too. They met with a jolt and bounced apart. Jack swung with his fist at Ralph and caught him on the ear. Ralph hit Jack in the stomach and made him grunt. Then they were facing each other again, panting and furious, but unnerved by each other’s ferocity. They became aware of the noise that was the background to this fight, the steady shrill cheering of the tribe behind them.
Piggy’s voice penetrated to Ralph.
‘Let me speak.’
He was standing in the dust of the fight, and as the tribe saw his intention the shrill cheer changed to a steady booing.
Piggy held up the conch and the booing sagged a little, then came up again to strength.
Â¥IÂ¥ got the conch!’
He shouted.
Â¥IÂ¥ tell you, I got the conch!’
Surprisingly, there was silence now; the tribe were curious to hear what amusing thing he might have to say.
Silence and pause; but in the silence a curious air-noise, close by Ralph’s head. He gave it half his attention ó and there it was again; a faint ‘Zup!’ Someone was throwing stones: Roger was dropping them, his one hand still on the lever. Below him, Ralph was a shock of hair and Piggy a bag of fat.
Â¥I got this to say. You’re acting like a crowd of kids.’
The booing rose and died again as Piggy lifted the white, magic shell.
‘Which is better ó to be a pack of painted savages like you are, or to be sensible like Ralph is?’
A great clamour rose among the savages. Piggy shouted again.
‘Which is better ó to have rules and agree, or to hunt and kill?’
Again the clamour and again ó ‘Zup!’
Ralph shouted against the noise.
‘Which is better, law and rescue, or hunting and breaking things up?’
Now Jack was yelling too and Ralph could no longer make himself heard. Jack had backed right against the tribe and they were a solid mass of menace that bristled with spears. The intention of a charge was forming among them; they were working up to it and the neck would be swept clear. Ralph stood facing them, a little to one side, his spear ready. By him stood Piggy still holding out the talisman, the fragile, shining beauty of the shell. The storm of sound beat at them, an incantation of hatred. High overhead, Roger, with a sense of delirious abandonment, leaned all his weight on the lever.
Question: Who are the characters involved in a physical fight?
The Death of Piggy
(LORD OF THE FLIES by William Golding)
He held out his spear and pointed at the savages.
‘Your only hope is keeping a signal fire going as long as there’s light to see. Then maybe a ship’ll notice the smoke and come and rescue us and take us home. But without that smoke we’ve got to wait till some ship comes by accident. We might wait years; till we were old ó’
The shivering, silvery, unreal laughter of the savages sprayed out and echoed away. A gust of rage shook Ralph. His voice cracked.
‘Don’t you understand, you painted fools? Sam, Eric, Piggy and me ó we aren’t enough. We tried to keep the fire going, but we couldn’t. And then you, playing at hunting. . . .’
He pointed past them to where the trickle of smoke dispersed in the pearly air.
‘Look at that! Call that a signal fire? That’s a cooking fire. Now you’ll eat and there’ll be no smoke. Don’t you understand? There may be a ship out there ó’
He paused, defeated by the silence and the painted anonymity of the group guarding the entry. The chief opened a pink mouth and addressed Samneric who were between him and his tribe.
‘You two. Get back.’
No one answered him. The twins, puzzled, looked at each other; while Piggy, reassured
by the cessation of violence, stood up carefully. Jack glanced back at Ralph and then at the twins.
‘Grab them!’
No one moved. Jack shouted angrily.
I said “grab them”!’
The painted group moved round Samneric nervously and unhandily. Once more the silvery laughter scattered.
Samneric protested out of the heart of civilisation.
‘Oh, I say!’
‘ó honestly!’
Their spears were taken from them.
‘Tie them up!’
Ralph cried out hopelessly against the black and green mask.
‘Jack!’
‘Go on. Tie them.’
Now the painted group felt the otherness of Samneric, felt the power in their own hands. They felled the twins clumsily and excitedly. Jack was inspired. He knew that Ralph would attempt a rescue. He struck in a humming circle behind him and Ralph only just parried the blow. Beyond them the tribe and the twins were a loud and writhing heap. Piggy crouched again. Then the twins lay, astonished, and the tribe stood round them. Jack turned to Ralph and spoke between his teeth.
‘See? They do what I want.’
There was silence again. The twins lay, in-expertly tied up, and the tribe watched Ralph to see what he would do. He numbered them through his fringe, glimpsed the ineffectual smoke.
His temper broke. He screamed at Jack.
‘You’re a beast and a swine and a bloody, bloody thief!’
He charged.
Jack, knowing this was the crisis, charged too. They met with a jolt and bounced apart. Jack swung with his fist at Ralph and caught him on the ear. Ralph hit Jack in the stomach and made him grunt. Then they were facing each other again, panting and furious, but unnerved by each other’s ferocity. They became aware of the noise that was the background to this fight, the steady shrill cheering of the tribe behind them.
Piggy’s voice penetrated to Ralph.
‘Let me speak.’
He was standing in the dust of the fight, and as the tribe saw his intention the shrill cheer changed to a steady booing.
Piggy held up the conch and the booing sagged a little, then came up again to strength.
Â¥IÂ¥ got the conch!’
He shouted.
Â¥IÂ¥ tell you, I got the conch!’
Surprisingly, there was silence now; the tribe were curious to hear what amusing thing he might have to say.
Silence and pause; but in the silence a curious air-noise, close by Ralph’s head. He gave it half his attention ó and there it was again; a faint ‘Zup!’ Someone was throwing stones: Roger was dropping them, his one hand still on the lever. Below him, Ralph was a shock of hair and Piggy a bag of fat.
Â¥I got this to say. You’re acting like a crowd of kids.’
The booing rose and died again as Piggy lifted the white, magic shell.
‘Which is better ó to be a pack of painted savages like you are, or to be sensible like Ralph is?’
A great clamour rose among the savages. Piggy shouted again.
‘Which is better ó to have rules and agree, or to hunt and kill?’
Again the clamour and again ó ‘Zup!’
Ralph shouted against the noise.
‘Which is better, law and rescue, or hunting and breaking things up?’
Now Jack was yelling too and Ralph could no longer make himself heard. Jack had backed right against the tribe and they were a solid mass of menace that bristled with spears. The intention of a charge was forming among them; they were working up to it and the neck would be swept clear. Ralph stood facing them, a little to one side, his spear ready. By him stood Piggy still holding out the talisman, the fragile, shining beauty of the shell. The storm of sound beat at them, an incantation of hatred. High overhead, Roger, with a sense of delirious abandonment, leaned all his weight on the lever.
Question: What is the crowd’s response to Piggy’s logical arguments?
The Death of Piggy
(LORD OF THE FLIES by William Golding)
He held out his spear and pointed at the savages.
‘Your only hope is keeping a signal fire going as long as there’s light to see. Then maybe a ship’ll notice the smoke and come and rescue us and take us home. But without that smoke we’ve got to wait till some ship comes by accident. We might wait years; till we were old ó’
The shivering, silvery, unreal laughter of the savages sprayed out and echoed away. A gust of rage shook Ralph. His voice cracked.
‘Don’t you understand, you painted fools? Sam, Eric, Piggy and me ó we aren’t enough. We tried to keep the fire going, but we couldn’t. And then you, playing at hunting. . . .’
He pointed past them to where the trickle of smoke dispersed in the pearly air.
‘Look at that! Call that a signal fire? That’s a cooking fire. Now you’ll eat and there’ll be no smoke. Don’t you understand? There may be a ship out there ó’
He paused, defeated by the silence and the painted anonymity of the group guarding the entry. The chief opened a pink mouth and addressed Samneric who were between him and his tribe.
‘You two. Get back.’
No one answered him. The twins, puzzled, looked at each other; while Piggy, reassured
by the cessation of violence, stood up carefully. Jack glanced back at Ralph and then at the twins.
‘Grab them!’
No one moved. Jack shouted angrily.
I said “grab them”!’
The painted group moved round Samneric nervously and unhandily. Once more the silvery laughter scattered.
Samneric protested out of the heart of civilisation.
‘Oh, I say!’
‘ó honestly!’
Their spears were taken from them.
‘Tie them up!’
Ralph cried out hopelessly against the black and green mask.
‘Jack!’
‘Go on. Tie them.’
Now the painted group felt the otherness of Samneric, felt the power in their own hands. They felled the twins clumsily and excitedly. Jack was inspired. He knew that Ralph would attempt a rescue. He struck in a humming circle behind him and Ralph only just parried the blow. Beyond them the tribe and the twins were a loud and writhing heap. Piggy crouched again. Then the twins lay, astonished, and the tribe stood round them. Jack turned to Ralph and spoke between his teeth.
‘See? They do what I want.’
There was silence again. The twins lay, in-expertly tied up, and the tribe watched Ralph to see what he would do. He numbered them through his fringe, glimpsed the ineffectual smoke.
His temper broke. He screamed at Jack.
‘You’re a beast and a swine and a bloody, bloody thief!’
He charged.
Jack, knowing this was the crisis, charged too. They met with a jolt and bounced apart. Jack swung with his fist at Ralph and caught him on the ear. Ralph hit Jack in the stomach and made him grunt. Then they were facing each other again, panting and furious, but unnerved by each other’s ferocity. They became aware of the noise that was the background to this fight, the steady shrill cheering of the tribe behind them.
Piggy’s voice penetrated to Ralph.
‘Let me speak.’
He was standing in the dust of the fight, and as the tribe saw his intention the shrill cheer changed to a steady booing.
Piggy held up the conch and the booing sagged a little, then came up again to strength.
Â¥IÂ¥ got the conch!’
He shouted.
Â¥IÂ¥ tell you, I got the conch!’
Surprisingly, there was silence now; the tribe were curious to hear what amusing thing he might have to say.
Silence and pause; but in the silence a curious air-noise, close by Ralph’s head. He gave it half his attention ó and there it was again; a faint ‘Zup!’ Someone was throwing stones: Roger was dropping them, his one hand still on the lever. Below him, Ralph was a shock of hair and Piggy a bag of fat.
Â¥I got this to say. You’re acting like a crowd of kids.’
The booing rose and died again as Piggy lifted the white, magic shell.
‘Which is better ó to be a pack of painted savages like you are, or to be sensible like Ralph is?’
A great clamour rose among the savages. Piggy shouted again.
‘Which is better ó to have rules and agree, or to hunt and kill?’
Again the clamour and again ó ‘Zup!’
Ralph shouted against the noise.
‘Which is better, law and rescue, or hunting and breaking things up?’
Now Jack was yelling too and Ralph could no longer make himself heard. Jack had backed right against the tribe and they were a solid mass of menace that bristled with spears. The intention of a charge was forming among them; they were working up to it and the neck would be swept clear. Ralph stood facing them, a little to one side, his spear ready. By him stood Piggy still holding out the talisman, the fragile, shining beauty of the shell. The storm of sound beat at them, an incantation of hatred. High overhead, Roger, with a sense of delirious abandonment, leaned all his weight on the lever.
Question: How does the tribe feel when they tie up Samneric?
A Struggle Against The Sea
(ALL THE GREEN YEAR by Don Charlwood¥s Classic)
Early in the afternoon the examiner arrived ó a tall, hollow-cheeked man wrapped in an overcoat. As there were no other candidates Johnno and I drove alone with him to the beach. The sea was louder now and spray blew occasionally across the L of the pier.
‘You’re both strong swimmers?’
When Johnno didn’t answer I said, ‘He’s the best in the town.’
The examiner looked at me bleakly. ‘But you, you still want to go on with it yourself?’
‘Yes,’ I said.
There was good reason for this: Johnno was the perfect patient; when he filled his lungs with air he floated like an inflated beach toy. I knew that if he left school I might never get the opportunity of having him again.
‘Very well; get undressed as quickly as you can.’
The dressing shed was deserted and had about it a winter look. It smelt of undisturbed salt deposits, and outside the tea-tree creaked depressingly.
All this was lost on Johnno. He was so at home in the sea and so glad to be out of school that a cyclone would have meant nothing to him.
We put our sweaters on and went on to the beach, our legs stinging in the blown sand. There was no one to be seen except the examiner who was striding up and down the pier. We walked beside him to the end, our eyes watering in the wind, the water making sucking sounds under our feet.
‘It’s a very poor day indeed. You’re sure you want to go on with it?’
‘Yes sir,’ we said.
‘All right, you know the twenty-yard mark ó the third bollard on the L. You, Reeve, will swim to a point opposite it, then Johnston will carry out the first method of release followed by the first method of rescue.’
‘Yes sir.’
We handed him our sweaters and climbed down on to the landing. The decking was
awash and the waves made rushing, slapping sounds round the piles. All this Johnno hardly noticed. He filled his great chest and dived in and began swimming parallel to the L, his feet fluttering rhythmically. I glanced inland at the town as a man might glance if seeing it for the last time, then I dived after him.
The water felt cold enough to stop my heart. Below the surface the depths were silent and hostile, reaching far into darkness. I curved up to the light and saw Johnno well ahead, treading water patiently. The movement of waves was against us as strongly as I had ever felt it.
‘First method of release,’ cried Johnno.
I lifted my arms in fair imitation of a drowning man and felt them grasped and twisted outward. He turned me on my back, put his hands over my ears and presently I was riding with my head on his chest, all sound shut out, my face clear of the water. Above us was a grey sky, its cloud racing. Under me I could feel Johnno’s legs driving powerfully. I relaxed and breathed deeply in preparation for the return.
As we came to the landing the examiner shouted, ‘First method of release and first method of rescue, Reeve.’
We swam back together into the oncoming sea and faced each other twenty yards out. Johnno held up his arms and I turned him on to his back. He was unsinkable; even if waves washed continually over his face, he said nothing. But one thing he couldn’t do was control our direction. We ended our run ten feet from the landing.
‘All rightÂ¥, shouted the examiner, ‘don’t bother to go back to the landing, swim from where you are. Your turn, Johnston ó second method of release, second method of rescue.’
Each time Johnno’s turn came he attempted to correct my drift, but correcting it completely was beyond him, so we moved slowly down the pier.
Gradually fatigue crept over me, so that I began carrying out each movement automatically, hardly aware sometimes whether Johnno was the patient or the rescuer.
Drifting the way we were, we were beginning to lose protection from the L. Through the corner of my eye I could see the waves coming, and at the last moment would lift Johnno’s head and submerge my own.
‘Johnston ó fourth method of rescue.’
With his mouth near my ear he shouted, ‘You okay?’
I heard my own voice answer, ‘Okay.’ ‘Reeve ó fourth method of rescue.’ On the last lap I had illusions of relief. The waves seemed less aggressive and the tremendous ache at the back of my neck was easier. The idea came to me that I was not in the water, but lying in bed, vaguely dreaming.
Question: What does the examiner’s overcoat symbolise?
A Struggle Against The Sea
(ALL THE GREEN YEAR by Don Charlwood¥s Classic)
Early in the afternoon the examiner arrived ó a tall, hollow-cheeked man wrapped in an overcoat. As there were no other candidates Johnno and I drove alone with him to the beach. The sea was louder now and spray blew occasionally across the L of the pier.
‘You’re both strong swimmers?’
When Johnno didn’t answer I said, ‘He’s the best in the town.’
The examiner looked at me bleakly. ‘But you, you still want to go on with it yourself?’
‘Yes,’ I said.
There was good reason for this: Johnno was the perfect patient; when he filled his lungs with air he floated like an inflated beach toy. I knew that if he left school I might never get the opportunity of having him again.
‘Very well; get undressed as quickly as you can.’
The dressing shed was deserted and had about it a winter look. It smelt of undisturbed salt deposits, and outside the tea-tree creaked depressingly.
All this was lost on Johnno. He was so at home in the sea and so glad to be out of school that a cyclone would have meant nothing to him.
We put our sweaters on and went on to the beach, our legs stinging in the blown sand. There was no one to be seen except the examiner who was striding up and down the pier. We walked beside him to the end, our eyes watering in the wind, the water making sucking sounds under our feet.
‘It’s a very poor day indeed. You’re sure you want to go on with it?’
‘Yes sir,’ we said.
‘All right, you know the twenty-yard mark ó the third bollard on the L. You, Reeve, will swim to a point opposite it, then Johnston will carry out the first method of release followed by the first method of rescue.’
‘Yes sir.’
We handed him our sweaters and climbed down on to the landing. The decking was
awash and the waves made rushing, slapping sounds round the piles. All this Johnno hardly noticed. He filled his great chest and dived in and began swimming parallel to the L, his feet fluttering rhythmically. I glanced inland at the town as a man might glance if seeing it for the last time, then I dived after him.
The water felt cold enough to stop my heart. Below the surface the depths were silent and hostile, reaching far into darkness. I curved up to the light and saw Johnno well ahead, treading water patiently. The movement of waves was against us as strongly as I had ever felt it.
‘First method of release,’ cried Johnno.
I lifted my arms in fair imitation of a drowning man and felt them grasped and twisted outward. He turned me on my back, put his hands over my ears and presently I was riding with my head on his chest, all sound shut out, my face clear of the water. Above us was a grey sky, its cloud racing. Under me I could feel Johnno’s legs driving powerfully. I relaxed and breathed deeply in preparation for the return.
As we came to the landing the examiner shouted, ‘First method of release and first method of rescue, Reeve.’
We swam back together into the oncoming sea and faced each other twenty yards out. Johnno held up his arms and I turned him on to his back. He was unsinkable; even if waves washed continually over his face, he said nothing. But one thing he couldn’t do was control our direction. We ended our run ten feet from the landing.
‘All rightÂ¥, shouted the examiner, ‘don’t bother to go back to the landing, swim from where you are. Your turn, Johnston ó second method of release, second method of rescue.’
Each time Johnno’s turn came he attempted to correct my drift, but correcting it completely was beyond him, so we moved slowly down the pier.
Gradually fatigue crept over me, so that I began carrying out each movement automatically, hardly aware sometimes whether Johnno was the patient or the rescuer.
Drifting the way we were, we were beginning to lose protection from the L. Through the corner of my eye I could see the waves coming, and at the last moment would lift Johnno’s head and submerge my own.
‘Johnston ó fourth method of rescue.’
With his mouth near my ear he shouted, ‘You okay?’
I heard my own voice answer, ‘Okay.’ ‘Reeve ó fourth method of rescue.’ On the last lap I had illusions of relief. The waves seemed less aggressive and the tremendous ache at the back of my neck was easier. The idea came to me that I was not in the water, but lying in bed, vaguely dreaming.
Question: What is the significance of the dressing shed’s winter look?
A Struggle Against The Sea
(ALL THE GREEN YEAR by Don Charlwood¥s Classic)
Early in the afternoon the examiner arrived ó a tall, hollow-cheeked man wrapped in an overcoat. As there were no other candidates Johnno and I drove alone with him to the beach. The sea was louder now and spray blew occasionally across the L of the pier.
‘You’re both strong swimmers?’
When Johnno didn’t answer I said, ‘He’s the best in the town.’
The examiner looked at me bleakly. ‘But you, you still want to go on with it yourself?’
‘Yes,’ I said.
There was good reason for this: Johnno was the perfect patient; when he filled his lungs with air he floated like an inflated beach toy. I knew that if he left school I might never get the opportunity of having him again.
‘Very well; get undressed as quickly as you can.’
The dressing shed was deserted and had about it a winter look. It smelt of undisturbed salt deposits, and outside the tea-tree creaked depressingly.
All this was lost on Johnno. He was so at home in the sea and so glad to be out of school that a cyclone would have meant nothing to him.
We put our sweaters on and went on to the beach, our legs stinging in the blown sand. There was no one to be seen except the examiner who was striding up and down the pier. We walked beside him to the end, our eyes watering in the wind, the water making sucking sounds under our feet.
‘It’s a very poor day indeed. You’re sure you want to go on with it?’
‘Yes sir,’ we said.
‘All right, you know the twenty-yard mark ó the third bollard on the L. You, Reeve, will swim to a point opposite it, then Johnston will carry out the first method of release followed by the first method of rescue.’
‘Yes sir.’
We handed him our sweaters and climbed down on to the landing. The decking was
awash and the waves made rushing, slapping sounds round the piles. All this Johnno hardly noticed. He filled his great chest and dived in and began swimming parallel to the L, his feet fluttering rhythmically. I glanced inland at the town as a man might glance if seeing it for the last time, then I dived after him.
The water felt cold enough to stop my heart. Below the surface the depths were silent and hostile, reaching far into darkness. I curved up to the light and saw Johnno well ahead, treading water patiently. The movement of waves was against us as strongly as I had ever felt it.
‘First method of release,’ cried Johnno.
I lifted my arms in fair imitation of a drowning man and felt them grasped and twisted outward. He turned me on my back, put his hands over my ears and presently I was riding with my head on his chest, all sound shut out, my face clear of the water. Above us was a grey sky, its cloud racing. Under me I could feel Johnno’s legs driving powerfully. I relaxed and breathed deeply in preparation for the return.
As we came to the landing the examiner shouted, ‘First method of release and first method of rescue, Reeve.’
We swam back together into the oncoming sea and faced each other twenty yards out. Johnno held up his arms and I turned him on to his back. He was unsinkable; even if waves washed continually over his face, he said nothing. But one thing he couldn’t do was control our direction. We ended our run ten feet from the landing.
‘All rightÂ¥, shouted the examiner, ‘don’t bother to go back to the landing, swim from where you are. Your turn, Johnston ó second method of release, second method of rescue.’
Each time Johnno’s turn came he attempted to correct my drift, but correcting it completely was beyond him, so we moved slowly down the pier.
Gradually fatigue crept over me, so that I began carrying out each movement automatically, hardly aware sometimes whether Johnno was the patient or the rescuer.
Drifting the way we were, we were beginning to lose protection from the L. Through the corner of my eye I could see the waves coming, and at the last moment would lift Johnno’s head and submerge my own.
‘Johnston ó fourth method of rescue.’
With his mouth near my ear he shouted, ‘You okay?’
I heard my own voice answer, ‘Okay.’ ‘Reeve ó fourth method of rescue.’ On the last lap I had illusions of relief. The waves seemed less aggressive and the tremendous ache at the back of my neck was easier. The idea came to me that I was not in the water, but lying in bed, vaguely dreaming.
Question: What does the ‘L’ of the pier represent?
A Struggle Against The Sea
(ALL THE GREEN YEAR by Don Charlwood¥s Classic)
Early in the afternoon the examiner arrived ó a tall, hollow-cheeked man wrapped in an overcoat. As there were no other candidates Johnno and I drove alone with him to the beach. The sea was louder now and spray blew occasionally across the L of the pier.
‘You’re both strong swimmers?’
When Johnno didn’t answer I said, ‘He’s the best in the town.’
The examiner looked at me bleakly. ‘But you, you still want to go on with it yourself?’
‘Yes,’ I said.
There was good reason for this: Johnno was the perfect patient; when he filled his lungs with air he floated like an inflated beach toy. I knew that if he left school I might never get the opportunity of having him again.
‘Very well; get undressed as quickly as you can.’
The dressing shed was deserted and had about it a winter look. It smelt of undisturbed salt deposits, and outside the tea-tree creaked depressingly.
All this was lost on Johnno. He was so at home in the sea and so glad to be out of school that a cyclone would have meant nothing to him.
We put our sweaters on and went on to the beach, our legs stinging in the blown sand. There was no one to be seen except the examiner who was striding up and down the pier. We walked beside him to the end, our eyes watering in the wind, the water making sucking sounds under our feet.
‘It’s a very poor day indeed. You’re sure you want to go on with it?’
‘Yes sir,’ we said.
‘All right, you know the twenty-yard mark ó the third bollard on the L. You, Reeve, will swim to a point opposite it, then Johnston will carry out the first method of release followed by the first method of rescue.’
‘Yes sir.’
We handed him our sweaters and climbed down on to the landing. The decking was
awash and the waves made rushing, slapping sounds round the piles. All this Johnno hardly noticed. He filled his great chest and dived in and began swimming parallel to the L, his feet fluttering rhythmically. I glanced inland at the town as a man might glance if seeing it for the last time, then I dived after him.
The water felt cold enough to stop my heart. Below the surface the depths were silent and hostile, reaching far into darkness. I curved up to the light and saw Johnno well ahead, treading water patiently. The movement of waves was against us as strongly as I had ever felt it.
‘First method of release,’ cried Johnno.
I lifted my arms in fair imitation of a drowning man and felt them grasped and twisted outward. He turned me on my back, put his hands over my ears and presently I was riding with my head on his chest, all sound shut out, my face clear of the water. Above us was a grey sky, its cloud racing. Under me I could feel Johnno’s legs driving powerfully. I relaxed and breathed deeply in preparation for the return.
As we came to the landing the examiner shouted, ‘First method of release and first method of rescue, Reeve.’
We swam back together into the oncoming sea and faced each other twenty yards out. Johnno held up his arms and I turned him on to his back. He was unsinkable; even if waves washed continually over his face, he said nothing. But one thing he couldn’t do was control our direction. We ended our run ten feet from the landing.
‘All rightÂ¥, shouted the examiner, ‘don’t bother to go back to the landing, swim from where you are. Your turn, Johnston ó second method of release, second method of rescue.’
Each time Johnno’s turn came he attempted to correct my drift, but correcting it completely was beyond him, so we moved slowly down the pier.
Gradually fatigue crept over me, so that I began carrying out each movement automatically, hardly aware sometimes whether Johnno was the patient or the rescuer.
Drifting the way we were, we were beginning to lose protection from the L. Through the corner of my eye I could see the waves coming, and at the last moment would lift Johnno’s head and submerge my own.
‘Johnston ó fourth method of rescue.’
With his mouth near my ear he shouted, ‘You okay?’
I heard my own voice answer, ‘Okay.’ ‘Reeve ó fourth method of rescue.’ On the last lap I had illusions of relief. The waves seemed less aggressive and the tremendous ache at the back of my neck was easier. The idea came to me that I was not in the water, but lying in bed, vaguely dreaming.
Question: Why does the author describe the sea as “reaching far into darkness”?
A Struggle Against The Sea
(ALL THE GREEN YEAR by Don Charlwood¥s Classic)
Early in the afternoon the examiner arrived ó a tall, hollow-cheeked man wrapped in an overcoat. As there were no other candidates Johnno and I drove alone with him to the beach. The sea was louder now and spray blew occasionally across the L of the pier.
‘You’re both strong swimmers?’
When Johnno didn’t answer I said, ‘He’s the best in the town.’
The examiner looked at me bleakly. ‘But you, you still want to go on with it yourself?’
‘Yes,’ I said.
There was good reason for this: Johnno was the perfect patient; when he filled his lungs with air he floated like an inflated beach toy. I knew that if he left school I might never get the opportunity of having him again.
‘Very well; get undressed as quickly as you can.’
The dressing shed was deserted and had about it a winter look. It smelt of undisturbed salt deposits, and outside the tea-tree creaked depressingly.
All this was lost on Johnno. He was so at home in the sea and so glad to be out of school that a cyclone would have meant nothing to him.
We put our sweaters on and went on to the beach, our legs stinging in the blown sand. There was no one to be seen except the examiner who was striding up and down the pier. We walked beside him to the end, our eyes watering in the wind, the water making sucking sounds under our feet.
‘It’s a very poor day indeed. You’re sure you want to go on with it?’
‘Yes sir,’ we said.
‘All right, you know the twenty-yard mark ó the third bollard on the L. You, Reeve, will swim to a point opposite it, then Johnston will carry out the first method of release followed by the first method of rescue.’
‘Yes sir.’
We handed him our sweaters and climbed down on to the landing. The decking was
awash and the waves made rushing, slapping sounds round the piles. All this Johnno hardly noticed. He filled his great chest and dived in and began swimming parallel to the L, his feet fluttering rhythmically. I glanced inland at the town as a man might glance if seeing it for the last time, then I dived after him.
The water felt cold enough to stop my heart. Below the surface the depths were silent and hostile, reaching far into darkness. I curved up to the light and saw Johnno well ahead, treading water patiently. The movement of waves was against us as strongly as I had ever felt it.
‘First method of release,’ cried Johnno.
I lifted my arms in fair imitation of a drowning man and felt them grasped and twisted outward. He turned me on my back, put his hands over my ears and presently I was riding with my head on his chest, all sound shut out, my face clear of the water. Above us was a grey sky, its cloud racing. Under me I could feel Johnno’s legs driving powerfully. I relaxed and breathed deeply in preparation for the return.
As we came to the landing the examiner shouted, ‘First method of release and first method of rescue, Reeve.’
We swam back together into the oncoming sea and faced each other twenty yards out. Johnno held up his arms and I turned him on to his back. He was unsinkable; even if waves washed continually over his face, he said nothing. But one thing he couldn’t do was control our direction. We ended our run ten feet from the landing.
‘All rightÂ¥, shouted the examiner, ‘don’t bother to go back to the landing, swim from where you are. Your turn, Johnston ó second method of release, second method of rescue.’
Each time Johnno’s turn came he attempted to correct my drift, but correcting it completely was beyond him, so we moved slowly down the pier.
Gradually fatigue crept over me, so that I began carrying out each movement automatically, hardly aware sometimes whether Johnno was the patient or the rescuer.
Drifting the way we were, we were beginning to lose protection from the L. Through the corner of my eye I could see the waves coming, and at the last moment would lift Johnno’s head and submerge my own.
‘Johnston ó fourth method of rescue.’
With his mouth near my ear he shouted, ‘You okay?’
I heard my own voice answer, ‘Okay.’ ‘Reeve ó fourth method of rescue.’ On the last lap I had illusions of relief. The waves seemed less aggressive and the tremendous ache at the back of my neck was easier. The idea came to me that I was not in the water, but lying in bed, vaguely dreaming.
Question: What does the phrase “movement of waves” imply?
A Struggle Against The Sea
(ALL THE GREEN YEAR by Don Charlwood¥s Classic)
Early in the afternoon the examiner arrived ó a tall, hollow-cheeked man wrapped in an overcoat. As there were no other candidates Johnno and I drove alone with him to the beach. The sea was louder now and spray blew occasionally across the L of the pier.
‘You’re both strong swimmers?’
When Johnno didn’t answer I said, ‘He’s the best in the town.’
The examiner looked at me bleakly. ‘But you, you still want to go on with it yourself?’
‘Yes,’ I said.
There was good reason for this: Johnno was the perfect patient; when he filled his lungs with air he floated like an inflated beach toy. I knew that if he left school I might never get the opportunity of having him again.
‘Very well; get undressed as quickly as you can.’
The dressing shed was deserted and had about it a winter look. It smelt of undisturbed salt deposits, and outside the tea-tree creaked depressingly.
All this was lost on Johnno. He was so at home in the sea and so glad to be out of school that a cyclone would have meant nothing to him.
We put our sweaters on and went on to the beach, our legs stinging in the blown sand. There was no one to be seen except the examiner who was striding up and down the pier. We walked beside him to the end, our eyes watering in the wind, the water making sucking sounds under our feet.
‘It’s a very poor day indeed. You’re sure you want to go on with it?’
‘Yes sir,’ we said.
‘All right, you know the twenty-yard mark ó the third bollard on the L. You, Reeve, will swim to a point opposite it, then Johnston will carry out the first method of release followed by the first method of rescue.’
‘Yes sir.’
We handed him our sweaters and climbed down on to the landing. The decking was
awash and the waves made rushing, slapping sounds round the piles. All this Johnno hardly noticed. He filled his great chest and dived in and began swimming parallel to the L, his feet fluttering rhythmically. I glanced inland at the town as a man might glance if seeing it for the last time, then I dived after him.
The water felt cold enough to stop my heart. Below the surface the depths were silent and hostile, reaching far into darkness. I curved up to the light and saw Johnno well ahead, treading water patiently. The movement of waves was against us as strongly as I had ever felt it.
‘First method of release,’ cried Johnno.
I lifted my arms in fair imitation of a drowning man and felt them grasped and twisted outward. He turned me on my back, put his hands over my ears and presently I was riding with my head on his chest, all sound shut out, my face clear of the water. Above us was a grey sky, its cloud racing. Under me I could feel Johnno’s legs driving powerfully. I relaxed and breathed deeply in preparation for the return.
As we came to the landing the examiner shouted, ‘First method of release and first method of rescue, Reeve.’
We swam back together into the oncoming sea and faced each other twenty yards out. Johnno held up his arms and I turned him on to his back. He was unsinkable; even if waves washed continually over his face, he said nothing. But one thing he couldn’t do was control our direction. We ended our run ten feet from the landing.
‘All rightÂ¥, shouted the examiner, ‘don’t bother to go back to the landing, swim from where you are. Your turn, Johnston ó second method of release, second method of rescue.’
Each time Johnno’s turn came he attempted to correct my drift, but correcting it completely was beyond him, so we moved slowly down the pier.
Gradually fatigue crept over me, so that I began carrying out each movement automatically, hardly aware sometimes whether Johnno was the patient or the rescuer.
Drifting the way we were, we were beginning to lose protection from the L. Through the corner of my eye I could see the waves coming, and at the last moment would lift Johnno’s head and submerge my own.
‘Johnston ó fourth method of rescue.’
With his mouth near my ear he shouted, ‘You okay?’
I heard my own voice answer, ‘Okay.’ ‘Reeve ó fourth method of rescue.’ On the last lap I had illusions of relief. The waves seemed less aggressive and the tremendous ache at the back of my neck was easier. The idea came to me that I was not in the water, but lying in bed, vaguely dreaming.
Question: Why does the narrator glimpse at the town “as a man might glance if seeing it for the last time”?
A Struggle Against The Sea
(ALL THE GREEN YEAR by Don Charlwood¥s Classic)
Early in the afternoon the examiner arrived ó a tall, hollow-cheeked man wrapped in an overcoat. As there were no other candidates Johnno and I drove alone with him to the beach. The sea was louder now and spray blew occasionally across the L of the pier.
‘You’re both strong swimmers?’
When Johnno didn’t answer I said, ‘He’s the best in the town.’
The examiner looked at me bleakly. ‘But you, you still want to go on with it yourself?’
‘Yes,’ I said.
There was good reason for this: Johnno was the perfect patient; when he filled his lungs with air he floated like an inflated beach toy. I knew that if he left school I might never get the opportunity of having him again.
‘Very well; get undressed as quickly as you can.’
The dressing shed was deserted and had about it a winter look. It smelt of undisturbed salt deposits, and outside the tea-tree creaked depressingly.
All this was lost on Johnno. He was so at home in the sea and so glad to be out of school that a cyclone would have meant nothing to him.
We put our sweaters on and went on to the beach, our legs stinging in the blown sand. There was no one to be seen except the examiner who was striding up and down the pier. We walked beside him to the end, our eyes watering in the wind, the water making sucking sounds under our feet.
‘It’s a very poor day indeed. You’re sure you want to go on with it?’
‘Yes sir,’ we said.
‘All right, you know the twenty-yard mark ó the third bollard on the L. You, Reeve, will swim to a point opposite it, then Johnston will carry out the first method of release followed by the first method of rescue.’
‘Yes sir.’
We handed him our sweaters and climbed down on to the landing. The decking was
awash and the waves made rushing, slapping sounds round the piles. All this Johnno hardly noticed. He filled his great chest and dived in and began swimming parallel to the L, his feet fluttering rhythmically. I glanced inland at the town as a man might glance if seeing it for the last time, then I dived after him.
The water felt cold enough to stop my heart. Below the surface the depths were silent and hostile, reaching far into darkness. I curved up to the light and saw Johnno well ahead, treading water patiently. The movement of waves was against us as strongly as I had ever felt it.
‘First method of release,’ cried Johnno.
I lifted my arms in fair imitation of a drowning man and felt them grasped and twisted outward. He turned me on my back, put his hands over my ears and presently I was riding with my head on his chest, all sound shut out, my face clear of the water. Above us was a grey sky, its cloud racing. Under me I could feel Johnno’s legs driving powerfully. I relaxed and breathed deeply in preparation for the return.
As we came to the landing the examiner shouted, ‘First method of release and first method of rescue, Reeve.’
We swam back together into the oncoming sea and faced each other twenty yards out. Johnno held up his arms and I turned him on to his back. He was unsinkable; even if waves washed continually over his face, he said nothing. But one thing he couldn’t do was control our direction. We ended our run ten feet from the landing.
‘All rightÂ¥, shouted the examiner, ‘don’t bother to go back to the landing, swim from where you are. Your turn, Johnston ó second method of release, second method of rescue.’
Each time Johnno’s turn came he attempted to correct my drift, but correcting it completely was beyond him, so we moved slowly down the pier.
Gradually fatigue crept over me, so that I began carrying out each movement automatically, hardly aware sometimes whether Johnno was the patient or the rescuer.
Drifting the way we were, we were beginning to lose protection from the L. Through the corner of my eye I could see the waves coming, and at the last moment would lift Johnno’s head and submerge my own.
‘Johnston ó fourth method of rescue.’
With his mouth near my ear he shouted, ‘You okay?’
I heard my own voice answer, ‘Okay.’ ‘Reeve ó fourth method of rescue.’ On the last lap I had illusions of relief. The waves seemed less aggressive and the tremendous ache at the back of my neck was easier. The idea came to me that I was not in the water, but lying in bed, vaguely dreaming.
Question: What does Johnno’s comfort in the sea suggest?
A Struggle Against The Sea
(ALL THE GREEN YEAR by Don Charlwood¥s Classic)
Early in the afternoon the examiner arrived ó a tall, hollow-cheeked man wrapped in an overcoat. As there were no other candidates Johnno and I drove alone with him to the beach. The sea was louder now and spray blew occasionally across the L of the pier.
‘You’re both strong swimmers?’
When Johnno didn’t answer I said, ‘He’s the best in the town.’
The examiner looked at me bleakly. ‘But you, you still want to go on with it yourself?’
‘Yes,’ I said.
There was good reason for this: Johnno was the perfect patient; when he filled his lungs with air he floated like an inflated beach toy. I knew that if he left school I might never get the opportunity of having him again.
‘Very well; get undressed as quickly as you can.’
The dressing shed was deserted and had about it a winter look. It smelt of undisturbed salt deposits, and outside the tea-tree creaked depressingly.
All this was lost on Johnno. He was so at home in the sea and so glad to be out of school that a cyclone would have meant nothing to him.
We put our sweaters on and went on to the beach, our legs stinging in the blown sand. There was no one to be seen except the examiner who was striding up and down the pier. We walked beside him to the end, our eyes watering in the wind, the water making sucking sounds under our feet.
‘It’s a very poor day indeed. You’re sure you want to go on with it?’
‘Yes sir,’ we said.
‘All right, you know the twenty-yard mark ó the third bollard on the L. You, Reeve, will swim to a point opposite it, then Johnston will carry out the first method of release followed by the first method of rescue.’
‘Yes sir.’
We handed him our sweaters and climbed down on to the landing. The decking was
awash and the waves made rushing, slapping sounds round the piles. All this Johnno hardly noticed. He filled his great chest and dived in and began swimming parallel to the L, his feet fluttering rhythmically. I glanced inland at the town as a man might glance if seeing it for the last time, then I dived after him.
The water felt cold enough to stop my heart. Below the surface the depths were silent and hostile, reaching far into darkness. I curved up to the light and saw Johnno well ahead, treading water patiently. The movement of waves was against us as strongly as I had ever felt it.
‘First method of release,’ cried Johnno.
I lifted my arms in fair imitation of a drowning man and felt them grasped and twisted outward. He turned me on my back, put his hands over my ears and presently I was riding with my head on his chest, all sound shut out, my face clear of the water. Above us was a grey sky, its cloud racing. Under me I could feel Johnno’s legs driving powerfully. I relaxed and breathed deeply in preparation for the return.
As we came to the landing the examiner shouted, ‘First method of release and first method of rescue, Reeve.’
We swam back together into the oncoming sea and faced each other twenty yards out. Johnno held up his arms and I turned him on to his back. He was unsinkable; even if waves washed continually over his face, he said nothing. But one thing he couldn’t do was control our direction. We ended our run ten feet from the landing.
‘All rightÂ¥, shouted the examiner, ‘don’t bother to go back to the landing, swim from where you are. Your turn, Johnston ó second method of release, second method of rescue.’
Each time Johnno’s turn came he attempted to correct my drift, but correcting it completely was beyond him, so we moved slowly down the pier.
Gradually fatigue crept over me, so that I began carrying out each movement automatically, hardly aware sometimes whether Johnno was the patient or the rescuer.
Drifting the way we were, we were beginning to lose protection from the L. Through the corner of my eye I could see the waves coming, and at the last moment would lift Johnno’s head and submerge my own.
‘Johnston ó fourth method of rescue.’
With his mouth near my ear he shouted, ‘You okay?’
I heard my own voice answer, ‘Okay.’ ‘Reeve ó fourth method of rescue.’ On the last lap I had illusions of relief. The waves seemed less aggressive and the tremendous ache at the back of my neck was easier. The idea came to me that I was not in the water, but lying in bed, vaguely dreaming.
Question: Why does the narrator describe Johnno as “unsinkable”?
A Struggle Against The Sea
(ALL THE GREEN YEAR by Don Charlwood¥s Classic)
Early in the afternoon the examiner arrived ó a tall, hollow-cheeked man wrapped in an overcoat. As there were no other candidates Johnno and I drove alone with him to the beach. The sea was louder now and spray blew occasionally across the L of the pier.
‘You’re both strong swimmers?’
When Johnno didn’t answer I said, ‘He’s the best in the town.’
The examiner looked at me bleakly. ‘But you, you still want to go on with it yourself?’
‘Yes,’ I said.
There was good reason for this: Johnno was the perfect patient; when he filled his lungs with air he floated like an inflated beach toy. I knew that if he left school I might never get the opportunity of having him again.
‘Very well; get undressed as quickly as you can.’
The dressing shed was deserted and had about it a winter look. It smelt of undisturbed salt deposits, and outside the tea-tree creaked depressingly.
All this was lost on Johnno. He was so at home in the sea and so glad to be out of school that a cyclone would have meant nothing to him.
We put our sweaters on and went on to the beach, our legs stinging in the blown sand. There was no one to be seen except the examiner who was striding up and down the pier. We walked beside him to the end, our eyes watering in the wind, the water making sucking sounds under our feet.
‘It’s a very poor day indeed. You’re sure you want to go on with it?’
‘Yes sir,’ we said.
‘All right, you know the twenty-yard mark ó the third bollard on the L. You, Reeve, will swim to a point opposite it, then Johnston will carry out the first method of release followed by the first method of rescue.’
‘Yes sir.’
We handed him our sweaters and climbed down on to the landing. The decking was
awash and the waves made rushing, slapping sounds round the piles. All this Johnno hardly noticed. He filled his great chest and dived in and began swimming parallel to the L, his feet fluttering rhythmically. I glanced inland at the town as a man might glance if seeing it for the last time, then I dived after him.
The water felt cold enough to stop my heart. Below the surface the depths were silent and hostile, reaching far into darkness. I curved up to the light and saw Johnno well ahead, treading water patiently. The movement of waves was against us as strongly as I had ever felt it.
‘First method of release,’ cried Johnno.
I lifted my arms in fair imitation of a drowning man and felt them grasped and twisted outward. He turned me on my back, put his hands over my ears and presently I was riding with my head on his chest, all sound shut out, my face clear of the water. Above us was a grey sky, its cloud racing. Under me I could feel Johnno’s legs driving powerfully. I relaxed and breathed deeply in preparation for the return.
As we came to the landing the examiner shouted, ‘First method of release and first method of rescue, Reeve.’
We swam back together into the oncoming sea and faced each other twenty yards out. Johnno held up his arms and I turned him on to his back. He was unsinkable; even if waves washed continually over his face, he said nothing. But one thing he couldn’t do was control our direction. We ended our run ten feet from the landing.
‘All rightÂ¥, shouted the examiner, ‘don’t bother to go back to the landing, swim from where you are. Your turn, Johnston ó second method of release, second method of rescue.’
Each time Johnno’s turn came he attempted to correct my drift, but correcting it completely was beyond him, so we moved slowly down the pier.
Gradually fatigue crept over me, so that I began carrying out each movement automatically, hardly aware sometimes whether Johnno was the patient or the rescuer.
Drifting the way we were, we were beginning to lose protection from the L. Through the corner of my eye I could see the waves coming, and at the last moment would lift Johnno’s head and submerge my own.
‘Johnston ó fourth method of rescue.’
With his mouth near my ear he shouted, ‘You okay?’
I heard my own voice answer, ‘Okay.’ ‘Reeve ó fourth method of rescue.’ On the last lap I had illusions of relief. The waves seemed less aggressive and the tremendous ache at the back of my neck was easier. The idea came to me that I was not in the water, but lying in bed, vaguely dreaming.
Question: What does the phrase “tremendous ache at the back of my neck” signify?
A Struggle Against The Sea
(ALL THE GREEN YEAR by Don Charlwood¥s Classic)
Early in the afternoon the examiner arrived ó a tall, hollow-cheeked man wrapped in an overcoat. As there were no other candidates Johnno and I drove alone with him to the beach. The sea was louder now and spray blew occasionally across the L of the pier.
‘You’re both strong swimmers?’
When Johnno didn’t answer I said, ‘He’s the best in the town.’
The examiner looked at me bleakly. ‘But you, you still want to go on with it yourself?’
‘Yes,’ I said.
There was good reason for this: Johnno was the perfect patient; when he filled his lungs with air he floated like an inflated beach toy. I knew that if he left school I might never get the opportunity of having him again.
‘Very well; get undressed as quickly as you can.’
The dressing shed was deserted and had about it a winter look. It smelt of undisturbed salt deposits, and outside the tea-tree creaked depressingly.
All this was lost on Johnno. He was so at home in the sea and so glad to be out of school that a cyclone would have meant nothing to him.
We put our sweaters on and went on to the beach, our legs stinging in the blown sand. There was no one to be seen except the examiner who was striding up and down the pier. We walked beside him to the end, our eyes watering in the wind, the water making sucking sounds under our feet.
‘It’s a very poor day indeed. You’re sure you want to go on with it?’
‘Yes sir,’ we said.
‘All right, you know the twenty-yard mark ó the third bollard on the L. You, Reeve, will swim to a point opposite it, then Johnston will carry out the first method of release followed by the first method of rescue.’
‘Yes sir.’
We handed him our sweaters and climbed down on to the landing. The decking was
awash and the waves made rushing, slapping sounds round the piles. All this Johnno hardly noticed. He filled his great chest and dived in and began swimming parallel to the L, his feet fluttering rhythmically. I glanced inland at the town as a man might glance if seeing it for the last time, then I dived after him.
The water felt cold enough to stop my heart. Below the surface the depths were silent and hostile, reaching far into darkness. I curved up to the light and saw Johnno well ahead, treading water patiently. The movement of waves was against us as strongly as I had ever felt it.
‘First method of release,’ cried Johnno.
I lifted my arms in fair imitation of a drowning man and felt them grasped and twisted outward. He turned me on my back, put his hands over my ears and presently I was riding with my head on his chest, all sound shut out, my face clear of the water. Above us was a grey sky, its cloud racing. Under me I could feel Johnno’s legs driving powerfully. I relaxed and breathed deeply in preparation for the return.
As we came to the landing the examiner shouted, ‘First method of release and first method of rescue, Reeve.’
We swam back together into the oncoming sea and faced each other twenty yards out. Johnno held up his arms and I turned him on to his back. He was unsinkable; even if waves washed continually over his face, he said nothing. But one thing he couldn’t do was control our direction. We ended our run ten feet from the landing.
‘All rightÂ¥, shouted the examiner, ‘don’t bother to go back to the landing, swim from where you are. Your turn, Johnston ó second method of release, second method of rescue.’
Each time Johnno’s turn came he attempted to correct my drift, but correcting it completely was beyond him, so we moved slowly down the pier.
Gradually fatigue crept over me, so that I began carrying out each movement automatically, hardly aware sometimes whether Johnno was the patient or the rescuer.
Drifting the way we were, we were beginning to lose protection from the L. Through the corner of my eye I could see the waves coming, and at the last moment would lift Johnno’s head and submerge my own.
‘Johnston ó fourth method of rescue.’
With his mouth near my ear he shouted, ‘You okay?’
I heard my own voice answer, ‘Okay.’ ‘Reeve ó fourth method of rescue.’ On the last lap I had illusions of relief. The waves seemed less aggressive and the tremendous ache at the back of my neck was easier. The idea came to me that I was not in the water, but lying in bed, vaguely dreaming.
Question: What is the significance of the “grey sky, its cloud racing”?
A Struggle Against The Sea
(ALL THE GREEN YEAR by Don Charlwood¥s Classic)
Early in the afternoon the examiner arrived ó a tall, hollow-cheeked man wrapped in an overcoat. As there were no other candidates Johnno and I drove alone with him to the beach. The sea was louder now and spray blew occasionally across the L of the pier.
‘You’re both strong swimmers?’
When Johnno didn’t answer I said, ‘He’s the best in the town.’
The examiner looked at me bleakly. ‘But you, you still want to go on with it yourself?’
‘Yes,’ I said.
There was good reason for this: Johnno was the perfect patient; when he filled his lungs with air he floated like an inflated beach toy. I knew that if he left school I might never get the opportunity of having him again.
‘Very well; get undressed as quickly as you can.’
The dressing shed was deserted and had about it a winter look. It smelt of undisturbed salt deposits, and outside the tea-tree creaked depressingly.
All this was lost on Johnno. He was so at home in the sea and so glad to be out of school that a cyclone would have meant nothing to him.
We put our sweaters on and went on to the beach, our legs stinging in the blown sand. There was no one to be seen except the examiner who was striding up and down the pier. We walked beside him to the end, our eyes watering in the wind, the water making sucking sounds under our feet.
‘It’s a very poor day indeed. You’re sure you want to go on with it?’
‘Yes sir,’ we said.
‘All right, you know the twenty-yard mark ó the third bollard on the L. You, Reeve, will swim to a point opposite it, then Johnston will carry out the first method of release followed by the first method of rescue.’
‘Yes sir.’
We handed him our sweaters and climbed down on to the landing. The decking was
awash and the waves made rushing, slapping sounds round the piles. All this Johnno hardly noticed. He filled his great chest and dived in and began swimming parallel to the L, his feet fluttering rhythmically. I glanced inland at the town as a man might glance if seeing it for the last time, then I dived after him.
The water felt cold enough to stop my heart. Below the surface the depths were silent and hostile, reaching far into darkness. I curved up to the light and saw Johnno well ahead, treading water patiently. The movement of waves was against us as strongly as I had ever felt it.
‘First method of release,’ cried Johnno.
I lifted my arms in fair imitation of a drowning man and felt them grasped and twisted outward. He turned me on my back, put his hands over my ears and presently I was riding with my head on his chest, all sound shut out, my face clear of the water. Above us was a grey sky, its cloud racing. Under me I could feel Johnno’s legs driving powerfully. I relaxed and breathed deeply in preparation for the return.
As we came to the landing the examiner shouted, ‘First method of release and first method of rescue, Reeve.’
We swam back together into the oncoming sea and faced each other twenty yards out. Johnno held up his arms and I turned him on to his back. He was unsinkable; even if waves washed continually over his face, he said nothing. But one thing he couldn’t do was control our direction. We ended our run ten feet from the landing.
‘All rightÂ¥, shouted the examiner, ‘don’t bother to go back to the landing, swim from where you are. Your turn, Johnston ó second method of release, second method of rescue.’
Each time Johnno’s turn came he attempted to correct my drift, but correcting it completely was beyond him, so we moved slowly down the pier.
Gradually fatigue crept over me, so that I began carrying out each movement automatically, hardly aware sometimes whether Johnno was the patient or the rescuer.
Drifting the way we were, we were beginning to lose protection from the L. Through the corner of my eye I could see the waves coming, and at the last moment would lift Johnno’s head and submerge my own.
‘Johnston ó fourth method of rescue.’
With his mouth near my ear he shouted, ‘You okay?’
I heard my own voice answer, ‘Okay.’ ‘Reeve ó fourth method of rescue.’ On the last lap I had illusions of relief. The waves seemed less aggressive and the tremendous ache at the back of my neck was easier. The idea came to me that I was not in the water, but lying in bed, vaguely dreaming.
Question: What does “drifting the way we were” foreshadow?
A Struggle Against The Sea
(ALL THE GREEN YEAR by Don Charlwood¥s Classic)
Early in the afternoon the examiner arrived ó a tall, hollow-cheeked man wrapped in an overcoat. As there were no other candidates Johnno and I drove alone with him to the beach. The sea was louder now and spray blew occasionally across the L of the pier.
‘You’re both strong swimmers?’
When Johnno didn’t answer I said, ‘He’s the best in the town.’
The examiner looked at me bleakly. ‘But you, you still want to go on with it yourself?’
‘Yes,’ I said.
There was good reason for this: Johnno was the perfect patient; when he filled his lungs with air he floated like an inflated beach toy. I knew that if he left school I might never get the opportunity of having him again.
‘Very well; get undressed as quickly as you can.’
The dressing shed was deserted and had about it a winter look. It smelt of undisturbed salt deposits, and outside the tea-tree creaked depressingly.
All this was lost on Johnno. He was so at home in the sea and so glad to be out of school that a cyclone would have meant nothing to him.
We put our sweaters on and went on to the beach, our legs stinging in the blown sand. There was no one to be seen except the examiner who was striding up and down the pier. We walked beside him to the end, our eyes watering in the wind, the water making sucking sounds under our feet.
‘It’s a very poor day indeed. You’re sure you want to go on with it?’
‘Yes sir,’ we said.
‘All right, you know the twenty-yard mark ó the third bollard on the L. You, Reeve, will swim to a point opposite it, then Johnston will carry out the first method of release followed by the first method of rescue.’
‘Yes sir.’
We handed him our sweaters and climbed down on to the landing. The decking was
awash and the waves made rushing, slapping sounds round the piles. All this Johnno hardly noticed. He filled his great chest and dived in and began swimming parallel to the L, his feet fluttering rhythmically. I glanced inland at the town as a man might glance if seeing it for the last time, then I dived after him.
The water felt cold enough to stop my heart. Below the surface the depths were silent and hostile, reaching far into darkness. I curved up to the light and saw Johnno well ahead, treading water patiently. The movement of waves was against us as strongly as I had ever felt it.
‘First method of release,’ cried Johnno.
I lifted my arms in fair imitation of a drowning man and felt them grasped and twisted outward. He turned me on my back, put his hands over my ears and presently I was riding with my head on his chest, all sound shut out, my face clear of the water. Above us was a grey sky, its cloud racing. Under me I could feel Johnno’s legs driving powerfully. I relaxed and breathed deeply in preparation for the return.
As we came to the landing the examiner shouted, ‘First method of release and first method of rescue, Reeve.’
We swam back together into the oncoming sea and faced each other twenty yards out. Johnno held up his arms and I turned him on to his back. He was unsinkable; even if waves washed continually over his face, he said nothing. But one thing he couldn’t do was control our direction. We ended our run ten feet from the landing.
‘All rightÂ¥, shouted the examiner, ‘don’t bother to go back to the landing, swim from where you are. Your turn, Johnston ó second method of release, second method of rescue.’
Each time Johnno’s turn came he attempted to correct my drift, but correcting it completely was beyond him, so we moved slowly down the pier.
Gradually fatigue crept over me, so that I began carrying out each movement automatically, hardly aware sometimes whether Johnno was the patient or the rescuer.
Drifting the way we were, we were beginning to lose protection from the L. Through the corner of my eye I could see the waves coming, and at the last moment would lift Johnno’s head and submerge my own.
‘Johnston ó fourth method of rescue.’
With his mouth near my ear he shouted, ‘You okay?’
I heard my own voice answer, ‘Okay.’ ‘Reeve ó fourth method of rescue.’ On the last lap I had illusions of relief. The waves seemed less aggressive and the tremendous ache at the back of my neck was easier. The idea came to me that I was not in the water, but lying in bed, vaguely dreaming.
Question: What is implied by the term “illusions of relief”?
A Struggle Against The Sea
(ALL THE GREEN YEAR by Don Charlwood¥s Classic)
Early in the afternoon the examiner arrived ó a tall, hollow-cheeked man wrapped in an overcoat. As there were no other candidates Johnno and I drove alone with him to the beach. The sea was louder now and spray blew occasionally across the L of the pier.
‘You’re both strong swimmers?’
When Johnno didn’t answer I said, ‘He’s the best in the town.’
The examiner looked at me bleakly. ‘But you, you still want to go on with it yourself?’
‘Yes,’ I said.
There was good reason for this: Johnno was the perfect patient; when he filled his lungs with air he floated like an inflated beach toy. I knew that if he left school I might never get the opportunity of having him again.
‘Very well; get undressed as quickly as you can.’
The dressing shed was deserted and had about it a winter look. It smelt of undisturbed salt deposits, and outside the tea-tree creaked depressingly.
All this was lost on Johnno. He was so at home in the sea and so glad to be out of school that a cyclone would have meant nothing to him.
We put our sweaters on and went on to the beach, our legs stinging in the blown sand. There was no one to be seen except the examiner who was striding up and down the pier. We walked beside him to the end, our eyes watering in the wind, the water making sucking sounds under our feet.
‘It’s a very poor day indeed. You’re sure you want to go on with it?’
‘Yes sir,’ we said.
‘All right, you know the twenty-yard mark ó the third bollard on the L. You, Reeve, will swim to a point opposite it, then Johnston will carry out the first method of release followed by the first method of rescue.’
‘Yes sir.’
We handed him our sweaters and climbed down on to the landing. The decking was
awash and the waves made rushing, slapping sounds round the piles. All this Johnno hardly noticed. He filled his great chest and dived in and began swimming parallel to the L, his feet fluttering rhythmically. I glanced inland at the town as a man might glance if seeing it for the last time, then I dived after him.
The water felt cold enough to stop my heart. Below the surface the depths were silent and hostile, reaching far into darkness. I curved up to the light and saw Johnno well ahead, treading water patiently. The movement of waves was against us as strongly as I had ever felt it.
‘First method of release,’ cried Johnno.
I lifted my arms in fair imitation of a drowning man and felt them grasped and twisted outward. He turned me on my back, put his hands over my ears and presently I was riding with my head on his chest, all sound shut out, my face clear of the water. Above us was a grey sky, its cloud racing. Under me I could feel Johnno’s legs driving powerfully. I relaxed and breathed deeply in preparation for the return.
As we came to the landing the examiner shouted, ‘First method of release and first method of rescue, Reeve.’
We swam back together into the oncoming sea and faced each other twenty yards out. Johnno held up his arms and I turned him on to his back. He was unsinkable; even if waves washed continually over his face, he said nothing. But one thing he couldn’t do was control our direction. We ended our run ten feet from the landing.
‘All rightÂ¥, shouted the examiner, ‘don’t bother to go back to the landing, swim from where you are. Your turn, Johnston ó second method of release, second method of rescue.’
Each time Johnno’s turn came he attempted to correct my drift, but correcting it completely was beyond him, so we moved slowly down the pier.
Gradually fatigue crept over me, so that I began carrying out each movement automatically, hardly aware sometimes whether Johnno was the patient or the rescuer.
Drifting the way we were, we were beginning to lose protection from the L. Through the corner of my eye I could see the waves coming, and at the last moment would lift Johnno’s head and submerge my own.
‘Johnston ó fourth method of rescue.’
With his mouth near my ear he shouted, ‘You okay?’
I heard my own voice answer, ‘Okay.’ ‘Reeve ó fourth method of rescue.’ On the last lap I had illusions of relief. The waves seemed less aggressive and the tremendous ache at the back of my neck was easier. The idea came to me that I was not in the water, but lying in bed, vaguely dreaming.
Question: How does the story convey the idea of struggle?
A Struggle Against The Sea
(ALL THE GREEN YEAR by Don Charlwood¥s Classic)
Early in the afternoon the examiner arrived ó a tall, hollow-cheeked man wrapped in an overcoat. As there were no other candidates Johnno and I drove alone with him to the beach. The sea was louder now and spray blew occasionally across the L of the pier.
‘You’re both strong swimmers?’
When Johnno didn’t answer I said, ‘He’s the best in the town.’
The examiner looked at me bleakly. ‘But you, you still want to go on with it yourself?’
‘Yes,’ I said.
There was good reason for this: Johnno was the perfect patient; when he filled his lungs with air he floated like an inflated beach toy. I knew that if he left school I might never get the opportunity of having him again.
‘Very well; get undressed as quickly as you can.’
The dressing shed was deserted and had about it a winter look. It smelt of undisturbed salt deposits, and outside the tea-tree creaked depressingly.
All this was lost on Johnno. He was so at home in the sea and so glad to be out of school that a cyclone would have meant nothing to him.
We put our sweaters on and went on to the beach, our legs stinging in the blown sand. There was no one to be seen except the examiner who was striding up and down the pier. We walked beside him to the end, our eyes watering in the wind, the water making sucking sounds under our feet.
‘It’s a very poor day indeed. You’re sure you want to go on with it?’
‘Yes sir,’ we said.
‘All right, you know the twenty-yard mark ó the third bollard on the L. You, Reeve, will swim to a point opposite it, then Johnston will carry out the first method of release followed by the first method of rescue.’
‘Yes sir.’
We handed him our sweaters and climbed down on to the landing. The decking was
awash and the waves made rushing, slapping sounds round the piles. All this Johnno hardly noticed. He filled his great chest and dived in and began swimming parallel to the L, his feet fluttering rhythmically. I glanced inland at the town as a man might glance if seeing it for the last time, then I dived after him.
The water felt cold enough to stop my heart. Below the surface the depths were silent and hostile, reaching far into darkness. I curved up to the light and saw Johnno well ahead, treading water patiently. The movement of waves was against us as strongly as I had ever felt it.
‘First method of release,’ cried Johnno.
I lifted my arms in fair imitation of a drowning man and felt them grasped and twisted outward. He turned me on my back, put his hands over my ears and presently I was riding with my head on his chest, all sound shut out, my face clear of the water. Above us was a grey sky, its cloud racing. Under me I could feel Johnno’s legs driving powerfully. I relaxed and breathed deeply in preparation for the return.
As we came to the landing the examiner shouted, ‘First method of release and first method of rescue, Reeve.’
We swam back together into the oncoming sea and faced each other twenty yards out. Johnno held up his arms and I turned him on to his back. He was unsinkable; even if waves washed continually over his face, he said nothing. But one thing he couldn’t do was control our direction. We ended our run ten feet from the landing.
‘All rightÂ¥, shouted the examiner, ‘don’t bother to go back to the landing, swim from where you are. Your turn, Johnston ó second method of release, second method of rescue.’
Each time Johnno’s turn came he attempted to correct my drift, but correcting it completely was beyond him, so we moved slowly down the pier.
Gradually fatigue crept over me, so that I began carrying out each movement automatically, hardly aware sometimes whether Johnno was the patient or the rescuer.
Drifting the way we were, we were beginning to lose protection from the L. Through the corner of my eye I could see the waves coming, and at the last moment would lift Johnno’s head and submerge my own.
‘Johnston ó fourth method of rescue.’
With his mouth near my ear he shouted, ‘You okay?’
I heard my own voice answer, ‘Okay.’ ‘Reeve ó fourth method of rescue.’ On the last lap I had illusions of relief. The waves seemed less aggressive and the tremendous ache at the back of my neck was easier. The idea came to me that I was not in the water, but lying in bed, vaguely dreaming.
Question: Why does the narrator describe Johnno’s legs as “driving powerfully”?
A Struggle Against The Sea
(ALL THE GREEN YEAR by Don Charlwood¥s Classic)
Early in the afternoon the examiner arrived ó a tall, hollow-cheeked man wrapped in an overcoat. As there were no other candidates Johnno and I drove alone with him to the beach. The sea was louder now and spray blew occasionally across the L of the pier.
‘You’re both strong swimmers?’
When Johnno didn’t answer I said, ‘He’s the best in the town.’
The examiner looked at me bleakly. ‘But you, you still want to go on with it yourself?’
‘Yes,’ I said.
There was good reason for this: Johnno was the perfect patient; when he filled his lungs with air he floated like an inflated beach toy. I knew that if he left school I might never get the opportunity of having him again.
‘Very well; get undressed as quickly as you can.’
The dressing shed was deserted and had about it a winter look. It smelt of undisturbed salt deposits, and outside the tea-tree creaked depressingly.
All this was lost on Johnno. He was so at home in the sea and so glad to be out of school that a cyclone would have meant nothing to him.
We put our sweaters on and went on to the beach, our legs stinging in the blown sand. There was no one to be seen except the examiner who was striding up and down the pier. We walked beside him to the end, our eyes watering in the wind, the water making sucking sounds under our feet.
‘It’s a very poor day indeed. You’re sure you want to go on with it?’
‘Yes sir,’ we said.
‘All right, you know the twenty-yard mark ó the third bollard on the L. You, Reeve, will swim to a point opposite it, then Johnston will carry out the first method of release followed by the first method of rescue.’
‘Yes sir.’
We handed him our sweaters and climbed down on to the landing. The decking was
awash and the waves made rushing, slapping sounds round the piles. All this Johnno hardly noticed. He filled his great chest and dived in and began swimming parallel to the L, his feet fluttering rhythmically. I glanced inland at the town as a man might glance if seeing it for the last time, then I dived after him.
The water felt cold enough to stop my heart. Below the surface the depths were silent and hostile, reaching far into darkness. I curved up to the light and saw Johnno well ahead, treading water patiently. The movement of waves was against us as strongly as I had ever felt it.
‘First method of release,’ cried Johnno.
I lifted my arms in fair imitation of a drowning man and felt them grasped and twisted outward. He turned me on my back, put his hands over my ears and presently I was riding with my head on his chest, all sound shut out, my face clear of the water. Above us was a grey sky, its cloud racing. Under me I could feel Johnno’s legs driving powerfully. I relaxed and breathed deeply in preparation for the return.
As we came to the landing the examiner shouted, ‘First method of release and first method of rescue, Reeve.’
We swam back together into the oncoming sea and faced each other twenty yards out. Johnno held up his arms and I turned him on to his back. He was unsinkable; even if waves washed continually over his face, he said nothing. But one thing he couldn’t do was control our direction. We ended our run ten feet from the landing.
‘All rightÂ¥, shouted the examiner, ‘don’t bother to go back to the landing, swim from where you are. Your turn, Johnston ó second method of release, second method of rescue.’
Each time Johnno’s turn came he attempted to correct my drift, but correcting it completely was beyond him, so we moved slowly down the pier.
Gradually fatigue crept over me, so that I began carrying out each movement automatically, hardly aware sometimes whether Johnno was the patient or the rescuer.
Drifting the way we were, we were beginning to lose protection from the L. Through the corner of my eye I could see the waves coming, and at the last moment would lift Johnno’s head and submerge my own.
‘Johnston ó fourth method of rescue.’
With his mouth near my ear he shouted, ‘You okay?’
I heard my own voice answer, ‘Okay.’ ‘Reeve ó fourth method of rescue.’ On the last lap I had illusions of relief. The waves seemed less aggressive and the tremendous ache at the back of my neck was easier. The idea came to me that I was not in the water, but lying in bed, vaguely dreaming.
Question: What do the narrator’s “illusions of relief” reveal about human nature?
A Struggle Against The Sea
(ALL THE GREEN YEAR by Don Charlwood¥s Classic)
Early in the afternoon the examiner arrived ó a tall, hollow-cheeked man wrapped in an overcoat. As there were no other candidates Johnno and I drove alone with him to the beach. The sea was louder now and spray blew occasionally across the L of the pier.
‘You’re both strong swimmers?’
When Johnno didn’t answer I said, ‘He’s the best in the town.’
The examiner looked at me bleakly. ‘But you, you still want to go on with it yourself?’
‘Yes,’ I said.
There was good reason for this: Johnno was the perfect patient; when he filled his lungs with air he floated like an inflated beach toy. I knew that if he left school I might never get the opportunity of having him again.
‘Very well; get undressed as quickly as you can.’
The dressing shed was deserted and had about it a winter look. It smelt of undisturbed salt deposits, and outside the tea-tree creaked depressingly.
All this was lost on Johnno. He was so at home in the sea and so glad to be out of school that a cyclone would have meant nothing to him.
We put our sweaters on and went on to the beach, our legs stinging in the blown sand. There was no one to be seen except the examiner who was striding up and down the pier. We walked beside him to the end, our eyes watering in the wind, the water making sucking sounds under our feet.
‘It’s a very poor day indeed. You’re sure you want to go on with it?’
‘Yes sir,’ we said.
‘All right, you know the twenty-yard mark ó the third bollard on the L. You, Reeve, will swim to a point opposite it, then Johnston will carry out the first method of release followed by the first method of rescue.’
‘Yes sir.’
We handed him our sweaters and climbed down on to the landing. The decking was
awash and the waves made rushing, slapping sounds round the piles. All this Johnno hardly noticed. He filled his great chest and dived in and began swimming parallel to the L, his feet fluttering rhythmically. I glanced inland at the town as a man might glance if seeing it for the last time, then I dived after him.
The water felt cold enough to stop my heart. Below the surface the depths were silent and hostile, reaching far into darkness. I curved up to the light and saw Johnno well ahead, treading water patiently. The movement of waves was against us as strongly as I had ever felt it.
‘First method of release,’ cried Johnno.
I lifted my arms in fair imitation of a drowning man and felt them grasped and twisted outward. He turned me on my back, put his hands over my ears and presently I was riding with my head on his chest, all sound shut out, my face clear of the water. Above us was a grey sky, its cloud racing. Under me I could feel Johnno’s legs driving powerfully. I relaxed and breathed deeply in preparation for the return.
As we came to the landing the examiner shouted, ‘First method of release and first method of rescue, Reeve.’
We swam back together into the oncoming sea and faced each other twenty yards out. Johnno held up his arms and I turned him on to his back. He was unsinkable; even if waves washed continually over his face, he said nothing. But one thing he couldn’t do was control our direction. We ended our run ten feet from the landing.
‘All rightÂ¥, shouted the examiner, ‘don’t bother to go back to the landing, swim from where you are. Your turn, Johnston ó second method of release, second method of rescue.’
Each time Johnno’s turn came he attempted to correct my drift, but correcting it completely was beyond him, so we moved slowly down the pier.
Gradually fatigue crept over me, so that I began carrying out each movement automatically, hardly aware sometimes whether Johnno was the patient or the rescuer.
Drifting the way we were, we were beginning to lose protection from the L. Through the corner of my eye I could see the waves coming, and at the last moment would lift Johnno’s head and submerge my own.
‘Johnston ó fourth method of rescue.’
With his mouth near my ear he shouted, ‘You okay?’
I heard my own voice answer, ‘Okay.’ ‘Reeve ó fourth method of rescue.’ On the last lap I had illusions of relief. The waves seemed less aggressive and the tremendous ache at the back of my neck was easier. The idea came to me that I was not in the water, but lying in bed, vaguely dreaming.
Question: Why does Johnno ask, “You okay?”
The Struggle to Survive an Artillery Barrage
(ALL QUIET ON THE WESTERN FRONT by Erich Maria Remarque)
We come to the communication-trench and then to the open fields. The little wood reappears; we know every foot of ground here. There’s the cemetery with the mounds and the black crosses.
That moment it breaks out behind us, swells, roars, and thunders. We duck down ó a cloud of flame shoots up a hundred yards ahead of us.
The next minute under a second explosion part of the wood rises slowly in the air, three or four trees sail up and then crash to pieces. The shells begin to hiss like safety-valves ó heavy fireó
‘Take cover!’ yells somebody ó ‘Cover!’
The fields are flat, the wood is too distant and dangerous ó the only cover is the graveyard and the mounds. We stumble across in the dark and as though he had been spat there every man lies glued behind a mound.
Not a moment too soon. The dark goes mad. It heaves and raves. Darknesses blacker than the night rush on us with giant strides, over us and away. The flames of the explosions light up the graveyard.
There is no escape anywhere. By the light of the shells I try to get a view of the fields. They are a surging sea, daggers of flame from the explosions leap up like fountains. It is impossible for anyone to break through it.
The wood vanishes, it is pounded, crushed, torn to pieces. We must stay here in the graveyard.
The earth bursts before us. It rains clods. I feel a smack. My sleeve is torn away by a splinter. I shut my fist. No pain. Still that does not reassure me: wounds don’t hurt till afterwards. I feel the arm all over. It is grazed but sound. Now a crack on the skull, I begin to lose consciousness. Like lightning the thought comes to me: Don’t faint! I sink down in the black broth and immediately come up to the top again. A splinter slashes into my helmet, but has already travelled so far that it does not go through. I wipe the mud out of my eyes. A hole is torn up in front of me. Shells hardly ever land in the same hole twice, TH get into it. With one lunge, I shoot as flat as a fish over the ground; there it whistles again, quickly I crouch together, claw for cover, feel something on the left, shove in beside it, it gives way, I groan, the earth leaps, the blast thunders in my ears, I creep under the yielding thing, cover myself with it, draw it over me, it is wood, cloth, cover, cover, miserable cover against the whizzing splinters.
I open my eyes ó my fingers grasp a sleeve, an arm. A wounded man? I yell to him ó no answer ó a dead man. My hand gropes farther, splinters of wood ó now I remember again that we are lying in the graveyard.
But the shelling is stronger than everything. It wipes out the sensibilities, I merely crawl still farther under the coffin, it shall protect me, though Death himself lies in it.
Before me gapes the shell-hole. I grasp it with my eyes as with fists. With one leap I must be in it. There, I get a smack in the face, a hand clamps on to my shoulder ó has the dead man waked up? ó The hand shakes me, I turn my head, in the second of light I stare into the face of Katczinsky, he has his mouth wide open and is yelling. I hear nothing, he rattles me, comes nearer, in a momentary lull his voice reaches me: ‘Gas ó Gaas ó Gaaas Pass it on.’
I grab for my gas-mask. Some distance from me there lies someone. I think of nothing but this: That fellow there must know: Gaaas ó Gaaas
I call, I lean toward him, I swipe at him with the satchel, he doesn’t see ó once again, again ó he merely ducks ó it’s a recruit ó I look at Kat desperately, he has his mask on ó I pull out mine, too, my helmet falls to one side, it slips over my face, I reach the man, his satchel is on the side nearest me, I seize the mask, pull it over his head, he understands, I let go and with a jump drop into the shell-hole.
The dull thud of the gas-shells mingles with the crashes of the high explosives. A bell sounds between the explosions, gongs, and metal clappers warning everyone ó Gas ó Gas ó Gaas.
Someone plumps down behind me, another, I wipe the goggles of my mask clear of the moist breath. It is Kat, Kropp, and someone else. All four of us lie there in heavy, watchful suspense and breathe as lightly as possible.
These first minutes with the mask decide between life and death: is it air-tight? I remember the awful sights in the hospital: the gas patients who in day-long suffocation cough up their burnt lungs in clots.
Cautiously, the mouth applied to the valve, I breathe. The gas still creeps over the ground and sinks into all hollows. Like a big, soft jellyfish it floats into our shell-hole and lolls there obscenely. I nudge Kat, it is better to crawl out and lie on top than to stay where the gas collects most. But we don’t get as far as that; a second bombardment begins. It is no longer as though shells roared; it is the earth itself raging.
With a crash something black bears down on us. It lands close beside us; a coffin thrown up.
I see Kat move and I crawl across. The coffin has hit the fourth man in our hole on his out-stretched arm. He tries to tear off his gasmask with the other hand. Kropp seizes him just in time, twists the hand sharply behind his back and holds it fast.
Kat and I proceed to free the wounded arm. The coffin lid is loose and bursts open, we are easily able to pull it off, we toss the corpse out, it slides down to the bottom of the shell-hole, then we try to loosen the under-part.
Fortunately the man swoons and Kropp is able to help us. We no longer have to be careful, but work away till the coffin gives with a sigh before the spade that we have dug in under it.
Question: What is the significance of the characters hiding in a graveyard?
The Struggle to Survive an Artillery Barrage
(ALL QUIET ON THE WESTERN FRONT by Erich Maria Remarque)
We come to the communication-trench and then to the open fields. The little wood reappears; we know every foot of ground here. There’s the cemetery with the mounds and the black crosses.
That moment it breaks out behind us, swells, roars, and thunders. We duck down ó a cloud of flame shoots up a hundred yards ahead of us.
The next minute under a second explosion part of the wood rises slowly in the air, three or four trees sail up and then crash to pieces. The shells begin to hiss like safety-valves ó heavy fireó
‘Take cover!’ yells somebody ó ‘Cover!’
The fields are flat, the wood is too distant and dangerous ó the only cover is the graveyard and the mounds. We stumble across in the dark and as though he had been spat there every man lies glued behind a mound.
Not a moment too soon. The dark goes mad. It heaves and raves. Darknesses blacker than the night rush on us with giant strides, over us and away. The flames of the explosions light up the graveyard.
There is no escape anywhere. By the light of the shells I try to get a view of the fields. They are a surging sea, daggers of flame from the explosions leap up like fountains. It is impossible for anyone to break through it.
The wood vanishes, it is pounded, crushed, torn to pieces. We must stay here in the graveyard.
The earth bursts before us. It rains clods. I feel a smack. My sleeve is torn away by a splinter. I shut my fist. No pain. Still that does not reassure me: wounds don’t hurt till afterwards. I feel the arm all over. It is grazed but sound. Now a crack on the skull, I begin to lose consciousness. Like lightning the thought comes to me: Don’t faint! I sink down in the black broth and immediately come up to the top again. A splinter slashes into my helmet, but has already travelled so far that it does not go through. I wipe the mud out of my eyes. A hole is torn up in front of me. Shells hardly ever land in the same hole twice, TH get into it. With one lunge, I shoot as flat as a fish over the ground; there it whistles again, quickly I crouch together, claw for cover, feel something on the left, shove in beside it, it gives way, I groan, the earth leaps, the blast thunders in my ears, I creep under the yielding thing, cover myself with it, draw it over me, it is wood, cloth, cover, cover, miserable cover against the whizzing splinters.
I open my eyes ó my fingers grasp a sleeve, an arm. A wounded man? I yell to him ó no answer ó a dead man. My hand gropes farther, splinters of wood ó now I remember again that we are lying in the graveyard.
But the shelling is stronger than everything. It wipes out the sensibilities, I merely crawl still farther under the coffin, it shall protect me, though Death himself lies in it.
Before me gapes the shell-hole. I grasp it with my eyes as with fists. With one leap I must be in it. There, I get a smack in the face, a hand clamps on to my shoulder ó has the dead man waked up? ó The hand shakes me, I turn my head, in the second of light I stare into the face of Katczinsky, he has his mouth wide open and is yelling. I hear nothing, he rattles me, comes nearer, in a momentary lull his voice reaches me: ‘Gas ó Gaas ó Gaaas Pass it on.’
I grab for my gas-mask. Some distance from me there lies someone. I think of nothing but this: That fellow there must know: Gaaas ó Gaaas
I call, I lean toward him, I swipe at him with the satchel, he doesn’t see ó once again, again ó he merely ducks ó it’s a recruit ó I look at Kat desperately, he has his mask on ó I pull out mine, too, my helmet falls to one side, it slips over my face, I reach the man, his satchel is on the side nearest me, I seize the mask, pull it over his head, he understands, I let go and with a jump drop into the shell-hole.
The dull thud of the gas-shells mingles with the crashes of the high explosives. A bell sounds between the explosions, gongs, and metal clappers warning everyone ó Gas ó Gas ó Gaas.
Someone plumps down behind me, another, I wipe the goggles of my mask clear of the moist breath. It is Kat, Kropp, and someone else. All four of us lie there in heavy, watchful suspense and breathe as lightly as possible.
These first minutes with the mask decide between life and death: is it air-tight? I remember the awful sights in the hospital: the gas patients who in day-long suffocation cough up their burnt lungs in clots.
Cautiously, the mouth applied to the valve, I breathe. The gas still creeps over the ground and sinks into all hollows. Like a big, soft jellyfish it floats into our shell-hole and lolls there obscenely. I nudge Kat, it is better to crawl out and lie on top than to stay where the gas collects most. But we don’t get as far as that; a second bombardment begins. It is no longer as though shells roared; it is the earth itself raging.
With a crash something black bears down on us. It lands close beside us; a coffin thrown up.
I see Kat move and I crawl across. The coffin has hit the fourth man in our hole on his out-stretched arm. He tries to tear off his gasmask with the other hand. Kropp seizes him just in time, twists the hand sharply behind his back and holds it fast.
Kat and I proceed to free the wounded arm. The coffin lid is loose and bursts open, we are easily able to pull it off, we toss the corpse out, it slides down to the bottom of the shell-hole, then we try to loosen the under-part.
Fortunately the man swoons and Kropp is able to help us. We no longer have to be careful, but work away till the coffin gives with a sigh before the spade that we have dug in under it.
Question: What does the “cloud of flame” symbolize?
The Struggle to Survive an Artillery Barrage
(ALL QUIET ON THE WESTERN FRONT by Erich Maria Remarque)
We come to the communication-trench and then to the open fields. The little wood reappears; we know every foot of ground here. There’s the cemetery with the mounds and the black crosses.
That moment it breaks out behind us, swells, roars, and thunders. We duck down ó a cloud of flame shoots up a hundred yards ahead of us.
The next minute under a second explosion part of the wood rises slowly in the air, three or four trees sail up and then crash to pieces. The shells begin to hiss like safety-valves ó heavy fireó
‘Take cover!’ yells somebody ó ‘Cover!’
The fields are flat, the wood is too distant and dangerous ó the only cover is the graveyard and the mounds. We stumble across in the dark and as though he had been spat there every man lies glued behind a mound.
Not a moment too soon. The dark goes mad. It heaves and raves. Darknesses blacker than the night rush on us with giant strides, over us and away. The flames of the explosions light up the graveyard.
There is no escape anywhere. By the light of the shells I try to get a view of the fields. They are a surging sea, daggers of flame from the explosions leap up like fountains. It is impossible for anyone to break through it.
The wood vanishes, it is pounded, crushed, torn to pieces. We must stay here in the graveyard.
The earth bursts before us. It rains clods. I feel a smack. My sleeve is torn away by a splinter. I shut my fist. No pain. Still that does not reassure me: wounds don’t hurt till afterwards. I feel the arm all over. It is grazed but sound. Now a crack on the skull, I begin to lose consciousness. Like lightning the thought comes to me: Don’t faint! I sink down in the black broth and immediately come up to the top again. A splinter slashes into my helmet, but has already travelled so far that it does not go through. I wipe the mud out of my eyes. A hole is torn up in front of me. Shells hardly ever land in the same hole twice, TH get into it. With one lunge, I shoot as flat as a fish over the ground; there it whistles again, quickly I crouch together, claw for cover, feel something on the left, shove in beside it, it gives way, I groan, the earth leaps, the blast thunders in my ears, I creep under the yielding thing, cover myself with it, draw it over me, it is wood, cloth, cover, cover, miserable cover against the whizzing splinters.
I open my eyes ó my fingers grasp a sleeve, an arm. A wounded man? I yell to him ó no answer ó a dead man. My hand gropes farther, splinters of wood ó now I remember again that we are lying in the graveyard.
But the shelling is stronger than everything. It wipes out the sensibilities, I merely crawl still farther under the coffin, it shall protect me, though Death himself lies in it.
Before me gapes the shell-hole. I grasp it with my eyes as with fists. With one leap I must be in it. There, I get a smack in the face, a hand clamps on to my shoulder ó has the dead man waked up? ó The hand shakes me, I turn my head, in the second of light I stare into the face of Katczinsky, he has his mouth wide open and is yelling. I hear nothing, he rattles me, comes nearer, in a momentary lull his voice reaches me: ‘Gas ó Gaas ó Gaaas Pass it on.’
I grab for my gas-mask. Some distance from me there lies someone. I think of nothing but this: That fellow there must know: Gaaas ó Gaaas
I call, I lean toward him, I swipe at him with the satchel, he doesn’t see ó once again, again ó he merely ducks ó it’s a recruit ó I look at Kat desperately, he has his mask on ó I pull out mine, too, my helmet falls to one side, it slips over my face, I reach the man, his satchel is on the side nearest me, I seize the mask, pull it over his head, he understands, I let go and with a jump drop into the shell-hole.
The dull thud of the gas-shells mingles with the crashes of the high explosives. A bell sounds between the explosions, gongs, and metal clappers warning everyone ó Gas ó Gas ó Gaas.
Someone plumps down behind me, another, I wipe the goggles of my mask clear of the moist breath. It is Kat, Kropp, and someone else. All four of us lie there in heavy, watchful suspense and breathe as lightly as possible.
These first minutes with the mask decide between life and death: is it air-tight? I remember the awful sights in the hospital: the gas patients who in day-long suffocation cough up their burnt lungs in clots.
Cautiously, the mouth applied to the valve, I breathe. The gas still creeps over the ground and sinks into all hollows. Like a big, soft jellyfish it floats into our shell-hole and lolls there obscenely. I nudge Kat, it is better to crawl out and lie on top than to stay where the gas collects most. But we don’t get as far as that; a second bombardment begins. It is no longer as though shells roared; it is the earth itself raging.
With a crash something black bears down on us. It lands close beside us; a coffin thrown up.
I see Kat move and I crawl across. The coffin has hit the fourth man in our hole on his out-stretched arm. He tries to tear off his gasmask with the other hand. Kropp seizes him just in time, twists the hand sharply behind his back and holds it fast.
Kat and I proceed to free the wounded arm. The coffin lid is loose and bursts open, we are easily able to pull it off, we toss the corpse out, it slides down to the bottom of the shell-hole, then we try to loosen the under-part.
Fortunately the man swoons and Kropp is able to help us. We no longer have to be careful, but work away till the coffin gives with a sigh before the spade that we have dug in under it.
Question: How is the phrase “the dark goes mad” indicative of the characters’ mental state?
The Struggle to Survive an Artillery Barrage
(ALL QUIET ON THE WESTERN FRONT by Erich Maria Remarque)
We come to the communication-trench and then to the open fields. The little wood reappears; we know every foot of ground here. There’s the cemetery with the mounds and the black crosses.
That moment it breaks out behind us, swells, roars, and thunders. We duck down ó a cloud of flame shoots up a hundred yards ahead of us.
The next minute under a second explosion part of the wood rises slowly in the air, three or four trees sail up and then crash to pieces. The shells begin to hiss like safety-valves ó heavy fireó
‘Take cover!’ yells somebody ó ‘Cover!’
The fields are flat, the wood is too distant and dangerous ó the only cover is the graveyard and the mounds. We stumble across in the dark and as though he had been spat there every man lies glued behind a mound.
Not a moment too soon. The dark goes mad. It heaves and raves. Darknesses blacker than the night rush on us with giant strides, over us and away. The flames of the explosions light up the graveyard.
There is no escape anywhere. By the light of the shells I try to get a view of the fields. They are a surging sea, daggers of flame from the explosions leap up like fountains. It is impossible for anyone to break through it.
The wood vanishes, it is pounded, crushed, torn to pieces. We must stay here in the graveyard.
The earth bursts before us. It rains clods. I feel a smack. My sleeve is torn away by a splinter. I shut my fist. No pain. Still that does not reassure me: wounds don’t hurt till afterwards. I feel the arm all over. It is grazed but sound. Now a crack on the skull, I begin to lose consciousness. Like lightning the thought comes to me: Don’t faint! I sink down in the black broth and immediately come up to the top again. A splinter slashes into my helmet, but has already travelled so far that it does not go through. I wipe the mud out of my eyes. A hole is torn up in front of me. Shells hardly ever land in the same hole twice, TH get into it. With one lunge, I shoot as flat as a fish over the ground; there it whistles again, quickly I crouch together, claw for cover, feel something on the left, shove in beside it, it gives way, I groan, the earth leaps, the blast thunders in my ears, I creep under the yielding thing, cover myself with it, draw it over me, it is wood, cloth, cover, cover, miserable cover against the whizzing splinters.
I open my eyes ó my fingers grasp a sleeve, an arm. A wounded man? I yell to him ó no answer ó a dead man. My hand gropes farther, splinters of wood ó now I remember again that we are lying in the graveyard.
But the shelling is stronger than everything. It wipes out the sensibilities, I merely crawl still farther under the coffin, it shall protect me, though Death himself lies in it.
Before me gapes the shell-hole. I grasp it with my eyes as with fists. With one leap I must be in it. There, I get a smack in the face, a hand clamps on to my shoulder ó has the dead man waked up? ó The hand shakes me, I turn my head, in the second of light I stare into the face of Katczinsky, he has his mouth wide open and is yelling. I hear nothing, he rattles me, comes nearer, in a momentary lull his voice reaches me: ‘Gas ó Gaas ó Gaaas Pass it on.’
I grab for my gas-mask. Some distance from me there lies someone. I think of nothing but this: That fellow there must know: Gaaas ó Gaaas
I call, I lean toward him, I swipe at him with the satchel, he doesn’t see ó once again, again ó he merely ducks ó it’s a recruit ó I look at Kat desperately, he has his mask on ó I pull out mine, too, my helmet falls to one side, it slips over my face, I reach the man, his satchel is on the side nearest me, I seize the mask, pull it over his head, he understands, I let go and with a jump drop into the shell-hole.
The dull thud of the gas-shells mingles with the crashes of the high explosives. A bell sounds between the explosions, gongs, and metal clappers warning everyone ó Gas ó Gas ó Gaas.
Someone plumps down behind me, another, I wipe the goggles of my mask clear of the moist breath. It is Kat, Kropp, and someone else. All four of us lie there in heavy, watchful suspense and breathe as lightly as possible.
These first minutes with the mask decide between life and death: is it air-tight? I remember the awful sights in the hospital: the gas patients who in day-long suffocation cough up their burnt lungs in clots.
Cautiously, the mouth applied to the valve, I breathe. The gas still creeps over the ground and sinks into all hollows. Like a big, soft jellyfish it floats into our shell-hole and lolls there obscenely. I nudge Kat, it is better to crawl out and lie on top than to stay where the gas collects most. But we don’t get as far as that; a second bombardment begins. It is no longer as though shells roared; it is the earth itself raging.
With a crash something black bears down on us. It lands close beside us; a coffin thrown up.
I see Kat move and I crawl across. The coffin has hit the fourth man in our hole on his out-stretched arm. He tries to tear off his gasmask with the other hand. Kropp seizes him just in time, twists the hand sharply behind his back and holds it fast.
Kat and I proceed to free the wounded arm. The coffin lid is loose and bursts open, we are easily able to pull it off, we toss the corpse out, it slides down to the bottom of the shell-hole, then we try to loosen the under-part.
Fortunately the man swoons and Kropp is able to help us. We no longer have to be careful, but work away till the coffin gives with a sigh before the spade that we have dug in under it.
Question: What does the “surging sea” metaphor signify?
The Struggle to Survive an Artillery Barrage
(ALL QUIET ON THE WESTERN FRONT by Erich Maria Remarque)
We come to the communication-trench and then to the open fields. The little wood reappears; we know every foot of ground here. There’s the cemetery with the mounds and the black crosses.
That moment it breaks out behind us, swells, roars, and thunders. We duck down ó a cloud of flame shoots up a hundred yards ahead of us.
The next minute under a second explosion part of the wood rises slowly in the air, three or four trees sail up and then crash to pieces. The shells begin to hiss like safety-valves ó heavy fireó
‘Take cover!’ yells somebody ó ‘Cover!’
The fields are flat, the wood is too distant and dangerous ó the only cover is the graveyard and the mounds. We stumble across in the dark and as though he had been spat there every man lies glued behind a mound.
Not a moment too soon. The dark goes mad. It heaves and raves. Darknesses blacker than the night rush on us with giant strides, over us and away. The flames of the explosions light up the graveyard.
There is no escape anywhere. By the light of the shells I try to get a view of the fields. They are a surging sea, daggers of flame from the explosions leap up like fountains. It is impossible for anyone to break through it.
The wood vanishes, it is pounded, crushed, torn to pieces. We must stay here in the graveyard.
The earth bursts before us. It rains clods. I feel a smack. My sleeve is torn away by a splinter. I shut my fist. No pain. Still that does not reassure me: wounds don’t hurt till afterwards. I feel the arm all over. It is grazed but sound. Now a crack on the skull, I begin to lose consciousness. Like lightning the thought comes to me: Don’t faint! I sink down in the black broth and immediately come up to the top again. A splinter slashes into my helmet, but has already travelled so far that it does not go through. I wipe the mud out of my eyes. A hole is torn up in front of me. Shells hardly ever land in the same hole twice, TH get into it. With one lunge, I shoot as flat as a fish over the ground; there it whistles again, quickly I crouch together, claw for cover, feel something on the left, shove in beside it, it gives way, I groan, the earth leaps, the blast thunders in my ears, I creep under the yielding thing, cover myself with it, draw it over me, it is wood, cloth, cover, cover, miserable cover against the whizzing splinters.
I open my eyes ó my fingers grasp a sleeve, an arm. A wounded man? I yell to him ó no answer ó a dead man. My hand gropes farther, splinters of wood ó now I remember again that we are lying in the graveyard.
But the shelling is stronger than everything. It wipes out the sensibilities, I merely crawl still farther under the coffin, it shall protect me, though Death himself lies in it.
Before me gapes the shell-hole. I grasp it with my eyes as with fists. With one leap I must be in it. There, I get a smack in the face, a hand clamps on to my shoulder ó has the dead man waked up? ó The hand shakes me, I turn my head, in the second of light I stare into the face of Katczinsky, he has his mouth wide open and is yelling. I hear nothing, he rattles me, comes nearer, in a momentary lull his voice reaches me: ‘Gas ó Gaas ó Gaaas Pass it on.’
I grab for my gas-mask. Some distance from me there lies someone. I think of nothing but this: That fellow there must know: Gaaas ó Gaaas
I call, I lean toward him, I swipe at him with the satchel, he doesn’t see ó once again, again ó he merely ducks ó it’s a recruit ó I look at Kat desperately, he has his mask on ó I pull out mine, too, my helmet falls to one side, it slips over my face, I reach the man, his satchel is on the side nearest me, I seize the mask, pull it over his head, he understands, I let go and with a jump drop into the shell-hole.
The dull thud of the gas-shells mingles with the crashes of the high explosives. A bell sounds between the explosions, gongs, and metal clappers warning everyone ó Gas ó Gas ó Gaas.
Someone plumps down behind me, another, I wipe the goggles of my mask clear of the moist breath. It is Kat, Kropp, and someone else. All four of us lie there in heavy, watchful suspense and breathe as lightly as possible.
These first minutes with the mask decide between life and death: is it air-tight? I remember the awful sights in the hospital: the gas patients who in day-long suffocation cough up their burnt lungs in clots.
Cautiously, the mouth applied to the valve, I breathe. The gas still creeps over the ground and sinks into all hollows. Like a big, soft jellyfish it floats into our shell-hole and lolls there obscenely. I nudge Kat, it is better to crawl out and lie on top than to stay where the gas collects most. But we don’t get as far as that; a second bombardment begins. It is no longer as though shells roared; it is the earth itself raging.
With a crash something black bears down on us. It lands close beside us; a coffin thrown up.
I see Kat move and I crawl across. The coffin has hit the fourth man in our hole on his out-stretched arm. He tries to tear off his gasmask with the other hand. Kropp seizes him just in time, twists the hand sharply behind his back and holds it fast.
Kat and I proceed to free the wounded arm. The coffin lid is loose and bursts open, we are easily able to pull it off, we toss the corpse out, it slides down to the bottom of the shell-hole, then we try to loosen the under-part.
Fortunately the man swoons and Kropp is able to help us. We no longer have to be careful, but work away till the coffin gives with a sigh before the spade that we have dug in under it.
Question: Why does the character think “wounds don’t hurt till afterwards”?
The Struggle to Survive an Artillery Barrage
(ALL QUIET ON THE WESTERN FRONT by Erich Maria Remarque)
We come to the communication-trench and then to the open fields. The little wood reappears; we know every foot of ground here. There’s the cemetery with the mounds and the black crosses.
That moment it breaks out behind us, swells, roars, and thunders. We duck down ó a cloud of flame shoots up a hundred yards ahead of us.
The next minute under a second explosion part of the wood rises slowly in the air, three or four trees sail up and then crash to pieces. The shells begin to hiss like safety-valves ó heavy fireó
‘Take cover!’ yells somebody ó ‘Cover!’
The fields are flat, the wood is too distant and dangerous ó the only cover is the graveyard and the mounds. We stumble across in the dark and as though he had been spat there every man lies glued behind a mound.
Not a moment too soon. The dark goes mad. It heaves and raves. Darknesses blacker than the night rush on us with giant strides, over us and away. The flames of the explosions light up the graveyard.
There is no escape anywhere. By the light of the shells I try to get a view of the fields. They are a surging sea, daggers of flame from the explosions leap up like fountains. It is impossible for anyone to break through it.
The wood vanishes, it is pounded, crushed, torn to pieces. We must stay here in the graveyard.
The earth bursts before us. It rains clods. I feel a smack. My sleeve is torn away by a splinter. I shut my fist. No pain. Still that does not reassure me: wounds don’t hurt till afterwards. I feel the arm all over. It is grazed but sound. Now a crack on the skull, I begin to lose consciousness. Like lightning the thought comes to me: Don’t faint! I sink down in the black broth and immediately come up to the top again. A splinter slashes into my helmet, but has already travelled so far that it does not go through. I wipe the mud out of my eyes. A hole is torn up in front of me. Shells hardly ever land in the same hole twice, TH get into it. With one lunge, I shoot as flat as a fish over the ground; there it whistles again, quickly I crouch together, claw for cover, feel something on the left, shove in beside it, it gives way, I groan, the earth leaps, the blast thunders in my ears, I creep under the yielding thing, cover myself with it, draw it over me, it is wood, cloth, cover, cover, miserable cover against the whizzing splinters.
I open my eyes ó my fingers grasp a sleeve, an arm. A wounded man? I yell to him ó no answer ó a dead man. My hand gropes farther, splinters of wood ó now I remember again that we are lying in the graveyard.
But the shelling is stronger than everything. It wipes out the sensibilities, I merely crawl still farther under the coffin, it shall protect me, though Death himself lies in it.
Before me gapes the shell-hole. I grasp it with my eyes as with fists. With one leap I must be in it. There, I get a smack in the face, a hand clamps on to my shoulder ó has the dead man waked up? ó The hand shakes me, I turn my head, in the second of light I stare into the face of Katczinsky, he has his mouth wide open and is yelling. I hear nothing, he rattles me, comes nearer, in a momentary lull his voice reaches me: ‘Gas ó Gaas ó Gaaas Pass it on.’
I grab for my gas-mask. Some distance from me there lies someone. I think of nothing but this: That fellow there must know: Gaaas ó Gaaas
I call, I lean toward him, I swipe at him with the satchel, he doesn’t see ó once again, again ó he merely ducks ó it’s a recruit ó I look at Kat desperately, he has his mask on ó I pull out mine, too, my helmet falls to one side, it slips over my face, I reach the man, his satchel is on the side nearest me, I seize the mask, pull it over his head, he understands, I let go and with a jump drop into the shell-hole.
The dull thud of the gas-shells mingles with the crashes of the high explosives. A bell sounds between the explosions, gongs, and metal clappers warning everyone ó Gas ó Gas ó Gaas.
Someone plumps down behind me, another, I wipe the goggles of my mask clear of the moist breath. It is Kat, Kropp, and someone else. All four of us lie there in heavy, watchful suspense and breathe as lightly as possible.
These first minutes with the mask decide between life and death: is it air-tight? I remember the awful sights in the hospital: the gas patients who in day-long suffocation cough up their burnt lungs in clots.
Cautiously, the mouth applied to the valve, I breathe. The gas still creeps over the ground and sinks into all hollows. Like a big, soft jellyfish it floats into our shell-hole and lolls there obscenely. I nudge Kat, it is better to crawl out and lie on top than to stay where the gas collects most. But we don’t get as far as that; a second bombardment begins. It is no longer as though shells roared; it is the earth itself raging.
With a crash something black bears down on us. It lands close beside us; a coffin thrown up.
I see Kat move and I crawl across. The coffin has hit the fourth man in our hole on his out-stretched arm. He tries to tear off his gasmask with the other hand. Kropp seizes him just in time, twists the hand sharply behind his back and holds it fast.
Kat and I proceed to free the wounded arm. The coffin lid is loose and bursts open, we are easily able to pull it off, we toss the corpse out, it slides down to the bottom of the shell-hole, then we try to loosen the under-part.
Fortunately the man swoons and Kropp is able to help us. We no longer have to be careful, but work away till the coffin gives with a sigh before the spade that we have dug in under it.
Question: What does “the earth itself raging” symbolize?
The Struggle to Survive an Artillery Barrage
(ALL QUIET ON THE WESTERN FRONT by Erich Maria Remarque)
We come to the communication-trench and then to the open fields. The little wood reappears; we know every foot of ground here. There’s the cemetery with the mounds and the black crosses.
That moment it breaks out behind us, swells, roars, and thunders. We duck down ó a cloud of flame shoots up a hundred yards ahead of us.
The next minute under a second explosion part of the wood rises slowly in the air, three or four trees sail up and then crash to pieces. The shells begin to hiss like safety-valves ó heavy fireó
‘Take cover!’ yells somebody ó ‘Cover!’
The fields are flat, the wood is too distant and dangerous ó the only cover is the graveyard and the mounds. We stumble across in the dark and as though he had been spat there every man lies glued behind a mound.
Not a moment too soon. The dark goes mad. It heaves and raves. Darknesses blacker than the night rush on us with giant strides, over us and away. The flames of the explosions light up the graveyard.
There is no escape anywhere. By the light of the shells I try to get a view of the fields. They are a surging sea, daggers of flame from the explosions leap up like fountains. It is impossible for anyone to break through it.
The wood vanishes, it is pounded, crushed, torn to pieces. We must stay here in the graveyard.
The earth bursts before us. It rains clods. I feel a smack. My sleeve is torn away by a splinter. I shut my fist. No pain. Still that does not reassure me: wounds don’t hurt till afterwards. I feel the arm all over. It is grazed but sound. Now a crack on the skull, I begin to lose consciousness. Like lightning the thought comes to me: Don’t faint! I sink down in the black broth and immediately come up to the top again. A splinter slashes into my helmet, but has already travelled so far that it does not go through. I wipe the mud out of my eyes. A hole is torn up in front of me. Shells hardly ever land in the same hole twice, TH get into it. With one lunge, I shoot as flat as a fish over the ground; there it whistles again, quickly I crouch together, claw for cover, feel something on the left, shove in beside it, it gives way, I groan, the earth leaps, the blast thunders in my ears, I creep under the yielding thing, cover myself with it, draw it over me, it is wood, cloth, cover, cover, miserable cover against the whizzing splinters.
I open my eyes ó my fingers grasp a sleeve, an arm. A wounded man? I yell to him ó no answer ó a dead man. My hand gropes farther, splinters of wood ó now I remember again that we are lying in the graveyard.
But the shelling is stronger than everything. It wipes out the sensibilities, I merely crawl still farther under the coffin, it shall protect me, though Death himself lies in it.
Before me gapes the shell-hole. I grasp it with my eyes as with fists. With one leap I must be in it. There, I get a smack in the face, a hand clamps on to my shoulder ó has the dead man waked up? ó The hand shakes me, I turn my head, in the second of light I stare into the face of Katczinsky, he has his mouth wide open and is yelling. I hear nothing, he rattles me, comes nearer, in a momentary lull his voice reaches me: ‘Gas ó Gaas ó Gaaas Pass it on.’
I grab for my gas-mask. Some distance from me there lies someone. I think of nothing but this: That fellow there must know: Gaaas ó Gaaas
I call, I lean toward him, I swipe at him with the satchel, he doesn’t see ó once again, again ó he merely ducks ó it’s a recruit ó I look at Kat desperately, he has his mask on ó I pull out mine, too, my helmet falls to one side, it slips over my face, I reach the man, his satchel is on the side nearest me, I seize the mask, pull it over his head, he understands, I let go and with a jump drop into the shell-hole.
The dull thud of the gas-shells mingles with the crashes of the high explosives. A bell sounds between the explosions, gongs, and metal clappers warning everyone ó Gas ó Gas ó Gaas.
Someone plumps down behind me, another, I wipe the goggles of my mask clear of the moist breath. It is Kat, Kropp, and someone else. All four of us lie there in heavy, watchful suspense and breathe as lightly as possible.
These first minutes with the mask decide between life and death: is it air-tight? I remember the awful sights in the hospital: the gas patients who in day-long suffocation cough up their burnt lungs in clots.
Cautiously, the mouth applied to the valve, I breathe. The gas still creeps over the ground and sinks into all hollows. Like a big, soft jellyfish it floats into our shell-hole and lolls there obscenely. I nudge Kat, it is better to crawl out and lie on top than to stay where the gas collects most. But we don’t get as far as that; a second bombardment begins. It is no longer as though shells roared; it is the earth itself raging.
With a crash something black bears down on us. It lands close beside us; a coffin thrown up.
I see Kat move and I crawl across. The coffin has hit the fourth man in our hole on his out-stretched arm. He tries to tear off his gasmask with the other hand. Kropp seizes him just in time, twists the hand sharply behind his back and holds it fast.
Kat and I proceed to free the wounded arm. The coffin lid is loose and bursts open, we are easily able to pull it off, we toss the corpse out, it slides down to the bottom of the shell-hole, then we try to loosen the under-part.
Fortunately the man swoons and Kropp is able to help us. We no longer have to be careful, but work away till the coffin gives with a sigh before the spade that we have dug in under it.
Question: Why does the author describe the gas as “a big, soft jellyfish”?
The Struggle to Survive an Artillery Barrage
(ALL QUIET ON THE WESTERN FRONT by Erich Maria Remarque)
We come to the communication-trench and then to the open fields. The little wood reappears; we know every foot of ground here. There’s the cemetery with the mounds and the black crosses.
That moment it breaks out behind us, swells, roars, and thunders. We duck down ó a cloud of flame shoots up a hundred yards ahead of us.
The next minute under a second explosion part of the wood rises slowly in the air, three or four trees sail up and then crash to pieces. The shells begin to hiss like safety-valves ó heavy fireó
‘Take cover!’ yells somebody ó ‘Cover!’
The fields are flat, the wood is too distant and dangerous ó the only cover is the graveyard and the mounds. We stumble across in the dark and as though he had been spat there every man lies glued behind a mound.
Not a moment too soon. The dark goes mad. It heaves and raves. Darknesses blacker than the night rush on us with giant strides, over us and away. The flames of the explosions light up the graveyard.
There is no escape anywhere. By the light of the shells I try to get a view of the fields. They are a surging sea, daggers of flame from the explosions leap up like fountains. It is impossible for anyone to break through it.
The wood vanishes, it is pounded, crushed, torn to pieces. We must stay here in the graveyard.
The earth bursts before us. It rains clods. I feel a smack. My sleeve is torn away by a splinter. I shut my fist. No pain. Still that does not reassure me: wounds don’t hurt till afterwards. I feel the arm all over. It is grazed but sound. Now a crack on the skull, I begin to lose consciousness. Like lightning the thought comes to me: Don’t faint! I sink down in the black broth and immediately come up to the top again. A splinter slashes into my helmet, but has already travelled so far that it does not go through. I wipe the mud out of my eyes. A hole is torn up in front of me. Shells hardly ever land in the same hole twice, TH get into it. With one lunge, I shoot as flat as a fish over the ground; there it whistles again, quickly I crouch together, claw for cover, feel something on the left, shove in beside it, it gives way, I groan, the earth leaps, the blast thunders in my ears, I creep under the yielding thing, cover myself with it, draw it over me, it is wood, cloth, cover, cover, miserable cover against the whizzing splinters.
I open my eyes ó my fingers grasp a sleeve, an arm. A wounded man? I yell to him ó no answer ó a dead man. My hand gropes farther, splinters of wood ó now I remember again that we are lying in the graveyard.
But the shelling is stronger than everything. It wipes out the sensibilities, I merely crawl still farther under the coffin, it shall protect me, though Death himself lies in it.
Before me gapes the shell-hole. I grasp it with my eyes as with fists. With one leap I must be in it. There, I get a smack in the face, a hand clamps on to my shoulder ó has the dead man waked up? ó The hand shakes me, I turn my head, in the second of light I stare into the face of Katczinsky, he has his mouth wide open and is yelling. I hear nothing, he rattles me, comes nearer, in a momentary lull his voice reaches me: ‘Gas ó Gaas ó Gaaas Pass it on.’
I grab for my gas-mask. Some distance from me there lies someone. I think of nothing but this: That fellow there must know: Gaaas ó Gaaas
I call, I lean toward him, I swipe at him with the satchel, he doesn’t see ó once again, again ó he merely ducks ó it’s a recruit ó I look at Kat desperately, he has his mask on ó I pull out mine, too, my helmet falls to one side, it slips over my face, I reach the man, his satchel is on the side nearest me, I seize the mask, pull it over his head, he understands, I let go and with a jump drop into the shell-hole.
The dull thud of the gas-shells mingles with the crashes of the high explosives. A bell sounds between the explosions, gongs, and metal clappers warning everyone ó Gas ó Gas ó Gaas.
Someone plumps down behind me, another, I wipe the goggles of my mask clear of the moist breath. It is Kat, Kropp, and someone else. All four of us lie there in heavy, watchful suspense and breathe as lightly as possible.
These first minutes with the mask decide between life and death: is it air-tight? I remember the awful sights in the hospital: the gas patients who in day-long suffocation cough up their burnt lungs in clots.
Cautiously, the mouth applied to the valve, I breathe. The gas still creeps over the ground and sinks into all hollows. Like a big, soft jellyfish it floats into our shell-hole and lolls there obscenely. I nudge Kat, it is better to crawl out and lie on top than to stay where the gas collects most. But we don’t get as far as that; a second bombardment begins. It is no longer as though shells roared; it is the earth itself raging.
With a crash something black bears down on us. It lands close beside us; a coffin thrown up.
I see Kat move and I crawl across. The coffin has hit the fourth man in our hole on his out-stretched arm. He tries to tear off his gasmask with the other hand. Kropp seizes him just in time, twists the hand sharply behind his back and holds it fast.
Kat and I proceed to free the wounded arm. The coffin lid is loose and bursts open, we are easily able to pull it off, we toss the corpse out, it slides down to the bottom of the shell-hole, then we try to loosen the under-part.
Fortunately the man swoons and Kropp is able to help us. We no longer have to be careful, but work away till the coffin gives with a sigh before the spade that we have dug in under it.
Question: What is the significance of “a coffin thrown up”?
The Struggle to Survive an Artillery Barrage
(ALL QUIET ON THE WESTERN FRONT by Erich Maria Remarque)
We come to the communication-trench and then to the open fields. The little wood reappears; we know every foot of ground here. There’s the cemetery with the mounds and the black crosses.
That moment it breaks out behind us, swells, roars, and thunders. We duck down ó a cloud of flame shoots up a hundred yards ahead of us.
The next minute under a second explosion part of the wood rises slowly in the air, three or four trees sail up and then crash to pieces. The shells begin to hiss like safety-valves ó heavy fireó
‘Take cover!’ yells somebody ó ‘Cover!’
The fields are flat, the wood is too distant and dangerous ó the only cover is the graveyard and the mounds. We stumble across in the dark and as though he had been spat there every man lies glued behind a mound.
Not a moment too soon. The dark goes mad. It heaves and raves. Darknesses blacker than the night rush on us with giant strides, over us and away. The flames of the explosions light up the graveyard.
There is no escape anywhere. By the light of the shells I try to get a view of the fields. They are a surging sea, daggers of flame from the explosions leap up like fountains. It is impossible for anyone to break through it.
The wood vanishes, it is pounded, crushed, torn to pieces. We must stay here in the graveyard.
The earth bursts before us. It rains clods. I feel a smack. My sleeve is torn away by a splinter. I shut my fist. No pain. Still that does not reassure me: wounds don’t hurt till afterwards. I feel the arm all over. It is grazed but sound. Now a crack on the skull, I begin to lose consciousness. Like lightning the thought comes to me: Don’t faint! I sink down in the black broth and immediately come up to the top again. A splinter slashes into my helmet, but has already travelled so far that it does not go through. I wipe the mud out of my eyes. A hole is torn up in front of me. Shells hardly ever land in the same hole twice, TH get into it. With one lunge, I shoot as flat as a fish over the ground; there it whistles again, quickly I crouch together, claw for cover, feel something on the left, shove in beside it, it gives way, I groan, the earth leaps, the blast thunders in my ears, I creep under the yielding thing, cover myself with it, draw it over me, it is wood, cloth, cover, cover, miserable cover against the whizzing splinters.
I open my eyes ó my fingers grasp a sleeve, an arm. A wounded man? I yell to him ó no answer ó a dead man. My hand gropes farther, splinters of wood ó now I remember again that we are lying in the graveyard.
But the shelling is stronger than everything. It wipes out the sensibilities, I merely crawl still farther under the coffin, it shall protect me, though Death himself lies in it.
Before me gapes the shell-hole. I grasp it with my eyes as with fists. With one leap I must be in it. There, I get a smack in the face, a hand clamps on to my shoulder ó has the dead man waked up? ó The hand shakes me, I turn my head, in the second of light I stare into the face of Katczinsky, he has his mouth wide open and is yelling. I hear nothing, he rattles me, comes nearer, in a momentary lull his voice reaches me: ‘Gas ó Gaas ó Gaaas Pass it on.’
I grab for my gas-mask. Some distance from me there lies someone. I think of nothing but this: That fellow there must know: Gaaas ó Gaaas
I call, I lean toward him, I swipe at him with the satchel, he doesn’t see ó once again, again ó he merely ducks ó it’s a recruit ó I look at Kat desperately, he has his mask on ó I pull out mine, too, my helmet falls to one side, it slips over my face, I reach the man, his satchel is on the side nearest me, I seize the mask, pull it over his head, he understands, I let go and with a jump drop into the shell-hole.
The dull thud of the gas-shells mingles with the crashes of the high explosives. A bell sounds between the explosions, gongs, and metal clappers warning everyone ó Gas ó Gas ó Gaas.
Someone plumps down behind me, another, I wipe the goggles of my mask clear of the moist breath. It is Kat, Kropp, and someone else. All four of us lie there in heavy, watchful suspense and breathe as lightly as possible.
These first minutes with the mask decide between life and death: is it air-tight? I remember the awful sights in the hospital: the gas patients who in day-long suffocation cough up their burnt lungs in clots.
Cautiously, the mouth applied to the valve, I breathe. The gas still creeps over the ground and sinks into all hollows. Like a big, soft jellyfish it floats into our shell-hole and lolls there obscenely. I nudge Kat, it is better to crawl out and lie on top than to stay where the gas collects most. But we don’t get as far as that; a second bombardment begins. It is no longer as though shells roared; it is the earth itself raging.
With a crash something black bears down on us. It lands close beside us; a coffin thrown up.
I see Kat move and I crawl across. The coffin has hit the fourth man in our hole on his out-stretched arm. He tries to tear off his gasmask with the other hand. Kropp seizes him just in time, twists the hand sharply behind his back and holds it fast.
Kat and I proceed to free the wounded arm. The coffin lid is loose and bursts open, we are easily able to pull it off, we toss the corpse out, it slides down to the bottom of the shell-hole, then we try to loosen the under-part.
Fortunately the man swoons and Kropp is able to help us. We no longer have to be careful, but work away till the coffin gives with a sigh before the spade that we have dug in under it.
Question: What does the “heavy, watchful suspense” indicate?
The Struggle to Survive an Artillery Barrage
(ALL QUIET ON THE WESTERN FRONT by Erich Maria Remarque)
We come to the communication-trench and then to the open fields. The little wood reappears; we know every foot of ground here. There’s the cemetery with the mounds and the black crosses.
That moment it breaks out behind us, swells, roars, and thunders. We duck down ó a cloud of flame shoots up a hundred yards ahead of us.
The next minute under a second explosion part of the wood rises slowly in the air, three or four trees sail up and then crash to pieces. The shells begin to hiss like safety-valves ó heavy fireó
‘Take cover!’ yells somebody ó ‘Cover!’
The fields are flat, the wood is too distant and dangerous ó the only cover is the graveyard and the mounds. We stumble across in the dark and as though he had been spat there every man lies glued behind a mound.
Not a moment too soon. The dark goes mad. It heaves and raves. Darknesses blacker than the night rush on us with giant strides, over us and away. The flames of the explosions light up the graveyard.
There is no escape anywhere. By the light of the shells I try to get a view of the fields. They are a surging sea, daggers of flame from the explosions leap up like fountains. It is impossible for anyone to break through it.
The wood vanishes, it is pounded, crushed, torn to pieces. We must stay here in the graveyard.
The earth bursts before us. It rains clods. I feel a smack. My sleeve is torn away by a splinter. I shut my fist. No pain. Still that does not reassure me: wounds don’t hurt till afterwards. I feel the arm all over. It is grazed but sound. Now a crack on the skull, I begin to lose consciousness. Like lightning the thought comes to me: Don’t faint! I sink down in the black broth and immediately come up to the top again. A splinter slashes into my helmet, but has already travelled so far that it does not go through. I wipe the mud out of my eyes. A hole is torn up in front of me. Shells hardly ever land in the same hole twice, TH get into it. With one lunge, I shoot as flat as a fish over the ground; there it whistles again, quickly I crouch together, claw for cover, feel something on the left, shove in beside it, it gives way, I groan, the earth leaps, the blast thunders in my ears, I creep under the yielding thing, cover myself with it, draw it over me, it is wood, cloth, cover, cover, miserable cover against the whizzing splinters.
I open my eyes ó my fingers grasp a sleeve, an arm. A wounded man? I yell to him ó no answer ó a dead man. My hand gropes farther, splinters of wood ó now I remember again that we are lying in the graveyard.
But the shelling is stronger than everything. It wipes out the sensibilities, I merely crawl still farther under the coffin, it shall protect me, though Death himself lies in it.
Before me gapes the shell-hole. I grasp it with my eyes as with fists. With one leap I must be in it. There, I get a smack in the face, a hand clamps on to my shoulder ó has the dead man waked up? ó The hand shakes me, I turn my head, in the second of light I stare into the face of Katczinsky, he has his mouth wide open and is yelling. I hear nothing, he rattles me, comes nearer, in a momentary lull his voice reaches me: ‘Gas ó Gaas ó Gaaas Pass it on.’
I grab for my gas-mask. Some distance from me there lies someone. I think of nothing but this: That fellow there must know: Gaaas ó Gaaas
I call, I lean toward him, I swipe at him with the satchel, he doesn’t see ó once again, again ó he merely ducks ó it’s a recruit ó I look at Kat desperately, he has his mask on ó I pull out mine, too, my helmet falls to one side, it slips over my face, I reach the man, his satchel is on the side nearest me, I seize the mask, pull it over his head, he understands, I let go and with a jump drop into the shell-hole.
The dull thud of the gas-shells mingles with the crashes of the high explosives. A bell sounds between the explosions, gongs, and metal clappers warning everyone ó Gas ó Gas ó Gaas.
Someone plumps down behind me, another, I wipe the goggles of my mask clear of the moist breath. It is Kat, Kropp, and someone else. All four of us lie there in heavy, watchful suspense and breathe as lightly as possible.
These first minutes with the mask decide between life and death: is it air-tight? I remember the awful sights in the hospital: the gas patients who in day-long suffocation cough up their burnt lungs in clots.
Cautiously, the mouth applied to the valve, I breathe. The gas still creeps over the ground and sinks into all hollows. Like a big, soft jellyfish it floats into our shell-hole and lolls there obscenely. I nudge Kat, it is better to crawl out and lie on top than to stay where the gas collects most. But we don’t get as far as that; a second bombardment begins. It is no longer as though shells roared; it is the earth itself raging.
With a crash something black bears down on us. It lands close beside us; a coffin thrown up.
I see Kat move and I crawl across. The coffin has hit the fourth man in our hole on his out-stretched arm. He tries to tear off his gasmask with the other hand. Kropp seizes him just in time, twists the hand sharply behind his back and holds it fast.
Kat and I proceed to free the wounded arm. The coffin lid is loose and bursts open, we are easily able to pull it off, we toss the corpse out, it slides down to the bottom of the shell-hole, then we try to loosen the under-part.
Fortunately the man swoons and Kropp is able to help us. We no longer have to be careful, but work away till the coffin gives with a sigh before the spade that we have dug in under it.
Question: How does the text convey the idea of collective trauma?
The Pay-Back
(PENNINGTONÃS SEVENTEENTH SUMMER by K.M. Peyton)
Penn wanted to humiliate Soggy before the whole class, as Soggy had so often done to him. He wanted to burst his pomposity, make him weep. There was nothing bad enough really, but there was a limiting factor: it had to be something that would not interest the police, for Penn had no desire for his three months at Oakhall to be improved into two years at a Borstal. He went into a huddle with Rees and a staunch Soggy-hater called Patterson. Everyone knew what was in the wind, and the class was full of a curious tension that made Miss Harrington say in the staffroom, Whatever’s got into 5C today? They’re in the strangest mood.’
‘When Pennington’s gone,’ said Soggy, ‘we might get somewhere with them.’
For his part, he was full of optimism at the way things were looking.
In the dinner-hour Penn screwed a large hook into the ceiling above the class-room door. Rees was hammering a hole into the rim round the bottom of an enormous galvanised bucket which he had taken out of the cleaners’ cupboard.
‘It’s what they do in the Beano/ Bates said. ‘It’ll never work.’
‘Oh, won’t it?’ Penn said grimly.
They had several run-throughs, and Penn marked a chalk cross on the floor just inside the door. And another one a foot or two farther in.
‘You must stand there, Rees, to stop him coming any farther. He’s got to be on this first chalk mark, or it’ll miss him.’
‘I’ve got some rope,’ Patterson said. T asked Matthews and he gave me some.’
‘Did you tell him what it was for?’ Penn asked, grinning.
Â¥I said it was for Soggy.’
‘Penn, you’re not really going to?’ Rita Fairweather said. The girls were all pop-eyed and giggling. ‘He’ll kill you.’
I don’t care what he does,’ Penn said recklessly.
‘Maxwell and Crombie have made the mixture/ Bates came up to report. ‘ They’ve got it in the chemistry lab. Maxwell says he’s
just adding a smell to it. Herbs, he said, to give it a bouquet. He wants to know, before he hands it over, whether you’re going to promise you’re taking full responsibility, Penn. He wants it in writing.’
‘Yes, if he wants it.’
‘Oh, Penn, you’re not ó’ Bates knew he was chicken, but the sight of the mixture had brought the gravity of the operation home to him. He had thought it had all been a joke at the start. But he could see now that Penn was in no mood for jokes.
‘What’s in it?’ the girls wanted to know.
‘Soot, liquid manure, oil, blood ó’
‘Shut up, Bates. It’s a secret recipe,’ Rees said. ‘We don’t want everyone to know it.’
Maxwell and Crombie brought it up and everyone stared at it in awe.
I hope that ruddy hook’s strong enough,’ Penn said, eyeing the ceiling.
I must come and see,’ Maxwell said. ‘This I cannot miss.’
‘Soggy has got to walk from 3C to get back here when the last bell goes. It should just give us time to get it fixed. Put the bucket in the cupboard, Maxwell. Patterson, you’re to watch for Soggy outside. It would be criminal to waste it on the wrong man. Rees and I will rig it, then I’ll operate it, and Rees can stand on the second chalk cross. And everyone else can stand back and cherÂ¥.
ëOh, cripes,’ said Bates. He was already pale as a dead leaf.
Penn tested how much weight the hook was up to with a bucket of water. Then he rigged up the pulley system with some more hooks, and fixed the rope on to the bucket. By which time the bell went, and the girls went to Domestic Science, and the boys to Gardening, where they spent most of the lesson looking for the liquid manure which they all knew was in the bucket in their class-room.
Penn, Patterson and Rees got away early and sprinted back to the class-room. By the time the last bell went, the bucket was in place and Penn already had his hand on the pulley rope which ran from the hole in the rim up to another hook at a suitably sharp angle, and down to Penn. The girls came in, cautiously avoiding the chalk marks, and stood in silence. Some of them were pale, and the more chicken characters packed up and went downstairs, unable to face the impending situation. Bates sat in a desk in the farthest corner of the room, looking at the wall. He was trembling, and didn’t want anyone to notice.
Question: What motivates Penn to plan a prank against Soggy?
The Pay-Back
(PENNINGTONÃS SEVENTEENTH SUMMER by K.M. Peyton)
Penn wanted to humiliate Soggy before the whole class, as Soggy had so often done to him. He wanted to burst his pomposity, make him weep. There was nothing bad enough really, but there was a limiting factor: it had to be something that would not interest the police, for Penn had no desire for his three months at Oakhall to be improved into two years at a Borstal. He went into a huddle with Rees and a staunch Soggy-hater called Patterson. Everyone knew what was in the wind, and the class was full of a curious tension that made Miss Harrington say in the staffroom, Whatever’s got into 5C today? They’re in the strangest mood.’
‘When Pennington’s gone,’ said Soggy, ‘we might get somewhere with them.’
For his part, he was full of optimism at the way things were looking.
In the dinner-hour Penn screwed a large hook into the ceiling above the class-room door. Rees was hammering a hole into the rim round the bottom of an enormous galvanised bucket which he had taken out of the cleaners’ cupboard.
‘It’s what they do in the Beano/ Bates said. ‘It’ll never work.’
‘Oh, won’t it?’ Penn said grimly.
They had several run-throughs, and Penn marked a chalk cross on the floor just inside the door. And another one a foot or two farther in.
‘You must stand there, Rees, to stop him coming any farther. He’s got to be on this first chalk mark, or it’ll miss him.’
‘I’ve got some rope,’ Patterson said. T asked Matthews and he gave me some.’
‘Did you tell him what it was for?’ Penn asked, grinning.
Â¥I said it was for Soggy.’
‘Penn, you’re not really going to?’ Rita Fairweather said. The girls were all pop-eyed and giggling. ‘He’ll kill you.’
I don’t care what he does,’ Penn said recklessly.
‘Maxwell and Crombie have made the mixture/ Bates came up to report. ‘ They’ve got it in the chemistry lab. Maxwell says he’s
just adding a smell to it. Herbs, he said, to give it a bouquet. He wants to know, before he hands it over, whether you’re going to promise you’re taking full responsibility, Penn. He wants it in writing.’
‘Yes, if he wants it.’
‘Oh, Penn, you’re not ó’ Bates knew he was chicken, but the sight of the mixture had brought the gravity of the operation home to him. He had thought it had all been a joke at the start. But he could see now that Penn was in no mood for jokes.
‘What’s in it?’ the girls wanted to know.
‘Soot, liquid manure, oil, blood ó’
‘Shut up, Bates. It’s a secret recipe,’ Rees said. ‘We don’t want everyone to know it.’
Maxwell and Crombie brought it up and everyone stared at it in awe.
I hope that ruddy hook’s strong enough,’ Penn said, eyeing the ceiling.
I must come and see,’ Maxwell said. ‘This I cannot miss.’
‘Soggy has got to walk from 3C to get back here when the last bell goes. It should just give us time to get it fixed. Put the bucket in the cupboard, Maxwell. Patterson, you’re to watch for Soggy outside. It would be criminal to waste it on the wrong man. Rees and I will rig it, then I’ll operate it, and Rees can stand on the second chalk cross. And everyone else can stand back and cherÂ¥.
ëOh, cripes,’ said Bates. He was already pale as a dead leaf.
Penn tested how much weight the hook was up to with a bucket of water. Then he rigged up the pulley system with some more hooks, and fixed the rope on to the bucket. By which time the bell went, and the girls went to Domestic Science, and the boys to Gardening, where they spent most of the lesson looking for the liquid manure which they all knew was in the bucket in their class-room.
Penn, Patterson and Rees got away early and sprinted back to the class-room. By the time the last bell went, the bucket was in place and Penn already had his hand on the pulley rope which ran from the hole in the rim up to another hook at a suitably sharp angle, and down to Penn. The girls came in, cautiously avoiding the chalk marks, and stood in silence. Some of them were pale, and the more chicken characters packed up and went downstairs, unable to face the impending situation. Bates sat in a desk in the farthest corner of the room, looking at the wall. He was trembling, and didn’t want anyone to notice.
Question: Why did Penn consult with Rees and Patterson?
The Pay-Back
(PENNINGTONÃS SEVENTEENTH SUMMER by K.M. Peyton)
Penn wanted to humiliate Soggy before the whole class, as Soggy had so often done to him. He wanted to burst his pomposity, make him weep. There was nothing bad enough really, but there was a limiting factor: it had to be something that would not interest the police, for Penn had no desire for his three months at Oakhall to be improved into two years at a Borstal. He went into a huddle with Rees and a staunch Soggy-hater called Patterson. Everyone knew what was in the wind, and the class was full of a curious tension that made Miss Harrington say in the staffroom, Whatever’s got into 5C today? They’re in the strangest mood.’
‘When Pennington’s gone,’ said Soggy, ‘we might get somewhere with them.’
For his part, he was full of optimism at the way things were looking.
In the dinner-hour Penn screwed a large hook into the ceiling above the class-room door. Rees was hammering a hole into the rim round the bottom of an enormous galvanised bucket which he had taken out of the cleaners’ cupboard.
‘It’s what they do in the Beano/ Bates said. ‘It’ll never work.’
‘Oh, won’t it?’ Penn said grimly.
They had several run-throughs, and Penn marked a chalk cross on the floor just inside the door. And another one a foot or two farther in.
‘You must stand there, Rees, to stop him coming any farther. He’s got to be on this first chalk mark, or it’ll miss him.’
‘I’ve got some rope,’ Patterson said. T asked Matthews and he gave me some.’
‘Did you tell him what it was for?’ Penn asked, grinning.
Â¥I said it was for Soggy.’
‘Penn, you’re not really going to?’ Rita Fairweather said. The girls were all pop-eyed and giggling. ‘He’ll kill you.’
I don’t care what he does,’ Penn said recklessly.
‘Maxwell and Crombie have made the mixture/ Bates came up to report. ‘ They’ve got it in the chemistry lab. Maxwell says he’s
just adding a smell to it. Herbs, he said, to give it a bouquet. He wants to know, before he hands it over, whether you’re going to promise you’re taking full responsibility, Penn. He wants it in writing.’
‘Yes, if he wants it.’
‘Oh, Penn, you’re not ó’ Bates knew he was chicken, but the sight of the mixture had brought the gravity of the operation home to him. He had thought it had all been a joke at the start. But he could see now that Penn was in no mood for jokes.
‘What’s in it?’ the girls wanted to know.
‘Soot, liquid manure, oil, blood ó’
‘Shut up, Bates. It’s a secret recipe,’ Rees said. ‘We don’t want everyone to know it.’
Maxwell and Crombie brought it up and everyone stared at it in awe.
I hope that ruddy hook’s strong enough,’ Penn said, eyeing the ceiling.
I must come and see,’ Maxwell said. ‘This I cannot miss.’
‘Soggy has got to walk from 3C to get back here when the last bell goes. It should just give us time to get it fixed. Put the bucket in the cupboard, Maxwell. Patterson, you’re to watch for Soggy outside. It would be criminal to waste it on the wrong man. Rees and I will rig it, then I’ll operate it, and Rees can stand on the second chalk cross. And everyone else can stand back and cherÂ¥.
ëOh, cripes,’ said Bates. He was already pale as a dead leaf.
Penn tested how much weight the hook was up to with a bucket of water. Then he rigged up the pulley system with some more hooks, and fixed the rope on to the bucket. By which time the bell went, and the girls went to Domestic Science, and the boys to Gardening, where they spent most of the lesson looking for the liquid manure which they all knew was in the bucket in their class-room.
Penn, Patterson and Rees got away early and sprinted back to the class-room. By the time the last bell went, the bucket was in place and Penn already had his hand on the pulley rope which ran from the hole in the rim up to another hook at a suitably sharp angle, and down to Penn. The girls came in, cautiously avoiding the chalk marks, and stood in silence. Some of them were pale, and the more chicken characters packed up and went downstairs, unable to face the impending situation. Bates sat in a desk in the farthest corner of the room, looking at the wall. He was trembling, and didn’t want anyone to notice.
Question: How does the staff perceive the mood of the class?
The Pay-Back
(PENNINGTONÃS SEVENTEENTH SUMMER by K.M. Peyton)
Penn wanted to humiliate Soggy before the whole class, as Soggy had so often done to him. He wanted to burst his pomposity, make him weep. There was nothing bad enough really, but there was a limiting factor: it had to be something that would not interest the police, for Penn had no desire for his three months at Oakhall to be improved into two years at a Borstal. He went into a huddle with Rees and a staunch Soggy-hater called Patterson. Everyone knew what was in the wind, and the class was full of a curious tension that made Miss Harrington say in the staffroom, Whatever’s got into 5C today? They’re in the strangest mood.’
‘When Pennington’s gone,’ said Soggy, ‘we might get somewhere with them.’
For his part, he was full of optimism at the way things were looking.
In the dinner-hour Penn screwed a large hook into the ceiling above the class-room door. Rees was hammering a hole into the rim round the bottom of an enormous galvanised bucket which he had taken out of the cleaners’ cupboard.
‘It’s what they do in the Beano/ Bates said. ‘It’ll never work.’
‘Oh, won’t it?’ Penn said grimly.
They had several run-throughs, and Penn marked a chalk cross on the floor just inside the door. And another one a foot or two farther in.
‘You must stand there, Rees, to stop him coming any farther. He’s got to be on this first chalk mark, or it’ll miss him.’
‘I’ve got some rope,’ Patterson said. T asked Matthews and he gave me some.’
‘Did you tell him what it was for?’ Penn asked, grinning.
Â¥I said it was for Soggy.’
‘Penn, you’re not really going to?’ Rita Fairweather said. The girls were all pop-eyed and giggling. ‘He’ll kill you.’
I don’t care what he does,’ Penn said recklessly.
‘Maxwell and Crombie have made the mixture/ Bates came up to report. ‘ They’ve got it in the chemistry lab. Maxwell says he’s
just adding a smell to it. Herbs, he said, to give it a bouquet. He wants to know, before he hands it over, whether you’re going to promise you’re taking full responsibility, Penn. He wants it in writing.’
‘Yes, if he wants it.’
‘Oh, Penn, you’re not ó’ Bates knew he was chicken, but the sight of the mixture had brought the gravity of the operation home to him. He had thought it had all been a joke at the start. But he could see now that Penn was in no mood for jokes.
‘What’s in it?’ the girls wanted to know.
‘Soot, liquid manure, oil, blood ó’
‘Shut up, Bates. It’s a secret recipe,’ Rees said. ‘We don’t want everyone to know it.’
Maxwell and Crombie brought it up and everyone stared at it in awe.
I hope that ruddy hook’s strong enough,’ Penn said, eyeing the ceiling.
I must come and see,’ Maxwell said. ‘This I cannot miss.’
‘Soggy has got to walk from 3C to get back here when the last bell goes. It should just give us time to get it fixed. Put the bucket in the cupboard, Maxwell. Patterson, you’re to watch for Soggy outside. It would be criminal to waste it on the wrong man. Rees and I will rig it, then I’ll operate it, and Rees can stand on the second chalk cross. And everyone else can stand back and cherÂ¥.
ëOh, cripes,’ said Bates. He was already pale as a dead leaf.
Penn tested how much weight the hook was up to with a bucket of water. Then he rigged up the pulley system with some more hooks, and fixed the rope on to the bucket. By which time the bell went, and the girls went to Domestic Science, and the boys to Gardening, where they spent most of the lesson looking for the liquid manure which they all knew was in the bucket in their class-room.
Penn, Patterson and Rees got away early and sprinted back to the class-room. By the time the last bell went, the bucket was in place and Penn already had his hand on the pulley rope which ran from the hole in the rim up to another hook at a suitably sharp angle, and down to Penn. The girls came in, cautiously avoiding the chalk marks, and stood in silence. Some of them were pale, and the more chicken characters packed up and went downstairs, unable to face the impending situation. Bates sat in a desk in the farthest corner of the room, looking at the wall. He was trembling, and didn’t want anyone to notice.
Question: What does the hook in the ceiling signify?
The Pay-Back
(PENNINGTONÃS SEVENTEENTH SUMMER by K.M. Peyton)
Penn wanted to humiliate Soggy before the whole class, as Soggy had so often done to him. He wanted to burst his pomposity, make him weep. There was nothing bad enough really, but there was a limiting factor: it had to be something that would not interest the police, for Penn had no desire for his three months at Oakhall to be improved into two years at a Borstal. He went into a huddle with Rees and a staunch Soggy-hater called Patterson. Everyone knew what was in the wind, and the class was full of a curious tension that made Miss Harrington say in the staffroom, Whatever’s got into 5C today? They’re in the strangest mood.’
‘When Pennington’s gone,’ said Soggy, ‘we might get somewhere with them.’
For his part, he was full of optimism at the way things were looking.
In the dinner-hour Penn screwed a large hook into the ceiling above the class-room door. Rees was hammering a hole into the rim round the bottom of an enormous galvanised bucket which he had taken out of the cleaners’ cupboard.
‘It’s what they do in the Beano/ Bates said. ‘It’ll never work.’
‘Oh, won’t it?’ Penn said grimly.
They had several run-throughs, and Penn marked a chalk cross on the floor just inside the door. And another one a foot or two farther in.
‘You must stand there, Rees, to stop him coming any farther. He’s got to be on this first chalk mark, or it’ll miss him.’
‘I’ve got some rope,’ Patterson said. T asked Matthews and he gave me some.’
‘Did you tell him what it was for?’ Penn asked, grinning.
Â¥I said it was for Soggy.’
‘Penn, you’re not really going to?’ Rita Fairweather said. The girls were all pop-eyed and giggling. ‘He’ll kill you.’
I don’t care what he does,’ Penn said recklessly.
‘Maxwell and Crombie have made the mixture/ Bates came up to report. ‘ They’ve got it in the chemistry lab. Maxwell says he’s
just adding a smell to it. Herbs, he said, to give it a bouquet. He wants to know, before he hands it over, whether you’re going to promise you’re taking full responsibility, Penn. He wants it in writing.’
‘Yes, if he wants it.’
‘Oh, Penn, you’re not ó’ Bates knew he was chicken, but the sight of the mixture had brought the gravity of the operation home to him. He had thought it had all been a joke at the start. But he could see now that Penn was in no mood for jokes.
‘What’s in it?’ the girls wanted to know.
‘Soot, liquid manure, oil, blood ó’
‘Shut up, Bates. It’s a secret recipe,’ Rees said. ‘We don’t want everyone to know it.’
Maxwell and Crombie brought it up and everyone stared at it in awe.
I hope that ruddy hook’s strong enough,’ Penn said, eyeing the ceiling.
I must come and see,’ Maxwell said. ‘This I cannot miss.’
‘Soggy has got to walk from 3C to get back here when the last bell goes. It should just give us time to get it fixed. Put the bucket in the cupboard, Maxwell. Patterson, you’re to watch for Soggy outside. It would be criminal to waste it on the wrong man. Rees and I will rig it, then I’ll operate it, and Rees can stand on the second chalk cross. And everyone else can stand back and cherÂ¥.
ëOh, cripes,’ said Bates. He was already pale as a dead leaf.
Penn tested how much weight the hook was up to with a bucket of water. Then he rigged up the pulley system with some more hooks, and fixed the rope on to the bucket. By which time the bell went, and the girls went to Domestic Science, and the boys to Gardening, where they spent most of the lesson looking for the liquid manure which they all knew was in the bucket in their class-room.
Penn, Patterson and Rees got away early and sprinted back to the class-room. By the time the last bell went, the bucket was in place and Penn already had his hand on the pulley rope which ran from the hole in the rim up to another hook at a suitably sharp angle, and down to Penn. The girls came in, cautiously avoiding the chalk marks, and stood in silence. Some of them were pale, and the more chicken characters packed up and went downstairs, unable to face the impending situation. Bates sat in a desk in the farthest corner of the room, looking at the wall. He was trembling, and didn’t want anyone to notice.
Question: Why does Bates express doubt about the prank?
The Pay-Back
(PENNINGTONÃS SEVENTEENTH SUMMER by K.M. Peyton)
Penn wanted to humiliate Soggy before the whole class, as Soggy had so often done to him. He wanted to burst his pomposity, make him weep. There was nothing bad enough really, but there was a limiting factor: it had to be something that would not interest the police, for Penn had no desire for his three months at Oakhall to be improved into two years at a Borstal. He went into a huddle with Rees and a staunch Soggy-hater called Patterson. Everyone knew what was in the wind, and the class was full of a curious tension that made Miss Harrington say in the staffroom, Whatever’s got into 5C today? They’re in the strangest mood.’
‘When Pennington’s gone,’ said Soggy, ‘we might get somewhere with them.’
For his part, he was full of optimism at the way things were looking.
In the dinner-hour Penn screwed a large hook into the ceiling above the class-room door. Rees was hammering a hole into the rim round the bottom of an enormous galvanised bucket which he had taken out of the cleaners’ cupboard.
‘It’s what they do in the Beano/ Bates said. ‘It’ll never work.’
‘Oh, won’t it?’ Penn said grimly.
They had several run-throughs, and Penn marked a chalk cross on the floor just inside the door. And another one a foot or two farther in.
‘You must stand there, Rees, to stop him coming any farther. He’s got to be on this first chalk mark, or it’ll miss him.’
‘I’ve got some rope,’ Patterson said. T asked Matthews and he gave me some.’
‘Did you tell him what it was for?’ Penn asked, grinning.
Â¥I said it was for Soggy.’
‘Penn, you’re not really going to?’ Rita Fairweather said. The girls were all pop-eyed and giggling. ‘He’ll kill you.’
I don’t care what he does,’ Penn said recklessly.
‘Maxwell and Crombie have made the mixture/ Bates came up to report. ‘ They’ve got it in the chemistry lab. Maxwell says he’s
just adding a smell to it. Herbs, he said, to give it a bouquet. He wants to know, before he hands it over, whether you’re going to promise you’re taking full responsibility, Penn. He wants it in writing.’
‘Yes, if he wants it.’
‘Oh, Penn, you’re not ó’ Bates knew he was chicken, but the sight of the mixture had brought the gravity of the operation home to him. He had thought it had all been a joke at the start. But he could see now that Penn was in no mood for jokes.
‘What’s in it?’ the girls wanted to know.
‘Soot, liquid manure, oil, blood ó’
‘Shut up, Bates. It’s a secret recipe,’ Rees said. ‘We don’t want everyone to know it.’
Maxwell and Crombie brought it up and everyone stared at it in awe.
I hope that ruddy hook’s strong enough,’ Penn said, eyeing the ceiling.
I must come and see,’ Maxwell said. ‘This I cannot miss.’
‘Soggy has got to walk from 3C to get back here when the last bell goes. It should just give us time to get it fixed. Put the bucket in the cupboard, Maxwell. Patterson, you’re to watch for Soggy outside. It would be criminal to waste it on the wrong man. Rees and I will rig it, then I’ll operate it, and Rees can stand on the second chalk cross. And everyone else can stand back and cherÂ¥.
ëOh, cripes,’ said Bates. He was already pale as a dead leaf.
Penn tested how much weight the hook was up to with a bucket of water. Then he rigged up the pulley system with some more hooks, and fixed the rope on to the bucket. By which time the bell went, and the girls went to Domestic Science, and the boys to Gardening, where they spent most of the lesson looking for the liquid manure which they all knew was in the bucket in their class-room.
Penn, Patterson and Rees got away early and sprinted back to the class-room. By the time the last bell went, the bucket was in place and Penn already had his hand on the pulley rope which ran from the hole in the rim up to another hook at a suitably sharp angle, and down to Penn. The girls came in, cautiously avoiding the chalk marks, and stood in silence. Some of them were pale, and the more chicken characters packed up and went downstairs, unable to face the impending situation. Bates sat in a desk in the farthest corner of the room, looking at the wall. He was trembling, and didn’t want anyone to notice.
Question: What role does Rita Fairweather play in the narrative?
The Pay-Back
(PENNINGTONÃS SEVENTEENTH SUMMER by K.M. Peyton)
Penn wanted to humiliate Soggy before the whole class, as Soggy had so often done to him. He wanted to burst his pomposity, make him weep. There was nothing bad enough really, but there was a limiting factor: it had to be something that would not interest the police, for Penn had no desire for his three months at Oakhall to be improved into two years at a Borstal. He went into a huddle with Rees and a staunch Soggy-hater called Patterson. Everyone knew what was in the wind, and the class was full of a curious tension that made Miss Harrington say in the staffroom, Whatever’s got into 5C today? They’re in the strangest mood.’
‘When Pennington’s gone,’ said Soggy, ‘we might get somewhere with them.’
For his part, he was full of optimism at the way things were looking.
In the dinner-hour Penn screwed a large hook into the ceiling above the class-room door. Rees was hammering a hole into the rim round the bottom of an enormous galvanised bucket which he had taken out of the cleaners’ cupboard.
‘It’s what they do in the Beano/ Bates said. ‘It’ll never work.’
‘Oh, won’t it?’ Penn said grimly.
They had several run-throughs, and Penn marked a chalk cross on the floor just inside the door. And another one a foot or two farther in.
‘You must stand there, Rees, to stop him coming any farther. He’s got to be on this first chalk mark, or it’ll miss him.’
‘I’ve got some rope,’ Patterson said. T asked Matthews and he gave me some.’
‘Did you tell him what it was for?’ Penn asked, grinning.
Â¥I said it was for Soggy.’
‘Penn, you’re not really going to?’ Rita Fairweather said. The girls were all pop-eyed and giggling. ‘He’ll kill you.’
I don’t care what he does,’ Penn said recklessly.
‘Maxwell and Crombie have made the mixture/ Bates came up to report. ‘ They’ve got it in the chemistry lab. Maxwell says he’s
just adding a smell to it. Herbs, he said, to give it a bouquet. He wants to know, before he hands it over, whether you’re going to promise you’re taking full responsibility, Penn. He wants it in writing.’
‘Yes, if he wants it.’
‘Oh, Penn, you’re not ó’ Bates knew he was chicken, but the sight of the mixture had brought the gravity of the operation home to him. He had thought it had all been a joke at the start. But he could see now that Penn was in no mood for jokes.
‘What’s in it?’ the girls wanted to know.
‘Soot, liquid manure, oil, blood ó’
‘Shut up, Bates. It’s a secret recipe,’ Rees said. ‘We don’t want everyone to know it.’
Maxwell and Crombie brought it up and everyone stared at it in awe.
I hope that ruddy hook’s strong enough,’ Penn said, eyeing the ceiling.
I must come and see,’ Maxwell said. ‘This I cannot miss.’
‘Soggy has got to walk from 3C to get back here when the last bell goes. It should just give us time to get it fixed. Put the bucket in the cupboard, Maxwell. Patterson, you’re to watch for Soggy outside. It would be criminal to waste it on the wrong man. Rees and I will rig it, then I’ll operate it, and Rees can stand on the second chalk cross. And everyone else can stand back and cherÂ¥.
ëOh, cripes,’ said Bates. He was already pale as a dead leaf.
Penn tested how much weight the hook was up to with a bucket of water. Then he rigged up the pulley system with some more hooks, and fixed the rope on to the bucket. By which time the bell went, and the girls went to Domestic Science, and the boys to Gardening, where they spent most of the lesson looking for the liquid manure which they all knew was in the bucket in their class-room.
Penn, Patterson and Rees got away early and sprinted back to the class-room. By the time the last bell went, the bucket was in place and Penn already had his hand on the pulley rope which ran from the hole in the rim up to another hook at a suitably sharp angle, and down to Penn. The girls came in, cautiously avoiding the chalk marks, and stood in silence. Some of them were pale, and the more chicken characters packed up and went downstairs, unable to face the impending situation. Bates sat in a desk in the farthest corner of the room, looking at the wall. He was trembling, and didn’t want anyone to notice.
Question: Why does Maxwell want a written confirmation from Penn?
The Pay-Back
(PENNINGTONÃS SEVENTEENTH SUMMER by K.M. Peyton)
Penn wanted to humiliate Soggy before the whole class, as Soggy had so often done to him. He wanted to burst his pomposity, make him weep. There was nothing bad enough really, but there was a limiting factor: it had to be something that would not interest the police, for Penn had no desire for his three months at Oakhall to be improved into two years at a Borstal. He went into a huddle with Rees and a staunch Soggy-hater called Patterson. Everyone knew what was in the wind, and the class was full of a curious tension that made Miss Harrington say in the staffroom, Whatever’s got into 5C today? They’re in the strangest mood.’
‘When Pennington’s gone,’ said Soggy, ‘we might get somewhere with them.’
For his part, he was full of optimism at the way things were looking.
In the dinner-hour Penn screwed a large hook into the ceiling above the class-room door. Rees was hammering a hole into the rim round the bottom of an enormous galvanised bucket which he had taken out of the cleaners’ cupboard.
‘It’s what they do in the Beano/ Bates said. ‘It’ll never work.’
‘Oh, won’t it?’ Penn said grimly.
They had several run-throughs, and Penn marked a chalk cross on the floor just inside the door. And another one a foot or two farther in.
‘You must stand there, Rees, to stop him coming any farther. He’s got to be on this first chalk mark, or it’ll miss him.’
‘I’ve got some rope,’ Patterson said. T asked Matthews and he gave me some.’
‘Did you tell him what it was for?’ Penn asked, grinning.
Â¥I said it was for Soggy.’
‘Penn, you’re not really going to?’ Rita Fairweather said. The girls were all pop-eyed and giggling. ‘He’ll kill you.’
I don’t care what he does,’ Penn said recklessly.
‘Maxwell and Crombie have made the mixture/ Bates came up to report. ‘ They’ve got it in the chemistry lab. Maxwell says he’s
just adding a smell to it. Herbs, he said, to give it a bouquet. He wants to know, before he hands it over, whether you’re going to promise you’re taking full responsibility, Penn. He wants it in writing.’
‘Yes, if he wants it.’
‘Oh, Penn, you’re not ó’ Bates knew he was chicken, but the sight of the mixture had brought the gravity of the operation home to him. He had thought it had all been a joke at the start. But he could see now that Penn was in no mood for jokes.
‘What’s in it?’ the girls wanted to know.
‘Soot, liquid manure, oil, blood ó’
‘Shut up, Bates. It’s a secret recipe,’ Rees said. ‘We don’t want everyone to know it.’
Maxwell and Crombie brought it up and everyone stared at it in awe.
I hope that ruddy hook’s strong enough,’ Penn said, eyeing the ceiling.
I must come and see,’ Maxwell said. ‘This I cannot miss.’
‘Soggy has got to walk from 3C to get back here when the last bell goes. It should just give us time to get it fixed. Put the bucket in the cupboard, Maxwell. Patterson, you’re to watch for Soggy outside. It would be criminal to waste it on the wrong man. Rees and I will rig it, then I’ll operate it, and Rees can stand on the second chalk cross. And everyone else can stand back and cherÂ¥.
ëOh, cripes,’ said Bates. He was already pale as a dead leaf.
Penn tested how much weight the hook was up to with a bucket of water. Then he rigged up the pulley system with some more hooks, and fixed the rope on to the bucket. By which time the bell went, and the girls went to Domestic Science, and the boys to Gardening, where they spent most of the lesson looking for the liquid manure which they all knew was in the bucket in their class-room.
Penn, Patterson and Rees got away early and sprinted back to the class-room. By the time the last bell went, the bucket was in place and Penn already had his hand on the pulley rope which ran from the hole in the rim up to another hook at a suitably sharp angle, and down to Penn. The girls came in, cautiously avoiding the chalk marks, and stood in silence. Some of them were pale, and the more chicken characters packed up and went downstairs, unable to face the impending situation. Bates sat in a desk in the farthest corner of the room, looking at the wall. He was trembling, and didn’t want anyone to notice.
Question: What does the “secret recipe” for the bucket’s content symbolize?
The Pay-Back
(PENNINGTONÃS SEVENTEENTH SUMMER by K.M. Peyton)
Penn wanted to humiliate Soggy before the whole class, as Soggy had so often done to him. He wanted to burst his pomposity, make him weep. There was nothing bad enough really, but there was a limiting factor: it had to be something that would not interest the police, for Penn had no desire for his three months at Oakhall to be improved into two years at a Borstal. He went into a huddle with Rees and a staunch Soggy-hater called Patterson. Everyone knew what was in the wind, and the class was full of a curious tension that made Miss Harrington say in the staffroom, Whatever’s got into 5C today? They’re in the strangest mood.’
‘When Pennington’s gone,’ said Soggy, ‘we might get somewhere with them.’
For his part, he was full of optimism at the way things were looking.
In the dinner-hour Penn screwed a large hook into the ceiling above the class-room door. Rees was hammering a hole into the rim round the bottom of an enormous galvanised bucket which he had taken out of the cleaners’ cupboard.
‘It’s what they do in the Beano/ Bates said. ‘It’ll never work.’
‘Oh, won’t it?’ Penn said grimly.
They had several run-throughs, and Penn marked a chalk cross on the floor just inside the door. And another one a foot or two farther in.
‘You must stand there, Rees, to stop him coming any farther. He’s got to be on this first chalk mark, or it’ll miss him.’
‘I’ve got some rope,’ Patterson said. T asked Matthews and he gave me some.’
‘Did you tell him what it was for?’ Penn asked, grinning.
Â¥I said it was for Soggy.’
‘Penn, you’re not really going to?’ Rita Fairweather said. The girls were all pop-eyed and giggling. ‘He’ll kill you.’
I don’t care what he does,’ Penn said recklessly.
‘Maxwell and Crombie have made the mixture/ Bates came up to report. ‘ They’ve got it in the chemistry lab. Maxwell says he’s
just adding a smell to it. Herbs, he said, to give it a bouquet. He wants to know, before he hands it over, whether you’re going to promise you’re taking full responsibility, Penn. He wants it in writing.’
‘Yes, if he wants it.’
‘Oh, Penn, you’re not ó’ Bates knew he was chicken, but the sight of the mixture had brought the gravity of the operation home to him. He had thought it had all been a joke at the start. But he could see now that Penn was in no mood for jokes.
‘What’s in it?’ the girls wanted to know.
‘Soot, liquid manure, oil, blood ó’
‘Shut up, Bates. It’s a secret recipe,’ Rees said. ‘We don’t want everyone to know it.’
Maxwell and Crombie brought it up and everyone stared at it in awe.
I hope that ruddy hook’s strong enough,’ Penn said, eyeing the ceiling.
I must come and see,’ Maxwell said. ‘This I cannot miss.’
‘Soggy has got to walk from 3C to get back here when the last bell goes. It should just give us time to get it fixed. Put the bucket in the cupboard, Maxwell. Patterson, you’re to watch for Soggy outside. It would be criminal to waste it on the wrong man. Rees and I will rig it, then I’ll operate it, and Rees can stand on the second chalk cross. And everyone else can stand back and cherÂ¥.
ëOh, cripes,’ said Bates. He was already pale as a dead leaf.
Penn tested how much weight the hook was up to with a bucket of water. Then he rigged up the pulley system with some more hooks, and fixed the rope on to the bucket. By which time the bell went, and the girls went to Domestic Science, and the boys to Gardening, where they spent most of the lesson looking for the liquid manure which they all knew was in the bucket in their class-room.
Penn, Patterson and Rees got away early and sprinted back to the class-room. By the time the last bell went, the bucket was in place and Penn already had his hand on the pulley rope which ran from the hole in the rim up to another hook at a suitably sharp angle, and down to Penn. The girls came in, cautiously avoiding the chalk marks, and stood in silence. Some of them were pale, and the more chicken characters packed up and went downstairs, unable to face the impending situation. Bates sat in a desk in the farthest corner of the room, looking at the wall. He was trembling, and didn’t want anyone to notice.
Question: Why do some students decide to leave the room?
The Pay-Back
(PENNINGTONÃS SEVENTEENTH SUMMER by K.M. Peyton)
Penn wanted to humiliate Soggy before the whole class, as Soggy had so often done to him. He wanted to burst his pomposity, make him weep. There was nothing bad enough really, but there was a limiting factor: it had to be something that would not interest the police, for Penn had no desire for his three months at Oakhall to be improved into two years at a Borstal. He went into a huddle with Rees and a staunch Soggy-hater called Patterson. Everyone knew what was in the wind, and the class was full of a curious tension that made Miss Harrington say in the staffroom, Whatever’s got into 5C today? They’re in the strangest mood.’
‘When Pennington’s gone,’ said Soggy, ‘we might get somewhere with them.’
For his part, he was full of optimism at the way things were looking.
In the dinner-hour Penn screwed a large hook into the ceiling above the class-room door. Rees was hammering a hole into the rim round the bottom of an enormous galvanised bucket which he had taken out of the cleaners’ cupboard.
‘It’s what they do in the Beano/ Bates said. ‘It’ll never work.’
‘Oh, won’t it?’ Penn said grimly.
They had several run-throughs, and Penn marked a chalk cross on the floor just inside the door. And another one a foot or two farther in.
‘You must stand there, Rees, to stop him coming any farther. He’s got to be on this first chalk mark, or it’ll miss him.’
‘I’ve got some rope,’ Patterson said. T asked Matthews and he gave me some.’
‘Did you tell him what it was for?’ Penn asked, grinning.
Â¥I said it was for Soggy.’
‘Penn, you’re not really going to?’ Rita Fairweather said. The girls were all pop-eyed and giggling. ‘He’ll kill you.’
I don’t care what he does,’ Penn said recklessly.
‘Maxwell and Crombie have made the mixture/ Bates came up to report. ‘ They’ve got it in the chemistry lab. Maxwell says he’s
just adding a smell to it. Herbs, he said, to give it a bouquet. He wants to know, before he hands it over, whether you’re going to promise you’re taking full responsibility, Penn. He wants it in writing.’
‘Yes, if he wants it.’
‘Oh, Penn, you’re not ó’ Bates knew he was chicken, but the sight of the mixture had brought the gravity of the operation home to him. He had thought it had all been a joke at the start. But he could see now that Penn was in no mood for jokes.
‘What’s in it?’ the girls wanted to know.
‘Soot, liquid manure, oil, blood ó’
‘Shut up, Bates. It’s a secret recipe,’ Rees said. ‘We don’t want everyone to know it.’
Maxwell and Crombie brought it up and everyone stared at it in awe.
I hope that ruddy hook’s strong enough,’ Penn said, eyeing the ceiling.
I must come and see,’ Maxwell said. ‘This I cannot miss.’
‘Soggy has got to walk from 3C to get back here when the last bell goes. It should just give us time to get it fixed. Put the bucket in the cupboard, Maxwell. Patterson, you’re to watch for Soggy outside. It would be criminal to waste it on the wrong man. Rees and I will rig it, then I’ll operate it, and Rees can stand on the second chalk cross. And everyone else can stand back and cherÂ¥.
ëOh, cripes,’ said Bates. He was already pale as a dead leaf.
Penn tested how much weight the hook was up to with a bucket of water. Then he rigged up the pulley system with some more hooks, and fixed the rope on to the bucket. By which time the bell went, and the girls went to Domestic Science, and the boys to Gardening, where they spent most of the lesson looking for the liquid manure which they all knew was in the bucket in their class-room.
Penn, Patterson and Rees got away early and sprinted back to the class-room. By the time the last bell went, the bucket was in place and Penn already had his hand on the pulley rope which ran from the hole in the rim up to another hook at a suitably sharp angle, and down to Penn. The girls came in, cautiously avoiding the chalk marks, and stood in silence. Some of them were pale, and the more chicken characters packed up and went downstairs, unable to face the impending situation. Bates sat in a desk in the farthest corner of the room, looking at the wall. He was trembling, and didn’t want anyone to notice.
Question: What does Bates’s reaction reveal about him?
Visit to Hospital
(THE PIGMANÃS LEGACY by Paul Zindel)
I was just wiping down the windowsills when we heard the Colonel scream out in pain.
‘Oh, my God.’ Lorraine froze.
I pushed past her and ran up the stairs two steps at a time. ‘What is it? What is it?’ Lorraine called, now breaking into motion fast behind me. The thumping of my feet on the stairs didn’t drown out another scream from the Colonel. And another!
I burst into the Colonel’s room. He was bent over in his chair clutching his stomach, moaning deeply, loudly.
‘What’s the matter?’ I cried out.
The Colonel strained to lift his face to me. It was shattered with pain. I didn’t know what to do. Lorraine was at my side saying, ‘What’s the matter? What’s wrong?’ The Colonel couldn’t speak, and I didn’t know if I should just run across the street and bang on the door of the convent; or maybe I should just tell Lorraine to run into the middle of the street and stop traffic and say, ‘Help! Help!’ Finally words began to emerge from the Colonel. He said something about cramps in his stomach. And then I heard very clearly ‘Get me to a hospital.’
‘Grab him/ I ordered Lorraine. She hesitated. I could see she was frightened. ‘Grab himÂ¥ ordered again, and in a flash we became the old man’s crutches once more.
He cried out louder as we lifted him from the chair.
‘We’ve got to get him into the car / I said.
‘Hurry,’ the Colonel moaned, ‘hurry!’
Somehow we managed to get him down the stairs. We practically lifted him into the air. We knew it wasn’t just indigestion, or something simple like that. We knew it had to be a matter of life and death. Gus was waiting for us at the bottom of the stairs, barking. He jumped up on my shoulders and kept kissing the back of the Colonel’s neck as we got him to the side door. That dog had the longest tongue I’ve ever seen in my life, and I never saw a dog love anyone the way he loved this old guy. I had to move fast to close the door so the dog wouldn’t follow us out into the car. In another minute we were in the Studebaker, and I had the key in the ignition. The pistons began to explode again, and as we pulled out of the driveway, I could hear Gus barking frantically now from within the house. Lorraine had taken some Kleenexes out of her pocketbook and was helping dab the old man’s forehead.
‘It’s going to be all right,’ she kept saying. ‘It’s going to be all right.’ The old man just kept moaning.
I need an emergency room,’ he wheezed, ‘an emergency room.’
‘It’s all our fault,’ Lorraine said.
‘You’re crazy,’ I snapped.
‘It’s the fudge. You’re not supposed to give fudge to anybody who drinks acidophilus milk,’ Lorraine moaned.
T don’t even know what acidophilus milk is,’ I countered.
The Colonel let out a piercing shriek of pain just as we turned the corner onto Clove Road. A group of Boy Scouts was standing on the corner just shooting the breeze until they heard the scream. Then they all looked up, amazed, as though they had just flunked Advanced Knotting. In another couple of minutes I had the old Studebaker crashing up the emergency ramp to Richmond Hospital. A couple of attendants were right by the entrance sneaking a smoke, but I jammed on the brakes and they came galloping to help us.
‘Don’t tell them I’m the Colonel,’ the old man said through his pain. ‘Don’t give them my real name.’
In two shakes of a lamb’s tail the attendants had the old guy on a stretcher with wheels and flew him through these automatic doors. Lorraine and I trotted behind, but to our surprise the procession came to a rapid stop in front of an admissions desk.
‘What seems to be the problem?’ this mean-looking nurse asked us. The Colonel couldn’t talk, and you could see he was trying to hold back his anguish, but he still had to cry out in pain. As soon as the mean-looking nurse realised that the old guy wouldn’t be doing any talking, she turned her attention to me, and took up a pen and an information card.
‘Name of patient?’ she inquired.
‘Gus,’ Lorraine piped up.
‘Gus who?’
‘Gus Bore/ I invented on the spot.
‘What kind of medical insurance does he have?’
‘I don’t have any,’ the old man grunted in an exhale. ‘Please help me! Please get me a doctor!’
‘Haven’t you got Medicare?’ the mean nurse pursued.
‘Get him to a doctor!’ I screamed at her. I wanted to reach out and grab her by the neck and bang her head on the desk. She took a close look at me, and I could see that she knew I meant business. She wanted to know who we were, so we told her we were his grandchildren, and then she ordered us into the waiting room while she had the bozos in white uniforms roll the old man down the hall.
‘We want to go with him,’ I said.
‘That’s against hospital rules,’ she said, and
she sounded so secure about it I figured she wasn’t lying. Besides, I knew it was better for her to think we were in the waiting room, because I’m an old hand at sneaking past nurses and going to visit whomever I want in hospitals. I had a cousin once who had his appendix out, and they said there was no visiting after eight o’clock. But I knew how to go up and down the back stairways and walk through the halls as though I was a plainclothes intern. Nobody asks you anything in hospitals if you look as though you belong there.
Lorraine and I decided we’d have to obey orders temporarily because the mean nurse really kept her eyes glued on us. We sat in the horrible waiting room, which had several junkfood machines, a couple of telephones, and these stupid little television sets that you could put a quarter in for an hour’s worth of the boob tube.
I got Lorraine and myself hot chocolates with a couple of quarters she had. She just sat on one of the benches sipping it and saying, ‘We killed him. We killed him. I know we killed him.’
‘He’s not dead,’ I said.
‘He’s dying. I just know he’s dying.’
‘There’s a big difference between a stomach ache and dying,’ I told her, and then I started to feel sick again myself. Maybe the marble pecan fudge had ptomaine in it, or botulism. After ten minutes I checked with the mean nurse and she told me to just go back and sit down. But I bugged her until she finally admitted the Colonel had been put in examination room number three. I decided to take up watch at the doorway to the waiting room, because from that point I could see all the way down the hall to where the examination rooms were. About a half hour later I saw an attendant roll the Colonel out and start pushing him out of my sight down another hall. A doctor with a stethoscope came out of the room with two nurses behind him, and they all started heading my way. I signalled Lorraine, and we stopped the doctor right in the middle of the hall while the mean nurse kept yelling, ‘Get back in the waiting room! Get back in the waiting room!’
Question: What triggers the emergency situation?
Visit to Hospital
(THE PIGMANÃS LEGACY by Paul Zindel)
I was just wiping down the windowsills when we heard the Colonel scream out in pain.
‘Oh, my God.’ Lorraine froze.
I pushed past her and ran up the stairs two steps at a time. ‘What is it? What is it?’ Lorraine called, now breaking into motion fast behind me. The thumping of my feet on the stairs didn’t drown out another scream from the Colonel. And another!
I burst into the Colonel’s room. He was bent over in his chair clutching his stomach, moaning deeply, loudly.
‘What’s the matter?’ I cried out.
The Colonel strained to lift his face to me. It was shattered with pain. I didn’t know what to do. Lorraine was at my side saying, ‘What’s the matter? What’s wrong?’ The Colonel couldn’t speak, and I didn’t know if I should just run across the street and bang on the door of the convent; or maybe I should just tell Lorraine to run into the middle of the street and stop traffic and say, ‘Help! Help!’ Finally words began to emerge from the Colonel. He said something about cramps in his stomach. And then I heard very clearly ‘Get me to a hospital.’
‘Grab him/ I ordered Lorraine. She hesitated. I could see she was frightened. ‘Grab himÂ¥ ordered again, and in a flash we became the old man’s crutches once more.
He cried out louder as we lifted him from the chair.
‘We’ve got to get him into the car / I said.
‘Hurry,’ the Colonel moaned, ‘hurry!’
Somehow we managed to get him down the stairs. We practically lifted him into the air. We knew it wasn’t just indigestion, or something simple like that. We knew it had to be a matter of life and death. Gus was waiting for us at the bottom of the stairs, barking. He jumped up on my shoulders and kept kissing the back of the Colonel’s neck as we got him to the side door. That dog had the longest tongue I’ve ever seen in my life, and I never saw a dog love anyone the way he loved this old guy. I had to move fast to close the door so the dog wouldn’t follow us out into the car. In another minute we were in the Studebaker, and I had the key in the ignition. The pistons began to explode again, and as we pulled out of the driveway, I could hear Gus barking frantically now from within the house. Lorraine had taken some Kleenexes out of her pocketbook and was helping dab the old man’s forehead.
‘It’s going to be all right,’ she kept saying. ‘It’s going to be all right.’ The old man just kept moaning.
I need an emergency room,’ he wheezed, ‘an emergency room.’
‘It’s all our fault,’ Lorraine said.
‘You’re crazy,’ I snapped.
‘It’s the fudge. You’re not supposed to give fudge to anybody who drinks acidophilus milk,’ Lorraine moaned.
T don’t even know what acidophilus milk is,’ I countered.
The Colonel let out a piercing shriek of pain just as we turned the corner onto Clove Road. A group of Boy Scouts was standing on the corner just shooting the breeze until they heard the scream. Then they all looked up, amazed, as though they had just flunked Advanced Knotting. In another couple of minutes I had the old Studebaker crashing up the emergency ramp to Richmond Hospital. A couple of attendants were right by the entrance sneaking a smoke, but I jammed on the brakes and they came galloping to help us.
‘Don’t tell them I’m the Colonel,’ the old man said through his pain. ‘Don’t give them my real name.’
In two shakes of a lamb’s tail the attendants had the old guy on a stretcher with wheels and flew him through these automatic doors. Lorraine and I trotted behind, but to our surprise the procession came to a rapid stop in front of an admissions desk.
‘What seems to be the problem?’ this mean-looking nurse asked us. The Colonel couldn’t talk, and you could see he was trying to hold back his anguish, but he still had to cry out in pain. As soon as the mean-looking nurse realised that the old guy wouldn’t be doing any talking, she turned her attention to me, and took up a pen and an information card.
‘Name of patient?’ she inquired.
‘Gus,’ Lorraine piped up.
‘Gus who?’
‘Gus Bore/ I invented on the spot.
‘What kind of medical insurance does he have?’
‘I don’t have any,’ the old man grunted in an exhale. ‘Please help me! Please get me a doctor!’
‘Haven’t you got Medicare?’ the mean nurse pursued.
‘Get him to a doctor!’ I screamed at her. I wanted to reach out and grab her by the neck and bang her head on the desk. She took a close look at me, and I could see that she knew I meant business. She wanted to know who we were, so we told her we were his grandchildren, and then she ordered us into the waiting room while she had the bozos in white uniforms roll the old man down the hall.
‘We want to go with him,’ I said.
‘That’s against hospital rules,’ she said, and
she sounded so secure about it I figured she wasn’t lying. Besides, I knew it was better for her to think we were in the waiting room, because I’m an old hand at sneaking past nurses and going to visit whomever I want in hospitals. I had a cousin once who had his appendix out, and they said there was no visiting after eight o’clock. But I knew how to go up and down the back stairways and walk through the halls as though I was a plainclothes intern. Nobody asks you anything in hospitals if you look as though you belong there.
Lorraine and I decided we’d have to obey orders temporarily because the mean nurse really kept her eyes glued on us. We sat in the horrible waiting room, which had several junkfood machines, a couple of telephones, and these stupid little television sets that you could put a quarter in for an hour’s worth of the boob tube.
I got Lorraine and myself hot chocolates with a couple of quarters she had. She just sat on one of the benches sipping it and saying, ‘We killed him. We killed him. I know we killed him.’
‘He’s not dead,’ I said.
‘He’s dying. I just know he’s dying.’
‘There’s a big difference between a stomach ache and dying,’ I told her, and then I started to feel sick again myself. Maybe the marble pecan fudge had ptomaine in it, or botulism. After ten minutes I checked with the mean nurse and she told me to just go back and sit down. But I bugged her until she finally admitted the Colonel had been put in examination room number three. I decided to take up watch at the doorway to the waiting room, because from that point I could see all the way down the hall to where the examination rooms were. About a half hour later I saw an attendant roll the Colonel out and start pushing him out of my sight down another hall. A doctor with a stethoscope came out of the room with two nurses behind him, and they all started heading my way. I signalled Lorraine, and we stopped the doctor right in the middle of the hall while the mean nurse kept yelling, ‘Get back in the waiting room! Get back in the waiting room!’
Question: How do the characters initially react to the Colonel’s distress?
Visit to Hospital
(THE PIGMANÃS LEGACY by Paul Zindel)
I was just wiping down the windowsills when we heard the Colonel scream out in pain.
‘Oh, my God.’ Lorraine froze.
I pushed past her and ran up the stairs two steps at a time. ‘What is it? What is it?’ Lorraine called, now breaking into motion fast behind me. The thumping of my feet on the stairs didn’t drown out another scream from the Colonel. And another!
I burst into the Colonel’s room. He was bent over in his chair clutching his stomach, moaning deeply, loudly.
‘What’s the matter?’ I cried out.
The Colonel strained to lift his face to me. It was shattered with pain. I didn’t know what to do. Lorraine was at my side saying, ‘What’s the matter? What’s wrong?’ The Colonel couldn’t speak, and I didn’t know if I should just run across the street and bang on the door of the convent; or maybe I should just tell Lorraine to run into the middle of the street and stop traffic and say, ‘Help! Help!’ Finally words began to emerge from the Colonel. He said something about cramps in his stomach. And then I heard very clearly ‘Get me to a hospital.’
‘Grab him/ I ordered Lorraine. She hesitated. I could see she was frightened. ‘Grab himÂ¥ ordered again, and in a flash we became the old man’s crutches once more.
He cried out louder as we lifted him from the chair.
‘We’ve got to get him into the car / I said.
‘Hurry,’ the Colonel moaned, ‘hurry!’
Somehow we managed to get him down the stairs. We practically lifted him into the air. We knew it wasn’t just indigestion, or something simple like that. We knew it had to be a matter of life and death. Gus was waiting for us at the bottom of the stairs, barking. He jumped up on my shoulders and kept kissing the back of the Colonel’s neck as we got him to the side door. That dog had the longest tongue I’ve ever seen in my life, and I never saw a dog love anyone the way he loved this old guy. I had to move fast to close the door so the dog wouldn’t follow us out into the car. In another minute we were in the Studebaker, and I had the key in the ignition. The pistons began to explode again, and as we pulled out of the driveway, I could hear Gus barking frantically now from within the house. Lorraine had taken some Kleenexes out of her pocketbook and was helping dab the old man’s forehead.
‘It’s going to be all right,’ she kept saying. ‘It’s going to be all right.’ The old man just kept moaning.
I need an emergency room,’ he wheezed, ‘an emergency room.’
‘It’s all our fault,’ Lorraine said.
‘You’re crazy,’ I snapped.
‘It’s the fudge. You’re not supposed to give fudge to anybody who drinks acidophilus milk,’ Lorraine moaned.
T don’t even know what acidophilus milk is,’ I countered.
The Colonel let out a piercing shriek of pain just as we turned the corner onto Clove Road. A group of Boy Scouts was standing on the corner just shooting the breeze until they heard the scream. Then they all looked up, amazed, as though they had just flunked Advanced Knotting. In another couple of minutes I had the old Studebaker crashing up the emergency ramp to Richmond Hospital. A couple of attendants were right by the entrance sneaking a smoke, but I jammed on the brakes and they came galloping to help us.
‘Don’t tell them I’m the Colonel,’ the old man said through his pain. ‘Don’t give them my real name.’
In two shakes of a lamb’s tail the attendants had the old guy on a stretcher with wheels and flew him through these automatic doors. Lorraine and I trotted behind, but to our surprise the procession came to a rapid stop in front of an admissions desk.
‘What seems to be the problem?’ this mean-looking nurse asked us. The Colonel couldn’t talk, and you could see he was trying to hold back his anguish, but he still had to cry out in pain. As soon as the mean-looking nurse realised that the old guy wouldn’t be doing any talking, she turned her attention to me, and took up a pen and an information card.
‘Name of patient?’ she inquired.
‘Gus,’ Lorraine piped up.
‘Gus who?’
‘Gus Bore/ I invented on the spot.
‘What kind of medical insurance does he have?’
‘I don’t have any,’ the old man grunted in an exhale. ‘Please help me! Please get me a doctor!’
‘Haven’t you got Medicare?’ the mean nurse pursued.
‘Get him to a doctor!’ I screamed at her. I wanted to reach out and grab her by the neck and bang her head on the desk. She took a close look at me, and I could see that she knew I meant business. She wanted to know who we were, so we told her we were his grandchildren, and then she ordered us into the waiting room while she had the bozos in white uniforms roll the old man down the hall.
‘We want to go with him,’ I said.
‘That’s against hospital rules,’ she said, and
she sounded so secure about it I figured she wasn’t lying. Besides, I knew it was better for her to think we were in the waiting room, because I’m an old hand at sneaking past nurses and going to visit whomever I want in hospitals. I had a cousin once who had his appendix out, and they said there was no visiting after eight o’clock. But I knew how to go up and down the back stairways and walk through the halls as though I was a plainclothes intern. Nobody asks you anything in hospitals if you look as though you belong there.
Lorraine and I decided we’d have to obey orders temporarily because the mean nurse really kept her eyes glued on us. We sat in the horrible waiting room, which had several junkfood machines, a couple of telephones, and these stupid little television sets that you could put a quarter in for an hour’s worth of the boob tube.
I got Lorraine and myself hot chocolates with a couple of quarters she had. She just sat on one of the benches sipping it and saying, ‘We killed him. We killed him. I know we killed him.’
‘He’s not dead,’ I said.
‘He’s dying. I just know he’s dying.’
‘There’s a big difference between a stomach ache and dying,’ I told her, and then I started to feel sick again myself. Maybe the marble pecan fudge had ptomaine in it, or botulism. After ten minutes I checked with the mean nurse and she told me to just go back and sit down. But I bugged her until she finally admitted the Colonel had been put in examination room number three. I decided to take up watch at the doorway to the waiting room, because from that point I could see all the way down the hall to where the examination rooms were. About a half hour later I saw an attendant roll the Colonel out and start pushing him out of my sight down another hall. A doctor with a stethoscope came out of the room with two nurses behind him, and they all started heading my way. I signalled Lorraine, and we stopped the doctor right in the middle of the hall while the mean nurse kept yelling, ‘Get back in the waiting room! Get back in the waiting room!’
Question: What does Lorraine think caused the Colonel’s condition?
Visit to Hospital
(THE PIGMANÃS LEGACY by Paul Zindel)
I was just wiping down the windowsills when we heard the Colonel scream out in pain.
‘Oh, my God.’ Lorraine froze.
I pushed past her and ran up the stairs two steps at a time. ‘What is it? What is it?’ Lorraine called, now breaking into motion fast behind me. The thumping of my feet on the stairs didn’t drown out another scream from the Colonel. And another!
I burst into the Colonel’s room. He was bent over in his chair clutching his stomach, moaning deeply, loudly.
‘What’s the matter?’ I cried out.
The Colonel strained to lift his face to me. It was shattered with pain. I didn’t know what to do. Lorraine was at my side saying, ‘What’s the matter? What’s wrong?’ The Colonel couldn’t speak, and I didn’t know if I should just run across the street and bang on the door of the convent; or maybe I should just tell Lorraine to run into the middle of the street and stop traffic and say, ‘Help! Help!’ Finally words began to emerge from the Colonel. He said something about cramps in his stomach. And then I heard very clearly ‘Get me to a hospital.’
‘Grab him/ I ordered Lorraine. She hesitated. I could see she was frightened. ‘Grab himÂ¥ ordered again, and in a flash we became the old man’s crutches once more.
He cried out louder as we lifted him from the chair.
‘We’ve got to get him into the car / I said.
‘Hurry,’ the Colonel moaned, ‘hurry!’
Somehow we managed to get him down the stairs. We practically lifted him into the air. We knew it wasn’t just indigestion, or something simple like that. We knew it had to be a matter of life and death. Gus was waiting for us at the bottom of the stairs, barking. He jumped up on my shoulders and kept kissing the back of the Colonel’s neck as we got him to the side door. That dog had the longest tongue I’ve ever seen in my life, and I never saw a dog love anyone the way he loved this old guy. I had to move fast to close the door so the dog wouldn’t follow us out into the car. In another minute we were in the Studebaker, and I had the key in the ignition. The pistons began to explode again, and as we pulled out of the driveway, I could hear Gus barking frantically now from within the house. Lorraine had taken some Kleenexes out of her pocketbook and was helping dab the old man’s forehead.
‘It’s going to be all right,’ she kept saying. ‘It’s going to be all right.’ The old man just kept moaning.
I need an emergency room,’ he wheezed, ‘an emergency room.’
‘It’s all our fault,’ Lorraine said.
‘You’re crazy,’ I snapped.
‘It’s the fudge. You’re not supposed to give fudge to anybody who drinks acidophilus milk,’ Lorraine moaned.
T don’t even know what acidophilus milk is,’ I countered.
The Colonel let out a piercing shriek of pain just as we turned the corner onto Clove Road. A group of Boy Scouts was standing on the corner just shooting the breeze until they heard the scream. Then they all looked up, amazed, as though they had just flunked Advanced Knotting. In another couple of minutes I had the old Studebaker crashing up the emergency ramp to Richmond Hospital. A couple of attendants were right by the entrance sneaking a smoke, but I jammed on the brakes and they came galloping to help us.
‘Don’t tell them I’m the Colonel,’ the old man said through his pain. ‘Don’t give them my real name.’
In two shakes of a lamb’s tail the attendants had the old guy on a stretcher with wheels and flew him through these automatic doors. Lorraine and I trotted behind, but to our surprise the procession came to a rapid stop in front of an admissions desk.
‘What seems to be the problem?’ this mean-looking nurse asked us. The Colonel couldn’t talk, and you could see he was trying to hold back his anguish, but he still had to cry out in pain. As soon as the mean-looking nurse realised that the old guy wouldn’t be doing any talking, she turned her attention to me, and took up a pen and an information card.
‘Name of patient?’ she inquired.
‘Gus,’ Lorraine piped up.
‘Gus who?’
‘Gus Bore/ I invented on the spot.
‘What kind of medical insurance does he have?’
‘I don’t have any,’ the old man grunted in an exhale. ‘Please help me! Please get me a doctor!’
‘Haven’t you got Medicare?’ the mean nurse pursued.
‘Get him to a doctor!’ I screamed at her. I wanted to reach out and grab her by the neck and bang her head on the desk. She took a close look at me, and I could see that she knew I meant business. She wanted to know who we were, so we told her we were his grandchildren, and then she ordered us into the waiting room while she had the bozos in white uniforms roll the old man down the hall.
‘We want to go with him,’ I said.
‘That’s against hospital rules,’ she said, and
she sounded so secure about it I figured she wasn’t lying. Besides, I knew it was better for her to think we were in the waiting room, because I’m an old hand at sneaking past nurses and going to visit whomever I want in hospitals. I had a cousin once who had his appendix out, and they said there was no visiting after eight o’clock. But I knew how to go up and down the back stairways and walk through the halls as though I was a plainclothes intern. Nobody asks you anything in hospitals if you look as though you belong there.
Lorraine and I decided we’d have to obey orders temporarily because the mean nurse really kept her eyes glued on us. We sat in the horrible waiting room, which had several junkfood machines, a couple of telephones, and these stupid little television sets that you could put a quarter in for an hour’s worth of the boob tube.
I got Lorraine and myself hot chocolates with a couple of quarters she had. She just sat on one of the benches sipping it and saying, ‘We killed him. We killed him. I know we killed him.’
‘He’s not dead,’ I said.
‘He’s dying. I just know he’s dying.’
‘There’s a big difference between a stomach ache and dying,’ I told her, and then I started to feel sick again myself. Maybe the marble pecan fudge had ptomaine in it, or botulism. After ten minutes I checked with the mean nurse and she told me to just go back and sit down. But I bugged her until she finally admitted the Colonel had been put in examination room number three. I decided to take up watch at the doorway to the waiting room, because from that point I could see all the way down the hall to where the examination rooms were. About a half hour later I saw an attendant roll the Colonel out and start pushing him out of my sight down another hall. A doctor with a stethoscope came out of the room with two nurses behind him, and they all started heading my way. I signalled Lorraine, and we stopped the doctor right in the middle of the hall while the mean nurse kept yelling, ‘Get back in the waiting room! Get back in the waiting room!’
Question: What is the Colonel’s initial form of communication about his condition?
Visit to Hospital
(THE PIGMANÃS LEGACY by Paul Zindel)
I was just wiping down the windowsills when we heard the Colonel scream out in pain.
‘Oh, my God.’ Lorraine froze.
I pushed past her and ran up the stairs two steps at a time. ‘What is it? What is it?’ Lorraine called, now breaking into motion fast behind me. The thumping of my feet on the stairs didn’t drown out another scream from the Colonel. And another!
I burst into the Colonel’s room. He was bent over in his chair clutching his stomach, moaning deeply, loudly.
‘What’s the matter?’ I cried out.
The Colonel strained to lift his face to me. It was shattered with pain. I didn’t know what to do. Lorraine was at my side saying, ‘What’s the matter? What’s wrong?’ The Colonel couldn’t speak, and I didn’t know if I should just run across the street and bang on the door of the convent; or maybe I should just tell Lorraine to run into the middle of the street and stop traffic and say, ‘Help! Help!’ Finally words began to emerge from the Colonel. He said something about cramps in his stomach. And then I heard very clearly ‘Get me to a hospital.’
‘Grab him/ I ordered Lorraine. She hesitated. I could see she was frightened. ‘Grab himÂ¥ ordered again, and in a flash we became the old man’s crutches once more.
He cried out louder as we lifted him from the chair.
‘We’ve got to get him into the car / I said.
‘Hurry,’ the Colonel moaned, ‘hurry!’
Somehow we managed to get him down the stairs. We practically lifted him into the air. We knew it wasn’t just indigestion, or something simple like that. We knew it had to be a matter of life and death. Gus was waiting for us at the bottom of the stairs, barking. He jumped up on my shoulders and kept kissing the back of the Colonel’s neck as we got him to the side door. That dog had the longest tongue I’ve ever seen in my life, and I never saw a dog love anyone the way he loved this old guy. I had to move fast to close the door so the dog wouldn’t follow us out into the car. In another minute we were in the Studebaker, and I had the key in the ignition. The pistons began to explode again, and as we pulled out of the driveway, I could hear Gus barking frantically now from within the house. Lorraine had taken some Kleenexes out of her pocketbook and was helping dab the old man’s forehead.
‘It’s going to be all right,’ she kept saying. ‘It’s going to be all right.’ The old man just kept moaning.
I need an emergency room,’ he wheezed, ‘an emergency room.’
‘It’s all our fault,’ Lorraine said.
‘You’re crazy,’ I snapped.
‘It’s the fudge. You’re not supposed to give fudge to anybody who drinks acidophilus milk,’ Lorraine moaned.
T don’t even know what acidophilus milk is,’ I countered.
The Colonel let out a piercing shriek of pain just as we turned the corner onto Clove Road. A group of Boy Scouts was standing on the corner just shooting the breeze until they heard the scream. Then they all looked up, amazed, as though they had just flunked Advanced Knotting. In another couple of minutes I had the old Studebaker crashing up the emergency ramp to Richmond Hospital. A couple of attendants were right by the entrance sneaking a smoke, but I jammed on the brakes and they came galloping to help us.
‘Don’t tell them I’m the Colonel,’ the old man said through his pain. ‘Don’t give them my real name.’
In two shakes of a lamb’s tail the attendants had the old guy on a stretcher with wheels and flew him through these automatic doors. Lorraine and I trotted behind, but to our surprise the procession came to a rapid stop in front of an admissions desk.
‘What seems to be the problem?’ this mean-looking nurse asked us. The Colonel couldn’t talk, and you could see he was trying to hold back his anguish, but he still had to cry out in pain. As soon as the mean-looking nurse realised that the old guy wouldn’t be doing any talking, she turned her attention to me, and took up a pen and an information card.
‘Name of patient?’ she inquired.
‘Gus,’ Lorraine piped up.
‘Gus who?’
‘Gus Bore/ I invented on the spot.
‘What kind of medical insurance does he have?’
‘I don’t have any,’ the old man grunted in an exhale. ‘Please help me! Please get me a doctor!’
‘Haven’t you got Medicare?’ the mean nurse pursued.
‘Get him to a doctor!’ I screamed at her. I wanted to reach out and grab her by the neck and bang her head on the desk. She took a close look at me, and I could see that she knew I meant business. She wanted to know who we were, so we told her we were his grandchildren, and then she ordered us into the waiting room while she had the bozos in white uniforms roll the old man down the hall.
‘We want to go with him,’ I said.
‘That’s against hospital rules,’ she said, and
she sounded so secure about it I figured she wasn’t lying. Besides, I knew it was better for her to think we were in the waiting room, because I’m an old hand at sneaking past nurses and going to visit whomever I want in hospitals. I had a cousin once who had his appendix out, and they said there was no visiting after eight o’clock. But I knew how to go up and down the back stairways and walk through the halls as though I was a plainclothes intern. Nobody asks you anything in hospitals if you look as though you belong there.
Lorraine and I decided we’d have to obey orders temporarily because the mean nurse really kept her eyes glued on us. We sat in the horrible waiting room, which had several junkfood machines, a couple of telephones, and these stupid little television sets that you could put a quarter in for an hour’s worth of the boob tube.
I got Lorraine and myself hot chocolates with a couple of quarters she had. She just sat on one of the benches sipping it and saying, ‘We killed him. We killed him. I know we killed him.’
‘He’s not dead,’ I said.
‘He’s dying. I just know he’s dying.’
‘There’s a big difference between a stomach ache and dying,’ I told her, and then I started to feel sick again myself. Maybe the marble pecan fudge had ptomaine in it, or botulism. After ten minutes I checked with the mean nurse and she told me to just go back and sit down. But I bugged her until she finally admitted the Colonel had been put in examination room number three. I decided to take up watch at the doorway to the waiting room, because from that point I could see all the way down the hall to where the examination rooms were. About a half hour later I saw an attendant roll the Colonel out and start pushing him out of my sight down another hall. A doctor with a stethoscope came out of the room with two nurses behind him, and they all started heading my way. I signalled Lorraine, and we stopped the doctor right in the middle of the hall while the mean nurse kept yelling, ‘Get back in the waiting room! Get back in the waiting room!’
Question: Why does the Colonel not want his real name used at the hospital?
Visit to Hospital
(THE PIGMANÃS LEGACY by Paul Zindel)
I was just wiping down the windowsills when we heard the Colonel scream out in pain.
‘Oh, my God.’ Lorraine froze.
I pushed past her and ran up the stairs two steps at a time. ‘What is it? What is it?’ Lorraine called, now breaking into motion fast behind me. The thumping of my feet on the stairs didn’t drown out another scream from the Colonel. And another!
I burst into the Colonel’s room. He was bent over in his chair clutching his stomach, moaning deeply, loudly.
‘What’s the matter?’ I cried out.
The Colonel strained to lift his face to me. It was shattered with pain. I didn’t know what to do. Lorraine was at my side saying, ‘What’s the matter? What’s wrong?’ The Colonel couldn’t speak, and I didn’t know if I should just run across the street and bang on the door of the convent; or maybe I should just tell Lorraine to run into the middle of the street and stop traffic and say, ‘Help! Help!’ Finally words began to emerge from the Colonel. He said something about cramps in his stomach. And then I heard very clearly ‘Get me to a hospital.’
‘Grab him/ I ordered Lorraine. She hesitated. I could see she was frightened. ‘Grab himÂ¥ ordered again, and in a flash we became the old man’s crutches once more.
He cried out louder as we lifted him from the chair.
‘We’ve got to get him into the car / I said.
‘Hurry,’ the Colonel moaned, ‘hurry!’
Somehow we managed to get him down the stairs. We practically lifted him into the air. We knew it wasn’t just indigestion, or something simple like that. We knew it had to be a matter of life and death. Gus was waiting for us at the bottom of the stairs, barking. He jumped up on my shoulders and kept kissing the back of the Colonel’s neck as we got him to the side door. That dog had the longest tongue I’ve ever seen in my life, and I never saw a dog love anyone the way he loved this old guy. I had to move fast to close the door so the dog wouldn’t follow us out into the car. In another minute we were in the Studebaker, and I had the key in the ignition. The pistons began to explode again, and as we pulled out of the driveway, I could hear Gus barking frantically now from within the house. Lorraine had taken some Kleenexes out of her pocketbook and was helping dab the old man’s forehead.
‘It’s going to be all right,’ she kept saying. ‘It’s going to be all right.’ The old man just kept moaning.
I need an emergency room,’ he wheezed, ‘an emergency room.’
‘It’s all our fault,’ Lorraine said.
‘You’re crazy,’ I snapped.
‘It’s the fudge. You’re not supposed to give fudge to anybody who drinks acidophilus milk,’ Lorraine moaned.
T don’t even know what acidophilus milk is,’ I countered.
The Colonel let out a piercing shriek of pain just as we turned the corner onto Clove Road. A group of Boy Scouts was standing on the corner just shooting the breeze until they heard the scream. Then they all looked up, amazed, as though they had just flunked Advanced Knotting. In another couple of minutes I had the old Studebaker crashing up the emergency ramp to Richmond Hospital. A couple of attendants were right by the entrance sneaking a smoke, but I jammed on the brakes and they came galloping to help us.
‘Don’t tell them I’m the Colonel,’ the old man said through his pain. ‘Don’t give them my real name.’
In two shakes of a lamb’s tail the attendants had the old guy on a stretcher with wheels and flew him through these automatic doors. Lorraine and I trotted behind, but to our surprise the procession came to a rapid stop in front of an admissions desk.
‘What seems to be the problem?’ this mean-looking nurse asked us. The Colonel couldn’t talk, and you could see he was trying to hold back his anguish, but he still had to cry out in pain. As soon as the mean-looking nurse realised that the old guy wouldn’t be doing any talking, she turned her attention to me, and took up a pen and an information card.
‘Name of patient?’ she inquired.
‘Gus,’ Lorraine piped up.
‘Gus who?’
‘Gus Bore/ I invented on the spot.
‘What kind of medical insurance does he have?’
‘I don’t have any,’ the old man grunted in an exhale. ‘Please help me! Please get me a doctor!’
‘Haven’t you got Medicare?’ the mean nurse pursued.
‘Get him to a doctor!’ I screamed at her. I wanted to reach out and grab her by the neck and bang her head on the desk. She took a close look at me, and I could see that she knew I meant business. She wanted to know who we were, so we told her we were his grandchildren, and then she ordered us into the waiting room while she had the bozos in white uniforms roll the old man down the hall.
‘We want to go with him,’ I said.
‘That’s against hospital rules,’ she said, and
she sounded so secure about it I figured she wasn’t lying. Besides, I knew it was better for her to think we were in the waiting room, because I’m an old hand at sneaking past nurses and going to visit whomever I want in hospitals. I had a cousin once who had his appendix out, and they said there was no visiting after eight o’clock. But I knew how to go up and down the back stairways and walk through the halls as though I was a plainclothes intern. Nobody asks you anything in hospitals if you look as though you belong there.
Lorraine and I decided we’d have to obey orders temporarily because the mean nurse really kept her eyes glued on us. We sat in the horrible waiting room, which had several junkfood machines, a couple of telephones, and these stupid little television sets that you could put a quarter in for an hour’s worth of the boob tube.
I got Lorraine and myself hot chocolates with a couple of quarters she had. She just sat on one of the benches sipping it and saying, ‘We killed him. We killed him. I know we killed him.’
‘He’s not dead,’ I said.
‘He’s dying. I just know he’s dying.’
‘There’s a big difference between a stomach ache and dying,’ I told her, and then I started to feel sick again myself. Maybe the marble pecan fudge had ptomaine in it, or botulism. After ten minutes I checked with the mean nurse and she told me to just go back and sit down. But I bugged her until she finally admitted the Colonel had been put in examination room number three. I decided to take up watch at the doorway to the waiting room, because from that point I could see all the way down the hall to where the examination rooms were. About a half hour later I saw an attendant roll the Colonel out and start pushing him out of my sight down another hall. A doctor with a stethoscope came out of the room with two nurses behind him, and they all started heading my way. I signalled Lorraine, and we stopped the doctor right in the middle of the hall while the mean nurse kept yelling, ‘Get back in the waiting room! Get back in the waiting room!’
Question: How does the narrator feel about the nurse’s questions?
Visit to Hospital
(THE PIGMANÃS LEGACY by Paul Zindel)
I was just wiping down the windowsills when we heard the Colonel scream out in pain.
‘Oh, my God.’ Lorraine froze.
I pushed past her and ran up the stairs two steps at a time. ‘What is it? What is it?’ Lorraine called, now breaking into motion fast behind me. The thumping of my feet on the stairs didn’t drown out another scream from the Colonel. And another!
I burst into the Colonel’s room. He was bent over in his chair clutching his stomach, moaning deeply, loudly.
‘What’s the matter?’ I cried out.
The Colonel strained to lift his face to me. It was shattered with pain. I didn’t know what to do. Lorraine was at my side saying, ‘What’s the matter? What’s wrong?’ The Colonel couldn’t speak, and I didn’t know if I should just run across the street and bang on the door of the convent; or maybe I should just tell Lorraine to run into the middle of the street and stop traffic and say, ‘Help! Help!’ Finally words began to emerge from the Colonel. He said something about cramps in his stomach. And then I heard very clearly ‘Get me to a hospital.’
‘Grab him/ I ordered Lorraine. She hesitated. I could see she was frightened. ‘Grab himÂ¥ ordered again, and in a flash we became the old man’s crutches once more.
He cried out louder as we lifted him from the chair.
‘We’ve got to get him into the car / I said.
‘Hurry,’ the Colonel moaned, ‘hurry!’
Somehow we managed to get him down the stairs. We practically lifted him into the air. We knew it wasn’t just indigestion, or something simple like that. We knew it had to be a matter of life and death. Gus was waiting for us at the bottom of the stairs, barking. He jumped up on my shoulders and kept kissing the back of the Colonel’s neck as we got him to the side door. That dog had the longest tongue I’ve ever seen in my life, and I never saw a dog love anyone the way he loved this old guy. I had to move fast to close the door so the dog wouldn’t follow us out into the car. In another minute we were in the Studebaker, and I had the key in the ignition. The pistons began to explode again, and as we pulled out of the driveway, I could hear Gus barking frantically now from within the house. Lorraine had taken some Kleenexes out of her pocketbook and was helping dab the old man’s forehead.
‘It’s going to be all right,’ she kept saying. ‘It’s going to be all right.’ The old man just kept moaning.
I need an emergency room,’ he wheezed, ‘an emergency room.’
‘It’s all our fault,’ Lorraine said.
‘You’re crazy,’ I snapped.
‘It’s the fudge. You’re not supposed to give fudge to anybody who drinks acidophilus milk,’ Lorraine moaned.
T don’t even know what acidophilus milk is,’ I countered.
The Colonel let out a piercing shriek of pain just as we turned the corner onto Clove Road. A group of Boy Scouts was standing on the corner just shooting the breeze until they heard the scream. Then they all looked up, amazed, as though they had just flunked Advanced Knotting. In another couple of minutes I had the old Studebaker crashing up the emergency ramp to Richmond Hospital. A couple of attendants were right by the entrance sneaking a smoke, but I jammed on the brakes and they came galloping to help us.
‘Don’t tell them I’m the Colonel,’ the old man said through his pain. ‘Don’t give them my real name.’
In two shakes of a lamb’s tail the attendants had the old guy on a stretcher with wheels and flew him through these automatic doors. Lorraine and I trotted behind, but to our surprise the procession came to a rapid stop in front of an admissions desk.
‘What seems to be the problem?’ this mean-looking nurse asked us. The Colonel couldn’t talk, and you could see he was trying to hold back his anguish, but he still had to cry out in pain. As soon as the mean-looking nurse realised that the old guy wouldn’t be doing any talking, she turned her attention to me, and took up a pen and an information card.
‘Name of patient?’ she inquired.
‘Gus,’ Lorraine piped up.
‘Gus who?’
‘Gus Bore/ I invented on the spot.
‘What kind of medical insurance does he have?’
‘I don’t have any,’ the old man grunted in an exhale. ‘Please help me! Please get me a doctor!’
‘Haven’t you got Medicare?’ the mean nurse pursued.
‘Get him to a doctor!’ I screamed at her. I wanted to reach out and grab her by the neck and bang her head on the desk. She took a close look at me, and I could see that she knew I meant business. She wanted to know who we were, so we told her we were his grandchildren, and then she ordered us into the waiting room while she had the bozos in white uniforms roll the old man down the hall.
‘We want to go with him,’ I said.
‘That’s against hospital rules,’ she said, and
she sounded so secure about it I figured she wasn’t lying. Besides, I knew it was better for her to think we were in the waiting room, because I’m an old hand at sneaking past nurses and going to visit whomever I want in hospitals. I had a cousin once who had his appendix out, and they said there was no visiting after eight o’clock. But I knew how to go up and down the back stairways and walk through the halls as though I was a plainclothes intern. Nobody asks you anything in hospitals if you look as though you belong there.
Lorraine and I decided we’d have to obey orders temporarily because the mean nurse really kept her eyes glued on us. We sat in the horrible waiting room, which had several junkfood machines, a couple of telephones, and these stupid little television sets that you could put a quarter in for an hour’s worth of the boob tube.
I got Lorraine and myself hot chocolates with a couple of quarters she had. She just sat on one of the benches sipping it and saying, ‘We killed him. We killed him. I know we killed him.’
‘He’s not dead,’ I said.
‘He’s dying. I just know he’s dying.’
‘There’s a big difference between a stomach ache and dying,’ I told her, and then I started to feel sick again myself. Maybe the marble pecan fudge had ptomaine in it, or botulism. After ten minutes I checked with the mean nurse and she told me to just go back and sit down. But I bugged her until she finally admitted the Colonel had been put in examination room number three. I decided to take up watch at the doorway to the waiting room, because from that point I could see all the way down the hall to where the examination rooms were. About a half hour later I saw an attendant roll the Colonel out and start pushing him out of my sight down another hall. A doctor with a stethoscope came out of the room with two nurses behind him, and they all started heading my way. I signalled Lorraine, and we stopped the doctor right in the middle of the hall while the mean nurse kept yelling, ‘Get back in the waiting room! Get back in the waiting room!’
Question: What does the hospital waiting room contain?
Visit to Hospital
(THE PIGMANÃS LEGACY by Paul Zindel)
I was just wiping down the windowsills when we heard the Colonel scream out in pain.
‘Oh, my God.’ Lorraine froze.
I pushed past her and ran up the stairs two steps at a time. ‘What is it? What is it?’ Lorraine called, now breaking into motion fast behind me. The thumping of my feet on the stairs didn’t drown out another scream from the Colonel. And another!
I burst into the Colonel’s room. He was bent over in his chair clutching his stomach, moaning deeply, loudly.
‘What’s the matter?’ I cried out.
The Colonel strained to lift his face to me. It was shattered with pain. I didn’t know what to do. Lorraine was at my side saying, ‘What’s the matter? What’s wrong?’ The Colonel couldn’t speak, and I didn’t know if I should just run across the street and bang on the door of the convent; or maybe I should just tell Lorraine to run into the middle of the street and stop traffic and say, ‘Help! Help!’ Finally words began to emerge from the Colonel. He said something about cramps in his stomach. And then I heard very clearly ‘Get me to a hospital.’
‘Grab him/ I ordered Lorraine. She hesitated. I could see she was frightened. ‘Grab himÂ¥ ordered again, and in a flash we became the old man’s crutches once more.
He cried out louder as we lifted him from the chair.
‘We’ve got to get him into the car / I said.
‘Hurry,’ the Colonel moaned, ‘hurry!’
Somehow we managed to get him down the stairs. We practically lifted him into the air. We knew it wasn’t just indigestion, or something simple like that. We knew it had to be a matter of life and death. Gus was waiting for us at the bottom of the stairs, barking. He jumped up on my shoulders and kept kissing the back of the Colonel’s neck as we got him to the side door. That dog had the longest tongue I’ve ever seen in my life, and I never saw a dog love anyone the way he loved this old guy. I had to move fast to close the door so the dog wouldn’t follow us out into the car. In another minute we were in the Studebaker, and I had the key in the ignition. The pistons began to explode again, and as we pulled out of the driveway, I could hear Gus barking frantically now from within the house. Lorraine had taken some Kleenexes out of her pocketbook and was helping dab the old man’s forehead.
‘It’s going to be all right,’ she kept saying. ‘It’s going to be all right.’ The old man just kept moaning.
I need an emergency room,’ he wheezed, ‘an emergency room.’
‘It’s all our fault,’ Lorraine said.
‘You’re crazy,’ I snapped.
‘It’s the fudge. You’re not supposed to give fudge to anybody who drinks acidophilus milk,’ Lorraine moaned.
T don’t even know what acidophilus milk is,’ I countered.
The Colonel let out a piercing shriek of pain just as we turned the corner onto Clove Road. A group of Boy Scouts was standing on the corner just shooting the breeze until they heard the scream. Then they all looked up, amazed, as though they had just flunked Advanced Knotting. In another couple of minutes I had the old Studebaker crashing up the emergency ramp to Richmond Hospital. A couple of attendants were right by the entrance sneaking a smoke, but I jammed on the brakes and they came galloping to help us.
‘Don’t tell them I’m the Colonel,’ the old man said through his pain. ‘Don’t give them my real name.’
In two shakes of a lamb’s tail the attendants had the old guy on a stretcher with wheels and flew him through these automatic doors. Lorraine and I trotted behind, but to our surprise the procession came to a rapid stop in front of an admissions desk.
‘What seems to be the problem?’ this mean-looking nurse asked us. The Colonel couldn’t talk, and you could see he was trying to hold back his anguish, but he still had to cry out in pain. As soon as the mean-looking nurse realised that the old guy wouldn’t be doing any talking, she turned her attention to me, and took up a pen and an information card.
‘Name of patient?’ she inquired.
‘Gus,’ Lorraine piped up.
‘Gus who?’
‘Gus Bore/ I invented on the spot.
‘What kind of medical insurance does he have?’
‘I don’t have any,’ the old man grunted in an exhale. ‘Please help me! Please get me a doctor!’
‘Haven’t you got Medicare?’ the mean nurse pursued.
‘Get him to a doctor!’ I screamed at her. I wanted to reach out and grab her by the neck and bang her head on the desk. She took a close look at me, and I could see that she knew I meant business. She wanted to know who we were, so we told her we were his grandchildren, and then she ordered us into the waiting room while she had the bozos in white uniforms roll the old man down the hall.
‘We want to go with him,’ I said.
‘That’s against hospital rules,’ she said, and
she sounded so secure about it I figured she wasn’t lying. Besides, I knew it was better for her to think we were in the waiting room, because I’m an old hand at sneaking past nurses and going to visit whomever I want in hospitals. I had a cousin once who had his appendix out, and they said there was no visiting after eight o’clock. But I knew how to go up and down the back stairways and walk through the halls as though I was a plainclothes intern. Nobody asks you anything in hospitals if you look as though you belong there.
Lorraine and I decided we’d have to obey orders temporarily because the mean nurse really kept her eyes glued on us. We sat in the horrible waiting room, which had several junkfood machines, a couple of telephones, and these stupid little television sets that you could put a quarter in for an hour’s worth of the boob tube.
I got Lorraine and myself hot chocolates with a couple of quarters she had. She just sat on one of the benches sipping it and saying, ‘We killed him. We killed him. I know we killed him.’
‘He’s not dead,’ I said.
‘He’s dying. I just know he’s dying.’
‘There’s a big difference between a stomach ache and dying,’ I told her, and then I started to feel sick again myself. Maybe the marble pecan fudge had ptomaine in it, or botulism. After ten minutes I checked with the mean nurse and she told me to just go back and sit down. But I bugged her until she finally admitted the Colonel had been put in examination room number three. I decided to take up watch at the doorway to the waiting room, because from that point I could see all the way down the hall to where the examination rooms were. About a half hour later I saw an attendant roll the Colonel out and start pushing him out of my sight down another hall. A doctor with a stethoscope came out of the room with two nurses behind him, and they all started heading my way. I signalled Lorraine, and we stopped the doctor right in the middle of the hall while the mean nurse kept yelling, ‘Get back in the waiting room! Get back in the waiting room!’
Question: How does the narrator feel about hospital rules?
Visit to Hospital
(THE PIGMANÃS LEGACY by Paul Zindel)
I was just wiping down the windowsills when we heard the Colonel scream out in pain.
‘Oh, my God.’ Lorraine froze.
I pushed past her and ran up the stairs two steps at a time. ‘What is it? What is it?’ Lorraine called, now breaking into motion fast behind me. The thumping of my feet on the stairs didn’t drown out another scream from the Colonel. And another!
I burst into the Colonel’s room. He was bent over in his chair clutching his stomach, moaning deeply, loudly.
‘What’s the matter?’ I cried out.
The Colonel strained to lift his face to me. It was shattered with pain. I didn’t know what to do. Lorraine was at my side saying, ‘What’s the matter? What’s wrong?’ The Colonel couldn’t speak, and I didn’t know if I should just run across the street and bang on the door of the convent; or maybe I should just tell Lorraine to run into the middle of the street and stop traffic and say, ‘Help! Help!’ Finally words began to emerge from the Colonel. He said something about cramps in his stomach. And then I heard very clearly ‘Get me to a hospital.’
‘Grab him/ I ordered Lorraine. She hesitated. I could see she was frightened. ‘Grab himÂ¥ ordered again, and in a flash we became the old man’s crutches once more.
He cried out louder as we lifted him from the chair.
‘We’ve got to get him into the car / I said.
‘Hurry,’ the Colonel moaned, ‘hurry!’
Somehow we managed to get him down the stairs. We practically lifted him into the air. We knew it wasn’t just indigestion, or something simple like that. We knew it had to be a matter of life and death. Gus was waiting for us at the bottom of the stairs, barking. He jumped up on my shoulders and kept kissing the back of the Colonel’s neck as we got him to the side door. That dog had the longest tongue I’ve ever seen in my life, and I never saw a dog love anyone the way he loved this old guy. I had to move fast to close the door so the dog wouldn’t follow us out into the car. In another minute we were in the Studebaker, and I had the key in the ignition. The pistons began to explode again, and as we pulled out of the driveway, I could hear Gus barking frantically now from within the house. Lorraine had taken some Kleenexes out of her pocketbook and was helping dab the old man’s forehead.
‘It’s going to be all right,’ she kept saying. ‘It’s going to be all right.’ The old man just kept moaning.
I need an emergency room,’ he wheezed, ‘an emergency room.’
‘It’s all our fault,’ Lorraine said.
‘You’re crazy,’ I snapped.
‘It’s the fudge. You’re not supposed to give fudge to anybody who drinks acidophilus milk,’ Lorraine moaned.
T don’t even know what acidophilus milk is,’ I countered.
The Colonel let out a piercing shriek of pain just as we turned the corner onto Clove Road. A group of Boy Scouts was standing on the corner just shooting the breeze until they heard the scream. Then they all looked up, amazed, as though they had just flunked Advanced Knotting. In another couple of minutes I had the old Studebaker crashing up the emergency ramp to Richmond Hospital. A couple of attendants were right by the entrance sneaking a smoke, but I jammed on the brakes and they came galloping to help us.
‘Don’t tell them I’m the Colonel,’ the old man said through his pain. ‘Don’t give them my real name.’
In two shakes of a lamb’s tail the attendants had the old guy on a stretcher with wheels and flew him through these automatic doors. Lorraine and I trotted behind, but to our surprise the procession came to a rapid stop in front of an admissions desk.
‘What seems to be the problem?’ this mean-looking nurse asked us. The Colonel couldn’t talk, and you could see he was trying to hold back his anguish, but he still had to cry out in pain. As soon as the mean-looking nurse realised that the old guy wouldn’t be doing any talking, she turned her attention to me, and took up a pen and an information card.
‘Name of patient?’ she inquired.
‘Gus,’ Lorraine piped up.
‘Gus who?’
‘Gus Bore/ I invented on the spot.
‘What kind of medical insurance does he have?’
‘I don’t have any,’ the old man grunted in an exhale. ‘Please help me! Please get me a doctor!’
‘Haven’t you got Medicare?’ the mean nurse pursued.
‘Get him to a doctor!’ I screamed at her. I wanted to reach out and grab her by the neck and bang her head on the desk. She took a close look at me, and I could see that she knew I meant business. She wanted to know who we were, so we told her we were his grandchildren, and then she ordered us into the waiting room while she had the bozos in white uniforms roll the old man down the hall.
‘We want to go with him,’ I said.
‘That’s against hospital rules,’ she said, and
she sounded so secure about it I figured she wasn’t lying. Besides, I knew it was better for her to think we were in the waiting room, because I’m an old hand at sneaking past nurses and going to visit whomever I want in hospitals. I had a cousin once who had his appendix out, and they said there was no visiting after eight o’clock. But I knew how to go up and down the back stairways and walk through the halls as though I was a plainclothes intern. Nobody asks you anything in hospitals if you look as though you belong there.
Lorraine and I decided we’d have to obey orders temporarily because the mean nurse really kept her eyes glued on us. We sat in the horrible waiting room, which had several junkfood machines, a couple of telephones, and these stupid little television sets that you could put a quarter in for an hour’s worth of the boob tube.
I got Lorraine and myself hot chocolates with a couple of quarters she had. She just sat on one of the benches sipping it and saying, ‘We killed him. We killed him. I know we killed him.’
‘He’s not dead,’ I said.
‘He’s dying. I just know he’s dying.’
‘There’s a big difference between a stomach ache and dying,’ I told her, and then I started to feel sick again myself. Maybe the marble pecan fudge had ptomaine in it, or botulism. After ten minutes I checked with the mean nurse and she told me to just go back and sit down. But I bugged her until she finally admitted the Colonel had been put in examination room number three. I decided to take up watch at the doorway to the waiting room, because from that point I could see all the way down the hall to where the examination rooms were. About a half hour later I saw an attendant roll the Colonel out and start pushing him out of my sight down another hall. A doctor with a stethoscope came out of the room with two nurses behind him, and they all started heading my way. I signalled Lorraine, and we stopped the doctor right in the middle of the hall while the mean nurse kept yelling, ‘Get back in the waiting room! Get back in the waiting room!’
Question: What does the dog, Gus, do as the Colonel is taken to the car?
Visit to Hospital
(THE PIGMANÃS LEGACY by Paul Zindel)
I was just wiping down the windowsills when we heard the Colonel scream out in pain.
‘Oh, my God.’ Lorraine froze.
I pushed past her and ran up the stairs two steps at a time. ‘What is it? What is it?’ Lorraine called, now breaking into motion fast behind me. The thumping of my feet on the stairs didn’t drown out another scream from the Colonel. And another!
I burst into the Colonel’s room. He was bent over in his chair clutching his stomach, moaning deeply, loudly.
‘What’s the matter?’ I cried out.
The Colonel strained to lift his face to me. It was shattered with pain. I didn’t know what to do. Lorraine was at my side saying, ‘What’s the matter? What’s wrong?’ The Colonel couldn’t speak, and I didn’t know if I should just run across the street and bang on the door of the convent; or maybe I should just tell Lorraine to run into the middle of the street and stop traffic and say, ‘Help! Help!’ Finally words began to emerge from the Colonel. He said something about cramps in his stomach. And then I heard very clearly ‘Get me to a hospital.’
‘Grab him/ I ordered Lorraine. She hesitated. I could see she was frightened. ‘Grab himÂ¥ ordered again, and in a flash we became the old man’s crutches once more.
He cried out louder as we lifted him from the chair.
‘We’ve got to get him into the car / I said.
‘Hurry,’ the Colonel moaned, ‘hurry!’
Somehow we managed to get him down the stairs. We practically lifted him into the air. We knew it wasn’t just indigestion, or something simple like that. We knew it had to be a matter of life and death. Gus was waiting for us at the bottom of the stairs, barking. He jumped up on my shoulders and kept kissing the back of the Colonel’s neck as we got him to the side door. That dog had the longest tongue I’ve ever seen in my life, and I never saw a dog love anyone the way he loved this old guy. I had to move fast to close the door so the dog wouldn’t follow us out into the car. In another minute we were in the Studebaker, and I had the key in the ignition. The pistons began to explode again, and as we pulled out of the driveway, I could hear Gus barking frantically now from within the house. Lorraine had taken some Kleenexes out of her pocketbook and was helping dab the old man’s forehead.
‘It’s going to be all right,’ she kept saying. ‘It’s going to be all right.’ The old man just kept moaning.
I need an emergency room,’ he wheezed, ‘an emergency room.’
‘It’s all our fault,’ Lorraine said.
‘You’re crazy,’ I snapped.
‘It’s the fudge. You’re not supposed to give fudge to anybody who drinks acidophilus milk,’ Lorraine moaned.
T don’t even know what acidophilus milk is,’ I countered.
The Colonel let out a piercing shriek of pain just as we turned the corner onto Clove Road. A group of Boy Scouts was standing on the corner just shooting the breeze until they heard the scream. Then they all looked up, amazed, as though they had just flunked Advanced Knotting. In another couple of minutes I had the old Studebaker crashing up the emergency ramp to Richmond Hospital. A couple of attendants were right by the entrance sneaking a smoke, but I jammed on the brakes and they came galloping to help us.
‘Don’t tell them I’m the Colonel,’ the old man said through his pain. ‘Don’t give them my real name.’
In two shakes of a lamb’s tail the attendants had the old guy on a stretcher with wheels and flew him through these automatic doors. Lorraine and I trotted behind, but to our surprise the procession came to a rapid stop in front of an admissions desk.
‘What seems to be the problem?’ this mean-looking nurse asked us. The Colonel couldn’t talk, and you could see he was trying to hold back his anguish, but he still had to cry out in pain. As soon as the mean-looking nurse realised that the old guy wouldn’t be doing any talking, she turned her attention to me, and took up a pen and an information card.
‘Name of patient?’ she inquired.
‘Gus,’ Lorraine piped up.
‘Gus who?’
‘Gus Bore/ I invented on the spot.
‘What kind of medical insurance does he have?’
‘I don’t have any,’ the old man grunted in an exhale. ‘Please help me! Please get me a doctor!’
‘Haven’t you got Medicare?’ the mean nurse pursued.
‘Get him to a doctor!’ I screamed at her. I wanted to reach out and grab her by the neck and bang her head on the desk. She took a close look at me, and I could see that she knew I meant business. She wanted to know who we were, so we told her we were his grandchildren, and then she ordered us into the waiting room while she had the bozos in white uniforms roll the old man down the hall.
‘We want to go with him,’ I said.
‘That’s against hospital rules,’ she said, and
she sounded so secure about it I figured she wasn’t lying. Besides, I knew it was better for her to think we were in the waiting room, because I’m an old hand at sneaking past nurses and going to visit whomever I want in hospitals. I had a cousin once who had his appendix out, and they said there was no visiting after eight o’clock. But I knew how to go up and down the back stairways and walk through the halls as though I was a plainclothes intern. Nobody asks you anything in hospitals if you look as though you belong there.
Lorraine and I decided we’d have to obey orders temporarily because the mean nurse really kept her eyes glued on us. We sat in the horrible waiting room, which had several junkfood machines, a couple of telephones, and these stupid little television sets that you could put a quarter in for an hour’s worth of the boob tube.
I got Lorraine and myself hot chocolates with a couple of quarters she had. She just sat on one of the benches sipping it and saying, ‘We killed him. We killed him. I know we killed him.’
‘He’s not dead,’ I said.
‘He’s dying. I just know he’s dying.’
‘There’s a big difference between a stomach ache and dying,’ I told her, and then I started to feel sick again myself. Maybe the marble pecan fudge had ptomaine in it, or botulism. After ten minutes I checked with the mean nurse and she told me to just go back and sit down. But I bugged her until she finally admitted the Colonel had been put in examination room number three. I decided to take up watch at the doorway to the waiting room, because from that point I could see all the way down the hall to where the examination rooms were. About a half hour later I saw an attendant roll the Colonel out and start pushing him out of my sight down another hall. A doctor with a stethoscope came out of the room with two nurses behind him, and they all started heading my way. I signalled Lorraine, and we stopped the doctor right in the middle of the hall while the mean nurse kept yelling, ‘Get back in the waiting room! Get back in the waiting room!’
Question: How does the narrator try to get attention at the hospital?
The Finish Lure
(TEX by S.E HINTON)
I walked over to the sporting goods store.
I meant to look at the guns, but got side-tracked by the fishing stuff. It had been a long time since Mason and me had gone fishing. Maybe if I got us a new lure, he’d want to go again. I like hunting better, myself, but fishing was the only thing Mason really relaxed at.
I looked the lures over, trying to remember what ones he already had, and trying to find
one that didn’t cost too much. I couldn’t believe the way they had gone up in price. Finally I decided on one; it would take what was left of my money, but I hadn’t planned on buying anything anyway. Mason could pay for lunch.
Then I went to look at the shotguns. There was no way I could get one, but I liked looking at them. I found a 20-gauge I really liked. I put the fishing lure in my shirt pocket and picked up the gun to see how it balanced. It seemed a little stock-heavy to me, but maybe that was just sour grapes since I couldn’t get it. Good sights on it, though. I sighed and put it down. Duck season was coming up . . . well, Christmas was coming up, too.
I walked around a little more, looking at tennis stuff and skiing stuff and wondering if there were enough people to buy all the stuff in stores. I guess there are, though, or there wouldn’t be so many stores. I looked at the water skis. I went water skiing once, and man, I loved it.
Someone tapped me on the shoulder. I turned around and faced a salesman.
‘Kid,’ he said, ‘can you read that sign?’
I looked where he was pointing. ‘Shoplifters will be prosecuted.’
‘Sure I can read it.’
‘Do you know what it means?’
‘Yeah. You catch somebody stealing you’ll do your best to send ’em to jail.’
‘Good. Now come with me.’
I did, not even thinking about asking why. When you’re in a strange place you don’t think about having control of anything.
I followed him into a back office.
‘I got another one, Ed/ he said to a man behind a desk. Ed looked up at me wearily.
‘What was it?’
The salesman reached over and pulled the fishing lure out of my pocket. For a second I didn’t know what was going on. Then I broke out in a cold, sick sweat. They thought I was stealing it!
Â¥I was going to pay for it,’ I said, when I could get my breath. I went from shocked to mad to scared, so quick I couldn’t tell which I was feeling. I was going to pay for it,’ I repeated, trying to keep my voice level. I sounded guilty. I even felt guilty. I must look guilty, too, I thought frantically. All kinds of visions were going through my mind ó what would Mason say, what would Pop think, Jamie . . . being put in jail. I couldn’t go back to jail!
‘They all say that,’ Ed nodded.
Say what? I wondered, then I remembered saying, T was going to pay for it.’
I never stole anything in my life!’ I said. Borrowing that car hadn’t really been stealing. Anyway, I was just twelve when that happened ó
‘Now that one I never heard before,’ Ed said.
I was so scared and sick I was close to crying. They’d never believe me. Nobody’d ever believe me. Pop would disown me. Pop was funny and talkative and loved to laugh and tell stories, but he had never ever said a word about prison or what it was like, just drilled it into us to respect the law. That probably impressed us more than if he had given us a day by day description of it. Anyway, I knew what it was like, sort of. I remembered sitting in that jail cell, listening to somebody beat on the bars down the hall, screaming I’m drunk and I’m proud of it!’ over and over again and the smell was so bad and the walls got closer and closer and I knew if I had to stay in there I’d go nuts like a caged animal, and beat my head in against the wall, and I was trying to sit real still to keep from doing that when Pop came to get me. From the look on his face I thought I’d go straight from jail to an orphanage. And when we got outside he’d belted me; the only time he’d ever hit either of us.
I just put it in my pocket for a minute while I looked at a gun,’ I said, as steady as possible. The way they were looking at me made me feel like I was the worst kind of trash. Mason, even if he believed me, he’d never live this down. He had such a pride thing about never getting into trouble when he had so many chances to. He had turned very sarcastic on Johnny once, when Johnny smuggled a carton of Eskimo Pies out of the Safeway store, made him so miserable he couldn’t even eat more than one or two.
‘Was he out of the store?’ Ed asked the salesman. ‘Or about to leave the store?’
It was weird, being talked about like you weren’t even human.
‘He was inside,’ the salesman said reluctantly.
‘Turn him loose. This time.’ He went back to his papers.
The salesman opened his mouth to protest, then snapped at me, ‘You heard him, get out.’
Everything had happened so fast I still didn’t feel like I could move. T was going to pay for it.’ I made one more effort to clear myself.
I got the money to pay for it.’ I almost took my billfold out to prove it.
‘Kid,’ Ed said, ‘people come in here, kids with bigger allowances than my salary, and it’s just like mountain climbing to them. They take things because they’re there. Sometimes we even find merchandise in the trash bins ó once they get away with it they’re bored with it.’
He glanced up at me, and for a second I felt like he believed me. ‘Still want the lure?’
I looked at it, laying there on his desk. A fishing lure was going to make me slightly sick for a long time to come. I shook my head. He escorted me out, but he didn’t need to worry. I was never going into the store again.
Question: What initially attracts Tex’s attention in the store?
The Finish Lure
(TEX by S.E HINTON)
I walked over to the sporting goods store.
I meant to look at the guns, but got side-tracked by the fishing stuff. It had been a long time since Mason and me had gone fishing. Maybe if I got us a new lure, he’d want to go again. I like hunting better, myself, but fishing was the only thing Mason really relaxed at.
I looked the lures over, trying to remember what ones he already had, and trying to find
one that didn’t cost too much. I couldn’t believe the way they had gone up in price. Finally I decided on one; it would take what was left of my money, but I hadn’t planned on buying anything anyway. Mason could pay for lunch.
Then I went to look at the shotguns. There was no way I could get one, but I liked looking at them. I found a 20-gauge I really liked. I put the fishing lure in my shirt pocket and picked up the gun to see how it balanced. It seemed a little stock-heavy to me, but maybe that was just sour grapes since I couldn’t get it. Good sights on it, though. I sighed and put it down. Duck season was coming up . . . well, Christmas was coming up, too.
I walked around a little more, looking at tennis stuff and skiing stuff and wondering if there were enough people to buy all the stuff in stores. I guess there are, though, or there wouldn’t be so many stores. I looked at the water skis. I went water skiing once, and man, I loved it.
Someone tapped me on the shoulder. I turned around and faced a salesman.
‘Kid,’ he said, ‘can you read that sign?’
I looked where he was pointing. ‘Shoplifters will be prosecuted.’
‘Sure I can read it.’
‘Do you know what it means?’
‘Yeah. You catch somebody stealing you’ll do your best to send ’em to jail.’
‘Good. Now come with me.’
I did, not even thinking about asking why. When you’re in a strange place you don’t think about having control of anything.
I followed him into a back office.
‘I got another one, Ed/ he said to a man behind a desk. Ed looked up at me wearily.
‘What was it?’
The salesman reached over and pulled the fishing lure out of my pocket. For a second I didn’t know what was going on. Then I broke out in a cold, sick sweat. They thought I was stealing it!
Â¥I was going to pay for it,’ I said, when I could get my breath. I went from shocked to mad to scared, so quick I couldn’t tell which I was feeling. I was going to pay for it,’ I repeated, trying to keep my voice level. I sounded guilty. I even felt guilty. I must look guilty, too, I thought frantically. All kinds of visions were going through my mind ó what would Mason say, what would Pop think, Jamie . . . being put in jail. I couldn’t go back to jail!
‘They all say that,’ Ed nodded.
Say what? I wondered, then I remembered saying, T was going to pay for it.’
I never stole anything in my life!’ I said. Borrowing that car hadn’t really been stealing. Anyway, I was just twelve when that happened ó
‘Now that one I never heard before,’ Ed said.
I was so scared and sick I was close to crying. They’d never believe me. Nobody’d ever believe me. Pop would disown me. Pop was funny and talkative and loved to laugh and tell stories, but he had never ever said a word about prison or what it was like, just drilled it into us to respect the law. That probably impressed us more than if he had given us a day by day description of it. Anyway, I knew what it was like, sort of. I remembered sitting in that jail cell, listening to somebody beat on the bars down the hall, screaming I’m drunk and I’m proud of it!’ over and over again and the smell was so bad and the walls got closer and closer and I knew if I had to stay in there I’d go nuts like a caged animal, and beat my head in against the wall, and I was trying to sit real still to keep from doing that when Pop came to get me. From the look on his face I thought I’d go straight from jail to an orphanage. And when we got outside he’d belted me; the only time he’d ever hit either of us.
I just put it in my pocket for a minute while I looked at a gun,’ I said, as steady as possible. The way they were looking at me made me feel like I was the worst kind of trash. Mason, even if he believed me, he’d never live this down. He had such a pride thing about never getting into trouble when he had so many chances to. He had turned very sarcastic on Johnny once, when Johnny smuggled a carton of Eskimo Pies out of the Safeway store, made him so miserable he couldn’t even eat more than one or two.
‘Was he out of the store?’ Ed asked the salesman. ‘Or about to leave the store?’
It was weird, being talked about like you weren’t even human.
‘He was inside,’ the salesman said reluctantly.
‘Turn him loose. This time.’ He went back to his papers.
The salesman opened his mouth to protest, then snapped at me, ‘You heard him, get out.’
Everything had happened so fast I still didn’t feel like I could move. T was going to pay for it.’ I made one more effort to clear myself.
I got the money to pay for it.’ I almost took my billfold out to prove it.
‘Kid,’ Ed said, ‘people come in here, kids with bigger allowances than my salary, and it’s just like mountain climbing to them. They take things because they’re there. Sometimes we even find merchandise in the trash bins ó once they get away with it they’re bored with it.’
He glanced up at me, and for a second I felt like he believed me. ‘Still want the lure?’
I looked at it, laying there on his desk. A fishing lure was going to make me slightly sick for a long time to come. I shook my head. He escorted me out, but he didn’t need to worry. I was never going into the store again.
Question: What is Tex’s intention for buying the fishing lure?
The Finish Lure
(TEX by S.E HINTON)
I walked over to the sporting goods store.
I meant to look at the guns, but got side-tracked by the fishing stuff. It had been a long time since Mason and me had gone fishing. Maybe if I got us a new lure, he’d want to go again. I like hunting better, myself, but fishing was the only thing Mason really relaxed at.
I looked the lures over, trying to remember what ones he already had, and trying to find
one that didn’t cost too much. I couldn’t believe the way they had gone up in price. Finally I decided on one; it would take what was left of my money, but I hadn’t planned on buying anything anyway. Mason could pay for lunch.
Then I went to look at the shotguns. There was no way I could get one, but I liked looking at them. I found a 20-gauge I really liked. I put the fishing lure in my shirt pocket and picked up the gun to see how it balanced. It seemed a little stock-heavy to me, but maybe that was just sour grapes since I couldn’t get it. Good sights on it, though. I sighed and put it down. Duck season was coming up . . . well, Christmas was coming up, too.
I walked around a little more, looking at tennis stuff and skiing stuff and wondering if there were enough people to buy all the stuff in stores. I guess there are, though, or there wouldn’t be so many stores. I looked at the water skis. I went water skiing once, and man, I loved it.
Someone tapped me on the shoulder. I turned around and faced a salesman.
‘Kid,’ he said, ‘can you read that sign?’
I looked where he was pointing. ‘Shoplifters will be prosecuted.’
‘Sure I can read it.’
‘Do you know what it means?’
‘Yeah. You catch somebody stealing you’ll do your best to send ’em to jail.’
‘Good. Now come with me.’
I did, not even thinking about asking why. When you’re in a strange place you don’t think about having control of anything.
I followed him into a back office.
‘I got another one, Ed/ he said to a man behind a desk. Ed looked up at me wearily.
‘What was it?’
The salesman reached over and pulled the fishing lure out of my pocket. For a second I didn’t know what was going on. Then I broke out in a cold, sick sweat. They thought I was stealing it!
Â¥I was going to pay for it,’ I said, when I could get my breath. I went from shocked to mad to scared, so quick I couldn’t tell which I was feeling. I was going to pay for it,’ I repeated, trying to keep my voice level. I sounded guilty. I even felt guilty. I must look guilty, too, I thought frantically. All kinds of visions were going through my mind ó what would Mason say, what would Pop think, Jamie . . . being put in jail. I couldn’t go back to jail!
‘They all say that,’ Ed nodded.
Say what? I wondered, then I remembered saying, T was going to pay for it.’
I never stole anything in my life!’ I said. Borrowing that car hadn’t really been stealing. Anyway, I was just twelve when that happened ó
‘Now that one I never heard before,’ Ed said.
I was so scared and sick I was close to crying. They’d never believe me. Nobody’d ever believe me. Pop would disown me. Pop was funny and talkative and loved to laugh and tell stories, but he had never ever said a word about prison or what it was like, just drilled it into us to respect the law. That probably impressed us more than if he had given us a day by day description of it. Anyway, I knew what it was like, sort of. I remembered sitting in that jail cell, listening to somebody beat on the bars down the hall, screaming I’m drunk and I’m proud of it!’ over and over again and the smell was so bad and the walls got closer and closer and I knew if I had to stay in there I’d go nuts like a caged animal, and beat my head in against the wall, and I was trying to sit real still to keep from doing that when Pop came to get me. From the look on his face I thought I’d go straight from jail to an orphanage. And when we got outside he’d belted me; the only time he’d ever hit either of us.
I just put it in my pocket for a minute while I looked at a gun,’ I said, as steady as possible. The way they were looking at me made me feel like I was the worst kind of trash. Mason, even if he believed me, he’d never live this down. He had such a pride thing about never getting into trouble when he had so many chances to. He had turned very sarcastic on Johnny once, when Johnny smuggled a carton of Eskimo Pies out of the Safeway store, made him so miserable he couldn’t even eat more than one or two.
‘Was he out of the store?’ Ed asked the salesman. ‘Or about to leave the store?’
It was weird, being talked about like you weren’t even human.
‘He was inside,’ the salesman said reluctantly.
‘Turn him loose. This time.’ He went back to his papers.
The salesman opened his mouth to protest, then snapped at me, ‘You heard him, get out.’
Everything had happened so fast I still didn’t feel like I could move. T was going to pay for it.’ I made one more effort to clear myself.
I got the money to pay for it.’ I almost took my billfold out to prove it.
‘Kid,’ Ed said, ‘people come in here, kids with bigger allowances than my salary, and it’s just like mountain climbing to them. They take things because they’re there. Sometimes we even find merchandise in the trash bins ó once they get away with it they’re bored with it.’
He glanced up at me, and for a second I felt like he believed me. ‘Still want the lure?’
I looked at it, laying there on his desk. A fishing lure was going to make me slightly sick for a long time to come. I shook my head. He escorted me out, but he didn’t need to worry. I was never going into the store again.
Question: How does Tex feel when he looks at the price of the fishing lures?
The Finish Lure
(TEX by S.E HINTON)
I walked over to the sporting goods store.
I meant to look at the guns, but got side-tracked by the fishing stuff. It had been a long time since Mason and me had gone fishing. Maybe if I got us a new lure, he’d want to go again. I like hunting better, myself, but fishing was the only thing Mason really relaxed at.
I looked the lures over, trying to remember what ones he already had, and trying to find
one that didn’t cost too much. I couldn’t believe the way they had gone up in price. Finally I decided on one; it would take what was left of my money, but I hadn’t planned on buying anything anyway. Mason could pay for lunch.
Then I went to look at the shotguns. There was no way I could get one, but I liked looking at them. I found a 20-gauge I really liked. I put the fishing lure in my shirt pocket and picked up the gun to see how it balanced. It seemed a little stock-heavy to me, but maybe that was just sour grapes since I couldn’t get it. Good sights on it, though. I sighed and put it down. Duck season was coming up . . . well, Christmas was coming up, too.
I walked around a little more, looking at tennis stuff and skiing stuff and wondering if there were enough people to buy all the stuff in stores. I guess there are, though, or there wouldn’t be so many stores. I looked at the water skis. I went water skiing once, and man, I loved it.
Someone tapped me on the shoulder. I turned around and faced a salesman.
‘Kid,’ he said, ‘can you read that sign?’
I looked where he was pointing. ‘Shoplifters will be prosecuted.’
‘Sure I can read it.’
‘Do you know what it means?’
‘Yeah. You catch somebody stealing you’ll do your best to send ’em to jail.’
‘Good. Now come with me.’
I did, not even thinking about asking why. When you’re in a strange place you don’t think about having control of anything.
I followed him into a back office.
‘I got another one, Ed/ he said to a man behind a desk. Ed looked up at me wearily.
‘What was it?’
The salesman reached over and pulled the fishing lure out of my pocket. For a second I didn’t know what was going on. Then I broke out in a cold, sick sweat. They thought I was stealing it!
Â¥I was going to pay for it,’ I said, when I could get my breath. I went from shocked to mad to scared, so quick I couldn’t tell which I was feeling. I was going to pay for it,’ I repeated, trying to keep my voice level. I sounded guilty. I even felt guilty. I must look guilty, too, I thought frantically. All kinds of visions were going through my mind ó what would Mason say, what would Pop think, Jamie . . . being put in jail. I couldn’t go back to jail!
‘They all say that,’ Ed nodded.
Say what? I wondered, then I remembered saying, T was going to pay for it.’
I never stole anything in my life!’ I said. Borrowing that car hadn’t really been stealing. Anyway, I was just twelve when that happened ó
‘Now that one I never heard before,’ Ed said.
I was so scared and sick I was close to crying. They’d never believe me. Nobody’d ever believe me. Pop would disown me. Pop was funny and talkative and loved to laugh and tell stories, but he had never ever said a word about prison or what it was like, just drilled it into us to respect the law. That probably impressed us more than if he had given us a day by day description of it. Anyway, I knew what it was like, sort of. I remembered sitting in that jail cell, listening to somebody beat on the bars down the hall, screaming I’m drunk and I’m proud of it!’ over and over again and the smell was so bad and the walls got closer and closer and I knew if I had to stay in there I’d go nuts like a caged animal, and beat my head in against the wall, and I was trying to sit real still to keep from doing that when Pop came to get me. From the look on his face I thought I’d go straight from jail to an orphanage. And when we got outside he’d belted me; the only time he’d ever hit either of us.
I just put it in my pocket for a minute while I looked at a gun,’ I said, as steady as possible. The way they were looking at me made me feel like I was the worst kind of trash. Mason, even if he believed me, he’d never live this down. He had such a pride thing about never getting into trouble when he had so many chances to. He had turned very sarcastic on Johnny once, when Johnny smuggled a carton of Eskimo Pies out of the Safeway store, made him so miserable he couldn’t even eat more than one or two.
‘Was he out of the store?’ Ed asked the salesman. ‘Or about to leave the store?’
It was weird, being talked about like you weren’t even human.
‘He was inside,’ the salesman said reluctantly.
‘Turn him loose. This time.’ He went back to his papers.
The salesman opened his mouth to protest, then snapped at me, ‘You heard him, get out.’
Everything had happened so fast I still didn’t feel like I could move. T was going to pay for it.’ I made one more effort to clear myself.
I got the money to pay for it.’ I almost took my billfold out to prove it.
‘Kid,’ Ed said, ‘people come in here, kids with bigger allowances than my salary, and it’s just like mountain climbing to them. They take things because they’re there. Sometimes we even find merchandise in the trash bins ó once they get away with it they’re bored with it.’
He glanced up at me, and for a second I felt like he believed me. ‘Still want the lure?’
I looked at it, laying there on his desk. A fishing lure was going to make me slightly sick for a long time to come. I shook my head. He escorted me out, but he didn’t need to worry. I was never going into the store again.
Question: What type of gun does Tex find appealing?
The Finish Lure
(TEX by S.E HINTON)
I walked over to the sporting goods store.
I meant to look at the guns, but got side-tracked by the fishing stuff. It had been a long time since Mason and me had gone fishing. Maybe if I got us a new lure, he’d want to go again. I like hunting better, myself, but fishing was the only thing Mason really relaxed at.
I looked the lures over, trying to remember what ones he already had, and trying to find
one that didn’t cost too much. I couldn’t believe the way they had gone up in price. Finally I decided on one; it would take what was left of my money, but I hadn’t planned on buying anything anyway. Mason could pay for lunch.
Then I went to look at the shotguns. There was no way I could get one, but I liked looking at them. I found a 20-gauge I really liked. I put the fishing lure in my shirt pocket and picked up the gun to see how it balanced. It seemed a little stock-heavy to me, but maybe that was just sour grapes since I couldn’t get it. Good sights on it, though. I sighed and put it down. Duck season was coming up . . . well, Christmas was coming up, too.
I walked around a little more, looking at tennis stuff and skiing stuff and wondering if there were enough people to buy all the stuff in stores. I guess there are, though, or there wouldn’t be so many stores. I looked at the water skis. I went water skiing once, and man, I loved it.
Someone tapped me on the shoulder. I turned around and faced a salesman.
‘Kid,’ he said, ‘can you read that sign?’
I looked where he was pointing. ‘Shoplifters will be prosecuted.’
‘Sure I can read it.’
‘Do you know what it means?’
‘Yeah. You catch somebody stealing you’ll do your best to send ’em to jail.’
‘Good. Now come with me.’
I did, not even thinking about asking why. When you’re in a strange place you don’t think about having control of anything.
I followed him into a back office.
‘I got another one, Ed/ he said to a man behind a desk. Ed looked up at me wearily.
‘What was it?’
The salesman reached over and pulled the fishing lure out of my pocket. For a second I didn’t know what was going on. Then I broke out in a cold, sick sweat. They thought I was stealing it!
Â¥I was going to pay for it,’ I said, when I could get my breath. I went from shocked to mad to scared, so quick I couldn’t tell which I was feeling. I was going to pay for it,’ I repeated, trying to keep my voice level. I sounded guilty. I even felt guilty. I must look guilty, too, I thought frantically. All kinds of visions were going through my mind ó what would Mason say, what would Pop think, Jamie . . . being put in jail. I couldn’t go back to jail!
‘They all say that,’ Ed nodded.
Say what? I wondered, then I remembered saying, T was going to pay for it.’
I never stole anything in my life!’ I said. Borrowing that car hadn’t really been stealing. Anyway, I was just twelve when that happened ó
‘Now that one I never heard before,’ Ed said.
I was so scared and sick I was close to crying. They’d never believe me. Nobody’d ever believe me. Pop would disown me. Pop was funny and talkative and loved to laugh and tell stories, but he had never ever said a word about prison or what it was like, just drilled it into us to respect the law. That probably impressed us more than if he had given us a day by day description of it. Anyway, I knew what it was like, sort of. I remembered sitting in that jail cell, listening to somebody beat on the bars down the hall, screaming I’m drunk and I’m proud of it!’ over and over again and the smell was so bad and the walls got closer and closer and I knew if I had to stay in there I’d go nuts like a caged animal, and beat my head in against the wall, and I was trying to sit real still to keep from doing that when Pop came to get me. From the look on his face I thought I’d go straight from jail to an orphanage. And when we got outside he’d belted me; the only time he’d ever hit either of us.
I just put it in my pocket for a minute while I looked at a gun,’ I said, as steady as possible. The way they were looking at me made me feel like I was the worst kind of trash. Mason, even if he believed me, he’d never live this down. He had such a pride thing about never getting into trouble when he had so many chances to. He had turned very sarcastic on Johnny once, when Johnny smuggled a carton of Eskimo Pies out of the Safeway store, made him so miserable he couldn’t even eat more than one or two.
‘Was he out of the store?’ Ed asked the salesman. ‘Or about to leave the store?’
It was weird, being talked about like you weren’t even human.
‘He was inside,’ the salesman said reluctantly.
‘Turn him loose. This time.’ He went back to his papers.
The salesman opened his mouth to protest, then snapped at me, ‘You heard him, get out.’
Everything had happened so fast I still didn’t feel like I could move. T was going to pay for it.’ I made one more effort to clear myself.
I got the money to pay for it.’ I almost took my billfold out to prove it.
‘Kid,’ Ed said, ‘people come in here, kids with bigger allowances than my salary, and it’s just like mountain climbing to them. They take things because they’re there. Sometimes we even find merchandise in the trash bins ó once they get away with it they’re bored with it.’
He glanced up at me, and for a second I felt like he believed me. ‘Still want the lure?’
I looked at it, laying there on his desk. A fishing lure was going to make me slightly sick for a long time to come. I shook my head. He escorted me out, but he didn’t need to worry. I was never going into the store again.
Question: Why does Tex put the fishing lure in his pocket?
The Finish Lure
(TEX by S.E HINTON)
I walked over to the sporting goods store.
I meant to look at the guns, but got side-tracked by the fishing stuff. It had been a long time since Mason and me had gone fishing. Maybe if I got us a new lure, he’d want to go again. I like hunting better, myself, but fishing was the only thing Mason really relaxed at.
I looked the lures over, trying to remember what ones he already had, and trying to find
one that didn’t cost too much. I couldn’t believe the way they had gone up in price. Finally I decided on one; it would take what was left of my money, but I hadn’t planned on buying anything anyway. Mason could pay for lunch.
Then I went to look at the shotguns. There was no way I could get one, but I liked looking at them. I found a 20-gauge I really liked. I put the fishing lure in my shirt pocket and picked up the gun to see how it balanced. It seemed a little stock-heavy to me, but maybe that was just sour grapes since I couldn’t get it. Good sights on it, though. I sighed and put it down. Duck season was coming up . . . well, Christmas was coming up, too.
I walked around a little more, looking at tennis stuff and skiing stuff and wondering if there were enough people to buy all the stuff in stores. I guess there are, though, or there wouldn’t be so many stores. I looked at the water skis. I went water skiing once, and man, I loved it.
Someone tapped me on the shoulder. I turned around and faced a salesman.
‘Kid,’ he said, ‘can you read that sign?’
I looked where he was pointing. ‘Shoplifters will be prosecuted.’
‘Sure I can read it.’
‘Do you know what it means?’
‘Yeah. You catch somebody stealing you’ll do your best to send ’em to jail.’
‘Good. Now come with me.’
I did, not even thinking about asking why. When you’re in a strange place you don’t think about having control of anything.
I followed him into a back office.
‘I got another one, Ed/ he said to a man behind a desk. Ed looked up at me wearily.
‘What was it?’
The salesman reached over and pulled the fishing lure out of my pocket. For a second I didn’t know what was going on. Then I broke out in a cold, sick sweat. They thought I was stealing it!
Â¥I was going to pay for it,’ I said, when I could get my breath. I went from shocked to mad to scared, so quick I couldn’t tell which I was feeling. I was going to pay for it,’ I repeated, trying to keep my voice level. I sounded guilty. I even felt guilty. I must look guilty, too, I thought frantically. All kinds of visions were going through my mind ó what would Mason say, what would Pop think, Jamie . . . being put in jail. I couldn’t go back to jail!
‘They all say that,’ Ed nodded.
Say what? I wondered, then I remembered saying, T was going to pay for it.’
I never stole anything in my life!’ I said. Borrowing that car hadn’t really been stealing. Anyway, I was just twelve when that happened ó
‘Now that one I never heard before,’ Ed said.
I was so scared and sick I was close to crying. They’d never believe me. Nobody’d ever believe me. Pop would disown me. Pop was funny and talkative and loved to laugh and tell stories, but he had never ever said a word about prison or what it was like, just drilled it into us to respect the law. That probably impressed us more than if he had given us a day by day description of it. Anyway, I knew what it was like, sort of. I remembered sitting in that jail cell, listening to somebody beat on the bars down the hall, screaming I’m drunk and I’m proud of it!’ over and over again and the smell was so bad and the walls got closer and closer and I knew if I had to stay in there I’d go nuts like a caged animal, and beat my head in against the wall, and I was trying to sit real still to keep from doing that when Pop came to get me. From the look on his face I thought I’d go straight from jail to an orphanage. And when we got outside he’d belted me; the only time he’d ever hit either of us.
I just put it in my pocket for a minute while I looked at a gun,’ I said, as steady as possible. The way they were looking at me made me feel like I was the worst kind of trash. Mason, even if he believed me, he’d never live this down. He had such a pride thing about never getting into trouble when he had so many chances to. He had turned very sarcastic on Johnny once, when Johnny smuggled a carton of Eskimo Pies out of the Safeway store, made him so miserable he couldn’t even eat more than one or two.
‘Was he out of the store?’ Ed asked the salesman. ‘Or about to leave the store?’
It was weird, being talked about like you weren’t even human.
‘He was inside,’ the salesman said reluctantly.
‘Turn him loose. This time.’ He went back to his papers.
The salesman opened his mouth to protest, then snapped at me, ‘You heard him, get out.’
Everything had happened so fast I still didn’t feel like I could move. T was going to pay for it.’ I made one more effort to clear myself.
I got the money to pay for it.’ I almost took my billfold out to prove it.
‘Kid,’ Ed said, ‘people come in here, kids with bigger allowances than my salary, and it’s just like mountain climbing to them. They take things because they’re there. Sometimes we even find merchandise in the trash bins ó once they get away with it they’re bored with it.’
He glanced up at me, and for a second I felt like he believed me. ‘Still want the lure?’
I looked at it, laying there on his desk. A fishing lure was going to make me slightly sick for a long time to come. I shook my head. He escorted me out, but he didn’t need to worry. I was never going into the store again.
Question: What is the store’s policy on shoplifting?
The Finish Lure
(TEX by S.E HINTON)
I walked over to the sporting goods store.
I meant to look at the guns, but got side-tracked by the fishing stuff. It had been a long time since Mason and me had gone fishing. Maybe if I got us a new lure, he’d want to go again. I like hunting better, myself, but fishing was the only thing Mason really relaxed at.
I looked the lures over, trying to remember what ones he already had, and trying to find
one that didn’t cost too much. I couldn’t believe the way they had gone up in price. Finally I decided on one; it would take what was left of my money, but I hadn’t planned on buying anything anyway. Mason could pay for lunch.
Then I went to look at the shotguns. There was no way I could get one, but I liked looking at them. I found a 20-gauge I really liked. I put the fishing lure in my shirt pocket and picked up the gun to see how it balanced. It seemed a little stock-heavy to me, but maybe that was just sour grapes since I couldn’t get it. Good sights on it, though. I sighed and put it down. Duck season was coming up . . . well, Christmas was coming up, too.
I walked around a little more, looking at tennis stuff and skiing stuff and wondering if there were enough people to buy all the stuff in stores. I guess there are, though, or there wouldn’t be so many stores. I looked at the water skis. I went water skiing once, and man, I loved it.
Someone tapped me on the shoulder. I turned around and faced a salesman.
‘Kid,’ he said, ‘can you read that sign?’
I looked where he was pointing. ‘Shoplifters will be prosecuted.’
‘Sure I can read it.’
‘Do you know what it means?’
‘Yeah. You catch somebody stealing you’ll do your best to send ’em to jail.’
‘Good. Now come with me.’
I did, not even thinking about asking why. When you’re in a strange place you don’t think about having control of anything.
I followed him into a back office.
‘I got another one, Ed/ he said to a man behind a desk. Ed looked up at me wearily.
‘What was it?’
The salesman reached over and pulled the fishing lure out of my pocket. For a second I didn’t know what was going on. Then I broke out in a cold, sick sweat. They thought I was stealing it!
Â¥I was going to pay for it,’ I said, when I could get my breath. I went from shocked to mad to scared, so quick I couldn’t tell which I was feeling. I was going to pay for it,’ I repeated, trying to keep my voice level. I sounded guilty. I even felt guilty. I must look guilty, too, I thought frantically. All kinds of visions were going through my mind ó what would Mason say, what would Pop think, Jamie . . . being put in jail. I couldn’t go back to jail!
‘They all say that,’ Ed nodded.
Say what? I wondered, then I remembered saying, T was going to pay for it.’
I never stole anything in my life!’ I said. Borrowing that car hadn’t really been stealing. Anyway, I was just twelve when that happened ó
‘Now that one I never heard before,’ Ed said.
I was so scared and sick I was close to crying. They’d never believe me. Nobody’d ever believe me. Pop would disown me. Pop was funny and talkative and loved to laugh and tell stories, but he had never ever said a word about prison or what it was like, just drilled it into us to respect the law. That probably impressed us more than if he had given us a day by day description of it. Anyway, I knew what it was like, sort of. I remembered sitting in that jail cell, listening to somebody beat on the bars down the hall, screaming I’m drunk and I’m proud of it!’ over and over again and the smell was so bad and the walls got closer and closer and I knew if I had to stay in there I’d go nuts like a caged animal, and beat my head in against the wall, and I was trying to sit real still to keep from doing that when Pop came to get me. From the look on his face I thought I’d go straight from jail to an orphanage. And when we got outside he’d belted me; the only time he’d ever hit either of us.
I just put it in my pocket for a minute while I looked at a gun,’ I said, as steady as possible. The way they were looking at me made me feel like I was the worst kind of trash. Mason, even if he believed me, he’d never live this down. He had such a pride thing about never getting into trouble when he had so many chances to. He had turned very sarcastic on Johnny once, when Johnny smuggled a carton of Eskimo Pies out of the Safeway store, made him so miserable he couldn’t even eat more than one or two.
‘Was he out of the store?’ Ed asked the salesman. ‘Or about to leave the store?’
It was weird, being talked about like you weren’t even human.
‘He was inside,’ the salesman said reluctantly.
‘Turn him loose. This time.’ He went back to his papers.
The salesman opened his mouth to protest, then snapped at me, ‘You heard him, get out.’
Everything had happened so fast I still didn’t feel like I could move. T was going to pay for it.’ I made one more effort to clear myself.
I got the money to pay for it.’ I almost took my billfold out to prove it.
‘Kid,’ Ed said, ‘people come in here, kids with bigger allowances than my salary, and it’s just like mountain climbing to them. They take things because they’re there. Sometimes we even find merchandise in the trash bins ó once they get away with it they’re bored with it.’
He glanced up at me, and for a second I felt like he believed me. ‘Still want the lure?’
I looked at it, laying there on his desk. A fishing lure was going to make me slightly sick for a long time to come. I shook my head. He escorted me out, but he didn’t need to worry. I was never going into the store again.
Question: How does Tex feel when accused of shoplifting?
The Finish Lure
(TEX by S.E HINTON)
I walked over to the sporting goods store.
I meant to look at the guns, but got side-tracked by the fishing stuff. It had been a long time since Mason and me had gone fishing. Maybe if I got us a new lure, he’d want to go again. I like hunting better, myself, but fishing was the only thing Mason really relaxed at.
I looked the lures over, trying to remember what ones he already had, and trying to find
one that didn’t cost too much. I couldn’t believe the way they had gone up in price. Finally I decided on one; it would take what was left of my money, but I hadn’t planned on buying anything anyway. Mason could pay for lunch.
Then I went to look at the shotguns. There was no way I could get one, but I liked looking at them. I found a 20-gauge I really liked. I put the fishing lure in my shirt pocket and picked up the gun to see how it balanced. It seemed a little stock-heavy to me, but maybe that was just sour grapes since I couldn’t get it. Good sights on it, though. I sighed and put it down. Duck season was coming up . . . well, Christmas was coming up, too.
I walked around a little more, looking at tennis stuff and skiing stuff and wondering if there were enough people to buy all the stuff in stores. I guess there are, though, or there wouldn’t be so many stores. I looked at the water skis. I went water skiing once, and man, I loved it.
Someone tapped me on the shoulder. I turned around and faced a salesman.
‘Kid,’ he said, ‘can you read that sign?’
I looked where he was pointing. ‘Shoplifters will be prosecuted.’
‘Sure I can read it.’
‘Do you know what it means?’
‘Yeah. You catch somebody stealing you’ll do your best to send ’em to jail.’
‘Good. Now come with me.’
I did, not even thinking about asking why. When you’re in a strange place you don’t think about having control of anything.
I followed him into a back office.
‘I got another one, Ed/ he said to a man behind a desk. Ed looked up at me wearily.
‘What was it?’
The salesman reached over and pulled the fishing lure out of my pocket. For a second I didn’t know what was going on. Then I broke out in a cold, sick sweat. They thought I was stealing it!
Â¥I was going to pay for it,’ I said, when I could get my breath. I went from shocked to mad to scared, so quick I couldn’t tell which I was feeling. I was going to pay for it,’ I repeated, trying to keep my voice level. I sounded guilty. I even felt guilty. I must look guilty, too, I thought frantically. All kinds of visions were going through my mind ó what would Mason say, what would Pop think, Jamie . . . being put in jail. I couldn’t go back to jail!
‘They all say that,’ Ed nodded.
Say what? I wondered, then I remembered saying, T was going to pay for it.’
I never stole anything in my life!’ I said. Borrowing that car hadn’t really been stealing. Anyway, I was just twelve when that happened ó
‘Now that one I never heard before,’ Ed said.
I was so scared and sick I was close to crying. They’d never believe me. Nobody’d ever believe me. Pop would disown me. Pop was funny and talkative and loved to laugh and tell stories, but he had never ever said a word about prison or what it was like, just drilled it into us to respect the law. That probably impressed us more than if he had given us a day by day description of it. Anyway, I knew what it was like, sort of. I remembered sitting in that jail cell, listening to somebody beat on the bars down the hall, screaming I’m drunk and I’m proud of it!’ over and over again and the smell was so bad and the walls got closer and closer and I knew if I had to stay in there I’d go nuts like a caged animal, and beat my head in against the wall, and I was trying to sit real still to keep from doing that when Pop came to get me. From the look on his face I thought I’d go straight from jail to an orphanage. And when we got outside he’d belted me; the only time he’d ever hit either of us.
I just put it in my pocket for a minute while I looked at a gun,’ I said, as steady as possible. The way they were looking at me made me feel like I was the worst kind of trash. Mason, even if he believed me, he’d never live this down. He had such a pride thing about never getting into trouble when he had so many chances to. He had turned very sarcastic on Johnny once, when Johnny smuggled a carton of Eskimo Pies out of the Safeway store, made him so miserable he couldn’t even eat more than one or two.
‘Was he out of the store?’ Ed asked the salesman. ‘Or about to leave the store?’
It was weird, being talked about like you weren’t even human.
‘He was inside,’ the salesman said reluctantly.
‘Turn him loose. This time.’ He went back to his papers.
The salesman opened his mouth to protest, then snapped at me, ‘You heard him, get out.’
Everything had happened so fast I still didn’t feel like I could move. T was going to pay for it.’ I made one more effort to clear myself.
I got the money to pay for it.’ I almost took my billfold out to prove it.
‘Kid,’ Ed said, ‘people come in here, kids with bigger allowances than my salary, and it’s just like mountain climbing to them. They take things because they’re there. Sometimes we even find merchandise in the trash bins ó once they get away with it they’re bored with it.’
He glanced up at me, and for a second I felt like he believed me. ‘Still want the lure?’
I looked at it, laying there on his desk. A fishing lure was going to make me slightly sick for a long time to come. I shook my head. He escorted me out, but he didn’t need to worry. I was never going into the store again.
Question: How does Ed, the man behind the desk, initially treat Tex?
The Finish Lure
(TEX by S.E HINTON)
I walked over to the sporting goods store.
I meant to look at the guns, but got side-tracked by the fishing stuff. It had been a long time since Mason and me had gone fishing. Maybe if I got us a new lure, he’d want to go again. I like hunting better, myself, but fishing was the only thing Mason really relaxed at.
I looked the lures over, trying to remember what ones he already had, and trying to find
one that didn’t cost too much. I couldn’t believe the way they had gone up in price. Finally I decided on one; it would take what was left of my money, but I hadn’t planned on buying anything anyway. Mason could pay for lunch.
Then I went to look at the shotguns. There was no way I could get one, but I liked looking at them. I found a 20-gauge I really liked. I put the fishing lure in my shirt pocket and picked up the gun to see how it balanced. It seemed a little stock-heavy to me, but maybe that was just sour grapes since I couldn’t get it. Good sights on it, though. I sighed and put it down. Duck season was coming up . . . well, Christmas was coming up, too.
I walked around a little more, looking at tennis stuff and skiing stuff and wondering if there were enough people to buy all the stuff in stores. I guess there are, though, or there wouldn’t be so many stores. I looked at the water skis. I went water skiing once, and man, I loved it.
Someone tapped me on the shoulder. I turned around and faced a salesman.
‘Kid,’ he said, ‘can you read that sign?’
I looked where he was pointing. ‘Shoplifters will be prosecuted.’
‘Sure I can read it.’
‘Do you know what it means?’
‘Yeah. You catch somebody stealing you’ll do your best to send ’em to jail.’
‘Good. Now come with me.’
I did, not even thinking about asking why. When you’re in a strange place you don’t think about having control of anything.
I followed him into a back office.
‘I got another one, Ed/ he said to a man behind a desk. Ed looked up at me wearily.
‘What was it?’
The salesman reached over and pulled the fishing lure out of my pocket. For a second I didn’t know what was going on. Then I broke out in a cold, sick sweat. They thought I was stealing it!
Â¥I was going to pay for it,’ I said, when I could get my breath. I went from shocked to mad to scared, so quick I couldn’t tell which I was feeling. I was going to pay for it,’ I repeated, trying to keep my voice level. I sounded guilty. I even felt guilty. I must look guilty, too, I thought frantically. All kinds of visions were going through my mind ó what would Mason say, what would Pop think, Jamie . . . being put in jail. I couldn’t go back to jail!
‘They all say that,’ Ed nodded.
Say what? I wondered, then I remembered saying, T was going to pay for it.’
I never stole anything in my life!’ I said. Borrowing that car hadn’t really been stealing. Anyway, I was just twelve when that happened ó
‘Now that one I never heard before,’ Ed said.
I was so scared and sick I was close to crying. They’d never believe me. Nobody’d ever believe me. Pop would disown me. Pop was funny and talkative and loved to laugh and tell stories, but he had never ever said a word about prison or what it was like, just drilled it into us to respect the law. That probably impressed us more than if he had given us a day by day description of it. Anyway, I knew what it was like, sort of. I remembered sitting in that jail cell, listening to somebody beat on the bars down the hall, screaming I’m drunk and I’m proud of it!’ over and over again and the smell was so bad and the walls got closer and closer and I knew if I had to stay in there I’d go nuts like a caged animal, and beat my head in against the wall, and I was trying to sit real still to keep from doing that when Pop came to get me. From the look on his face I thought I’d go straight from jail to an orphanage. And when we got outside he’d belted me; the only time he’d ever hit either of us.
I just put it in my pocket for a minute while I looked at a gun,’ I said, as steady as possible. The way they were looking at me made me feel like I was the worst kind of trash. Mason, even if he believed me, he’d never live this down. He had such a pride thing about never getting into trouble when he had so many chances to. He had turned very sarcastic on Johnny once, when Johnny smuggled a carton of Eskimo Pies out of the Safeway store, made him so miserable he couldn’t even eat more than one or two.
‘Was he out of the store?’ Ed asked the salesman. ‘Or about to leave the store?’
It was weird, being talked about like you weren’t even human.
‘He was inside,’ the salesman said reluctantly.
‘Turn him loose. This time.’ He went back to his papers.
The salesman opened his mouth to protest, then snapped at me, ‘You heard him, get out.’
Everything had happened so fast I still didn’t feel like I could move. T was going to pay for it.’ I made one more effort to clear myself.
I got the money to pay for it.’ I almost took my billfold out to prove it.
‘Kid,’ Ed said, ‘people come in here, kids with bigger allowances than my salary, and it’s just like mountain climbing to them. They take things because they’re there. Sometimes we even find merchandise in the trash bins ó once they get away with it they’re bored with it.’
He glanced up at me, and for a second I felt like he believed me. ‘Still want the lure?’
I looked at it, laying there on his desk. A fishing lure was going to make me slightly sick for a long time to come. I shook my head. He escorted me out, but he didn’t need to worry. I was never going into the store again.
Question: What impression does Tex get from his father regarding the law?
The Finish Lure
(TEX by S.E HINTON)
I walked over to the sporting goods store.
I meant to look at the guns, but got side-tracked by the fishing stuff. It had been a long time since Mason and me had gone fishing. Maybe if I got us a new lure, he’d want to go again. I like hunting better, myself, but fishing was the only thing Mason really relaxed at.
I looked the lures over, trying to remember what ones he already had, and trying to find
one that didn’t cost too much. I couldn’t believe the way they had gone up in price. Finally I decided on one; it would take what was left of my money, but I hadn’t planned on buying anything anyway. Mason could pay for lunch.
Then I went to look at the shotguns. There was no way I could get one, but I liked looking at them. I found a 20-gauge I really liked. I put the fishing lure in my shirt pocket and picked up the gun to see how it balanced. It seemed a little stock-heavy to me, but maybe that was just sour grapes since I couldn’t get it. Good sights on it, though. I sighed and put it down. Duck season was coming up . . . well, Christmas was coming up, too.
I walked around a little more, looking at tennis stuff and skiing stuff and wondering if there were enough people to buy all the stuff in stores. I guess there are, though, or there wouldn’t be so many stores. I looked at the water skis. I went water skiing once, and man, I loved it.
Someone tapped me on the shoulder. I turned around and faced a salesman.
‘Kid,’ he said, ‘can you read that sign?’
I looked where he was pointing. ‘Shoplifters will be prosecuted.’
‘Sure I can read it.’
‘Do you know what it means?’
‘Yeah. You catch somebody stealing you’ll do your best to send ’em to jail.’
‘Good. Now come with me.’
I did, not even thinking about asking why. When you’re in a strange place you don’t think about having control of anything.
I followed him into a back office.
‘I got another one, Ed/ he said to a man behind a desk. Ed looked up at me wearily.
‘What was it?’
The salesman reached over and pulled the fishing lure out of my pocket. For a second I didn’t know what was going on. Then I broke out in a cold, sick sweat. They thought I was stealing it!
Â¥I was going to pay for it,’ I said, when I could get my breath. I went from shocked to mad to scared, so quick I couldn’t tell which I was feeling. I was going to pay for it,’ I repeated, trying to keep my voice level. I sounded guilty. I even felt guilty. I must look guilty, too, I thought frantically. All kinds of visions were going through my mind ó what would Mason say, what would Pop think, Jamie . . . being put in jail. I couldn’t go back to jail!
‘They all say that,’ Ed nodded.
Say what? I wondered, then I remembered saying, T was going to pay for it.’
I never stole anything in my life!’ I said. Borrowing that car hadn’t really been stealing. Anyway, I was just twelve when that happened ó
‘Now that one I never heard before,’ Ed said.
I was so scared and sick I was close to crying. They’d never believe me. Nobody’d ever believe me. Pop would disown me. Pop was funny and talkative and loved to laugh and tell stories, but he had never ever said a word about prison or what it was like, just drilled it into us to respect the law. That probably impressed us more than if he had given us a day by day description of it. Anyway, I knew what it was like, sort of. I remembered sitting in that jail cell, listening to somebody beat on the bars down the hall, screaming I’m drunk and I’m proud of it!’ over and over again and the smell was so bad and the walls got closer and closer and I knew if I had to stay in there I’d go nuts like a caged animal, and beat my head in against the wall, and I was trying to sit real still to keep from doing that when Pop came to get me. From the look on his face I thought I’d go straight from jail to an orphanage. And when we got outside he’d belted me; the only time he’d ever hit either of us.
I just put it in my pocket for a minute while I looked at a gun,’ I said, as steady as possible. The way they were looking at me made me feel like I was the worst kind of trash. Mason, even if he believed me, he’d never live this down. He had such a pride thing about never getting into trouble when he had so many chances to. He had turned very sarcastic on Johnny once, when Johnny smuggled a carton of Eskimo Pies out of the Safeway store, made him so miserable he couldn’t even eat more than one or two.
‘Was he out of the store?’ Ed asked the salesman. ‘Or about to leave the store?’
It was weird, being talked about like you weren’t even human.
‘He was inside,’ the salesman said reluctantly.
‘Turn him loose. This time.’ He went back to his papers.
The salesman opened his mouth to protest, then snapped at me, ‘You heard him, get out.’
Everything had happened so fast I still didn’t feel like I could move. T was going to pay for it.’ I made one more effort to clear myself.
I got the money to pay for it.’ I almost took my billfold out to prove it.
‘Kid,’ Ed said, ‘people come in here, kids with bigger allowances than my salary, and it’s just like mountain climbing to them. They take things because they’re there. Sometimes we even find merchandise in the trash bins ó once they get away with it they’re bored with it.’
He glanced up at me, and for a second I felt like he believed me. ‘Still want the lure?’
I looked at it, laying there on his desk. A fishing lure was going to make me slightly sick for a long time to come. I shook my head. He escorted me out, but he didn’t need to worry. I was never going into the store again.
Question: What ultimately happens to Tex at the end of the passage?
The Finish Lure
(TEX by S.E HINTON)
I walked over to the sporting goods store.
I meant to look at the guns, but got side-tracked by the fishing stuff. It had been a long time since Mason and me had gone fishing. Maybe if I got us a new lure, he’d want to go again. I like hunting better, myself, but fishing was the only thing Mason really relaxed at.
I looked the lures over, trying to remember what ones he already had, and trying to find
one that didn’t cost too much. I couldn’t believe the way they had gone up in price. Finally I decided on one; it would take what was left of my money, but I hadn’t planned on buying anything anyway. Mason could pay for lunch.
Then I went to look at the shotguns. There was no way I could get one, but I liked looking at them. I found a 20-gauge I really liked. I put the fishing lure in my shirt pocket and picked up the gun to see how it balanced. It seemed a little stock-heavy to me, but maybe that was just sour grapes since I couldn’t get it. Good sights on it, though. I sighed and put it down. Duck season was coming up . . . well, Christmas was coming up, too.
I walked around a little more, looking at tennis stuff and skiing stuff and wondering if there were enough people to buy all the stuff in stores. I guess there are, though, or there wouldn’t be so many stores. I looked at the water skis. I went water skiing once, and man, I loved it.
Someone tapped me on the shoulder. I turned around and faced a salesman.
‘Kid,’ he said, ‘can you read that sign?’
I looked where he was pointing. ‘Shoplifters will be prosecuted.’
‘Sure I can read it.’
‘Do you know what it means?’
‘Yeah. You catch somebody stealing you’ll do your best to send ’em to jail.’
‘Good. Now come with me.’
I did, not even thinking about asking why. When you’re in a strange place you don’t think about having control of anything.
I followed him into a back office.
‘I got another one, Ed/ he said to a man behind a desk. Ed looked up at me wearily.
‘What was it?’
The salesman reached over and pulled the fishing lure out of my pocket. For a second I didn’t know what was going on. Then I broke out in a cold, sick sweat. They thought I was stealing it!
Â¥I was going to pay for it,’ I said, when I could get my breath. I went from shocked to mad to scared, so quick I couldn’t tell which I was feeling. I was going to pay for it,’ I repeated, trying to keep my voice level. I sounded guilty. I even felt guilty. I must look guilty, too, I thought frantically. All kinds of visions were going through my mind ó what would Mason say, what would Pop think, Jamie . . . being put in jail. I couldn’t go back to jail!
‘They all say that,’ Ed nodded.
Say what? I wondered, then I remembered saying, T was going to pay for it.’
I never stole anything in my life!’ I said. Borrowing that car hadn’t really been stealing. Anyway, I was just twelve when that happened ó
‘Now that one I never heard before,’ Ed said.
I was so scared and sick I was close to crying. They’d never believe me. Nobody’d ever believe me. Pop would disown me. Pop was funny and talkative and loved to laugh and tell stories, but he had never ever said a word about prison or what it was like, just drilled it into us to respect the law. That probably impressed us more than if he had given us a day by day description of it. Anyway, I knew what it was like, sort of. I remembered sitting in that jail cell, listening to somebody beat on the bars down the hall, screaming I’m drunk and I’m proud of it!’ over and over again and the smell was so bad and the walls got closer and closer and I knew if I had to stay in there I’d go nuts like a caged animal, and beat my head in against the wall, and I was trying to sit real still to keep from doing that when Pop came to get me. From the look on his face I thought I’d go straight from jail to an orphanage. And when we got outside he’d belted me; the only time he’d ever hit either of us.
I just put it in my pocket for a minute while I looked at a gun,’ I said, as steady as possible. The way they were looking at me made me feel like I was the worst kind of trash. Mason, even if he believed me, he’d never live this down. He had such a pride thing about never getting into trouble when he had so many chances to. He had turned very sarcastic on Johnny once, when Johnny smuggled a carton of Eskimo Pies out of the Safeway store, made him so miserable he couldn’t even eat more than one or two.
‘Was he out of the store?’ Ed asked the salesman. ‘Or about to leave the store?’
It was weird, being talked about like you weren’t even human.
‘He was inside,’ the salesman said reluctantly.
‘Turn him loose. This time.’ He went back to his papers.
The salesman opened his mouth to protest, then snapped at me, ‘You heard him, get out.’
Everything had happened so fast I still didn’t feel like I could move. T was going to pay for it.’ I made one more effort to clear myself.
I got the money to pay for it.’ I almost took my billfold out to prove it.
‘Kid,’ Ed said, ‘people come in here, kids with bigger allowances than my salary, and it’s just like mountain climbing to them. They take things because they’re there. Sometimes we even find merchandise in the trash bins ó once they get away with it they’re bored with it.’
He glanced up at me, and for a second I felt like he believed me. ‘Still want the lure?’
I looked at it, laying there on his desk. A fishing lure was going to make me slightly sick for a long time to come. I shook my head. He escorted me out, but he didn’t need to worry. I was never going into the store again.
Question: What is Mason’s favourite outdoor activity according to Tex?
The Finish Lure
(TEX by S.E HINTON)
I walked over to the sporting goods store.
I meant to look at the guns, but got side-tracked by the fishing stuff. It had been a long time since Mason and me had gone fishing. Maybe if I got us a new lure, he’d want to go again. I like hunting better, myself, but fishing was the only thing Mason really relaxed at.
I looked the lures over, trying to remember what ones he already had, and trying to find
one that didn’t cost too much. I couldn’t believe the way they had gone up in price. Finally I decided on one; it would take what was left of my money, but I hadn’t planned on buying anything anyway. Mason could pay for lunch.
Then I went to look at the shotguns. There was no way I could get one, but I liked looking at them. I found a 20-gauge I really liked. I put the fishing lure in my shirt pocket and picked up the gun to see how it balanced. It seemed a little stock-heavy to me, but maybe that was just sour grapes since I couldn’t get it. Good sights on it, though. I sighed and put it down. Duck season was coming up . . . well, Christmas was coming up, too.
I walked around a little more, looking at tennis stuff and skiing stuff and wondering if there were enough people to buy all the stuff in stores. I guess there are, though, or there wouldn’t be so many stores. I looked at the water skis. I went water skiing once, and man, I loved it.
Someone tapped me on the shoulder. I turned around and faced a salesman.
‘Kid,’ he said, ‘can you read that sign?’
I looked where he was pointing. ‘Shoplifters will be prosecuted.’
‘Sure I can read it.’
‘Do you know what it means?’
‘Yeah. You catch somebody stealing you’ll do your best to send ’em to jail.’
‘Good. Now come with me.’
I did, not even thinking about asking why. When you’re in a strange place you don’t think about having control of anything.
I followed him into a back office.
‘I got another one, Ed/ he said to a man behind a desk. Ed looked up at me wearily.
‘What was it?’
The salesman reached over and pulled the fishing lure out of my pocket. For a second I didn’t know what was going on. Then I broke out in a cold, sick sweat. They thought I was stealing it!
Â¥I was going to pay for it,’ I said, when I could get my breath. I went from shocked to mad to scared, so quick I couldn’t tell which I was feeling. I was going to pay for it,’ I repeated, trying to keep my voice level. I sounded guilty. I even felt guilty. I must look guilty, too, I thought frantically. All kinds of visions were going through my mind ó what would Mason say, what would Pop think, Jamie . . . being put in jail. I couldn’t go back to jail!
‘They all say that,’ Ed nodded.
Say what? I wondered, then I remembered saying, T was going to pay for it.’
I never stole anything in my life!’ I said. Borrowing that car hadn’t really been stealing. Anyway, I was just twelve when that happened ó
‘Now that one I never heard before,’ Ed said.
I was so scared and sick I was close to crying. They’d never believe me. Nobody’d ever believe me. Pop would disown me. Pop was funny and talkative and loved to laugh and tell stories, but he had never ever said a word about prison or what it was like, just drilled it into us to respect the law. That probably impressed us more than if he had given us a day by day description of it. Anyway, I knew what it was like, sort of. I remembered sitting in that jail cell, listening to somebody beat on the bars down the hall, screaming I’m drunk and I’m proud of it!’ over and over again and the smell was so bad and the walls got closer and closer and I knew if I had to stay in there I’d go nuts like a caged animal, and beat my head in against the wall, and I was trying to sit real still to keep from doing that when Pop came to get me. From the look on his face I thought I’d go straight from jail to an orphanage. And when we got outside he’d belted me; the only time he’d ever hit either of us.
I just put it in my pocket for a minute while I looked at a gun,’ I said, as steady as possible. The way they were looking at me made me feel like I was the worst kind of trash. Mason, even if he believed me, he’d never live this down. He had such a pride thing about never getting into trouble when he had so many chances to. He had turned very sarcastic on Johnny once, when Johnny smuggled a carton of Eskimo Pies out of the Safeway store, made him so miserable he couldn’t even eat more than one or two.
‘Was he out of the store?’ Ed asked the salesman. ‘Or about to leave the store?’
It was weird, being talked about like you weren’t even human.
‘He was inside,’ the salesman said reluctantly.
‘Turn him loose. This time.’ He went back to his papers.
The salesman opened his mouth to protest, then snapped at me, ‘You heard him, get out.’
Everything had happened so fast I still didn’t feel like I could move. T was going to pay for it.’ I made one more effort to clear myself.
I got the money to pay for it.’ I almost took my billfold out to prove it.
‘Kid,’ Ed said, ‘people come in here, kids with bigger allowances than my salary, and it’s just like mountain climbing to them. They take things because they’re there. Sometimes we even find merchandise in the trash bins ó once they get away with it they’re bored with it.’
He glanced up at me, and for a second I felt like he believed me. ‘Still want the lure?’
I looked at it, laying there on his desk. A fishing lure was going to make me slightly sick for a long time to come. I shook my head. He escorted me out, but he didn’t need to worry. I was never going into the store again.
Question: What does Tex feel about hunting compared to Mason?
The Finish Lure
(TEX by S.E HINTON)
I walked over to the sporting goods store.
I meant to look at the guns, but got side-tracked by the fishing stuff. It had been a long time since Mason and me had gone fishing. Maybe if I got us a new lure, he’d want to go again. I like hunting better, myself, but fishing was the only thing Mason really relaxed at.
I looked the lures over, trying to remember what ones he already had, and trying to find
one that didn’t cost too much. I couldn’t believe the way they had gone up in price. Finally I decided on one; it would take what was left of my money, but I hadn’t planned on buying anything anyway. Mason could pay for lunch.
Then I went to look at the shotguns. There was no way I could get one, but I liked looking at them. I found a 20-gauge I really liked. I put the fishing lure in my shirt pocket and picked up the gun to see how it balanced. It seemed a little stock-heavy to me, but maybe that was just sour grapes since I couldn’t get it. Good sights on it, though. I sighed and put it down. Duck season was coming up . . . well, Christmas was coming up, too.
I walked around a little more, looking at tennis stuff and skiing stuff and wondering if there were enough people to buy all the stuff in stores. I guess there are, though, or there wouldn’t be so many stores. I looked at the water skis. I went water skiing once, and man, I loved it.
Someone tapped me on the shoulder. I turned around and faced a salesman.
‘Kid,’ he said, ‘can you read that sign?’
I looked where he was pointing. ‘Shoplifters will be prosecuted.’
‘Sure I can read it.’
‘Do you know what it means?’
‘Yeah. You catch somebody stealing you’ll do your best to send ’em to jail.’
‘Good. Now come with me.’
I did, not even thinking about asking why. When you’re in a strange place you don’t think about having control of anything.
I followed him into a back office.
‘I got another one, Ed/ he said to a man behind a desk. Ed looked up at me wearily.
‘What was it?’
The salesman reached over and pulled the fishing lure out of my pocket. For a second I didn’t know what was going on. Then I broke out in a cold, sick sweat. They thought I was stealing it!
Â¥I was going to pay for it,’ I said, when I could get my breath. I went from shocked to mad to scared, so quick I couldn’t tell which I was feeling. I was going to pay for it,’ I repeated, trying to keep my voice level. I sounded guilty. I even felt guilty. I must look guilty, too, I thought frantically. All kinds of visions were going through my mind ó what would Mason say, what would Pop think, Jamie . . . being put in jail. I couldn’t go back to jail!
‘They all say that,’ Ed nodded.
Say what? I wondered, then I remembered saying, T was going to pay for it.’
I never stole anything in my life!’ I said. Borrowing that car hadn’t really been stealing. Anyway, I was just twelve when that happened ó
‘Now that one I never heard before,’ Ed said.
I was so scared and sick I was close to crying. They’d never believe me. Nobody’d ever believe me. Pop would disown me. Pop was funny and talkative and loved to laugh and tell stories, but he had never ever said a word about prison or what it was like, just drilled it into us to respect the law. That probably impressed us more than if he had given us a day by day description of it. Anyway, I knew what it was like, sort of. I remembered sitting in that jail cell, listening to somebody beat on the bars down the hall, screaming I’m drunk and I’m proud of it!’ over and over again and the smell was so bad and the walls got closer and closer and I knew if I had to stay in there I’d go nuts like a caged animal, and beat my head in against the wall, and I was trying to sit real still to keep from doing that when Pop came to get me. From the look on his face I thought I’d go straight from jail to an orphanage. And when we got outside he’d belted me; the only time he’d ever hit either of us.
I just put it in my pocket for a minute while I looked at a gun,’ I said, as steady as possible. The way they were looking at me made me feel like I was the worst kind of trash. Mason, even if he believed me, he’d never live this down. He had such a pride thing about never getting into trouble when he had so many chances to. He had turned very sarcastic on Johnny once, when Johnny smuggled a carton of Eskimo Pies out of the Safeway store, made him so miserable he couldn’t even eat more than one or two.
‘Was he out of the store?’ Ed asked the salesman. ‘Or about to leave the store?’
It was weird, being talked about like you weren’t even human.
‘He was inside,’ the salesman said reluctantly.
‘Turn him loose. This time.’ He went back to his papers.
The salesman opened his mouth to protest, then snapped at me, ‘You heard him, get out.’
Everything had happened so fast I still didn’t feel like I could move. T was going to pay for it.’ I made one more effort to clear myself.
I got the money to pay for it.’ I almost took my billfold out to prove it.
‘Kid,’ Ed said, ‘people come in here, kids with bigger allowances than my salary, and it’s just like mountain climbing to them. They take things because they’re there. Sometimes we even find merchandise in the trash bins ó once they get away with it they’re bored with it.’
He glanced up at me, and for a second I felt like he believed me. ‘Still want the lure?’
I looked at it, laying there on his desk. A fishing lure was going to make me slightly sick for a long time to come. I shook my head. He escorted me out, but he didn’t need to worry. I was never going into the store again.
Question: Why does Tex not purchase the 20-gauge shotgun?
The Finish Lure
(TEX by S.E HINTON)
I walked over to the sporting goods store.
I meant to look at the guns, but got side-tracked by the fishing stuff. It had been a long time since Mason and me had gone fishing. Maybe if I got us a new lure, he’d want to go again. I like hunting better, myself, but fishing was the only thing Mason really relaxed at.
I looked the lures over, trying to remember what ones he already had, and trying to find
one that didn’t cost too much. I couldn’t believe the way they had gone up in price. Finally I decided on one; it would take what was left of my money, but I hadn’t planned on buying anything anyway. Mason could pay for lunch.
Then I went to look at the shotguns. There was no way I could get one, but I liked looking at them. I found a 20-gauge I really liked. I put the fishing lure in my shirt pocket and picked up the gun to see how it balanced. It seemed a little stock-heavy to me, but maybe that was just sour grapes since I couldn’t get it. Good sights on it, though. I sighed and put it down. Duck season was coming up . . . well, Christmas was coming up, too.
I walked around a little more, looking at tennis stuff and skiing stuff and wondering if there were enough people to buy all the stuff in stores. I guess there are, though, or there wouldn’t be so many stores. I looked at the water skis. I went water skiing once, and man, I loved it.
Someone tapped me on the shoulder. I turned around and faced a salesman.
‘Kid,’ he said, ‘can you read that sign?’
I looked where he was pointing. ‘Shoplifters will be prosecuted.’
‘Sure I can read it.’
‘Do you know what it means?’
‘Yeah. You catch somebody stealing you’ll do your best to send ’em to jail.’
‘Good. Now come with me.’
I did, not even thinking about asking why. When you’re in a strange place you don’t think about having control of anything.
I followed him into a back office.
‘I got another one, Ed/ he said to a man behind a desk. Ed looked up at me wearily.
‘What was it?’
The salesman reached over and pulled the fishing lure out of my pocket. For a second I didn’t know what was going on. Then I broke out in a cold, sick sweat. They thought I was stealing it!
Â¥I was going to pay for it,’ I said, when I could get my breath. I went from shocked to mad to scared, so quick I couldn’t tell which I was feeling. I was going to pay for it,’ I repeated, trying to keep my voice level. I sounded guilty. I even felt guilty. I must look guilty, too, I thought frantically. All kinds of visions were going through my mind ó what would Mason say, what would Pop think, Jamie . . . being put in jail. I couldn’t go back to jail!
‘They all say that,’ Ed nodded.
Say what? I wondered, then I remembered saying, T was going to pay for it.’
I never stole anything in my life!’ I said. Borrowing that car hadn’t really been stealing. Anyway, I was just twelve when that happened ó
‘Now that one I never heard before,’ Ed said.
I was so scared and sick I was close to crying. They’d never believe me. Nobody’d ever believe me. Pop would disown me. Pop was funny and talkative and loved to laugh and tell stories, but he had never ever said a word about prison or what it was like, just drilled it into us to respect the law. That probably impressed us more than if he had given us a day by day description of it. Anyway, I knew what it was like, sort of. I remembered sitting in that jail cell, listening to somebody beat on the bars down the hall, screaming I’m drunk and I’m proud of it!’ over and over again and the smell was so bad and the walls got closer and closer and I knew if I had to stay in there I’d go nuts like a caged animal, and beat my head in against the wall, and I was trying to sit real still to keep from doing that when Pop came to get me. From the look on his face I thought I’d go straight from jail to an orphanage. And when we got outside he’d belted me; the only time he’d ever hit either of us.
I just put it in my pocket for a minute while I looked at a gun,’ I said, as steady as possible. The way they were looking at me made me feel like I was the worst kind of trash. Mason, even if he believed me, he’d never live this down. He had such a pride thing about never getting into trouble when he had so many chances to. He had turned very sarcastic on Johnny once, when Johnny smuggled a carton of Eskimo Pies out of the Safeway store, made him so miserable he couldn’t even eat more than one or two.
‘Was he out of the store?’ Ed asked the salesman. ‘Or about to leave the store?’
It was weird, being talked about like you weren’t even human.
‘He was inside,’ the salesman said reluctantly.
‘Turn him loose. This time.’ He went back to his papers.
The salesman opened his mouth to protest, then snapped at me, ‘You heard him, get out.’
Everything had happened so fast I still didn’t feel like I could move. T was going to pay for it.’ I made one more effort to clear myself.
I got the money to pay for it.’ I almost took my billfold out to prove it.
‘Kid,’ Ed said, ‘people come in here, kids with bigger allowances than my salary, and it’s just like mountain climbing to them. They take things because they’re there. Sometimes we even find merchandise in the trash bins ó once they get away with it they’re bored with it.’
He glanced up at me, and for a second I felt like he believed me. ‘Still want the lure?’
I looked at it, laying there on his desk. A fishing lure was going to make me slightly sick for a long time to come. I shook my head. He escorted me out, but he didn’t need to worry. I was never going into the store again.
Question: What does the salesman do after accusing Tex?
The Finish Lure
(TEX by S.E HINTON)
I walked over to the sporting goods store.
I meant to look at the guns, but got side-tracked by the fishing stuff. It had been a long time since Mason and me had gone fishing. Maybe if I got us a new lure, he’d want to go again. I like hunting better, myself, but fishing was the only thing Mason really relaxed at.
I looked the lures over, trying to remember what ones he already had, and trying to find
one that didn’t cost too much. I couldn’t believe the way they had gone up in price. Finally I decided on one; it would take what was left of my money, but I hadn’t planned on buying anything anyway. Mason could pay for lunch.
Then I went to look at the shotguns. There was no way I could get one, but I liked looking at them. I found a 20-gauge I really liked. I put the fishing lure in my shirt pocket and picked up the gun to see how it balanced. It seemed a little stock-heavy to me, but maybe that was just sour grapes since I couldn’t get it. Good sights on it, though. I sighed and put it down. Duck season was coming up . . . well, Christmas was coming up, too.
I walked around a little more, looking at tennis stuff and skiing stuff and wondering if there were enough people to buy all the stuff in stores. I guess there are, though, or there wouldn’t be so many stores. I looked at the water skis. I went water skiing once, and man, I loved it.
Someone tapped me on the shoulder. I turned around and faced a salesman.
‘Kid,’ he said, ‘can you read that sign?’
I looked where he was pointing. ‘Shoplifters will be prosecuted.’
‘Sure I can read it.’
‘Do you know what it means?’
‘Yeah. You catch somebody stealing you’ll do your best to send ’em to jail.’
‘Good. Now come with me.’
I did, not even thinking about asking why. When you’re in a strange place you don’t think about having control of anything.
I followed him into a back office.
‘I got another one, Ed/ he said to a man behind a desk. Ed looked up at me wearily.
‘What was it?’
The salesman reached over and pulled the fishing lure out of my pocket. For a second I didn’t know what was going on. Then I broke out in a cold, sick sweat. They thought I was stealing it!
Â¥I was going to pay for it,’ I said, when I could get my breath. I went from shocked to mad to scared, so quick I couldn’t tell which I was feeling. I was going to pay for it,’ I repeated, trying to keep my voice level. I sounded guilty. I even felt guilty. I must look guilty, too, I thought frantically. All kinds of visions were going through my mind ó what would Mason say, what would Pop think, Jamie . . . being put in jail. I couldn’t go back to jail!
‘They all say that,’ Ed nodded.
Say what? I wondered, then I remembered saying, T was going to pay for it.’
I never stole anything in my life!’ I said. Borrowing that car hadn’t really been stealing. Anyway, I was just twelve when that happened ó
‘Now that one I never heard before,’ Ed said.
I was so scared and sick I was close to crying. They’d never believe me. Nobody’d ever believe me. Pop would disown me. Pop was funny and talkative and loved to laugh and tell stories, but he had never ever said a word about prison or what it was like, just drilled it into us to respect the law. That probably impressed us more than if he had given us a day by day description of it. Anyway, I knew what it was like, sort of. I remembered sitting in that jail cell, listening to somebody beat on the bars down the hall, screaming I’m drunk and I’m proud of it!’ over and over again and the smell was so bad and the walls got closer and closer and I knew if I had to stay in there I’d go nuts like a caged animal, and beat my head in against the wall, and I was trying to sit real still to keep from doing that when Pop came to get me. From the look on his face I thought I’d go straight from jail to an orphanage. And when we got outside he’d belted me; the only time he’d ever hit either of us.
I just put it in my pocket for a minute while I looked at a gun,’ I said, as steady as possible. The way they were looking at me made me feel like I was the worst kind of trash. Mason, even if he believed me, he’d never live this down. He had such a pride thing about never getting into trouble when he had so many chances to. He had turned very sarcastic on Johnny once, when Johnny smuggled a carton of Eskimo Pies out of the Safeway store, made him so miserable he couldn’t even eat more than one or two.
‘Was he out of the store?’ Ed asked the salesman. ‘Or about to leave the store?’
It was weird, being talked about like you weren’t even human.
‘He was inside,’ the salesman said reluctantly.
‘Turn him loose. This time.’ He went back to his papers.
The salesman opened his mouth to protest, then snapped at me, ‘You heard him, get out.’
Everything had happened so fast I still didn’t feel like I could move. T was going to pay for it.’ I made one more effort to clear myself.
I got the money to pay for it.’ I almost took my billfold out to prove it.
‘Kid,’ Ed said, ‘people come in here, kids with bigger allowances than my salary, and it’s just like mountain climbing to them. They take things because they’re there. Sometimes we even find merchandise in the trash bins ó once they get away with it they’re bored with it.’
He glanced up at me, and for a second I felt like he believed me. ‘Still want the lure?’
I looked at it, laying there on his desk. A fishing lure was going to make me slightly sick for a long time to come. I shook my head. He escorted me out, but he didn’t need to worry. I was never going into the store again.
Question: How does Tex feel when the lure is pulled from his pocket?
The Finish Lure
(TEX by S.E HINTON)
I walked over to the sporting goods store.
I meant to look at the guns, but got side-tracked by the fishing stuff. It had been a long time since Mason and me had gone fishing. Maybe if I got us a new lure, he’d want to go again. I like hunting better, myself, but fishing was the only thing Mason really relaxed at.
I looked the lures over, trying to remember what ones he already had, and trying to find
one that didn’t cost too much. I couldn’t believe the way they had gone up in price. Finally I decided on one; it would take what was left of my money, but I hadn’t planned on buying anything anyway. Mason could pay for lunch.
Then I went to look at the shotguns. There was no way I could get one, but I liked looking at them. I found a 20-gauge I really liked. I put the fishing lure in my shirt pocket and picked up the gun to see how it balanced. It seemed a little stock-heavy to me, but maybe that was just sour grapes since I couldn’t get it. Good sights on it, though. I sighed and put it down. Duck season was coming up . . . well, Christmas was coming up, too.
I walked around a little more, looking at tennis stuff and skiing stuff and wondering if there were enough people to buy all the stuff in stores. I guess there are, though, or there wouldn’t be so many stores. I looked at the water skis. I went water skiing once, and man, I loved it.
Someone tapped me on the shoulder. I turned around and faced a salesman.
‘Kid,’ he said, ‘can you read that sign?’
I looked where he was pointing. ‘Shoplifters will be prosecuted.’
‘Sure I can read it.’
‘Do you know what it means?’
‘Yeah. You catch somebody stealing you’ll do your best to send ’em to jail.’
‘Good. Now come with me.’
I did, not even thinking about asking why. When you’re in a strange place you don’t think about having control of anything.
I followed him into a back office.
‘I got another one, Ed/ he said to a man behind a desk. Ed looked up at me wearily.
‘What was it?’
The salesman reached over and pulled the fishing lure out of my pocket. For a second I didn’t know what was going on. Then I broke out in a cold, sick sweat. They thought I was stealing it!
Â¥I was going to pay for it,’ I said, when I could get my breath. I went from shocked to mad to scared, so quick I couldn’t tell which I was feeling. I was going to pay for it,’ I repeated, trying to keep my voice level. I sounded guilty. I even felt guilty. I must look guilty, too, I thought frantically. All kinds of visions were going through my mind ó what would Mason say, what would Pop think, Jamie . . . being put in jail. I couldn’t go back to jail!
‘They all say that,’ Ed nodded.
Say what? I wondered, then I remembered saying, T was going to pay for it.’
I never stole anything in my life!’ I said. Borrowing that car hadn’t really been stealing. Anyway, I was just twelve when that happened ó
‘Now that one I never heard before,’ Ed said.
I was so scared and sick I was close to crying. They’d never believe me. Nobody’d ever believe me. Pop would disown me. Pop was funny and talkative and loved to laugh and tell stories, but he had never ever said a word about prison or what it was like, just drilled it into us to respect the law. That probably impressed us more than if he had given us a day by day description of it. Anyway, I knew what it was like, sort of. I remembered sitting in that jail cell, listening to somebody beat on the bars down the hall, screaming I’m drunk and I’m proud of it!’ over and over again and the smell was so bad and the walls got closer and closer and I knew if I had to stay in there I’d go nuts like a caged animal, and beat my head in against the wall, and I was trying to sit real still to keep from doing that when Pop came to get me. From the look on his face I thought I’d go straight from jail to an orphanage. And when we got outside he’d belted me; the only time he’d ever hit either of us.
I just put it in my pocket for a minute while I looked at a gun,’ I said, as steady as possible. The way they were looking at me made me feel like I was the worst kind of trash. Mason, even if he believed me, he’d never live this down. He had such a pride thing about never getting into trouble when he had so many chances to. He had turned very sarcastic on Johnny once, when Johnny smuggled a carton of Eskimo Pies out of the Safeway store, made him so miserable he couldn’t even eat more than one or two.
‘Was he out of the store?’ Ed asked the salesman. ‘Or about to leave the store?’
It was weird, being talked about like you weren’t even human.
‘He was inside,’ the salesman said reluctantly.
‘Turn him loose. This time.’ He went back to his papers.
The salesman opened his mouth to protest, then snapped at me, ‘You heard him, get out.’
Everything had happened so fast I still didn’t feel like I could move. T was going to pay for it.’ I made one more effort to clear myself.
I got the money to pay for it.’ I almost took my billfold out to prove it.
‘Kid,’ Ed said, ‘people come in here, kids with bigger allowances than my salary, and it’s just like mountain climbing to them. They take things because they’re there. Sometimes we even find merchandise in the trash bins ó once they get away with it they’re bored with it.’
He glanced up at me, and for a second I felt like he believed me. ‘Still want the lure?’
I looked at it, laying there on his desk. A fishing lure was going to make me slightly sick for a long time to come. I shook my head. He escorted me out, but he didn’t need to worry. I was never going into the store again.
Question: Why does Tex finally decide not to buy the fishing lure?
The Finish Lure
(TEX by S.E HINTON)
I walked over to the sporting goods store.
I meant to look at the guns, but got side-tracked by the fishing stuff. It had been a long time since Mason and me had gone fishing. Maybe if I got us a new lure, he’d want to go again. I like hunting better, myself, but fishing was the only thing Mason really relaxed at.
I looked the lures over, trying to remember what ones he already had, and trying to find
one that didn’t cost too much. I couldn’t believe the way they had gone up in price. Finally I decided on one; it would take what was left of my money, but I hadn’t planned on buying anything anyway. Mason could pay for lunch.
Then I went to look at the shotguns. There was no way I could get one, but I liked looking at them. I found a 20-gauge I really liked. I put the fishing lure in my shirt pocket and picked up the gun to see how it balanced. It seemed a little stock-heavy to me, but maybe that was just sour grapes since I couldn’t get it. Good sights on it, though. I sighed and put it down. Duck season was coming up . . . well, Christmas was coming up, too.
I walked around a little more, looking at tennis stuff and skiing stuff and wondering if there were enough people to buy all the stuff in stores. I guess there are, though, or there wouldn’t be so many stores. I looked at the water skis. I went water skiing once, and man, I loved it.
Someone tapped me on the shoulder. I turned around and faced a salesman.
‘Kid,’ he said, ‘can you read that sign?’
I looked where he was pointing. ‘Shoplifters will be prosecuted.’
‘Sure I can read it.’
‘Do you know what it means?’
‘Yeah. You catch somebody stealing you’ll do your best to send ’em to jail.’
‘Good. Now come with me.’
I did, not even thinking about asking why. When you’re in a strange place you don’t think about having control of anything.
I followed him into a back office.
‘I got another one, Ed/ he said to a man behind a desk. Ed looked up at me wearily.
‘What was it?’
The salesman reached over and pulled the fishing lure out of my pocket. For a second I didn’t know what was going on. Then I broke out in a cold, sick sweat. They thought I was stealing it!
Â¥I was going to pay for it,’ I said, when I could get my breath. I went from shocked to mad to scared, so quick I couldn’t tell which I was feeling. I was going to pay for it,’ I repeated, trying to keep my voice level. I sounded guilty. I even felt guilty. I must look guilty, too, I thought frantically. All kinds of visions were going through my mind ó what would Mason say, what would Pop think, Jamie . . . being put in jail. I couldn’t go back to jail!
‘They all say that,’ Ed nodded.
Say what? I wondered, then I remembered saying, T was going to pay for it.’
I never stole anything in my life!’ I said. Borrowing that car hadn’t really been stealing. Anyway, I was just twelve when that happened ó
‘Now that one I never heard before,’ Ed said.
I was so scared and sick I was close to crying. They’d never believe me. Nobody’d ever believe me. Pop would disown me. Pop was funny and talkative and loved to laugh and tell stories, but he had never ever said a word about prison or what it was like, just drilled it into us to respect the law. That probably impressed us more than if he had given us a day by day description of it. Anyway, I knew what it was like, sort of. I remembered sitting in that jail cell, listening to somebody beat on the bars down the hall, screaming I’m drunk and I’m proud of it!’ over and over again and the smell was so bad and the walls got closer and closer and I knew if I had to stay in there I’d go nuts like a caged animal, and beat my head in against the wall, and I was trying to sit real still to keep from doing that when Pop came to get me. From the look on his face I thought I’d go straight from jail to an orphanage. And when we got outside he’d belted me; the only time he’d ever hit either of us.
I just put it in my pocket for a minute while I looked at a gun,’ I said, as steady as possible. The way they were looking at me made me feel like I was the worst kind of trash. Mason, even if he believed me, he’d never live this down. He had such a pride thing about never getting into trouble when he had so many chances to. He had turned very sarcastic on Johnny once, when Johnny smuggled a carton of Eskimo Pies out of the Safeway store, made him so miserable he couldn’t even eat more than one or two.
‘Was he out of the store?’ Ed asked the salesman. ‘Or about to leave the store?’
It was weird, being talked about like you weren’t even human.
‘He was inside,’ the salesman said reluctantly.
‘Turn him loose. This time.’ He went back to his papers.
The salesman opened his mouth to protest, then snapped at me, ‘You heard him, get out.’
Everything had happened so fast I still didn’t feel like I could move. T was going to pay for it.’ I made one more effort to clear myself.
I got the money to pay for it.’ I almost took my billfold out to prove it.
‘Kid,’ Ed said, ‘people come in here, kids with bigger allowances than my salary, and it’s just like mountain climbing to them. They take things because they’re there. Sometimes we even find merchandise in the trash bins ó once they get away with it they’re bored with it.’
He glanced up at me, and for a second I felt like he believed me. ‘Still want the lure?’
I looked at it, laying there on his desk. A fishing lure was going to make me slightly sick for a long time to come. I shook my head. He escorted me out, but he didn’t need to worry. I was never going into the store again.
Question: What does Ed say about kids who shoplift?
The Finish Lure
(TEX by S.E HINTON)
I walked over to the sporting goods store.
I meant to look at the guns, but got side-tracked by the fishing stuff. It had been a long time since Mason and me had gone fishing. Maybe if I got us a new lure, he’d want to go again. I like hunting better, myself, but fishing was the only thing Mason really relaxed at.
I looked the lures over, trying to remember what ones he already had, and trying to find
one that didn’t cost too much. I couldn’t believe the way they had gone up in price. Finally I decided on one; it would take what was left of my money, but I hadn’t planned on buying anything anyway. Mason could pay for lunch.
Then I went to look at the shotguns. There was no way I could get one, but I liked looking at them. I found a 20-gauge I really liked. I put the fishing lure in my shirt pocket and picked up the gun to see how it balanced. It seemed a little stock-heavy to me, but maybe that was just sour grapes since I couldn’t get it. Good sights on it, though. I sighed and put it down. Duck season was coming up . . . well, Christmas was coming up, too.
I walked around a little more, looking at tennis stuff and skiing stuff and wondering if there were enough people to buy all the stuff in stores. I guess there are, though, or there wouldn’t be so many stores. I looked at the water skis. I went water skiing once, and man, I loved it.
Someone tapped me on the shoulder. I turned around and faced a salesman.
‘Kid,’ he said, ‘can you read that sign?’
I looked where he was pointing. ‘Shoplifters will be prosecuted.’
‘Sure I can read it.’
‘Do you know what it means?’
‘Yeah. You catch somebody stealing you’ll do your best to send ’em to jail.’
‘Good. Now come with me.’
I did, not even thinking about asking why. When you’re in a strange place you don’t think about having control of anything.
I followed him into a back office.
‘I got another one, Ed/ he said to a man behind a desk. Ed looked up at me wearily.
‘What was it?’
The salesman reached over and pulled the fishing lure out of my pocket. For a second I didn’t know what was going on. Then I broke out in a cold, sick sweat. They thought I was stealing it!
Â¥I was going to pay for it,’ I said, when I could get my breath. I went from shocked to mad to scared, so quick I couldn’t tell which I was feeling. I was going to pay for it,’ I repeated, trying to keep my voice level. I sounded guilty. I even felt guilty. I must look guilty, too, I thought frantically. All kinds of visions were going through my mind ó what would Mason say, what would Pop think, Jamie . . . being put in jail. I couldn’t go back to jail!
‘They all say that,’ Ed nodded.
Say what? I wondered, then I remembered saying, T was going to pay for it.’
I never stole anything in my life!’ I said. Borrowing that car hadn’t really been stealing. Anyway, I was just twelve when that happened ó
‘Now that one I never heard before,’ Ed said.
I was so scared and sick I was close to crying. They’d never believe me. Nobody’d ever believe me. Pop would disown me. Pop was funny and talkative and loved to laugh and tell stories, but he had never ever said a word about prison or what it was like, just drilled it into us to respect the law. That probably impressed us more than if he had given us a day by day description of it. Anyway, I knew what it was like, sort of. I remembered sitting in that jail cell, listening to somebody beat on the bars down the hall, screaming I’m drunk and I’m proud of it!’ over and over again and the smell was so bad and the walls got closer and closer and I knew if I had to stay in there I’d go nuts like a caged animal, and beat my head in against the wall, and I was trying to sit real still to keep from doing that when Pop came to get me. From the look on his face I thought I’d go straight from jail to an orphanage. And when we got outside he’d belted me; the only time he’d ever hit either of us.
I just put it in my pocket for a minute while I looked at a gun,’ I said, as steady as possible. The way they were looking at me made me feel like I was the worst kind of trash. Mason, even if he believed me, he’d never live this down. He had such a pride thing about never getting into trouble when he had so many chances to. He had turned very sarcastic on Johnny once, when Johnny smuggled a carton of Eskimo Pies out of the Safeway store, made him so miserable he couldn’t even eat more than one or two.
‘Was he out of the store?’ Ed asked the salesman. ‘Or about to leave the store?’
It was weird, being talked about like you weren’t even human.
‘He was inside,’ the salesman said reluctantly.
‘Turn him loose. This time.’ He went back to his papers.
The salesman opened his mouth to protest, then snapped at me, ‘You heard him, get out.’
Everything had happened so fast I still didn’t feel like I could move. T was going to pay for it.’ I made one more effort to clear myself.
I got the money to pay for it.’ I almost took my billfold out to prove it.
‘Kid,’ Ed said, ‘people come in here, kids with bigger allowances than my salary, and it’s just like mountain climbing to them. They take things because they’re there. Sometimes we even find merchandise in the trash bins ó once they get away with it they’re bored with it.’
He glanced up at me, and for a second I felt like he believed me. ‘Still want the lure?’
I looked at it, laying there on his desk. A fishing lure was going to make me slightly sick for a long time to come. I shook my head. He escorted me out, but he didn’t need to worry. I was never going into the store again.
Question: How did Tex feel about the idea of going to jail?